[Title 46 CFR ]
[Code of Federal Regulations (annual edition) - October 1, 1996 Edition]
[From the U.S. Government Printing Office]


          46



          Shipping



[[Page i]]

          PARTS 156 TO 165

          Revised as of October 1, 1996
          CONTAINING
          A CODIFICATION OF DOCUMENTS
          OF GENERAL APPLICABILITY
          AND FUTURE EFFECT

          AS OF OCTOBER 1, 1996
          With Ancillaries
          Published by
          the Office of the Federal Register
          National Archives and Records
          Administration

          as a Special Edition of
          the Federal Register



[[Page ii]]

                                      




                     U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE
                            WASHINGTON : 1996



               For sale by U.S. Government Printing Office
 Superintendent of Documents, Mail Stop: SSOP, Washington, DC 20402-9328



[[Page iii]]




                            Table of Contents


                                                                    Page
  Explanation.................................................       v
  Title 46:
    Chapter I--Coast Guard, Department of Transportation--
        Continued:............................................       3
  Finding Aids:
    Material Approved for Incorporation by Reference..........     383
    Table of CFR Titles and Chapters..........................     391
    Alphabetical List of Agencies Appearing in the CFR........     407
    List of CFR Sections Affected.............................     417

[[Page iv]]



      



                                                                                                                
                                  ----------------------------------------------------------                    

   Cite this Code:  CFR                                                         
                                                                                                                
   To cite the regulations in this volume use title, part                       
   and section number. Thus, 46 CFR 159.001-1 refers to                        
   title 46, part 159, section 001-1.                                          
                                  ----------------------------------------------------------                    
                                                                                                                


[[Page v]]

                               EXPLANATION

    The Code of Federal Regulations is a codification of the general and 
permanent rules published in the Federal Register by the Executive 
departments and agencies of the Federal Government. The Code is divided 
into 50 titles which represent broad areas subject to Federal 
regulation. Each title is divided into chapters which usually bear the 
name of the issuing agency. Each chapter is further subdivided into 
parts covering specific regulatory areas.
    Each volume of the Code is revised at least once each calendar year 
and issued on a quarterly basis approximately as follows:

Title 1 through Title 16.................................as of January 1
Title 17 through Title 27..................................as of April 1
Title 28 through Title 41...................................as of July 1
Title 42 through Title 50................................as of October 1
    The appropriate revision date is printed on the cover of each 
volume.

LEGAL STATUS

    The contents of the Federal Register are required to be judicially 
noticed (44 U.S.C. 1507). The Code of Federal Regulations is prima facie 
evidence of the text of the original documents (44 U.S.C. 1510).

HOW TO USE THE CODE OF FEDERAL REGULATIONS

    The Code of Federal Regulations is kept up to date by the individual 
issues of the Federal Register. These two publications must be used 
together to determine the latest version of any given rule.
    To determine whether a Code volume has been amended since its 
revision date (in this case, October 1, 1996), consult the ``List of CFR 
Sections Affected (LSA),'' which is issued monthly, and the ``Cumulative 
List of Parts Affected,'' which appears in the Reader Aids section of 
the daily Federal Register. These two lists will identify the Federal 
Register page number of the latest amendment of any given rule.

EFFECTIVE AND EXPIRATION DATES

    Each volume of the Code contains amendments published in the Federal 
Register since the last revision of that volume of the Code. Source 
citations for the regulations are referred to by volume number and page 
number of the Federal Register and date of publication. Publication 
dates and effective dates are usually not the same and care must be 
exercised by the user in determining the actual effective date. In 
instances where the effective date is beyond the cut-off date for the 
Code a note has been inserted to reflect the future effective date. In 
those instances where a regulation published in the Federal Register 
states a date certain for expiration, an appropriate note will be 
inserted following the text.

OMB CONTROL NUMBERS

    The Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980 (Pub. L. 96-511) requires 
Federal agencies to display an OMB control number with their information 
collection request.

[[Page vi]]

Many agencies have begun publishing numerous OMB control numbers as 
amendments to existing regulations in the CFR. These OMB numbers are 
placed as close as possible to the applicable recordkeeping or reporting 
requirements.

OBSOLETE PROVISIONS

    Provisions that become obsolete before the revision date stated on 
the cover of each volume are not carried. Code users may find the text 
of provisions in effect on a given date in the past by using the 
appropriate numerical list of sections affected. For the period before 
January 1, 1986, consult either the List of CFR Sections Affected, 1949-
1963, 1964-1972, or 1973-1985, published in seven separate volumes. For 
the period beginning January 1, 1986, a ``List of CFR Sections 
Affected'' is published at the end of each CFR volume.

INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

    What is incorporation by reference? Incorporation by reference was 
established by statute and allows Federal agencies to meet the 
requirement to publish regulations in the Federal Register by referring 
to materials already published elsewhere. For an incorporation to be 
valid, the Director of the Federal Register must approve it. The legal 
effect of incorporation by reference is that the material is treated as 
if it were published in full in the Federal Register (5 U.S.C. 552(a)). 
This material, like any other properly issued regulation, has the force 
of law.
    What is a proper incorporation by reference? The Director of the 
Federal Register will approve an incorporation by reference only when 
the requirements of 1 CFR part 51 are met. Some of the elements on which 
approval is based are:
    (a) The incorporation will substantially reduce the volume of 
material published in the Federal Register.
    (b) The matter incorporated is in fact available to the extent 
necessary to afford fairness and uniformity in the administrative 
process.
    (c) The incorporating document is drafted and submitted for 
publication in accordance with 1 CFR part 51.
    Properly approved incorporations by reference in this volume are 
listed in the Finding Aids at the end of this volume.
    What if the material incorporated by reference cannot be found? If 
you have any problem locating or obtaining a copy of material listed in 
the Finding Aids of this volume as an approved incorporation by 
reference, please contact the agency that issued the regulation 
containing that incorporation. If, after contacting the agency, you find 
the material is not available, please notify the Director of the Federal 
Register, National Archives and Records Administration, Washington DC 
20408, or call (202) 523-4534.

CFR INDEXES AND TABULAR GUIDES

    A subject index to the Code of Federal Regulations is contained in a 
separate volume, revised annually as of January 1, entitled CFR Index 
and Finding Aids. This volume contains the Parallel Table of Statutory 
Authorities and Agency Rules (Table I), and Acts Requiring Publication 
in the Federal Register (Table II). A list of CFR titles, chapters, and 
parts and an alphabetical list of agencies publishing in the CFR are 
also included in this volume.
    An index to the text of ``Title 3--The President'' is carried within 
that volume.
    The Federal Register Index is issued monthly in cumulative form. 
This index is based on a consolidation of the ``Contents'' entries in 
the daily Federal Register.

[[Page vii]]

    A List of CFR Sections Affected (LSA) is published monthly, keyed to 
the revision dates of the 50 CFR titles.

REPUBLICATION OF MATERIAL

    There are no restrictions on the republication of material appearing 
in the Code of Federal Regulations.

INQUIRIES

    For a legal interpretation or explanation of any regulation in this 
volume, contact the issuing agency. The issuing agency's name appears at 
the top of odd-numbered pages.
    For inquiries concerning CFR reference assistance, call 202-523-5227 
or write to the Director, Office of the Federal Register, National 
Archives and Records Administration, Washington, DC 20408.
SALES

    The Government Printing Office (GPO) processes all sales and 
distribution of the CFR. For payment by credit card, call 202-512-1800, 
M-F, 8 a.m. to 4 p.m. e.s.t. or fax your order to 202-512-2233, 24 hours 
a day. For payment by check, write to the Superintendent of Documents, 
Attn: New Orders, P.O. Box 371954, Pittsburgh, PA 15250-7954. For GPO 
Customer Service call 202-512-1803.

                              Richard L. Claypoole,
                                    Director,
                          Office of the Federal Register.

October 1, 1996.



[[Page ix]]



                               THIS TITLE

    Title 46--Shipping is composed of nine volumes. The parts in these 
volumes are arranged in the following order: Parts 1-40, 41-69, 70-89, 
90-139, 140-155, 156-165, 166-199, 200-499 and 500 to End. The first 
seven volumes containing parts 1-199 comprise chapter I--Coast Guard, 
Department of Transportation. The eighth volume containing parts 200 to 
499 includes chapter II--Maritime Administration, DOT. The ninth volume 
containing part 500 to End includes chapter IV--Federal Maritime 
Commission. The contents of these volumes represent all current 
regulations codified under this title of the CFR as of October 1, 1996.

    Subject indexes appear for subchapter B--Merchant Marine Officers 
and Seamen, subchapter C--Uninspected Vessels, and subchapter D--Tank 
Vessels following the subchapters in parts 1-40; for subchapter F--
Marine Engineering following the subchapter in parts 41-69; for 
subchapter H--Passenger Vessels following the subchapter in parts 70-89; 
for subchapter I--Cargo and Miscellaneous Vessels, subchapter I-A-Mobile 
Offshore Drilling Units, and subchapter J--Electrical Engineering; for 
subchapter K--Small Passenger Vessels Carrying more than 150 Passengers 
or with Overnight Accommodations for more than 49 Passengers, for 
subchapter L--Offshore Supply Vessels following the subchapters in parts 
90-139; for subchapter S--Subdivision and Stability, for subchapter T--
Small Passenger Vessels (Under 100 Gross Tons) and for subchapter W--
Lifesaving Appliances and Arrangements following the subchapters in 
parts 166-199.

    For this volume Brian Swidal was Chief Editor. The Code of Federal 
Regulations publication program is under the direction of Frances D. 
McDonald, assisted by Alomha S. Morris.

[[Page x]]



 
[[Page 1]]



                           TITLE 46--SHIPPING




                  (This book contains parts 156 to 165)

  --------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    Part
chapter i--Coast Guard, Department of Transportation--
  Continued:................................................         159

[[Page 3]]

     Chapter I--Coast Guard, Department of Transportation--Continued

  --------------------------------------------------------------------

               SUBCHAPTER P--MANNING OF VESSELS [RESERVED]
SUBCHAPTER Q--EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION, AND MATERIALS: SPECIFICATIONS AND 
                                APPROVAL
Part                                                                Page
159             Approval of equipment and materials.........           5
160             Lifesaving equipment........................          13
161             Electrical equipment........................         283
162             Engineering equipment.......................         297
163             Construction................................         331
164             Materials...................................         342
165       [Reserved]

[[Page 5]]



               SUBCHAPTER P--MANNING OF VESSELS [RESERVED]





SUBCHAPTER Q--EQUIPMENT, CONSTRUCTION, AND MATERIALS: SPECIFICATIONS AND APPROVAL





PART 159--APPROVAL OF EQUIPMENT AND MATERIALS--Table of Contents




                        Subpart 159.001--General

Sec.
159.001-1  Purpose.
159.001-2  Right of appeal.
159.001-3  Definitions.
159.001-4  Incorporation by reference.
159.001-5  Correspondence and applications.
159.001-7  Substituted procedures.
159.001-9  OMB Control Numbers assigned pursuant to the Paperwork 
          Reduction Act.

                  Subpart 159.005--Approval Procedures

159.005-1  Purpose.
159.005-3  Application for preapproval review.
159.005-5  Preapproval review: Contents of application.
159.005-7  Preapproval review: Coast Guard action.
159.005-9  Approval inspections and tests.
159.005-11  Approval inspection or test report: Contents.
159.005-12  Plans.
159.005-13  Equipment or material: approval.
159.005-15  Approval of equipment or material: Suspensions, withdrawals, 
          and terminations.

 Subpart 159.007--Production Inspection and Tests of Approved Equipment 
                              and Materials

159.007-1  Purpose.
159.007-3  Production inspections and tests: Independent laboratory's 
          procedures.
159.007-5  Production inspections and tests: Application for acceptance.
159.007-7  Application for acceptance for production inspections and 
          tests: Coast Guard action.
159.007-9  Production inspections and tests.
159.007-11  Production inspections and tests: Yearly report.
159.007-13  Production inspections and tests: Records.

 Subpart 159.010--Independent Laboratory: Acceptance, Recognition, and 
                               Termination

159.010-1  Purpose.
159.010-3  Independent laboratory: Standards for acceptance.
159.010-5  Independent laboratory: Application for acceptance.
159.010-7  Recognized independent laboratory: Memorandum of 
          Understanding.
159.010-11  Changes in the laboratory's qualifications..
159.010-15  Contracting inspections and tests or transferals to another 
          laboratory or person.
159.010-17  Termination of acceptance or recognition of an independent 
          laboratory.
159.010-19  Termination of acceptance or recognition: Procedure.

    Authority: 46 U.S.C. 3306, 3703; 49 CFR 1.45, 1.46; Section 159.001-
9 also issued under the authority of 44 U.S.C. 3507.

    Source: 44 FR 73043, Dec. 17, 1979, unless otherwise noted.



                        Subpart 159.001--General



Sec. 159.001-1  Purpose.

    (a) This part contains the procedures for the approval of equipment 
and materials when that equipment or material is inspected or tested by 
an independent laboratory or by the manufacturer of the equipment or 
material.



Sec. 159.001-2  Right of appeal.

    Any person directly affected by a decision or action taken under 
this subchapter, by or on behalf of the Coast Guard, may appeal to the 
Chief, Marine Safety and Environmental Protection (Commandant (G-M)) as 
provided in Sec. 1.03-15 of this chapter.

[CGD 93-055, 61 FR 13927, Mar. 28, 1996, as amended by CGD 96-041, 61 FR 
50733, Sept. 27, 1996]



Sec. 159.001-3  Definitions.

    As used in this part:
    Classification society means an organization involved in the 
inspection of ships and ship equipment, and which, as determined by the 
Commandant, meets the standards in IMO Resolution A.739(18).
    Independent laboratory means an organization which meets the 
standards for acceptance in Sec. 159.010-3 of this part,

[[Page 6]]

and which is accepted by the Coast Guard for performing certain tests 
and inspections. In addition to commercial testing laboratories, the 
Commandant may also accept classification societies and agencies of 
governments that are involved in the inspection and testing of marine 
safety equipment that meet the requirements of Sec. 159.010-3.
    Memorandum of Understanding (MOU) is an agreement between the Coast 
Guard and a laboratory that specifies the approval functions a 
recognized independent laboratory performs for the Coast Guard and the 
recognized independent laboratory's working arrangements with the Coast 
Guard.
    Recognized independent laboratory means an independent laboratory 
which meets the standards of Sec. 159.010-3, and is accepted by the 
Coast Guard to perform certain equipment approval functions on behalf of 
the Coast Guard, as described in a Memorandum of Understanding signed by 
the laboratory and the Coast Guard in accordance with Sec. 159.010-7(b).

[CGD 93-055, 61 FR 13927, Mar. 28, 1996]



Sec. 159.001-4  Incorporation by reference.

    (a) Certain materials is incorporated by reference into this part 
with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 
552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. To enforce any edition other than that 
specified in paragraph (b) of this section, the Coast Guard must publish 
notice of change in the Federal Register; and the material must be 
available to the public. All approved material is available for 
inspection at the Office of the Federal Register, 800 North Capitol 
Street NW, suite 700, Washington, DC, and at the U.S. Coast Guard, 
Lifesaving and Fire Safety Standards Division (G-MSE-4), 2100 Second 
Street SW, Washington, DC 20593-0001, and is available from the sources 
indicated in paragraph (b) of this section.
    (b) The material approved for incorporation by reference in this 
part (subchapter) and the sections affected are as follows:

                International Maritime Organization (IMO)

    Publications Section, 4 Albert Embankment, London SE1 7SR, England.
    Resolution A.739(18), Guidelines for the Authorization of 
Organizations Acting on Behalf of the Administration, November 22, 
1993--159.001-3.

[CGD 93-055, 61 FR 13928, Mar. 28, 1996, as amended by CGD 96-041, 61 FR 
50733, Sept. 27, 1996]



Sec. 159.001-5  Correspondence and applications.

    Unless otherwise specified, all correspondence and applications in 
connection with approval and testing of equipment and materials must be 
addressed to: Commandant (G-MSE-4), U.S. Coast Guard, 2100 Second Street 
SW, Washington, DC 20593-0001, Telephone: (202) 267-1444, Facsimile: 
(202) 267-1069, Electronic mail: MVI-3/[email protected].

[CGD 93-055, 61 FR 13928, Mar. 28, 1996, as amended by CGD 96-041, 61 FR 
50733, Sept. 27, 1996]



Sec. 159.001-7  Substituted procedures.

    (a) The Commandant may substitute the procedures in this part for 
the procedures in any other part of this subchapter. Each person known 
to be affected by the substitution shall be informed that the procedures 
in this part apply.



Sec. 159.001-9  OMB Control Numbers assigned pursuant to the Paperwork Reduction Act.

    (a) Purpose. This section collects and displays the control numbers 
assigned to information collection and recordkeeping requirements in 
this subchapter by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB) pursuant to 
the Paperwork Reduction Act of 1980, (44 U.S.C. 3501 et seq.). The Coast 
Guard intends that this section comply with the requirements of 44 
U.S.C. 3507(f) which requires that agencies display a current control 
number assigned by the Director of the OMB for each approved agency 
information collection requirement.
    (b) Display.

[[Page 7]]



------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                Current 
                                                                  OMB   
    46 CFR part or section where identified or described        control 
                                                                  No.   
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Sec.  159.007-11.13.........................................  2115-0090 
                                                                        
Sec.  160.002-5.............................................   2115-0090
Sec.  160.047-5.............................................   2115-0090
Sec. 160.048-5..............................................   2115-0090
Sec.  160.050-5.............................................   2115-0090
Sec.  160.052-7.............................................   2115-0090
Sec.  160.053-4.............................................   2115-0090
Sec.  160.055-4.............................................   2115-0090
Sec.  160.064-6.............................................   2115-0090
Secs.  161.001 through 161.010..............................   2115-0121
Sec.  161.171-15............................................   2115-0141
Sec.  161.171-23............................................   2115-0141
Secs.  162.001 through 161.018..............................   2115-0525
Sec.  162.041...............................................   2115-0525
Sec.  162.043...............................................   2115-0525
Sec.  164.012-13............................................   2115-0121
Sec.  164.019-5.............................................   2115-0141
Sec.  164.019-7.............................................   2115-0141
Sec.  164.019-9.............................................   2115-0141
Sec.  164.019-13............................................   2115-0141
Sec.  164.019-15............................................   2115-0141
Sec.  164.023-15............................................   2115-0141
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[49 FR 38121, Sept. 27, 1984, as amended by CGD 86-057, 51 FR 35220, 
Oct. 2, 1986; CGD 84-068, 58 FR 29492, May 20, 1993]



                  Subpart 159.005--Approval Procedures



Sec. 159.005-1  Purpose.

    (a) This subpart contains the procedures by which the Coast Guard 
approves equipment and materials under other subparts of this subchapter 
that require--
    (1) Preapproval inspections and tests by an independent laboratory;
    (2) Preapproval inspections and tests by the manufacturer; or
    (3) No preapproval inspections or tests.



Sec. 159.005-3  Application for preapproval review.

    (a) Each manufacturer of equipment or material who seeks Coast Guard 
approval under an applicable subpart must submit an application that 
meets Sec. 159.005-5 to the Commandant unless--
    (1) The subpart contains a list of independent laboratories;
    (2) The subpart does not require Coast Guard review prior to 
testing; and
    (3) The manufacturer meets the requirements of paragraph (b) of this 
section.
    (b) If the applicable subpart contains a list of independent 
laboratories and does not specifically require preapproval review by the 
Coast Guard, the manufacturer may have the tests performed by a listed 
laboratory and submit the report required by Sec. 159.005-11 to the 
Commandant.



Sec. 159.005-5  Preapproval review: Contents of application.

    (a) Each application must contain the following:
    (1) The name and address of the manufacturer and the factory where 
the finished equipment or material is produced.
    (2) One or more of the following as required by the applicable 
subpart:
    (i) Two sets of general plans of the equipment or material.
    (ii) Two sets of specifications of the equipment or material.
    (iii) A sample of the equipment or material accompanied by a written 
description of its components.
    (3) A statement signed by the manufacturer or the manufacturer's 
representative, that an official representative of the Coast Guard is 
allowed access to the place of manufacture and to the place of test to 
verify the information submitted in the application or to witness tests.
    (b) If the equipment or material is required by the subpart to be 
inspected and tested by an independent laboratory, the application must 
contain the following additional information:
    (1) The name and address of a laboratory that meets Sec. 159.010-
3(a) and that is selected by the manufacturer to perform or supervise 
the inspections and tests.
    (2) If the laboratory has not been accepted previously for 
inspecting and testing the manufacturer's equipment or material under 
the applicable subpart, the completed application under Sec. 159.010-
5(a).



Sec. 159.005-7  Preapproval review: Coast Guard action.

    (a) If approval inspections and tests are required under the 
applicable subpart, the Commandant takes the following action:
    (1) If the Commandant determines from the application that the 
equipment or material appears to meet the design requirements of an 
applicable subpart or appears to have equivalent

[[Page 8]]

performance characteristics, and that the laboratory meets Sec. 159.010-
3(a), the Commandant informs the manufacturer that the required approval 
inspections and tests may be conducted.
    (2) If the Commandant determines from the application for approval 
that the equipment or material does not appear to meet the design 
requirements of an applicable subpart or does not appear to have 
equivalent performance characteristics, or that the laboratory does not 
meet Sec. 159.010-3(a), the Commandant informs the manufacturer of the 
reason why the equipment or material is not acceptable for approval 
inspections and tests or why the laboratory is not accepted.
    (b) If no approval inspections or tests are required under the 
applicable subpart, the Commandant--
    (1) Takes action in accordance with Sec. 159.005-13; or
    (2) Informs the manufacturer of additional information required 
before action under Sec. 159.005-13 can be taken.



Sec. 159.005-9  Approval inspections and tests.

    (a) Each manufacturer of equipment or material that is required to 
be subjected to approval inspections and tests must--
    (1) If the applicable subpart requires the equipment or material to 
be inspected or tested, have the approval inspections or tests 
performed;
    (2) If the applicable subpart requires the equipment or material to 
be inspected or tested by an independent laboratory, insure that a 
laboratory accepted by the Commandant performs or supervises the 
approval inspections or tests;
    (3) Bear all costs of the approval inspections and tests;
    (4) If requested, advise the Commandant of the time, date, and place 
of each approval inspection or test, or both, before the inspection or 
test is performed; and
    (5) After completion of the approval inspections and tests, submit 
to the Commandant--
    (i) A test report that meets Sec. 159.005-11;
    (ii) At least two sets of specifications of the materisl as 
inspected or tested or at least two sets of plans of the equipment as 
inspected or tested that meet Sec. 159.005-12; and
    (iii) A description of the quality control procedures that will be 
in effect during the production of the equipment or material.



Sec. 159.005-11  Approval inspection or test report: Contents.

    (a) Each approval inspection or test report must contain the 
following:
    (1) The name of the manufacturer.
    (2) If the inspections or tests are performed or supervised by an 
independent laboratory, the name and address of the laboratory.
    (3) The trade name, product designation (such as model numbers), and 
a brief description of the equipment or material inspected or tested.
    (4) The time, date, and place of each approval inspection and test.
    (5) The name and title of each person performing, supervising, and 
witnessing the approval inspections or tests.
    (6) The performance data for each test required in the applicable 
subpart, including a description of each failure.
    (7) A description or photographs of the procedures and apparatus 
used in the inspections or tests, or a reference to another document 
that contains an appropriate description or photographs.
    (8) At least one photograph that shows an overall view of the 
equipment or material submitted for approval and other photographs that 
show--
    (i) Design details; and
    (ii) Each occurrence of damage or deformation to the equipment or 
material that occurred during the approval tests.
    (b) Each inspection or test report must bear an attestation that the 
inspections or tests were conducted as required by the applicable 
subpart and that the report contains no known errors, omissions, or 
false statements. The attestation must be signed by:
    (1) The manufacturer or manufacturer's representative, if the 
inspection or tests are conducted by the manufacturer; or
    (2) The chief officer of the laboratory, or the chief officer's 
representative, if the inspection or tests were conducted by an 
independent laboratory.


[[Page 9]]


    Note: A false representation on a report is a ground for suspension 
or withdrawal of approval of the equipment or material. A false 
representation is also punishable as a crime under 18 U.S.C. 1001.



Sec. 159.005-12  Plans.

    (a) Each set of plans under Sec. 159.005-9(a)(5)(ii) for equipment 
must include the following:
    (1) An assembly drawing or general arrangement drawing.
    (2) A description of each component of the equipment that includes 
the name, the manufacturer, and the part identification of each 
component in--
    (i) A detail drawing;
    (ii) A bill of material or parts list; or
    (iii) A specification for that component.
    (3) A list of the drawings and specifications in the set of plans, 
including each revision, and the date of that list.
    (4) If a manufacturer's instructions or manual is required in the 
applicable subpart, a copy of the instructions or manual.



Sec. 159.005-13  Equipment or material: Approval.

    (a) If from analysis of the material and data required to be 
submitted under this subpart, the Commandant determines that the 
equipment or material meets the applicable subpart, the Commandant--
    (1) Approves the equipment or material;
    (2) Issues a certificate of approval to the manufacturer under 
Sec. 2.75-5 of this chapter;
    (3) Retains one set of approved plans and returns all others to the 
manufacturer; and
    (4) Publishes a record of the approval in ``Equipment Lists.'' The 
most recent edition of ``Equipment Lists'' U.S. Coast Guard Publication 
M16714.3 (series) is available from the Superintendent of Documents, 
U.S. Government Printing Office, P.O. Box 371954, Pittsburgh, PA 15250-
7954.
    (b) If from analysis of the material and data submitted the 
Commandant determines that the equipment or material does not meet the 
applicable subpart, the Commandant informs the manufacturer of the 
reason why that equipment or material does not meet the subpart.
    (c) If an independent laboratory performs the approval inspections 
or tests, the Commandant will notify the laboratory of the actions taken 
under paragraph (a) or (b) of this section, unless the manufacturer 
specifically requests that the laboratory not be notified.

[44 FR 73043, Dec. 17, 1979, as amended by CGD 93-055, 61 FR 13928, Mar. 
28, 1996]



Sec. 159.005-15  Approval of equipment or material: Suspensions, withdrawals, and terminations.

    (a) The Commandant suspends an approval issued under this subchapter 
in accordance with Sec. 2.75-40 of this chapter, withdraws an approval 
issued under this subchapter in accordance with Sec. 2.75-50(a) of this 
chapter, and terminates an approval issued under this subchapter in 
accordance with Sec. 2.75-50(b) of this chapter.



 Subpart 159.007--Production Inspection and Tests of Approved Equipment 
                              and Materials



Sec. 159.007-1  Purpose.

    (a) This subpart contains the procedures under which production 
inspections and tests of approved equipment or materials are to be 
performed under this subchapter.



Sec. 159.007-3  Production inspections and tests: Independent laboratory's procedures.

    (a) The manufacturer may follow an independent laboratory's 
procedures for production inspections and tests if those procedures--
    (1) Meet or exceed the production inspection and test requirements 
of the applicable subpart or are equivalent to those inspections and 
tests;
    (2) Include labeling or marking the equipment or material when the 
equipment or material meets the inspection and test procedures of the 
laboratory; and
    (3) Are accepted by the Commandant under Sec. 159.007-7(b).

[[Page 10]]



Sec. 159.007-5  Production inspections and tests: Application for acceptance.

    (a) If the applicable subpart requires production inspections and 
tests by an independent laboratory, the manufacturer must select a 
laboratory and submit an application for acceptance that meets 
Sec. 159.010-5(a) unless the laboratory--
    (1) Is listed in the subpart; or
    (2) Is accepted by the Commandant for approval inspections and tests 
of the equipment or material under Sec. 159.005-7(a)(1).
    (b) If the manufacturer wants to follow the laboratory's procedures 
for production inspections and tests instead of meeting the Coast Guard 
procedures under this subchapter, the application must contain a 
description of those procedures.



Sec. 159.007-7  Application for acceptance for production inspections and tests: Coast Guard action.

    (a) From the information submitted with the application, the 
Commandant determines whether or not the laboratory is accepted for 
production inspections and tests. The Commandant informs the 
manufacturer of the results of this determination, if the Commandant 
does not accept a laboratory, the reason for the disapproval will be 
given.
    (b) From the description of the laboratory's procedures for 
production inspections and tests, the Commandant determines whether or 
not those procedures are accepted. The Commandant informs the 
manufacturer of the results of this determination. If the Commandant 
does not accept the laboratory's procedures, the reasons why they are 
not accepted will be given.



Sec. 159.007-9  Production inspections and tests.

    (a) If the applicable subpart requires the production inspections 
and tests to be performed or supervised by an independent laboratory, 
the manufacturer shall insure that all required production inspections 
and tests are performed or supervised by an independent laboratory 
accepted by the Commandant.
    (b) If the applicable subpart does not require an independent 
laboratory to perform the production inspections and tests, the 
manufacturer shall have those inspections and tests performed.
    (c) Unless alternative procedures have been accepted by the 
Commandant under Sec. 159.007-3 each production inspection and test must 
be performed or supervised in accordance with the applicable subpart.



Sec. 159.007-11  Production inspections and tests: Yearly report.

    (a) When the manufacturer uses the production inspection and test 
procedures in an applicable subpart he must submit a yearly report. The 
report is not required when inspection and test procedures approved 
under Sec. 159.007-3 are used.
    (b) The report must include the following:
    (1) A list of all inspections and tests performed;
    (2) A summary of the results of each group of inspections or tests;
    (3) A detailed description of any test failures; and
    (4) A statement whether or not all required tests were performed.



Sec. 159.007-13  Production inspections and tests: Records.

    (a) The manufacturer must have a completed record with the following 
information for each production inspection and test:
    (1) The time, date and place of each inspection and test.
    (2) The name and title of each person performing, supervising and 
witnessing the inspections or tests.
    (3) The performance data for each test required in the applicable 
subpart, including a description of each failure.
    (4) A description or photographs of the procedures and apparatus 
used in the inspections or tests.
    (b) The manufacturer must retain each record under this section for 
at least 60 months after the month in which the inspection or test was 
conducted.
    (c) The records must be made available for examination by the 
Commandant upon request.

[[Page 11]]



 Subpart 159.010--Independent Laboratory: Acceptance, Recognition, and 
                               Termination



Sec. 159.010-1  Purpose.

    This subpart contains the following:
    (a) The standards and procedures under which the Coast Guard accepts 
an independent laboratory that a manufacturer proposes to use.
    (b) The standards and procedures under which a laboratory is 
accepted as a recognized laboratory under applicable subparts.
    (c) The circumstances under which the acceptance or recognition of a 
laboratory is terminated.

[CGD 93-055, 61 FR 13928, Mar. 28, 1996]



Sec. 159.010-3  Independent laboratory: Standards for acceptance.

    (a) To be accepted by the Coast Guard as an independent laboratory, 
a laboratory must--
    (1) Be engaged, as a regular part of its business, in performing 
inspections and tests that are the same as or similar to the inspections 
and tests required in the applicable subpart;
    (2) Have or have access to the apparatus, facilities, personnel, and 
calibrated instruments that are necessary to inspect and test the 
equipment or material under the applicable subpart;
    (3) Not be owned or controlled by--
    (i) The manufacturer of the equipment or material to be inspected or 
tested under this subchapter or any manufacturer of similar equipment or 
material;
    (ii) A vendor of the equipment or material to be inspected or tested 
under this subchapter or a vendor of similar equipment or material; or
    (iii) A supplier of materials to the manufacturer;
    (4) Not be dependent on Coast Guard acceptance under this subchapter 
to remain in business; and
    (5) Not advertise or promote the manufacturer's equipment or 
material that the laboratory inspects and tests under this subchapter.



Sec. 159.010-5  Independent laboratory: application for acceptance.

    (a) Each application for acceptance of an organization as an 
independent laboratory must contain the following:
    (1) The name and address of the organization.
    (2) A list of the equipment or material that the organization would 
inspect, or test, or both, under this subchapter.
    (3) A description of the organization's experience and its 
qualifications for conducting the inspections and tests required in the 
applicable subpart.
    (4) A description of the apparatus and facilities available to the 
organization for conducting those inspections and tests.
    (5) If instruments are used in the required tests and inspections, a 
description of the instrument calibration program applying to those 
instruments.
    (6) The position titles of personnel who are to perform, supervise, 
or witness those inspections or tests, along with the training and 
experience required for personnel in those positions.
    (7) A statement signed by the chief officer of the organization or 
the chief officer's representative, that an official representative of 
the Coast Guard is allowed access upon request to the place where tests 
and inspections take place, to verify the information submitted in the 
application, or to witness tests and inspections.
    (b) Each application for acceptance as an independent laboratory 
that is not submitted by an agency of a state or another national 
government, or by a classification society, must also contain the 
following:
    (1) The name and address of each subsidiary and division of the 
organization, or a statement that none are involved in the testing or 
manufacturing of equipment approved under this subchapter.
    (2) The name, title, address, and principal business activity of 
each of the organization's officers and directors, and the name, 
address, and principal business activity of each person, company, or 
corporation that owns at least three-percent interest in the 
organization or in a company or corporation that controls the 
organization.

[CGD 93-055, 61 FR 13928, Mar. 28, 1996]

[[Page 12]]



Sec. 159.010-7  Recognized independent laboratory: Memorandum of Understanding.

    (a) Only laboratories that have entered into an MOU with the Coast 
Guard may perform the functions of a recognized laboratory under this 
chapter.
    (b) An independent laboratory seeking to become a recognized 
independent laboratory must submit a signed MOU to the Commandant that 
includes--
    (1) A statement of purpose;
    (2) An identification and description of the parties involved;
    (3) A description of the problem resolution and appeals processes;
    (4) A description of the process for measuring effectiveness and 
efficiency of the program under the MOU;
    (5) The effective date of the MOU and terms for its termination;
    (6) A statement to the effect that the MOU is not an exclusive 
agreement between the recognized independent laboratory and the Coast 
Guard;
    (7) An agreement to conduct comparison testing with other recognized 
laboratories as directed by the Coast Guard, no more often than twice 
each year, with the laboratory bearing the cost of sample acquisition 
and testing;
    (8) A statement as to how the costs of implementing the MOU will be 
borne; and
    (9) A description of each party's responsibilities for--
    (i) Equipment review and approval;
    (ii) Coast Guard oversight of the recognized independent 
laboratory's procedures and processes;
    (iii) Coordination between the parties;
    (iv) Developing and maintaining regulations and standards;
    (v) Handling review and approval of new and novel items not 
anticipated by existing regulations and standards;
    (vi) Testing and inspection facilities and procedures;
    (vii) Production quality control; and
    (viii) Maintenance of records.
    (c) The signature on the MOU required by paragraph (b) of this 
section must be that of the chief officer of the independent laboratory 
or the chief officer's representative. The Commandant or an authorized 
representative of the Commandant will review the MOU to ensure that it 
contains the information required by paragraph (b) of this section, and 
that the substantive provisions submitted in compliance with that 
paragraph are equivalent to those contained in other MOUs signed by the 
Commandant. If the Commandant determines that the MOU is acceptable and 
the independent laboratory is capable of carrying out the equipment 
approval functions identified in the MOU in accordance with all 
appropriate requirements, the Commandant or authorized representative 
may at his discretion sign the MOU. Where qualitative tests or 
determinations are required for approval or follow-up, provision must be 
made for conducting comparison tests with other recognized laboratories.
    (d) Copies of MOUs signed by the Commandant in accordance with this 
part and of lists of independent laboratories which have been accepted 
as recognized laboratories but which have not yet been added to the 
lists included in this subchapter may be obtained at the address listed 
in Sec. 159.001-5.

[CGD 93-055, 61 FR 13928, Mar. 28, 1996; 61 FR 15868, Apr. 9, 1996]



Sec. 159.010-11  Changes in the laboratory's qualifications.

    (a) If any of the information submitted under Sec. 159.010-5(a) 
changes, the laboratory shall notify the Commandant in writing of each 
change within 30 days after the change has occurred.
    (b) If any change in the independent laboratory occurs which affects 
its performance under the MOU required under Sec. 159.010-7, the 
laboratory shall notify the Commandant in writing within 30 days after 
the change occurs. The Commandant may terminate the MOU, or may require 
amendments or revisions.

[CGD 93-055, 61 FR 13929, Mar. 28, 1996]



Sec. 159.010-15  Contracting inspections and tests or transferrals to another laboratory or person.

    (a) No independent laboratory may contract or transfer to another 
person or laboratory the performance or supervision of inspections or 
tests, or

[[Page 13]]

both, required under an applicable subpart for which it is accepted or 
listed unless--
    (1) A request in writing regarding the contract or transfer is 
submitted to the Commandant before the contract is executed or the 
transfer is completed; and
    (2) The Commandant notifies the laboratory in writing that the 
contract or the transfer is allowed.



Sec. 159.010-17  Termination of acceptance or recognition of an independent laboratory.

    The acceptance or recognition of a laboratory terminates if the 
laboratory--
    (a) Requests termination;
    (b) Is no longer in business;
    (c) Knowingly fails to perform or supervise an inspection or test, 
or both, as required in an applicable subpart;
    (d) Knowingly attests to the lack of errors, omissions, or false 
statement of an approval test report that contains errors omissions, or 
false statements;
    (e) Does not meet the requirements of Sec. 159.010-3(a);
    (f) Does not comply with Sec. 159.010-11;
    (g) Contracts or transfers the performance or supervision of 
required inspections or tests to another laboratory or person without 
the approval of the Commandant; or
    (h) Fails to, or in the opinion of the Commandant is unable to, 
carry out its responsibilities under an MOU required by Sec. 159.010-7.

[CGD 93-055, 61 FR 13929, Mar. 28, 1996]



Sec. 159.010-19  Termination of acceptance or recognition: Procedure.

    (a) If the Coast Guard receives evidence of grounds for termination 
of acceptance or recognition of an independent laboratory under 
Sec. 159.010-17, the Commandant will notify the laboratory that 
termination is under consideration. The laboratory may submit written 
comments to the Commandant within 21 days of receipt of the 
notification. The Commandant will take all timely written comments into 
account before taking final action in the matter, and in no case will 
the Commandant take final action until at least 30 days after the 
laboratory has received the notification. Any final action taken by the 
Commandant is final agency action on the matter.
    (b) If a deficiency could materially affect the validity of an 
approval issued under an applicable subpart, the Commandant may 
temporarily suspend the acceptance of the laboratory and may direct the 
holder of the certificate of approval to cease claiming that the items 
tested or inspected by the laboratory are Coast Guard approved, pending 
a final decision in the matter.

[CGD 93-055, 61 FR 13929, Mar. 28, 1996]



PART 160--LIFESAVING EQUIPMENT--Table of Contents




                Subpart 160.001--Life Preservers, General

Sec.
160.001-1  Incorporation by reference.
160.001-2  General characteristics of life preservers.
160.001-3  General provisions for approval of life preservers.

Subpart 160.002--Life Preservers, Kapok, Adult and Child (Jacket Type), 
                             Models 3 and 5

160.002-1  Incorporation by reference.
160.002-2  Size and models.
160.002-3  Materials.
160.002-4  Construction.
160.002-5  Sampling, tests, and inspections.
160.002-6  Marking.
160.002-7  Procedure for approval.

Subpart 160.005--Life Preservers, Fibrous Glass, Adult and Child (Jacket 
                         Type), Models 52 and 56

160.005-1  Incorporation by reference.
160.005-2  Size and model.
160.005-3  Materials.
160.005-4  Construction.
160.005-5  Sampling, tests, and inspections.
160.005-6  Marking.
160.005-7  Procedure for approval.

        Subpart 160.006--Life Preservers; Repairing and Cleaning

160.006-1  Applicable specifications.
160.006-2  Repairing.
160.006-4  Cleaning life preserver envelopes or covers.
160.006-5  Cleaning life preservers (where buoyancy fillers are not 
          removed from envelope covers during cleaning process).

         Subpart 160.010--Buoyant Apparatus for Merchant Vessels

160.010-1  Incorporations by reference.

[[Page 14]]

160.010-2  Definitions.
160.010-3  General requirements for buoyant apparatus.
160.010-4  Buoyant apparatus with plastic foam buoyancy.
160.010-6  Capacity of buoyant apparatus.
160.010-7  Methods of sampling, inspections and tests.
160.010-8  Nameplate and marking.
160.010-9  Procedure for approval.
160.010-10  Independent laboratory.

                  Subparts 160.011-160.012--[Reserved]

 Subpart 160.013--Hatchets (Lifeboat and Liferaft) for Merchant Vessels

160.013-1  Applicable specification and plan.
160.013-2  Type and size.
160.013-3  Materials, workmanship, and construction details.
160.013-4  Inspections and tests.
160.013-5  Marking.
160.013-6  Procedure for approval.

         Subpart 160.015--Lifeboat Winches for Merchant Vessels

160.015-1  Applicable regulations.
160.015-2  General requirements for lifeboat winches.
160.015-3  Construction of lifeboat winches.
160.015-4  Capacity of lifeboat winches.
160.015-5  Inspection and testing of lifeboat winches.
160.015-6  Procedure for approval of lifeboat winches.

       Subpart 160.016--Lamps, Safety, Flame, for Merchant Vessels

160.016-1  Applicable specification.
160.016-2  Requirements.
160.016-3  Inspections and tests.
160.016-4  Marking.
160.016-5  Procedure for approval.

                      Subpart 160.017--Chain Ladder

160.017-1  Scope.
160.017-7  Independent laboratory.
160.017-9  Approval procedure.
160.017-11  Materials.
160.017-13  Construction.
160.017-15  Performance.
160.017-17  Strength.
160.017-21  Approval tests.
160.017-25  Marking.
160.017-27  Production tests and examination.

            Subpart 160.021--Hand Red Flare Distress Signals

160.021-1  Incorporations by reference.
160.021-2  Type.
160.021-3  Materials, workmanship, construction and performance 
          requirements.
160.021-4  Approval and production tests.
160.021-5  Labeling and marking.
160.021-6  Container.
160.021-7  Procedure for approval.

   Subpart 160.022--Floating Orange Smoke Distress Signals (5 Minutes)

160.022-1  Incorporations by reference.
160.022-2  Type.
160.022-3  Materials, workmanship, construction, and performance 
          requirements.
160.022-4  Approval and production tests.
160.022-5  Marking.
160.022-7  Procedure for approval.

   Subpart 160.023--Hand Combination Flare and Smoke Distress Signals

160.023-1  Incorporations by reference.
160.023-2  Type.
160.023-3  Materials, workmanship, construction and performance 
          requirements.
160.023-4  Approval and production tests.
160.023-5  Labeling and marking.
160.023-6  Container.
160.023-7  Procedure for approval.

 Subpart 160.024--Pistol-Projected Parachute Red Flare Distress Signals

160.024-1  Incorporations by reference.
160.024-2  Type.
160.024-3  Materials, workmanship, construction, and performance 
          requirements.
160.024-4  Approval and production tests.
160.024-5  Marking.
160.024-6  Container.
160.024-7  Procedure for approval.

   Subpart 160.026--Water, Emergency Drinking (in Hermetically Sealed 
                    Containers), for Merchant Vessels

160.026-1  Applicable specifications and standards.
160.026-2  Type.
160.026-3  Container.
160.026-4  Water.
160.026-5  Marking.
160.026-6  Sampling, inspection, and tests of production lots.
160.026-7  Procedure for approval.

            Subpart 160.027--Life Floats for Merchant Vessels

160.027-2  Type.
160.027-3  Additional requirements for life floats.
160.027-7  Pre-approval tests for alternate platform designs.

[[Page 15]]

     Subpart 160.028--Signal Pistols for Red Flare Distress Signals

160.028-2  Type.
160.028-3  Materials, workmanship, construction, and performance 
          requirements.
160.028-4  Approval and production tests.
160.028-5  Marking.
160.028-6  Container.
160.028-7  Procedure for approval.

    Subpart 160.031--Line-Throwing Appliance, Shoulder Gun Type (and 
                               Equipment)

160.031-1  Incorporation by reference.
160.031-2  Type and size.
160.031-3  Materials, construction, workmanship, and performance 
          requirements.
160.031-4  Equipment for shoulder gun type line-throwing appliance.
160.031-5  Approval and production tests.
160.031-6  Marking.
160.031-7  Procedure for approval.

               Subpart 160.032--Davits for Merchant Vessel

160.032-1  Applicable specifications.
160.032-2  General requirements for davits.
160.032-3  Construction of davits.
160.032-4  Capacity of davits.
160.032-5  Inspection and testing of davits.
160.032-6  Procedure for approval of davits.

    Subpart 160.033--Mechanical Disengaging Apparatus, Lifeboat, for 
                            Merchant Vessels

160.033-1  Applicable specifications.
160.033-2  General requirements for mechanical disengaging apparatus.
160.033-3  Construction of mechanical disengaging apparatus.
160.033-4  Inspection and testing of mechanical disengaging apparatus.
160.033-5  Procedure for approval of mechanical disengaging apparatus.

             Subpart 160.035--Lifeboats for Merchant Vessels

160.035-1  Applicable specifications.
160.035-2  General requirements for lifeboats.
160.035-3  Construction of steel oar-propelled lifeboats.
160.035-4  Construction of steel handpropelled lifeboats.
160.035-5  Construction of steel motorpropelled lifeboats with and 
          without radio cabin.
160.035-6  Construction of aluminum oar-, hand-, and motor-propelled 
          lifeboats.
160.035-7  Construction of wood oar-, hand- and motor-propelled 
          lifeboats.
160.035-8  Construction of fibrous glass reinforced plastic (F.R.P.) 
          oar-, hand-, and motor-propelled lifeboats.
160.035-9  Cubic capacity of lifeboats.
160.035-10  Number of persons allowed in lifeboats.
160.035-11  Inspection and testing of lifeboats.
160.035-12  Additional preapproval tests required for F.R.P. lifeboats.
160.035-13  Testing and inspection after approval.
160.035-14  Procedure for approval of lifeboats.

Subpart 160.036--Hand-Held Rocket-Propelled Parachute Red Flare Distress 
                                 Signals

160.036-1  Incorporation by reference.
160.036-2  Type.
160.036-3  Materials, workmanship, construction and performance 
          requirements.
160.036-4  Approval and production tests.
160.036-5  Marking.
160.036-6  Container.
160.036-7  Procedure for approval.

           Subpart 160.037--Hand Orange Smoke Distress Signals

160.037-1  Incorporations by reference.
160.037-2  Type.
160.037-3  Materials, workmanship, construction, and performance 
          requirements.
160.037-4  Approval and production tests.
160.037-5  Labeling and marking.
160.037-6  Container.
160.037-7  Procedure for approval.

    Subpart 160.038--Magazine Chests, Portable, for Merchant Vessels

160.038-1  Applicable specifications.
160.038-2  Type.
160.038-3  Materials, workmanship, and construction.
160.038-4  Inspections and tests.
160.038-5  Marking.
160.038-6  Procedure for approval.

                       Subpart 160.039--[Reserved]

Subpart 160.040--Line-Throwing Appliance, Impulse-Projected Rocket Type 
                             (and Equipment)

160.040-1  Incorporations by reference.
160.040-2  Type and size.
160.040-3  Materials, construction, workmanship, and performance 
          requirements.
160.040-4  Equipment for impulse projected rocket type line-throwing 
          appliance.
160.040-5  Approval and production tests.
160.040-6  Marking and labeling.
160.040-7  Procedure for approval.

[[Page 16]]

         Subpart 160.041--Kits, First-Aid, for Merchant Vessels

160.041-1  Applicable specification and publication.
160.041-2  Type and size.
160.041-3  Construction and workmanship.
160.041-4  Contents.
160.041-5  Inspections and tests.
160.041-6  Marking.
160.041-7  Procedure for approval.

         Subpart 160.042--Skids, Liferaft, for Merchant Vessels

160.042-1  Applicable specification.
160.042-2  General requirements.
160.042-3  Construction.
160.042-4  Inspection.
160.042-5  Procedure for approval.

    Subpart 160.043--Jackknife (With Can Opener) for Merchant Vessels

160.043-1  Applicable specification and plan.
160.043-2  Type.
160.043-3  Materials.
160.043-4  Construction and workmanship.
160.043-5  Inspections and tests.
160.043-6  Marking and packing.
160.043-7  Procedure for approval.

      Subpart 160.044--Pumps, Bilge, Lifeboat, for Merchant Vessels

160.044-1  Applicable specifications.
160.044-2  Types and sizes.
160.044-3  General requirements.
160.044-4  Inspection and tests.
160.044-5  Marking.
160.044-6  Procedure for approval.

 Subpart 160.047--Specifications for a Buoyant Vest, Kapok, or Fibrous 
                         Glass, Adult and Child

160.047-1  Incorporation by reference.
160.047-2  Model.
160.047-3  Materials.
160.047-3a  Materials--Dee ring and snap hook assemblies and other 
          instruments of closure for buoyant vests.
160.047-4  Construction.
160.047-5  Inspections and tests.
160.047-6  Marking.
160.047-7  Recognized laboratory.

   Subpart 160.048--Specification for a Buoyant Cushion, Fibrous Glass

160.048-1   Incorporation by reference.
160.048-2  Types and sizes.
160.048-3  Materials.
160.048-4  Construction and workmanship.
160.048-5  Inspections and tests.
160.048-6  Marking.
160.048-7  Procedure for approval.
160.048-8  Recognized laboratory.

    Subpart 160.049--Specification for a Buoyant Cushion Plastic Foam

160.049-1  Incorporation by reference.
160.049-2  Types and sizes.
160.049-3  Materials.
160.049-4  Construction and workmanship.
160.049-5  Inspections and tests.
160.049-6  Marking.
160.049-7  Procedure for approval.
160.049-8  Recognized laboratory.

   Subpart 160.050--Specification for a Buoy, Life Ring, Unicellular 
                                 Plastic

160.050-1  Incorporation by reference.
160.050-2  Types and sizes.
160.050-3  Materials.
160.050-4  Construction and workmanship.
160.050-5  Sampling, tests, and inspection.
160.050-6  Marking.
160.050-7  Procedure for approval.

                  Subpart 160.051--Inflatable Liferafts

160.051-0  Incorporation by reference.
160.051-1  Applicable specifications.
160.051-2  Alternate construction.
160.051-3  Type and sizes.
160.051-4  Design.
160.051-5  Inspections and tests.
160.051-6  Servicing.
160.051-7  Equipment.
160.051-8  Nameplate and marking.
160.051-9  Procedure for approval.

 Subpart 160.052--Specification for a Buoyant Vest, Unicellular Plastic 
                          Foam, Adult and Child

160.052-1  Incorporation by reference.
160.052-2  Size and model.
160.052-3  Materials--Standard vests.
160.052-3a  Materials--Dee ring and snap hook assemblies and other 
          instruments of closure for buoyant vests.
160.052-4  Materials--nonstandard vests.
160.052-5  Construction--standard vests.
160.052-6  Construction--nonstandard vests.
160.052-7  Inspection and tests--standard and nonstandard vests.
160.052-8  Marking.
160.052-9  Recognized laboratory.

          Subpart 160.053--Work Vests, Unicellular Plastic Foam

160.053-1  Applicable specifications.
160.053-2  Type.
160.053-3  Materials, construction and workmanship.
160.053-4  Inspections and tests.
160.053-5  Marking.

[[Page 17]]

160.053-6  Procedure for approval.

       Subpart 160.054--Kits, First-Aid, for Inflatable Liferafts

160.054-1  Applicable specification.
160.054-2  Type and size.
160.054-3  Construction.
160.054-4  Contents.
160.054-5  Inspections and tests.
160.054-6  Marking.
160.054-7  Procedure for approval.

 Subpart 160.055--Life Preservers, Unicellular Plastic Foam, Adult and 
                       Child, for Merchant Vessels

160.055-1  Incorporation by reference.
160.055-2  Type and model.
160.055-3  Materials--standard life preservers.
160.055-4  Materials--nonstandard life preservers.
160.055-5  Construction--Standard life preservers.
160.055-6  Construction--nonstandard, life preservers.
160.055-7  Sampling, test, and inspections--standard and nonstandard 
          life preservers.
160.055-8  Marking.
160.055-9  Procedure for approval--standard and nonstandard life 
          preservers.

                      Subpart 160.056--Rescue Boat

160.056-1  General requirements.
160.056-2  Construction.
160.056-3  Fittings and equipment.
160.056-4  Approval tests of prototype rescue boat.
160.056-5  Inspections.
160.056-6  Name plate.
160.056-7  Procedure for approval.

  Subpart 160.057--Floating Orange Smoke Distress Signals (15 Minutes)

160.057-1  Incorporations by reference.
160.057-2  Type.
160.057-3  Materials, workmanship, construction, and performance 
          requirements.
160.057-4  Approval and production tests.
160.057-5  Marking.
160.057-7  Procedure for approval.

     Subpart 160.058--Desalter Kits, Sea Water, for Merchant Vessels

160.058-1  Applicable specification.
160.058-2  Type.
160.058-3  Materials, workmanship construction and performance 
          requirements.
160.058-4  Inspections.
160.058-5  Labeling and marking.
160.058-6  Procedure for approval.

     Subpart 160.060--Specification for a Buoyant Vest, Unicellular 
                   Polyethylene Foam, Adult and Child

160.060-1  Incorporation by reference.
160.060-2  Type and model.
160.060-3  Materials--standard vests.
160.060-3a  Materials--Dee ring and snap hook assemblies and other 
          instruments of closure for buoyant vests.
160.060-4  Materials--nonstandard vests.
160.060-5  Construction--standard vests.
160.060-6  Construction--nonstandard vests.
160.060-7  Inspections and tests--standard and nonstandard vests.
160.060-8  Marking.
160.060-9  Recognized laboratory.

  Subpart 160.061--Fishing Tackle Kits, Emergency, for Merchant Vessels

160.061-1  Applicable specifications.
160.061-2  Requirements.
160.061-3  Design and construction.
160.061-4  Kit assembly.
160.061-5  Marking.
160.061-6  Inspection and test.
160.061-7  Procedure for approval.

  Subpart 160.062--Releases, Lifesaving Equipment, Hydraulic and Manual

160.062-1  Applicable specifications, and referenced material.
160.062-2  Types.
160.062-3  Materials, construction, workmanship, and performance 
          requirements.
160.062-4  Inspections and tests.
160.062-5  Markings.
160.062-6  Procedure for approval.
160.062-7  Procedures for acceptance of repair facility.
160.062-8  Procedures for acceptance of testing facility.

                 Subpart 160.064--Marine Buoyant Devices

160.064-1  Applicable specifications.
160.064-2  Types and models.
160.064-3  Requirements.
160.064-4  Marking.
160.064-6  Examinations, tests and inspections.
160.064-7  Recognized laboratory.

Subpart 160.066--Distress Signal for Boats, Red Aerial Pyrotechnic Flare

160.066-1  Type.
160.066-5  Design, construction and manufacturing requirements.
160.066-7  Performance requirements.
160.066-9  Labeling.
160.066-10  Expiration date.
160.066-11  Approval procedures.
160.066-12  Operational tests.

[[Page 18]]

160.066-13  Technical tests.
160.066-15  Production testing.

        Subpart 160.072--Distress Signals for Boats, Orange Flag

160.072-1  Applicability.
160.072-3  General performance requirements.
160.072-5  Accelerated weathering test.
160.072-7  Manufacturer certification and labeling.
160.072-9  Manufacturer notification.

  Subpart 160.073--Float-Free Link or Life Floats and Buoyant Apparatus

160.073-1  Scope.
160.073-5  Certification.
160.073-10  Construction and performance.
160.073-15  Tests.
160.073-20  Marking.

   Subpart 160.076--Inflatable Recreational Personal Flotation Devices

160.076-1  Scope.
160.076-3  Applicability.
160.076-5  Definitions.
160.076-7  PFD approval Type.
160.076-9  Conditional approval.
160.076-11  Incorporation by reference.
160.076-13  Approval procedures for inflatable PFDs.
160.076-15  Suspension or termination of approval.
160.076-17  Approval of design or material changes.
160.076-19  Recognized laboratories.
160.076-21  Component materials.
160.076-23  Construction and performance requirements.
160.076-25  Approval testing.
160.076-27  [Reserved].
160.076-29  Production oversight.
160.076-31  Production tests and examinations.
160.076-33  Manufacturer records.
160.076-35  Information pamphlet.
160.076-37  Owner's manual.
160.076-39  Marking.

      Subpart 160.077--Hybrid Inflatable Personal Flotation Devices

160.077-1  Scope.
160.077-2  Definitions.
160.077-3  Required to be worn.
160.077-4  Type.
160.077-5  Incorporation by reference.
160.077-6  Approval procedures.
160.077-7  Procedure for approval of design or material revision.
160.077-9  Recognized laboratory.
160.077-11  Materials--Recreational Hybrid PFD's.
160.077-13  Materials--Type I and Commercial Hybrid PFD.
160.077-15  Construction and Performance--Recreational Hybrid PFD.
160.077-17  Construction and Performance--Type I and Commercial Hybrid 
          PFD.
160.077-19  Approval Testing--Recreational Hybrid PFD's.
160.077-21  Approval Testing--Type I and Commercial Hybrid PFD.
160.077-23  Production tests and inspections.
160.077-25  Manufacturer records.
160.077-27  Pamphlet.
160.077-29  PFD Manuals.
160.077-30  Spare operating components and temporary marking.
160.077-31  PFD Marking.

                    Subpart 160.171--Immersion Suits

160.171-1  Scope.
160.171-3  Incorporations by reference.
160.171-5  Independent laboratory.
160.171-7  Approval procedures.
160.171-9  Construction.
160.171-11  Performance.
160.171-13  Storage case.
160.171-15  Instructions.
160.171-17  Approval testing for adult size immersion suit.
160.171-19  Approval testing for child size immersion suit.
160.171-23  Marking.
160.171-25  Production testing.

                Subpart 160.174--Thermal Protective Aids

160.174-1   Scope.
160.174-3   Incorporations by reference.
160.174-5   Independent laboratory.
160.174-7   Approval procedures.
160.174-9   Construction.
160.174-11  Performance.
160.174-13  Storage case.
160.174-15  Instructions.
160.174-17  Approval testing.
160.174-23  Marking.
160.174-25  Production testing.

                 Subpart 160.176--Inflatable Lifejackets

160.176-1  Scope.
160.176-2  Application.
160.176-3  Definitions.
160.176-4  Incorporation by Reference.
160.176-5  Approval procedures.
160.176-6  Procedure for approval of design or material revision.
160.176-7  Independent laboratories.
160.176-8  Materials.
160.176-9  Construction.
160.176-11  Performance.
160.176-13  Approval Tests.
160.176-15  Production tests and inspections.
160.176-17  Manufacturer records.
160.176-19  Servicing.

[[Page 19]]

160.176-21  User manuals.
160.176-23  Marking.

    Authority: 46 U.S.C. 2103, 3306, 3703 and 4302; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 
58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; 49 CFR 1.46.



                Subpart 160.001--Life Preservers, General



Sec. 160.001-1   Incorporation by reference.

    (a) This subpart makes reference to the following documents:
    (1) Federal Specifications:

V-T-285D-Thread, Polyester.
V-T-295D-Thread, Nylon.

    (2) Military Specification:

MIL-T-3530E-Thread and Twine; mildew resistant or water repellent 
treated.

    (b) The Federal Specifications to which this subpart refers may be 
purchased from the Business Service Center, General Services 
Administration, Washington, DC 20407, or from any other regional General 
Services Administration Business Service Center.
    (c) Military Specification MIL-T-3530E may be obtained from the 
Commanding Officer, Naval Supply Depot, 5801 Tabor Avenue, Philadelphia, 
PA 19120.
    (d) If an incorporated reference is not available from these 
sources, it may be obtained from the Commandant (G-MSE), U.S. Coast 
Guard, Washington, DC 20593-0001.

[CGD 78-012, 43 FR 27152, June 22, 1978, as amended by CGD 88-070, 53 FR 
34535, Sept. 7, 1988; CGD 84-068, 58 FR 29493, May 20, 1993; CGD 95-072, 
60 FR 50467, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50733, Sept. 27, 1996]



Sec. 160.001-2   General characteristics of life preservers.

    (a) A life preserver must be of such construction, material and 
workmanship that it can perform its intended function in all weathers 
and at all temperatures which may be expected in the normal usage of the 
life preserver. All components used in the construction of a life 
preserver must meet the applicable requirements of subpart 164.019 of 
the chapter.
    (b) A life preserver shall be capable of supporting in fresh water 
for 48 hours a minimum of 16.5 pounds.
    (c) Life preservers which depend upon loose or granulated material 
for buoyancy are prohibited.
    (d) A life preserver shall be simple in design, reversible, and 
capable of being quickly adjusted for secure fit to the body of a wearer 
of the size for which it is intended.
    (e) A life preserver shall support the wearer in the water in an 
upright or slightly backward position, and shall provide support to the 
head so that the face of an unconscious or exhausted person is held 
above the water.
    (f) A life preserver shall be capable of turning the wearer, upon 
entering the water, to a safe flotation position as described in 
paragraph (e) of this section.
    (g) A life preserver shall not be appreciably deteriorated or 
rendered unable to perform its intended function by common oils or oil 
products.
    (h) A life preserver shall be of a highly visible color, such as 
Indian Orange, International Orange, or Scarlet Munsell Red.
    (i) A life preserver shall be of such construction, materials, and 
workmanship as to be at least equivalent to a standard type life 
preserver described in detail by other subparts in this part.
    (j) Each thread in a life preserver regulated under subparts 
160.002, 160.005 and 160.055 of this part must meet the requirements of 
a Federal or military specification in table 164.023-5(a) of this 
chapter. Only one kind of thread may be used in each seam.

[CGFR 66-33, 31 FR 15297, Dec. 6, 1966, as amended by CGD 78-012, 43 FR 
27152, June 22, 1978; CGD 78-174b, 54 FR 50320, Dec. 5, 1989; CGD 84-
068, 58 FR 29493, May 20, 1993]



Sec. 160.001-3   General provisions for approval of life preservers.

    (a) Designs of life preservers are approved only by the Commandant, 
U.S. Coast Guard.
    (b) Standard type life preservers covered by detailed specifications 
in this part shall be submitted as provided by the applicable subpart.
    (c) Life preservers in any degree different from the standards 
contained in this part shall be submitted for approval through the Coast 
Guard District Commander of the district in which the factory is 
located, and shall

[[Page 20]]

include duplicate specimen life preservers, together with plans, 
material lists, and construction specifications in quadruplicate.

[11 FR 847, Jan. 23, 1946; 11 FR 10089, Sept. 11, 1946, as amended by 
CGFR 65-16, 30 FR 10897, Aug. 21, 1965; CGD 78-012, 43 FR 27154, June 
22, 1978; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34535, Sept. 7, 1988]



Subpart 160.002--Life Preservers, Kapok, Adult and Child (Jacket Type), 
                             Models 3 and 5



Sec. 160.002-1  Incorporation by reference.

    (a) Specifications and standards. This subpart makes reference to 
the following documents:
    (1) Military Specifications:

MIL-W-530--Webbing, Textile, Cotton. General Purpose, Natural or in 
Colors.

    (2) Federal Specification:

L-P-375--Plastic Film, Flexible, Vinyl Chloride.

    (3) Federal Standards:

No. 191--Textile Test Methods.
No. 751A--Stitches, Seams, and Stitchings.

    (4) Coast Guard specifications:

164.003--Kapok, Processed.

    (b) Plans. The following plans, of the issue in effect on the date 
life preservers are manufactured, form a part of this specification:

Dwg. No. F-49-6-1:
    (Sheet 1) Cutting Pattern and General Arrangement (adult).
    (Sheet 1A) Alternate stitching of tapes and webbing (adult and 
child).
    (Sheet 2) Pad Detail (adult).
Dwg. No. F-49-6-5:
    (Sheet 1) Cutting Pattern and General Arrangement (child).
    (Sheet 2) Pad Detail (child).

    (c) Copies on file. Copies of the specifications and plans referred 
to in this section shall be kept on file by the manufacturer, together 
with the certificate of approval. They shall be kept for a period 
consisting of the duration of approval and 6 months after termination of 
approval. The Coast Guard specifications and plans may be obtained upon 
request from the Commandant (G-MSE), U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC, 
20593-0001. The Federal specifications and standards may be purchased 
from the Business Service Center, General Services Administration, 
Washington, DC, 20407. The Military specifications may be obtained from 
the Commanding Officer, Naval Supply Depot, 5801 Tabor Avenue, 
Philadelphia, Pa., 19120.
    (d) [Reserved]

[CGFR 53-25, 18 FR 7855, Dec. 5, 1953, as amended by CGFR 65-16, 30 FR 
10897, Aug. 21, 1965; CGD 78-012, 43 FR 27153, 27154, June 22, 1978; CGD 
88-070, 53 FR 34535, Sept. 7, 1988; CGD 95-072, 60 FR 50467, Sept. 29, 
1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50733, Sept. 27, 1996]



Sec. 160.002-2   Size and models.

    Each life preserver specified in this subpart is to be a:
    (a) Model 3, adult, 24 ounces kapok; or
    (b) Model 5, child, 16 ounces kapok.

[CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8118, Mar. 28, 1973]



Sec. 160.002-3   Materials.

    All components used in the construction of the life preserver must 
meet the applicable requirements of subpart 164.019 of this chapter and 
the following requirements apply to individual components;
    (a) Kapok. The kapok shall be all new material complying with 
subpart 164.003 of this subchapter and shall be properly processed.
    (b) Envelope. The life preserver envelope, or cover, shall be made 
of cotton drill. The color shall be Indian Orange, Cable No. 70072, 
Standard Color Card of America, issued by the Textile Color Association 
of the United States, Inc., 200 Madison Avenue, New York, N.Y., or 
Scarlet Munsell 7.5 Red 6/10. The drill shall be evenly dyed, and the 
fastness of the color to laundering, water, crocking, and light shall be 
rated ``good'' when tested in accordance with Federal Test Method 
Standard No. 191, Methods 5610, 5630, 5650, and 5660. After dyeing, the 
drill shall be treated with a mildew-inhibitor of the type specified in 
paragraph (j) of this section. The finished goods shall contain not more 
than 2 percent residual sizing or other non-fibrous material, shall 
weigh not less than 6.5 ounces per square yard, shall have a thread 
count of not less than 72 in the warp and 54 in the filling, and shall 
have a breaking strength (grab method) of not less than 105

[[Page 21]]

pounds in the warp and 70 pounds in the filling. If it is proposed to 
treat the fabric with a fire-retardant substance, full details shall be 
submitted to the Commandant for determination as to what samples will be 
needed for testing.
    (c) Tunnel strip. The tunnel strip shall be made of cotton drill 
conforming to the requirements for the envelope cover.
    (d) Pad covering. The covering for the kapok pad inserts shall be 
flexible vinyl film not less than 0.006 inch in thickness meeting the 
requirements of specification L-P-375 for Type I film Type II, Class 1 
film not less than 0.008 inch in thickness will also be acceptable.
    (e) Tie tapes and drawstrings. The tie tapes at the neck and the 
lower drawstrings shall be made of 1\1/4\-inch cotton tape weighing not 
less than 0.3 ounce per linear yard, and having a minimum breaking 
strength of 200 pounds. The tie tapes and drawstrings shall be treated 
with a mildew-inhibitor of the type specified in paragraph (j) of this 
section.
    (f) Body strap. The body strap shall be made of one-inch cotton 
webbing having a minimum breaking strength of 400 pounds. One-inch 
cotton webbing meeting the requirements of specification MIL-W-530 for 
Type IIb webbing is acceptable. The complete body strap assembly shall 
have a minimum breaking strength of 360 pounds. The body strap shall be 
treated with a mildew-inhibitor of the type specified in paragraph (j) 
of this section.
    (g) Dee rings and snap hook. The dee rings and snap hook shall be of 
brass, bronze, or stainless steel, and of the approximate size indicated 
by Dwg. F-49-6-1, Sheet 1. The snap hook spring shall be phosphor bronze 
or other suitable corrosion-resistant material. Dee ring ends shall be 
welded to form a continuous ring. The webbing opening of the snap hook 
shall be a continuous ring.
    (h) Reinforcing tape. The reinforcing tape shall be made of \3/4\-
inch cotton tape weighing not less than 0.18 ounce per linear yard and 
having a minimum breaking strength of 120 pounds, and shall be treated 
with a mildew-inhibitor of the type specified in paragraph (j) of this 
section.
    (i) Thread. Each thread must meet the requirements of subpart 
164.023 of this chapter. Only one kind of thread may be used in each 
seam.
     (j) Mildew-inhibitor. The mildew-inhibitor shall be 
dihydroxydichloro- diphenylmethane, known commercially as Compound G-4, 
applied by the aqueous method. The amount of inhibitor deposited shall 
be not more than 1.50 percent and not less than 1.00 percent of the dry 
weight of the finished goods.

[CGFR 58-23, 23 FR 4627, June 25, 1958, as amended by CGFR 65-16, 30 FR 
10897, Aug. 21, 1965; CGD 78-012, 43 FR 27153, 27154; June 22, 1978; CGD 
84-068, 58 FR 29493, May 20, 1993]



Sec. 160.002-4   Construction.

    (a) General. This specification covers life preservers which 
essentially consist of a vest-cut envelope containing pockets in which 
are enclosed pads of buoyant material, the life preserver being fitted 
with tapes and webbing to provide complete reversibility, proper 
adjustment for close fit to the bodies of various size wearers, and 
proper flotation characteristics to hold the wearer in an upright 
backward position with head and face out of water.
    (b) Envelope. The envelope shall be of not more than two pieces, one 
piece for either side, cut to the pattern shown on Dwg. No. F-49-6-1, 
Sheet 1, for adult size, and Dwg. F-49-6-5, Sheet 1, for child size, 
joined by seams and stitching as shown on the drawing. A drawstring 
tunnel shall be formed by stitching a strip of the tunnel strip material 
as shown on the drawing. The ends of the tunnel strip shall be tucked 
under the reinforcing tape stitched around the end openings so there is 
no direct access to the pads from the outside. Three pockets shall be 
formed for insertion of the kapok pads. The two front pads shall be 
removable from the envelope when portions of the lower longitudinal seam 
are opened, and the back pad shall be removable when a portion of one 
armhole seam is opened.
    (c) Pad inserts--(1) Forming, sealing, and distribution of kapok. 
The buoyant pad inserts shall be formed from two pieces of film cut to 
the patterns shown by Dwg. No. F-49-6-1, Sheet 2, for adult size, and 
Dwg. No. F-49-6-5, Sheet 2, for child size, which shall be heat-sealed 
tight. The heat-sealed pad

[[Page 22]]

seams shall show an adhesion of not less than 8 pounds when one inch 
strips cut across and perpendicular to the seams are pulled apart at a 
rate of separation of the clamping jaws of the test machine of 12 inches 
per minute. The pad inserts shall be filled with kapok distributed as 
follows:

      Table 160.002-4 (c)(1)--Distribution of Kapok in Pad Inserts      
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   Model 3 (minimum)   Model 5 (minimum)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Front pad (2):                                                          
  Lower section.................  5.25 oz. each.....  3.50 oz. each.    
  Upper section.................  3.75 oz. each.....  2.50 oz. each.    
Back Pad........................  6.00 oz...........  4.00 oz.          
      Total.....................  24.00 oz..........  16.00 oz.         
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (2) Displacement of pad inserts. The volume of the finished 
individual heat-sealed buoyant pad inserts shall be such as to provide 
buoyancy as set forth in the following table when tested in accordance 
with the method set forth in Sec. 160.002-5(d), except that the period 
of submergence shall be only long enough to determine the displacement 
of the pads:

        Table 160.002-4(c)(2)--Volume Displacement of Sealed Pads       
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                        Model 3             Model 5     
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Front pads......................  12\1/2\ lbs.        6\1/2\ lbs.       
                                   eachplus-minus\3/   eachplus-minus\1/
                                   4\ lb.              2\ lb.           
Back pads.......................  8 lbs. eachplus-    4\1/2\ lbs.       
                                   minus\1/2\ lb.      eachplus-minus\1/
                                                       2\ lb.           
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (d) Tie tapes. The tie tapes at the neck shall extend not less than 
14 inches from the edge of the adult life preserver and not less than 12 
inches from the edge of the child life preserver. They shall be stitched 
through both thicknesses of the envelope as shown by Dwg. No. F-49-6-1, 
Sheet 1, for adult size, and Dwg. No. F-49-6-5, Sheet 1, for child size, 
or by the alternate stitching shown on Sheet 1A. The free ends shall be 
doubled over and stitched in accordance with section G-G of Sheet 1.
    (e) Drawstrings. The drawstrings at the waist shall extend not less 
than 8 inches from the edge of the life preserver and shall be secured 
in the drawstring tunnel as shown by Dwg. No. F-49-6-1, Sheet 1, for 
adult size, and Dwg. No. F-49-6-5, Sheet 1, for child size, or by the 
alternate stitching shown on Sheet 1A. The free ends shall be doubled 
over and stitched in accordance with section G-G of Sheet 1.
    (f) Body strap. The body strap shall be fitted with a single Dee 
ring on one end with the arrangement of a snap hook and pre-threaded 
double Dee rings as shown on Dwg. No. F-49-6-1, Sheet 1, on the other. 
The body strap shall be stitched as shown on the drawings, and the edge 
of the single Dee ring shall be 20 inches from the center line for adult 
size and 15 inches for child size.
    (g) Reinforcing tape. Binding tape shall be stitched approximately 
15 inches for adult jackets and 12 inches for child jackets around the 
back of the neck, and also around the openings of the drawstring tunnel 
and around the bottom of the armholes, as indicated by the drawings.
    (h) Stitching. All stitching shall be a short lock stitch conforming 
to Stitch Type 301 of Federal standard No. 751 and there shall be not 
less than 7, nor more than 9 stitches to the inch.
    (i) Workmanship. Life preservers shall be of first-class workmanship 
and shall be free from any defects materially affecting their appearance 
or serviceability.

[CGFR 53-25, 18 FR 7856, Dec. 5, 1953, as amended by CGFR 58-23, 23 FR 
4627, June 25, 1958; CGFR 65-16, 30 FR 10897, Aug. 21, 1965]



Sec. 160.002-5   Sampling, tests, and inspections.1
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    1 The manufacturer of a personal flotation device must meet 33 CFR 
181.701 through 33 CFR 181.705 which require an instruction pamphlet for 
each device that is sold or offered for sale for use on recreational 
boats.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (a) General. When production is to commence on life preservers or 
kapok pad inserts for use in life preservers, the manufacturer shall 
notify the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, U.S. Coast Guard, of 
the inspection zone in which the factory is located in sufficient time 
for him to assign a Coast Guard marine inspector to the plant to observe 
production methods and to conduct any inspections or tests which may be 
deemed advisable. Manufacturers of approved life preservers shall 
maintain quality control of the materials used, manufacturing 
operations, and the finished product so as to meet

[[Page 23]]

the requirements of this specification. When a lot of life preservers is 
presented for Coast Guard inspection, it is expected that the 
manufacturer will previously have taken all ordinary precautions to 
assure himself that the life preservers are in full compliance with the 
requirements of this specification. The Coast Guard inspections and test 
are not intended to replace, or be a substitute for, full inspections 
and tests by the manufacturer to maintain the quality of his product. 
The Coast Guard marine inspector shall be admitted to any place in the 
factory where work is done on the life preservers or on component 
materials or parts. Samples of materials entering into construction may 
be taken by the inspector and tests made for compliance with the 
applicable requirements.
    (b) Lot size and sampling. (1) A lot shall consist of not more than 
500 life preservers. A new lot shall be started with any change or 
modification in materials used or manufacturing methods employed. When a 
lot of life preservers is ready for inspection, the manufacturer shall 
notify the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, U. S. Coast Guard, of 
the inspection zone in which the factory is located, who will assign a 
marine inspector to the plant for the purpose of making the necessary 
tests and inspections. From each lot of life preservers the marine 
inspector shall select samples in accordance with the following table to 
be tested for buoyancy in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section:

           Table 160.002-5(b)(1)--Sampling for Buoyancy Tests           
                                                                        
                                                               Number of
                                                                 life   
                          Lot size                            preservers
                                                               in sample
                                                                        
100 and under...............................................           1
101 to 200..................................................           2
201 to 300..................................................           3
301 to 500..................................................           4
                                                                        

    (2) For a lot next succeeding one from which any sample life 
preserver failed the buoyancy test, the sample shall consist of not less 
than ten specimen life preservers to be tested for buoyancy in 
accordance with paragraph (d) of this section.
    (c) Test facilities. The manufacturer shall provide a suitable place 
and the necessary apparatus for the use of the inspector in conducting 
tests to determine compliance of life preservers with this 
specification. The apparatus shall include accurate spring scales of 
adequate capacity, weighted wire mesh baskets, and a test tank or tanks 
which can be locked or sealed in such manner as to preclude disturbance 
of life preservers undergoing test or change in water level.
    (d) Buoyancy test. Remove the buoyant pad inserts from the life 
preserver and cut three slits in the film on both sides of both the 
upper and lower sections of the front pads and three slits on both sides 
of the back pad. The slits shall be not less than 2 inches in length and 
spaced not less than 2 inches apart. Securely attach the spring scale in 
a position directly over the test tank. Suspend the weighted wire basket 
from the scale in such a manner that the basket may be weighed while it 
is completely under water. In order to measure the actual buoyancy 
provided by the pads, the underwater weight of the empty basket should 
exceed the buoyancy of the pads; to obtain the buoyancy of the pads, 
proceed as follows:
    (1) Weigh the empty wire basket under water.
    (2) Place the pads inside the basket, and submerge it so that the 
top of the basket is at least 2 inches below the surface of the water. 
Allow the pads to remain submerged for 48 hours. The tank shall be 
locked or sealed during this 48-hour submergence period. It is important 
that after the pads have once been submerged they shall remain submerged 
for the duration of the test, and at no time during the course of the 
test shall they be removed from the tank or otherwise exposed to air.
    (3) After the 48-hour submergence period unlock or unseal the tank 
and weigh the wire basket with the pads inside while both are still 
under water.
    (4) The buoyancy is computed as (1) minus (3).
    (e) Buoyancy required. The buoyant pad inserts from Model 3 adult 
life preservers shall provide not less than 25 pounds buoyancy in fresh 
water, and the pads from Model 5 child life preservers shall provide not 
less than 16\1/2\ pounds buoyancy.

[[Page 24]]

    (f) Lot inspection. If the sample life preserver or preservers meet 
the buoyancy requirement, the inspector shall carefully inspect 
individually each of the life preservers in the lot, making such 
examination and tests as are necessary to satisfy himself that the life 
preservers have been manufactured according to this specification. Non-
conforming units shall be eliminated. The manufacturer shall provide a 
well lighted place equipped with a suitable smooth top table for use by 
the inspector and shall provide labor for all handling of life 
preservers requisite to lot inspection.
    (g) Lot acceptance. When the inspector has satisfied himself that 
the life preservers in the lot are of a type officially approved in the 
name of the company, and that such life preservers meet the requirements 
of this specification, they shall be plainly marked in waterproof ink 
with the words ``Inspected and Passed, (Date), (Marine Inspection Office 
identification letters) U.S.C.G.''
    (h) Lot rejection. If any sample life preserver fails the buoyancy 
test, ten additional specimen life preservers shall be selected from the 
lot and tested for buoyancy. If all the ten additional specimen life 
preservers pass the buoyancy test, the lot shall be considered for lot 
inspection as set forth in paragraph (f) of this section. If any one of 
the ten additional specimen life preservers fails the buoyancy test, the 
lot shall be rejected. If, in the lot inspection, three or more non-
conforming units are eliminated for the same kind of defect, lot 
inspection shall be discontinued until such time as the manufacturer has 
inspected the remainder of the lot and eliminated or corrected 
additional units having the same kind of defect. Non-conforming units 
which have been eliminated in the lot inspection may be re-submitted for 
inspection, provided that all defects have been corrected to the 
satisfaction of the inspector. When permitted by the Commander of the 
Coast Guard District, rejected lots may be re-worked by the manufacturer 
to correct the deficiency for which they were rejected and to eliminate 
all non-conforming units, following which the remainder of the lot may 
be re-submitted for official testing and inspection. Life preservers 
from rejected lots may not, unless subsequently accepted, be sold or 
offered for sale under representation as being in compliance with this 
specification or as being approved for use on merchant vessels or 
motorboats.

[CGFR 53-25, 18 FR 7857, Dec. 5, 1953, as amended by CGFR 58-23, 23 FR 
4627, June 25, 1958; CGD 75-186, 41 FR 10437, Mar. 11, 1976; CGD 75-008, 
43 FR 9772, Mar. 9, 1978]



Sec. 160.002-6   Marking.

    Each life preserver must have the following clearly marked in 
waterproof ink on a front section:
    (a) In letters three-quarters of an inch or more in height:
    (1) Adult (for persons weighing over 90 pounds); or
    (2) Child (for persons weighing less than 90 pounds).
    (b) In letters that can be read at a distance of 2 feet:

Type I Personal Flotation Device.
Inspected and tested in accordance with U.S. Coast Guard regulations.
Kapok buoyant material provides a minimum buoyant force of (25 lb. or 
16\1/2\ lb.).
Do not snag or puncture inner plastic cover.
Approved for use on all vessels by persons weighing (90 lb. or more, or 
less than 90 lb.).
U.S. Coast Guard Approval No. 160.002/(assigned manufacturer's No.)/
(Revision No.); (Model No.).
(Name and address of manufacturer or distributor.).
(Lot No.).

[CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8118, Mar. 28, 1973, as amended by CGD 75-008, 43 FR 
9770, Mar. 9, 1978]



Sec. 160.002-7   Procedure for approval.

    (a) General. Life preservers for use on merchant vessels or 
motorboats are approved only by the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard. Each 
model life preserver is considered separately. Correspondence pertaining 
to the subject matter of this specification shall be addressed to the 
Commander of the Coast Guard District in which the factory is located. 
The Commander of the Coast Guard District will detail a marine inspector 
to the factory to observe the production facilities and manufacturing 
methods and to select, from not less than ten life preservers already 
manufactured, not less than three life

[[Page 25]]

preservers for test in accordance with Secs. 160.002-4(c)(2) and 
160.002-5(d). A copy of the marine inspector's report, together with a 
fourth specimen life preserver and one set of pad inserts selected from 
those already manufactured, will be forwarded to the Commandant for 
examination, and if satisfactory an official approval number will be 
assigned to the manufacturer for the model life preserver submitted.

[CGFR 58-23, 23 FR 4628, June 25, 1958, as amended by CGFR 65-16, 30 FR 
10897, Aug. 21, 1965; CGD 78-012, 43 FR 27154, June 22, 1978; CGD 88-
070, 53 FR 34535, Sept. 7, 1988]



Subpart 160.005--Life Preservers, Fibrous Glass, Adult and Child (Jacket 
                         Type), Models 52 and 56



Sec. 160.005-1   Incorporation by reference.

    (a) Specifications and Standards. This subpart makes reference to 
the following documents:
    (1) Federal Specification:

L-P-375C--Plastic Film, Flexible, Vinyl Chloride.

    (2) Federal Standards:

No. 191--Textile Test Methods.
No. 751A--Stitches, Seams, and Stitchings.

    (3) Military Specification:

MIL-W-530F--Webbing, Textiles, Cotton, General Purpose, Natural and in 
colors.
MIL-R-2766B--Batt, Fibrous Glass, Lifesaving Equipment.

    (b) Plans. The following plans, of the issue in effect on the date 
life preservers are manufactured, form a part of this subpart:

Dwg. No. 160.005-1:
    (Sheet 1) Cutting Pattern and General Arrangement (Adult).
    (Sheet 2) Alternate Stitching of Tapes and Webbing (Adult and 
Child).
    (Sheet 3) Pad Detail (Adult).
    (Sheet 4) Cutting Pattern and General Arrangement (Child).
    (Sheet 5) Pad Detail (Child).

    (c) Copies on file. Copies of the specifications and plans referred 
to in this section shall be kept on file by the manufacturer, together 
with the certificate of approval. They shall be kept for a period 
consisting of the duration of approval and 6 months after termination of 
approval. The Coast Guard plans may be obtained upon request from the 
Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard. The Federal specifications and standards 
may be purchased from the Business Service Center, General Services 
Administration, Washington, DC 20407. The Military specifications may be 
obtained from the Commanding Officer, Naval Supply Depot, 5801 Tabor 
Avenue, Philadelphia, Pa. 19120.

[CGFR 53-25, 18 FR 7862, Dec. 5, 1953, as amended by CGFR 65-16, 30 FR 
10897, Aug. 21, 1965; CGD 78-012, 43 FR 27153, 27154, June 22, 1978; CGD 
88-070, 53 FR 34535, Sept. 7, 1988]



Sec. 160.005-2   Size and model.

    Each life preserver specified in this subpart is a:
    (a) Model 52, adult, 46 ounces fibrous glass; or
    (b) Model 56, child, 30 ounces fibrous glass.

[CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8118, Mar. 28, 1973]



Sec. 160.005-3   Materials.

    All components used in the construction of a life preserver must 
meet the applicable requirements of subpart 164.019 of this chapter and 
the following requirements apply to individual components:
    (a) Fibrous glass. The fibrous glass shall be all new material 
complying with the requirements of Specification MIL-B-2766.
    (b) Envelope. The life preserver envelope, or cover, shall be made 
of cotton drill. The color shall be Indian Orange, Cable No. 70072, 
Standard Color Card of America, issued by the Textile Color Association 
of the United States, Inc., 200 Madison Avenue, New York, N.Y., or 
Scarlet Munsell 7.5 Red 6/10. The drill shall be evenly dyed, and the 
fastness of the color to laundering, water, crocking, and light shall be 
rated ``good'' when tested in accordance with Federal Test Method 
Standard No. 191, Methods 5610, 5630, 5650, and 5660. After dyeing, the 
drill shall be treated with a mildew-inhibitor of the type specified in 
paragraph (j) of this section. The finished goods shall contain not more 
than 2 percent residual sizing or other nonfibrous material, shall weigh 
not less than 6.5 ounces per square yard, shall have a thread count of 
not less

[[Page 26]]

than 72 in the warp and 54 in the filling, and shall have a breaking 
strength (grab method) of not less than 105 pounds in the warp and 70 
pounds in the filling. If it is proposed to treat the fabric with a 
fire-retardant substance, full details shall be submitted to the 
Commandant for determination as to what samples will be needed for 
testing.
    (c) Tunnel strip. The tunnel strip shall be made of cotton drill 
conforming to the requirements for the envelope cover.
    (d) Pad covering. The covering for the fibrous glass pad inserts 
shall be flexible vinyl film not less than 0.006 inch in thickness 
meeting the requirements of specification L-P-375 for Type I film. Type 
II, Class 1 film not less than 0.008 inch in thickness will also be 
acceptable.
    (e) Tie tapes and drawstrings. The tie tapes at the neck and the 
lower drawstrings shall be made of 1 \1/4\-inch cotton tape weighing not 
less than 0.3 ounce per linear yard, and having a minimum breaking 
strength of 200 pounds. The tie tapes and drawstrings shall be treated 
with a mildew-inhibitor of the type specified in paragraph (j) of this 
section.
    (f) Body strap. The body strap shall be made of one-inch cotton 
webbing having a minimum breaking strength of 400 pounds. One-inch 
cotton webbing meeting the requirements of specification MIL-W-530 for 
Type IIb webbing is acceptable. The complete body strap assembly shall 
have a minimum breaking strength of 360 pounds. The body strap shall be 
treated with a mildew-inhibitor of the type specified in paragraph (j) 
of this section.
    (g) Dee rings and snap hook. The dee rings and snap hook shall be 
brass, bronze, or stainless steel, and of the approximate size indicated 
by Dwg. No. 160.005-1, Sheet 1. The snap hook spring shall be phosphor 
bronze or other suitable corrosion-resistant material. Dee ring ends 
shall be welded to form a continuous ring. The webbing opening of the 
snap hook shall be a continuous ring.
    (h) Reinforcing tape. The reinforcing tape shall be made of \3/4\-
inch cotton tape weighing not less than 0.18 ounce per linear yard and 
having a minimum breaking strength of 120 pounds, and shall be treated 
with a mildew-inhibitor of the type specified in paragraph (j) of this 
section.
    (i) Thread. Each thread must meet the requirements of subpart 
164.023 of this chapter. Only one kind of thread may be used in each 
seam.
    (j) Mildew-inhibitor. The mildew-inhibitor shall be 
dihydroxydichloro- diphenylmethane, known commercially as Compound G-4, 
applied by the aqueous method. The amount of inhibitor deposited shall 
be not more than 1.50 percent and not less than 1.00 percent of the dry 
weight of the finished goods.

[CGFR 58-23, 23 FR 4628, June 25, 1958, as amended by CGFR 65-16, 30 FR 
10898, Aug. 21, 1965; CGD 78-012, 43 FR 27153, 27154, June 22, 1978; CGD 
84-068, 58 FR 29493, May 20, 1993]



Sec. 160.005-4   Construction.

    (a) General. This specification covers life preservers which 
essentially consist of a vest-cut envelope containing pockets in which 
are enclosed pads of buoyant material, the life preserver being fitted 
with tapes and webbing to provide complete reversibility, proper 
adjustment for close fit to the bodies of various size wearers, and 
proper flotation characteristics to hold the wearer in an upright 
backward position with head and face out of water.
    (b) Envelope. The envelope shall be of not more than two pieces, one 
piece for either side, cut to the pattern shown on Dwg. No. 160.005-1, 
Sheet 1, for adult size, and Sheet 4, for child size, joined by seams 
and stitching as shown on the drawing. A drawstring tunnel shall be 
formed by stitching a strip of the tunnel strip material as shown by the 
drawing. The ends of the tunnel strip shall be tucked under the 
reinforcing tape stitched around the end openings so there is no direct 
access to the pads from the outside. Three pockets shall be formed for 
insertion of the pads. The two front pads shall be removable from the 
envelope when portions of the lower longitudinal seam are opened, and 
the back pad shall be removable when a portion of one armhole seam is 
opened.
    (c) Pad inserts--(1) Forming, sealing, and distribution of fibrous 
glass. The buoyant pad inserts shall be formed

[[Page 27]]

from two pieces of film cut to the patterns shown by Dwg. No. 160.005-1, 
Sheet 3, for adult size, and Sheet 5, for child size, which shall be 
heat-sealed tight. The heat-sealed pad seams shall show an adhesion of 
not less than 8 pounds when 1-inch strips cut across and perpendicular 
to the seams are pulled apart at a rate of separation of the clamping 
jaws of the test machine of 12 inches per minute. The pad inserts shall 
be filled with fibrous glass distributed as follows:

   Table 160.005-4(c)(1)--Distribution of Fibrous Glass in Pad Inserts  
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                  Model 52 (minimum)  Model 56 (minimum)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Front pad (2):                                                          
  Lower section.................  10.00 oz. each....  6.50 oz. each.    
  Upper section.................  7.25 oz. each.....  4.75 oz. each.    
Back pad........................  11.50 oz..........  7.50 oz.          
    Total.......................  46.00 oz..........  30.00 oz.         
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (2) Displacement of pad inserts. The volume of the finished 
individual heat-sealed buoyant pad inserts shall be such as to provide 
buoyancy as set forth in the following table when tested in accordance 
with the method set forth in Sec. 160.005-5(d), except that the period 
of submergence shall be only long enough to determine the displacement 
of the pads:

       Table 160.005-4 (c) (2)--Volume Displacement of Sealed Pads      
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       Model 52            Model 56     
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Front pads......................  12\1/2\ lbs. each   6\1/2\ lbs. each  
                                   plus-minus\3/4\     plus-minus\1/2\  
                                   lb..                lbs.             
Back pads.......................  8 lbs. each plus-   4\1/2\ lbs. each  
                                   minus\1/2\ lb..     plus-minus\1/2\  
                                                       lb.              
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (d) Tie tapes. The tie tapes at the neck shall extend not less than 
14 inches from the edge of the adult life preserver and not less than 12 
inches from the edge of the child life preserver. They shall be stitched 
through both thicknesses of the envelope as shown by Dwg. No. 160.005-1, 
Sheet 1, for adult size, and Sheet 4, for child size, or by the 
alternate stitching shown on Sheet 2. The free ends shall be doubled 
over and stitched in accordance with section E-E of Sheet 1.
    (e) Drawstrings. The drawstrings at the waist shall extend not less 
than 8 inches from the edge of the life preserver and shall be secured 
in the drawstring tunnel as shown by Dwg. No. 160.005-1, Sheet 1, for 
adult size, and Sheet 4, for child size, or by the alternate stitching 
shown on Sheet 2. The free ends shall be doubled over and stitched in 
accordance with section E-E of Sheet 1.
    (f) Body strap. The body strap shall be fitted with a single dee 
ring on one end and with the arrangement of a snap hook and prethreaded 
double dee rings as shown on Dwg. No. 160.005-1, Sheet 1, on the other. 
The body strap shall be stitched as shown on the drawings, and the edge 
of the single dee ring shall be 20 inches from the center line for adult 
size and 15 inches for child size.
    (g) Reinforcing tape. Binding tape shall be stitched approximately 
15 inches for adult life preservers and 12 inches for child life 
preservers around the back of the neck, and also around the openings of 
the drawstring tunnel and around the bottom of the arm holes as 
indicated by the drawings.
    (h) Stitching. All stitching shall be a short lock stitch conforming 
to Stitch Type 301 of Federal Standard No. 751, and there shall be not 
less than 7, nor more than 9 stitches to the inch.
    (i) Workmanship. Life preservers shall be of first-class workmanship 
and shall be free from any defects materially affecting their appearance 
or serviceability.

[CGFR 53-25, 18 FR 7863, Dec. 5, 1953, as amended by CGFR 58-23, 23 FR 
4628, June 25, 1958; CGFR 65-16, 30 FR 10898, Aug. 21, 1965]



Sec. 160.005-5   Sampling, tests, and inspections.1
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    1 The manufacturer of a personal flotation device must meet 33 CFR 
181.701 through 33 CFR 181.705 which require an instruction pamphlet for 
each device that is sold or offered for sale for use on recreational 
boats.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (a) General. When production is to commence on life preservers or 
fibrous glass pad inserts for use in life preservers, the manufacturer 
shall notify the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, U.S. Coast Guard 
of the inspection zone in which the factory is located in sufficient 
time for him to assign a Coast Guard Marine Inspector to the plant to 
observe production methods and to conduct any inspections or tests which 
may be deemed advisable. Manufacturers of approved life preservers shall

[[Page 28]]

maintain quality control of the materials used, manufacturing 
operations, and the finished product so as to meet the requirements of 
this specification. When a lot of life preservers is presented for Coast 
Guard inspection, it is expected that the manufacturer will previously 
have taken all ordinary precautions to assure himself that the life 
preservers are in full compliance with the requirements of this 
specification. The Coast Guard inspections and tests are not intended to 
replace, or be a substitute for, full inspections and tests by the 
manufacturer to maintain the quality of his product. The Coast Guard 
Marine Inspector shall be admitted to any place in the factory where 
work is done on the life preservers or on component materials or parts. 
Samples of materials entering into construction may be taken by the 
marine inspector and tests made for compliance with the applicable 
requirements.
    (b) Lot size and sampling. (1) A lot shall consist of not more than 
500 life preservers. A new lot shall be started with any change or 
modification in materials used or manufacturing methods employed. When a 
lot of life preservers is ready for inspection, the manufacturer shall 
notify the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, U.S. Coast Guard, of 
the inspection zone in which the factory is located, who will assign a 
marine inspector to the plant for the purpose of making the necessary 
tests and inspections. From each lot of life preservers the marine 
inspector shall select samples in accordance with the following table to 
be tested for buoyancy in accordance with paragraph (d) of this section:

           Table 160.005-5(b)(1)--Sampling for Buoyancy Tests           
                                                                        
                                                               Number of
                                                                 life   
                          Lot size                            preservers
                                                               in sample
                                                                        
100 and under...............................................           1
101 to 200..................................................           2
201 to 300..................................................           3
301 to 500..................................................           4
                                                                        

    (2) For a lot next succeeding one from which any sample life 
preserver failed the buoyancy test, the sample shall consist of not less 
than ten specimen life preservers to be tested for buoyancy in 
accordance with paragraph (d) of this section.
    (c) Test facilities. The manufacturer shall provide a suitable place 
and the necessary apparatus for the use of the inspector in conducting 
tests to determine compliance of life preservers with this 
specification. The apparatus shall include accurate spring scales of 
adequate capacity, weighted wire mesh baskets, and a test tank or tanks 
which can be locked or sealed in such manner as to preclude disturbance 
of life preservers undergoing test or change in water level.
    (d) Buoyancy test. Remove the buoyant pad inserts from the life 
preserver and cut three slits in the film on both sides of both the 
upper and lower sections of the front pads and three slits on both sides 
of the back pad. The slits shall be not less than 2 inches in length and 
spaced not less than 2 inches apart. Securely attach the spring scale in 
a position directly over the test tank. Suspend the weighted wire basket 
from the scale in such a manner that the basket may be weighed while it 
is completely under water. In order to measure the actual buoyancy 
provided by the pads, the underwater weight of the empty basket should 
exceed the buoyancy of the pads. To obtain the buoyancy of the pads, 
proceed as follows:
    (1) Weigh the empty wire basket under water.
    (2) Place the pads inside the basket, and submerge it so that the 
top of the basket is at least 2 inches below the surface of the water. 
Allow the pads to remain submerged for 48 hours. The tank shall be 
locked or sealed during this 48-hour submergence period. It is important 
that after the pads have once been submerged they shall remain submerged 
for the duration of the test, and at no time during the course of the 
test shall they be removed from the tank or otherwise exposed to air.
    (3) After the 48-hour submergence period unlock or unseal the tank 
and weigh the wire basket with the pads inside while both are still 
under water.
    (4) The buoyancy is computed as (1) minus (3).
    (e) Buoyancy required. The buoyant pad inserts from Model 52 adult 
life preservers shall provide not less than 25 pounds buoyancy in fresh 
water, and

[[Page 29]]

the pads from Model 56 child life preservers shall provide not less than 
16\1/2\ pounds buoyancy.
    (f) Lot inspection. If the sample life preserver or preservers meet 
the buoyancy requirement, the marine inspector shall carefully inspect 
individually each of the life preservers in the lot, making such 
examination and tests as are necessary to satisfy himself that the life 
preservers have been manufactured according to this specification. Non-
conforming units shall be eliminated. The manufacturer shall provide a 
well lighted place equipped with a suitable smooth top table for use by 
the marine inspector and shall provide labor for all handling of life 
preservers requisite to lot inspection.
    (g) Lot acceptance. When the marine inspector has satisfied himself 
that the life preservers in the lot are of a type officially approved in 
the name of the company, and that such life preservers meet the 
requirements of this specification, they shall be plainly marked in 
waterproof ink with the words, ``Inspected and Passed, (Date), Marine 
Inspection Office identification letters USCG.''
    (h) Lot rejection. If any sample life preserver fails the buoyancy 
test ten additional specimen life preservers shall be selected from the 
lot and tested for buoyancy. If all the ten additional specimen life 
preservers pass the buoyancy test, the lot shall be considered for lot 
inspection as set forth in paragraph (f) of this section. If any one of 
the ten additional specimen life preservers fails the buoyancy test, the 
lot shall be rejected. If in the lot inspection, three or more non-
conforming units are eliminated for the same kind of defect, lot 
inspection shall be discontinued until such time as the manufacturer has 
inspected the remainder of the lot and eliminated or corrected 
additional units having the same kind of defect. Non-conforming units 
which have been eliminated in the lot inspection may be re-submitted for 
inspection, provided that all defects have been corrected to the 
satisfaction of the marine inspector. When permitted by the Commander of 
the Coast Guard District, rejected lots may be re-worked by the 
manufacturer to correct the deficiency for which they were rejected and 
to eliminate all non-conforming units, following which the remainder of 
the lot may be re-submitted for official testing and inspection. Life 
preservers from rejected lots may not, unless subsequently accepted, be 
sold or offered for sale under representation as being in compliance 
with this specification or as being approved for use on merchant vessels 
or motorboats.

[CGFR 53-25, 18 FR 7863, Dec. 5, 1953, as amended by CGFR 58-23, 23 FR 
4629, June 25, 1958; CGD 75-186, 41 FR 10437, Mar. 11, 1976; CGD 75-008, 
43 FR 9772, Mar. 9, 1978]



Sec. 160.005-6   Marking.

    Each life preserver must have the following clearly marked in 
waterproof lettering on a front section:
    (a) In letters three-fourths inch or more in height:
    (1) Adult (for persons weighing over 90 pounds); or
    (2) Child (for persons weighing less than 90 pounds).
    (b) In letters capable of being read at a distance of 2 feet:

    Type I--Personal Flotation Device.
Inspected and tested in accordance with U.S. Coast Guard regulations.
    Fibrous glass buoyant material provides a minimum buoyant force of 
(25 lb. or 16\1/2\ lb.).
    Approved for use on all vessels by persons weighing (90 lb. or more, 
or less than 90 lb).
    U.S. Coast Guard Approval No. 160.005/ (assigned manufacturer's 
No.)/(Revision No.). (Model No.);
    (Name and address of manufacturer or distributor.).
    (Lot No.).

[CGD 163R, 38 FR 8118, Mar. 28, 1973, as amended by CGD 75-008, 43 FR 
9770, Mar. 9, 1978]



Sec. 160.005-7   Procedure for approval.

    (a) General. Life preservers for use on merchant vessels or 
motorboats are approved only by the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard. Each 
model life preserver is considered separately. Correspondence pertaining 
to the subject matter of this specification shall be addressed to the 
Commander of the Coast Guard District in which the factory is located. 
The Commander of the Coast Guard District will detail a marine inspector 
to the factory to observe the production facilities and manufacturing 
methods and to select, from not less than ten life preservers already

[[Page 30]]

manufactured, not less than three life preservers for test in accordance 
with Secs. 160.005-4(c)(2) and 160.005-5(d). A copy of the marine 
inspector's report, together with a fourth specimen life preserver and 
one set of pad inserts selected from those already manufactured, will be 
forwarded to the Commandant for examination, and, if satisfactory an 
official approval number will be assigned to the manufacturer for the 
model life preserver submitted.

[CGFR 58-23, 23 FR 4629, June 25, 1958, as amended by CGD 88-070, 53 FR 
34535, Sept. 7, 1988]



        Subpart 160.006--Life Preservers; Repairing and Cleaning

    Source: 11 FR 187, Jan. 3, 1946; 11 FR 561, Jan. 12, 1946, unless 
otherwise noted.



Sec. 160.006-1   Applicable specifications.

    (a) There are no other specifications applicable to this subpart.



Sec. 160.006-2   Repairing.

    (a) General. No repairs, except in emergency, shall be made to an 
approved life preserver without advance notice to the Officer in Charge, 
Marine Inspection, of the district in which such repairs are to be made. 
Emergency repairs shall be reported as soon as practicable to the 
Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
    (b) Kind of repairs. Except in emergency, tapes or straps may not be 
repaired, but may be renewed, and small holes, tears, or rips in the 
envelope cover fabric may be repaired, at the discretion of the Officer 
in Charge, Marine Inspection.



Sec. 160.006-4   Cleaning life preserver envelopes or covers.

    (a) General. The envelopes or covers of life preservers of the 
removable filler type, i.e., cork, balsa wood, and removable pad fibrous 
filler types, may be cleaned or laundered by removing the buoyant 
fillers during the cleaning or laundering process and reinserting them 
into the envelopes or covers.
    (b) Procedure for approval. No formal approval is required, but 
application for permission to clean or launder life preserver envelopes 
or covers where the buoyant fillers are removed during the cleaning 
process, shall be made to the Coast Guard District Commander of the 
district in which the work is to be done, and the Coast Guard District 
Commander may grant such permission at his discretion.

[11 FR 187, Jan. 3, 1946; 11 FR 10089, Sept. 11, 1946]



Sec. 160.006-5   Cleaning life preservers (where buoyancy fillers are not removed from envelope covers during cleaning process).

    (a) General. Only life preservers of Coast Guard approved types 
shall be admitted to cleaning under Coast Guard supervision. Neither the 
formula for the cleaning solution nor the time and temperature limits 
are prescribed or restricted by this subpart, except that the strength 
of the tapes and fabric shall not be unduly lessened by the cleaning and 
the cleaned life preservers shall be in good condition and 
satisfactorily pass the buoyancy requirements specified below.
    (b) Inspections and tests--(1) General. An inspector shall examine 
all cleaned life preservers at the place the work is done. Life 
preservers having tears, rips, weakened or broken straps, excessive 
weight, or other abnormalities as compared to new life preservers, shall 
be eliminated. He shall select from each lot of 250 or less cleaned life 
preservers, at least five life preservers to be tested for buoyancy. If 
the specimen life preservers all pass the buoyancy test described in 
paragraph (b)(2) of this section the lot shall be acceptable as to 
buoyancy. If any one of the specimen life preservers fails the buoyancy 
test, ten additional specimen life preservers shall be selected at 
random from the lot and tested for buoyancy. If all of the ten 
additional specimen life preservers pass the test, the lot shall be 
acceptable as to buoyancy. If any one of the ten additional specimen 
life preservers fails the buoyancy test, the lot shall be rejected. 
Rejected lots may be tested 100 percent by the cleaner and all non-
conforming units eliminated, whereupon the remainder of the lot may be 
resubmitted for official inspection. When any specimen life preserver 
shall fail the buoyancy test, ten specimen life preservers shall be 
selected at

[[Page 31]]

random and tested from the next succeeding lot submitted for official 
inspection. When the inspector has satisfied himself that the life 
preservers are of approved types, are in good condition and are 
satisfactory as to buoyancy as shown by the tests of representative 
specimens, they shall be plainly marked in waterproof ink with the word 
``Passed (Marine Inspection Office identification letters, date).''
........................................................................
                                  (inspector's initials), (port), date).

    (2) Buoyancy test. The specimen cleaned life preserver shall be 
tested for buoyancy by placing it in a weighted wire cage which shall be 
submerged two hours in a tank of water so the top is approximately two 
inches below the surface. The weights shall be more than sufficient to 
submerge the cage with the inclosed life preserver. The buoyancy shall 
be determined to equal the weight of the weighted cage in water less the 
weight of the weighted cage in water with the life preserver inside. The 
adult life preserver shall support not less than 16\1/2\ pounds net 
weight, and the child life preserver shall support not less than 11 
pounds net weight.
    (c) Marking. Each life preserver cleaned or laundered shall be 
plainly marked in waterproof ink at or near the center of the jacket 
with the words ``Cleaned By (name and address of company), (date).''
    (d) Procedure for approval. Approval for cleaning or laundering life 
preservers as a unit, with the buoyancy fillers inside the covers, the 
whole being subjected to the cleaning or laundering process, is granted 
only by the Commandant, United States Coast Guard, Washington, DC 20226. 
Correspondence pertaining to the subject matter of this subpart shall be 
addressed to the Coast Guard District Commander of the district in which 
the factory is located. In order for a company to obtain approval, an 
inspector will be detailed to select at random not less than four 
specimen life preservers from among used, soiled life preservers offered 
for cleaning and will observe the specimens selected during the cleaning 
process in order to ascertain that they are cleaned in accordance with 
the company's stated description of the process. The cleaned specimen 
life preservers, together with four copies of the complete description 
of the procedure, including the formula for the cleaning solution and 
time and temperature for various operations, shall then be forwarded 
through the Coast Guard District Commander to the Commandant.

[11 FR 187, Jan. 23, 1946; 11 FR 10089, Sept. 11, 1946, as amended by 
CGFR 61-23, 26 FR 5758, June 28, 1961; CGD 75-186, 41 FR 10437, Mar. 11, 
1976]



         Subpart 160.010--Buoyant Apparatus for Merchant Vessels

    Source: CGD 79-167, 47 FR 41372, Sept. 20, 1982, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec. 160.010-1  Incorporations by reference.

    (a) Certain materials are incorporated by reference into this 
subpart with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register. The 
Office of the Federal Register publishes a table, ``Material Approved 
for Incorporation by Reference,'' which appears in the Finding Aids 
section of this volume. In that table is found the date of the edition 
approved, citations to the particular sections of this part where the 
material is incorporated, addresses where the material is available, and 
the date of the approval by the Director of the Federal Register. To 
enforce any edition other than the one listed in the table, notice of 
change must be published in the Federal Register and the material made 
available. All approved material is on file at the Office of the Federal 
Register, Washington, DC 20408, and at the U.S. Coast Guard, Lifesaving 
and Fire Safety Division (G-MSE-4), Washington, DC 20593.
    (b) The materials approved for incorporation by reference in this 
subpart are:

                   National Bureau of Standards (NBS)

    ``The Universal Color Language'' and ``The Color Names Dictionary'' 
in Color: Universal Language and Dictionary of Names, National Bureau of 
Standards Special Publication 440.

                         Military Specifications

    MIL-P-19644 C--Plastic Molding Material (Polystyrene Foam, Expanded 
Bead).

[[Page 32]]

    MIL-R-21607 C--Resins, Polyester, Low Pressure Laminating, Fire 
Retardant.
    MIL-P-21929 B--Plastic Material, Cellular Polyurethane, Foam-In-
Place, Rigid (2 and 4 Pounds per Cubic Foot).
    MIL-P-40619 A--Plastic Material, Cellular, Polystyrene (For Buoyancy 
Applications).

[CGD 79-167, 47 FR 41372, Sept. 20, 1982, as amended by CGD 95-072, 60 
FR 50467, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50733, Sept. 27, 1996]



Sec. 160.010-2  Definitions.

    (a) Buoyant apparatus. Buoyant apparatus is flotation equipment 
(other than lifeboats, liferafts, and personal flotation devices) 
designed to support a specified number of persons in the water, and of 
such construction that it retains its shape and properties and requires 
no adjustment or preparation for use. The types of buoyant apparatus 
generally in use are the box-float type and the peripheral-body type 
defined in paragraphs (b) and (c) of this section.
    (b) Box-float. Box-float is buoyant apparatus of a box-like shape.
    (c) Commandant (G-MSE-4). Commandant (G-MSE-4) is the Chief of the 
Lifesaving and Fire Safety Standards Division, Marine Safety and 
Environmental Protection.
    (d) Peripheral-body. Peripheral body is buoyant apparatus with a 
continuous body in the shape of either an ellipse or rectangle with a 
circular, elliptical, or rectangular body cross-section.

[CGD 79-167, 47 FR 41372, Sept. 20, 1982, as amended by CGD 95-072, 60 
FR 50466, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50733, Sept. 27, 1996]



Sec. 160.010-3  General requirements for buoyant apparatus.

    (a) Each buoyant apparatus must be capable of passing the tests in 
Sec. 160.010-7.
    (b) Materials not covered in this subpart must be of good quality 
and suitable for the purpose intended.
    (c) Buoyant apparatus must be effective and stable, floating either 
side up.
    (d) Each buoyant apparatus must be of such size and strength that it 
can be handled without the use of mechanical appliances, and its weight 
must not exceed 185 kg (400 lb.).
    (e) The buoyant material must be as near as possible to the sides of 
the apparatus.
    (f) Each buoyant apparatus must have a life line securely attached 
around the outside, festooned in bights no longer than 1 m (3 ft.), with 
a seine float in each bight, unless the line is of an inherently buoyant 
material and absorbs little or no water. The life line must be at least 
10 mm (\3/8\ in.) diameter and have a breaking strength of at least 5400 
N (1215 lb.).
    (g) Pendants must be fitted approximately 450 mm (18 in.) apart 
around the outside of each buoyant apparatus. Each pendant must be at 
least 6 mm (\1/4\ in.) diameter, at least 3.5 m (12 ft.) long, secured 
in the middle, and have a breaking strength of at least 2400 N (540 
lb.). Each pendant must be made up in a hank, and the hank secured by 
not more than two turns of light twine.
    (h) Each peripheral body type buoyant apparatus without a net or 
platform on the inside must also have a life line and pendants around 
the inside.
    (i) Synthetic line or webbing must not be used unless it is of a 
type represented by its manufacturer as ultraviolet light resistant, or 
it is pigmented in a dark color. A typical method of securing lifelines 
and pendants to straps of webbing is shown in Figure 160.010-3(i). If 
webbing is used to secure life lines and pendants, it must be at least 
50 mm (2 in.) wide and must have a breaking strength of at least 3.4 kN 
(750 lb.) for apparatus of under 25 persons capacity, and 6.7 kN (1,500 
lb.) for apparatus of 25 persons capacity and higher.

[[Page 33]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC03MR91.000



[[Page 34]]

    (j) Buoyant apparatus must have a fitting with an inside diameter of 
at least 50 mm (2 in.) for the attachment of a painter.
    (k) Each edge and exposed corner must be well rounded. Buoyant 
apparatus with a rectangular cross-section must have corners rounded to 
a radius of at least 75 mm (3 in.).
    (l) Buoyant apparatus must not have any evident defects in 
workmanship.
    (m) Each metal part of a buoyant apparatus must be--
    (1) 410 stainless steel or have salt water and salt air corrosion 
characteristics equal or superior to 410 stainless steel; and
    (2) Galvanically compatible with each other metal part in contact 
with it.
    (n) The color of the buoyant apparatus must be primarily vivid 
reddish orange as defined by sections 13 and 14 of the ``Color Names 
Dictionary.''
    (o) When fibrous-glass-reinforced plastic is used in the 
construction of a buoyant apparatus, each cut edge of laminate must be 
protected from entry of moisture by resin putty or an equivalent method.
    (p) Each buoyant apparatus must have Type II retroreflective 
material meeting subpart 164.018 of this chapter on each side and end. 
The material must be in strips at least 50 mm (2 in.) wide extending 
from top to bottom over the side or end and continuing over the top and 
bottom surfaces of the apparatus. For peripheral body apparatus, each 
strip must extend completely over the top and bottom surface of the 
body. For box type apparatus, the strip must extend at least 300 mm (12 
in.) inboard from the edge over the top and bottom surface. Each strip 
must be positioned near the center of the side or end, but so that it is 
not obscured by any strap. A typical arrangement is shown in Figure 
160.010-3(p).
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC03MR91.001



Sec. 160.010-4  Buoyant apparatus with plastic foam buoyancy.

    (a) Buoyant apparatus with plastic foam buoyancy must have a plastic 
foam body with an external protective covering. The body may be 
reinforced as necessary to meet the tests in Sec. 160.010-7.
    (b) Plastic foam used in the construction of buoyant apparatus must 
be a unicellular type accepted by the Commandant (G-MSE) as meeting one 
of the following:
    (1) Subpart 164.015 of this chapter.
    (2) MIL-P-19644.
    (3) MIL-P-21929.
    (4) MIL-P-40619.
    (c) The external protective covering must be--
    (1) Fibrous-glass-reinforced plastic, constructed of a polyester 
resin listed on the current Qualified Products List for MIL-P-21607, or 
accepted by the Commandant (G-MSE) as meeting MIL-P-21607;
    (2) Elastomeric vinyl accepted by the Commandant (G-MSE) as meeting 
Sec. 160.055-3(j) of this chapter; or
    (3) Any other material accepted by the Commandant (G-MSE) as 
providing equivalent protection for the body of the apparatus.

[CGD 79-167, 47 FR 41372, Sept. 20, 1982, as amended by CGD 95-072, 60 
FR 50466, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50733, Sept. 27, 1996]

[[Page 35]]



Sec. 160.010-6  Capacity of buoyant apparatus.

    (a) The number of persons for which a buoyant apparatus is approved 
must be the lowest number determined by the following methods:
    (1) Final buoyancy of the buoyant apparatus in Newtons after the 
watertight integrity test as described in Sec. 160.010-7(e) and (f), 
divided by 145 (divided by 32 if buoyancy is measured in pounds). The 
divisor must be changed to 180 (40 if buoyancy is measured in pounds) if 
the apparatus is designed so that persons supported are only partially 
immersed or where facilities are provided for climbing on top of the 
apparatus.
    (2) Number of 300 mm (1 ft.) increments in the outside perimeter of 
the buoyant apparatus. The inside edge of peripheral-body type buoyant 
apparatus is not considered in determining the capacity.



Sec. 160.010-7  Methods of sampling, inspections and tests.

    (a) General. Production tests must be conducted under the procedures 
in subpart 159.007 of this chapter. An inspector from the independent 
laboratory must inspect the place of manufacture, observe the various 
operations involved in the construction process and determine that 
buoyant apparatus are made in accordance with this subpart and of 
materials and parts conforming strictly with the plans and 
specifications submitted by the manufacturer and approved by the 
Commandant (G-MSE).
    (b) Sampling of production lots. A production lot must consist of 
not more than 300 buoyant apparatus of the same design and capacity 
manufactured by one factory. Samples for production tests must be 
selected at random from each lot. The required sample size for various 
lot sizes is given in Table 160.010-7(b).

          Table 160.010-7(b)--Sample Size for Various Lot Sizes         
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                 Sample 
                           Lot size                               size  
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1 to 30.......................................................         1
31 to 60......................................................         2
61 to 90......................................................         3
91 to 300.....................................................         4
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (c) Testing of sample buoyant apparatus from production lots. Each 
sample buoyant apparatus selected for test from a production lot must be 
subjected to the tests described in paragraphs (d) through (g) of this 
section. The stability test in paragraph (h) must be performed whenever 
a question of stability arises.
    (d) Strength tests. The buoyant apparatus tested for approval must 
be subjected to the drop test. Buoyant apparatus tested for production 
lot inspections must also be subjected to the drop test except that in 
the case of peripheral body type apparatus, the beam loading test may be 
substituted.
    (1) Drop test. Drop the complete sample buoyant apparatus into still 
water from a height of 18 m (60 ft.) twice, once flat and once endwise. 
There must be no damage that would render the apparatus unserviceable.
    (2) Beam loading test. The buoyant apparatus must be stood on edge 
on one of its longer sides. A wood block 600 mm (24 in.) long and wide 
enough to cover the body of the apparatus must be centered on the top 
edge of the apparatus. A loading beam must be set at right angles to the 
float at a height so that the beam is in a horizontal position with its 
center on the center of the wood block. The loading beam must be hinged 
at one end and a load applied at the other end at a uniform rate of 225 
kg (500 lb.) per minute until the load at the end of the beam as shown 
on Table 160.010-7(d)(2) is reached. The beam is then held stationary 
for 10 minutes. The device used to apply the load must be a chain fall, 
hydraulic cylinder or other device that allows the device to unload as 
the strain on the buoyant apparatus relieves. At the end of the 10 
minute period, the drop in the load on the device must not exceed the 
maximum permissible drop shown in Table 160.010-7(d)(2). If the buoyant 
apparatus is not one of the sizes listed in the table, the loads must be 
determined by linear interpolation.

    Note: Because of the lever ratio of the beam loading apparatus 
described here, the actual loads applied to the apparatus are twice the 
loads shown in the Table.

[[Page 36]]



                Table 160.010-7(d)(2).--Beam Loading Test               
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               Maximum  
                                                 Test load   permissible
     Size of buoyant apparatus (persons)        (kg (lb.))     drop (kg 
                                                                (lb.))  
------------------------------------------------------------------------
60...........................................         2,400             
                                                    (5,280)   120 (264) 
40...........................................         1,800             
                                                    (3,960)    90 (198) 
25...........................................         1,500             
                                                    (3,300)    75 (165) 
15...........................................         1,200             
                                                    (2,640)    60 (132) 
10...........................................   900 (1,980)    45 (100) 
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (e) Buoyancy test. Known weights are loaded on the sample buoyant 
apparatus until it is awash. The buoyancy is the downward force exerted 
by the weights loaded on the apparatus. A raised platform of known 
weight having two runners on edge spaced so as to bear on the apparatus 
may be used to support the weights out of water to avoid the necessity 
for making allowances for the displacement of submerged weights. This 
test is not a required production test if the manufacturer--
    (1) Uses the same plastic buoyancy foam used in previous production 
lots,
    (2) Determines that the density of each batch of foam used is within 
a range specified on the approved plans, and
    (3) Closely controls the amount of foam used in each apparatus.
    (f) Watertight integrity test. The buoyant apparatus is submerged 
for 24 hours at a depth of 3 m (10 ft.) or equivalent water pressure. 
The final buoyancy of the buoyant apparatus is determined in accordance 
with paragraph (e) of this section. The final buoyancy must be at least 
145 N (32 lb.) per person capacity of the buouyant apparatus or 180 N 
(40 lb.) per person capacity if the apparatus is designed so that 
persons supported are only partially immersed or if facilities are 
provided for climbing on top of the apparatus. The loss of buoyancy must 
not exceed 5 percent of the initial buoyancy. This test is not a 
required production test if the manufacturer uses the plastic buoyancy 
foam controls permitted as an alternative to the buoyancy test in 
paragraph (e) of this section.
    (g) Painter attachment strength test. The apparatus must be 
positioned with its painter attachment fitting at the lowest point of 
the apparatus, directly below the center of buoyancy. The apparatus must 
be suspended in this position from the highest side. A load equal to 
twice the buoyancy of the apparatus must be suspended from the painter 
attachment fitting for 10 minutes. The fitting must remain firmly 
attached to the buoyant apparatus and the apparatus must not sustain any 
visible damage.
    (h) Stability test. With the sample buoyant apparatus floating in 
water, a weight of 22.5 kg of iron per meter of length (15 lb. per foot) 
must be suspended in the water from the life lines along one of the 
longer edges. The same test must be performed along one of the shorter 
edges. The minimum weight along any one edge must be 27 kg (60 lb.). The 
buoyant apparatus must neither capsize nor become partially awash under 
either of these tests.
    (i) Weight test. One buoyant apparatus of the lot submitted for 
approval must be weighed. The weight of the complete buoyant apparatus 
must be within the limit required in Sec. 160.010-3(d).
    (j) Lot acceptance or rejection. Inability of a sample buoyant 
apparatus to pass any one or more of the tests required in this section 
causes rejection of the lot. Each buoyant apparatus in a rejected lot 
must be reworked by the manufacturer to correct the defects found before 
the lot is resubmitted for inspection and testing.

[CGD 79-167, 47 FR 41372, Sept. 20, 1982, as amended by CGD 95-072, 60 
FR 50466, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50733, Sept. 27, 1996]



Sec. 160.010-8  Nameplate and marking.

    (a) A substantial nameplate must be permanently attached to each 
buoyant apparatus. The nameplate must contain the name of the 
manufacturer, lot designation or serial number, approval number, 
dimensions, and number of persons capacity. Space must be provided for 
the date, and the identification of the independent laboratory.
    (b) The nameplates of buoyant apparatus accepted must be marked with 
the identification of the independent laboratory and the date.



Sec. 160.010-9  Procedure for approval.

    (a) A buoyant apparatus is approved by the Coast Guard under the 
procedures in subpart 159.005 of this chapter.

[[Page 37]]

    (b) The test required for approval are those in Sec. 160.010-7, and 
must be performed on the first production lot of buoyant apparatus 
produced by the manufacturer.



Sec. 160.010-10  Independent laboratory.

    (a) The approval and production tests in this subpart must be 
conducted by an independent laboratory accepted by the Coast Guard under 
subpart 159.010 of this chapter.



                  Subparts 160.011-160.012--[Reserved]



 Subpart 160.013--Hatchets (Lifeboat and Liferaft) for Merchant Vessels



Sec. 160.013-1   Applicable specification and plan.

    (a) Specification. The following specification, of the issue in 
effect on the date hatchets are manufactured, forms a part of this 
subpart:
    (1) Federal Specification:

GGG-A-926--Axes.

    (b) Plan. The following plan, of the issue in effect on the date 
hatchets are manufactured, forms a part of this subpart:
    (1) Dwg. No. 160.013-1 (b)--Hatchet (Lifeboat and Life Raft).
    (c) Copy on file. A copy of the specification and plan referred to 
in this section shall be kept on file by the manufacturer, together with 
the approved plans and certificate of approval. They shall be kept for a 
period consisting of the duration of approval and 6 months after 
termination of approval. The Federal specification may be purchased from 
the Business Service Center, General Services Administration, 
Washington, DC, 20407. The Coast Guard plan may be obtained upon request 
from the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard.

[CGFR 49-43, 15 FR 116, Jan. 11, 1950, as amended by CGFR 61-23, 26 FR 
5758, June 28, 1961; CGFR 65-16, 30 FR 10898, Aug. 21, 1965; CGD 88-070, 
53 FR 34535, Sept. 7, 1988]



Sec. 160.013-2   Type and size.

    (a) Type. Hatchets specified by this subpart shall be Type I, Class 
I, Design D or E, as described in Federal Specification GGG-A-926, but 
other hatchets equal in strength and construction will be given special 
consideration.
    (b) Size. Hatchets specified by this subpart shall be of one size, 
and the dimensions shall be approximately in conformance with Drawing 
No. 160.013-1(b).

[CGFR 49-43, 15 FR 116, Jan. 11, 1950, as amended by CGFR 61-23, 26 FR 
5759, June 28, 1961]



Sec. 160.013-3   Materials, workmanship, and construction details.

    (a) General. All materials, workmanship, and construction details 
shall be in substantial compliance with the provisions of Federal 
Specification GGG-A-926, except as provided for in this subpart.
    (b) Handle. A \1/2\-inch diameter hole shall be bored in the hatchet 
handle in the approximate location shown on DWG No. 160.013-1(b), and 
the edges of the hole on both sides of the handle shall be rounded off 
to remove rough edges.
    (c) Lanyard. Hatchets specified by this subpart shall be provided 
with a lanyard of \1/4\-inch diameter, 3-strand rope-laid line not less 
than 6 feet in length. Lanyards shall be cotton, jute, or other suitable 
material. The lanyard shall be attached to the hatchet by threading one 
end through the hole in the hatchet handle and securing the rope end by 
splicing or by a bowline or other suitable knot.
    (d) Sheath. No sheaths are to be provided for hatchets specified by 
this subpart.

[CGFR 49-43, 15 FR 116, Jan. 11, 1950, as amended by CGFR 61-23, 26 FR 
5759, June 28, 1961]



Sec. 160.013-4   Inspections and tests.

    (a) General. Hatchets specified by this subpart are not inspected at 
regularly scheduled factory inspections; however, the Commander of the 
Coast Guard District in which hatchets are manufactured may detail an 
inspector at any time to visit places where hatchets are manufactured to 
check materials and construction methods and to conduct such tests and 
examinations as may be required to satisfy himself that hatchets are 
being manufactured in compliance with the requirements of

[[Page 38]]

this specification and are suitable for the intended purpose. The 
manufacturer shall admit the inspector to his plant and shall provide a 
suitable place and the necessary apparatus for the use of the inspector 
in conducting tests at the place of manufacture.

[CGFR 49-43, 15 FR 116, Jan. 11, 1950]



Sec. 160.013-5   Marking.

    (a) General. Hatchets specified by this subpart shall be stamped or 
otherwise permanently marked in a legible manner on the side of the head 
with the manufacturer's name or with a trade mark of such known 
character that the source of manufacture may be readily determined, and 
with the manufacturer's type or size designation.

[CGFR 49-43, 15 FR 116, Jan. 11, 1950]



Sec. 160.013-6   Procedure for approval.

    (a) General. Hatchets are approved only by the Commandant, United 
States Coast Guard, Washington, DC, 20226. Correspondence relating to 
the subject matter of this specification shall be addressed to the 
Commander of the Coast Guard District in which the factory is located.
    (b) Pre-approval sample and plans. Manufacturers who desire to 
manufacture approved hatchets shall submit to the Commander of the Coast 
Guard District in which the factory is located one sample hatchet, 
together with four copies of fully-dimensioned descriptive drawings 
showing all materials, finishes, etc., for the hatchet. The Commander of 
the Coast Guard District will forward the sample hatchet and the 
drawings to the Commandant to determine compliance with this subpart and 
suitability of the hatchet for type or brand approval for use in 
lifeboats and life rafts on merchant vessels.

[CGFR 49-43, 15 FR 116, Jan. 11, 1950, as amended by CGFR 65-16, 30 FR 
10898, Aug. 21, 1965]



         Subpart 160.015--Lifeboat Winches for Merchant Vessels



Sec. 160.015-1   Applicable regulations.

    (a) Regulations. The following regulations of the issue in effect on 
the date lifeboat winches are manufactured, form a part of this subpart.
    (1) Coast Guard regulations; Electrical Engineering Regulations, CG-
259 (46 CFR (subchapter J) parts 110 to 113, inclusive of this chapter).
    (2) Coast Guard regulations; Marine Engineering Regulations (46 CFR 
subchapter F, parts 50 to 63, inclusive in this chapter).
    (b) Copies on file. A copy of the regulations referred to in this 
section shall be kept on file by the manufacturer, together with the 
approved plans, material affidavits, and the certificate of approval.

[CGFR 58-31, 23 FR 6883, Sept. 6, 1958, as amended by CGD 72-133R, 37 FR 
17038, Aug. 24, 1972]



Sec. 160.015-2   General requirements for lifeboat winches.

    (a) The requirements of this subpart apply to all new construction 
of lifeboat winches. Lifeboat winches approved and in use prior to the 
regulations in this subpart may be continued in service if in 
satisfactory condition.
    (b) Lifeboat winches for use with gravity davits shall have grooved 
drums of such size that there will be only one wrap of wire on the drum. 
Lifeboat winches for use with mechanical davits need not be grooved and 
may be designed to take more than one wrap.
    (c) Lifeboat winches shall be designed to lower under the force of 
gravity alone. There shall be no provisions for power lowering. A 
suitable hand wheel shall be attached to the winch to overhaul the falls 
in addition to any hand cranks provided.
    (d) If the lifeboat winch is to be used in conjunction with nested 
lifeboats where the same falls are used for both boats, suitable means 
shall be provided for rapidly retrieving the falls by hand power.
    (e) The installation of lifeboat winches shall be such that the 
fleet angle for grooved drums does not exceed 8 degrees, and for 
nongrooved drums does not exceed 4 degrees.
    (f) Suitable hand cranks shall be provided for hoisting in addition 
to any other means for hoisting.

[[Page 39]]

    (g) Suitable fabric covers shall be provided, so fitted over exposed 
mechanisms that ice formations may be readily broken adrift when 
necessary to operate the winch.
    (h) Falls shall not lead past any position that may be needed for 
the operation of the winch, such as hand cranks, pay-out wheels, brake 
levers, etc.
    (i) Where falls lead along a deck they shall be suitably covered and 
so arranged that the top of the cover does not exceed 12 inches above 
the deck.
    (j) Lifeboat winches shall be so designed that when located aboard 
merchant vessels the operator can observe the movement of the lifeboat 
during the lowering operation.
    (k) For the purpose of calculations and conducting tests, the 
working load is the maximum load in pounds applied to the winch for 
which approval is desired.
    (k-1) The exterior of a winch shall be designed to minimize such 
crevices, pockets, and inaccessible areas that when corroded would 
require disassembly of the winch for their scaling and painting.
    (l) The requirements of this subpart shall be complied with unless 
other arrangements in matters of construction details, design, strength, 
equivalent in safety and efficiency are approved by the Commandant.

[CGFR 49-18, 14 FR 5111, Aug. 17, 1949, as amended by CGFR 58-31, 23 FR 
6883, Sept. 6, 1958; CGD 72-133R, 37 FR 17038, Aug. 24, 1972]



Sec. 160.015-3   Construction of lifeboat winches.

    (a) Lifeboat winches shall be of such strength that the lifeboat may 
be lowered safely with its full complement of persons and equipment. 
Additionally, a lifeboat winch used in hoisting an emergency lifeboat of 
a passenger vessel shall be capable of meeting the test specified in 
Sec. 160.015-5(b)(9). A minimum factor of safety of six on the ultimate 
strength of the material shall be maintained at all times based on the 
approved working load.
    (b) Worm gears, spur gears, or a combination of both, may be used in 
the construction of lifeboat winches. All gears shall be machine cut and 
made of steel, bronze, or other suitable material properly keyed to 
shafts. The use of cast iron is not permitted for these parts.
    (c) Screws, nuts, bolts, pins, keys, etc., securing moving parts 
shall be fitted with suitable lock washers, cotter pins, or locks to 
prevent them from coming adrift.
    (d) Drums shall be so arranged as to keep the falls separate, and to 
pay out the falls at the same rate. Clutches between the drums shall not 
be permitted unless bolted locking devices are used.
    (e) The diameter of the drums shall be at least 16 times the 
diameter of the falls.
    (f) A weighted lever hand brake shall be used to control the 
lowering by the lifeboat winch. It shall be of a type which is normally 
in the ``on'' position unless manually held in the ``off'' position, and 
shall return to the ``on'' position as soon as the brake lever is 
released.
    (g) In addition to the hand brake, a governor type brake shall be 
fitted so as to control the speed of lowering of the lifeboat in 
accordance with Sec. 160.015-5(b)(4) and (5).
    (h) Positive means of lubrication shall be provided for all 
bearings. When worm gears are used the worm wheel shall operate in an 
oil bath. Means shall be provided so that the oil level in the gear case 
may be easily checked. The manufacturer shall furnish a lubrication 
chart for each winch together with a plate attached to the winch 
indicating the lubricant recommended for extremes in temperature.
    (i) When lifeboat winches are fitted with power for hoisting, a 
suitable clutch shall be fitted to disengage the power installation 
during the lowering operation. In addition, the air or electric power 
outlet for a portable power unit shall be located adjacent to the winch 
where the unit is to be coupled. This power outlet shall be 
interconnected with and protected by the same system of safety devices 
as required for winches with built-in-motors.
    (j) Where power-driven lifeboat winches are used, including those 
driven by portable power units, such as air or electric drills, positive 
means shall be provided for controlling the power to the lifeboat winch. 
This shall be so

[[Page 40]]

arranged that the operator must hold the master switch or controller in 
the ``on'' or ``hoist'' position for hoisting, and when released will 
immediately shut off the power.
    (k) Limit switch and emergency disconnect switch requirements:
    (1) A main line emergency disconnect switch shall be provided, the 
opening of which will disconnect all electrical potential to the 
lifeboat winch. This switch shall be located in a position accessible to 
the person in charge of the boat stowage, and for gravity davit 
installations, shall be in a position from which the movement of both 
davit arms can be observed as they approach the final stowed position.
    (2) Where power driven winches are used with gravity davits, two 
limit switches, one for each davit arm, shall be provided to limit the 
travel of the davit arms as they approach the final stowed position. 
These switches shall be connected in series, they may be connected in 
either the control or the power circuit, and they shall be so arranged 
that the opening of either switch will disconnect all electrical 
potential of the circuit in which the switches are connected. These 
switches shall be arranged to stop the travel of the davit arms not less 
than 12 inches from their final stowed position and they shall remain 
open until the davit arms move outboard beyond the tripping position of 
the switches.
    (3) Other arrangements equivalent in design and safety will be given 
special consideration.
    (l) Where power driven winches are used, satisfactory means shall be 
provided to disconnect power to the winch before a hand crank can be 
engaged with the winch operating shaft, and this interruption of power 
shall be maintained while the hand crank is so engaged. Mechanical means 
for accomplishing the above, such as throw-out couplings on the sockets 
of the hand cranks, will be given special consideration.
    (m) Motors, switches, controls, cables, etc., shall be of the 
waterproof type if installed on an open deck. Controls may be of the 
dripproof type if installed in a deck house or under deck. Installations 
shall be in accordance with subchapter J (Electrical Engineering) of 
this chapter (Electrical Engineering Regulations, CG-259).
    (n) All moving parts shall have suitable guards.
    (o) Welding, when employed, shall be performed by welders certified 
by the U. S. Coast Guard, American Bureau of Shipping, or U.S. Navy 
Department, and the electrodes used shall be of an approved type.
    (p) Inspection openings shall be provided in the winch housing or 
the housing itself shall be so arranged as to permit examination of the 
internal working parts.
    (q) Motor clutches, when used, shall be of either frictional or 
positive engaging type. When one motor is used for two winches, the 
clutch shall be so arranged that only one winch shall be engaged at any 
one time. The clutch operating lever shall be capable of remaining in 
any position when subject to vibration and shall be so arranged that 
when in neutral position, both lifeboats may be lowered simultaneously.

[CGFR 49-18, 14 FR 5111, Aug. 17, 1949, as amended by CGFR 51-20, 16 FR 
5443, June 8, 1951; CGFR 58-31, 23 FR 6883, Sept. 6, 1958; CGFR 65-9, 30 
FR 11465, Sept. 8, 1965; CGD 72-133R, 37 FR 17039, Aug. 24, 1972; CGD 
73-103R, 39 FR 11273, Mar. 27, 1974]



Sec. 160.015-4   Capacity of lifeboat winches.

    (a) A lifeboat winch shall be approved for a working load after it 
has been demonstrated by detailed calculations that this working load 
can be carried with a minimum factor of safety of six based on the 
ultimate strengths of the materials. It will also be necessary to 
conduct the tests specified in Sec. 160.015-5

[CGFR 49-18, 14 FR 5111, Aug. 17, 1949]



Sec. 160.015-5   Inspection and testing of lifeboat winches.

    (a) Material testing. (1) The manufacturer shall furnish affidavits 
relative to the physical and chemical properties of the materials. Such 
affidavits shall be furnished by the foundry or mill supplying the 
material.
    (b) Factory test for initial approval. (1) Lifeboat winches shall be 
tested for strength and operation at a place chosen by the manufacturer 
of the winch

[[Page 41]]

in the presence of an inspector. The lifeboat winch under test shall be 
set up similar to the intended shipboard installation. In the case of a 
lifeboat winch with nongrooved drums, the drums shall be built up or 
sufficiently filled with wire to simulate the maximum number of wraps 
for which the winch is to be approved. The tests to be conducted are as 
noted in paragraphs (b)(2) to (8) of this section. The limiting values 
of velocities and the 2 foot braking distance set forth in the following 
paragraphs of this section are the values to be actually achieved with 
the specific arrangement of falls contemplated for the shipboard 
installation. If a different arrangement of falls is used to facilitate 
testing, due consideration shall be given to the use of limiting 
velocities, braking distances, and test weights which will be equivalent 
to the test performed with an arrangement of falls identical to that 
used for the shipboard installation.
    (2) A pull of 2.2 times the working load, equally divided between 
drums, shall be applied in a direction similar to a shipboard 
installation. The test weight producing this load shall be dropped 
through a distance of not less than 15 feet, at which time this weight 
shall be stopped within a distance of 2 feet by action of the 
counterweight alone on the hand brake.
    (3) A test identical to that noted in paragraph (b)(2) of this 
section shall be conducted after the braking surfaces have been 
thoroughly wetted. The test weight shall be stopped by the action of the 
counterweight alone within a distance of 6 feet. The test need only be 
applied to lifeboat winches having external brakes.
    (4) With a pull equal to the working load, it shall be determined 
that the governor brake will limit the speed of lowering of the test 
weight to a maximum of 120 feet per minute, except that, in the case of 
winches designed for use with emergency lifeboats aboard passenger 
vessels, the speed of lowering shall not exceed 160 feet per minute.
    (5) With a pull equal to 0.3 times the working load, it shall be 
determined that the winch will lower the test weight at not less than 40 
feet per minute, except that, in the case of winches designed for use 
with emergency lifeboats aboard passenger vessels, the speed of lowering 
shall not be less than 60 feet per minute.
    (6) With a pull equal to the working load, the test weight shall be 
lowered and raised a sufficient number of times so that the combined 
lowering distance is not less than 500 feet. This test is to determine 
the efficiency of the lifeboat winch for prolonged service.
    (7) With a pull equal to 0.5 times the working load, it shall be 
demonstrated that the lifeboat winch can be hand operated by hoisting 
the test weight without undue effort. For gravity davits, it shall be 
demonstrated that this test weight can be carried easily from a point at 
which the traveling blocks of the falls are 1 foot below their outboard, 
two-blocked position, and then up and around the bend of the trackways 
to the stowed position of the lifeboat.
    (8) Where a quick return mechanism is installed it shall be 
demonstrated that a weight equal to 2.2 times the weight of the empty 
blocks can be handily retrieved through the regular reeving of the falls 
at a rate of not less than 40 feet per minute at the drum by one man.
    (9) The following test applies to a lifeboat winch used for hoisting 
an emergency lifeboat of a passenger vessel. With a weight equal to the 
weight of the emergency lifeboat and its full complement of persons and 
equipment, it shall be demonstrated that the weight can be hoisted 
through the regular reeving of the falls at a rate of not less than 20 
feet per minute, to the embarkation position.
    (10) After the tests noted in paragraphs (b)(2) to (9) of this 
section have been conducted, the winch shall be completely disassembled 
and the marine inspector shall ascertain that no undue stress or wear 
has been incurred.
    (c) Factory testing after approval. (1) After a design of a lifeboat 
winch has been approved, subsequent winches of the same design shall be 
individually tested as described in paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
    (2) Each lifeboat winch shall be set up in a manner similar to that 
described in paragraph (c)(1) of this section. With a pull equal to 1.1 
times the

[[Page 42]]

working load, the test weight shall be dropped through a distance of not 
less than 15 feet, at which time the load shall be stopped by the action 
of the counterweight alone. This test is to demonstrate the operation of 
the winch, and if satisfactory, no further test need be required. 
However, if the inspector is not satisfied with the operation of the 
winch, a complete test as noted in paragraph (b) of this section may be 
required.
    (d) Name plate. (1) A corrosion resistant name plate shall be 
affixed to each lifeboat winch on which shall be stamped the name of the 
manufacturer, approval number, maximum working load in pounds pull at 
the drums, maximum working load in pounds pull per fall type and serial 
number, together with the Marine Inspection Office identification 
letters, the date, and the letters U.S.C.G.

[CGFR 49-18, 14 FR 5112, Aug. 17, 1949, as amended by CGFR 58-31, 23 FR 
6883, Sept. 6, 1958; CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 11465, Sept. 8, 1965; CGD 72-133R, 
37 FR 17039, Aug. 24, 1972; CGD 75-186, 41 FR 10437, Mar. 11, 1976]



Sec. 160.015-6   Procedure for approval of lifeboat winches.

    (a) Before action is taken on any design of lifeboat winch, detail 
plans covering fully the arrangement and construction of the lifeboat 
winch, a complete bill of material setting forth the physical properties 
of the materials used, and strength calculations, shall be submitted to 
the Commandant through the Commander of the Coast Guard District having 
jurisdiction over the construction of the lifeboat winch.
    (b) If the drawings required in paragraph (a) of this section are 
satisfactory, the Commander of the Coast Guard District in which the 
lifeboat winch is to be built, shall be notified in writing when 
fabrication is to commence. An inspector will be assigned to supervise 
the construction in accordance with the plans and upon completion, 
conduct the tests required by Sec. 160.015-5.
    (c) At the time that the tests are successfully completed, the 
manufacturer shall present to the inspector four corrected copies of the 
plans noted in paragraph (a) of this section, including any corrections, 
changes, or additions which may have been found necessary during 
construction or testing. If the manufacturer desires more than one set 
of approved plans, additional copies shall be submitted at that time.
    (d) Upon receipt of corrected drawings, material affidavits, and 
satisfactory test report, the Commandant will issue a certificate of 
approval. No change shall be made in the design or construction without 
first receiving permission of the Commandant via the Commander of the 
Coast Guard District in which the lifeboat winch is built.

[CGFR 49-18, 14 FR 5112, Aug. 17, 1949, as amended by CGFR 58-31, 23 FR 
6884, Sept. 6, 1958]



       Subpart 160.016--Lamps, Safety, Flame, for Merchant Vessels

    Source: CGFR 50-12, 15 FR 3093, May 20, 1950, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec. 160.016-1   Applicable specification.

    (a) The following specification of the issue in effect on the date 
flame safety lamps are manufactured forms a part of this subpart:
    (1) Military specification:

MIL-L-1204, Lamps, Safety, Flame.

    (b) A copy of the above specification shall be kept on file by the 
manufacturer together with the approved plan and certificate of approval 
issued by the Coast Guard.



Sec. 160.016-2   Requirements.

    (a) Flame safety lamps for use on merchant vessels shall comply with 
the construction requirements of Military Specification MIL-L-1204.



Sec. 160.016-3   Inspections and tests.

    (a) Flame safety lamps are not inspected at regularly scheduled 
factory inspections, but the Commander of the Coast Guard District in 
which the factory is located may detail an inspector at any time to 
visit any place where approved flame safety lamps are being manufactured 
to satisfy himself that they are being made in accordance with the 
requirements of this subpart.

[[Page 43]]



Sec. 160.016-4  Marking.

    (a) Flame safety lamps shall be permanently and legibly marked with 
the name and address of the manufacturer and the type or model 
designation for the lamp.



Sec. 160.016-5  Procedure for approval.

    (a) General. Flame safety lamps are approved for use on merchant 
vessels only by the Commandant, United States Coast Guard, Washington, 
DC 20226. Correspondence relating to the subject matter of this 
specification shall be addressed to the Commander of the Coast Guard 
District in which such devices are manufactured.
    (b) Pre-approval sample and plan. In order to apply for approval of 
a flame safety lamp for use on merchant vessels, submit one complete 
sample, together with four copies of an arrangement plan (parts drawings 
are not required), together with a statement that the lamp meets the 
construction requirements of Military Specification MIL-L-1204, as 
amended, to the Commander of the Coast Guard District who will forward 
same to the Commandant for determination as to its suitability for use 
on merchant vessels.



                      Subpart 160.017--Chain Ladder

    Source: CGD 74-140, 46 FR 63286, Dec. 31, 1981, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec. 160.017-1  Scope.

    (a) This subpart contains standards and approval and production 
tests for chain ladders used on a merchant vessel to get on and off the 
vessel in an emergency.
    (b) The requirements in this subpart apply to a chain ladder 
designed for use along a vertical portion of a vessel's hull.



Sec. 160.017-7  Independent laboratory.

    The approval and production tests in this subpart must be conducted 
by or under the supervision of an independent laboratory accepted by the 
Coast Guard under subpart 159.010 of this chapter.



Sec. 160.017-9  Approval procedure.

    (a) General. A chain ladder is approved by the Coast Guard under the 
procedures in subpart 159.005 of this chapter.
    (b) Approval testing. Each approval test must be conducted in 
accordance with Sec. 160.017-21.
    (c) Approval of alternatives. A chain ladder that does not meet the 
materials, construction, or performance requirements of this subpart may 
be approved if the application and any approval tests prescribed by the 
Commandant in place of or in addition to the approval tests required by 
this subpart, show that the alternative materials, construction, or 
performance is at least as effective as that specified by the 
requirements of this subpart. The Commandant may also prescribe 
different production tests if the tests required by this subpart are not 
appropriate for the alternative ladder configuration.



Sec. 160.017-11  Materials.

    (a) Suspension members. Each suspension member of a chain ladder 
must be a continuous length of non-kinking chain, such as single loop 
lock link coil chain, with a minimum breaking strength of at least 16 kN 
(3,560 lbs.).
    (b) Metal parts. Each metal part of a ladder must be made of 
corrosion-resistant metal or of steel galvanized by the hot dip process 
after the part is formed. If the ends of galvanized fasteners are peened 
over to lock them in place, a corrosion resisting surface treatment must 
be applied to each peened surface.
    (c) Wooden parts. Each wooden part of a ladder must be made of 
hardwood that is free of defects affecting its strength or durability.
    (d) Wood preservative. After each wooden part is formed and 
finished, it must be treated with water-repellant wood preservative that 
is properly applied.
    (e) Lashing rings. The inside diameter of each lashing ring must be 
at least 75 mm (3 in.). Each lashing ring must have a minimum breaking 
strength of at least 16 kN (3,560 lbs.).

[[Page 44]]



Sec. 160.017-13  Construction.

    (a) General. Each chain ladder must have two suspension members. 
Each step in the ladder must be supported at each end by a suspension 
member.
    (b) Suspension member. The distance between the two suspension 
members must be at least 400 mm (16 in.), but not more than 480 mm (19 
in.). The chain between each top lashing ring and the first step must be 
long enough so that the distance between the center of the lashing ring 
and the top of the first step is approximately 600 mm (24 in.).
    (c) Lashing rings. A lashing ring must be securely attached to the 
top and bottom of each suspension member. The means of attachment must 
be at least as strong as the chain and the lashing ring.
    (d) Thimble or wear plate. A thimble or wear plate must be attached 
to the chain where it can slide on its connections to the lashing rings.
    (e) Steps. Each step of a ladder must have two rungs arranged to 
provide a suitable handhold and stepping surface. The distance between 
steps must be uniform. This distance must be between 300 mm (12 in.) and 
380 mm (15 in.).
    (f) Rungs. Step rungs must meet the following requirements:
    (1) Each rung must be wooden, or a material of equivalent strength, 
durability, handhold, and step surface characteristics.
    (2) In order to provide a suitable handhold and step surface, the 
width of each rung must be at least 40 mm (1\1/2\ in.) and the thickness 
must be at least 25 mm (1 in.), but not more than 40 mm (1\1/2\ in.).
    (3) The distance between the rungs in each step must be uniform. 
This distance must be between 40 mm (1\1/2\ in.) and 65 mm (2\1/2\ in.).
    (4) Each rung must be attached to a spacer ear by a method that 
prevents the rung from rotating and that supports it in a horizontal 
position when the ladder is hung vertically.
    (g) Spacer ears. Spacer ears must meet the following requirements:
    (1) All spacer ears on a ladder must be the same size and shape.
    (2) The top and bottom of each spacer ear must be attached to a 
suspension member.
    (3) The top point of attachment must be at least 100 mm (4 in.) 
above the top surfaces of the rungs attached to the spacer ear.
    (4) Each spacer ear made of sheet metal must have features such as 
formed ribs, rolled flange edges, and stress relief holes at the ends of 
cuts, to prevent the ear from bending or tearing.
    (h) Fasteners. Each fastening device must have a means to prevent 
the device from loosening.
    (i) Workmanship. A ladder must not have splinters, burrs, sharp 
edges, corners, projections, or other defects that could injure a person 
using the ladder.



Sec. 160.017-15  Performance.

    (a) Each chain ladder must be capable of being rolled up for 
storage.
    (b) Each ladder when rolled up must be able to unroll freely and 
hang vertically.



Sec. 160.17-17  Strength.

    (a) Each chain ladder must be designed to pass the approval tests in 
Sec. 160.17-21.



Sec. 160.017-21  Approval tests.

    (a) General. Each approval test must be conducted on a ladder of the 
longest length for which approval has been requested. If a ladder fails 
one of the tests in this section, the cause of the failure must be 
identified and any needed changes made. After a test failure and any 
design change, the failed test, and any other previously completed tests 
affected by the design change, must be rerun.
    (b) Visual examination. Before starting the tests described in this 
section, an assembled chain ladder is examined for evidence of 
noncompliance with the requirements in Secs. 160.017.11, 160.017-13, and 
160.017-15.
    (c) The following approval tests must be conducted:
    (1) Strength test 1. An assembled ladder is supported so that a 
static load, if placed on any of its steps, would exert a force both on 
the step and each suspension member. A static load of 315 kg (700 lb.) 
is then placed on one step for

[[Page 45]]

at least one minute. The load must be uniformly distributed over a 
contact surface that is approximately 100 mm (4 in.) wide. The center of 
the contact surface must be at the center of the step. This test is 
performed on six different steps. No step may break, crack, or incur any 
deformation that remains after the static load is removed. No attachment 
between any step and a suspension member may loosen or break during this 
test.
    (2) Strength test 2. A ladder is suspended vertically to its full 
length from its top lashing rings. A static load of 900 kg (2000 lbs.) 
is then applied to the bottom lashing rings so that it is distributed 
equally between the suspension members. The suspension members, lashing 
rings, and spacer ears must not break, incur any elongation or 
deformation that remains after the test load is removed, or be damaged 
in any other way during this test.
    (3) Strength test 3. A rolled-up ladder is attached by its top 
lashing rings to anchoring fixtures in a location away from any wall or 
structure that would prevent it from falling freely, and where it can 
hang to its full length vertically. The ladder when dropped must unroll 
freely. When unrolling the ladder, its steps and attachments must not 
become cracked, broken, or loosened. Other similar damage making the 
ladder unsafe to use must likewise not occur.



Sec. 160.017-25  Marking.

    (a) Each chain ladder step manufactured under Coast Guard approval 
must be branded or otherwise permanently and legibly marked on the 
bottom with--
    (1) The name of the manufacturer;
    (2) The manufacturer's brand or model designation;
    (3) The lot number and date of manufacture; and
    (4) The Coast Guard approval number.



Sec. 160.017-27  Production tests and examination.

    (a) General. Each ladder manufactured under Coast Guard approval 
must be tested in accordance with this section and subpart 159.007 of 
this chapter. Steps that fail testing may not be marked with the Coast 
Guard approval number and each assembled ladder that fails testing may 
not be sold as Coast Guard approved.
    (b) Test 1: Steps. Steps must be separated into lots of 100 steps 
or less. One step from each lot must be selected at random and tested as 
described in Sec. 106.017-21(c)(1), except that the step may be 
supported at the points where it would be attached to suspension members 
in an assembled ladder. If the step fails the test, ten more steps must 
be selected at random from the lot and tested. If one or more of the ten 
steps fails the test, each step in the lot must be tested.
    (c) Test 2: Ladders. Assembled ladders must be separated into lots 
of 20 ladders or less One ladder must be selected at random from the 
ladders in the lot. The ladder selected must be at least 3 m (10 ft.) 
long or, if each ladder in the lot is less than 3 m long, a ladder of 
the longest length in the lot must be selected. The ladder must be 
tested as prescribed in Sec. 160.017-21(c)(2), except that only a 3 m 
section of the ladder need be subjected to the static load. If the 
ladder fails the test each other ladder in the lot must be tested.
    (d) Independent laboratory. Each production test must be conducted 
or supervised by an independent laboratory. However, if a test is 
performed more than 4 different times per year, laboratory participation 
is required only 4 times per year. If the laboratory does not 
participate in all tests, the times of laboratory participation must be 
as selected by the laboratory. The times selected must provide for 
effective monitoring throughout the production schedule.
    (e) Visual examination. The visual examination described in 
Sec. 160.017-21(b) must be conducted as a part of each production test.



            Subpart 160.021--Hand Red Flare Distress Signals

    Source: CGD 76-048a and 76-048b, 44 FR 73060, Dec. 17, 1979, unless 
otherwise noted.

[[Page 46]]



Sec. 160.021-1  Incorporations by reference.

    (a) The following is incorporated by reference into this subpart:
    (1) ``The Universal Color Language'' and ``The Color Names 
Dictionary'' in Color: Universal Language and Dictionary of Names, 
National Bureau of Standards Special Publication 440, December 1976.
    (b) NBS Special Publication 440 may be obtained by ordering from the 
Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, 
Washington, DC 20402 (Order by SD Catalog No. C13.10:440).
    (c) Approval to incorporate by reference the publication listed in 
this section was obtained from the Director of the Federal Register on 
November 1, 1979. The publication is on file at the Federal Register 
Library.



Sec. 160.021-2  Type.

    (a) Hand red flare distress signals specified by this subpart shall 
be of one type which shall consist essentially of a wooden handle to 
which is attached a tubular casing having a sealing plug at the handle 
end, the casing being filled with a flare composition and having a 
button of ignition material at the top, with a removable cap having a 
friction striking material on its top which may be exposed for use by 
pulling a tear strip. The flare is ignited by scraping the friction 
striker on top of the cap against the igniter button on top of the 
flare. The general arrangement of the flare is shown by Figure No. 
160.021-2(a). Alternate arrangements which conform to all the 
performance requirements of this specification (and other arrangements 
which conform with all performance requirements except candlepower and 
burning time, but provide not less than 3,000 candela-minutes with a 
minimum of \1/3\ minute burning time) will be given special 
consideration.

[[Page 47]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC03MR91.002



[[Page 48]]



Sec. 160.021-3  Materials, workmanship, construction and performance requirements.

    (a) Materials. The materials shall conform strictly to the 
specifications and drawings submitted by the manufacturer and approved 
by the Commandant. The color of the tube shall be red. Flare 
compositions containing sulphur shall not contain more than 2.6 percent 
of potassium chlorate or an equivalent amount of any other chlorate. 
Flare compositions containing chlorates in any quantity shall not 
contain any ammonium salts.
    (b) Workmanship. Hand red flare distress signals shall be of first 
class workmanship and shall be free from imperfections of manufacture 
affecting their appearance or that may affect their serviceability. 
Moistureproof coatings shall be applied uniformly and shall be free from 
pinholes or other visible defects which would impair their usefulness.
    (c) Construction. The casing shall be fitted and secured to the 
handle with not less than a 25 mm (1 in.) overlap and shall be attached 
to the handle in such a manner that failure of the joint will not occur 
during tests, ignition, or operation. The plug shall be securely affixed 
in the casing to separate the flare composition from the wooden handle. 
The flare composition shall be thoroughly mixed and be uniformly 
compressed throughout to preclude variations of density which may 
adversely affect uniformity of its burning characteristics. The cap 
shall have a lap fit of not less than 25 mm (1 in.) over the end of the 
casing and flare composition to entirely and securely protect the 
exposed surface of the igniter button and end of flare composition and 
casing, and shall have an inner shoulder so constructed that it is 
mechanically impossible for the inner surface of the cap to come in 
contact with the igniter button. The cap shall be securely attached to 
the casing in such manner as to preclude its accidental detachment. The 
cap shall be provided on its top with a friction striking material which 
shall, by a pull of the tear strip, be entirely exposed for striking the 
friction igniter button. The igniter button shall be non-water soluble 
or be protected from moisture by a coating of some waterproof substance, 
and shall be raised or exposed in such manner as to provide positive 
ignition by the friction striker. The igniter button shall be firmly 
secured in or on the top of the flare composition; the arrangement shall 
be such that the ignition will be transmitted to the flare composition. 
The assembled flare, consisting of tear strip, cap, casing, and handle, 
shall be sealed and treated to protect the flare from deterioration by 
moisture. The protective waterproof coating shall be applied so none 
adheres to the friction striking surface. Special consideration will be 
given to alternate waterproofing of the signal by means of a water-
resistant coating on the signal plus packaging in a sealed plastic 
waterproof bag satisfactory to the Commandant.
    (d) Performance. Signals shall meet all the inspection and test 
requirements contained in Sec. 160.021-4.



Sec. 160.021-4  Approval and production tests.

    (a) Approval tests. The manufacturer must produce a lot of at least 
100 signals form which samples must be taken for testing for approval 
under Sec. 160.021-7. The approval tests are the operational tests and 
technical tests in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section. The approval 
tests must be conducted by an independent laboratory accepted by the 
Commandant under Sec. 159.010 of this Chapter.
    (b) Production inspections and tests. Production inspections and 
tests of each lot of signals produced must be conducted under the 
procedures in Sec. 159.007 of this chapter. Signals from a rejected lot 
must not be represented as meeting this subpart or as being approved by 
the Coast Guard. If the manufacturer identifies the cause of the 
rejection of a lot of signals, the signals in the lot may be reworked by 
the manufacturer to correct the problem. Samples from the rejected lot 
must be retested in order to be accepted. Records shall be kept of the 
reasons for rejection, the reworking performed on the rejected lot, and 
the results of the second test.
    (1) Lot size. For the purposes of sampling the production of 
signals, a lot must consist of not more than 30,000

[[Page 49]]

signals. Lots must be numbered serially by the manufacturer. A new lot 
must be started with: (i) Any change in construction details, (ii) any 
change in sources of raw materials, or (iii) the start of production on 
a new production line or on a previously discountinued production line.
    (2) Inspections and tests by the manufacturer. The manufacturer's 
quality control procedures must include inspection of materials entering 
into construction of the signals and inspection of the finished signals, 
to determine that signals are being produced in accordance with the 
approved plans. Samples from each lot must be tested in accordance with 
the operational tests in paragraph (c) of this section.
    (3) Inspections and tests by an independent laboratory. An 
independent laboratory accepted by the Commandant under Sec. 159.010 of 
this Chapter must perform or supervise the inspections and tests under 
paragraph (b)(2) of this section at least 4 times a year, unless the 
number of lots produced in year is less than four. The inspections and 
tests must occur at least once during each quarterly period, unless no 
lots are produced during that period. If less than four lots are 
produced, the laboratory must perform or supervise the inspection and 
testing of each lot. In addition, the laboratory must perform or 
supervise the technical tests in paragraph (d) of this section at least 
once for every ten lots of signals produced, except that the number of 
technical tests must be at least one but not more than four per year. If 
a lot of signals tested by the independent laboratory is rejected, the 
laboratory must perform or supervise the inspections and tests of the 
reworked lot and the next lot of signals produced. The tests of each 
reworked lot and the next lot produced must not be counted for the 
purpose of meeting the requirement for the annual number of inspections 
and tests performed or supervised by the independent laboratory.
    (c) Operational tests. Each lot of signals must be sampled and 
tested as follows:
    (1) Sampling procedure and accept/reject criteria. A sample of 
signals must be selected at random from the lot. The size of the sample 
must be the individual sample size in Table 160.021-4(c)(1) 
corresponding to the lot size. Each signal in the sample is tested as 
prescribed in the test procedure in paragraph (c)(2) of this section. 
Each signal that has a defect listed in the table of defects (Table 
160.021-4(c)(2)) is assigned a score (failure percent) in accordance 
with that table. In the case of multiple defects, only the score having 
the highest numerical value is assigned to that signal. If the sum of 
all the failure percents (cumulative failure percent) for the number of 
units in the sample is less than or equal to the accept criterion, the 
lot is accepted. If the cumulative failure percent falls between the 
accept and reject criteria, another sample is selected from the 
production lot and the operational tests are repeated. The cumulative 
failure percent of each sample tested is added to that of the previous 
samples to obtain the cumulative failure percent for all the signals 
tested (cumulative sample size). Additional samples are tested and the 
tests repeated until either the accept or reject criterion for the 
cumulative sample size is met. If any signal in the sample explodes when 
fired or ignited in a way that could burn or otherwise injure the person 
firing it, the lot is rejected without further testing. (This procedure 
is diagrammed in figure 160.021-4(c)).
    (2) Test procedure. Each sample signal (specimen) must be tested as 
follows:
    (i) Conditioning of test specimens--water resistance. Immerse 
specimen horizontally with uppermost portion of the signal approximately 
25 mm (1 in.) below the surface of the water for a period of 24 hours. 
If the signal is protected by alternate waterproofing consisting of a 
water-resistant coating on the signal plus packaging in a sealed plastic 
waterproof bag, the 24-hour water immersion conditioning will be 
conducted while the signal is in the sealed plastic waterproof bag and 
will be followed by an additional immersion of the bare signal (i.e., 
after removal from the bag) 25 mm (1 in.) below the surface of the water 
for a period of 10 minutes.
    (ii) Waterproofing of igniter button. Remove the cap from the test 
specimen. Place head of specimen without cap about 25 mm (1 in .) under 
the surface

[[Page 50]]

of water for approximately 5 minutes. Remove specimen from the water and 
wipe dry.
    (iii) Ignition and burning characteristics. Test specimens shall 
ignite and burn satisfactorily with uniform intensity when the 
directions on the signal are followed. Test specimens shall not ignite 
explosively in a manner that might be dangerous to the user or persons 
close by. The plug separating the flare composition from the handle 
shall in no case allow flame or hot gases to pass through it or between 
it and the casing in such manner as might burn the hand while holding 
the signal by the handle.
    (iv) Burning time. The burning time of a specimen shall be obtained 
by stop watch measurements from the time a distinct sustained flame is 
emitted until it ceases. Test specimens shall burn in air not less than 
2 minutes.

                  Table 160.021-4(c)(1).--Accept and reject criteria for operational test lots.                 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           Individual                         Cumulative                        
                 Lot size                    sample            Sample           sample    Accept \1\  Reject \1\
                                              size                               size                           
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
280 or                                              8  First................         8       (\2\)         400  
  less.                                                Second...............        16         100         500  
                                                       Third................        24         200         600  
                                                       Fourth...............        32         300         700  
                                                       Fifth................        40         500         800  
                                                       Sixth................        48         700         900  
                                                       Seventh..............        56         950         951  
281 to                                             13  First................        13           0         400  
  500.                                                 Second...............        26         100         600  
                                                       Third................        39         300         800  
                                                       Fourth...............        52         500       1,000  
                                                       Fifth................        65         700       1,100  
                                                       Sixth................        78       1,000       1,200  
                                                       Seventh..............        91       1,350       1,351  
501 to                                             20  First................        20           0         500  
  1,200.                                               Second...............        40         300         800  
                                                       Third................        60         600       1,000  
                                                       Fourth...............        80         800       1,300  
                                                       Fifth................       100       1,100       1,500  
                                                       Sixth................       120       1,400       1,700  
                                                       Seventh..............       140       1,850       1,851  
1,201 to                                           32  First................        32         100         700  
  3,200.                                               Second...............        64         400       1,000  
                                                       Third................        96         800       1,300  
                                                       Fourth...............       128       1,200       1,700  
                                                       Fifth................       160       1,700       2,000  
                                                       Sixth................       192       2,100       2,300  
                                                       Seventh..............       224       2,550       2,551  
More                                               50  First................        50         200         900  
  than                                                 Second...............       100         700       1,400  
  3,201.                                               Third................       150       1,300       1,900  
                                                       Fourth...............       200       1,900       2,500  
                                                       Fifth................       250       2,500       2,900  
                                                       Sixth................       300       3,100       3,300  
                                                       Seventh..............       350       3,750       3,751  
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Cumulative failure percent.                                                                                 
\2\ Lot may not be accepted. Next sample must be tested.                                                        


                          Table 160.021-4(c)(2)                         
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              Percentage
                       Kind of defects                        of failure
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a. Failure to ignite........................................        100 
b. Ignites or burns dangerously.............................         50 
c. Nonuniform burning intensity.............................         50 
d. Chimneys so as to materially obscure the flame...........         25 
e. Fire flashes down between casing and handle so as to                 
 endanger burning the hand..................................         50 
f. Burning time less than 70 pct of specified time..........        100 
g. Burning time at least 70 pct but less than 80 pct of                 
 specified time.............................................         75 
h. Burning time at least 80 pct but less than 90 pct of                 
 specified time.............................................         50 
i. Burning time at least 90 pct but less than 100 pct of                
 specified time.............................................         25 
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (d) Technical tests. Three signals must be subjected to each of the 
following tests. Two of the three signals must pass each test in order 
for the lot of signals to be accepted.
    (1) Underwater burning. Condition each sample in accordance with 
paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section. Ignite specimen and let it burn 
about 5 seconds in air. Submerge the burning signal in water in a 
vertical position with head down. Obtain under water burning time by 
stop watch measurement from time of submersion until distinct, sustained 
flame emission ceases. The test specimen shall burn under water not less 
than 5 seconds when subjected to this test.

[[Page 51]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC03MR91.003



[[Page 52]]

    (2) Bending strength. Place the specimen on supports 15 cm (6 in.) 
apart. Attach a weight of 35 kg (77 lb.) to a length of wire. Hang the 
weight from the supported signal by looping the wire around the signal 
approximately equidistant from the two points of support. Let the weight 
hang approximately 5 minutes. The test specimen shall not deflect more 
than 7 mm (1/4 in.), nor shall the joint between the casing and the 
handle fail, when subjected to this test.
    (3) Tensile strength. Place the specimen in a chuck firmly holding 
it about 13 mm (1/2 in.) below the cap. Attach a weight of 35 kg (77 
lb.) to a length of wire. Hang the weight from the supported signal by 
looping the wire through a hole bored perpendicular to and through the 
axis of the handle. Let the weight hang approximately 5 minutes. The 
test specimen shall not show noticeable distortion, nor shall the joint 
between the casing and handle fail, when subjected to this test.
    (4) Luminous intensity. The luminous intensity of each specimen 
tested shall be measured by a visual photometer or equivalent 
photometric device, while the specimen is supported in a horizontal 
position and the photometer is at right angles to the axis of the 
specimen. Visual luminous intensity readings shall be observed and 
recorded at approximately 20 second intervals during the burning of the 
specimen. The minimum photometric distance shall be 3 m (10 ft.). 
Recording photometers shall have a chart speed of at least 25 mm (1 in.) 
per minute. The luminous intensity of specimen shall be computed as the 
arithmetical average of the readings recorded. The average luminous 
intensity of a test specimen shall be not less than 500 candela. The 
burning time of a specimen shall be obtained by stop watch measurements 
from the time distinct, sustained flame is emitted until it ceases. Test 
specimens shall burn in air not less than 2 minutes.
    (5) Elevated temperature, humidity and storage. Place specimen in a 
thermostatically controlled even-temperature oven held at 75 deg. C. 
with not less than 90 percent relative humidity for 72 hours. Remove 
specimen and store at room temperature (20 deg. to 25 deg. C.) with 
approximately 65 percent relative humidity for 10 days. If for any 
reason it is not possible to operate the oven continuously for the 72-
hour period, it may be operated at the required temperature and humidity 
for 8 hours out of each 24 during the 72-hour conditioning period. 
(Total of 24 hours on and 48 hours off.) The signal shall not ignite or 
decompose during this conditioning. The signal shall ignite and operate 
satisfactorily following this conditioning.
    (6) Spontaneous ignition. Place the specimen in a thermostatically 
controlled even-temperature oven held at 75 deg. C. with not more than 
10% relative humidity for 48 consecutive hours. The signals shall not 
ignite or undergo marked decomposition.
    (7) Chromaticity. The color of the burning signal must be vivid red 
as defined by sections 13 and 14 of the ``Color Names Dictionary.'' Two 
identical test plates of white cardboard about 30 cm x 60 cm (12'' x 
24'') are used. Except for a negligible amount of stray daylight, the 
first test plate is illuminated by light from the specimen placed at a 
distance of about 1.5 m (5 ft.). The second test plate is illuminated 
only by light from an incandescent lamp operated at a color temperature 
close to 2,848 deg.K at a distance of about 30 cm (1 ft.). The first 
plate is viewed directly, the second through combinations of Lovibond 
red, yellow, and blue glasses selected so as to approximate a 
chromaticity match. By separating the test plates by a wide 
unilluminated area (subtending at the observer about 45 deg.), it is 
possible to make accurate determinations of chromaticity in terms of the 
1931 CIE Standard Observer and Coordinate System, in spite of 
fluctuations in luminous intensity of the specimen by factors as high as 
2 or 3. The CIE coordinates are converted to the Munsell notation which 
is cross-referenced to the color name in Section 13 of the ``Color Names 
Dictionary'' (see the discussion in section 10 of ``The Universal Color 
Language'').
    (8) Heptane ignition. (i) A metal pan must be used to hold a layer 
of water at least 12mm (\1/2\ in.) deep with a layer of technical grade 
heptane on top of the water. The pan must be at least 1 m

[[Page 53]]

(39 in.) square with sides extending between 175mm (7 in.) and 200 mm (8 
in.) above the surface of the water. The amount of heptane used to form 
the layer must be 2.0 liters per square meter of pan area (6.25 fluid 
ounces per square foot).
    (ii) The test must be conducted in a draft-free location. The 
ambient temperature, the temperature of the water, and the temperature 
of the heptane must all be between 20 deg. C (68 deg. F) and 25 deg. C 
(77 deg. F) at the time of the test.
    (iii) The signal under test must be held with the flame end pointing 
upward at an angle of approximately 45 deg., 1.2 m (4 ft.) directly 
above the center of the pan. The signal must be ignited as soon as the 
heptane is observed to spread out over the water in continuous layer. 
The signal must be allowed to burn completely, and must remain in 
position until is has cooled.
    (iv) The heptane must not be ignited by the flare or by material 
from the flare.

    Caution: Heptane ignites rapidly and burns vigorously. The flare 
should be remotely ignited and all personnel should stay clear of the 
test pan while the flare is burning and while any part of it remains 
hot.

[CGD 76-048a and 76-048b, 44 FR 73060, Dec. 17, 1979, as amended by CGD 
80-021, 45 FR 45280, July 3, 1980]



Sec. 160.021-5  Labeling and marking.

    (a) Labeling. Each hand red flare distress signal shall bear a label 
securely affixed thereto, showing in clear, indelible black lettering on 
a red background, the following wording and information:

                  (Company brand or style designation)

                     Hand Red Flare Distress Signal

                   500 Candela--2 Minutes Burning Time

               Use Only When Aircraft or Vessel Is Sighted

    Directions: Pull tape over top of cap. Remove cap and ignite flare 
by rubbing scratch surface on top of cap sharply across igniter button 
on head of signal.
    Caution: Stand with back to wind and point away from body when 
igniting or flare is burning.
    Service Life Expiration Date (Month and year to be inserted by 
manufacturer) (Month and year manufactured) (Lot No.----). Manufactured 
by (Name and address of manufacturer). U.S. Coast Guard Approval No.----
    (b) Marking of expiration date. The expiration date must be not more 
than 42 months from the date of manufacture.
    (c) Other marking. (1) There shall be die-stamped, in the side of 
the wooden handle in figures not less than 3 mm (C\1/8\ in.) high, 
numbers indicating the month and year of manufacture, thus: ``6-54'' 
indicating June, 1954.
    (2) In addition to any other marking placed on the smallest packing 
carton or box containing hand red flare distress signals, such cartons 
or boxes shall be plainly and permanently marked to show the service 
life expiration date, date of manufacture, and lot number.
    (3) The largest carton or box in which the manufacturer ships 
signals must be marked with the following or equivalent words: ``Keep 
under cover in a dry place.''

    Note: Compliance with the labeling requirements of this section does 
not relieve the manufacturer of the responsibility of complying with the 
label requirements of 15 U.S.C. 1263, the Federal Hazardous Substances 
Act.



Sec. 160.021-6  Container.

    (a) General. Containers for stowage of hand red flare distress 
signals in lifeboats and life rafts on merchant vessels are not required 
to have specific approval or to be of special design, but they shall 
meet the following test for watertightness when closed, and shall be 
capable of being opened and reclosed hand-tight to meet the same 
watertightness test. The materials shall be copper, brass, bronze, or 
equally corrosion-resistant to salt water and spray. The type container 
illustrated by Figure Number 160.021-6(a) is recommended for most 
purposes.
    (b) Watertightness test for containers. Whenever a question arises 
as to the watertightness of a container, the following test may be made 
to determine whether it is satisfactory in this respect. Open the 
container, remove the contents, insert colored blotting paper as a 
lining, re-close container as tightly as possible by hand (no wrenches 
or special tools permitted), submerge container with top about 30 cm (1 
ft.) below the surface of the water for two

[[Page 54]]

hours, remove container from water, wipe off excess moisture on outside, 
then open the container and examine the blotting paper and entire 
interior for evidence of moisture penetration. If any moisture or water 
is evidenced, the container is not satisfactory.

[[Page 55]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC03MR91.004



[[Page 56]]

    (c) Marking of container. Containers shall be embossed or bear a 
brass or equivalent corrosion-resistant nameplate, or otherwise be 
suitably and permanently marked, to plainly show in letters not less 
than 13 mm (\1/2\ in.) high the following wording: ``HAND RED FLARE 
DISTRESS SIGNALS''. No additional marking which might cause confusion as 
to the contents shall be permitted. The vessel's name ordinarily is 
painted or branded on equipment such as this container, and nothing in 
this subpart shall be construed as prohibiting same.



Sec. 160.021-7  Procedure for approval.

    (a) Signals are approved by the Coast Guard under the procedures in 
subpart 159.005 of this chapter.



   Subpart 160.022--Floating Orange Smoke Distress Signals (5 Minutes)

    Source: CGD 76-048a and 76-048b, 44 FR 73067, Dec. 17, 1979, unless 
otherwise noted.



Sec. 160.022-1  Incorporations by reference.

    (a) The following are incorporated by reference into this subpart:
    (1) ``The Color Names Dictionary'' in Color: Universal Language and 
Dictionary of Names, National Bureau of Standards Special Publication 
440, December 1976.
    (2) ``Development of a Laboratory Test for Evaluation of the 
Effectiveness of Smoke Signals,'' National Bureau of Standards Report 
4792, July 1956.
    (b) NBS Special Publication 440 may be obtained by ordering from the 
Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, 
Washington, DC 20402 (Order by SD Catalog No. C13.10:440).
    (c) NBS Report 4792 may be obtained from the Commandant (G-MSE), 
U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC 20593-0001.
    (d) Approval to incorporate by reference the materials listed in 
this section was obtained from the Director of the Federal Register on 
November 1 and 29, 1979. The materials are on file in the Federal 
Register Library.

[CGD 76-048a and 76-048b, 44 FR 73067, Dec. 17, 1979, as amended by CGD 
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34535, Sept. 7, 
1988; CGD 95-072, 60 FR 50467, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50733, 
Sept. 27, 1996]



Sec. 160.022-2  Type.

    (a) Floating orange smoke distress signals, specified by this 
subpart shall be of one type which shall consist essentially of an outer 
container, ballast, an air chamber, an inner container, the smoke 
producing composition, and an igniter mechanism. Alternate arrangements 
which conform to the performance requirements of this specification will 
be given special consideration.



Sec. 160.022-3  Materials, workmanship, construction, and performance requirements.

    (a) Materials. The materials shall conform strictly to the 
specifications and drawings submitted by the manufacturer and approved 
by the Commandant. Metal for containers shall be not less than 0.5 mm 
(0.020 in.) in thickness. Other dimensions or materials may be 
considered upon special request when presented with supporting data. 
Igniter systems shall be corrosion-resistant metal. The combustible 
material shall be of such nature that it will not deteriorate during 
long storage, nor when subjected to frigid or tropical climates, or 
both.
    (b) Workmanship. Floating orange smoke distress signals shall be of 
first class workmanship and shall be free from imperfections of 
manufacture affecting their appearance or that may affect their 
serviceability.
    (c) Construction. The outer container shall be of a size suitable 
for its intended use. All sheet metal seams should be hook-jointed and 
soldered. The whole container shall be covered with two coats of 
waterproof paint or equivalent protection system. The igniter mechanism 
shall be simple to operate and provide ignition in most unfavorable 
weather. The mechanism shall be protected with a watertight cover having 
a finish which is corrosion-resistant to salt water and spray. The cover 
shall be easily and quickly

[[Page 57]]

removable by hand without the use of tools. If attachment of the cover 
is by formed screw threads, it shall be of such construction or material 
to prevent rusting or corrosion and will not back off and loosen under 
shipboard vibration.
    (d) Performance. Signals shall meet all the inspection and test 
requirements contained in Sec. 160.022-4.



Sec. 160.022-4  Approval and production tests.

    (a) Approval tests. The manufacturer must produce a lot of at least 
100 signals from which samples must be taken for testing for approval 
under Sec. 160.022-7. The approval tests are the operational tests and 
technical tests in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section. The approval 
tests must be conducted by an independent laboratory accepted by the 
Commandant under Sec. 159.010 of this chapter.
    (b) Production inspections and tests. Production inspections and 
tests of each lot of signals produced must be conducted under the 
procedures in Sec. 159.007 of this chapter. Signals from a rejected lot 
must not be represented as meeting this subpart or as being approved by 
the Coast Guard. If the manufacturer identifies the cause of the 
rejection of a lot of signals, the signals in the lot may be reworked by 
the manufacturer to correct the problem. Samples from the rejected lot 
must be retested in order to be accepted. Records shall be kept of the 
reasons for rejection, the reworking performed on the rejected lot, and 
the results of the second test.
    (1) Lot size. For the purposes of sampling the production of 
signals, a lot must consist of not more than 30,000 signals. Lots must 
be numbered serially by the manufacturer. A new lot must be started 
with:
    (i) Any change in construction details,
    (ii) Any change in sources of raw materials, or
    (iii) The start of production on a new production line or on a 
previously discontinued production line.
    (2) Inspections and tests by the manufacturer. The manufacturer's 
quality control procedures must include inspection of materials entering 
into construction of the signals and inspection of the finished signals, 
to determine that signals are being produced in accordance with the 
approved plans. Samples from each lot must be tested in accordance with 
the operational tests in paragraph (c) of this section.
    (3) Inspections and tests by an independent laboratory. An 
independent laboratory accepted by the Commandant under Sec. 159.010 of 
this chapter must perform or supervise the inspections and tests under 
paragraph (b)(2) of this section at least 4 times a year, unless the 
number of lots produced in a year is less than four. The inspections and 
tests must occur at least once during each quarterly period, unless no 
lots are produced during that period. If less than four lots are 
produced, the laboratory must perform or supervise the inspection and 
testing of each lot. In addition, the laboratory must perform or 
supervise the technical tests in paragraph (d) of this section at least 
once for every ten lots of signals produced, except that the number of 
technical tests must be at least one but not more than four per year. If 
a lot of signals tested by the independent laboratory is rejected, the 
laboratory must perform or supervise the inspections and tests of the 
reworked lot and the next lot of signals produced. The tests of each 
reworked lot and the next lot of signals must not be counted for the 
purpose of meeting the requirement for the annual number of inspections 
and tests performed or supervised by the independent laboratory.
    (c) Operational tests. Each lot of signals must be sampled and 
tested as follows:
    (1) Sampling procedure and accept/reject criteria. A sample of 
signals must be selected at random from the lot. The size of the sample 
must be the individual sample size in Table 160.022-4(c)(1) 
corresponding to the lot size. Each signal in the sample is tested as 
prescribed in the test procedure in paragraph (c)(2) of this section. 
Each signal that has a defect listed in the table of defects (Table 
160.022-4(c)(2)) is assigned a score (failure percent) in accordance 
with that table. In the case of multiple defects, only the score having 
the highest numerical value is assigned

[[Page 58]]

to that signal. If the sum of all the failure percents (cumulative 
failure percent) for the number of units in the sample is less than or 
equal to the accept criterion, the lot is accepted. If this sum is equal 
to or more than the reject criterion the lot is rejected. If the 
cumulative failure percent falls between the accept and reject criteria, 
another sample is selected from the production lot and the operational 
tests are repeated. The cumulative failure percent of each sample tested 
is added to that of the previous samples to obtain the cumulative 
failure percent for all the signals tested (cumulative sample size). 
Additional samples are tested and the tests repeated until either the 
accept or reject criterion for the cumulative sample size is met. If any 
signal in the sample explodes when fired or ignited in a way that could 
burn or otherwise injure the person firing it, the lot is rejected 
without further testing. (This procedure is diagrammed in figure 
160.022-4(c).)
    (2) Test Procedure. Each sample signal (specimen) must be tested as 
follows:
    (i) Conditioning of test specimens--water-resistance. Immerse 
specimens horizontally with uppermost portion of the signal 
approximately 25 mm (1 in.) below the surface of the water for a period 
of 24 hours.
    (ii) Smoke emitting time. Ignite specimen according to the 
directions printed on the signal and place signal in tub or barrel of 
water. The smoke emitting time of a specimen shall be obtained by stop 
watch measurements from the time of distinct, sustained smoke emission 
until it ceases. The watch shall be stopped during periods of flame 
emission. The smoke emitting time for a specimen shall be not less than 
4 minutes.
    (iii) Ignition and smoke emitting characteristics. Test specimens 
shall ignite and emit smoke properly when the directions on the signal 
are followed. Test specimens shall not ignite explosively in a manner 
that might be dangerous to the user or persons close by. Test specimens 
shall emit smoke at a uniform rate while floating in calm to rough 
water. Signals should be so constructed that water submerging the signal 
in moderately heavy seas will not cause it to become inoperative.

                  Table 160.022-4(c)(1).--Accept and reject criteria for operational test lots.                 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           Individual                         Cumulative                        
                 Lot size                    sample            Sample           sample    Accept \1\  Reject \1\
                                              size                               size                           
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
280 or                                              8  First................         8       (\2\)         400  
  less.                                                Second...............        16         100         500  
                                                       Third................        24         200         600  
                                                       Fourth...............        32         300         700  
                                                       Fifth................        40         500         800  
                                                       Sixth................        48         700         900  
                                                       Seventh..............        56         950         951  
281 to                                             13  First................        13           0         400  
  500.                                                 Second...............        26         100         600  
                                                       Third................        39         300         800  
                                                       Fourth...............        52         500       1,000  
                                                       Fifth................        65         700       1,100  
                                                       Sixth................        78       1,000       1,200  
                                                       Seventh..............        91       1,350       1,351  
501 to                                             20  First................        20           0         500  
  1,200.                                               Second...............        40         300         800  
                                                       Third................        60         600       1,000  
                                                       Fourth...............        80         800       1,300  
                                                       Fifth................       100       1,100       1,500  
                                                       Sixth................       120       1,400       1,700  
                                                       Seventh..............       140       1,850       1,851  
1,201 to                                           32  First................        32         100         700  
  3,200.                                               Second...............        64         400       1,000  
                                                       Third................        96         800       1,300  
                                                       Fourth...............       128       1,200       1,700  
                                                       Fifth................       160       1,700       2,000  
                                                       Sixth................       192       2,100       2,300  
                                                       Seventh..............       224       2,550       2,551  
More                                               50  First................        50         200         900  
  than                                                 Second...............       100         700       1,400  
  3,201.                                               Third................       150       1,300       1,900  
                                                       Fourth...............       200       1,900       2,500  
                                                       Fifth................       250       2,500       2,900  
                                                       Sixth................       300       3,100       3,300  
                                                       Seventh..............       350       3,750       3,751  
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Cumulative failure percent.                                                                                 
\2\ Lot may not be accepted. Next sample must be tested.                                                        


                          Table 160.022-4(c)(2)                         
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              Percentage
                       Kind of defects                        of failure
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a. Failure to ignite........................................        100 
b. Ignites or burns dangerously.............................         50 
c. Nonuniform smoke emitting rate...........................         50 
d. Smoke-emitting time less than 70 pct of specified time...        100 
e. Smoke-emitting time at least 70 pct but less than 30 pct             
 of specified time..........................................         75 
f. Smoke-emitting time at least 80 pct but less than 90 pct             
 of specified time..........................................         50 
g. Smoke-emitting time at least 90 pct but less than 100 pct            
 of specified time..........................................         25 
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 59]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC03MR91.005


[[Page 60]]

    (d) Technical tests. Three signals must be subjected to each of the 
following tests. Two of the three signals must pass the test in order 
for the lot of signals to be accepted.
    (1) Smoke emission in waves. The signal shall be ignited and thrown 
overboard under conditions where the waves are at least 30 cm (1 ft.) 
high. The smoke emitting time must be at least 4 minutes and the signal 
shall float in such a manner that the signal shall function properly 
during this test. Failure to pass this test shall be cause for the lot 
to be rejected.
    (2) Underwater smoke emission. Condition each sample in accordance 
with paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section. Ignite specimen and let it 
burn about 15 seconds in air. Submerge the burning signal in water in a 
vertical position with head down. Obtain underwater smoke emission time 
by stop watch measurements from time of submersion until distinct, 
sustained smoke emission ceases. The test specimen shall emit smoke 
underwater not less than 15 seconds when subjected to this test.
    (3) Elevated temperature, humidity, and storage. Place specimen in a 
thermostatically controlled even-temperature oven held at 75 deg. C. 
with not less than 90 percent relative humidity for 72 hours. Remove 
specimen and store at room temperature (20 deg. to 25 deg. C.) with 
approximately 65 percent relative humidity for ten days. If for any 
reason it is not possible to operate the oven continuously for the 72-
hour period, it may be operated at the required temperature and humidity 
for 8 hours out of each 24 during 72-hour conditioning period. (Total of 
24 hours on and 48 hours off). The signal shall not ignite or decompose 
during this conditioning. The signal shall ignite and operate 
satisfactorily following this conditioning.
    (4) Spontaneous ignition. Place the specimen in a thermostatically 
controlled even-temperature oven held at 75 deg. C. with not more than 
10% relative humidity for 48 consecutive hours. The signal shall not 
ignite or undergo marked decomposition.
    (5) Susceptibility to explosion. Remove smoke composition from 
signal and punch a small hole in the composition. Insert a No. 6 
commercial blasting cap. Ignite the cap. The test specimen shall not 
explode or ignite.
    (6) Corrosion resistance. Expose the complete specimen with cover 
secured hand-tight to a finely divided spray of 20 percent by weight 
sodium chloride solution at a temperature between 32 deg. C and 38 deg. 
C (90 deg. F and 100 deg. F) for 100 hours. The container and cap must 
not be corroded in any fashion that would impair their proper 
functioning.
    (7) Color of smoke. Ignite specimen in the open air in daytime 
according to the directions printed on the signal, and determine the 
smoke color by direct visual comparison of the unshadowed portions of 
the smoke with a color chart held so as to receive the same daylight 
illumination as the unshadowed portions of the smoke. The color of the 
smoke must be orange as defined by Sections 13 and 14 of the ``Color 
Names Dictionary'' (colors 34-39 and 48-54).
    (8) Volume and density of smoke. The test specimen shall show less 
than 20 percent transmission for not less than 3 minutes when measured 
with apparatus having a light path of 19 cm (7\1/2\ in.), an optical 
system aperture of +3.7 degrees, and an entrance air flow of 18.4m3 
per minute (650 cu. ft. per minute), such apparatus to be as described 
in National Bureau of Standards Report No. 4792.



Sec. 160.022-5  Marking.

    (a) Directions for use. Each floating orange smoke distress signal 
shall be plainly and indelibly marked in black lettering not less than 3 
mm (\1/8\ in.) high ``Approved for daytime use only'', and in black 
lettering not less than 5 mm (\3/16\ in.) high with the word 
``Directions''. Immediately below shall be similarly marked in black 
lettering not less than 3 mm (\1/8\ in.) high: ``1. Use Only When 
Aircraft or Vessel Is Sighted''. Then in numbered paragraphs, in similar 
lettering, there shall follow in simply and easily understood wording, 
instructions to be followed to make the device operative. Pasted-on 
labels are not acceptable.
    (b) Other markings. (1) There shall be embossed or die-stamped, in 
the outer container in figures not less than 5 mm (\3/16\ in.) high, 
numbers, indicating the

[[Page 61]]

month and year of manufacture, thus: ``6-54'' indicating June 1954. The 
outer container shall also be plainly and indelibly marked with the 
commercial designation of the signal, the words ``Floating Orange Smoke 
Distress Signal'', name and address of the manufacturer, the Coast Guard 
Approval No., the service life expiration date (month and year to be 
entered by the manufacturer), the month and year of manufacture and the 
lot number.
    (2) In addition to any other marking placed on the smallest packing 
carton or box containing floating orange smoke distress signals, such 
cartons or boxes shall be plainly and indelibly marked to show the 
service life expiration date, the month and year of manufacture, and the 
lot number.
    (3) The largest carton or box in which the manufacturer ships 
signals must be marked with the following or equivalent words: ``Keep 
under cover in a dry place.''
    (c) Marking of expiration date. The expiration date must be not more 
than 42 months from the date of manufacture.
    Note: Compliance with the labeling requirements of this section does 
not relieve the manufacturer of the responsibility of complying with the 
label requirements of 15 U.S.C. 1263, the Federal Hazardous Substances 
Act.



Sec. 160.022-7  Procedure for approval.

    (a) Signals are approved by the Coast Guard under the procedures in 
subpart 159.005 of this chapter.



   Subpart 160.023--Hand Combination Flare and Smoke Distress Signals

    Source: CGD 76-048a and 76-048b, 44 FR 73070, Dec. 17, 1979, unless 
otherwise noted.



Sec. 160.023-1  Incorporations by reference.

    (a) The following are incorporated by reference into this subpart:
    (1) Military specifications MIL-S-18655 C, 3 May 1971--Signal, Smoke 
and Illumination, Marine, Mark 13, Mod 0.
    (b) The military specification may be obtained from Customer 
Service, Naval Publications and Forms Center, 5801 Tabor Avenue, 
Philadelphia, PA. 19120 (tel: (215)697-2000). This specification is also 
on file in the Federal Register library.
    (c) Approval to incorporate by reference the materials listed in 
this section was obtained from the Director of the Federal Register on 
November 1, 1979.



Sec. 160.023-2  Type.

    (a) Hand combination flare and smoke distress signals specified by 
this subpart shall be of the type described in specification MIL-S-
18655.



Sec. 160.023-3  Materials, workmanship, construction, and performance requirements.

    (a) The materials, construction, workmanship, general and detail 
requirements shall conform to the requirements of specification MIL-S-
18655, except as otherwise specifically provided by this subpart.



Sec. 160.023-4  Approval and production tests.

    (a) Approval tests. The approval tests are those tests prescribed 
for the preproduction sample in MIL-S-18655. The approval tests must be 
conducted by an independent laboratory accepted by the Commandant under 
Sec. 159.010 of this chapter.
    (b) Production inspections and tests. Production inspections and 
tests of each lot of signals produced must be conducted under the 
procedures in Sec. 159.007 of this chapter. Signals from a rejected lot 
must not be represented as meeting this subpart or as being approved by 
the Coast Guard. If the manufacturer identifies the cause of the 
rejection of a lot of signals, the signals in the lot may be reworked by 
the manufacturer to correct the problem. Samples from the rejected lot 
must be retested in order to be accepted. Records shall be kept of the 
reasons for rejection, the reworking performed on the rejected lot, and 
the results of the second test.
    (1) Inspections and tests by the manufacturer. The manufacturer's 
quality control procedures must include inspection of materials entering 
into construction of the signals and inspection of the finished signals, 
to determine that signals are being produced in accordance with the 
approved plans.

[[Page 62]]

The manufacturer must select samples from each lot and test them as 
specified in the production lot procedures in MIL-S-18655.
    (2) Inspections and tests by an independent laboratory. An 
independent laboratory accepted by the Commandant under Sec. 159.010 of 
this chapter must perform or supervise the inspections and tests under 
paragraph (b)(1) of this section at least 4 times a year, unless the 
number of lots is less than four. The inspections and tests must occur 
at least once during each quarterly period, unless no lots are produced 
during this period. If less than four lots are produced, the laboratory 
must perform or supervise the inspection and testing of each lot. If a 
lot of signals tested by the independent laboratory is rejected, the 
laboratory must perform or supervise the inspections and tests of the 
reworked lot and the next lot of signals produced. The tests of each 
reworked lot and the next lot produced must not be counted for the 
purpose of meeting the requirement for the annual number of inspections 
and tests performed or supervised by the independent laboratory.



Sec. 160.023-5  Labeling and marking.

    (a) Labeling. A label showing firing instructions in accordance with 
specification MIL-S-18655, and to include the commercial designation of 
the signal, the lot number, Coast Guard approval number, the service 
life expiration date (month and year to be inserted by the 
manufacturer), and month and year of manufacture, shall be applied in a 
neat, workmanlike manner after the paint has become thoroughly dry. The 
label shall be attached to the signal and then protected by a 
transparent moisture impervious coating.
    (b) Marking of expiration date. The expiration date must be not more 
than 42 months from the date of manufacture.
    (c) Other marking. (1) In addition to any other marking placed on 
the smallest packing carton or box containing signals, such cartons or 
boxes shall be plainly and indelibly marked to show the service life 
expiration date, the date of manufacture, and the lot number.
    (2) The largest carton or box in which the manufacturer ships 
signals must be marked with the following or equivalent words: ``Keep 
under cover in a dry place.''
    Note: Compliance with the labeling requirements of this section does 
not relieve the manufacturer of the responsibility of complying with the 
label requirements of 15 U.S.C. 1263, the Federal Hazardous Substances 
Act.



Sec. 160.023-6  Container.

    (a) General. The container for storing the signals on lifeboats and 
liferafts is not required to be of a special design or be approved by 
the Coast Guard. The container must meet the requirements in Subpart 
160.021 (Sec. 160.021-6) except that the wording on the container must 
be: ``HAND COMBINATION FLARE AND SMOKE DISTRESS SIGNALS.''



Sec. 160.023-7  Procedure for approval.

    (a) Signals are approved by the Coast Guard under the procedures in 
subpart 159.005 of this chapter.



 Subpart 160.024--Pistol-Projected Parachute Red Flare Distress Signals

    Source: CGD 76-048a and 76-048b, 44 FR 73071, Dec. 17, 1979, unless 
otherwise noted.



Sec. 160.024-1  Incorporations by reference.

    (a) The following is incorporated by reference into this subpart:
    (1) ``The Universal Color Language'' and ``The Color Names 
Dictionary'' in Color: Universal Language and Dictionary of Names, 
National Bureau of Standards Special Publication 440, Dictionary 1976.
    (b) NBS Special Publication 440 may be obtained by ordering from the 
Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, 
Washington, DC 20402 (Order by SD Catalog No. C13.10:440).
    (c) Approval to incorporate by reference the publication listed in 
this section was obtained from the Director of the Federal Register on 
November 1, 1979. The publication is on file at the Federal Register 
Library.

[[Page 63]]



Sec. 160.024-2  Type.

    (a) Pistol-projected parachute red flare distress signals specified 
by this subpart shall be of one type which shall consist essentially of 
a cartridge having centered primer, propelling charge, and projectile 
consisting of a case, delay element, expelling charge, and pyrotechnic 
candle attached to a parachute by shroud lines; the cartridge to be of 
such dimensions that it can be fitted into and fired from a signal 
pistol with chamber and bore dimensions within the limits provided by 
Figure 160.028-2(a) of subpart 160.028 of this chapter.



Sec. 160.024-3  Materials, workmanship, construction, and performance requirements.

    (a) Materials. The materials used in pistol-projected parachute red 
flare distress signals shall conform strictly to the specifications and 
drawings submitted by the manufacturer and approved by the Commandant. 
In general, all metallic parts shall be corrosion-resistant or properly 
protected against corrosion.
    (b) Workmanship. Pistol-projected parachute red flare distress 
signals shall be of first class workmanship and shall be free from 
imperfections of manufacture affecting their appearance or that may 
affect their serviceability.
    (c) Construction. The exterior case of the cartridge shall be made 
of suitable metal and shall protect against the entrance of moisture. 
The projectile case and delay element shall be so constructed as to 
prevent any possibility of the propelling charge blowing by and causing 
premature ejection of the projectile contents. The shoulder of the base 
of the cartridge shall be between 2.29 mm (0.090 in.) and 2.67 mm (0.015 
in.) in thickness. The centered primer shall be set below the surface of 
the base between 0.25 mm (0.010 in.) and 0.50 mm (0.020 in.).
    (d) Performance. Signals shall meet all of the inspection and test 
requirements contained in Sec. 160.024-4.



Sec. 160.024-4  Approval and production tests.

    (a) Approval tests. The manufacturer must produce a lot of at least 
100 signals from which samples must be taken for testing for approval 
under Sec. 160.024-7. The approval tests are the operational tests and 
technical tests in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section. The approval 
tests must be conducted by an independent laboratory accepted by the 
Commandant under Sec. 159.010 of this chapter.
    (b) Production inspections and tests. Production inspections and 
tests of each lot of signals produced must be conducted under the 
procedures in Sec. 159.007 of this chapter. Signals from a rejected lot 
must not be represented as meeting this subpart or as being approved by 
the Coast Guard. If the manufacturer identifies the cause of the 
rejection of a lot of signals, the signals in the lot may be reworked by 
the manufacturer to correct the problem. Samples from the rejected lot 
must be retested in order to be accepted. Records shall be kept of the 
reasons for rejection, the reworking performed on the rejected lot, and 
the results of the second test.
    (1) Lot size. For the purposes of sampling the production of 
signals, a lot must consist of not more than 30,000 signals. Lots must 
be numbered serially by the manufacturer. A new lot must be started 
with: (i) Any change in construction details, (ii) any change in sources 
of raw materials, or (iii) the start of production on a new production 
line or on a previously discontinued production line.
    (2) Inspections and tests by the manufacturer. The manufacturer's 
quality control procedures must include inspection of materials entering 
into construction of the signals and inspection of the finished signals, 
to determine that signals are being produced in accordance with the 
approved plans. Samples from each lot must be tested in accordance with 
the operational tests in paragraph (c) of this section.
    (3) Inspections and tests by an independent laboratory. An 
independent laboratory accepted by the Commandant under Sec. 159.010 of 
this chapter must perform or supervise the inspections and tests under 
paragraph (b)(2) of this section at least 4 times a year, unless the 
number of lots produced in a year is less than four. The inspections and 
tests must occur at least once during

[[Page 64]]

each quarterly period, unless no lots are produced during this period. 
If less than four lots are produced, the laboratory must perform or 
supervise the inspection and testing of each lot. In addition, the 
laboratory must perform or supervise the technical tests in paragraph 
(d) of this section at least once for every ten lots of signals 
produced, except that the number of technical tests must be at least one 
but not more than four per year. If a lot of signals tested by the 
independent laboratory is rejected, the laboratory must perform or 
supervise the inspections and tests of the reworked lot and the next lot 
of signals produced. The tests of each reworked lot and the next lot 
produced must not be counted for the purpose of meeting the requirement 
for the annual number of inspections and tests performed or supervised 
by the independent laboratory.
    (c) Operational tests. Each lot of signals must be sampled and 
tested as follows:
    (1) Sampling procedure and accept/reject criteria. A sample of 
signals must be selected at random from the lot. The size of the sample 
must be the individual sample size in Table 160.024-4(c)(1) 
corresponding to the lot size. Each signal in the sample is tested as 
prescribed in the test procedure in paragraph (c)(2) of this section. 
Each signal that has a defect listed in the table of defects. (Table 
160.024-4(c)(2)) is assigned a score (failure percent) in accordance 
with the table. In the case of multiple defects, only the score having 
the highest numerical value is assigned to that signal. If the sum of 
all the failure percents (cumulative failure percent) for the number of 
units in the sample is less than or equal to the accept criterion, the 
lot is accepted. If this sum is equal to or more than the reject 
criterion the lot is rejected. If the cumulative failure percent falls 
between the accept and reject criteria, another sample is selected from 
the production lot and the operational tests are repeated. The 
cumulative failure percent of each sample tested is added to that of the 
previous samples to obtain the cumulative failure percent for all the 
signals tested (cumulative sample size). Additional samples are tested 
and the tests repeated until either the accept or reject criterion for 
the cumulative sample size is met. If any signal in the sample explodes 
when fired or ignites in a way that could burn or otherwise injure the 
person firing it, the lot is rejected without further testing. (This 
procedure is diagrammed in figure 160.024-4(c).)
    (2) Test procedure. Each sample signal (specimen) must be tested as 
follows:
    (i) Conditioning of test specimens--water resistance. Immerse 
specimen horizontally with uppermost portion of the signal approximately 
25 mm (1 in.) below the surface of the water for a period of 24 hours.
    (ii) Firing and operating characteristics. Signals shall fire and 
operate satisfactorily when shot from a pistol of the type described in 
subpart 160.028. The parachute and pyrotechnic candle shall be ejected 
at approximately the maximum altitude reached by the projectile case. 
The parachute shall open and properly suspend the pyrotechnic candle 
without fouling. The pyrotechnic candle shall burn with uniform 
intensity and without damaging the parachute, shrouds, or leader line.
    (iii) Altitude. The altitude reached by a signal is considered to be 
the height at which the parachute and pyrotechnic candle are ejected 
from the projectile case, as determined by visual observation against an 
object of known height, such as a tower or ballon, or by triangulation 
from two or more points of observation, or by other method satisfactory 
to the Commandant. The altitude reached shall be not less than 45 m (150 
ft.).
    (iv) Rate of descent. The rate of descent of a signal is considered 
to be the calculated average rate obtained by dividing the altitude by 
the time of descent to the surface. The rate of descent shall not exceed 
1.8 m (6 ft.) per second.
    (v) Burning time. The burning time of the pyrotechnic candle shall 
be obtained by stop watch measurement from the time distinct, sustained 
flame is emitted until it ceases. The burning time shall be not less 
than 30 seconds.

[[Page 65]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC03MR91.006



[[Page 66]]



                  Table 160.024-4(c)(1)--Accept and Reject Criteria for Operational Test Lots.                  
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            Individual                          Cumulative                      
                 Lot size                     sample            Sample            sample    Accept\1\  Reject\1\
                                               size                                size                         
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
280 or                                               8  First.................         8       (\2\)        400 
  less.                                                 Second................        16         100        500 
                                                        Third.................        24         200        600 
                                                        Fourth................        32         300        700 
                                                        Fifth.................        40         500        800 
                                                        Sixth.................        48         700        900 
                                                        Seventh...............        56         950        951 
281 to                                              13  First.................        13           0        400 
  500.                                                  Second................        26         100        600 
                                                        Third.................        39         300        800 
                                                        Fourth................        52         500      1,000 
                                                        Fifth.................        65         700      1,100 
                                                        Sixth.................        78       1,000      1,200 
                                                        Seventh...............        91       1,350      1,351 
501 to                                              20  First.................        20           0        500 
  1,200.                                                Second................        40         300        800 
                                                        Third.................        60         600      1,000 
                                                        Fourth................        80         800      1,300 
                                                        Fifth.................       100       1,100      1,500 
                                                        Sixth.................       120       1,400      1,700 
                                                        Seventh...............       140       1,850      1,851 
1,201 to                                            32  First.................        32         100        700 
  3,200.                                                Second................        64         400      1,000 
                                                        Third.................        96         800      1,300 
                                                        Fourth................       128       1,200      1,700 
                                                        Fifth.................       160       1,700      2,000 
                                                        Sixth.................       192       2,100      2,300 
                                                        Seventh...............       224       2,550      2,551 
More                                                50  First.................        50         200        900 
  than                                                  Second................       100         700      1,400 
  3,201.                                                Third.................       150       1,300      1,900 
                                                        Fourth................       200       1,900      2,500 
                                                        Fifth.................       250       2,500      2,900 
                                                        Sixth.................       300       3,100      3,300 
                                                        Seventh...............       350       3,750      3,751 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Cumulative failure percent.                                                                                 
\2\ Lot may not be accepted. Next sample must be tested.                                                        


                          Table 160.024-4(c)(2)                         
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              Percentage
                       Kind of defect                         of failure
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a. Failure to fire (when attributable to the primer and not             
 to the malfunction of the pistol).........................          100
b. Failure to eject projectile contents....................          100
c. Failure to ignite pyrotechnic candle....................           75
d. Failure of parachute to open completely.................           75
e. Complete carrying away or destruction of parachute......           75
f. Altitude less than 70 pct of that required..............          100
g. Altitude at least 70 pct but less than 80 pct of that                
 required..................................................           75
h. Altitude at least 80 pct but less than 90 pct of that                
 required..................................................           50
i. Altitude at least 90 pct but less than 100 pct of that               
 required..................................................           25
j. Average rate of descent greater than 4 times maximum                 
 permitted.................................................          100
k. Average rate of descent less than 4 but greater than 3               
 times maximum permitted...................................           75
l. Average rate of descent less than 3 but greater than 2               
 times maximum permitted...................................           50
m. Average rate of descent less than twice but greater than             
 maximum permitted.........................................           25
n. Burning time less than 70 pct of that required..........          100
o. Burning time at least 70 pct but less than 80 pct of                 
 that required.............................................           75
p. Burning time at least 80 pct but less than 90 pct of                 
 that required.............................................           50
q. Burning time at least 90 pct but less than 100 pct of                
 that required.............................................           25
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (d) Technical tests. Three signals must be subjected to each of the 
following tests. Two of the three signals must pass each test in order 
for the lot of signals to be accepted.
    (1) Luminous intensity. The luminous intensity of each pyrotechnic 
candle tested shall be measured by a visual photometer or equivalent 
photometric device while the specimen is supported in a horizontal 
position and the photometer is at right angles to the axis of the 
specimen. Visual luminous intensity readings shall be observed and 
recorded at approximately 5-second intervals during the burning of the 
specimen. The minimum photometric distance shall be 3 m (10 ft.). 
Recording photometers shall have a chart speed of at least 10 cm (4 in.) 
per minute. The luminous intensity of the specimen shall be computed as 
the arithmetical average of the readings recorded. The average luminous 
intensity of a specimen shall be not less than 20,000 candela.
    (2) Elevated temperature, humidity, and storage. Place specimen in a 
thermostatically controlled even-temperature oven held at 75 deg. C. 
with not less than 90 percent relative humidity for 72 hours. Remove 
specimen and store at room temperature (20 deg. to 25 deg. C.) with 
approximately 65 percent relative humidity for 10 days. If for any 
reason it is not possible to operate the oven continuously for the 72-
hour period, it may be operated at the required temperature and humidity 
for 8 hours out of each 24 during the 72-hour conditioning period. 
(Total of 24 hours on and 48 hours off.) The signal shall not ignite or 
decompose during this conditioning. The signal shall fire and operate 
satisfactorily following this conditioning.
    (3) Spontaneous ignition. Place the specimen in a thermostatically 
controlled even-temperature oven held at 75 deg.C. with not more than 
10% relative

[[Page 67]]

humidity for 48 consecutive hours. The signal shall not ignite or 
undergo marked decomposition.
    (4) Chromaticity. The color of the burning signal must be vivid red 
as defined by Sections 13 and 14 of the ``Color Names Dictionary.'' Two 
identical test plates of white cardboard about 30 cm x 60 cm (12'' x 
24'') are used. Except for a negligible amount of stray daylight, the 
first test plate is illuminated by light from the specimen placed at a 
distance of about 1.5 cm (5 ft.). The second test plate is illuminated 
only by light from an incandescent lamp operated at a color temperature 
close to 2,848 deg. K at a distance of about 30 cm (1 ft.). The first 
plate is viewed directly, the second through combinations of lovibond 
red, yellow, and blue glasses selected so as to approximate a 
chromaticity match. By separating the test plates by a wide 
unilluminated area (subtending at the observer about 45 deg.), it is 
possible to make accurate determinations of chromaticity in terms of the 
1931 CIE Standard Observer and Coordinate System, in spite of 
fluctuations in luminous intensity of the specimen by factors as high as 
2 or 3. The CIE coordinates are converted to the Munsell notation which 
is cross-referenced to the color name in Section 13 of the ``Color Names 
Dictionary'' (see the discussion in section 10 of ``the Universal Color 
Language'').



Sec. 160.024-5  Marking.

    (a) Cartridge. Each pistol-projected parachute red flare distress 
signal shall be legibly marked as follows:

          Pistol-Projected Parachute Red Flare Distress Signal

20,000 candela--30 seconds burning time

use only when aircraft or vessel is sighted directions--Fire upward from 
signal pistol Service Life Expiration Date (date to be inserted by 
manufacturer) (Month and year manufactured) Lot No.------

Manufactured by (Name and address of manufacturer)

                  U.S. COAST GUARD APPROVAL NO.------.

    (b) Marking of expiration date. The expiration date must be not more 
than 42 months from the date of manufacture.
    (c) Other marking. (1) On each pistol-projected parachute red flare 
distress signal there shall be die-stamped, in figures not less than 3mm 
(\1/8\ in.) high, on the cartridge, numbers indicating the month and 
year of manufacture, thus: ``6-54'' indicating June 1954.
    (2) The pyrotechnic candle shall be legibly marked with the month 
and year of manufacture.
    (3) In addition to any other marking placed on the smallest packing 
carton or box containing cartridges, each carton or box shall be plainly 
and permanently marked to show the service life expiration date, the 
date of manufacture, and the lot number.
    (4) The largest carton or box in which the manufacturer ships 
signals must be marked with the following or equivalent words: ``Keep 
under cover in a dry place.''

    Note: Compliance with the labeling requirements of this section does 
not relieve the manufacturer of the responsibility of complying with the 
label requirements of 15 U.S.C. 1263, the Federal Hazardous Substances 
Act.



Sec. 160.024-6  Container.

    (a) General. The container for storing the signals on lifeboats and 
liferafts is not required to be of a special design or be approved by 
the Coast Guard. The container must meet the requirements in Subpart 
160.021 (Sec. 160.021-6) except that the recommended type of container 
is illustrated in Figure 160.024-6(a), and the wording on the container 
must be Signal Pistol and Pistol-Projected Parachute Red Flare Distress 
Signals.

[[Page 68]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC03MR91.007



[[Page 69]]



Sec. 160.024-7  Procedure for approval.

    (a) Signals are approved by the Coast Guard under the procedures in 
subpart 159.005 of this chapter.



   Subpart 160.026--Water, Emergency Drinking (In Hermetically Sealed 
                    Containers), for Merchant Vessels



Sec. 160.026-1  Applicable specifications and standard.

    (a) General. The following specifications and standard, of the issue 
in effect on the date emergency drinking water is packed, form a part of 
this subpart:
    (1) Military specifications:

MIL-L-7178--Lacquer; cellulose nitrate, gloss for aircraft use.
MIL-E-15090--Enamel, equipment, light-gray (Formula No. 111).
MIL-W-15117--Water, drinking, canned, emergency.

    (2) U.S. Public Health Service:

Drinking Water Standards (Publication No. 956).

    (b) Copies on file. Copies of the specifications referred to in this 
section shall be kept on file by the packer, together with the approved 
plans and certificate of approval issued by the Coast Guard. The 
military specifications may be obtained from the Commanding Officer, 
Naval Supply Depot, 5801 Tabor Avenue, Philadelphia, Pa., 19120. The 
``Drinking Water Standards'' may be obtained from the U.S. Department of 
Health and Human Services, Public Health Service, Washington, DC, 20201.

[CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 11466, Sept. 8, 1965, as amended by CGD 84-064, 49 FR 
34004, Aug. 28, 1984]



Sec. 160.026-2   Type.

    (a) Emergency drinking water for lifeboats and life rafts and its 
hermetically sealed container shall be as specified herein, but 
alternate containers will be given special consideration.

[CGFR 53-25, 18 FR 7865, Dec. 5, 1953]



Sec. 160.026-3   Container.

    (a) General. The emergency drinking water container shall be a 
sanitary type can, approximately 2\11/16\ in diameter by 4\7/8\'' in 
height. The top and bottom of the can shall be double-seamed and 
compound-lined. The side seam shall be of a locked type, soldered on the 
outside. The can shall be made of 1.25-pound coating coke tin-plate 
throughout, with not less than 100-pound plate for the body and 85-pound 
plate for the ends.
    (b) Interior and exterior coatings. The interior of the container 
shall be uncoated, except for the tin-plating required by paragraph (a) 
of this section. In addition to the tin-plating, the exterior surfaces 
of the container, including the ends, but excluding the side seam, shall 
be lithographed a gray enamel conforming to Type I or II, Class 2 of 
Specification MIL-E-15090, with the marking as provided by Sec. 160.026-
5 lithographed in black print. After filling, sealing, autoclaving, and 
marking, the container shall be dip-coated with one coat of clear base 
lacquer conforming to Specification MIL-L-7178.
    (c) Plant sanitation, sterilizing and filling. The plant and 
equipment in which the water is canned shall be maintained in a clean 
and sanitary condition at all times, and standard aseptic procedures 
shall be followed throughout in filling the cans. The container shall be 
free from all foreign materials, and shall be filled with approximately 
10\2/3\ oz. of water meeting the requirements of Sec. 160.026-4. After 
filling, it shall be hermetically sealed under vacuum, and after 
sealing, it shall be autoclaved at a temperature of not less than 
250 deg. F. for not less than 15 minutes.

[CGFR 53-25, 18 FR 7865, Dec. 5, 1953]



Sec. 160.026-4   Water.

    (a) Only water meeting the U.S. Public Health Service ``Drinking 
Water Standards'' which has been suitably inhibited to protect the 
container against corrosion shall be used. After treatment and packing 
the water shall be free from organic matter, sediment and odor. It shall 
have a pH between 7.0 and 9.0 as determined by means of a standard pH 
meter using glass electrodes.

[CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 11466, Sept. 8, 1965]

[[Page 70]]



Sec. 160.026-5   Marking.

    (a) General. The month and year of packing and the lot number shall 
be embossed on the top of the container. The container shall also be 
lithographed on one side in accordance with Sec. 160.026-3(b) with the 
following:

                           ``U. S. Coast Guard

                           Approval No. ----''

                   (Not less than \3/22\'' in height)

                               ``Contents

                          Approx. 10\2/3\ oz.''

                   (Not less than \3/32\'' in height)

                               ``EMERGENCY

                                DRINKING

                                 WATER''

                    (Not less than \2/3\'' in height)

........................................................................

                      (Name and address of packer)

                    (Not less than \1/8\'' in height)

    (b) Other marking. In addition to any other marking placed on the 
smallest packing carton or box in which emergency drinking water 
containers are placed prior to shipment, each carton or box shall be 
plainly and permanently marked with the name and address of the packer, 
the month and year of packing, and the lot number.

[CGFR 53-25, 18 FR 7865, Dec. 5, 1953]



Sec. 160.026-6   Sampling, inspection, and tests of production lots.

    (a) General. When packing of approved emergency drinking water for 
lifeboats and liferafts is to commence, the packer shall notify the 
Commander of the Coast Guard District in which the plant is located in 
sufficient time for him to assign a marine inspector to the plant to 
observe production methods, select samples from production, and conduct 
the inspections and tests required by this subpart.
    (b) Lots. For purposes of sampling the production of approved 
emergency drinking water for lifeboats and life rafts, a lot shall 
consist of all cans of water to be offered for inspection at one time. 
Lots shall be numbered serially by the packer, and a new lot shall be 
started with any change or modification in materials or production 
methods.
    (c) Visual inspection of containers. The marine inspector shall 
select at random from each lot the number of sample filled containers 
indicated in Table 160.026-6(c), which shall be examined visually for 
marking, exterior coating, and general compliance with the requirements 
of this subpart and the packer's approved drawings. If the number of 
defective cans exceeds the acceptance number shown in the table for the 
sample selected, the lot shall be rejected.

    Table 160.026-6(c)--Sampling for Visual Inspection of Containers    
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 No. of                 
                   Lot size                     cans in     Acceptance  
                                                 sample       number    
------------------------------------------------------------------------
800 and under................................         35               0
801 to 1,300.................................         50               1
1,301 to 3,200...............................         75               2
3,201 to 8,000...............................        110               3
8,001 and over...............................        150               4
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (d) Laboratory tests of containers and water. The marine inspector 
shall select at random from each lot the number of sets of 11 filled 
sample containers indicated in Table 160.026-6(d1), which shall be 
forwarded to a recognized testing laboratory for the tests outlined in 
Table 160.026-6(d2), all costs of which shall be payable by the packer. 
If any sample is found to be non-conforming in any of these tests, the 
lot shall be rejected.

           Table 160.026-6(d1)--Sampling for Laboratory Tests           
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           Number of sets of samples to 
                Lot size                            be selected         
------------------------------------------------------------------------
3,200 and under.........................  1 set of 11 containers each.  
3,201 and over..........................  2 sets of 11 containers each. 
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 71]]


          Table 160.026-6(d2)--Description of Laboratory Tests          
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                           Reference    
 Number of containers per set of                       specification for
      samples to be tested           Type of test      test procedure to
                                                          be followed   
------------------------------------------------------------------------
2...............................  Internal corrosion  MIL-W-15117.      
                                   and vacuum.                          
9...............................  Bacteriological     MIL-W-15117 and   
                                   limits and salt     U.S. Public      
                                   content.            Health ``Drinking
                                                       Water            
                                                       Standards.''     
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (e) Packer's tests for retention of vacuum. All filled containers in 
the lot shall be held in storage by the packer for a period of two weeks 
from the date of filling. At the end of this two weeks storage period, 
the packer shall subject each container to slap tests as follows: Strike 
the end of the can against a firm but well padded surface to deaden any 
noise of impact other than the water slap which will occur if the 
required vacuum is present in the can. The water slap is distinguished 
by a sharp metallic click and is caused by the absence of air to cushion 
the impact of the water against the can. All cans found not to have the 
required vacuum shall be removed from the lot.
    (f) Additional tests by marine inspector. Upon receiving a certified 
copy of the laboratory test report showing satisfactory results in the 
tests described in paragraph (d) of this section, and notification from 
the packer of completion of the tests for retention of vacuum described 
in paragraph (e) for the lot offered for inspection, the marine 
inspector shall select at random from the lot the number of filled 
sample containers indicated in Table 160.026-6(f). The test for 
retention of vacuum previously conducted by the packer shall be repeated 
by the inspector with the samples selected, and if any container is 
found not to have the required vacuum, the lot shall be rejected. If 
satisfactory in tests for retention of vacuum, the sample containers 
selected shall then be opened, and the water checked for clearness, 
potability and pH value. An accurately calibrated meter for use by the 
marine inspector in determining pH value shall be provided by the 
packer. If any cloudiness, discoloration, bad taste or odor, or a pH 
value of less than 7.0 or more than 9.0 is observed, the lot shall be 
rejected.

  Table 160.026-6(f)--Sampling for Additional Tests by Marine Inspector 
                                                                        
                                                       Number of cans in
                       Lot size                              sample     
                                                                        
500 and under........................................                  5
501 to 3,200.........................................                  7
3,201 and over.......................................                 10
                                                                        

    (g) Lot acceptance. When the marine inspector has satisfied himself 
that the emergency drinking water in the lot is of a type officially 
approved in the name of the packer and meets the requirements of this 
subpart and the packer's approved drawings, the lot shall be accepted, 
and each of the smallest packing cartons or boxes in which the 
containers are sealed prior to shipment shall be plainly marked with the 
words, ``Inspected and Passed (date), Marine Inspection Office 
identification letters, USCG.'' When permitted by the inspector, 
rejected lots may be resubmitted for official inspection, provided all 
containers in the lot have been re-worked by the packer, and all 
defective units removed. Emergency drinking water from rejected lots may 
not, unless subsequently accepted, be sold or offered for sale under 
representation as being in compliance with this subpart or as being 
approved for use on merchant vessels.

[CGFR 53-25, 18 FR 7865, Dec. 5, 1953, as amended by CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 
11466, Sept. 8, 1965; CGD 75-186, 41 FR 10437, Mar. 11, 1976]



Sec. 160.026-7   Procedure for approval.

    (a) General. Emergency drinking water for lifeboats and liferafts on 
merchant vessels is approved only by the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard. 
Correspondence pertaining to the subject matter of this Specification 
shall be addressed to the Commander of the Coast Guard District in which 
the plant is located.
    (b) Pre-approval samples and plans. Packers who desire to pack 
approved emergency drinking water shall make

[[Page 72]]

application for approval to the Commander of the Coast Guard District 
who will detail a marine inspector to the factory to observe production 
facilities and manufacturing methods and to select a pre-approval sample 
of at least 24 containers made up as for service use, together with four 
prints of fully-dimensioned descriptive drawings showing the 
construction and arrangement of the container, all materials and 
finishes used, marking, source of water supply, and kind and amount of 
corrosion inhibitor used. The Commander of the Coast Guard District will 
forward the sample containers and drawings to the Commandant to 
determine compliance with this specification and suitability of the 
emergency drinking water for type or brand approval for use in lifeboats 
and life rafts on merchant vessels.

[CGFR 53-25, 18 FR 7866, Dec. 5, 1953, as amended by CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 
11466, Sept. 8, 1965; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34535, Sept. 7, 1988]



            Subpart 160.027--Life Floats for Merchant Vessels

    Source: CGD 79-167, 47 FR 41376, Sept. 20, 1982, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec. 160.027-2  Type.

    (a) Each life float must meet the requirements in subpart 160.010 of 
this chapter for a peripheral body type buoyant apparatus designed so 
that persons supported are only partially immersed (180 N (40 lb.) of 
buoyancy per person required).



Sec. 160.027-3  Additional requirements for life floats.

    (a) Each life float must have a platform designed to drop through 
the center of the float, whichever way the life float is floating. A 
typical arrangement is shown in Figure 160.027-3(a).
    (b) The platform must meet the requirements of one of the following 
paragraphs:

[[Page 73]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC03MR91.008



[[Page 74]]

    (1) A lattice type platform must be of western red cedar, port 
orford cedar, sitka spruce, northern white pine, or southern cypress 
slats constructed on an oak frame. The slats must have nominal cross-
section dimensions not less than 90 mm (3\5/8\ in.) by 9.5 mm (\3/8\ 
in.). The frame members must have nominal cross-section dimensions not 
less than 100 mm (4 in.) by 12.5 mm (\1/2\ in.). The space between 
adjacent slats must not exceed the width of the slats. The space between 
each frame member and the adjacent slat must not exceed twice the width 
of the slats. The platform must be riveted together at each intersection 
of--
    (i) Frame members,
    (ii) Slats, and
    (iii) Frame members and slats.
    (2) A plywood platform must be made of exterior or marine type 
plywood with surfaces that are either ``A'' or ``B'' grade as commonly 
designated in the plywood industry. Holes 35 mm (1\3/8\ in.) to 50 mm (2 
in.) in diameter must be drilled through the platform. The number of 
holes must be at least the number equal to (L-25) (W-25)/225, where L is 
the length of the platform in cm and W is the width of the platform in 
cm. (The formula is (L-10)(W-10)/36 where L and W are measured in 
inches.) The thickness of the plywood must be at least--
    (i) 12.5 mm (\1/2\ in.) for life floats of 10 persons capacity and 
under,
    (ii) 16 mm (\5/8\ in.) for life floats between 11 and 25 persons 
capacity inclusive, and
    (iii) 19 mm (\3/4\ in.) for life floats of 26 persons capacity and 
over.
    (3) A platform of construction differing from that described in 
either (1) or (2) of this paragraph will be approved if it has holes to 
permit the passage of water and if it passes the tests in Sec. 160.027-
7. The number of holes must be the same as required for a plywood 
platform. If the platform is netting on a frame, the netting must be 
constructed of cordage with a breaking strength of at least 1600 N (355 
lb.). The netting must be constructed on not more than 5 cm (2 in.) 
centers and must be knotted together at each point where the lines 
intersect.
    (c) Each platform must be of a material that is resistant to 
deterioration by exposure to weather or must have a surface that 
protects it from deterioration by exposure to weather. For a wood 
platform, this surface must be at least two coats of water resistant 
spar varnish, or two coats of marine paint.
    (d) Each part of the platform, including surfaces, edges, and rivets 
must be smooth and must not have cutting edges, points, or splinters 
which would be dangerous for bare feet.
    (e) The platform must be arranged so that under normal stowed 
conditions, it can be retained in the center of the float and can be 
readily released from this position for use.
    (f) The platform must be suspended from the body of the float by a 
net or an equivalent arrangement, which when fully extended, holds the 
top of the platform approximately 900 mm (36 in.) below the center of 
the float body.
    (1) The net must be constructed of cordage with a minimum breaking 
strength of 1600 N (355 lb.). The net must be attached to the platform 
through holes on centers that do not exceed 165 mm (6\1/2\ in.).
    (2) If the platform is suspended from the body of the float by an 
arrangement other than a net as described in paragraph (c)(1) of this 
section, the arrangement must be of equivalent to the net in terms of 
strength, resistance to tangling, and allowing the platform to freely 
pass through the center of the life float body.



Sec. 160.027-7  Pre-approval tests for alternate platform designs.

    (a) The tests in this section are for life float platforms that do 
not meet the requirements of either Sec. 160.027-3(b) (1) or (2).
    (b) The float body must be supported so that the platform is 
suspended in the air by the net or equivalent supporting arrangement. 
The platform must be loaded evenly with a weight equal to 60 percent of 
the weight of the total number of persons for which the float is to be 
rated, assuming a weight of 75 kg (165 lb.) per person. The weight must 
be allowed to remain on the platform for ten minutes after which it is 
removed. The supporting arrangement and platform must not show any 
evidence of damage or permanent deformation as a result of this test.

[[Page 75]]

    (c) The float body must be supported so that the platform is 
suspended in the air by the net or equivalent supporting arrangement. A 
bag of sand, shot or similar granular material weighing 90 kg (200 lb.) 
must be dropped onto the center of the platform from a height of 3 m (10 
ft.). The supporting arrangement and platform must not show any damage 
that would affect the serviceability of the float or platform.
    (d) As part of the buoyancy test required in Sec. 160.010-7(e) of 
this chapter, the platform must be loaded with weights equal to \1/2\ 
the rated capacity of the float. There must be no damage to the 
supporting arrangement or platform as a result of this test.

    Note: Since the weights on the platform will be submerged during 
this test, allowance must be made for the displacement of the submerged 
weights. The weight required is calculated by the formula W=(18d)/(d-
4895), where W is the required submerged weight per person (in kg) and d 
is the density of the material (in kg/m3). (In customary U.S. 
units, the formula is W=40d)/(d-63) where W is in lb. and d is in lb./
ft.3).



     Subpart 160.028--Signal Pistols for Red Flare Distress Signals

    Source: CGD 76-048a and 76-048b, 44 FR 73078, Dec. 17, 1979, unless 
otherwise noted.



Sec. 160.028-2  Type.

    (a) Each signal pistol for launching a parachute distress signal 
that meets subpart 160.024 of this part must be of the center-firing 
type having chamber and bore dimensions within the limits indicated by 
Figure No. 160.028-2(a).
    (b) A signal pistol for launching an aerial flare not under 
paragraph (a) of this section may have any chamber and bore dimensions 
if they are not the dimensions for a conventional round of ammunition.



Sec. 160.028-3  Materials, workmanship, construction, and performance requirements.

    (a) Materials. The materials used in signal pistols shall conform 
strictly to the specifications and drawings submitted by the 
manufacturer and approved by the Commandant. In general, all parts shall 
be corrosion-resistant or properly protected against corrosion. The 
ejection mechanism shall be of material possessing excellent wearing 
qualities.
    (b) Workmanship. Signal pistols shall be of first class workmanship 
and shall be free from imperfections of manufacture affecting their 
serviceability or appearance.
    (c) Construction and performance requirements. (Pistols intended for 
signals meeting Subpart 160.024). Signal pistols shall be of rugged 
construction and shall operate satisfactorily in firing and ejecting 
pistol-projected parachute red flare distress signals of the type 
covered by Subpart 160.024. The ejection mechanism shall be of sturdy 
design capable of withstanding rough and repeated usage. The overall 
size and weight of signal pistols should be kept to a minimum consistent 
with adequate strength and safety. When the pistol is cocked and the 
trigger is pulled, the firing pin shall project between 1.52 mm and 2.54 
mm (0.060 in. and 0.100 in.) beyond the face plate of the frame. When 
the barrel is locked in the firing position, the barrel chamber shall be 
not more than 0.25 mm (0.010 in.) from the face plate of the frame.



Sec. 160.028-4  Approval and production tests.

    (a) Approval test. An independent laboratory accepted by the 
Commandant under Sec. 159.010 of this chapter must test three pistols in 
accordance with the operational test in paragraph (c) of this section.
    (b) Production inspections and tests. Production inspections and 
tests of each pistol must be conducted under the procedures in 
Sec. 159.007 of this chapter. Each pistol which passes the production 
inspections and tests must be stamped with the letters ``P.T.'' Each 
pistol which fails the test must not be represented as meeting this 
subpart or as being approved by the Coast Guard.
    (1) Inspections and tests by the manufacturer. The manufacturer's 
quality control procedures must include the inspection of the pistols 
during production, and inspection of the finished pistols, to determine 
that the pistols are being produced in accordance with the approved 
plans. Each pistol must be tested in accordance with the operational 
test in paragraph (c) of this

[[Page 76]]

section, except that checking of the chamber and bore dimensions is not 
required.
    (2) Inspections and tests by an independent laboratory. An 
independent laboratory accepted by the Commandant under Sec. 159.010 of 
this Chapter must inspect and test three pistols at least one each year. 
The inspection must determine that the pistols are being produced in 
accordance with the approved plans. The test must be in accordance with 
paragraph (c) of this section.
    (c) Operational test. The operational test must be conducted as 
follows:
    (1) Check the chamber and bore dimensions of the pistol.
    (2) Fire a dummy cartridge simulating a normal signal in size and 
weight, but with a charge double the normal charge.
    (3) Fire a normal signal.

[[Page 77]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC03MR91.009



[[Page 78]]

    (4) Recheck the chamber and bore dimensions.
    (5) The pistol must fire the signal properly, must not have any 
visible deformation or damage as a result of the test, and must not have 
any change in the chamber and bore dimensions.



Sec. 160.028-5  Marking.

    (a) General. Each signal pistol shall be permanently and legibly 
marked with its serial number, Coast Guard approval number, and the name 
and address of the manufacturer.



Sec. 160.028-6  Container.

    (a) General. Containers for the stowage of signal pistols and pistol 
projected parachute red flare distress signals in lifeboats and life 
rafts on merchant vessels are not required to have specific approval or 
to be of specific design except for certain material, marking, and test 
requirements, which requirements are contained in Sec. 160.024-6 of 
subpart 160.024.



Sec. 160.028-7  Procedure for approval.

    (a) Signals are approved by the Coast Guard under the procedures in 
subpart 159.005 of this chapter.



    Subpart 160.031--Line-Throwing Appliance, Shoulder Gun Type (and 
                               Equipment)

    Source: CGD 76-048a and 76-048b, 44 FR 73080, Dec. 17, 1979, unless 
otherwise noted.



Sec. 160.031-1  Incorporation by reference.

    (a) The following Federal specification is incorporated by reference 
into this subpart:
    (1) T-R-605 b, December 13, 1963 and Amendment 3, April 17, 1973--
Rope, Manila, and Sisal.
    (b) The Federal specification may be obtained from Customer Service, 
Naval Publications and Forms Center, 5801 Tabor Avenue, Philadelphia, 
PA. 19120 (tel: (215)697-2000). This specification is also on file in 
the Federal Register library.
    (c) Approval to incorporate by reference the material listed in this 
section was obtained from the Director of the Federal Register on 
September 24, 1979.



Sec. 160.031-2  Type and size.

    (a) The shoulder gun type line-throwing appliance shall be breech-
loading for the cartridge and muzzle-loading for the projectile, of not 
more than 13 mm (0.50 in.) caliber, chambered for blank rifle 
cartridges, smooth bored, and properly stocked, with shot line canister 
attached in a position below the barrel.



Sec. 160.031-3  Materials, construction, workmanship, and performance requirements.

    (a) All materials used in the construction of shoulder gun type 
line-throwing appliances and equipment shall be of good quality, 
suitable for the purpose intended, and shall conform to the requirements 
of this specification. The choice of materials shall be such that 
resistance to corrosion by salt water or spray, shock, temperature 
change, and wear will be obtained. The use of dissimilar metals in 
combination shall be avoided wherever possible, but when such contacts 
are necessary, provision shall be made to prevent such deleterious 
effects as galvanic corrosion, freezing or buckling of moving parts, and 
loosening or tightening of joints due to difference in coefficients of 
thermal expansion.
    (b) The design and construction shall be proper and substantial for 
effective and safe operation aboard ship.
    (c) The workmanship shall be first class and free from any 
imperfections of manufacture affecting appearance or serviceability of 
the gun.
    (d) The gun, when loaded and fired in accordance with the 
manufacturer's instructions, shall be capable of propelling through 
relatively still air, the service projectile with service line attached, 
for a distance of not less than 75 m (250 ft.) with deviation from the 
target not to exceed 4.5 m (15 ft.) either side.



Sec. 160.031-4  Equipment for shoulder gun type line-throwing appliance.

    (a) Ten service projectiles, each machined from steel or bronze, 
weighing about 225 g (8 oz.), and having a shank of sufficient length to 
project slightly beyond the muzzle, with an eye at the upper end for 
securing the service line.

[[Page 79]]

    (b) Four service lines, each not less than 180 m (600 ft.) in 
length, of 1.5 mm (\1/16\-in.) or more in diameter, woven or braided 
nylon, very flexible, and having a breaking strength of not less than 
625 N (140 lb.), or equivalent. Each line shall be one continuous length 
without splice, knot, or other weakening features and shall be made up 
or coiled in such way as to render it ready at all times for immediate 
use. The end of the line intended to be attached to projectile shall 
have securely attached thereto a substantial tag bearing a permanent 
legend indicating its purpose, and the other end of the line shall be 
tagged in the same manner to prevent delay in securing proper and 
immediate action with the equipment. The line shall be coiled or reeled 
in such manner that when all the line leaves the canister it 
automatically becomes unattached and free from the canister and the gun. 
The line canister shall be secured by clamps or brackets below the 
barrel of the gun.
    (c) One auxiliary line consisting of at least 150 m (500 ft.) of 7.5 
mm (3 in.) circumference manila complying with federal specification T-
R-605.
    (d) Twenty-five cartridges of the caliber and loading specified in 
the instructions furnished by the manufacturer of the gun. The 
cartridges shall be blank with waterproof paper wad.
    (e) One cleaning rod with brush.
    (f) One can of oil suitable for cleaning the gun and preserving the 
finish of the metal parts.
    (g) Twelve wiping patches of a size suitable for cleaning the bore.
    (h) One set of instructions including a list of the equipment 
furnished with the gun, the proper caliber and loading of the cartridges 
to be used in firing the gun, information as to the proper maintenance 
of the gun and equipment, and directions for loading and firing in 
service use shall be permanently engraved in plastic and mounted 
conspicuously in the case or box required by Sec. 160.031-4(i).
    (i) A suitable case or box, properly compartmented for stowage of 
the appliance and auxiliary equipment, is required for stowage on 
merchant vessels. The auxiliary line need not be stowed in the case.



Sec. 160.031-5  Approval and production tests.

    (a) Approval test. An independent laboratory accepted by the 
Commandant under Sec. 159.010 of this chapter must test an appliance in 
accordance with the operational test in paragraph (c) of this section.
    (b) Production inspections and tests. Production inspections and 
tests of each appliance must be conducted under the procedures in 
Sec. 159.007 of this chapter. Each appliance which fails the inspections 
and tests must not be represented as meeting this Subpart or as being 
approved by the Coast Guard.
    (1) Inspections and tests by the manufacturer. The manufacturer's 
quality control procedures must include the inspection of appliances 
during production as well as inspection of finished appliances to 
determine that the appliances are being produced in accordance with the 
approved plans. Each appliance must be tested in accordance with 
paragraph (c) of this section except that the projectile may be fired 
without a service line attached, and the distance and deviation do not 
have to be measured.
    (2) Inspections and test by an independent laboratory. An 
independent laboratory accepted by the Commandant under Sec. 159.010 of 
this chapter must inspect and test one appliance at least once each 
year. The inspection must determine that the appliances are being 
produced in accordance with the approved plans. The test must be in 
accordance with paragraph (c) of this section.
    (c) Operational test. The operational test must be conducted as 
follows:
    (1) Three rounds must be fired by the gun, at least one of which 
must be with a service line attached to a projectile.
    (2) The projectile must be fired first by aiming it down an open 
course, and measuring the distance and deviation of the projectile.
    (3) After the projectile is fired, the other two rounds must be 
fired.
    (4) The distance and deviation of the projectile must be in 
accordance with Sec. 160.031-3(d) the gun must fire each round properly 
and the gun must not be fractured or damaged by the test.

[[Page 80]]



Sec. 160.031-6  Marking.

    (a) Gun. The gun shall be permanently and legibly marked on the 
barrel with the manufacturer's model or type designation of the gun, the 
serial number for the gun, the official Coast Guard approval number, and 
the name of the manufacturer. The gun stock shall have recessed in it a 
brass or other corrosion-restistant plate showing legible maintenance 
instructions for the care of the gun and its parts to prevent corrosion. 
After the proof test, the gun barrel shall be marked with the letters 
``P.T.'' and the name or mark of the company.
    (b) Projectile. Projectiles shall be permanently and legibly marked 
with the name of the manufacturer.
    (c) Line and container. The end of a service line intended to be 
attached to the projectile shall have securely attached thereto a 
substantial tag bearing a permanent legend indicating its purpose, and 
the other end of the line shall be tagged in the same manner to prevent 
delay in securing proper and immediate action with the equipment. The 
container of new service lines shall bear the name of the manufacturer, 
date of manufacture, and a statement to the effect that in all respects 
the line meets the requirements of this subpart for service lines. Line 
canisters and reels shall bear the name of the manufacturer.



Sec. 160.031-7  Procedure for approval.

    (a) Shoulder gun line throwing appliances are approved by the Coast 
Guard under the procedures in subpart 159.005 of this chapter.



              Subpart 160.032--Davits for Merchant Vessels



Sec. 160.032-1   Applicable specifications.

    (a) Specifications. The following specifications of the issue in 
effect on the date the davits are manufactured form a part of this 
subpart:
    (1) A.S.T.M. standards:

    A7, Specification for Steel for Bridges and Buildings.
    A27, Specification for Mild to Medium Strength Carbon Steel Castings 
for General Application.
    A216, Specification for Carbon-Steel Castings Suitable for Fusion 
Welding for High Temperature Service.

    (b) Copies on file. Copies of the specification standards referred 
to in this section shall be kept on file by the manufacturer, together 
with the approved plans and certificate of approval. The A.S.T.M. 
Standards may be purchased from the American Society for Testing 
Materials, 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa., 19103.

[CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 11466, Sept. 8, 1965]



Sec. 160.032-2   General requirements for davits.

    (a) The requirements of this section apply to all new construction. 
Davits approved and in use prior to the regulations in this subpart may 
be continued in service if in satisfactory condition.
    (b) Davits may be either of the mechanical or gravity types.
    (1) Mechanical davits shall be designed to be swung out by screws, 
gears, or other means, using manual power for operation. Radial type 
davits with mechanical means for operating are not acceptable under this 
category.
    (2) Gravity davits shall be designed to be swung out without the use 
of manual, electric, steam, or other power supplied by the vessel.
    (3) Other types of davits will be given special consideration.
    (c) Davits shall be so designed that it will not be necessary to 
take up or slack the falls in order to crank out the davits.
    (d) For the purpose of calculations and conducting tests, the weight 
of the persons shall be taken at 165 pounds each.
    (e) The requirements of this subpart shall be complied with unless 
other arrangements in matters of construction details, design, strength, 
equivalent in safety and efficiency are approved by the Commandant.

[CGFR 49-18, 14 FR 5112, Aug. 17, 1949]



Sec. 160.032-3   Construction of davits.

    (a) Strength required. Davits shall be of such strength that the 
lifeboat may be lowered safely with its full complement of persons and 
equipment, it being assumed that the vessel is heeled 15 degrees in 
either direction and with

[[Page 81]]

a 10-degree trim. A minimum factor of safety of 6 on the ultimate 
strength of the materials shall be maintained at all times based on the 
approved working load.
    (b) Turning out. (1) Mechanical davits shall be designed so that 
they may be operated from the full inboard to the full outboard position 
when the lifeboat is fully equipped, but not loaded with persons, it 
being assumed that the vessel is heeled 15 degrees in either direction 
and with a 10-degree trim.
    (2) Gravity davits shall be designed so that they may be operated 
automatically from the full inboard to the full outboard position when 
the lifeboat is fully equipped, but not loaded with persons, it being 
assumed that the vessel is heeled 15 degrees in either direction and 
with a 10-degree trim. This operation shall be accomplished by merely 
releasing the brake of the lifeboat winch.
    (c) Materials. (1) Structural steel made by the open-hearth or 
electric furnace process shall be in accordance with A.S.T.M. Standard 
Specification A7.
    (2) Steel castings not intended for fusion welding shall be in 
accordance with A.S.T.M. Standard Specification A27, Grades U-60-30, 60-
30, 65-30, 65-35, and 70-36.
    (3) Steel castings intended to be fabricated by fusion welding shall 
be in accordance with A.S.T.M. Standard Specification A216, Grades WCA 
and WCB.
    (4) Cast iron shall not be used in the construction of davits.
    (5) Special consideration shall be given to the use of other 
materials. Proper affidavits concerning these materials will be 
required.
    (d) Bearings. Bearings of davits shall be of non-ferrous metal, or 
shall be of the roller or ball-bearing type. Positive means of retaining 
the bearings in position and of lubricating same shall be provided 
except that self-lubricated bearings in sheaves of manila rope blocks 
will be acceptable. The manufacturer shall furnish a lubrication chart 
for each davit together with a plate attached to the davit indicating 
the lubricants recommended for extremes in temperature.
    (e) Guards. All moving parts shall have suitable guards.
    (f) Welding. Welding, when employed, shall be performed by welders 
certified by the U.S. Coast Guard, American Bureau of Shipping, or U.S. 
Navy Department, and the electrodes used shall be of an approved type.

[CGFR 49-18, 14 FR 5112, Aug. 17, 1949, as amended by CGFR 65-16, 30 FR 
10898, Aug. 21, 1965; CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 11466, Sept. 8, 1965]



Sec. 160.032-4   Capacity of davits.

    (a) Davits shall be approved for a working load after it has been 
demonstrated by detailed calculations that this working load can be 
carried with a minimum factor of safety of six based on the ultimate 
strength of the materials. It will also be necessary to conduct the 
tests specified in Sec. 160.032-5.

[CGFR 49-18, 14 FR 5113, Aug. 17, 1949]



Sec. 160.032-5   Inspection and testing of davits.

    (a) Material testing. (1) Where davit arms and frames are fabricated 
of steel castings, an inspector shall be present at the foundry where 
such castings are made to witness the tests prescribed by the applicable 
specification. The manufacturer shall furnish an affidavit stating that 
the material complies with the requirement of the specification noted in 
Sec. 160.032-3(c) (2) or (3). The inspector shall stamp the casting with 
the letters U.S.C.G., the Marine Inspection Office identification 
letters, the letters F.T., and the date of inspection.
    (2) The manufacturer shall furnish an affidavit stating that the 
structural steel complies with the requirements of the specification 
noted in Sec. 160.032-3(c)(1).
    (3) The affidavits referred to above shall be obtained from the 
foundry or mill supplying the material.
    (b) Factory tests for initial approval. (1) Mechanical davits shall 
be tested for strength and operation at the place of manufacture in the 
presence of an inspector. The davits shall be completely assembled. The 
tests to be conducted are as noted in paragraphs (b) (2) through (4) of 
this section.
    (2) A weight equal to 2.2 times the working load shall be suspended 
from the eye or end of the davit arm. With

[[Page 82]]

this load suspended from the davit it shall be operated from the full 
inboard to the full outboard position using the same operating crank or 
device used in actual practice aboard ship. The load shall then be swung 
in a fore and aft direction through an arc of approximately 10 degrees, 
each side of the vertical. The davit arm and frame shall show no 
permanent set or undue stress from this test. While this test is being 
conducted, the frame and arm, if of cast material, shall be subject to a 
test by being hammered to satisfy the inspector that the castings are 
sound and without flaws.
    (3) A weight equal to 0.5 times the normal working load shall be 
suspended from the eye or end of the davit arm. This load shall be moved 
from the full inboard to the full outboard position using the actual 
handles supplied with the davit. The time required for this operation 
shall not exceed 90 seconds. The above test shall also be conducted with 
the davits set up to simulate a 15-degree inboard list with a 10-degree 
trim to determine that the davits may be satisfactorily operated in that 
condition. The above test shall also be conducted with the davits set up 
to simulate a 15-degree outboard list with a 10-degree trim. This test 
shall determine that the davit arms will not run out under the weight of 
the light boat.
    (4) A load of 1.1 times the normal working load shall be moved from 
the full outboard to the full inboard position to demonstrate the 
strength of operation of the return mechanism.
    (5) Gravity davits shall be tested for strength and operation at the 
place of manufacture in the presence of an inspector. The davit arms, 
tracks, frames, attachments, etc., shall be set up in a manner similar 
to an actual shipboard installation. This installation shall include a 
lifeboat winch suitable for gravity davits and the falls shall be reeved 
in the normal manner. The tests to be conducted are as noted in 
paragraphs (b)(6) to (8) of this paragraph.
    (6) A weight equal to 1.1 times the working load shall be run from 
the full inboard to the full outboard position with the davit assembly 
in the normal upright condition. The davit arm, trackways, etc., shall 
show no permanent set or undue stress from this test.
    (7) A weight equal to 2.2 times the working load shall be attached 
to the falls and suspended from the davit arm when in the full outboard 
position. The load shall be swung in a fore and aft direction through an 
arc of approximately 10 degrees each side of the vertical. The davit arm 
and trackways shall show no permanent set or undue stress from this 
test.
    (8) The entire davit assembly shall then be heeled inboard 15 
degrees and with a 10-degree trim. In this condition a weight equal to 
0.5 times the working load shall be suspended from the falls and shall 
be operated from the full inboard to the full outboard position. This 
test shall demonstrate that the load is sufficient to turn out the davit 
by merely releasing the brake on the winch. Stops shall be made at 
intervals between the inboard and outboard positions to assure that the 
davit will start from any position.
    (c) Factory testing after approval. (1) After the design of a 
mechanical davit has been approved, subsequent davits of the same design 
shall be individually tested as described in paragraph (b)(2) of this 
section.
    (2) After the design of a gravity davit has been approved, 
subsequent davit arms of the same design shall be individually tested as 
described in paragraph (b)(7) of this section, except that the swing 
test may be eliminated if not practicable.
    (d) Name plate. (1) A corrosion resistant name plate shall be 
affixed to each davit arm and frame on which shall be stamped the name 
of the manufacturer, approval number, type and serial number of the 
davit, maximum working load in pounds per arm together with the Marine 
Inspection Office identification letters, the date, and the letters 
``U.S.C.G.''

[CGFR 49-18, 14 FR 5113, Aug. 17, 1949, as amended by CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 
11467, Sept. 8, 1965; CGD 75-186, 41 FR 10437, Mar. 11, 1976]



Sec. 160.032-6   Procedure for approval of davits.

    (a) Before action is taken on any design of davit, detailed plans 
covering fully the arrangement and construction of the davit together 
with stress

[[Page 83]]

diagrams and calculations relative to the strength of the davit, and a 
complete bill of material setting forth the physical properties of all 
materials used shall be submitted to the Commandant through the 
Commander of the Coast Guard District having jurisdiction over the 
construction of the davit.
    (b) If the drawings required in paragraph (a) of this section are 
satisfactory the Commander of the Coast Guard District in which the 
davits are to be built shall be notified in writing when fabrication is 
to commence. An inspector will be assigned to supervise the construction 
in accordance with the plans and upon completion conduct the tests 
required by Sec. 160.032-5.
    (c) At the time that the tests are successfully completed, the 
manufacturer shall present to the inspector four corrected copies of the 
plans noted in paragraph (a) of this section, including any corrections, 
changes, or additions which may have been found necessary during 
construction or testing. If the manufacturer desires more than one set 
of approved plans, additional copies shall be submitted at that time.
    (d) Upon receipt of corrected drawings and satisfactory test report, 
the Commandant will issue a certificate of approval. No change shall be 
made in the design or construction without first receiving permission of 
the Commandant via the Commander of the Coast Guard District in which 
the davits are built.

[CGFR 49-18, 14 FR 5113, Aug. 17, 1949]



    Subpart 160.033--Mechanical Disengaging Apparatus, Lifeboat, for 
                            Merchant Vessels



Sec. 160.033-1   Applicable specifications.

    (a) Specifications. The following specifications of the issue in 
effect on the date mechanical disengaging apparatus is manufactured form 
a part of this subpart.
    (1) Coast Guard specifications:

    160.035, Specification for Lifeboats for Merchant Vessels.

    (b) Copies on file. A copy of the specification regulations referred 
to in this section shall be kept on file by the manufacturer, together 
with the approved plans and certificate of approval. They shall be kept 
for a period consisting of the duration of approval and 6 months after 
termination of approval. The specification may be obtained from the 
Commandant (G-MSE), U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC 20593-0001.

[CGFR 49-18, 14 FR 5113, Aug. 17, 1949, as amended by CGFR 65-16, 30 FR 
10899, Aug. 21, 1965; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34535, Sept. 7, 1988; CGD 95-
072, 60 FR 50467, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50733, Sept. 27, 
1996]



Sec. 160.033-2   General requirements for mechanical disengaging apparatus.

    (a) The requirements of this subpart apply to all new construction. 
Mechanical disengaging apparatus approved and in use prior to the 
regulations in this subpart may be continued in service if in 
satisfactory condition.
    (b) Mechanical disengaging apparatus installed in approved lifeboats 
shall be designed to release both ends of the lifeboat simultaneously 
under tension.
    (c) Other types of mechanical disengaging apparatus will be 
considered for lifeboats fitted on vessels operating on waters other 
than ocean, coastwise or Great Lakes, or for vessels of 3,000 gross tons 
and under operating in ocean, coastwise or Great Lakes service.

[CGFR 49-18, 14 FR 5113, Aug. 17, 1949, as amended by CGFR 60-36, 25 FR 
10637, Nov. 5, 1960]



Sec. 160.033-3   Construction of mechanical disengaging apparatus.

    (a) Mechanical disengaging apparatus shall be of such strength that 
the lifeboat in which installed may be safely lowered with its full 
complement of persons and equipment. A minimum factor of safety of six 
on the ultimate strength of the materials used shall be maintained at 
all times based on the approved working load per hook.
    (b) Mechanical disengaging apparatus shall be designed to release 
both ends of the lifeboat simultaneously under tension, which shall be 
effected by partially rotating a shaft which shall be continuous and 
extend from point of contact with the hooks. The control effecting the 
rotation of the shaft shall be painted bright red and shall have

[[Page 84]]

thereon in raised letters the words ``DANGER--LEVER DROPS BOAT''. The 
control shall be readily accessible, secured to a permanent part of the 
lifeboat structure, and so installed as not to interfere with the 
inspection of any removable parts of the lifeboat or its equipment.
    (c) If closed type hooks are used, arrangements shall be made to 
effect the release of the falls in the event that the gear is 
inoperable.
    (d) Positive means of lubrication shall be provided for all 
bearings.
    (e) Welding, when employed, shall be performed by welders certified 
by the U. S. Coast Guard, American Bureau of Shipping, or U. S. Navy 
Department, and the electrodes used shall be of an approved type.
    (f) The manufacturer shall furnish mill or foundry affidavits 
relative to the physical and chemical properties of the materials used.

[CGFR 49-18, 14 FR 5113, Aug. 17, 1949, as amended by CGFR 52-10, 17 FR 
2365, Mar. 19, 1952; CGFR 57-27, 22 FR 4021, June 7, 1957]



Sec. 160.033-4   Inspection and testing of mechanical disengaging apparatus.

    (a) Inspection. Mechanical disengaging apparatus shall be inspected 
during the course of construction to determine that the arrangement and 
materials entering into the construction are in accordance with the 
approved plans.
    (b) Factory tests for initial approval. (1) Mechanical disengaging 
apparatus shall be tested to destruction in a jig built in accordance 
with the drawing required in Sec. 160.033-5(a). This test shall be 
conducted in the presence of an inspector.
    (2) Universal connections used to transmit the release power from 
the throw lever to the hook release shall be set up in a jig with the 
angles of leads set at 0.30, and 60 degrees, respectively. A load of 200 
pounds shall be applied at the end of a lever arm 24 inches long. This 
load shall be applied with the connecting rod secured beyond the 
universal and with the lever arm in the horizontal position. This test 
shall demonstrate that the universals have strength adequate for the 
purpose intended. There shall be no permanent set, or undue stress as a 
result of this test. Consideration will be given to arrangements other 
than universals submitted for this transmission of power.
    (c) Installation test prior to passing first unit installed. (1) 
Each new type or arrangement of mechanical disengaging apparatus shall 
be tested by suspending a lifeboat loaded with deadweight equivalent to 
the number of persons allowed in the lifeboat (165 pounds per person) 
together with the weight of the equipment, plus 10 percent of the total 
load. The release lever shall then be thrown over with this load 
suspended until the lifeboat is released. This test shall demonstrate 
the efficiency of the installation in an actual lifeboat. (This test may 
be conducted ashore by suspending the lifeboat just clear of the 
ground.)
    (d) Factory testing after approval. (1) In general, no factory tests 
after approval are required. However, each lifeboat in which mechanical 
disengaging apparatus is fitted shall be tested in accordance with 
Sec. 160.035-13(a) of subpart 160.035.
    (e) Name plate. A corrosion resistant name plate shall be attached 
to each hook assembly giving the manufacturer's name, approval number, 
and approved working load (as installed).

[CGFR 49-18, 14 FR 5113, Aug. 17, 1949, as amended by CGFR 52-10, 17 FR 
2365, Mar. 19, 1952; CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 11467, Sept. 8, 1965]



Sec. 160.033-5   Procedure for approval of mechanical disengaging apparatus.

    (a) Before action is taken on any design of mechanical disengaging 
apparatus, detailed plans covering fully the arrangement and 
construction of the apparatus, together with stress diagrams and 
calculations relative to the strength, proposed test jig to be used in 
the test prescribed in Sec. 160.033-4(b)(1), and a complete bill of 
material setting forth the physical and chemical properties of all the 
materials used shall be submitted to the Commandant through the 
Commander of the Coast Guard District having jurisdiction over the 
construction of the mechanical disengaging apparatus.
    (b) If the drawings required in paragraph (a) of this section are 
satisfactory, the Commander of the Coast Guard District in which the 
mechanical disengaging apparatus is to be built, shall be notified in 
writing when

[[Page 85]]

fabrication is to commence. An inspector will be assigned to supervise 
the construction in accordance with the plans and upon completion, 
conduct the tests required by Sec. 160.033-4.
    (c) At the time that the tests are successfully completed, the 
manufacturer shall present to the inspector four corrected copies of the 
plans noted in paragraph (a) of this section, including any corrections, 
changes, or additions which may have been found necessary during 
construction or testing. If the manufacturer desires more than one set 
of approved plans, additional copies shall be submitted at that time.
    (d) Upon receipt of corrected drawings and satisfactory test report, 
the Commandant will issue a certificate of approval. No change shall be 
made in the design or construction without first receiving permission of 
the Commandant via the Commander of the Coast Guard District in which 
the mechanical disengaging apparatus is built.

[CGFR 49-18, 14 FR 5113, Aug. 17, 1949]



             Subpart 160.035--Lifeboats for Merchant Vessels

    Source: CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 11467, Sept. 8, 1965, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec. 160.035-1   Applicable specifications.

    (a) Specifications. The following specifications, of the issue in 
effect on the date lifeboats are manufactured form a part of this 
subpart.
    (1) A.S.T.M. standards:

    A 525--Specification for Delivery of Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Iron 
or Steel Sheets, Coils, and Cut Lengths Coated by Hot Dip Method.
    A 36--Specification for Structural Steel

    (2) Military specifications:

MIL-P-18066--Plywood, Ship and Boat Construction.
MIL-Y-1140--Yarn, Cord, Sleeving, Cloth and Tape--Glass.
MIL-M-15617--Mats, Fibrous Glass, For Reinforcing Plastics.
MIL-R-7575--Resin, Polyester, Low-Pressure Laminating.
MIL-P-40619--Plastic Material, Cellular Polystyrene.
MIL-P-17549--Plastic Laminates, Fibrous Glass Reinforced, Marine 
Structural.
MIL-P-19644--Plastic Foam, Molded Polystyrene (Expanded Bead Type).
MIL-C-19663--Cloth, Glass, Woven Roving For Plastic Laminate.
MIL-R-21607--Resins, Polyester, Low Pressure Laminating, Fire Retardant.
MIL-P-21929--Plastic Material, Cellular Polyurethane, Rigid, Foam-In-
Place, Low Density.

    (3) Federal specifications:

TT-P-59--Paint, Ready-Mixed, International Orange.

    (4) Federal test method standard:

406--Plastics: Method of Testing.

    (5) Federal Communications Commission:

47 CFR part 83, Rules Governing Stations on Shipboard in the Maritime 
Service.

    (6) Coast Guard specifications:

160.033--Mechanical Disengaging Apparatus (For Lifeboats).
160.034--Hand Propelling Gear (For Life boats).
161.006--Searchlights, Motor Lifeboat.

    (b) Copies on file. Copies of the specifications and rules referred 
to in this section shall be kept on file by the manufacturer, together 
with the approved plans and certificate of approval. The Coast Guard 
Specifications may be obtained upon request from the Commandant. United 
States Coast Guard Headquarters, Washington, DC 20226. The A.S.T.M. 
Standards may be purchased from the American Society for Testing 
Materials, 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103. The Military 
Specifications may be obtained from the Commanding Officer, Naval Supply 
Depot, 5801 Tabor Avenue, Philadelphia, Pa. 19120. The Federal 
Communications Commission's Rules and Regulations may be obtained from 
the Federal Communications Commission, Washington, DC 20554. Federal 
Specifications and Standards may be obtained from the General Services 
Administration, Business Service Center, Washington, DC 20407.

[CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 11467, Sept. 8, 1965, as amended by CGD 72-133R, 37 FR 
17039, Aug. 24, 1972]

[[Page 86]]



Sec. 160.035-2   General requirements for lifeboats.

    (a) The requirements of this subpart apply to all new construction. 
Lifeboats approved and in use prior to the regulations in this subpart 
may be continued in service if in satisfactory condition.
    (b) All lifeboats must be properly constructed and shall be of such 
form and proportions that they shall be readily maneuverable, have ample 
stability in a seaway, and sufficient freeboard when fully loaded with 
their full complement of persons and equipment. All lifeboats shall be 
capable of maintaining positive stability when open to the sea and 
loaded with their full complement of persons and equipment. All 
lifeboats must be open boats with rigid sides having internal buoyancy 
only. Lifeboats with a rigid shelter may be approved, provided that it 
may be readily opened from both inside and outside, and does not impede 
rapid embarkation and disembarkation or the launching and handling of 
the lifeboat.
    (c) Lifeboats may be constructed of steel, aluminum, fibrous glass 
reinforced plastic (FRP), or other materials receiving specific 
approval: Provided, That, the weight of the fully equipped and loaded 
lifeboat shall not exceed 44,800 pounds, and the carrying capacity 
calculated in accordance with Sec. 160.035-9 of this specification shall 
not exceed 150 persons.
    (1) The thwarts, side benches and footings of lifeboats shall be 
painted or otherwise colored international orange in accordance with 
Federal Specification TT-P-59. The area in way of the red mechanical 
disengaging gear control lever, from the keel to the side bench, shall 
be painted or otherwise colored white, to provide a contrasting 
background for the lever. This band of white should be approximately 12 
inches wide depending on the internal arrangements of the lifeboat.
    (d) For the purpose of calculations and conducting tests, the weight 
of the persons shall be taken at 165 pounds each.
    (e) Motor lifeboats are classified as follows:
    (1) A Class 1 motor lifeboat is one that is fitted with a 
compression ignition engine, is capable of being readily started in all 
conditions, and has sufficient fuel for 24 hours continuous operation. 
The speed ahead in smooth water when loaded with its full complement of 
persons and equipment shall be at least 6 knots.
    (2) A Class 2 motor lifeboat shall meet the Class 1 requirements, 
and in addition, shall be fitted with a searchlight constructed in 
accordance with subpart 161.006 of subchapter Q (Specifications) of this 
chapter.
    (3) A Class 3 motor lifeboat shall meet the Class 2 requirements, 
and in addition, shall be fitted with a radio cabin and a radio 
installation complying with requirements of the Federal Communications 
Commission.



Sec. 160.035-3   Construction of steel oar-propelled lifeboats.

    (a) Type. Lifeboats shall have rigid sides and be fitted with 
internal buoyancy so arranged that the boats will float in the flooded 
condition when fully loaded with persons and equipment. The capacity of 
an oar-propelled lifeboat is limited to a maximum of 59 persons. 
Lifeboats designed to carry 60 but not more than 100 persons shall be 
either hand-propelled or motor-propelled. Lifeboats designed to carry 
more than 100 persons shall be motor-propelled, except that a lifeboat 
designed to carry more than 100 persons may be hand-propelled if it is a 
replacement for a previously approved hand-propelled lifeboat.
    (b) Specifications. The following specifications and schedule of 
lifeboat materials, including Table 160.035-3 shall be complied with 
unless other arrangements in matters of construction details, design, 
and strength, equivalent in safety and efficiency are approved by the 
Commandant.

[[Page 87]]



                                                                                         Table 160.035-3                                                                                        
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            Gunwales                       Shell plating                              Thwarts                                                                   
                              -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------                                               
 Length of   Bar keel, stem,                                                                                     Distance from                                         Painter         Rudder   
 boat not     and sternpost                                                                                      top of thwart                       Stanchions        shackles      thickness  
   over          (inches)          Angle bar       Flanged flat     Side (USSG)    Bottom (USSG)      Number       to top of      Size (inches)       (inches)      (normal size)     (inches)  
  (feet)                            (inches)       bar (inches)                                      required       gunwale                                                                     
                                                                                                                    (inches)                                                                    
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12.0......      2\1/2\x\1/2\     2x1\1/2\x\1/4\    3\1/2\x\1/4\              18              18              4              9    1\1/16\x7\1/2\    1\1/16\x3\1/2\          \5/8\            1   
14.0......      2\1/2\x\1/2\     2x1\1/2\x\1/4\    3\1/2\x\1/4\              18              18              4              9    1\1/16\x7\1/2\    1\1/16\x3\1/2\          \5/8\            1   
16.0......      2\1/2\x\1/2\     2x1\1/2\x\1/4\    3\1/2\x\1/4\              18              18              4              9    1\1/16\x7\1/2\    1\1/16\x3\1/2\          \5/8\            1   
18.0......      2\1/2\x\5/8\          2x2x\1/4\         4x\1/4\              18              18              4              9    1\5/16\x7\1/2\    1\5/16\x3\1/2\          \5/8\            1   
20.0......      2\1/2\x\3/4\          2x2x\1/4\         4x\1/4\              16              16              5              9    1\5/16\x7\1/2\    1\5/16\x3\1/2\          \5/8\            1   
22.0......      2\1/2\x\3/4\          2x2x\1/4\         4x\1/4\              16              14              5              9    1\5/16\x7\1/2\    1\5/16\x3\1/2\          \3/4\         1\1/4\ 
24.0......           3x\3/4\     2\1/2\x2x\1/4\    4\1/2\x\1/4\              16              14              5             10     1\5/8\x9\1/2\     1\5/8\x5\1/2\          \3/4\         1\1/4\ 
26.0......           3x\3/4\     2\1/2\x2x\1/4\    4\1/2\x\1/4\              14              13              6             10     1\5/8\x9\1/2\     1\5/8\x5\1/2\          \3/4\         1\1/4\ 
28.0......      3\1/2\x\3/4\   2\1/2\x2\1/2\x\1/                                                                                                                                                
                                             4\         5x\1/4\              13              12              6             10     1\5/8\x9\1/2\     1\5/8\x5\1/2\          \3/4\         1\1/4\ 
30.0......      3\1/2\x\3/4\   2\1/2\x2\1/2\x\1/                                                                                                                                                
                                             4\         5x\1/4\              13              12              7             11     1\5/8\x9\1/2\     1\5/8\x5\1/2\          \3/4\         1\1/4\ 
32.0......           4x\3/4\   2\1/2\x2\1/2\x\1/                                                                                                                                                
                                             4\         5x\1/4\              13              12              7             11    1\5/8\x11\1/2\     1\5/8\x5\1/2\          \3/4\         1\1/4\ 
34.0......           4x\3/4\   2\1/2\x2\1/2\x\5/                                                                                                                                                
                                            16\        5x\5/16\              12              12              8             11    1\5/8\x11\1/2\     1\5/8\x5\1/2\          \3/4\         1\1/4\ 
36.0......               4x1   2\1/2\x2\1/2\x\5/                                                                                                                                                
                                            16\        5x\5/16\              12              12              8             11    1\5/8\x11\1/2\     1\5/8\x5\1/2\          \3/4\         1\1/4\ 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Note: Hoisting shackles, if provided, shall have a factor of safety of 6 based on the lowering weight of the fully loaded lifeboat.                                                             


[[Page 88]]

    (c) Materials. (1) Plating for shell, floors, air tanks, etc., shall 
be made by the open-hearth or electric furnace process in accordance 
with A.S.T.M. Standards A-525 Class 1.25 Commercial. The bend tests 
required by these specifications shall be made after the galvanizing or 
other anticorrosive treatment has been applied.
    (2) Rivets and rolled or extruded shapes such as keel, stem, 
sternpost, gunwales, etc., shall be made by the open-hearth or electric 
furnace process in accordance with A.S.T.M. Standard Specification A-36. 
Consideration will be given to the use of other steels having equivalent 
strength where longitudinal cold forming is necessary.
    (d) Riveting. (1) Where riveting is employed in the construction of 
the shell double riveting shall be used. The centers of the rivets in 
the row nearest the edge of the sheet shall be not less than \3/8\ inch 
nor more than \1/2\ inch from the edge. Rivets shall be staggered with 
not less than 18 rivets to the foot and shall be countersunk head or 
button head rivets. The diameter of the rivets shall be not less than 
that shown in Table 160.035-3(d)(1).

                          Table 160.035-3(d)(1)                         
                                                                        
                                                                 Rivet  
                      Plating thickness                         diameter
                                                                 (inch) 
                                                                        
18  USSG.....................................................      \1/8\
16  USSG.....................................................      \1/8\
14  USSG.....................................................     \5/32\
13  USSG.....................................................     \5/32\
12  USSG.....................................................     \3/16\
                                                                        

    (2) Riveting of the shell plating to the keel, stem, and sternpost 
shall be button head rivets, staggered with not less than 12 rivets to 
the foot. The distance from the edge of the plate to the centers of the 
rivets in the nearest row shall be not less than \1/2\ inch nor more 
than \3/4\ inch. Rivets connecting the shell to the gunwale shall be 
spaced not more than 3 inches on centers. The size of the rivets for 
connecting the shell plating to the keel, stem, sternpost, and gunwale 
shall be \1/4\-inch diameter for boats 28 feet and under, and \5/16\-
inch diameter for boats over 28 feet.
    (3) The connection of the floors to the shell shall be by a single 
row of rivets not less than \3/16\ inch in diameter and spaced not more 
than 3 inches on centers.
    (e) Welding. (1) Welding may be substituted for riveting in any 
location. It shall be performed by welders qualified by the U.S. Coast 
Guard, American Bureau of Shipping, or U.S. Navy Department, and only 
approved electrodes shall be used. Details of the joints shall be 
indicated on the construction drawings submitted for approval.
    (f) Keel, stem and sternpost. (1) Dimensions shall be not less than 
those shown in Table 160.035-3.
    (2) The keel, stem, and sternpost shall be in not more than two 
lengths except in the case of a lifeboat of stern frame construction 
where three lengths may be used. The scarph shall have a length of nine 
times the thickness of the keel and shall be strapped and riveted. A 
double Vee butt weld may be used without straps.
    (g) Shell plating. (1) The gage of the shell plating shall be not 
less than that shown in Table 160.035-3.
    (2) Where increased thickness of bottom plating is called for by 
Table 160.035-3, the thicker plating shall be fitted to approximately 
the turn of the bilge.
    (3) Doubling plates of suitable size shall be fitted on all 
lifeboats where the shell is liable to damage, wear, or corrosion from 
contact with chocks. Doublers shall be not less than the thickness of 
the bottom plating.
    (4) All seam and butt laps shall be at least 1\1/4\ inches.
    (5) The laps of joints on keel, stem and sternpost shall be at least 
2 inches.
    (6) All seam and butt laps, laps of plating on keel, stem, and 
sternpost, shall be made over felt laid in wet red lead. Other methods 
will be given separate consideration.
    (h) Floors. (1) Floors shall be fitted in lifeboats 24 feet in 
length and over.
    (2) Floors shall be of a thickness not less than that of the bottom 
plating and shall be at least 6 inches deep at the centerline of the 
lifeboat, and shall be flanged 1\1/2\ inches top and bottom. The floors 
shall extend to approximately the turn of the bilge.
    (3) The maximum floor spacing for boats 28 feet and under shall be 
36 inches and for boats over 28 feet but not exceeding 36 feet shall be 
30 inches.

[[Page 89]]

    (4) Limber holes shall be cut in the floors and so located as to 
provide efficient drainage. The limber holes shall be so arranged that 
the load on the floors is taken by the keel as well as by the shell 
plating.
    (i) Gunwales. (1) Dimensions of angular gunwales shall be not less 
than that shown in Table 160.035-3.
    (2) The gunwales on each side of the lifeboat shall be in not more 
than two pieces. If the gunwales are fitted in two lengths, the joint 
shall be placed at approximately one-third of the length from the stem 
or stern of the boat and at opposite ends of the boat. The joint may be 
riveted or welded, and if riveted, the backing-up piece shall be angular 
in section of the thickness of the gunwale, and the length shall be not 
less than eight times the depth of the gunwale. A suitable butt weld may 
be used without backing-up bar.
    (3) Flanged plates made from flat bars, dimensions of which shall be 
not less than that shown in Table 160.035-3, may be substituted for 
angle gunwales. The legs of the angles shall be approximately equal and 
the inside radius of the bend shall be not less than \1/2\ inch nor more 
than \3/4\ inch. The vertical leg shall be outside of the sheer strake.
    (4) Wood gunwales when installed in metal lifeboats shall be of 
clear grained oak or teak. They shall be of a size as listed in the 
table below. When in two lengths the scarph shall be located as outlined 
in paragraph (i)(2) of this section. Scarphs shall be of a good long 
bevel type stiffened on the under side by a piece of the same size and 
material as the gunwale and at least 2 feet in length. The lap of the 
wooden gunwale to the sheer strake shall be made over felt laid in wet 
red lead and the gunwale shall be secured to the sheer strake with 
fastenings placed on 3-inch centers.

                          Table 160.035-3(i)(4)                         
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                     Depth of   Width of
                Length of lifeboat                   gunwale    gunwale 
                                                     (inches)   (inches)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
12 feet and not over 18 feet......................     1\7/8\     2\1/8\
Over 18 and not over 20 feet......................     1\7/8\     2\1/4\
Over 20 and not over 22 feet......................        2       2\3/8\
Over 22 and not over 24 feet......................     2\1/4\     2\1/2\
Over 24 and not over 26 feet......................     2\3/8\     2\5/8\
Over 26 and not over 28 feet......................     2\5/8\     2\3/4\
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (j) Nosings. (1) The outside of the gunwale angle shall have a 
nosing fitted to the gunwale of hollow steel, half round, 2 inches by 
\1/4\ inch. If a flanged plate gunwale is used, a nosing will not be 
required.
    (2) The outside of a wooden gunwale shall have a nosing of clear 
grain oak or teak, secured to the sheer strake and the gunwale by 
fastenings spaced on 6-inch centers which fastenings may be substituted 
for alternate fastenings between the gunwale and sheer strake. On boats 
not over 20 feet long, the flat side of the nosing shall be not less 
than 1\1/2\ inches wide and \5/8\ inch thick, on boats not over 24 feet 
in length it shall be not less than 1\7/8\ inches wide by 1 inch thick, 
on all boats over 24 feet in length it shall be not less than 2\1/4\ 
inches wide by 1 inch thick.
    (k) Gunwale braces. (1) The brace shall be bent outboard at the 
thwart so that the bolts and nuts do not obstruct the seating space. The 
gunwales shall be secured to the thwarts by steel braces, bolts, and 
rivets as follows:

                          Table 160.035-3(k)(1)                         
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               Bolts and
                                                      Brace      rivets 
                Length of lifeboat                     size     diameter
                                                     (inches)    (inch) 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
22 feet and under.................................  3 x \1/4\     \5/16\
Over 22 feet and not over 28......................    3 x \5/           
                                                          16\      \3/8\
Over 28 feet......................................  3 x \3/8\     \7/16\
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (2) The gunwale braces shall be bolted to the thwarts with at least 
two carriage bolts of a size not less than that noted in Table 160.035-
3(k)(1) and riveted or welded to the gunwales. Where riveted to the 
gunwale, at least two rivets of a size not less than that noted in the 
table above shall be used.
    (3) Bracket type gunwale braces will be given special consideration.
    (l) Breast plates. (1) Breast plates shall be fitted to the stem and 
stern post. The thickness of the breast plates shall not be less than 
the thickness of the leg of the gunwale and the depth of the throat of 
the plate shall not be less than twice the depth of the gunwale. The 
breast plates of the boats that have mechanical disengaging apparatus 
shall be extended to connect and reinforce the hoisting plates of the 
disengaging apparatus.

[[Page 90]]

    (2) Breast hooks for wooden gunwales shall be of the strap type, not 
less than 1\1/2\ inches wide, nor less than \1/4\ inch thick. The length 
of each leg of the breast hook shall be not less than 5 times the width 
of the gunwale. The inside strap shall be continuous and the outside 
strap may be in two pieces provided they are through riveted to the stem 
or stern post. The inner and outer straps shall be through riveted or 
bolted to each other through the gunwale and sheer strake by not less 
than three rivets or bolts on each side.
    (m) Seats. (1) The thwarts, side benches, and end benches shall be 
of fir, yellow pine, fibrous glass reinforced plastic (F.R.P.), or 
approved equivalent.
    (2) The dimensions of the thwarts shall be not less than that shown 
in Table 160.035-3. The mast thwart, if cut out in way of the mast, 
shall be suitably increased in width so that the width in way of the 
mast is not less than that required for other thwarts.
    (3) The number of thwarts shall not be less than that set forth in 
Table 160.035-3.
    (4) The distance from the top of the thwarts to the top of the 
gunwale shall be not less than that shown in Table 160.035-3.
    (5) The thwart ends shall be fitted between flanges, or may be 
installed on top of both flanges, of a thickness not less than the 
bottom shell plating and secured to the thwart by two bolts in addition 
to the bolts through the gunwale braces. Each flange shall be riveted to 
the shell with rivets of the same size as used to connect the side and 
bottom plating and spaced not less than ten to the foot. The flanges 
shall extend inboard to take the brace bolts and shall be 1 inch in 
width less than the thwart. The ends of the thwart shall be not less 
than \3/8\ inch and not more than \3/4\ inch from the shell.
    (6) The edges of all thwarts, side, and end benches shall be well 
rounded.
    (7) Suitable foot rests shall be furnished at a distance of between 
17 to 20 inches below the thwarts and side benches. This may be 
accomplished by raising the footings from the bottom of the boat.
    (8) Side and end benches shall be solid or close planked, not less 
than the following thicknesses:

                          Table 160.035-3(m)(8)                         
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                    Fir or              
                Length of lifeboat                   pine    Plywood \1\
                                                    (inch)      (inch)  
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Up to 24 feet....................................     \3/4\       \5/8\ 
24 feet to and including 36 feet.................       1         \3/4\ 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Plywood, if used, shall be at least equal to Military Specification 
  MIL-P-18066, Plywood, Ship and Boat Construction, Class 1, or         
  Commercial Standard CS-45 for Douglas-Fir Plywoods Exterior Grades A- 
  A, A-B, A-C, or B-B, ``Marine Exterior''.                             

    (9) The leading edge of the thwart or end bench shall be located a 
minimum of 3 inches and a maximum of 6 inches distance from the Rottmer 
release gear.
    (n) Stretchers. (1) Stretchers of sufficient size and strength shall 
be fitted in suitable positions for rowing.
    (o) Stanchions. (1) Fir or yellow pine stanchions of a size not less 
than that shown in Table 160.035-3 shall be fitted in all lifeboats 
where the unsupported length of the thwarts exceeds 4 feet.
    (p) Footings. (1) Fir, pine, or plywood footings, of a thickness not 
less than that shown in paragraph (m)(8) of this section, shall cover 
the bottom of the lifeboat between the side tanks. If fir or pine 
footings are used, they shall be not less than 7\1/2\ inches wide or 
more than 9\1/2\ inches wide and they shall be spaced not more than 2 
inches apart.
    (2) The footings shall be made readily detachable and so arranged 
that the drain plugs are at all times directly accessible without 
removing the footings.
    (q) Disengaging apparatus. (1) Connections for the disengaging 
apparatus shall have a minimum factor of safety of six.
    (2) For construction and capacity of disengaging apparatus, see 
Subpart 160.033.
    (r) Plugs. (1) Each lifeboat shall be fitted with an automatic plug 
so designed and installed as to insure complete drainage at all times 
when the boat is out of the water. The automatic plug shall be provided 
with a cap attached to the lifeboat by a suitable chain. The location of 
drain plug is to be marked on the vertical surface in the vicinity of 
the plug below the side bench with the word ``plug'' in 3-inch white 
letters and with an arrow pointing in the direction of the drain plug.

[[Page 91]]

    (s) Protection against corrosion. (1) All steel or iron entering 
into the construction of lifeboats shall be galvanized by the hot dipped 
process. All fabricated pieces or sections are to be galvanized after 
fabrication. Other methods of corrosion prevention will be given special 
consideration.
    (2) Where welded construction is employed, the material shall be 
galvanized after welding unless impractical to do so in which case 
consideration will be given to equivalent protection.
    (3) Provisions shall be made to obtain a satisfactory bond between 
the metal and the paint.
    (t) Rudders. (1) Each lifeboat for vessels in ocean, coastwise, and 
Great Lakes service shall be fitted with a rudder and tiller. The rudder 
shall be constructed of clear straight grained oak, properly 
strengthened with drifts or straps or plywood properly strengthened with 
straps of a thickness not less than that shown in Table 160.035-3. The 
thickness may be reduced \1/8\ inch if check pieces are fitted extending 
beyond the lower pintle connection. The oak rudder shall be stiffened 
across the bottom edge by a piece of wood of the same character or by a 
metal shoe. Plywood rudders shall be stiffened across the bottom edge by 
a metal shoe of a ``U'' type construction, with the fasteners located on 
the sides of the rudder in lieu of the bottom. Consideration will be 
given to the use of hollow metal rudders provided they are designed to 
float. Plywood, if used, shall be at least equal to Military 
Specification MIL-P-18066, Plywood, Ship and Boat Construction, Class 1, 
or Commercial Standard CS-45 for Douglas-Fir Plywoods Exterior Grades A-
A, A-B, A-C, or B-B, ``Marine Exterior''. The rudders shall be fitted 
with a \1/2\-inch diameter manila lanyard of such length as to permit 
the rudder to be shipped without untying the lanyard.
    (2) The lower attachment of the rudder to the sternpost shall be by 
a gudgeon and pintle. The upper attachment shall be of the triple or 
double gudgeon drop pin type. Where the double gudgeon type is used, the 
pin shall be attached to the rudder by a chain.
    (3) A suitable hinged or pivoted tiller shall be provided.
    (4) Rudder stops shall be provided to limit the rudder angle to 
approximately 45 degrees each side of the centerline.
    (u) Buoyancy tanks. (1) All lifeboats shall have inherent buoyancy, 
or shall be fitted with buoyancy tanks or other equivalent noncorrodible 
buoyancy units, which shall not be adversely affected by oil or oil 
products, sufficient to float the boat and its equipment when the boat 
is flooded and open to the sea. An additional volume of buoyancy, or 
buoyancy units, equal to at least one-tenth the cubic capacity of the 
lifeboat shall be provided.
    (2) At least 50 percent of the buoyancy shall be located along the 
sides of the boat and it shall be so located that the boat will be on 
even keel when flooded.
    (3) The tops of the buoyancy tanks or buoyancy units shall be 
protected by the side benches or other suitable means. The construction 
shall be such that water will not collect on the tops of the tanks.
    (4) The buoyancy tanks shall have a name plate attached in such a 
location as to be visible from within the boat. The name plate shall be 
in accordance with paragraph (u)(7)(iv) of this section.
    (5) Buoyancy tanks shall be double riveted and caulked, hook jointed 
and soldered, or welded.
    (6) Independent buoyancy tanks. (i) Independent buoyancy tanks shall 
be securely fastened in such a manner that they may be temporarily 
removed for inspection purposes. Fastenings shall not pierce the 
buoyancy tanks.
    (ii) The material for the buoyancy tanks shall be of a thickness not 
less than that noted below:

                                                                        
                      Capacity (cubic feet)                        USSG 
                                                                        
Not over 6......................................................      22
Over 6, not over 15.............................................      20
Over 15.........................................................      18
                                                                        

    (iii) A bolted inspection plate shall be provided in such a location 
that the tank will be accessible for inspection and repair.
    (iv) Each independent buoyancy tank shall be filled with buoyancy 
material. The amount of material required shall be determined by the 
flooding test in accordance with Sec. 160.035-11(b)(2). The

[[Page 92]]

buoyancy materials used shall meet the requirements set forth for core 
material in paragraph (u)(7)(ii) of this section.
    (7) Independent buoyancy units. (i) Buoyancy units shall be securely 
fastened in such a manner that they may be temporarily removed for 
inspection purpose. Fastenings shall not pierce the buoyancy units.
    (ii) The materials for the buoyancy units shall be as follows:

                          Table 160.035-3(u)(7)                         
Core............................  Polystyrene.......  MIL-P-40619.      
                                                      MIL-P-19644.      
                                  Polyurethane......  MIL-P-21929.      
Density.........................  2.0 lbs./cu. ft...  Nominal.\1\       
Cover, FRP \2\..................  Woven roving......  MIL-C-19663.      
                                  Mat...............  MIL-M-15617.      
                                  Cloth and tape....  MIL-Y-1140.       
                                                                        
\1\ The density required shall be a nominal 2.01 lbs. cu. ft. This      
  contemplates a range of 1.5 to 2.5 lbs./cu. ft. density provided all  
  of the requirements of a 2.0 bl. pour are met.                        
\2\ The cover is to be reinforced with a polyester or epoxy resin,      
  having a minimum thickness of 0.06. The resin shall be fire retardant 
  in accordance with Military Specification MIL-R-21607.                

    (iii) The buoyancy units shall have a nameplate attached in such a 
location as to be visible from within the boat.
    (iv) The nameplate shall be made of a noncorrosive metal or of 
suitable plastic, attached in a permanent manner and contain the 
following information:

                     Lifeboat Buoyancy Unit or Tank

                             (Type or Model)

                        Type of Buoyancy Material

Cu. Ft. ------ Weight ------ Date -----------
U.S.C.G. OCMI -------------------------------___________________________
Name and address of the manufacturer.

    (v) The volume of buoyancy units required shall be determined in 
accordance with the method set forth for buoyancy tanks in Sec. 160.035-
11(b)(2).
    (8) Built-in buoyancy tanks. (i) A bolted inspection plate shall be 
provided in such a location that the tank will be accessible for 
inspection and repair.
    (ii) The tops and sides of all built-in buoyancy tanks shall not be 
less than 14 USSG, except that 16 USSG may be used at the ends if severe 
forming is necessary. All bulkheads of built-in buoyancy tanks shall be 
not less than 16 USSG.
    (iii) Each built-in buoyancy tank shall be filled with buoyancy 
material. The amount of material required shall be determined by the 
flooding test in accordance with Sec. 160.035-11(b)(2). The buoyancy 
materials used shall meet the requirements set forth for core materials 
in paragraph (u)(7)(ii) of this section.
    (iv) [Reserved]
    (v) Equipment stowage. (1) Provision lockers, water tanks, and 
special equipment lockers shall be watertight and so designed and 
located as to fit under the side benches, end benches, or footings 
without projecting into the accommodation spaces of the lifeboat. In 
special cases, stowage under the thwarts will be permitted. Standard \1/
4\-inch pipe size testing nipples shall be fitted to all such lockers or 
tanks.
    (2) Water tanks shall be constructed of at least 18 USSG material. 
An opening with a dogged type cover shall be provided for removal of 
water cans. This opening shall be at least 7 inches in diameter, but in 
any case shall be of sufficient size that all water cans can be removed. 
In addition, built-in water tanks shall have an opening at least 13 
inches in diameter with a bolted cover for the purpose of inspection and 
maintenance. A 2-inch diameter fill cap shall be installed for the 
purpose of storing rain water. A standard \1/4\-inch pipe size drainage 
nipple with hexagonal cap shall be fitted in the bottom of the tank in 
an accessible location and may be used for air testing the water tank.
    (w) Grab rails. (1) Grab rails shall be substantially attached to 
each lifeboat below the turn of the bilge and extend approximately one-
half of the length of the lifeboat on each side. The ends of the grab 
rails shall be faired to prevent fouling and all connections of the 
rails to the lifeboat shall be made by riveting the palms of the 
brackets to a small plate and riveting the plate to the shell. To 
prevent rupture of the shell if the grab rail is carried away, more 
rivets shall be used in attaching the plate to the shell than in 
fastening the bracket to the plate. The clearance between the grab rail 
pipe and the hull shall be at least 1\1/2\ inches. The connections of 
the rails to a fibrous glass reinforced plastic lifeboat hull, will be 
given special consideration.
    (x) Hand rails. (1) All lifeboats intended for use in ocean and 
coastwise

[[Page 93]]

service shall be fitted with hand rails approximately 18 inches in 
length, constructed and attached to the lifeboat in the same manner as 
the grab rails required by paragraph (w) of this section. The clearance 
between the hand rail pipe and the hull shall be at least 1\1/2\ inches. 
The hand rails shall be located approximately parallel to and at both 
ends of the grab rails and spaced midway between the grab rail and the 
gunwale and midway between the grab rail and the keel on both sides of 
the lifeboat provided that, when the distance from grab rail to gunwale 
or to the keel exceeds 4 feet, two hand rails shall be fitted so as to 
provide equal spacing. In no case shall the hand rails project beyond 
the widest part of the boat. Recessed hand rails or other alternate 
arrangements will be given consideration.

[CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 11467, Sept. 8, 1965, as amended by CGD 72-133R, 37 FR 
17039, Aug. 24, 1972; CGD 75-186, 41 FR 10437, Mar. 11, 1976]



Sec. 160.035-4   Construction of steel hand-propelled lifeboats.

    (a) A hand-propelled lifeboat shall comply with all the requirements 
for an oar-propelled lifeboat, and in addition shall have sufficient 
additional buoyancy to compensate for the weight of the hand-propelling 
gear.
    (b) The hand-propelling gear shall be of an approved type and shall 
be substantially constructed and securely fitted in the lifeboat. The 
design shall be such that the lifeboat may be readily maneuvered from 
the ship's side after being launched and steerage way maintained under 
adverse weather conditions. Provisions shall be made for going astern. 
The hand-propelling gear shall propel the lifeboat with only a normal 
amount of effort while maintaining an average speed of not less than 3 
knots over a measured course of not less than 1,000 feet.
    (c) The hand-propelling gear shall be so designed that it may be 
operated by persons untrained in its use, and shall be operable when the 
boat is flooded.
    (d) For construction of Hand-Propelling Gear, See subpart 160.034.



Sec. 160.035-5   Construction of steel motor-propelled lifeboats with and without radio cabin.

    (a) General provisions applicable to all motor-propelled lifeboats. 
(1) A motor-propelled lifeboat, carried as part of the lifesaving 
equipment of a vessel, whether required or not, shall comply with all 
the requirements for an oar-propelled lifeboat, and in addition, shall 
have sufficient additional buoyancy to compensate for the weight of the 
engine and other equipment.
    (2) The engine shall be enclosed in a suitable engine box which 
shall be watertight with the exception of the top which may be 
weathertight. If the engine box is made of material other than steel or 
aluminum, such as fibrous glass reinforced plastic, it shall be made of 
fire retardant material. The top of the engine box shall be fitted with 
a screwdown mushroom vent. The engine box shall be fitted with a 
suitable drain. An engine starting instruction plate shall be 
permanently attached to the engine box. There shall be ample space 
between the engine and the engine box to permit proper maintenance and 
removal of engine accessories when necessary. If the internal 
arrangements of the engine in the engine box do not permit this, then 
suitable watertight hand-hole plates shall be installed in the vicinity 
of these accessories. The location of these plates and the accessibility 
to the accessories shall be to the satisfaction of the marine inspector. 
The marine inspector may require the removal of any accessory through 
these hand-hole plates that he may deem necessary to establish that it 
is of proper size and location.
    (3) Fuel tanks must be constructed of steel, fibrous glass 
reinforced plastic or other approved equivalent. Fuel tanks must be 
adequately supported and securely fastened inside the lifeboat to 
prevent any movement. Fuel tanks must have no openings in the bottom, 
sides or ends. Openings for fill, vent and feed pipes must be on the top 
surface of the tanks. The vent size for tanks of 50 gallons or less must 
not be less than \1/4\-inch O.D. tubing. Vents for larger tanks will be 
given special consideration. The access openings in the

[[Page 94]]

thwarts for the fill tank cap must have a flush cover or the top of the 
cap must be flush with the top of the thwart. Fuel feed pipes must be 
provided with a shutoff valve at the tank, where it is readily 
accessible and its location marked. Tanks must be tested by a static 
head above the tank top of ten feet of water without showing leakage or 
permanent deformation. A graduated measure stick or other means must be 
provided to determine the amount of the fuel in the tank.
    (i) Steel diesel oil fuel tanks shall have a thickness of not less 
than 12 USSG and shall not be galvanized on the inside; however, the 
outside of such tanks shall be so treated as to to obtain a corrosion 
resistance approximately equivalent to hot-dip galvanizing. Swash plates 
shall be fitted in tanks over 30 inches in length.
    (ii) Fibrous glass reinforced plastic diesel oil fuel tanks shall 
have a thickness of not less than 0.187 inch. The resins used shall be 
of a fire retardant type and shall qualify under military specification 
MIL-R-21607. The mechanical properties of the tank shall not be less 
than Grade No. 4 of military specification MIL-P-17549. Mat, woven 
roving and 1000th cloth shall be used. Tank laminates shall not be 
constructed exclusively with fibrous glass fabrics. An increment of 
random oriented, chopped fibrous glass reinforcement is deemed necessary 
to prevent porosity. An ounce and a half per square foot is considered 
minimum. Inclusion of fabrics in low pressure laminates are recommended 
to impart satisfactory containment, strength, and rigidity. For maximum 
strength, tank surfaces should be cambered and curved wherein practical. 
Fittings shall be made of nonferrous metal and securely bonded to the 
tank with epoxy resin. A fibrous glass reinforced plate or boss of the 
same thickness as the tank proper and 1\1/2\ times the outside 
dimensions of the fitting shall be used to strengthen the openings for 
fuel, fill and vent lines. Tanks shall be constructed of a minimum 
possible number of sections. Where two parts are joined there shall be a 
minimum of 2-inch overlap. Tanks exceeding 18 inches in any horizontal 
dimension shall be fitted with vertical baffle plates at intervals not 
exceeding 18 inches. Baffle plate flanges shall be integral and shall be 
of the same strength and stiffness as the tank wall. Flanges shall be 
bonded in place with mat and fabric. A suitable striking plate shall be 
installed at the bottom of the fuel measurement and fill pipe line. The 
laminate may be increased in thickness, in the way of the fill pipe. The 
cover of the fuel tank shall be through bolted as well as bonded. All 
fuel tanks shall bear legible, permanent labels, conveniently located 
for visual inspection, signifying full compliance with these 
specifications and including the following:
    (a) Manufacturer's name and address.
    (b) Date of construction and the inspector's initials.
    (c) Wall thickness (in decimals of one inch) and capacity U.S. 
gallons.
    (d) Material of construction: Polyester--Glass.
    (4) Propeller shafting shall be of bronze or other suitable 
corrosion resistant materials. Fittings, pipes, connections, etc., shall 
be of high standard and good workmanship, and installed in accordance 
with good marine practice. The exhaust manifold shall be suitably 
insulated.
    (5) All engines shall be permanently installed and shall be equipped 
with an efficient cranking system. This system shall be one that can be 
operated by hand, such as a hand cranking, hydraulic cranking, or 
inertia cranking system, acceptable to the Commandant. If an electric 
cranking system consisting of an electric starter motor, generator and 
batteries are fitted, it shall be in addition to the required acceptable 
cranking system, the battery or batteries shall be installed within the 
watertight engine box. The battery box shall be so constructed as to 
retain the battery in position when the lifeboat is in a seaway. The 
battery box shall be 1 inch longer and 1 inch wider than the battery and 
shall be lined with 4-pound lead flashed up 3 inches on the sides and 
ends. The battery box may be made of fibrous glass reinforced plastic 
using a fire-retardant epoxy resin. This type of battery box will not be 
required to be lead lined.
    (i) Engines. The engine shall be a reliable, marine, compression-
ignition type and shall be capable of propelling

[[Page 95]]

the fully equipped and loaded lifeboat at a sustained speed of not less 
than 6 knots through smooth water over a measured course. Provision 
shall be made for going astern. Sufficient fuel for 24 hours continuous 
operation at 6 knots shall be provided. The engine used in approved 
lifeboats shall be capable of being started without the use of starting 
aids at a temperature of 20 deg. F., by the use of an acceptable 
cranking system. If water cooled, the engine shall be equipped with a 
closed fresh water cooling system. This system shall be cooled by a 
secondary medium, such as a water cooled heat exchanger.
    (ii) The hydraulic cranking system shall be a self-contained system 
which will provide the required cranking forces and engine r.p.m. as 
recommended by the engine manufacturer. The capacity of the hydraulic 
cranking system shall provide not less than six cranking cycles. Each 
cranking cycle shall provide the necessary number of revolutions at the 
required r.p.m. to the engine to meet the requirements of carrying its 
full rated load within twenty seconds after cranking is initiated with 
intake air and hydraulic cranking system at 20 deg. F. Capacity of the 
hydraulic cranking system sufficient for three cranking cycles under the 
above conditions, shall be held in reserve and arranged so that the 
operation of a single control by one person will isolate the discharged 
or initially used part of the system and permit the reserve capacity to 
be employed. The installation of an engine-driven pump is recommended 
but is not required. The hydraulic cranking shall meet the requirements 
prescribed in 46 CFR 58.30 and 46 CFR 61.10-5 of Subchapter F, Marine 
Engineering Regulations. The hydraulic system when used in lifeboats as 
engine cranking systems shall be leak-tested at its operating pressure 
after installation.
    (6) The following tools to perform emergency repairs and ordinary 
servicing shall be provided:

    One 12-ounce ball peen hammer.
    One screwdriver with 6-inch blade.
    One pair of 8-inch slip-joint pliers.
    One 8-inch adjustable end wrench.
    One 12-inch adjustable end wrench.
    One Phillips or cross-head screwdriver with a 6-inch blade.

    (b) Steel motor-propelled lifeboats without radio cabin or 
searchlight (Class 1). (1) The engine shall be a reliable marine type 
and shall be in accordance with paragraph (a)(5)(i) of this section. If 
a starting battery is supplied, the engine shall be fitted with a marine 
type generator or alternator insulated as required by AIEE rules for 
marine service capable of charging the starting batteries. The battery 
box shall be in accordance with paragraph (a)(5) of this section.
    (c) Steel motor-propelled lifeboats without radio cabin but with 
searchlight (Class 2). (1) The engine shall be of a reliable marine type 
and shall be in accordance with paragraph (a)(5)(i) of this section. The 
lifeboat shall be equipped with a searchlight constructed in accordance 
with subpart 161.006 of this subchapter Q (Specifications). The engine 
shall be fitted with a marine type generator or alternator insulated as 
required by AIEE rules for marine service capable of charging the 
batteries used for the searchlight as well as the starting batteries, if 
fitted. The battery box shall be in accordance with paragraph (a)(5) of 
this section.
    (d) Steel motor-propelled lifeboats with radio cabin and searchlight 
(Class 3). (1) The engine shall be a reliable, marine type and shall be 
in accordance with paragraph (a)(5)(i) of this section. The engine shall 
be fitted with a marine type generator or alternator insulated as 
required by AIEE rules for marine service, capable of charging the 
batteries used for the radio and searchlight as well as the starting 
battery, if fitted.
    (2) The radio and source of power for the radio and the searchlight 
shall be housed and protected from the elements by a suitable radio 
cabin. The entire installation shall comply with the requirements of the 
Federal Communications Commission, Rules Governing Stations on Shipboard 
in the Maritime Services. The radio cabin shall be of a size to contain 
the radio and source of power for the radio and searchlight, and the 
operator of the equipment. The top and sides of the radio cabin shall be 
watertight with the exception of the door which need

[[Page 96]]

not be watertight but shall be at least weathertight. The installation 
of the radio cabin shall take into consideration the concentration of 
weight in this area.
    (3) The searchlight shall be of an approved type constructed in 
accordance with specification Subpart 161.006 of this subchapter and 
shall be securely mounted on top of the radio cabin.
    (4) The batteries shall be installed in a box securely fastened 
inside the radio cabin. The battery box shall be in accordance with 
paragraph (a)(5) of this section.

[CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 11467, Sept. 8, 1965, as amended by CGD 72-133R, 37 FR 
17039, Aug. 24, 1972; CGD 73-116R, 39 FR 12747, Apr. 8, 1974]



Sec. 160.035-6   Construction of aluminum oar-, hand-, and motor-propelled lifeboats.

    (a) General. Aluminum lifeboats shall comply with the general 
requirements for the construction and arrangement of steel lifeboats 
unless otherwise specified.
    (b) Specifications. The following specifications and schedules of 
lifeboat material, including Tables 160.035-6, and 160.035-6(d)(1) shall 
be complied with unless other arrangements in matters of construction 
details, design, and strength equivalent in safety and efficiency are 
approved by the Commandant.

[[Page 97]]



                                                                               Table 160.035-6--Aluminum Lifeboats                                                                              
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Bar keel,             Gunwales \1\                                                          Shell plating (Brown and Sharpe gage) \2\                                              
              stem and   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Length of    sternpost                                               Independent air tanks                                                Built-in-air tanks                                    
 boat not     (inches)       Angle bar     Flanged flat  ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   over   --------------- (inches) 5086-   bar (inches)         5052-H32               6061-T6                          5052-H32                                       6061-T6                  
  (feet)                   H112/6061-T6   5086-H112/6061----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             5086-H112/                         T6                                                                            Inner                                         Inner               
              6061-T6                                        Side      Bottom      Side      Bottom      Side      Bottom     shell     Bulkheads      Side      Bottom     shell     Bulkheads 
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12.0.....  2\3/4\x\3/4\    2\1/4\x2x\5/                                                                                                                                                         
                                    16\        4x\5/16\         14         14         14         14         14         14         14          14          14         14         15          15  
14.0.....  2\3/4\x\3/4\    2\1/4\x2x\5/                                                                                                                                                         
                                    16\        4x\5/16\         14         14         14         14         14         14         14          14          14         14         15          15  
16.0.....  2\3/4\x\3/4\     2\1/2\x2\1/                                                                                                                                                         
                              4\x\5/16\   4\1/2\x\5/16\         14         14         14         14         14         14         14          14          14         14         15          15  
18.0.....      3x\3/4\      2\1/2\x2\1/                                                                                                                                                         
                              4\x\5/16\   4\1/2\x\5/16\         14         14         14         14         14         14         14          14          14         14         15          15  
20.0.....          3x1      2\3/4\x2\1/                                                                                                                                                         
                              2\x\5/16\        5x\5/16\         13         13         13         13         13         13         14          14          13         13         14          14  
22.0.....          3x1      2\3/4\x2\1/                                                                                                                                                         
                              2\x\5/16\        5x\5/16\         12         12         12         12         13         12         14          14          13         13         14          14  
24.0.....     3\1/4\x1      2\3/4\x2\1/                                                                                                                                                         
                               2\x\3/8\         5x\3/8\         11         11         11         11         11         11         13          13          12         12         14          14  
26.0.....     3\1/2\x1      2\3/4\x2\1/                                                                                                                                                         
                               2\x\3/8\         5x\3/8\         10          9         11         10         11         10         12          12          11         11         13          13  
28.0.....     3\3/4\x1      2\3/4\x2\1/                                                                                                                                                         
                               2\x\3/8\         5x\3/8\          9          8         10          9         10          9         12          12          11         10         13          13  
30.0.....          4x1    3x2\3/4\x\3/8\   5\1/2\x\3/8\          9          8          9          8          9          8         11          11          10          9         12          12  
32.0.....          4x1    3x2\3/4\x\3/8\   5\1/2\x\3/8\          8          7          9          8          9          8         11          11          10          9         12          12  
34.0.....          4x1    3x2\3/4\x\3/8\   5\1/2\x\3/8\          8          7          8          7          8          7         10          10           9          8         11          11  
36.0.....          4x1    3x2\3/4\x\3/8\   5\1/2\x\3/8\          7          6          8          7          8          7         10          10           9          8         11          11  
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Extruded shapes having substantially the scantlings of the angle bar gunwale are permitted. Where extruded shapes are used, a nosing as per Sec.  160.035-3(j) is not required provided the 
  extruded shape has at its heel a generously rounded curve.                                                                                                                                    
\2\ Brown and Sharpe gage decimal values: 15 gage equals 0.05707, 14 gage equals 0.06408; 13 gage equals 0.07196; 12 gage equals 0.08081; 11 gage equals 0.09074, 10 gage equals 0.1019; 9 gage 
  equals 0.1144; 8 gage equals 0.1285; 7 gage equals 0.1443, and 6 gage equals 0.1620.                                                                                                          


[[Page 98]]

    (c) Materials. (1) Plating for shell, air tanks, etc., shall be as 
shown in Table 160.035-6.
    (d) Riveting. (1) Where riveting is employed in the construction of 
the shell, double riveting shall be used. The centers of the rivets in 
the row nearest the edge of the sheet shall not be less than \3/8\ inch 
nor more than \1/2\ inch from the edge. Rivets shall be staggered with 
not less than 18 rivets to the foot and shall be countersunk head or 
button head rivets. The diameter of the rivets shall be not less than 
that shown in Table 160.035-6(d)(1).
    (2) The rivet alloy shall be 6053-T61 for all applications.
    (3) Riveting of the shell plating to the keel, stem and sternpost 
shall be button head rivets, staggered with not less than 12 rivets to 
the foot. The distance from the edge of the plate to the center of the 
rivets in the nearest row shall be not less than \1/2\ inch nor more 
than \3/4\ inch. Rivets connecting the shell to the gunwale shall be 
spaced not more than 3 inches on centers. The size of the rivets for 
connecting the shell plating to the keel, stem, and sternpost and 
gunwale shall be not less than that shown in Table 160.035-6(d)(1).
    (4) The connection of the floors to the shell shall be made by a 
single row of rivets of a size not less than that shown in Table 
160.035-6(d)(1).

                                         Table 160.035-6(d)(1)--Riveting                                        
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Length of      Shell     Shell to                                                                             
 boats, not   (inch No./  keel (inch                            Floors                            Gunwales (inch
over--(feet)     ft.)      No./ft.)                                                                  No./ft.)   
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
12.0........   \5/32\@18   \5/16\@12  \3/16\''@4 per foot or \5/32\''@6 per foot................  \5/16\@4      
14.0........   \5/32\@18   \5/16\@12      Do....................................................  \5/16\@4      
16.0........   \5/32\@18   \5/16\@12      Do....................................................  \5/16\@4      
18.0........   \5/32\@24   \5/16\@12      Do....................................................  \5/16\@4      
20.0........   \5/32\@24   \5/16\@12      Do....................................................  \5/16\@4      
22.0........   \5/32\@24   \5/16\@12      Do....................................................  \5/16\@4      
24.0........   \5/32\@24    \3/8\@12      Do....................................................   \3/8\@4      
26.0........   \5/32\@24    \3/8\@12      Do....................................................   \3/8\@4      
28.0........   \5/32\@24    \3/8\@12      Do....................................................   \3/8\@4      
30.0........   \3/16\@24    \3/8\@12      Do....................................................   \3/8\@4      
32.0........   \3/16\@24    \3/8\@12      Do....................................................   \3/8\@4      
34.0........   \3/16\@24    \3/8\@12      Do....................................................   \3/8\@4      
36.0........   \3/16\@24    \3/8\@12      Do....................................................   \3/8\@4      
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (e) Welding. (1) Welding may be substituted for riveting in the 
following locations: Hoist plate to keel, disengaging gear grace plate 
to stem and sternpost, rudder attachment fitting to the sternpost, and 
the propeller shaft stern tube to the sternpost. When using 6061-T6 
aluminum, the welded area is to be heat-treated and checked by X-ray to 
assure a satisfactory weld. When using 5086-H 112 aluminum, the welded 
area is to be checked by a nondestructive test method such as X-ray, 
ultrasonic waves or fluorescent materials, to assure a satisfactory 
weld. Other methods of checking aluminum welds will be given separate 
consideration. The welding shall be performed by a welder qualified by 
the U.S. Coast Guard, American Bureau of Shipping, or U.S. Navy 
Department, and only suitable electrodes shall be used. Details of the 
joints shall be indicated on the construction drawings submitted for 
approval.
    (f) Keel, stem and sternpost. (1) Dimensions shall be not less than 
those shown in Table 160.035-6.
    (g) Shell plating. (1) The thickness of the shell plating shall be 
not less than that shown in Table 160.035-6.
    (2) Doubler plates. (i) The doubler plates shall be fitted on all 
lifeboats where the shell is liable to damage, wear, or corrosion from 
contact with chocks, gripes, etc. Doublers shall be of the same alloy 
and not less in thickness than the bottom plating. When the doublers are 
installed, they shall not be less than 6 inches in width.
    (ii) The doublers shall be fastened to the shell plating with the 
same rivets as required for the shell plating and they shall be 
staggered with no less

[[Page 99]]

than 18 rivets per foot around all edges of the doubler plate.
    (iii) Prior to riveting, the complete surface between the shell 
plating and the doublers shall be treated with suitable insulating 
compounds. After riveting the faying joints shall be caulked.
    (iv) All riveted seams and butt laps, laps of plating on the keel, 
gunwale, stem and sternpost, shall be made over boundary bar tape such 
as: P.A.W. tape, Trantex V-20 vinyl tape, EC-1202 Butyl rubber tape, 
Alumilastic or suitable equivalent nonabsorbing materials. In general 
the insulating tape should be 1\1/4\ to 1\1/2\ inches in width. Under no 
circumstances should red lead be applied nor should an absorbent felt be 
used as tape in the riveted joint whether or not it is saturated with 
red lead.
    (h) Gunwales. (1) Dimensions of angular gunwales shall be not less 
than that shown in Table 160.035-6.
    (2) Flanged plates made from flat bars, dimensions of which shall 
not be less than that shown in Table 160.035-6, may be substituted for 
angular gunwales.
    (i) Dissimilar metals. (1) Where in the construction of aluminum 
lifeboats the use of dissimilar metals are employed such as, the 
installation of the mechanical disengaging gear, hand propelling gear, 
or engine, suitable insulation between the aluminum and these metals 
shall be used. Porous or absorbent materials shall not be used as 
insulating materials. Only non-porous materials such as plastics, rubber 
or neoprene base compounds, or micarta shall be used. Other suitable 
material will be given separate consideration. Fasteners used in joining 
dissimilar metals together shall be of the type that will minimize 
corrosion.



Sec. 160.035-7   Construction of wood oar-, hand-, and motor-propelled lifeboats.

    (a) Wooden lifeboats are prohibited on tank vessels. No 
specification requirements for new construction are in effect at this 
time.



Sec. 160.035-8   Construction of fibrous glass reinforced plastic (F.R.P.), oar-, hand-, and motor-propelled lifeboats.

    (a) General requirements. (1) Plastic lifeboats shall comply with 
the general requirements for the construction and arrangement of steel 
lifeboats, except that unless otherwise specified, materials, 
scantlings, methods of construction, fastenings, methods of attachment 
of component parts, and other specific construction details may be 
varied by the builder in order to produce a structurally sound boat 
meeting in every respect recognized standards of first class 
construction and one which will satisfactorily meet the performance 
requirements set forth in this subpart.
    (2) Fibrous glass reinforced plastic lifeboats may be of the 
following categories of hull construction:

    A--Single piece, outer hull construction.
    B--Two piece, outer hull construction.
    C--Single piece, inner hull construction.
    D--Two piece, inner hull construction.
    E--Multi-piece, inner hull construction.

    (b) Specific requirements--(1) Resin. The resin used shall be of the 
fire retardant, nonair inhibited-type conforming to Class A of Military 
Specification MIL-R-21607 and Grade A, Class O of Military Specification 
MIL-R-7575, including tests after 1 year's weathering. In addition, the 
test panels shall be tested for continued conformance with Military 
Specification MIL-R-21607. All tests, including weathering of samples, 
shall be accomplished by an independent laboratory. Complete 
certification by the independent laboratory with test data shall be 
submitted to Coast Guard (G-MSE) for acceptance. Class A resin shall be 
fire retardant without additives. Class B resins will be given 
consideration upon request. Class B resin shall be fire retardant with 
additives and shall meet the same test requirements as that for Class A 
resins. When Class B resin is used for the prototype lifeboat, additives 
for fire retardancy shall not be used in order to obtain a translucent 
laminate for inspection purposes. This prototype test lifeboat will not 
be

[[Page 100]]

stamped approved, nor will it be acceptable for merchant vessels. 
Whichever class of resin the manufacturer decides to use for his 
prototype lifeboat, shall be used in his production lifeboats. A note to 
this effect shall be included in his specifications and drawings for 
this particular size and type lifeboat.
    (2) Glass reinforcement. The glass reinforcement used shall have 
good laminated wet strength retention and shall meet the appropriate 
military specification stated in this paragraph. Glass cloth shall meet 
Military Specification MIL-Y-1140, Class C, form 4, No. 1000-150. Woven 
roving shall conform to Military Specification MIL-C-19663, Style 605-
308 or Style 605-604. Other glass materials equivalent in strength, 
design, wet out, and efficiency will be given consideration upon 
request.
    (3) Laminate. All exposed surfaces of the finished laminate shall 
present a smooth finish, and there shall be no protruding surface 
fibers, open voids, pits, cracks, bubbles or blisters. The laminate 
shall be essentially free from resin-starved or overimpregnated areas, 
and no foreign matter shall remain in the finished laminate. The entire 
laminate shall be fully cured and free of tackiness, and shall show no 
tendency to delaminate, peel, or craze in any overlay. The laminate 
shall not be released from the mold until a Barcol hardness reading of 
not less than 40-55 is obtained from at least 10 places on the nongel 
coated surface, including all interior inner and outer hull surfaces and 
built-in lockers. The mechanical properties of the laminate shall meet 
the requirements for a Grade 3 laminate as specified in Table I of 
Military Specification MIL-P-17549. Other grades will be given 
consideration on specific request. For the prototype boat of each design 
made by each manufacturer, the layup shall be made of unpigmented clear 
resins so that all details of construction will be visible for 
inspection and test panels representative of each prototype layup shall 
be tested in accordance with MIL-P-17549.
    (4) Weights of F.R.P. lifeboats. (i) The variations in weight 
between the fibrous glass reinforced plastic in the prototype F.R.P. 
lifeboat and the fibrous glass reinforced plastic in the production 
F.R.P. lifeboat shall be within 5 percent. This weight shall be for the 
F.R.P. sections only and shall not include the weight of any hardware or 
equipment.
    (ii) When assembling two similar sections as indicated by categories 
B and D of paragraph (a)(2) of this section, the weights of the matching 
F.R.P. pieces shall be within 5 percent of each other.
    (iii) The recorded weights of the items indicated in paragraphs 
(b)(4) (i) and (ii) of this section shall be kept by the manufacturer, 
with each boat listed by size, type, and serial number.

[CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 11467, Sept. 8, 1965, as amended by CGD 72-133R, 37 FR 
17039, Aug. 24, 1972; CGD 82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 95-072, 
60 FR 50467, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50733, Sept. 27, 1996]



Sec. 160.035-9   Cubic capacity of lifeboats.

    (a) Definitions. The following definitions apply to the measurement 
of a lifeboat to determine its cubic capacity.
    (1) Length (L). The length is the distance in feet from the inside 
of the plating or planking at the stem to the corresponding position at 
the stern. In the case of a boat with a square stern, the after terminus 
is the inside of the transom.
    (2) Breadth (B). The breadth is the distance in feet over the 
plating or planking at the point where the breadth of the boat is 
greatest.
    (3) Depth (D). The depth is the distance in feet amidships inside 
the plating from the top of the keel to the level of the gunwale. The 
depth used for calculating purposes shall not exceed 45 percent of the 
breadth.
    (4) Sheer. Lifeboats shall have a sheer at each end at least equal 
to 4 percent of the length, and a sheer at the quarter points of at 
least 1 percent of the length. If less sheer is provided, the depth used 
to determine the cubic capacity shall be assumed to be reduced so as to 
achieve this minimum sheer.
    (b) Formula. The cubic capacity shall be determined by the following 
formula:

[[Page 101]]

                         L  x  B  x  D  x  0.64

In the case of lifeboats with unusual proportions, the Commandant may 
require that the cubic capacity be calculated by exact measurements from 
which the exact seating capacity may be determined.
    (c) Hand-propelled lifeboat. The cubic capacity of a hand-propelled 
lifeboat shall be determined in the same manner as an oar-propelled 
lifeboat and then deducting from the gross volume, a volume equal to 
that occupied by the hand-propelling gear.
    (d) Motor-propelled lifeboat. The cubic  capacity  of  a  motor-
propelled lifeboat shall be determined in the same manner as an oar-
propelled lifeboat and then deducting from the gross volume, a volume 
equal to the engine box and accessories, and when carried, the radio 
cabin, searchlight, and their accessories. The volume of such equipment 
extending above the sheer line need not be deducted.



Sec. 160.035-10   Number of persons allowed in lifeboats.

    (a) The maximum number of persons for which the lifeboat may be 
rated is determined as noted in paragraphs (a) (1), (2), and (3) of this 
section. The smallest number obtained is the number to be used.
    (1) The number of persons which a lifeboat shall be permitted to 
accommodate shall be equal to the greatest whole number obtained by 
dividing the capacity in cubic feet by the factor shown in Table 
160.035-10(a). The net cubic capacity shall be determined by 
Sec. 160.035-9(b).

                           Table 160.035-10(a)                          
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       Length in feet--                                 
--------------------------------------------------------------   Factor 
                Of--                      But less than--               
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                      18.....................         14
18..................................  20.....................         13
20..................................  22.....................         12
22..................................  24.....................         11
24..................................  Or over................         10
------------------------------------------------------------------------

     (2) The number of persons permitted in the lifeboat shall not 
exceed the number for which seating space is provided as determined by 
drawing figures to scale of a size as noted in Figure 160.035-10(a)(2) 
on an arrangement plan of the lifeboat.
    (3) The number of persons permitted in the lifeboat shall not exceed 
the number of persons wearing life preservers which can be seated in the 
lifeboat without interfering with the use of the oars or the operation 
of other propulsion equipment.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC03MR91.068

                         Figure 160.035-10(a)(2)

[[Page 102]]



Sec. 160.035-11   Inspection and testing of lifeboats.

    (a) General. Coast Guard marine inspectors shall be admitted to any 
place in the builder's factory where work is done on these lifeboats or 
component materials or parts. Lifeboats shall be inspected during the 
course of construction to determine that the arrangements and materials 
entering into the construction are in accordance with approved plans, 
and to insure that the workmanship is of good quality. Samples of 
materials entering into construction may be taken by the marine 
inspectors for such tests as may be deemed necessary at any time there 
is any question as to suitability or adequacy of any material or 
arrangement.
    (b) Preapproval tests. Before approval is granted to any design of 
lifeboat, the following tests shall be made by a marine inspector:
    (1) Strength test. The light lifeboat shall be suspended by shackles 
at the bow and stern, or by means of the releasing gear, and the length, 
beam, and depth shall be measured. Weights shall then be added to equal 
the weight of the equipment, food, water, etc., and persons for which 
the boat is to be approved, and the length, beam, and depth measured. 
Additional weight shall then be added so that the suspended load is 25 
percent greater than the weight of the fully equipped and loaded 
lifeboat and the measurements repeated. All weights shall then be 
removed and the measurements rechecked. There shall be no appreciable 
set as a result of this test.
    (2) Flooding test. Lifeboats shall be flooded while open to the sea 
to determine the amount of buoyancy necessary to float the complete boat 
including releasing gear but with no equipment, provision lockers, water 
tanks, or fuel tanks aboard. If provision lockers, water tanks, and fuel 
tanks cannot be removed, they should be flooded or filled to the final 
waterline. Lifeboats fitted with watertight stowage compartments to 
accommodate individual drinking water containers shall have these 
individual containers aboard and placed in the stowage compartments 
which shall be sealed watertight during the flooding test. Ballast of 
equivalent weight and density should be substituted for the motor, 
shaft, propeller, radio battery, searchlight, etc., if they are to be 
installed.
    (i) Boats with independent buoyancy tanks or buoyancy units. The 
estimated amount of buoyancy to just float the boat in this condition 
should be fitted symmetrically aboard the lifeboat, and then the boat 
flooded. If the tops of the gunwales at their lowest point do not clear 
the surface of the water, the buoyancy shall be increased as necessary. 
An additional volume of buoyancy, or buoyancy units, equal to at least 
one-tenth the cubic capacity of the lifeboat shall be provided.
    (ii) Boats with built-in buoyancy compartments. When flood testing 
lifeboats with built-in buoyancy compartments weights shall be placed in 
the bottom of the lifeboat to counteract the buoyancy provided for the 
persons to be carried. The amount of weight required per person carried 
shall be as follows:

                                                                        
                                                              Weight per
                                                                person  
          Materials                                            (pounds) 
                                                                        
Iron or steel..............................................           72
Lead.......................................................           69
Concrete...................................................          110
                                                                        

Other impervious material may be used if more convenient. The weight per 
person required is determined from the formula

                            W=63dd-63

where d is the density of material in pounds per cubic foot (Sandbags 
should not be used for this purpose inasmuch as their weight under water 
is not readily predictable.) If the lifeboat weighted as above does not 
float with the gunwale at the lowest point just clear of the surface of 
the water, unit air tanks should be slipped beneath the thwarts until 
the gunwales do clear the surface of the water. The additional air 
tankage required shall be incorporated in the design of the lifeboat.
    (3) Seating capacity test. The lifeboat shall be fully loaded with 
equipment, and in this condition the number of persons for which the 
lifeboat is to be approved shall be seated, in accordance with the 
seating plan required in Sec. 160.035-14(a). All persons shall wear an 
approved life preserver and it shall be demonstrated by actual test that 
there

[[Page 103]]

is sufficient room to row the boat without interference.
    (4) Freeboard test. Freeboards shall be measured to the low point of 
the sheer with the lifeboat in light condition with neither equipment 
nor persons aboard, and in the loaded condition with full equipment and 
persons aboard.
    (5) Stability test. Upon the conclusion of the seating test, all 
persons on one side of the centerline shall disembark. The remaining 
people should sit upright and not move from their original positions. 
(Not less than one-half in total number of persons should remain in the 
lifeboat.) Freeboard to the low point of sheer shall then be measured. 
This freeboard should, in general, be not less than 10 percent of the 
depth of the lifeboat.
    (c) Motor-propelled lifeboats must pass the tests as required for an 
oar-propelled lifeboat in Sec. 160.035-3. In addition, speed tests over 
a measured course and fuel consumption tests on a time basis shall be 
made to determine that the fully loaded motor-propelled lifeboats can 
maintain a speed of 6 knots for all classes of motor-propelled 
lifeboats, and that for each class of motor-propelled lifeboat its fuel 
tanks carry sufficient fuel for at least 24 hours at 6 knots. A 4-hour 
endurance trial shall be conducted with the fully loaded lifeboat at the 
RPM attained in the speed test in order to insure that there is no 
overheating, undue vibration, or other condition which would warrant the 
belief that the lifeboat could not maintain its proper speed for 24 
hours. The time consumed in conducting the speed and fuel consumption 
tests may be counted toward the 4-hour endurance test. It shall be 
demonstrated that all engines installed in motor lifeboats can be 
started by the acceptable cranking system installed with no previous 
warming up period.
    (d) Hand-propelled lifeboats shall be subjected to the same tests as 
required for an oar-propelled lifeboat. In addition, a test shall be 
made to assure that the lifeboat can be satisfactorily maneuvered with 
the hand-propelling gear. A speed of at least three knots shall be 
achieved in both light and load condition over a measured course of not 
less than 1,000 feet.

[CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 11467, Sept. 8, 1965, as amended by CGD 72-133R, 37 FR 
17040, Aug. 24, 1972]



Sec. 160.035-12   Additional preapproval tests required for F.R.P. lifeboats.

    (a) General. These tests are required in addition to the preapproval 
tests required for steel lifeboats in Sec. 160.035-11. The prototype 
boat of each size or design submitted will be required to perform 
satisfactorily in the following tests which will be made in the presence 
of a marine inspector.
    (b) Strength test. The following tests described in this paragraph 
are in lieu of the strength test in Sec. 160.035-11(b)(1):
    (1) Suspension tests. The light lifeboat shall be suspended freely 
from the releasing gear and the length, beam, and depth measured. 
Weights shall then be added to equal the weight of the equipment, food, 
water, and persons to be carried (see Sec. 160.035-11(b)(2)(ii)), and 
the length, beam, and depth measured. Additional weights shall then be 
added so that the suspended load is 25, 50, 75, and 100 percent greater 
than the weight of the fully equipped and loaded lifeboat and the 
measurements taken at each 25 percent increments. (Water may be used for 
all or any portion of the weight if desired.) All weights shall then be 
removed and final measurements taken. There shall be no fractures or 
other signs of excessive stress and no appreciable set as a result of 
this test.
    (2) Chock test. The light lifeboat shall be placed on blocks located 
under the keel at the quarter points and measurements of length, beam, 
and depth taken. The boat shall be flooded with water equal to the 
weight of all equipment, food, water, and persons to be carried and 
measurements of length, beam, and depth taken again. Additional 
measurements of 25, 50, 75, and 100 percent of the weight of the fully 
equipped and loaded lifeboat shall be added and the measurements taken 
at 25 percent increments. If the boat becomes full of water before 100 
percent overload is reached, no additional weight need be added, and the 
last deflection measurements with the boat under load shall be taken at 
this point.

[[Page 104]]

The boat shall be drained and final measurements taken. There shall be 
no fractures or other signs of excessive stress and no appreciable set 
as a result of this test.
    (3) Swing test. The boat shall be loaded with weights equal to the 
weight of all equipment, food, water and persons to be carried. It shall 
then be suspended by the releasing gear with falls 20 feet in length so 
arranged that when hanging freely the gunwale on one side of the boat is 
approximately 2 inches from a stationary concrete or steel wall or other 
structure of similar construction and rigidity. The boat shall then be 
hauled outboard a horizontal distance of 8 feet from its original 
position. From this point, the boat shall be allowed to freely swing 
inboard and strike the wall along one side. There shall be no damage 
which would render the boat unserviceable.
    (4) Drop test. The boat shall be loaded with weights equal to the 
full weight of all equipment, food, water and persons to be carried. The 
boat shall then be suspended freely from the releasing gear and shall be 
dropped in a free fall into the water from a height of 10 feet. There 
shall be no damage which would render the boat unserviceable.
    (5) Thwart test. A 200-pound sand bag shall be dropped from a height 
of 6 feet on the center of each thwart span. The thwarts shall not 
fracture or otherwise be rendered unserviceable.
    (6) Towing test. With a towline rigged around the forward thwart in 
the same manner as the sea painter is normally rigged, the fully loaded 
lifeboat shall be towed at least 1,000 yards at a speed of not less than 
5 knots. The boat shall exhibit satisfactory towing characteristics and 
there shall be no appreciable damage to the thwart.
    (7) Tanks and lockers. Equipment tanks and watertight lockers shall 
be tested with not less than 1.0 p.s.i. of air pressure both before and 
after the tests described in paragraphs (b)(1) through (6) of this 
section.



Sec. 160.035-13   Testing and inspection after approval.

    (a) General. After the design of a lifeboat has been approved, 
subsequent lifeboats of the same design shall be individually inspected 
and tested as noted in Sec. 160.035-11(a) for metal lifeboats and 
paragraph (b) of this section for FRP. lifeboats. In addition, motors 
and band-propelling gear when installed shall be operated in the 
``ahead'', ``neutral'', and ``astern'' positions. If mechanical 
disengaging apparatus is fitted, it shall be tested by suspending the 
lifeboat loaded with deadweight equivalent to the number of persons 
allowed in the lifeboat (165 pounds per person) together with the weight 
of the equipment, plus 10 percent of the total load, including the 
weight of the lifeboat. The release lever shall then be thrown over with 
this load suspended until the lifeboat is released. The apparatus shall 
be capable of being operated freely by one man, without the use of aids 
or undue force to the satisfaction of the marine inspector. (This test 
may be conducted ashore by suspending the lifeboat just clear of the 
ground.)
    (b) Additional production inspection and tests for FRP. lifeboats--
(1) Inspection requirements. Each production model fibrous glass 
reinforced plastic lifeboat shall as a condition to its being accepted 
as Coast Guard approved equipment, be examined by a marine inspector at 
the following stages in its manufacture:
    (i) When the major, individual components of the shell and inner 
hull or buoyancy casing are completed but before they are assembled 
together. At this stage the marine inspector shall satisfy himself that 
these components comply with the approved plans and specifications by 
visual inspection, thickness measurements and comparison of the weights 
of the components with the weights recorded for the same components in 
the prototype.
    (ii) At the time the internal buoyancy is installed. If block 
plastic foam is used, it shall be inspected after it has been cut to 
size and shaped but before it is inserted and covered. The installation 
shall be completed in the presence of the marine inspector and he shall 
verify that the required amount is used by weighing the material. If 
foamed-in-place plastic foam is used, the marine inspector shall be 
present during the foaming operation. A sample of the foam shall be 
retained outside the boat and when it sets it

[[Page 105]]

shall be used to make a density determination of the material.
    (iii) When the boat is completed. At this stage the marine inspector 
shall check the scantlings of the minor components and the overall 
compliance with the plans. The manufacturer shall certify that the 
materials used are in accordance with the approved bill of materials.
    (2) Test requirements. After the inspections listed in paragraph 
(b)(1) of this section are completed, the following tests are to be 
carried out to the satisfaction of the marine inspector:
    (i) The boat shall be suspended freely from the releasing gear and 
the length, breadth and depth measured. The boat shall then be flooded 
with water equal to 1\1/2\ times the weight of the boat, persons, 
equipment, and provisions and fuel (if motor driven) less the weight of 
the boat. This is represented by the following formula:
Water added=1.5  x  (empty boat + equipment + provisions + fuel + 
people) - empty boat
The length, breadth and depth shall be measured in this loaded condition 
and, again, after the load has been removed. The loaded deflections and 
the permanent deformations shall not significantly exceed those recorded 
for the prototype in the pre-approval tests. Also, while flooded, the 
exterior of the hull shall be examined for leaks or other defects. After 
the boat is drained, the attachment of the release gear shall be 
carefully examined.
    (ii) All provision tanks shall be tested by a static head above the 
tank top of 2 feet of water without showing leakage or permanent 
deformation.
    (iii) The plastic fuel tanks shall be tested by a static head above 
the tank top of 10 feet of water without showing leakage or permanent 
deformation.
    (c) Marking. (1) A corrosion resistant nameplate shall be affixed at 
the bow of each lifeboat on which is stamped the name of the 
manufacturer, serial number, approval number, dimensions of the 
lifeboat, cubic capacity, buoyancy capacity, net weight of the boat in 
Condition A and Condition B, the number of persons for which the 
lifeboat is approved, together with the Marine Inspection Office 
identification letters, the date, and the letters U.S.C.G. Condition A 
includes buoyancy and water tanks and provision stowage compartments but 
no equipment, provisions, water or persons. Condition B includes full 
required provisions and equipment, persons allowed at 10 cubic feet or 
by seating test whichever is less at 165 pounds and 3 quarts of water 
(6.25 pounds)--per person.

[CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 11467, Sept. 8, 1965, as amended by CGD 72-133R, 37 FR 
17040, Aug. 24, 1972; CGD 75-186, 41 FR 10437, Mar. 11, 1976]



Sec. 160.035-14   Procedure for approval of lifeboats.

    (a) Before action is taken on any design of lifeboat, plans covering 
fully the arrangement and construction of the lifeboat, material 
specifications, together with a lines drawing, stowage arrangement, 
seating arrangement, and other details shall be submitted to the 
Commandant through the Commander of the Coast Guard District in which 
the lifeboat is built. The plans for approval must be detailed to a 
degree that the lifeboat can be constructed from the plans submitted.
    (b) If the drawings required in paragraph (a) of this section are 
satisfactory, the manufacturer shall notify the Commander of the Coast 
Guard District in which the lifeboat is built in writing when 
fabrication is to commence. A marine inspector will be assigned to 
witness the construction procedure in accordance with the plans, verify 
the tests required by Sec. 160.035-11 for metal lifeboats and 
Sec. 160.035-12 for additional tests required for F.R.P. lifeboats. 
Also, the manufacturer shall provide the necessary tools and facilities 
required to conduct the tests. The Coast Guard shall have the right to 
require such other additional tests as reasonably may be deemed 
necessary, either with the completed boat or component parts, depending 
upon the particular construction methods and materials used by the 
builder, or any unusual conditions or circumstances which may arise 
during the construction or testing.
    (c) At the time that the tests are successfully completed, the 
manufacturer shall present to the marine inspector four corrected copies 
of the plans noted

[[Page 106]]

in paragraph (a) of this section, including any corrections, changes, or 
additions which may have been found necessary during construction or 
testing. If the manufacturer desires more than one set of approved 
plans, additional copies shall be submitted at that time.
    (d) Upon receipt of corrected drawings and satisfactory test 
reports, the Commandant will issue a certificate of approval. No change 
shall be made in the design or construction without first receiving 
permission of the Commandant via the Commander of the Coast Guard 
District in which the lifeboat is built.



Subpart 160.036--Hand-Held Rocket-Propelled Parachute Red Flare Distress 
                                 Signals

    Source: CGD 76-048a and 76-048b, 44 FR 73081, Dec. 17, 1979, unless 
otherwise noted.



Sec. 160.036-1  Incorporation by reference.

    (a) The following is incorporated by reference into this subpart:
    (1) ``The Universal Color Language'' and ``The Color Names 
Dictionary'' in Color: Universal Language and Dictionary of Names, 
National Bureau of Standards Special Publication 440, December 1976.
    (b) NBS Special Publication 440 may be obtained by ordering from the 
Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, 
Washington, DC 20402 (Order by SD Catalog No. C13.10:440).
    (c) Approval to incorporate by reference the material listed in this 
section was obtained from the director of the Federal Register on 
November 1, 1979. The material is on file in the Federal Register 
library.



Sec. 160.036-2  Type.

    (a) Handheld rocket-propelled parachute red flare distress signals 
specified by this subpart shall be of one type which shall consist 
essentially of a completely self-contained device which can be fired 
from the hand to provide a rocket-propelled parachute red flare distress 
signal.



Sec. 160.036-3  Materials, workmanship, construction and performance requirements.

    (a) Materials. The materials used in handheld rocket-propelled 
parachute red flare distress signals shall conform strictly to the 
specifications and drawings submitted by the manufacturer and approved 
by the Commandant. In general, all exposed parts shall be corrosion-
resistant or properly protected against corrosion.
    (b) Workmanship. Handheld rocket-propelled parachute red flare 
distress signals shall be of first class workmanship and shall be free 
from imperfections of manufacture affecting their appearance or that may 
affect their serviceability.
    (c) Construction. The exterior case of the cartridge shall be made 
of a suitable metal and shall protect against the entrance of moisture. 
The construction shall be such that the parachute and pyrotechnic candle 
will be expelled at approximately the maximum altitude reached.
    (d) Performance. Signals shall meet all of the inspection and test 
requirements contained in Sec. 160.036-4.



Sec. 160.036-4  Approval and production tests.

    (a) Approval tests. The manufacturer must produce a lot of at least 
100 signals from which samples must be taken for testing for approval 
under Sec. 160.036-7. The approval tests are the operational tests and 
technical tests in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section. The approval 
tests must be conducted by an independent laboratory accepted by the 
Commandant under Sec. 159.010 of this chapter.
    (b) Production inspections and tests. Production inspections and 
tests of each lot of signals produced must be conducted under the 
procedures in Sec. 159.007 of this chapter. Signals from a rejected lot 
must not be represented as meeting this Subpart or as being approved by 
the Coast Guard. If the manufacturer identifies the cause of the 
rejection of a lot of signals, the signals in the lot may be reworked by 
the manufacturer to correct the problem. Samples from the rejected lot 
must be retested in order to be accepted. Records

[[Page 107]]

shall be kept of the reasons for rejection, the reworking performed on 
the rejected lot, and the results of the second test.
    (1) Lot size. For the purposes of sampling the production of 
signals, a lot must consist of not more than 30,000 signals. Lots must 
be numbered serially by the manufacturer. A new lot must be started 
with:
    (i) Any change in construction details,
    (ii) Any changes in sources of raw materials, or
    (iii) The start of production on a new production line or on a 
previously discontinued production line.
    (2) Inspections and tests by the manufacturer. The manufacturer's 
quality control procedures must include inspection of materials entering 
into construction of the signals and inspection of the finished signals, 
to determine that signals are being produced in accordance with the 
approved plans. Samples from each lot must be tested in accordance with 
the operational tests in paragraph (c) of this section.
    (3) Inspections and test by an independent laboratory. An 
independent laboratory accepted by the Commandant under Sec. 159.010 of 
this chapter must perform or supervise the inspections and tests under 
paragraph (b)(2) of this section at least 4 times a year, unless the 
number of lots produced in a year is less than four. The inspections and 
tests must occur at least once during each quarterly period, unless no 
lots are produced during this period. If less than four lots are 
produced, the laboratory must perform or supervise the inspection and 
testing of each lot. In addition, the laboratory must perform or 
supervise the technical tests in paragraph (d) of this section at least 
once for every ten lots of signals produced, except that the number of 
technical tests must be at least one but not more than four per year. If 
a lot of signals tested by the independent laboratory is rejected, the 
laboratory must perform or supervise the inspections and tests of the 
reworked lot and the next lot of signals produced. The tests of each 
reworked lot and the next lot produced must not be counted for the 
purpose of meeting the requirement for the annual number of inspections 
and tests performed or supervised by the independent laboratory.
    (c) Operational tests. Each lot of signals must be sampled and 
tested as follows:
    (1) Sampling procedure and accept/reject criteria. A sample of 
signals must be selected at random from the lot. The size of the sample 
must be the individual sample size in Table 160.036-4(c)(1) 
corresponding to the lot size. Each signal in the sample is tested as 
prescribed in the test procedure in paragraph (c)(2) of this section. 
Each signal that has a defect listed in the table of defects (Table 
160.036-4(c)(2)) is assigned a score (failure percent) in accordance 
with that table. In the case of multiple defects, only the score having 
the highest numerical value is assigned to that signal. If the sum of 
all the failure percents (cumulative failure percent) for the number of 
units in the sample is less than or equal to the accept criterion, the 
lot is accepted. If this sum is equal to or more than the reject 
criterion the lot is rejected. If the cumulative failure percent falls 
between the accept and reject criteria, another sample is selected from 
the production lot and the operational tests are repeated. The 
cumulative failure percent of each sample tested is added to that of the 
previous samples to obtain the cumulative failure percent for all the 
signals tested (cumulative sample size). Additional samples are tested 
and the tests repeated until either the accept or reject criterion for 
the cumulative sample size is met. If any signal in the sample explodes 
when fired or ignites in a way that could burn or otherwise injure the 
person firing it, the lot is rejected without further testing. (This 
procedure is diagrammed in figure 160.036-4(c)).
    (2) Test procedure. Each sample signal (specimen) must be tested as 
follows:
    (i) Conditioning of test specimens--water resistence. Immerse 
specimen horizontally with uppermost portion of the signal approximately 
25 mm (1 in.) below the surface of the water for a period of 24 hours.
    (ii) Firing and operating characteristics. Signals shall fire and 
operate satisfactorily when the manufacturer's directions are followed. 
The parachute and pyrotechnic candle shall be ejected

[[Page 108]]

at approximately the maximum altitude reached by the projectile case. 
The parachute shall open and properly suspend the pyrotechnic candle 
without fouling. The pyrotechnic candle shall burn with uniform 
intensity and without damaging the parachute, shrouds, or leader line.
    (iii) Altitude. The altitude reached by a signal is considered to be 
the height at which the parachute and pyrotechnic candle are ejected 
from the projectile case, as determined by visual observation against an 
object of known height, such as a tower or balloon, or by triangulation 
from two or more points of observation, or by other method satisfactory 
to the Commandant. The altitude reached shall be not less than 150 m 
(500 ft.).
    (iv) Rate of descent. The rate of descent of a signal is considered 
to be the calculated average rate obtained by dividing the altitude by 
the time of descent to the surface. The rate of descent shall not exceed 
4.5 m (15 ft.) per second.
    (v) Burning time. The burning time of the pyrotechnic candle shall 
be obtained by stop watch measurement from the time a distinct, 
sustained flame is emitted until it ceases. The burning time shall be 
not less than 30 seconds.

                   Table 160.036-4(c)(1)--Accept and Reject Criteria for Operational Test Lots                  
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                   Cumula-                      
                                              Individual                             tive                       
                  Lot size                      sample             Sample           sample  Accept\1\  Reject\1\
                                                 size                                size                       
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
280 or                                                 8  First..................        8     (\2\)        400 
  less.                                                   Second.................       16       100        500 
                                                          Third..................       24       200        600 
                                                          Fourth.................       32       300        700 
                                                          Fifth..................       40       500        800 
                                                          Sixth..................       48       700        900 
                                                          Seventh................       56       950        951 
281 to                                                13  First..................       13         0        400 
  500.                                                    Second.................       26       100        600 
                                                          Third..................       39       300        800 
                                                          Fourth.................       52       500      1,000 
                                                          Fifth..................       65       700      1,100 
                                                          Sixth..................       78     1,000      1,200 
                                                          Seventh................       91     1,350      1,351 
501 to                                                20  First..................       20         0        500 
  1,200.                                                  Second.................       40       300        800 
                                                          Third..................       60       600      1,000 
                                                          Fourth.................       80       800      1,300 
                                                          Fifth..................      100     1,100      1,500 
                                                          Sixth..................      120     1,400      1,700 
                                                          Seventh................      140     1,850      1,851 
1,201 to                                              32  First..................       32       100        700 
  3,200.                                                  Second.................       64       400      1,000 
                                                          Third..................       96       800      1,300 
                                                          Fourth.................      128     1,200      1,700 
                                                          Fifth..................      160     1,700      2,000 
                                                          Sixth..................      192     2,100      2,300 
                                                          Seventh................      224     2,550      2,551 
More                                                  50  First..................       50       200        900 
  than                                                    Second.................      100       700      1,400 
  3,201.                                                  Third..................      150     1,300      1,900 
                                                          Fourth.................      200     1,900      2,500 
                                                          Fifth..................      250     2,500      2,900 
                                                          Sixth..................      300     3,100      3,300 
                                                          Seventh................      350     3,750      3,751 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Cumulative failure percent.                                                                                 
\2\ Lot may not be accepted. Next sample must be tested.                                                        


                          Table 160.036-4(c)(2)                         
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              Percentage
                       Kind of defect                         of failure
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a. Failure to fire.........................................          100
b. Failure to eject projectile contents....................          100
c. Failure to ignite pyrotechnic candle....................          100
d. Failure of parachute to open completely.................           75
e. Complete carrying away or destruction of parachute......           75
f. Altitude less than 70 pct of that required..............          100

[[Page 109]]

                                                                        
g. Altitude less than 70 pct but less than 80 pct of that               
 required..................................................           75
h. Altitude at least 80 pct but less than 90 pct of that                
 required..................................................           50
i. Altitude at least 90 pct but less than 100 pct of that               
 required..................................................           25
j. Average rate of descent greater than four times maximum              
 permitted.................................................          100
k. Average rate of descent less than 4 but greater than 3               
 times maximum permitted...................................           75
l. Average rate of descent less than 3 but greater than 2               
 times maximum permitted...................................           50
m. Average rate of descent less than twice but greater than             
 maximum permitted.........................................           25
n. Burning time less than 70 pct of that required..........          100
o. Burning time at least 70 pct but less than 80 pct of                 
 that required.............................................           75
p. Burning time at least 80 pct but less than 90 pct of                 
 that required.............................................           50
q. Burning time at least 90 pct but less than 100 pct of                
 that required.............................................           25
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 110]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC03MR91.010


[[Page 111]]

    (d) Technical tests. Three signals must be subjected to each of the 
following tests. Two of the three signals must pass each test in order 
for the lot of signals to be accepted.
    (1) Luminous intensity. The luminous intensity of each pyrotechnic 
candle tested shall be measured by a visual photometer or equivalent 
photometric device while the specimen is supported in a horizontal 
position and the photometer is at right angles to the axis of the 
specimen. Visual luminous intensity readings shall be observed and 
recorded at approximately 5-second intervals during the burning of the 
specimen. The minimum photometric distance shall be 3 m (10 ft.). 
Recording photometers shall have a chart speed of at least 10 cm (4 in.) 
per minute. The luminous intensity of the specimen shall be computed as 
the arithmetical average of the readings recorded. The average luminous 
intensity of a specimen shall be not less than 20,000 candela.
    (2) Elevated temperature, humidity, and storage. Place specimen in a 
thermostatically controlled even-temperature oven held at 75 deg. C. 
with not less than 90 percent relative humidity for 72 hours. Remove 
specimen and store at room temperature (20 deg. to 25 deg. C.) with 
approximately 65 percent relative humidity for ten days. If for any 
reason it is not possible to operate the oven continuously for the 72-
hour period, it may be operated at the required temperature and humidity 
for 8 hours out of each 24 during the 72-hour conditioning period. 
(Total of 24 hours on and 48 hours off.) The signal shall not ignite or 
decompose during this conditioning. The signal shall fire and operate 
satisfactorily following this conditioning.
    (3) Spontaneous ignition. Place the specimen in a thermostatically 
controlled even-temperature oven held at 75 deg. C. with not more than 
10% relative humidity for 48 consecutive hours. The signal shall not 
ignite or undergo marked decomposition.
    (4) Chromaticity. The color of the burning signal must be vivid red 
as defined by Sections 13 and 14 of the ``Color Names Dictionary.'' Two 
identical test plates of white cardboard about 30 cm x 60 cm (12'' x 
24'') are used. Except for a negligible amount of stray daylight, the 
first test plate is illuminated by light from the specimen placed at a 
distance of about 1.5 m (5 ft.). The second test plate is illuminated 
only by light from an incandescent lamp operated at a color temperature 
close to 2,848 deg. K at a distance of about 30 cm (1 ft.). The first 
plate is viewed directly, the second through combinations of Lovibond 
red, yellow, and blue glasses selected so as to approximate a 
chromaticity match. By separating the test plates by a wide 
unilluminated area (subtending at the observer about 45 deg.), it is 
possible to make accurate determinations of chromaticity in terms of the 
1931 CIE Standard Observer and Coordinate System, in spite of 
fluctuations in luminous intensity of the specimen by factors as high as 
2 or 3. The CIE coordinates are converted to the Munsell notation which 
is cross-referenced to the color name in Section 13 of the ``Color Names 
Dictionary'' (see the discussion in Section 10 of ``The Universal Color 
Language'').



Sec. 160.036-5  Marking.

    (a) General. Each hand-held rocket-propelled parachute red flare 
distress signal shall be legibly marked or labeled as follows:

    (Company brand or style designation) Hand-Held Rocket-Propelled 
Parachute Red Flare Distress Signal--20,000 candela--30 seconds burning 
time. Use Only When Aircraft or Vessel Is Sighted. Directions--(In 
numbered paragraphs, simply worded instructions for firing the device). 
Service Life Expiration Date (date to be inserted by manufacturer) 
(Month and year manufactured) (Lot No. ----) Manufactured by (Name and 
address of manufacturer) U.S. Coast Guard Approval No. ----.

    (b) Marking of expiration date. The expiration date must be not more 
than 42 months from the date of manufacture.
    (c) Other marking. (1) On each hand-held rocket propelled parachute 
red flare distress signal there shall be die-stamped in figures not less 
than 3 mm (\1/8\ in.) high, on the signal, numbers indicating the month 
and year of manufacture, thus: ``6-54'' indicating June, 1954.

[[Page 112]]

    (2) The pyrotechnic candle shall be legibly marked with the month 
and year of manufacture.
    (3) In addition to any other marking place on the smallest packing 
carton or box containing signals, each carton or box shall be plainly 
and permanently marked to show the service life expiration date, date of 
manufacture, and lot number.
    (4) The largest carton or box in which the manufacturer ships 
signals must be marked with the following or equivalent words: ``Keep 
under cover in a dry place.''

    Note: Compliance with the labeling requirements of this section does 
not relieve the manufacturer of the responsibility of complying with the 
label requirements of 15 U.S.C. 1263, the Federal Hazardous Substances 
Act.



Sec. 160.036-6  Container.

    (a) General. The container for storing the signals on lifeboats and 
liferafts is not required to be of a special design or be approved by 
the Coast Guard. The container must meet the requirements in Subpart 
160.021 (Sec. 160.021-6) except that the wording on the container must 
be:

     Hand-Held Rocket-Propelled Parachute Red Flare Distress Signals



Sec. 160.036-7  Procedure for approval.

    (a) Signals are approved by the Coast Guard under the procedures in 
subpart 159.005 of this chapter.



           Subpart 160.037--Hand Orange Smoke Distress Signals

    Source: CGD 76-048a and 76-048b, 44 FR 73085, Dec. 17, 1979, unless 
otherwise noted.



Sec. 160.037-1  Incorporations by reference.

    (a) The following are incorporated by reference into this subpart:
    (1) ``The Color Names Dictionary'' in Color: Universal Language and 
Dictionary of Names, National Bureau of Standards Special Publication 
440, December 1976.
    (2) ``Development of a Laboratory Test for Evaluation of the 
Effectiveness of Smoke Signals,'' National Bureau of Standards Report 
4792, July 1956.
    (b) NBS Special Publication 440 may be obtained by ordering from the 
Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, 
Washington, DC 20402 (Order by SD Catalog No. C13.10:440).
    (c) NBS Report 4792 may be obtained from the Commandant (G-MSE), 
U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC 20593-0001.
    (d) Approval to incorporate by reference the materials listed in 
this section was obtained from the Director of the Federal Register on 
November 1 and 29, 1979. The materials are on file in the Federal 
Register library.

[CGD 76-048a and 76-048b, 44 FR 73085, Dec. 17, 1979, as amended by CGD 
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34535, Sept. 7, 
1988; CGD 95-072, 60 FR 50467, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50733, 
Sept. 27, 1996]



Sec. 160.037-2  Type.

    (a) Hand orange smoke distress signals specified by this subpart 
shall be one type which shall consist essentially of a wooden handle to 
which is attached a tubular casing having a sealing plug at the handle 
end, the casing being filled with a smoke producing composition and fuse 
with button of ignition material at the top, and a removable cap having 
a friction striking material on its top which may be exposed for use by 
pulling a tear strip. The signal is ignited by scraping the friction 
striker on top of the cap against the igniter button on top of the body 
of the signal. Alternate arrangements which conform to the performance 
requirements of this specification will be given special consideration.



Sec. 160.037-3  Materials, workmanship, construction, and performance requirements.

    (a) Materials. The materials shall conform strictly to the 
specifications and drawings submitted by the manufacturer and approved 
by the Commandant. The color of the tube shall be orange. The 
combustible materials shall be of such nature as will not deteriorate 
during long storage, nor when subjected to frigid or tropical climates, 
or both.

[[Page 113]]

    (b) Workmanship. Hand orange smoke distress signals shall be of 
first class workmanship and shall be free from imperfections of 
manufacture affecting their appearance or that may affect their 
serviceability. Moisture proof coatings shall be applied uniformly and 
shall be free from pinholes or other visible defects which would impair 
their usefulness.
    (c) Construction. The casing shall be fitted and secured to the 
handle with not less than a 25 mm (1 in.) overlap and shall be attached 
to the handle in such a manner that failure of the joint will not occur 
during tests, ignition, or operation. The plug shall be securely affixed 
in the casing to separate the smoke composition from the wooden handle. 
The smoke composition shall be thoroughly mixed and be uniformly 
compresssed throughout to preclude variations of density which may 
adversely affect uniformity of its smoke emitting characteristics. The 
cap shall have a lap fit of not less than 25 mm (1 in.) over the end of 
the casing and smoke composition to entirely and securely protect the 
exposed surface of the igniter button and end of smoke composition and 
casing, and shall have an inner shoulder so constructed that it is 
mechanically impossible for the inner surface of the cap to come in 
contact with the igniter button. The cap shall be securely attached to 
the casing in such manner as to preclude its accidental detachment. The 
cap shall be provided on its top with a friction striking material which 
shall, by a pull of the tear strip, be entirely exposed for striking the 
friction igniter button. The igniter button shall be non-water soluble 
or be protected from moisture by a coating of some waterproof substance, 
and shall be raised or exposed in such manner as to provide positive 
ignition by the friction striker. The igniter button shall be firmly 
secured in or on the top of the smoke composition; the arrangement shall 
be such that the ignition will be transmitted to the smoke producing 
composition. The assembled signal, consisting of tear strip, cap, 
casing, and handle, shall be sealed and treated to protect the signal 
from deterioration by moisture. The protective waterproof coating shall 
be applied so none adheres to the friction striking surface. Special 
consideration will be given to alternate waterproofing of the signal by 
means of a water-resistant coating on the signal plus packaging in a 
sealed plastic waterproof bag satisfactory to the Commandant.
    (d) Performance. Signals shall meet all the inspection and test 
requirements contained in Sec. 160.037-4.



Sec. 160.037-4  Approval and production tests.

    (a) Approval tests. The manufacturer must produce a lot of at least 
100 signals from which samples must be taken for testing for approval 
under Sec. 160.037-7. The approval tests are the operational tests and 
technical tests in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section. The approval 
tests must be conducted by an independent laboratory accepted by the 
Commandant under Sec. 159.010 of this chapter.
    (b) Production inspections and tests. Production inspections and 
tests of each lot of signals produced must be conducted under the 
procedures in Sec. 159.007 of this chapter. Signals from a rejected lot 
must not be represented as meeting this subpart or as being approved by 
the Coast Guard. If the manufacturer identifies the cause of the 
rejection of a lot of signals, the signals in the lot may be reworked by 
the manufacturer to correct the problem. Samples from the rejected lot 
must be retested in order to be accepted. Records shall be kept of the 
reasons for rejection, the reworking performed on the rejected lot, and 
the results of the second test.
    (1) Lot size. For the purposes of sampling the production of 
signals, a lot must consist of not more than 30,000 signals. Lots must 
be numbered serially by the manufacturer. A new lot must be started 
with:
    (i) Any change in construction details,
    (ii) Any change in sources of raw materials, or
    (iii) The start of production on a new production line or on a 
previously discontinued production line.
    (2) Inspections and tests by the manufacturer. The manufacturer's 
quality control procedures must include inspection of materials entering 
into

[[Page 114]]

construction of the signals and inspection of the finished signals, to 
determine that signals are being produced in accordance with the 
approved plans. Samples from each lot must be tested in accordance with 
the operational tests in paragraph (c) of this section.
    (3) Inspections and tests by an independent laboratory. An 
independent laboratory accepted by the Commandant under Sec. 159.010 of 
this Chapter must perform or supervise the inspections and tests under 
paragraph (b)(2) of this section at least 4 times a year, unless the 
number of lots produced in a year is less than four. The inspections and 
tests must occur at least once during each quarterly period, unless no 
lots are produced during this period. If less than four lots are 
produced, the laboratory must perform or supervise the inspection and 
testing of each lot. In addition, the laboratory must perform or 
supervise the technical tests in paragraph (d) of this section at least 
once for every ten lots of signals produced, except that the number of 
technical tests must be at least one but not more than four per year. If 
a lot of signals tested by the independent laboratory is rejected, the 
laboratory must perform or supervise the inspections and tests of the 
reworked lot and the next lot of signals produced. The tests of each 
reworked lot and the next lot produced must not be counted for the 
purpose of meeting the requirement for the annual number of inspections 
and tests performed or supervised by the independent laboratory.
    (c) Operational tests. Each lot of signals must be sampled and 
tested as follows:
    (1) Sampling procedure and accept/reject criteria. A sample of 
signals must be selected at random from the lot. The size of the sample 
must be the individual sample size in Table 160.037-4(c)(1) 
corresponding to the lot size. Each signal in the sample is tested as 
prescribed in the test procedure in paragraph (c)(2) of this section. 
Each signal that has a defect listed in the table of defeats (Table 
160.037-4(c)(2)) is assigned a score (failure percent) in accordance 
with that table. In the case of multiple defects, only the score having 
the highest numerical value is assigned to that signal. If the sum of 
all the failure percents (cumulative failure percent) for the number of 
units in the sample is less than or equal to the accept criterion, the 
lot is accepted. If the sum is equal to or more than the reject 
criterion the lot is rejected. If the cumulative failure percent falls 
between the accept and reject criteria, another sample is selected from 
the production lot and the operational tests are repeated. The 
cumulative failure percent of each sample tested is added to that of the 
previous samples to obtain the cumulative failure percent for all the 
signals tested (cumulative sample size). Additional samples are tested 
and the tests repeated until either the accept or reject criterion for 
the cumulative sample size is met. If any signal in the sample explodes 
when fired, or ignites in a way that could burn or otherwise injure the 
person firing it, the lot is rejected without further testing. (This 
procedure is diagrammed in figure 160.037-4(c)).
    (2) Test procedure. Each sample signal (specimen) must be tested as 
follows:
    (i) Conditioning of test specimens--water resistance. Immerse 
specimen horizontally with uppermost portion of the signal approximately 
25 mm (1 in.) below the surface of the water for a period of 24 hours. 
If the signal is protected by alternate waterproofing consisting of a 
water-resistant coating on the signal plus packaging in a sealed plastic 
waterproof bag, the 24-hour water immersion conditioning will be 
conducted while the signal is in the sealed plastic waterproof bag and 
will be followed by an additional immersion of the bare signal (i.e., 
after removal from the bag) 25 mm (1 in.) below the surface of the water 
for a period of 10 minutes.
    (ii) Waterproofing of igniter button. Remove the cap from the test 
specimen. Place head of specimen without cap about 25 mm (1 in.) under 
the surface of water for approximately 5 minutes. Remove specimen from 
the water and wipe dry.
    (iii) Smoke emitting time. Ignite specimen according to directions 
printed on the signal. The smoke emitting time of a specimen shall be 
obtained by stop watch measurements from the time of distinct, sustained 
smoke emission until it ceases. The watch shall be

[[Page 115]]

stopped during periods of flame emission. The smoke emitting time for a 
specimen shall be not less than 50 seconds.
    (iv) Ignition and smoke emitting characteristics. Test specimens 
shall ignite and emit smoke properly when the directions on the signal 
are followed. Test specimens shall not ignite explosively in a manner 
that might be dangerous to the user or persons close by. The plug 
separating the smoke producing composition from the handle shall in no 
case allow flame or hot gases to pass through it or between it and the 
casing in such manner as might burn the hand while holding the signal by 
the handle.

                    Table 160.037-4(c)(1)--Accept and reject criteria for operational test lots                 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                   Cumula-                      
                                              Individual                             tive                       
                  Lot size                      sample             Sample           sample  Accept\1\  Reject\1\
                                                 size                                size                       
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
280 or                                                 8  First..................        8     (\2\)        400 
  less.                                                   Second.................       16       100        500 
                                                          Third..................       24       200        600 
                                                          Fourth.................       32       300        700 
                                                          Fifth..................       40       500        800 
                                                          Sixth..................       48       700        900 
                                                          Seventh................       56       950        951 
281 to                                                13  First..................       13         0        400 
  500.                                                    Second.................       26       100        600 
                                                          Third..................       39       300        800 
                                                          Fourth.................       52       500      1,000 
                                                          Fifth..................       65       700      1,100 
                                                          Sixth..................       78     1,000      1,200 
                                                          Seventh................       91     1,350      1,351 
501 to                                                20  First..................       20         0        500 
  1,200.                                                  Second.................       40       300        800 
                                                          Third..................       60       600      1,000 
                                                          Fourth.................       80       800      1,300 
                                                          Fifth..................      100     1,100      1,500 
                                                          Sixth..................      120     1,400      1,700 
                                                          Seventh................      140     1,850      1,851 
1,201 to                                              32  First..................       32       100        700 
  3,200.                                                  Second.................       64       400      1,000 
                                                          Third..................       96       800      1,300 
                                                          Fourth.................      128     1,200      1,700 
                                                          Fifth..................      160     1,700      2,000 
                                                          Sixth..................      192     2,100      2,300 
                                                          Seventh................      224     2,550      2,551 
More                                                  50  First..................       50       200        900 
  than                                                    Second.................      100       700      1,400 
  3,201.                                                  Third..................      150     1,300      1,900 
                                                          Fourth.................      200     1,900      2,500 
                                                          Fifth..................      250     2,500      2,900 
                                                          Sixth..................      300     3,100      3,300 
                                                          Seventh................      350     3,750      3,751 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Cumulative failure percent.                                                                                 
\2\ Lot may not be accepted. Next sample must be tested.                                                        


                          Table 160.037-4(c)(2)                         
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              Percentage
                      Kind of defects                         of failure
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a. Failure to ignite.......................................          100
b. Ignites or burns dangerously............................           50
c. Non-uniform smoke-emitting rate.........................           50
d. Smoke-emitting time less than 70 pct of specified time..          100
e. Smoke-emitting time at least 70 pct but less than 80 pct             
 of specified time.........................................           75
f. Smoke-emitting time at least 80 pct but less than 90 pct             
 of specified time.........................................           50
g. Smoke-emitting time at least 90 pct but less than 100                
 pct of specified time.....................................           25
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 116]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC03MR91.011


[[Page 117]]

    (d) Technical tests. Three signals must be subjected to each of the 
following tests. Two of the three signals must pass each test in order 
for the lot of signals to be accepted.
    (1) Underwater smoke emission. Condition each sample in accordance 
with paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section. Ignite specimen and let it 
burn about 15 seconds in air. Submerge the burning signal in water in a 
vertical position with head down. Obtain underwater smoke emission time 
by stop watch measurements from time of submersion until smoke emission 
ceases. The test specimen shall burn underwater not less than 10 seconds 
when subjected to this test.
    (2) Bending strength. Place the specimen on supports 15 cm (6 in.) 
apart. Attach a weight of 35 kg (77 lb.) to a length of wire. Hang the 
weight from the supported signal by looping the wire around the signal 
approximately equidistant from the two points of support. Let the weight 
hang approximately 5 minutes. The test specimen shall not deflect more 
than 7 mm (\1/4\ in.), nor shall the joint between the casing and the 
handle fail when subjected to this test.
    (3) Tensile strength. Place the specimen in a chuck firmly holding 
it about 13 mm (\1/2\ in.) below the cap. Attach a weight of 35 kg (77 
lb.) to a length of wire. Hang the weight from the supported signal by 
looping the wire through a hole bored perpendicular to and through the 
axis of the handle. Let the weight hang approximately 5 minutes. The 
test specimen shall not show noticeable distortion, nor shall the joint 
between the casing and handle fail, when subjected to this test.
    (4) Elevated temperature, humidity and storage. Place specimen in a 
thermostatically controlled even-temperature oven held at 75 deg.C. with 
not less than 90 percent relative humidity for 72 hours. Remove specimen 
and store at room temperature (20 deg. to 25 deg.C.) with approximately 
65 percent relative humidity for 10 days. If for any reason it is not 
possible to operate the oven continuously for the 72-hour period, it may 
be operated at the required temperature and humidity for 8 hours out of 
each 24 during the 72-hour conditioning period. (Total of 24 hours on 
and 48 hours off.) The signal shall not ignite or decompose during this 
conditioning. The signal shall ignite and operate satisfactorily 
following this conditioning.
    (5) Spontaneous ignition. Place the specimen in a thermostatically 
controlled even-temperature oven held at 75 deg.C. with not more than 
10% relative humidity for 48 consecutive hours. The signal shall not 
ignite or undergo marked decomposition.
    (6) Susceptibility to explosion. Remove smoke composition from 
signal and punch a small hole in the composition. Insert a No. 6 
commercial blasting cap. Ignite the cap. The test specimen shall not 
explode or ignite.
    (7) Color of smoke. Ignite specimen in the open air in daytime 
according to the directions printed on the signal, and determine the 
smoke color by direct visual comparison of the unshadowed portions of 
the smoke with a color chart held so as to receive the same daylight 
illumination as the unshadowed portions of the smoke. The color of the 
smoke must be orange as defined by Sections 13 and 14 of the ``Color 
Names Dictionary'' (colors 34-39 and 48-54).
    (8) Volume and density of smoke. The test specimen shall show less 
than 70 percent transmission for not less than 30 seconds when measured 
with apparatus having a light path of 19 cm (7\1/2\ in.), an optical 
system aperture of +3.7 degrees, and an entrance air flow of 18.4m3 
per minute (650 cu. ft. per minute), such apparatus to be as described 
in National Bureau of Standards Report No. 4792.



Sec. 160.037-5  Labeling and marking.

    (a) Labeling. Each hand orange smoke distress signal shall bear a 
label securely affixed thereto, showing in clear, indelible black 
lettering on an orange background, the following wording and 
information:

                  (Company brand or style designation)

                    Hand Orange Smoke Distress Signal

                For daytime use--50 seconds burning time

               Use Only When Aircraft or Vessel is Sighted

    Directions: Pull tape over top of cap. Remove cap and ignite flare 
by rubbing scratch

[[Page 118]]

surface on top of cap sharply across igniter button on head of signal.
    Caution: Stand with back to wind and point away from body when 
igniting or signal is burning.
    Service Life Expiration Date (Month and year to be inserted by 
manufacturer) (Month and year manufactured) (Lot No. ----). Manufactured 
by (Name and address of manufacturer). U.S. Coast Guard Approval No. --
--.

    (b) Marking of expiration date. The expiration date must not be more 
than 42 months from the date of manufacture.
    (c) Other marking. (1) There shall be die-stamped, in the side of 
the wooden handle in figures not less than 3 mm   (\1/8\ in.) high, 
numbers indicating the month and year of manufacture, thus: ``6-54'' 
indicating June, 1954.
    (2) In addition to any other marking place on the smallest packing 
carton or box containing hand orange smoke distress signals such cartons 
or boxes shall be plainly and permanently marked to show the service 
life expiration date, date of manufacture, and lot number.
    (3) The largest carton or box in which the manufacturer ships 
signals must be marked with the following or equivalent words: ``Keep 
under cover in a dry place.''

     Note: Compliance with the labeling requirements of this section 
does not relieve the manufacturer of the responsibility of complying 
with the label requirements of 15 U.S.C. 1263, the Federal Hazardous 
Substances Act.



Sec. 160.037-6  Container.

    (a) General. The container for storing the signals on lifeboats and 
liferafts is not required to be of a special design or be approved by 
the Coast Guard. The container must meet the requirements in subpart 
160.021 (Sec. 160.021-6) except that the wording on the container must 
be: ``Hand Orange Smoke Distress Signals.''



Sec. 160.037-7  Procedure for approval.

    (a) Signals are approved by the Coast Guard under the procedures in 
subpart 159.005 of this chapter.



    Subpart 160.038--Magazine Chests, Portable, for Merchant Vessels

    Source: CGFR 49-43, 15 FR 122 Jan. 11, 1950, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 160.038-1   Applicable specifications.

    (a) There are no other specifications applicable to this subpart.



Sec. 160.038-2   Type.

    (a) Portable magazine chests shall be of a type suitable for stowage 
of pyrotechnic distress signals, rockets, or powder for line-throwing 
guns, and shall be of a size not less than 6 nor more than 40 cubic feet 
capacity. Alternate types of construction to that specified below will 
be given special consideration.



Sec. 160.038-3   Materials, workmanship, and construction.

    (a) Portable magazine chests shall be constructed of metal and lined 
with wood.
    (b) The lining shall be so fitted and finished as to form a smooth 
surface within the interior of the chest. Fastenings shall be recessed 
below the surface to avoid projections within the interior. Construction 
shall be such as to separate all containers of explosives or 
pyrotechnics from contact with metal surfaces.
    (c) The metal shall be \1/8\ inch thick and free from crimps, 
buckles, and rough edges. All metal surfaces shall be wire brushed and 
all oil, grease, rust, loose scale, and other extraneous matter, removed 
before application of any primer. All surfaces of the metal chest and 
fittings shall be given a heavy coat of quick drying red lead, zinc 
chromate, or other suitable primer before painting. The finish shall 
consist of two coats of paint. The interior shall be lined with wood 
sheathing of a minimum thickness of \3/4\ inch. Securing means shall be 
countersunk below the surface of the sheathing. Securing means for the 
cover and 4 lashing rings shall be provided. The lashing rings shall be 
3'' I.D.  x  \3/8\'' wire permanently attached to the magazine chest. 
Two

[[Page 119]]

runners, not less than 2 inches high shall be permanently attached to 
the bottom of the chest.



Sec. 160.038-4   Inspections and tests.

    (a) Portable magazine chests specified by this subpart are not 
ordinarily subject to regularly s scheduled factory inspections.



Sec. 160.038-5   Marking.

    (a) Portable magazine chests used for the stowage of pyrotechnic 
signals, rockets, and powder for line-throwing guns shall be marked, in 
letters at least 3 inches high, with the following legend: ``Portable 
Magazine Chest, Inflammable--Keep Lights and Fire Away.''



Sec. 160.038-6   Procedure for approval.

    (a) Portable magazine chests are not subject to formal approval, but 
will be accepted by the inspector on the basis of this subpart at annual 
inspections and reinspections of vessels.



                       Subpart 160.039 [Reserved]



Subpart 160.040--Line-Throwing Appliance, Impluse-Projected Rocket Type 
                             (and Equipment)

    Source: CGD 76-048a and 76-048b, 44 FR 73089, Dec. 17, 1979, unless 
otherwise noted.



Sec. 160.040-1  Incorporations by reference.

    (a) The following military specifications are incorporated by 
reference into this subpart:
    (1) MIL-R-23139 B, 16 August 1965--Rocket Motors, Surface Launched, 
Development and Qualification Requirements for.
    (2) MIL-R-45505 A, 2 April 1971--Line Throwing Apparatuses, Rocket 
and Projectile Units.
    (b) The military specifications may be obtained from Customer 
Service, Naval Publications and Forms Center, 5801 Tabor Avenue, 
Philadelphia, PA 19120 (tel: (215) 697-2000). These specifications are 
also on file in the Federal Register library.
    (c) Approval to incorporate by reference the materials listed in 
this section was obtained from the Director of the Federal Register on 
September 24, 1979.



Sec. 160.040-2  Type and size.

    (a) Impulse-projected rocket type line-throwing appliances required 
by this subpart shall be of a type consisting essentially of a pistol or 
launcher, which can be hand held and hand directed, or suitably 
supported and hand directed.
    (b) Impulse-projected rocket type line-throwing appliances shall 
weigh (complete with one rocket, bridle, and leader) not to exceed 16 kg 
(35 lb.) and shall be of a size easily manageable by one person.
    (c) Alternate arrangements which meet the performance requirements 
of this subpart will be given special consideration. Line-throwing 
appliances meeting the requirements of MIL-L-45505 Type I will be 
considered as meeting the requirements of this subpart subject to 
approval of the Commandant.



Sec. 160.040-3  Materials, construction, workmanship, and performance requirements.

    (a) Materials. All materials used in the construction of impulse-
projected rocket type line-throwing appliances and equipment shall be of 
good quality suitable for the purpose intended, and shall conform ot 
this subpart and to the specifications submitted by the manufacturer and 
approved by the Commandant. The choice of materials, when there is no 
specific requirement, shall be such that maximum safety to operating 
personnel will be maintained, and that resistance to corrosion by salt 
water or spray, shock, temperature change, and wear will be obtained. 
The use of dissimilar materials in combination shall be avoided wherever 
possible, but when such contacts are necessary, provision shall be made 
to prevent such deleterious effects as galvanic corrosion, freezing or 
buckling of moving parts, and loosening or tightening of joints due to 
differences in coefficients of thermal expansion.
    (b) Construction. The design and construction shall be such as to 
obtain effective and safe operation aboard vessels at sea.

[[Page 120]]

    (c) Workmanship. Impulse-projected rocket type line-throwing 
appliances shall be of first class workmanship and shall be free from 
imperfections of manufacture affecting their appearance or that may 
affect their serviceability.
    (d) Performance. When the rocket is fired from the appliance in 
accordance with the manufacturer's instructions, it shall be capable of 
passing the tests specified by Sec. 160.040-5(c).



Sec. 160.040-4  Equipment for impulse-projected rocket type line-throwing appliance.

    (a) Four rocket projectiles, each complete with bridle and leader of 
fire-resistant materials. Two of the projectiles shall be of the buoyant 
type.
    (b) Not less than 4 primer-ejector cartridges which fit the chamber 
of the pistol, gun, or launcher.
    (c) Four service lines, each 4 mm (\5/32\ in.) minimum diameter with 
a minimum breaking strenght of at least 2,250 N (500 lb.), and in one 
continual length not less than that specified in the approval of the 
appliance carried, without splice, knot, or other retarding or weaking 
features. The length of each service line will be assigned in the 
approval of the appliance as a round number approximately one-third in 
excess of the average distance the line is carried in the tests required 
by Sec. 160.040-7(c). The line shall be of either natural or synthetic 
fibers suitable for marine usage. The end of the line intended to be 
attached to the projectile shall have securely attached thereto a 
substantial tag bearing a permanent legend indicating its purpose, and 
the other end of the line shall be tagged in the same manner to prevent 
delay in securing proper and immediate action with the equipment. Each 
line shall be coiled, faked, or reeled in its own faking box or reel in 
such manner that when all the line leaves the container, it shall 
automatically become unattached and free from the container. The faking 
box or reel shall be big enough for the line. The reel type container 
shall consist of a reel upon which the line may be readily coiled and a 
canister or container into which the line may be placed that affords a 
fair lead through which the line may pay out. The reel must be so 
designed as to permit easy withdrawal after the line has been coiled. 
Containers of new lines shall bear the name of the manufacturer, date of 
manufacture, and a statement to the effect that in all respects the line 
meets the requirements of this specification.
    (d) [Reserved]
    (e) One cleaning rod with wire brush of non-ferrous metal, prongs 
arranged in a spiral of sufficient rigidity and size to clean the bore.
    (f) One can of oil suitable for cleaning and preserving the 
appliance.
    (g) Twelve flannel wiping patches of sufficient size to cover the 
brush and suitable for wiping the bore clean.
    (h) One set of instructions including a list of the equipment 
furnished with the appliance, information as to the proper maintenance 
of the appliance and equipment, and directions for loading and firing 
the appliance in service use shall be permanently engraved in plastic 
and mounted conspicuously in the case or box required by paragraph (i) 
of this section.
    (i) A suitable case or box, properly compartmented for stowage of 
the appliance and auxiliary equipment, is required for stowage on 
merchant vessels. The service line and auxiliary line need not be stowed 
in the case.



Sec. 160.040-5  Approval and production tests.

    (a) Approval tests. An independent laboratory accepted by the 
Commandant under Sec. 159.010 of this chapter must perform or supervise 
the performance tests in paragraph (c) of this section.
    (b) Production inspections and tests. Production inspections and 
tests must be conducted under the procedures in Sec. 159.007 of this 
chapter. Each appliance or lot of rockets which fails the inspections 
and tests must not be represented as meeting this subpart or as being 
approved by the Coast Guard.
    (1) Inspections and tests by the manufacturer. The manufacturer's 
quality control procedures must include the inspection of appliances 
during production as well as inspection of finished appliances, to 
determine that the appliances are being produced in accordance with the 
approved plans. The performance tests in paragraph (c) of this

[[Page 121]]

section must be performed by the manufacturer.
    (2) Inspections and tests by an independent laboratory. An 
independent laboratory accepted by the Commandant under Sec. 159.010 of 
this chapter must inspect and test appliances and rockets at least once 
each year. The inspection must determine that the appliances and rockets 
are being produced in accordance with the appropriate plans. The tests 
must be in accordance with paragraph (c) of this section.
    (c) Performance tests--(1) Appliances. Each appliance shall be 
tested by firing three rounds. These rounds may be regular rockets or 
buoyant type rockets carrying regular service lines, as provided in 
paragraph (c)(2) of this paragraph or may be dummy projectiles, of the 
same size and weight as the regular rocket projectile, expelled into an 
earthen bank or other resisting medium from a reasonable distance. At 
least one of the rounds shall be fired using a primer-ejector cartridge 
loaded with a charge double the normal charge; the other rounds may be 
fired using regular primer-ejector cartridges. After the firing tests 
have been completed, each appliance shall be fired twice using the 
regular primer-ejector cartridges only, for the purposes of 
demonstrating that the appliance is still in operating condition. The 
entire assembly of the appliance shall then be examined. Results of the 
test firing and the physical examination shall show none of the 
following: Failure to eject cartridge, failure to close breech, trigger 
malfunction, safety lock failure to function, breech catch malfunction, 
broken spring, broken handgrips, cracked barrel or discharge chamber, 
firing pin or plunger broken, distorted or excessively worn or loose 
breech. A single misfire is acceptable if a second cartridge fires on 
repeated test. Misfire of both shall be cause for rejection of the 
appliance. More than one loose screw shall be cause for rejection. If an 
appliance exhibits a single loose screw, it may be retightened.
    (2) Rockets. The rocket shall utilize a solid fuel propellant which 
shall function in accordance with all applicable requirements of MIL-R-
23139. The use of black powder for the rocket motor is not acceptable. 
The ignition of the rocket motor shall occur at such a distance from the 
appliance so as not to spew flame, hot gaseous exhaust, or hot particles 
of propellant in such a manner as to create a hazard to personnel or the 
vessel. The rocket shall have a service line carrier assembly 
permanently attached and made of material, or suitably protected, to 
withstand the heat from the rocket motor's exhaust. From each 200 
rockets manufactured, not less than three must be selected to be tested 
by firing with service line attached. The rockets selected will, over a 
period of time, include representative samples of both the regular and 
buoyant type rockets, except that the approval test must include both 
types. The line shall be carried, under conditions of reasonably still 
atmosphere, a minimum of 230 m (750 ft.), without breaking or fouling 
the line, and the rocket shall alight not more than 15 m (50 ft.) from 
either side of the target line. In no case shall a test rocket be fired 
without a line attached. After a buoyant type rocket is fired, it shall 
demonstrate its ability to float in water for not less than 2 hours. 
Failure to meet any of the test requirements, nose cone cracks, rupture 
in flight, erratic flight, or unusual burning rate, shall be cause for 
rejection of rockets produced until suitable correction has been made. 
If rockets selected from this lot are used for the tests required in 
paragraph (c)(1) of this section this may be accepted as meeting the 
requirements of this paragraph.
    (3) Primer-ejector cartridges. Inasmuch as primer-ejector cartridges 
are used for the tests required by paragraphs (c)(1) and (2) of this 
paragraph, additional tests of primer-ejector cartridges will be made 
only when deemed advisable by the independent laboratory. Misfiring or 
failure of any kind shall be cause for rejection of cartridges produced 
until suitable correction has been made.



Sec. 160.040-6  Marking and labeling.

    (a) The appliance shall be permanently and legibly marked by die-
stamping or raised letters with the model designation of the appliance, 
the manufacturer's serial number for the appliance, the official Coast 
Guard approval number, and the name of the

[[Page 122]]

manufacturer. The rocket-projectiles shall be legibly marked with the 
name of the manufacturer, the model designation, the official Coast 
Guard approval number, and month and year manufactured. Primer-ejector 
cartridges shall be permanently and legibly marked with the name of the 
manufacturer, and the model designation, the official Coast Guard 
approval number, and the month and year manufactured.
    (b) The containers of new service lines shall bear the name of the 
manufacturer, date of manufacture, and a statement to the effect that in 
all respects the line meets the requirements of this subpart for service 
lines. Line faking boxes and reels shall bear the name of the 
manufacturer.

    Note: Compliance with the labeling requirements of this section does 
not relieve the manufacturer of the responsibility of complying with the 
label requirements of 15 U.S.C 1263, the Federal Hazardous Substances 
Act.



Sec. 160.040-7  Procedure for approval.

    (a) Rocket type line-throwing appliances are approved by the Coast 
Guard under the procedures in subpart 159.005 of this chapter.



         Subpart 160.041--Kits, First-Aid, for Merchant Vessels

    Source: CGFR 50-12, 15 FR 3093, May 20, 1950, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec. 160.041-1   Applicable specification and publication.

    (a) Specification. The following specification, of the issue in 
effect on the date first-aid kits are manufactured, forms a part of this 
subpart:
    (1) Federal specification:

    GG-K-391, Kits (Empty), First Aid, Burn Treatment, and Snake Bite; 
and Kit Contents.

    (b) Publication. The following publication, of the issue in effect 
on the date first-aid kits are manufactured, forms a part of this 
subpart:
    (1) National Bureau of Standards Simplified Practice Recommendation:

    No. R178-41, Packaging of First-aid Unit Dressings and Treatments.

    (c) Copies of the specification and publication referred to in this 
section shall be kept on file by the manufacturer, together with the 
approved plans and certificate of approval. They shall be kept for a 
period consisting of the duration of approval and 6 months after 
termination of approval. The Federal specification may be purchased from 
the Business Service Center, General Services Administration, 
Washington, DC 20407. The Naval Bureau of Standards publication may be 
purchased from the Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing 
Office, Washington, DC 20402.

[CGFR 50-12, 15 FR 3093, May 20, 1950, as amended by CGFR 65-16, 30 FR 
10899, Aug. 21, 1965]



Sec. 160.041-2   Type and size.

    (a) Type. First-aid kits covered by this specification shall be of 
the water-tight cabinet carrying type designated as Type II, Grade A, 
class B by Federal Specification GG-K-391. Alternate arrangements of 
materials meeting the performance requirements of this specification 
will be given special consideration.
    (b) Size. First-aid kits shall be of a size (approximately 9'' x 9'' 
x 2\1/2\'' inside) adequate for packing 24 standard single cartons 
(defined by National Bureau of Standards Simplified Practice 
Recommendations for Packaging of First-aid Unit Dressings and 
Treatments), or equivalent combinations of single, double, or triple 
cartons, the arrangement of the cartons to be such as to permit ready 
access to each item contained in the kit.



Sec. 160.041-3   Construction and workmanship.

    (a) Construction. The container shall be of substantial and rugged 
construction, with the body, handle, and all fittings of a corrosion-
resistant material or suitably protected against corrosion. All ferrous 
metal employed shall be protected by hot dip galvanizing, or other 
equally effective means. The thickness of metal in the container shall 
be at least equal to 20 USSG and all seams and joints shall be welded or 
brazed. Either the body or the cover shall contain a gasket of molded 
rubber or other material which will give a

[[Page 123]]

suitable watertight seal, and the mating piece shall be flanged or 
turned to form an effective bearing surface. The cover shall be fastened 
to the body by two positive closed type pull-down snap fasteners on one 
edge, which together with two positive open type pull-down snap 
fasteners at the opposite edge, and one positive open type pull-down 
snap fastener at each of the other two edges, shall effectively hold the 
bearing surfaces together to provide the required watertight closure. 
The container shall be capable of being opened and reclosed watertight.
    (b) Handle. A suitable carrying handle, approximately 3'' x 1\1/
4\'', of 0.125'' diameter steel wire, shall be securely mounted on the 
side or end of the body of the container, and be so arranged that when 
laid flat against the container it will not project beyond either the 
upper or lower edge, and shall provide ample finger clearance for 
carrying.
    (c) Cover fasteners. The cover fasteners shall be of the pull-down, 
draw bolt type or equivalent and of sufficient size and strength for the 
purpose. The fasteners shall be so constructed as not to jar loose by 
vibration, but to permit easy and quick opening with one hand. There may 
be no sharp edges and all parts shall be adequately protected against 
corrosion.



Sec. 160.041-4   Contents.

    (a) Individual cartons. Cartons shall be of the standard commercial 
unit type referred to by Simplified Practice Recommendation R178-41, 
properly labeled to designate the name, size of contents, and method of 
use, and shall contain all information required by Federal and State 
laws. Each package shall be inclosed in a jacket of tough, transparent 
material, properly sealed, which shall meet the watertight requirements 
of Sec. 160.041-5(f). Each carton and the contents therein shall conform 
to the applicable requirements of Federal Specification GG-K-391. 
Medicinal products shall conform to the latest revision of the U.S. 
Pharmacopoeia. Vials for tablets shall not be made of glass.
    (b) Items. The items contained in first-aid kit shall be as listed 
in Table 160.041-4(b).

[[Page 123]]



                                   Table 160.041-4(b)--Items for First-Aid Kit                                  
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                         No. of 
                      Item                           Number per package          Size of package        packages
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bandage compress--4''..........................  1........................  Single...................          5
Bandage compress--2''..........................  4........................  do.......................          2
Waterproof adhesive compress--1''..............  16.......................  do.......................          2
Triangular bandage--40''.......................  1........................  do.......................          3
Eye dressing packet, \1/8\ ounce Opthalmic       3........................  do.......................          1
 ointment, adhesive strips, cotton pads.                                                                        
Bandage, gauze, compressed, 2 inches by 6 yards  2........................  do.......................          1
Tourniquet, forceps, scissors, 12 safety pins..  1, 1, 1, and 12,           Double...................          1
                                                  respectively.                                                 
Wire splint....................................  1........................  Single...................          1
Ammonia inhalants..............................  10.......................  do.......................          1
Iodine applicators (\1/2\ ml swab type)........  10.......................  do.......................          1
Aspirin, phenacetin and caffeine compound, 6\1/  5........................  Double...................          1
 2\ gr tablets, vials of 20.                                                                                    
Sterile petrolatum gauze, 3'' x 18''...........  4........................  Single...................          3
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 123]]


               Directions for the Use of the First-Aid Kit              
                                                                        
             Item title                             Remarks             
                                                                        
Ammonia inhalants...................  Break one and inhale for          
                                       faintness, fainting, or collapse.
Aspirin, phenacetin, caffeine         Chew up and swallow 2 tablets     
 tablets.                              every three hours for headache,  
                                       colds, minor aches, pains, and   
                                       fever. Maximum of 8 in twenty-   
                                       four hours.                      
Bandage compress, 4'' and 2''.......  Apply as a dressing over wound.   
                                       DON'T touch part that comes in   
                                       contact with wound.              
Bandage, gauze, compressed, 2''.....  For securing splints, dressings,  
                                       etc.                             

[[Page 124]]

                                                                        
Bandage, triangular, compressed.....  Use as arm sling, tourniquet, or  
                                       for retaining splints or         
                                       dressings in place.              
Burn dressing.......................  The petrolatum gauze bandage is   
                                       applied in at least two layers   
                                       over the burned surface and an   
                                       area extending 2'' beyond it. The
                                       first dressing should be allowed 
                                       to remain in place, changing only
                                       the outer, dry bandage as needed,
                                       for at least 10 days unless signs
                                       of infection develop after       
                                       several days, in which case the  
                                       dressing should be removed and   
                                       the burn treated as an infected  
                                       wound. Watch for blueness or     
                                       coldness of the skin beyond the  
                                       dressing and loosen the dressing 
                                       if they appear.                  
Compress, adhesive, 1''.............  Apply as dressing over small      
                                       wounds. DON'T touch part that    
                                       comes in contact with wound.     
Eye patch...........................  Apply as dressing over inflamed or
                                       injured eye.                     
Forceps.............................  Use to remove splinters or foreign
                                       bodies. Don't dig.               
Ophthalmic ointment.................  Apply in space formed by pulling  
                                       lower eyelid down, once daily for
                                       inflamed or injured eyes. Don't  
                                       touch eyeball with tube.         
Splint, wire........................  Pad with gauze and mold to member 
                                       to immobilize broken bones. Hold 
                                       in place with bandage. Do not    
                                       attempt to set the bone.         
Tincture of iodine, mild............  Remove protective sleeve, crush   
                                       tube and apply swab end. DON'T   
                                       use in or around eyes.           
Tourniquet..........................  For control of hemorrhage. Loosen 
                                       for a few seconds every 15       
                                       minutes.                         
                                                                        



Sec. 160.041-5   Inspections and tests.

    (a) General. First-aid kits specified by this subpart are not 
inspected at regularly scheduled factory inspections of production lots, 
but the Commander of the Coast Guard District in which the kits are 
manufactured may detail an inspector at any time to visit any place 
where approved kits are manufactured to check materials and construction 
methods and to conduct such examinations and tests as may be required to 
satisfy himself that the first-aid kits are being manufactured in 
accordance with the requirements of this subpart and in accordance with 
the manufacturer's plans and specifications approved by the Commandant.
    (b) Accelerated weathering. The container without contents shall be 
exposed to ultra violet light and subjected to a spray of water for 
about 30 seconds every 20 minutes for 100 hours at 120 deg. F. As an 
alternate to this test the container may be exposed to an ultra violet 
light for 100 hours at 130 deg. F. without the water spray. There shall 
be no evidence of warping or deterioration as a result of this test.
    (c) Salt spray. The container shall be exposed to a spray of 20% by 
weight of reagent grade sodium chloride at about 95 deg. F. for 100 
hours. There shall be no evidence of corrosion or disintegration of the 
material as a result of this test.
    (d) Temperature change. The container shall be exposed to a 
temperature of 150 deg. F. for one hour and then to a temperature of 
30 deg. F. below zero for one hour. There shall be no warping or 
deterioration of the gasket material as a result of this test.
    (e) Container watertightness. After the completion of all other 
container tests, a closed empty container, lined with colored blotting 
paper, with the cover in a horizontal position and uppermost shall be 
submerged under a head of one foot of water for a period of two hours. 
At the end of this period the container shall be removed, opened, and 
examined for the presence of moisture. No seepage shall be allowed.
    (f) Carton watertightness. Four cartons from each container tested 
shall be submerged under a head of one foot of water for a period of two 
hours. Upon opening the sealed wrappers there shall be no evidence of 
leakage of water.



Sec. 160.041-6   Marking.

    (a) Each approved first-aid kit shall be permanently marked with the 
following information: name of manufacturer, trade name symbol, model 
number, or other identification used by the manufacturer, the Coast 
Guard Approval Number, and the words ``FIRST-AID KIT.'' This information 
may be embossed on the container or may be applied by silk screen 
process, using a suitable paint and protected as necessary to withstand 
the required tests,

[[Page 125]]

or by other means shown to be acceptable.



Sec. 160.041-7   Procedure for approval.

    (a) General. First-aid kits for use in conjunction with lifesaving 
equipment on board merchant vessels are approved only by the Commandant, 
United States Coast Guard, Washington, DC, 20226. Correspondence 
pertaining to the subject matter of this specification shall be 
addressed to the Commander of the Coast Guard District in which the kits 
are manufactured.
    (b) Manufacturer's plans. In order to obtain approval, submit 
detailed plans showing fully the construction, material specification, 
arrangement, and list of contents to the Commander of the Coast Guard 
District in which the factory is located. Each drawing shall have an 
identifying number, and date, and shall indicate the manufacturer's 
symbol, trade name, or other identification for the first-aid kit. At 
the time of selection of the pre-approval sample, the manufacturer shall 
furnish the inspector 4 copies of all plans and specifications, 
corrected as may be required, for forwarding to the Commandant.
    (c) Pre-approval sample. After the first drawings have been examined 
and found to appear satisfactory, a marine inspector will be detailed to 
the factory to observe the manufacturing facilities and methods and to 
obtain two samples, complete with contents, which will be forwarded, 
prepaid by the manufacturer, to the Commandant for the necessary 
conditioning and tests in accordance with Sec. 160.041-5 to determine 
the suitability of the first-aid kit for use in conjunction with 
lifesaving equipment on board merchant vessels. The cost of the tests 
shall be borne by the manufacturer.

[CGFR 50-12, 15 FR 3093, May 20, 1950, as amended by CGFR 65-16, 30 FR 
10899, Aug. 21, 1965]



         Subpart 160.042--Skids, Liferaft, for Merchant Vessels

    Source: CGFR 50-12, 15 FR 3095, May 20, 1950, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec. 160.042-1   Applicable specification.

    (a) The following specification, of the issue in effect on the date 
life raft skids are manufactured, forms a part of this subpart:
    (1) Coast Guard specification:

    160.018, Life Rafts.



Sec. 160.042-2   General requirements.

    (a) The requirements of this subpart provide for a standard life 
raft skid for use on ocean and coastwise vessels in conjunction with the 
stowage of Type A rafts which may be used on such vessels.
    (b) Life raft skids shall be constructed and arranged so as to 
properly support a Type A life raft in the stowed position and permit 
the launching of the life raft directly into the water without the 
application of any force other than that necessary to release the 
gripping arrangement and operate the release mechanism.
    (c) Arrangements other than those specified by this subpart will be 
given special consideration.



Sec. 160.042-3   Construction.

    (a) The trackways of the skids shall be constructed of 6'' x 3\1/
2\'' x \1/2\'' structural angles, or of material of approved shape and 
equivalent strength, inclined approximately 60 degrees from the 
horizontal. The trackways shall be spaced 8'-4'' from the inside of the 
3\1/2\'' vertical leg of one trackway angle to the inside of the 3\1/
2\'' vertical leg of the other trackway angle. The inside of the 6'' leg 
of the trackway angles shall form the skid surface for the life raft. 
The trackways shall be supported by a substantial structure suitable for 
stowing a Type A life raft at a 60-degree angle without having the raft 
project over the side of the vessel.
    (b) The lower end of the life raft shall be supported by a base 
plate so arranged as to permit launching of the raft by a quick release 
assembly.
    (c) All bearing surfaces of the quick release mechanism shall be 
constructed of non-corrosive metal. Alemite fittings shall be provided 
to insure positive lubrication of all bearing surfaces.

[[Page 126]]



Sec. 160.042-4   Inspection.

    (a) Life raft skids covered by this subpart are not subject to 
inspection at the place of manufacture, but are inspected on the basis 
of this specification during the annual or other inspection of the 
vessel upon which they are placed.



Sec. 160.042-5   Procedure for approval.

    (a) Life raft skids are not subject to formal approval by the 
Commandant, but for each merchant vessel on which Type A life rafts are 
to be installed, plans showing the construction and arrangement of the 
life raft stowage and launching device on the vessel are required to be 
submitted for approval to the Commandant through the Commander of the 
Coast Guard District prior to the actual installation. Life raft skids 
should comply with the requirements of this specification in order to be 
acceptable for use in such installations.
    (b) Correspondence pertaining to the subject matter of this 
specification should be addressed to the Commander of the Coast Guard 
District in which the skids are to be installed.



    Subpart 160.043--Jackknife (With Can Opener) for Merchant Vessels

    Source: CGFR 50-12, 15 FR 3095, May 20, 1950, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec. 160.043-1   Applicable specification and plan.

    (a) Specification. The following specification, of the issue in 
effect on the date jackknives are manufactured, forms a part of this 
subpart:
    (1) Federal specification:

    QQ-M-151, Metals; General Specification for Inspection of.

    (b) Plan. The following plan, of the issue in effect on the date 
jackknives are manufactured, forms a part of this subpart:
    (1) Coast Guard:

    Dwg. No. 160.043-1(b), Jackknife (With Can Opener).

    (c) Copies on file. A copy of the above specification and reference 
plan shall be kept on file by the manufacturer, together with the 
approved plans and certificate of approval.



Sec. 160.043-2   Type.

    (a) The jackknife specified by this subpart shall be of a type as 
illustrated by Drawing No. 160.043-1(b), which consists of a one-bladed 
knife fitted with a can opener and a shackle to which a lanyard is 
attached, all made from materials as specified in this subpart. 
Alternate arrangements will be given special consideration.



Sec. 160.043-3   Materials.

    (a) Blade, can opener, and springs. The blade shall be made of AISI 
Type 440B stainless steel, heat treated to show a Rockwell hardness of 
C55 to C59. The can opener shall be made of AISI Type 420 stainless 
steel, heat treated to show a Rockwell hardness of C50 to C54. The 
springs shall be made of AISI Type 420 stainless steel, heat treated to 
show a Rockwell hardness of C44 to C48.
    (b) Linings and center. The linings and center shall be hard brass.
    (c) Bolsters and shackle. The bolsters and shackle shall be 18 
percent nickel-silver.
    (d) Handles. The handles shall be good quality, thermosetting, high 
impact plastic.
    (e) Rivets and pins. The rivets and pins shall be either hard brass 
or 18 percent nickel-silver as specified in this subpart.
    (f) Lanyard. The lanyard shall be cotton rope, \1/8\ inch nominal 
diameter.



Sec. 160.043-4   Construction and workmanship.

    (a) Blade. The blade shall be not less than 0.095 inch thick at the 
tang. Shall have a triangular section and sheeps foot point. It shall 
have a cutting edge approximately 3\1/8\ inches in length and shall be 
approximately \13/16\ inch in height at the point. The blade shall be 
uniformly ground and finished on both sides and sharpened to a uniform 
and keen edge, and it shall have a common nail nick on one side. Before 
assembling, the sides of the tang shall be uniformly polished.
    (b) Can opener. The can opener shall be not less than 0.072 inch 
thick at the

[[Page 127]]

tang, and 1\11/16\ to 1\15/16\ inches long overall. It shall be so 
designed that the cutting action turns the ragged edge down into the 
can, and shall be mounted at the same end of the knife as the blade and 
in such a manner that both rectangular and circular cans may be opened 
with a minimum of effort when the knife is held in the right hand and 
operated in a clockwise direction around the can. The cutting edge shall 
be suitably formed to obtain a smooth cutting action. It shall have a 
common nail nick on one side, and the extreme distal end shall be 
pointed. It shall be polished on both sides, and before assembling, the 
side of the tang shall be polished.
    (c) Springs. Each spring shall be of a thickness corresponding to 
the blade it operates, and the back edge and that section of the front 
edge coming in contact with the end of the tang of the blade shall be 
polished.
    (d) Linings and center. Linings and center shall be not less than 
0.022 inch in thickness and shall be polished before assembly.
    (e) Bolsters. The bolsters shall be approximately \9/16\ inch long 
by 0.100 inch thick measured at the center line.
    (f) Shackle. The shackle shall be of conventional design, not less 
than 0.120 inch in diameter, and shall extend not less than \3/4\ inch 
from the end of the knife. The shackle shall be attached to the knife by 
a solid nickel-silver pin not less than 0.080 inch in diameter which 
shall pass through the shackle and be securely fastened.
    (g) Handles. The handles shall be approximately 3\3/4\ inches long. 
They shall be well fitted at the bolsters and fastened to the linings by 
two solid rivets countersunk on the inside of the linings and smoothly 
rounded on the outside.
    (h) Rivets and pins. Pins holding the handles to the linings shall 
be of hard brass, not less than 0.048 inch in diameter. Middle and end 
pins shall be of hard brass not less than 0.095 inch in diameter. The 
bolster rivet shall be 18 percent nickel-silver not less than 0.095 inch 
in diameter. All rivets and pins shall have carefully spun heads.
    (i) Lanyard. A lanyard 6 feet in length shall be secured to the 
shackle.
    (j) Polishing and oiling. After assembly all outside surfaces shall 
be buffed, and the metal parts polished uniformly. The working parts 
shall be cleaned and oiled with a good grade of joint oil.
    (k) Workmanship. Workmanship shall be first class in all respects, 
and jackknives shall be free from defects which may affect their 
serviceability.



Sec. 160.043-5   Inspections and tests.

    (a) General. Jackknives are not ordinarily subjected to regularly 
scheduled factory inspections, but the Commander of the Coast Guard 
District in which they are manufactured may detail an inspector at any 
time to places where jackknives are manufactured to check materials and 
construction methods, and to conduct such tests as may be required to 
satisfy himself that jackknives are being manufactured in compliance 
with the requirements of this specification and the manufacturer's plans 
and specifications as approved by the Commandant. The manufacturer shall 
admit the inspector to his plant and shall provide a suitable place and 
the necessary apparatus for use of the inspector in conducting tests at 
the place of manufacture.
    (b) Hardness test. Hardness of the blade, can opener, and spring 
metal shall be determined in accordance with the Rockwell method as 
described in Federal Specification QQ-M-151. Hardness impressions shall 
be made at locations representing the cutting edges and surfaces subject 
to wear, and they shall fall within the ranges set forth in 
Sec. 160.043-3(a).
    (c) Bending and drop tests. With all of the blade of the knife 
except the tang clamped in vertical jaws so that the handle is in a 
horizontal position, a downward load of 15 pounds shall be suspended 
from the lanyard and allowed to hang for a period of 5 minutes. The 
knife shall then be turned over, and the test repeated with the can 
opener in the jaws. The knife shall then be dropped on its side from a 
height of 8 feet onto a concrete floor. Both the blade and the can 
opener shall open and close properly, and the knife shall show no other 
evidence of failure at the conclusion of these tests.

[[Page 128]]

    (d) Cutting test. The knife shall be used to cut various nonmetallic 
objects, including at least 10 shavings from a strip of oak or other 
hardwood, and to open various rectangular and circular cans, and shall 
show no noticeable loss in cutting ability.



Sec. 160.043-6   Marking and packing.

    (a) General. Jackknives specified by this subpart shall be stamped 
or otherwise permanently and legibly marked on the tang of the blade 
with the manufacturer's name or with a trade mark of such known 
character that the source of manufacture may be readily determined, and 
with the manufacturer's type or size designation.
    (b) Instructions for can opener. With each jackknife the 
manufacturer shall supply instructions, complete with an illustration, 
indicating the proper method for using the can opener.
    (c) Packing. Each jackknife, complete with lanyard attached, shall 
be packed in a heat-sealed bag of waterproof vinyl resin or polyethylene 
film not less than 0.004 inch in thickness. The bag shall be marked in a 
clear and legible manner with the Coast Guard approval number, the name 
and address of the manufacturer, and in letters not less than \1/4\ inch 
in height with the words. ``JACKKNIFE (WITH CAN OPENER)''. The 
instructions for use of the can opener as required by paragraph (b) of 
this section may also be printed on the bag.



Sec. 160.043-7   Procedure for approval.

    (a) General. Jackknives for use on merchant vessels are approved 
only by the Commandant, United States Coast Guard. Correspondence 
relating to the subject matter of this specification shall be addressed 
to the Commander of the Coast Guard District in which the factory is 
located.
    (b) Pre-approval samples and plans. Manufacturers who desire to 
manufacture approved jackknives shall submit to the Commander of the 
Coast Guard District in which the factory is located 4 sample 
jackknives, together with 4 copies of fully-dimensioned descriptive 
drawings, including an assembly drawing, drawings for each of the 
component parts, and a bill of materials for the knife.
    (c) Pre-approval tests. The Commander of the Coast Guard District 
will forward the sample knives and drawings to the Commandant for 
examination and tests in accordance with Sec. 160.043-5(b) through (d) 
to determine compliance with this subpart and suitability of the 
jackknife for type or brand approval for use on merchant vessels.



      Subpart 160.044--Pumps, Bilge, Lifeboat, for Merchant Vessels

    Source: CGFR 50-30, 16 FR 1085, Feb. 6, 1951, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec. 160.044-1   Applicable specifications.

    (a) There are no other specifications applicable to this subpart.



Sec. 160.044-2   Types and sizes.

    (a) Type. Bilge pumps covered by this subpart shall be manually 
operated, either oscillating, wing type, or full rotary type, with 
mountings so arranged as to permit attachment to a thwart or other part 
of the lifeboat structure without interference with the seating 
arrangement. Alternate types, arrangements or materials, which meet the 
performance requirements of this subpart will be given special 
consideration.
    (b) Sizes. Bilge pumps covered by this subpart shall be of three 
sizes, having capacities as follows:
    (1) Size No. 1. 5 gallons per minute at 65 double strokes,1 for 
lifeboats up to 330 cubic feet capacity.2
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    1 A double stroke is a complete cycle from one extreme to the other 
and back again to the original starting point, or, for rotary type, one 
complete revolution.
    2 The capacity of a lifeboat for determining the size of the 
bilge pump shall be 0.6 times the product of the length, breadth, and 
depth of the lifeboat, in feet.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (2) Size No. 2. 6 gallons per minute at 50 double strokes, for 
lifeboats from 330 cubic feet up to 700 cubic feet capacity.
    (3) Size No. 3. 15 gallons per minute at 50 double strokes, for 
lifeboats of 700 cubic feet or more capacity.



Sec. 160.044-3   General requirements.

    (a) Bilge pumps shall be of rugged construction, of first class 
workmanship in every respect, and free from any defects affecting 
serviceability. Where

[[Page 129]]

a choice of materials is permitted, the materials used shall be of good 
quality and suitable for the purpose intended, and shall be corrosion-
resistant or protected against corrosion by acceptable means, except 
that parts subject to wear shall not depend upon coatings for corrosion 
resistance.
    (b) Bilge pumps covered by this subpart shall be capable of 
operating against a head pressure of 20 pounds per square inch when 
tested in accordance with Sec. 160.044-4(c).
    (c) The bilge pump body shall be of bronze and shall be provided 
with a cover plate or plates, attached by means of wing nuts at least 
1\1/4\ inches long, on not more than 6 studs, or by means of a suitable 
bayonet type joint, so as to be readily removable for inspection or 
cleaning.
    (d) The operating lever shall have a steel or bronze core through 
its entire length, but for comfort may have a gripping surface of wood 
or other suitable material. The lever shall be removable and shall be 
attached to the pump shaft which is to be square ended, by means of a 
set screw with 1\1/4\-inch wings, and further shall be connected to the 
pump body or shaft end by a retaining chain to prevent loss.
    (e) The suction line shall be fitted with an intake check valve and 
a suitable strainer. The strainer shall be removable for cleaning 
without the use of tools. The suction line shall contain no hose or 
fittings subject to collapsing when the pump is in service.
    (f) Suction and discharge outlets shall be not less than 1 inch 
inside diameter for pump sizes Nos. 1 and 2, and not less than 1\1/4\ 
inches inside diameter for pump size No. 3. Discharge outlets shall be 
provided with a tee of cast bronze or other corrosion-resistant 
material, with a removable plug at the top for priming, the plug to have 
a wing arrangement for removal by hand, and be secured to the tee by a 
retaining chain. The bottom of the tee shall have pipe threads to fit 
the discharge outlet of the pump, and the discharge portion of the tee 
shall be a plain clamp type male hose connection, with inside diameter 
not less than that of the pump discharge opening.



Sec. 160.044-4   Inspection and tests.

    (a) General. Bilge pumps specified by this subpart are not inspected 
at regularly scheduled factory inspections, but the Commander of the 
Coast Guard District in which approved pumps are manufactured may detail 
an inspector at any time to check the facilities, materials and methods, 
and to conduct such tests as are necessary to satisfy himself that the 
pumps are being manufactured in compliance with this subpart, and in 
accordance with the manufacturers' plans and specifications as approved 
by the Commandant. The manufacturer shall provide a suitable place and 
the apparatus necessary for the use of the inspector in conducting 
tests.
    (b) Capacity. The pump being tested shall be set up over a source of 
water for operation with all the required fittings and connections, the 
set-up to simulate an installation in a lifeboat. The pump shall be 
operated at the standard speed specified for its size, and the flow of 
water measured. The amount of water discharged shall not be less than 
that required by Sec. 160.044-2(b).
    (c) Head pressure. After the successful completion of the test 
outlined in paragraph (b) of this section, a pressure gage capable of 
registering 20 pounds per square inch, and a variable restriction, such 
as a nozzle, valve, etc., shall be fitted in the discharge line. The 
pump shall be put in operation with the discharge line open, and then 
the restriction shall be gradually closed until the pressure builds up 
to at least 20 pounds per square inch. This pressure shall be maintained 
for at least 15 seconds, after which the pump shall be disassembled and 
inspected. No destruction or deformation of parts sufficient to affect 
the serviceability of the pump shall be permitted as a result of this 
test.
    (d) Operating lever. With the pump firmly secured in such a position 
that both the shaft and operating lever are in a horizontal position, 
apply a downward load of 200 pounds for a period of 5 minutes at the 
free end of the operating lever and perpendicular to its axis and the 
axis of the shaft. There shall be no slippage of the lever around the 
shaft, nor any evidence of permanent

[[Page 130]]

set or undue stress in any part of the pump. In cases where the design 
of the pump is such that this test may not be applicable to the complete 
pump, the pump shall be disassembled and the 200-pound load applied to 
the shaft and operating lever while the free end of the shaft is held in 
a vise or check so that both the shaft and the operating lever are in a 
horizontal position.



Sec. 160.044-5   Marking.

    (a) Each pump shall be permanently and legibly marked, in letters 
not less than \1/4\ inch high, either cast or stamped on the body, with 
the name of the manufacturer, the size for which approved (USCG No. 1, 2 
or 3), and the Coast Guard approval number. The tee required by 
Sec. 160.044-3(f) shall be permanently and legibly marked with the word 
``PRIME HERE''.



Sec. 160.044-6   Procedure for approval.

    (a) General. Bilge pumps for lifeboats on board merchant vessels are 
approved only by the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard. Correspondence 
relating to the subject matter of this specification shall be addressed 
to the Commander of the Coast Guard District in which the pumps are 
manufactured.
    (b) Manufacturer's plans. In order to obtain approval, submit 
detailed plans and specifications, including a complete bill of 
material, assembly drawing, and parts drawings descriptive of the 
arrangement and construction of the pump and fittings, to the Commander 
of the Coast Guard District in which the factory is located. Each 
drawing shall have an identifying number, date, and an identification of 
the item; and the general arrangement or assembly drawing shall include 
a list of all drawings applicable, together with drawing numbers and 
alteration numbers. At the time of selection of the pre-approval sample, 
the manufacturer shall furnish the inspector four copies of all plans 
and specifications, corrected as may have been required, for forwarding 
to the Commandant. A copy of the approved plans and the certificate of 
approval shall be kept on file by the manufacturer.
    (c) Pre-approval sample. After the first drawings and specifications 
have been examined and found to appear satisfactory, a marine inspector 
will be detailed to the factory to observe the production facilities and 
manufacturing methods and to obtain a pre-approval sample, which will be 
forwarded, prepaid by the manufacturer, to the Commandant for the 
necessary inspections and tests to determine compliance with this 
subpart for qualification for type or brand approval for use in life 
boats on board merchant vessels.

[CGFR 50-30, 16 FR 1085, Feb. 6, 1951, as amended by CGFR 65-16, 30 FR 
10899, Aug. 21, 1965; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34535, Sept. 7, 1988]



  Subpart 160.047--Specification for a Buoyant Vest, Kapok or Fibrous 
                         Glass, Adult and Child



Sec. 160.047-1   Incorporation by reference.

    (a) Specifications and Standards. This subpart makes reference to 
the following documents:
    (1) Federal Specification:

L-P-375C--Plastic Film, Flexible, Vinyl Chloride.

    (2) Military specifications:

MIL-W-530--Webbing, Textile, Cotton, General Purpose, Natural or in 
Colors.
MIL-B-2766--Batt, Fibrous Glass, Lifesaving Equipment.

    (3) Federal Standards:

No. 191--Textile Test Methods.
751A--Stitches, Seams, and Stitchings.

    (4) Coast Guard specification:

164.003--Kapok, Processed.

    (b) Plans. The following plans, of the issue in effect on the date 
buoyant vests are manufactured, form a part of this subpart:

    Dwg. No. 160.047-1:
Sheet 1, Rev. 2--Cutting Pattern and General Arrangement, Models AK-1, 
and AF-1.
Sheet 2, Rev. 2--Cutting Pattern and General Arrangement, Models CKM-1 
and CFM-1.
Sheet 3, Rev. 2--Cutting Pattern and General Arrangement, Models CKS-1 
and CFS-1.
Sheet 4, Rev. 1--Pad Patterns.

    (c) Copies on file. The manufacturer shall keep a copy of each 
specification and plan required by this section on file together with 
the certificate of approval. Plans and specifications may be obtained as 
follows:

[[Page 131]]

    (1) The Coast Guard plans and specifications may be obtained from 
the Commandant (G-MSE), U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC 20593-0001 or a 
recognized laboratory listed in Sec. 160.047-6b.
    (2) The Federal Specifications and Standard may be purchased from 
the Business Service Center, General Services Administration, 
Washington, DC 20407;
    (3) The military specifications may be obtained from the Commanding 
Officer, Naval Supply Depot, 5801 Tabor Avenue, Philadelphia, PA 19120.

[CGD 65-37, 30 FR 11581, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGD 72-90R, 37 FR 
10836, May 31, 1972; CGD 78-012, 43 FR 27153, 27154, June 22, 1978; CGD 
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34535, Sept. 7, 
1988; CGD 95-072, 60 FR 50467, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50733, 
Sept. 27, 1996]



Sec. 160.047-2   Model.

    Each buoyant vest specified in this subpart is a:
    (a) Model AK-1, adult, kapok (for persons weighing more than 90 
pounds);
    (b) Model AF-1, adult, fibrous glass (for persons weighing more than 
90 pounds);
    (c) Model CKM-1, child medium, kapok (for children weighing from 50 
to 90 pounds);
    (d) Model CFM-1, child medium, fibrous glass (for children weighing 
from 50 to 90 pounds);
    (e) Model CKS-1, child small, kapok (for children weighing less than 
50 pounds); or
    (f) Model CFS-1, child small, fibrous glass (for children weighing 
less than 50 pounds).

[CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8119, Mar. 23, 1973]



Sec. 160.047-3   Materials.

    (a) General. All components used in the construction of buoyant 
vests must meet the applicable requirements of subpart 164.019 of this 
chapter. The requirements for materials specified in this section are 
minimum requirements, and consideration will be given to the use of 
alternate materials in lieu of those specified. Detailed technical data 
and samples of all proposed alternate materials must be submitted for 
approval before those materials are incorporated in the finished 
product.
    (b) Kapok. The kapok shall be all new material complying with 
Subpart 164.003 of this subchapter and shall be properly processed.
    (c) Fibrous glass. The fibrous glass shall comply with the 
requirements of specification MIL-B-2766.
    (d) Envelope. The buoyant vest envelope, or cover, shall be made 
from 39'', 2.85 cotton jeans cloth, with a thread count of approximately 
96 x 64. The finished goods shall weigh not less than 4.2 ounces per 
square yard, shall have a thread count of not less than 94 x 60, and 
shall have a breaking strength of not less than 85 pounds in the warp 
and 50 pounds in the filling. Other cotton fabrics having a weight and 
breaking strength not less than the above will be acceptable. There are 
no restrictions as to color, but the fastness of the color to 
laundering, water, crocking and light shall be rated ``good'' when 
tested in accordance with Federal Test Method Standard No. 191, Methods 
5610, 5630, 5650, and 5660.
    (e) Pad covering. The covering for the buoyant pad inserts shall be 
flexible vinyl film not less than 0.006'' in thickness meeting the 
requirements of Federal Specification L-P-375 for Type I or II, class 1, 
film.
    (f) Tie tapes and body strap loops. The tie tapes and body strap 
loops for an adult or child size buoyant vest specified by this subpart 
must be \3/4\-inch cotton webbing meeting the requirements in military 
specification MIL-T-43566 (Class I) for Type I webbing.
    (f-1) Body straps. The complete body strap assembly, including 
hardware, must have a breaking strength of 150 pounds for an adult size 
and 115 pounds for a child size. The specifications for the webbing are 
as follows:
    (1) For an adult size vest, the webbing must be 1 inch.
    (2) For a child size vest, the webbing must be three-fourth inch and 
meet the requirements of military specification MIL-W-530 for Type IIa 
webbing.
    (f-2) Reinforcing tape. The reinforcing tape around the neck of a 
buoyant vest specified by this subpart must be \3/4\-inch cotton tape 
weighing 0.18 ounce or more per linear yard and having a minimum 
breaking strength of 120 pounds.
    (g) [Reserved]

[[Page 132]]

    (h) Thread. Each thread must meet the requirements of subpart 
164.023 of this chapter. Only one kind of thread may be used in each 
seam.

[CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11581, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGD 72-90R, 37 
FR 10836, May 31, 1972; CGD 73-130R 39 FR 20684, June 13, 1974; CGD 78-
012; 43 FR 27154, June 22, 1978; CGD 82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983; 
CGD 84-068, 58 FR 29493, May 20, 1993]



Sec. 160.047-3a   Materials--Dee ring and snap hook assemblies and other instruments of closure for buoyant vests.

    (a) Specifications. Dee ring and snap lock assemblies and other 
instruments of closure for buoyant vests may have decorative platings in 
any thickness and must meet the following specifications:
    (1) The device must be constructed of inherently corrosion resistant 
materials. As used in this section the term ``inherently corrosion 
resistant materials'' includes, but is not limited to, brass, bronze, 
and stainless steel.
    (2) The size of the opening of the device must be consistent with 
the webbing which will pass through the opening.
    (b) Testing requirements. Dee ring and snap hook assemblies and 
other instruments of closure for buoyant vests must--
    (1) Be tested for weathering. The Coast Guard will determine which 
one or more of the following tests will be used:
    (i) Application of a 20 percent sodium-chloride solution spray at a 
temperature of 95 deg. F (35 deg. C) for a period of 240 hours in 
accordance with the procedures contained in method 811 of the Federal 
Test Method Standard No. 151.
    (ii) Exposure to a carbon-arc weather-ometer for a period of 100 
hours.
    (iii) Submergence for a period of 100 hours in each of the 
following:
    (a) Leaded gasoline.
    (b) Gum turpentine.
    (iv) Exposure to a temperature of 0 deg.plus-minus5 deg. F (--
17.6plus-minus2.775 deg. C) for 24 hours; and
    (2) Within 5 minutes of completion of the weathering test required 
by paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the assembly must be attached to a 
support and bear 150 pounds for an adult size and 115 pounds for a child 
size for 10 minutes at the ambient temperatures without breaking or 
distorting.

[CGD 73-130R, 39 FR 20684, June 13, 1974]



Sec. 160.047-4   Construction.

    (a) General. This specification covers buoyant vests which 
essentially consist of a vest-cut envelope containing compartments in 
which are enclosed pads of buoyant material arranged and distributed so 
as to provide the proper flotation characteristics and buoyancy required 
to hold the wearer in an upright backward position with head and face 
out of water. The buoyant vests are also fitted with tapes, webbing, and 
hardware to provide for proper adjustment and close and comfortable fit 
to the bodies of various size wearers.
    (b) Envelope. The envelope or cover shall be cut to the pattern 
shown on Dwg. No. 160.047-1, Sheet 1, for adult size, and Sheets 2 and 3 
for child sizes, and sewed with seams and stitching as shown on the 
drawing. Three compartments shall be formed to hold the buoyant pad 
inserts, two front compartments and one back compartment, and 
reinforcing strips of the same material as the cover shall be stitched 
to the inside of the front compartments in way of the strap attachments 
as shown by the drawings. As alternate construction, the front and/or 
back cover panels may be made in two pieces, provided that the two 
pieces are joined by a double stitched seam from the top center of the 
neck hole to the top of the vest as shown in Section J-J of the 
drawings.
    (c) Pad inserts--(1) Forming and sealing. The buoyant pad inserts 
shall each be formed from two pieces of film cut to the patterns shown 
by Dwg. No. 160.047-1, Sheet 4, which shall be heat-sealed tight. The 
heat-sealed pad seams shall show an adhesion of not less than 8 pounds 
when 1 inch strips cut across and perpendicular to the seams are pulled 
apart at a rate of separation of the clamping jaws of the test machine 
of 12 inches per minute.
    (2) Kapok-filled pads for Models AK-1, CKM-1, and CKS-1. The buoyant 
pad inserts for Models AK-1, CKM-1, and CKS-1 buoyant vests shall be 
filled with kapok distributed as provided in Table 160.047-4(c)(2).

[[Page 133]]



                       Table 160.047-4(c)(2)--Distribution of Kapok in Buoyant Pad Inserts                      
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    Model AK-1      Model CKM-1     Model CKS-1 
                                                                     (minimum)       (minimum)       (minimum)  
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Ounces          Ounces          Ounces
Front pad (2) (each)............................................            5.75            3.75            2.50
Back pad........................................................            4.00            2.50            2.00
                                                                 -----------------------------------------------
      Total.....................................................           15.50           10.00            7.00
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (3) Fibrous glass-filled pads for Models AF-1, CFM-1, and CFS-1. The 
buoyant pad inserts for Models AF-1, CFM-1, and CFS-1 buoyant vests 
shall be filled with fibrous glass distributed as provided in Table 
160.047-4(c)(3).

                   Table 160.047-4(c)(3)--Distribution of Fibrous Glass in Buoyant Pad Inserts                  
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    Model AF-1      Model CFM-1     Model CFS-1 
                                                                     (minimum)       (minimum)       (minimum)  
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          Ounces          Ounces          Ounces
Front pad (2) (each)............................................           10.25            6.75            4.50
Back............................................................            7.25            4.50            3.50
                                                                 -----------------------------------------------
      Total.....................................................           27.75           18.00           12.50
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (4) Displacement of buoyant pad inserts. The volume of the finished 
individual heat-sealed buoyant pad inserts shall be such as to provide 
buoyancy as set forth in Table 160.047-4(c)(4) when tested in accordance 
with the method set forth in Sec. 160.047-5(e)(1), except that the pad 
covers shall not be slit open and the period of submergence shall be 
only long enough to determine the displacement of the pads.

                                                Table 160.047-4(c)(4)--Volume Displacement of Sealed Pads                                               
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                               Models AK-1 and AF-1                  Models CKM-1 and CFM-1                Models CKS-1 and CFS-1       
                                     -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       Each                                   Each                                  Each                
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Front pads..........................  6\1/4\ poundsplus-minus\1/4\ pound...  4\1/4\ poundsplus-minus\1/4\ pound...  2\3/4\ poundsplus-minus\1/4\ pound  
Back pads...........................  4\1/4\ poundsplus-minus\1/4\ pound...  3\1/4\ poundsplus-minus\1/4\ pound...  2\1/2\ poundsplus-minus\1/4\ pound  
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (d) Tie tapes. The tie tapes at the neck shall finish not less than 
12 inches in length for both adult and child size buoyant vests. They 
shall be arranged and attached to the envelope as shown by the drawings, 
and the free ends shall be doubled over and stitched in accordance with 
section H-H.
    (e) Body strap, hardware, and reinforcing tape. The body strap, 
hardware, and reinforcing tape shall be arranged as shown on the 
drawings and attached to the envelope with the seams and stitching 
indicated.
    (f) Stitching. All stitching shall be a short lock stitch conforming 
to Stitch Type 301 of Federal Standard No. 751, and there shall be not 
less than 7 nor more than 9 stitches to the inch. Both ends of the 
stitching forming the shoulder hinge seams and the top and bottom 
closing seams of the envelope shall be backstitched approximately \1/2\ 
inch.
    (g) Workmanship. Buoyant vests shall be of first-class workmanship 
and shall be free from any defects materially affecting their appearance 
or serviceability.

[CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11581, Sept. 10, 1965]



Sec. 160.047-5   Inspections and tests.1
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    1 The manufacturer of a personal flotation device must meet 33 CFR 
181.701 through 33 CFR 181.705 which require an instruction pamphlet for 
each device that is sold or offered for sale for use on recreational 
boats.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (a) General. Manufacturers of listed and labeled buoyant vests 
shall--

[[Page 134]]

    (1) Maintain quality control of the materials used, the 
manufacturing methods and the finished product to meet the requirements 
of this subpart by conducting sufficient inspections and tests of 
representative samples and components produced;
    (2) Make available to the recognized laboratory inspector and to the 
Coast Guard inspector, upon request, records of tests conducted by the 
manufacturer and records of materials used during production of the 
device including affidavits from suppliers; and
    (3) Permit any examination, inspection, and test required by the 
recognized laboratory or the Coast Guard for a listed and labeled 
device, either at the place of manufacture, or some other location.
    (b) Lot size and sampling. (1) A lot consists of 500 buoyant vests 
or fewer.
    (2) A new lot begins after any change or modification in materials 
used or manufacturing methods employed;
    (3) The manufacturer of the buoyant vests shall notify the 
recognized laboratory when a lot is ready for inspection;
    (4) The manufacturer shall select samples in accordance with the 
requirements in Table 160.047-5(b)(4) from each lot of buoyant vests to 
be tested by the inspector in accordance with paragraph (e) of this 
section;

            Table 160.047-5(b)(4)--Sample for Buoyancy Tests            
                                                                        
                                                              Number of 
                          Lot size                             vests in 
                                                                sample  
                                                                        
100 and under..............................................            1
101 to 200.................................................            2
201 to 300.................................................            3
301 to 500.................................................            4
                                                                        

    (5) The recognized laboratory must assign an inspector to a plant 
when notified that a lot is ready for inspection, to conduct tests and 
inspections on samples selected in accordance with paragraph (b)(4) of 
this section.
    (6) If a vest fails the buoyancy test, the sample from the next 
succeeding lot must consist of 10 specimen vests or more to be tested 
for buoyancy in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section.
    (c) Additional tests. An inspector from the recognized laboratory or 
the Coast Guard may conduct an examination, test, and inspection of a 
listed and labeled buoyant device that is obtained from the manufacturer 
or through commercial channels to determine its conformance to the 
applicable requirements.
    (d) Test facilities. The manufacturer shall admit the laboratory 
inspector and the Coast Guard inspector to any part of the premises at 
the place of manufacture of a listed and labeled device to--
    (1) Examine, inspect, or test a sample of a part or a material that 
is included in the construction of the device; and
    (2) Conduct any necessary examination, inspection, or test in a 
suitable place and with appropriate apparatus provided by the 
manufacturer.
    (e) Buoyancy--(1) Buoyancy test method. Remove the buoyant pad 
inserts from the vest and cut three slits each not less than 2 inches in 
length and not less than 2 inches apart on both sides of each pad. 
Securely attach the spring scale in a position directly over the test 
tank. Suspend the weighted wire basket from the scale in such a manner 
that the basket is weighed while it is completely under water. In order 
to measure the actual buoyancy provided by the pads, proceed as follows:
    (i) Weigh the empty wire basket under water.
    (ii) Place the pads inside the basket and submerge it so that the 
top of the basket is at least 2 inches below the surface of the water 
for 24 hours. The tank shall be locked or sealed during this 24-hour 
submergence period. It is important that after the pads have once been 
submerged they shall remain submerged for the duration of the test, and 
at no time during the course of the test shall they be removed from the 
tank or otherwise exposed to air.
    (iii) After the 24-hour submergence period unlock or unseal the tank 
and weigh the weighted wire basket with the pads inside while both are 
still under water.
    (iv) The buoyancy is computed as (i) minus (iii).

[[Page 135]]

    (2) Buoyancy required. The pad inserts from adult buoyant vests 
shall provide not less than 16 pounds buoyancy; the pad inserts from 
child medium vests shall provide not less than 11 pounds buoyancy; and 
the pad inserts from child small vests shall provide not less than 7\1/
4\ pounds buoyancy.
    (f) Body strap test. The complete body strap assembly, including 
hardware, shall be tested for strength by attaching the dee ring to a 
suitable support such that the assembly hangs vertically its full 
length. A weight as specified in Sec. 160.047-3(f) shall be attached to 
the other end on the snap hook for 10 minutes. The specified weight 
shall not break or excessively distort the body strap assembly.

[CGFR 65-37; 30 FR 11581, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGD 72-90R, 37 
FR 10836, May 31, 1972; CGD 75-008, 43 FR 9772, Mar. 9, 1978]



Sec. 160.047-6  Marking.

    (a) Each buoyant vest must have the following information clearly 
marked in waterproof lettering that can be read at a distance of 2 feet:

Type II Personal Flotation Device.
Inspected and tested in accordance with U.S. Coast Guard regulations.
(Kapok or Fibrous glass) buoyant material provides a minimum buoyant 
force of (16 lb., 11 lb., or 7\1/4\ lb.).
Dry out thoroughly when wet.
Do not snag or puncture inner plastic cover.
If pads become waterlogged, replace device.
Approved for use on all recreational boats and on uninspected commercial 
vessels less than 40 feet in length not carrying passengers for hire by 
persons weighing (over 90 lb., 50 to 90 lb., or less than 50 lb.).
U.S. Coast Guard Approval No. 160.047/(assigned manufacturer's No.)/
(Revision No.); (Model No.).
(Name and address of manufacturer or distributor.).
(Lot No.).

    (b) Waterproof marking tags. Marking for buoyant vests shall be 
sufficiently waterproof so that after 72 hours submergence in water, it 
will withstand vigorous rubbing by hand while wet without the printed 
matter becoming illegible.

[CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8119, Mar. 28, 1973, as amended by CGD 75-008, 43 FR 
9770, Mar. 9, 1978]



Sec. 160.047-7  Recognized laboratory

    (a) A manufacturer seeking Coast Guard approval of a product under 
this subpart shall follow the approval procedures of subpart 159.005 of 
this chapter, and shall apply for approval directly to a recognized 
independent laboratory. The following laboratories are recognized under 
Sec. 159.010-7 of this part, to perform testing and approval functions 
under this subpart:
    Underwriters Laboratories, 12 Laboratory Drive, P.O. Box 13995, 
Research Triangle Park, NC 27709-3995, (919) 549-1400.
    (b) Production oversight must be performed by the same laboratory 
that performs the approval tests unless, as determined by the 
Commandant, the employees of the laboratory performing production 
oversight receive training and support equal to that of the laboratory 
that performed the approval testing.

[CGD 93-055, 61 FR 13930, Mar. 28, 1996]



   Subpart 160.048--Specification for a Buoyant Cushion, Fibrous Glass



Sec. 160.048-1  Incorporation by reference.

    (a) Specifications and Standards. This subpart makes reference to 
the following documents:
    (1) Military specification:

MIL-B-2766--Batt, Fibrous Glass, Lifesaving Equipment.

    (2) Federal Specifications:

CCC-C-700G--Cloth, Coated, Vinyl, Coated (Artificial Leather).
CCC-C-426D--Cloth, Cotton Drill.
L-P-375C--Plastic Film, Flexible, Vinyl Chloride.

    (3) Federal standard:

No. 751--Stitches, Seams, and Stitchings.

    (4) Coast Guard specification:

164.003--Kapok, Processed.

    (b) Plan. The following plan, of the issue in effect on the date 
kapok or fibrous glass buoyant cushions are manufactured, form a part of 
this subpart:
    (1) Coast Guard Dwg. No. 160.048-1.
    (c) Copies on File. Copies of the specifications and plan referred 
to in this section shall be kept on file by the

[[Page 136]]

manufacturer, together with the approved plans and certificate of 
approval. The Coast Guard specification and plan may be obtained upon 
request from the Commandant, United States Coast Guard, Washington, DC 
20591, or recognized laboratory. The Federal Specifications and the 
Federal Standard may be purchased from the Business Service Center, 
General Services Administration, Washington; DC 20407. The Military 
Specification may be obtained from the Commanding Officer, Naval Supply 
Depot, 5801 Tabor Avenue, Philadelphia, PA 19120.

[CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11583, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGFR 70-143, 35 
FR 19962, Dec. 30, 1970; CGD 78-012, 43 FR 27153, 27154, June 22, 1978]



Sec. 160.048-2   Types and sizes.

    (a) Types. Buoyant cushions shall be of the box type, i.e., have 
top, bottom and gusset. Pillow type cushions without a gusset are not 
acceptable.
    (b) Sizes. Buoyant cushions shall have not less than 225 square 
inches top surface area; widths and lengths which fall within the 
dimensions shown in Tables 160.048-4(c)(1)(i) and 160.048-4(c)(1)(ii); 
and thickness not less than 2 nor more than 3 inches, the thickness to 
be considered as the finished width of the gusset between seams.

[CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11583, Sept. 10, 1965]



Sec. 160.048-3   Materials.

    (a) General. All components used in the construction of buoyant 
cushions must meet the applicable requirements of subpart 164.019 of 
this chapter.
    (b) Kapok. The kapok shall be all new material complying with 
Specification subpart 164.003 of this subchapter and shall be properly 
processed.
    (c) Fibrous glass. The fibrous glass shall comply with the 
requirements of specification MIL-B-2766.
    (d) Cover. Cotton fabrics and coated upholstery cloth meeting the 
minimum requirements set forth in paragraphs (d) (1) and (2) of this 
section are acceptable for use as covers for buoyant cushions, but 
alternate materials will be given special consideration. Pro rata widths 
of like construction will be acceptable.
    (1) Cotton fabrics. Cotton fabrics shall comply with the 
requirements of Federal Specification CCC-C-426 for Type I, Class 3 
material.
    (2) Coated upholstery cloth. Coated upholstery cloth shall comply 
with the requirements of Federal Specification CCC-A-700.
    (e) Pad covering. The covering for the buoyant pad inserts shall be 
flexible vinyl film not less than 0.008 inch in thickness meeting the 
requirements of Federal Specification L-P-375 for Type I or II, Class 1, 
film.
    (f) Grab straps. The grab straps shall be of materials permitted for 
the cover, or approved equivalent.
    (g) Thread. Each thread must meet the requirements of subpart 
164.023 of this chapter. Only one kind of thread may be used in each 
seam.
    (h) Welting. The welting where used may be any fiber or plastic 
material suitable for the purpose.

[CG FR 65-37, 30 FR 11583, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGD 78-012, 43 
FR 27154, June 22, 1978; CGD 84-068, 58 FR 29493, May 20, 1993]



Sec. 160.048-4   Construction and workmanship.

    (a) General. This specification covers buoyant cushions of the box 
type filled with kapok or fibrous glass contained in heat-sealed vinyl 
film pad covers which are inserted in an outer cover fitted with grab 
straps. The primary purpose of such cushions is to provide buoyancy to 
aid a person in keeping afloat in the water. No hooks, snaps, or other 
means shall be included which might facilitate fastening the cushion to 
a boat. Buoyant cushions shall be of such size and volume as to provide 
not less than 20 pounds buoyancy when tested in the manner described in 
Sec. 160.048-5(e), but no cushion providing less than 225 square inches 
of top surface area or measuring less than 2 inches or more than 3 
inches in thickness will be acceptable.
    (b) Cover. One piece of material each for the top and bottom shall 
be stitched together to form the cover except that piecing of the cover 
material will be allowed provided it is for decorative purposes only. 
Gusset or boxing materials shall be of not more than two pieces. If more 
than one piece of material is used for the top, bottom,

[[Page 137]]

boxing or gusset, they shall be attached by a double row of stitching of 
the type shown in Federal Standard No. 751, for seam types SSw-2 or 
LS(b)-2. The top and bottom may be of any of the materials permitted for 
the cover, but the boxing or gusset shall be a cotton fabric as 
specified by Sec. 160.048-3(c)(1) or other equivalent material of a 
porous nature. Nonporous materials will not be permitted for the boxing 
or gusset, but coated upholstery cloth specified by Sec. 160.048-
3(d)(2), perforated to permit adequate draining and drying will be 
acceptable.
    (c) Buoyant material. Buoyant cushions shall be filled with the 
minimum amounts of kapok or fibrous glass determined as follows:
    (1) Rectangular buoyant cushions 2 inches thick shall be filled with 
the amounts of kapok or fibrous glass indicated for the various widths 
and lengths of such cushions by Table 160.048-4(c)(1)(i) or 160.048-
4(c)(1)(ii), as applicable. Trapezoidal buoyant cushions 2 inches thick 
shall be filled with the amounts of kapok or fibrous glass indicated for 
the various widths and lengths of rectangular buoyant cushions by Table 
160.048-4(c)(1)(i) or 160.048-4(c)(1)(ii) as applicable, on the basis 
that the length of a trapezoidal cushion shall be considered as its 
average length in each case.

[[Page 138]]



                      Table 160.048-4(c)(1)(i)--Weight of Kapok (in Ounces) for Filling Rectangular Buoyant Cushions 2 Inches Thick                     
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                          Width (inches)                                                
                                         ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Length (inches)                                                                                                                       Over 
                                            12      13      14      15      16      17      18      19      20      21      22      23      24      24  
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15......................................  ......  ......  ......      20  ......  ......  ......  ......  ......  ......  ......  ......  ......  ......
16......................................  ......  ......  ......      21      23  ......  ......  ......  ......  ......  ......  ......  ......  ......
17......................................  ......  ......      21      23      24      26  ......  ......  ......  ......  ......  ......  ......  ......
18......................................  ......      21      22      24      26      27      29  ......  ......  ......  ......  ......  ......  ......
19......................................      20      22      24      25      27      29      30      32  ......  ......  ......  ......  ......  ......
20......................................      21      23      25      27      28      30      32      34      36  ......  ......  ......  ......  ......
21......................................      22      24      26      28      30      32      34      35      37      39  ......  ......  ......  ......
22......................................      23      25      27      29      31      33      35      37      39      41      43  ......  ......  ......
23......................................      25      27      29      31      33      35      37      39      41      43      45      47  ......  ......
24......................................      26      28      30      32      34      36      38      41      43      45      47      49      51  ......
25......................................      27      29      31      33      36      38      40      42      44      47      49      51      53     (1)
26......................................      28      30      32      35      37      39      42      44      46      49      51      53      55     (1)
27......................................      29      31      34      36      38      41      43      46      48      50      53      55      58     (1)
28......................................      30      32      35      37      40      42      44      47      50      52      55      57      60     (1)
29......................................      31      34      36      39      41      44      46      49      52      54      57      59      62     (1)
30......................................      32      35      37      40      43      45      48      51      53      56      59      61      64     (1)
31......................................      33      36      39      41      44      47      50      52      55      58      61      63      66     (1)
32......................................      34      37      40      43      46      48      51      54      57      60      62      65      68     (1)
33......................................      35      38      41      44      47      50      53      56      59      62      64      67      70     (1)
34......................................      36      39      42      45      48      51      54      57      60      63      66      69      73     (1)
35......................................      37      40      44      47      50      53      56      59      62      65      68      72      75     (1)
36......................................      38      42      45      48      51      54      58      61      64      67      70      74      77     (1)
Over 36.................................     (1)     (1)     (1)     (1)     (1)     (1)     (1)     (1)     (1)     (1)     (1)     (1)     (1)    (1) 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Determine amount of kapok from formula (1) contained in Sec.  160.048-4(c)(2).                                                                      


                  Table 160.048-4(c)(1)(ii)--Weight of Fibrous Glass (in Ounces) for Filling Rectangular Buoyant Cushion 2 Inches Thick                 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                          Width (inches)                                                
                                         ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Length (inches)                                                                                                                       Over 
                                            12      13      14      15      16      17      18      19      20      21      22      23      24      24  
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
15......................................  ......  ......  ......      36  ......  ......  ......  ......  ......  ......  ......  ......  ......  ......
16......................................  ......  ......  ......      38      41  ......  ......  ......  ......  ......  ......  ......  ......  ......
17......................................  ......  ......      38      41      44      46  ......  ......  ......  ......  ......  ......  ......  ......
18......................................  ......      37      40      43      46      49      52  ......  ......  ......  ......  ......  ......  ......
19......................................      36      40      43      46      49      52      55      58  ......  ......  ......  ......  ......  ......
20......................................      38      42      45      48      51      54      58      61      64  ......  ......  ......  ......  ......
21......................................      40      44      47      50      54      57      60      64      67      71  ......  ......  ......  ......
22......................................      42      46      49      53      56      60      63      67      70      74      77  ......  ......  ......
23......................................      44      48      52      55      59      63      66      70      74      77      81      85  ......  ......
24......................................      46      50      54      58      61      65      69      73      77      81      84      88      92  ......
25......................................      48      52      56      60      64      68      72      76      80      84      88      92      96     (1)

[[Page 139]]

                                                                                                                                                        
26......................................      50      54      58      62      67      71      75      79      83      87      92      96     100     (1)
27......................................      52      56      60      65      69      73      78      82      86      91      95      99     104     (1)
28......................................      54      58      63      67      72      76      81      85      90      94      99     103     108     (1)
29......................................      56      60      65      70      74      79      84      88      93      97     102     107     111     (1)
30......................................      58      62      67      72      77      82      86      91      96     101     106     110     115     (1)
31......................................      60      64      69      74      79      84      89      94      99     104     109     114     119     (1)
32......................................      61      67      72      77      82      87      92      97     103     108     113     118     123     (1)
33......................................      63      69      74      79      84      90      95     100     106     111     116     121     127     (1)
34......................................      65      71      76      82      87      92      98     103     109     114     120     125     131     (1)
35......................................      67      73      78      84      90      95     101     106     112     118     123     129     134     (1)
36......................................      69      75      81      86      92      98     104     109     115     121     127     132     138     (1)
Over 36.................................     (1)     (1)     (1)     (1)     (1)     (1)     (1)     (1)     (1)     (1)     (1)     (1)     (1)    (1) 
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Determine amount of fibrous glass from formula (2) contained in Sec.  160.048-4(c)(2).                                                              


[[Page 140]]

    (2) All buoyant cushions more than 2 inches thick, and all buoyant 
cushions 2 inches thick which are of shapes different from those covered 
by paragraph (c)(1) of this section, shall be filled with kapok or 
fibrous glass as determined in the following formulas:

             Amount of kapok (ounces)=A x t22.5 (1)

                   Amount of fibrous glass (ounces) =

                     A x t12.5          (2)

Where:
A=Top surface area of cushion in square inches as determined from 
measurements taken along finished edges.
t=Thickness of boxing or gusset of finished cushion in inches.

    (d) Pad covers for buoyant material. Before being inserted in the 
outer cover the buoyant material shall be placed in waterproof vinyl 
film pad covers which shall be heat-sealed tight. The heat-sealed pad 
seams shall show an adhesion of not less than 8 pounds when one inch 
strips cut across and perpendicular to the seams are pulled apart at a 
rate of separation of the clamping jaws of the test machine of 12 inches 
per minute. Each cushion shall contain not less than four pads and all 
pads in a cushion shall contain approximately equal portions of the 
total amount of buoyant material in the cushion. The buoyant material 
may be inserted directly into the vinyl film pad covers, or may first be 
packed in bags made of print cloth or other suitable material and then 
inserted into the vinyl film pad covers. The pads shall be of such size 
as to adequately fill the outer cover, and prior to sealing, the pads 
shall be evacuated of air sufficiently that when sat on the pads will 
not ``balloon'' excessively because of the pressure in the pad covers. 
For 15'' x 15'' x 2'' cushions the four vinyl film pad covers shall each 
be cut approximately 12'' wide x 12'' long or approximately 8'' wide x 
18'' long shall have a sealed area of approximately 125 square inches; 
shall contain not less than 5 ounces of kapok or 9 ounces of fibrous 
glass each; and the volume displacement of the individual heat-sealed 
pad inserts shall be 5\1/2\ pounds each, plus or minus \1/2\ pound, when 
tested in accordance with the method set forth in Sec. 160.048-5(e)(1), 
except that the pad covers shall not be slit open, and the period of 
submergence shall be only long enough to determine the displacement of 
the pads.
    (e) Grab straps. Grab straps shall be attached as shown on Dwg. No. 
160.048-1 and shall finish 20 inches long and 1 inch wide at opposite 
ends. The grab straps, if formed from cover material shall be folded and 
stitched together so as to produce a double thickness with raw edges 
turned under. Other means will be given special consideration.
    (f) Seams and stitching. Seams shall be constructed with not less 
than a \3/8\ inch border between the seam and the edge of the cover 
materials. All stitching shall be a lock stitch, 7 to 9 stitches per 
inch, except as follows: Chain stitching 6 to 8 stitches per inch, with 
20/4 thread on top and 40/3 thread on the bottom, will be acceptable in 
constructing straps.
    (g) Workmanship. All cushions shall be of first class workmanship 
and shall be free from defects materially affecting their appearance or 
serviceability. Cushions classified as ``seconds'' or ``irregular'' will 
not be acceptable under this specification.

[CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11583, Sept. 10, 1965]



Sec. 160.048-5   Inspections and tests.1
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    1 The manufacturer of a personal flotation device must meet 33 CFR 
181.701 through 33 CFR 181.705 which require an instruction pamphlet for 
each device that is sold or offered for sale for use on recreational 
boats.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (a) General. Manufacturers of listed and labeled buoyant cushions 
shall maintain quality control of the materials used, manufacturing 
methods and the finished product so as to meet the applicable 
requirements, and shall make sufficient inspections and tests of 
representative samples and components produced to maintain the quality 
of the finished product. Records of tests conducted by the manufacturer 
and records of materials, including affidavits by suppliers that 
applicable requirements are met, entering into construction shall be 
made available to the recognized laboratory inspector or the Coast Guard 
inspector, or both, for review upon request. Any examinations, 
inspections and test which are required by the recognized laboratory for 
listed and labeled devices produced

[[Page 141]]

will be conducted by the laboratory inspector at the place of 
manufacture or other location at the option of the laboratory.
    (b) Lot size and sampling. (1) A lot shall consist of not more than 
1,000 buoyant cushions. A new lot shall be started with any change or 
modification in materials used or manufacturing methods employed. When a 
lot of buoyant cushions is ready for inspection, the manufacturer shall 
notify the recognized laboratory so that they may, at their discretion, 
assign an inspector to the plant for the purpose of making any tests and 
inspections deemed necessary. From each lot of buoyant cushions, the 
manufacturer or the recognized laboratory or U.S. Coast Guard inspector, 
when assigned, shall select samples in accordance with Table 160.048-
5(b)(1) to be tested for buoyancy in accordance with paragraph (e) of 
this section.

           Table 160.048-5(b)(1)--Sampling for Buoyancy Tests           
                                                                        
                                                                 No. of 
                           Lot size                             cushions
                                                               in sample
                                                                        
200 and under................................................          1
201 to 400...................................................          2
401 to 600...................................................          3
601 to 1,000.................................................          4
                                                                        

    (2) For a lot next succeeding one from which any sample cushion 
failed the buoyancy test, the sample shall consist of not less than 10 
specimen cushions to be tested for buoyancy in accordance with paragraph 
(e) of this section.
    (c) Additional tests. Unannounced examinations, tests and 
inspections of samples obtained either directly from the manufacturer or 
through commercial channels may be made to determine the suitability of 
a product for listing and labeling, or to determine conformance of a 
labeled product to the applicable requirements. These may be conducted 
by the recognized laboratory or the Coast Guard.
    (d) Test facilities. The laboratory inspector, or the Coast Guard 
inspector, or both, shall be admitted to any place in the factory where 
work is being done on listed and labeled products, and either or both 
inspectors may take samples of parts or materials entering into 
construction of final assemblies, for further examinations, inspections, 
or tests. The manufacturer shall provide a suitable place and the 
apparatus necessary for the performance of the tests which are done at 
the place of manufacture.
    (e) Buoyancy--(1) Buoyancy test method. Remove the buoyant pad 
inserts from the cushion and cut three slits in the vinyl film, each not 
less than 6 inches in length on both sides of each pad. Securely attach 
the spring scale in a position directly over the test tank. Suspend the 
weighted wire basket from the scale in such a manner that the basket is 
weighed while it is completely under water. In order to measure the 
actual buoyance provided by the pads, the underwater weight of the empty 
basket should exceed the buoyancy of the pads. To obtain the buoyancy of 
the pads, proceed as follows:
    (i) Weigh the empty wire basket under water.
    (ii) Place the pads inside the basket and submerge it so that the 
top of the basket is at least 2 inches below the surface of the water 
for 24 hours. The tank shall be locked or sealed during this 24-hour 
submergence period. It is important that after the pads have once been 
submerged that they shall remain submerged for the duration of the test, 
and at no time during the course of the test shall they be removed from 
the tank or otherwise exposed to air.
    (iii) After the 24-hour submergence period unlock or unseal the tank 
and weigh the weighted wire basket with the pads inside while both are 
still under water.
    (iv) The buoyancy is computed as (i) minus (iii).
    (2) Buoyancy required. The buoyant pads from the cushion shall 
provide not less than 20 pounds total buoyancy.

[CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11585, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGFR 70-143, 35 
FR 19963, Dec. 30, 1970; CGD 78-008, 43 FR 9772, Mar. 9, 1978]



Sec. 160.048-6   Marking.

    (a) Each buoyant cushion must have the following information clearly 
marked in waterproof lettering:
    (1) In letters that can be read at a distance of 2 feet:


[[Page 142]]


Type IV Personal Flotation Device.
Inspected and tested in accordance with U.S. Coast Guard regulations.
Dry out thoroughly when wet.
(Kapok or Fibrous glass) buoyant material provides a minimum buoyant 
force of 20 lb.
Do not snag or puncture inner plastic cover.
If pads become waterlogged, replace device.
Approved for use on recreational boats less than 16 feet in length and 
all canoes and kayaks, and only as a throwable device on all other 
recreational boats.
U.S. Coast Guard Approval No. 160.048/(assigned manufacturer's No.)/
(Revision No.); (Model No.).
(Name and address of manufacturer or distributor.).
(Lot No.).
(Size; width, thickness, and length, including both top and bottom for 
trapezoidal cushions.).

    (2) In letters that are distinctively set off or larger than all 
other marking, and are at least one-fourth of an inch in height:

                      warning: do not wear on back

    (b) Waterproofness of marking. Marking for buoyant cushions shall be 
sufficiently waterproof so that after 72 hours submergence in water, it 
will withstand vigorous rubbing by hand while wet without the printed 
matter becoming illegible.
    (c) A manufacturer of personal flotation devices may deviate from 
the marking requirements of paragraph (a)(1) of this section in order to 
display information that reflects the PFD carriage requirements in 33 
CFR 175.15 for recreational vessels under 16 feet in length.

[CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11585, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGFR 70-143, 35 
FR 19963, Dec. 30, 1970; CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8119, Mar. 28, 1973; CGD 75-
008, 43 FR 9771, Mar. 9, 1978; CGD 92-045, 58 FR 41608, Aug. 4, 1993]



Sec. 160.048-7   Procedure for approval.

    (a) Group approval. A single group approval will be granted to each 
manufacturer to cover all buoyant cushions which have materials and 
construction strictly in conformance with this subpart, which are 2 
inches thick, and which are filled with kapok or fibrous glass in 
accordance with Sec. 160.048-4(c)(1).
    (b) Special approvals. Special approvals will be granted separately 
to each manufacturer for each kapok or fibrous glass buoyant cushion he 
proposes to manufacture which is not included under the group approval 
provided by paragraph (b) of this section, for example: A kapok or 
fibrous glass buoyant cushion having cover material not specifically 
provided for by this subpart; or any buoyant cushion more than 2 inches 
thick; or any buoyant cushion having a different shape.
    (c) A buoyant cushion is approved when it bears the compliance label 
of the recognized laboratory.

[CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 19963, Dec. 30, 1970, as amended by CGD 72-163R, 38 
FR 8119, Mar. 28, 1973; CGD 93-055, 61 FR 13930, Mar. 28, 1996; 61 FR 
15162, Apr. 4, 1996]



Sec. 160.048-8  Recognized laboratory.

    (a) A manufacturer seeking Coast Guard approval of a product under 
this subpart shall follow the approval procedures of subpart 159.005 of 
this chapter, and shall apply for approval directly to a recognized 
independent laboratory. The following laboratories are recognized under 
Sec. 159.010-7 of this part, to perform testing and approval functions 
under this subpart:
    Underwriters Laboratories, 12 Laboratory Drive, P.O. Box 13995, 
Research Triangle Park, NC 27709-3995, (919) 549-1400.
    (b) Production oversight must be performed by the same laboratory 
that performs the approval tests unless, as determined by the 
Commandant, the employees of the laboratory performed production 
oversight receive training and support equal to that of the laboratory 
that performed the approval testing.

[CGD 93-055, 61 FR 13930, Mar. 28, 1996]



    Subpart 160.049--Specification for a Buoyant Cushion Plastic Foam



Sec. 160.049-1  Incorporation by reference.

    (a) Specifications and Standards. This subpart makes reference to 
the following documents:
    (1) Federal Specifications:

CCC-C-700G-Cloth, Coated, Vinyl, Coated (Artificial Leather).
CCC-C-426D-Cloth, Cotton Drill.

    (2) Federal standard:

No. 751--Stitches, Seams, and Stitchings.


[[Page 143]]


    (3) Coast Guard specifications:

160.055--Life Preservers, Unicellular Plastic Foam, Adult and Child.
164.015--Plastic Foam, Unicellular, Buoyant, Sheet and Molded Shapes.

    (4) Military specifications. MIL-C-43006--Cloth, Laminated, Vinyl-
Nylon, High Strength, Flexible.
    (b) Plan. The following plan, of the issue in effect on the date 
unicellular plastic foam buoyant cushions are manufactured, form a part 
of this subpart:
    (1) Coast Guard Dwg. No. 160.049-1.
    (c) Copies on file. Copies of the specifications and plan referred 
to in this section shall be kept on file by the manufacturer, together 
with the approved plans and certificate of approval. The Coast Guard 
specifications and plan may be obtained upon request from the 
Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, or recognized laboratory. The Federal 
Specifications and the Federal Standard may be purchased from the 
Business Service Center, General Services Administration, Washington, DC 
20407.

[CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11586, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGFR 70-143, 35 
FR 19964, Dec. 30, 1970; CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8119, Mar. 28, 1973; CGD 78-
012, 43 FR 27153, 27154, June 22, 1978; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34535, Sept. 
7, 1988]



Sec. 160.049-2   Types and sizes.

    (a) Type. Buoyant cushions shall be of the box type, i.e., have top, 
bottom, and gusset. Pillow type cushions without a gusset are not 
acceptable.
    (b) Sizes. Buoyant cushions shall have not less than 225 square 
inches of top surface area, shall contain not less than 630 cubic inches 
of buoyant material, shall not be less than 2 inches thick, and shall 
have widths and lengths which fall within the dimensions shown in Table 
160.049-4(c)(1).

[CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11586, Sept. 10, 1965]



Sec. 160.049-3   Materials.

    (a) General. All components used in the construction of buoyant 
cushions must meet the applicable requirements of subpart 164.019.
    (b) Unicellular plastic foam. The unicellular plastic foam shall be 
all new material complying with the requirements of Specification 
subpart 164.015 for Type A or B foam.
    (c) Cover. Cotton fabrics and coated upholstery cloth meeting the 
minimum requirements set forth in paragraphs (c) (1) and (2) of this 
section, are acceptable for use as covers for buoyant cushions. Vinyl-
dip coating meeting the requirements set forth in paragraph (c)(3) of 
this section will also be acceptable. Alternate materials will be given 
special consideration. Pro rata widths of like construction will be 
acceptable.
    (1) Cotton fabrics. Cotton fabrics shall comply with the 
requirements of Federal Specification CCC-C-426 for Type I, Class 3 
material.
    (2) Coated upholstery cloth. Coated upholstery cloth shall comply 
with the requirements of Federal Specification CCC-A-700.
    (3) Vinyl-dip. The vinyl-dip coating shall comply with the coating 
requirements of Sec. 160.055-5(b)(2) except there are no color 
restrictions.
    (4) Adhesive. The adhesive shall be an all-purpose waterproof vinyl 
type. Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Co. EC-870 or EC-1070, United 
States Rubber Co. M6256, Herculite Protective Fabrics Corp. CVV, 
Pittsburgh Plate Glass Co. R.828, or equal, are acceptable.
    (5) Reinforcing fabric. The reinforcing fabric shall be type II, 
class I, laminated vinyl-nylon high strength cloth in accordance with 
the requirements of Specification MIL-C-43006.
    (d) Grab Straps. The grab straps shall be of materials permitted for 
the cover, or approved equivalent.
    (e) Thread. Each thread must meet the requirements of subpart 
164.023 of this chapter. Only one kind of thread may be used in each 
seam.
    (f) Welting. The welting where used may be of any fiber or plastic 
material suitable for the purpose.

[CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11586, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGFR 70-143, 35 
FR 19964, Dec. 30, 1970; CGD 78-012, 43 FR 27154, June 22, 1978; CGD 84-
068, 58 FR 29493, May 20, 1993]



Sec. 160.049-4   Construction and workmanship.

    (a) General. This specification covers buoyant cushions of the box 
type filled with unicellular plastic foam buoyant

[[Page 144]]

material. Such cushions consist essentially of a buoyant insert 
contained in an outer cover fitted with grab straps. The primary purpose 
of such cushions is to provide buoyancy to aid a person in keeping 
afloat in the water. Buoyant cushions providing less than 20 pounds 
buoyancy or less than 2 inches in thickness will not be acceptable.
    (b) Cover. One piece of material each for the top and bottom shall 
be stitched together to form the cover except that piecing of the cover 
material will be allowed provided it is for decorative purposes only. 
Gusset or boxing materials shall be of not more than two pieces. If more 
than one piece of material is used for the top, bottom, boxing or 
gusset, they shall be attached by a double row of stitching of the type 
shown in Federal Standard No. 751, for Seam types SSw-2 or LSb-2. The 
top and bottom may be of any of the materials permitted for the cover, 
but the boxing or gusset shall be a cotton fabric as specified by 
Sec. 160.049-3(b)(1) or other equivalent material of a porous nature. 
Nonporous materials will not be permitted for the boxing or gusset, but 
coated upholstery cloth specified by Sec. 160.049-3(c)(2), perforated to 
permit adequate draining and drying will be acceptable.
    (c) Buoyant material. A buoyant insert for a buoyant cushion must 
comply with the requirements in paragraph (c)(1) and (2) of this section 
and may be:
    (1) Molded in one piece; or
    (2) Built up from sheet material if it is formed from:
    (i) Three pieces or less in each layer, cemented together with an 
all-purpose vinyl adhesive such as or equivalent to U.S. Rubber No. M-
6256 or Minnesota Mining No. EC-870 and No. EC-1070;
    (ii) Three layers or less that may be cemented; and
    (iii) Staggered butts and seams of adjacent layers.
    (d) Grab Straps. Grab straps shall be attached as shown on Dwg. No. 
160,049-1 and shall finish 20 inches long and 1 inch wide at opposite 
ends. The grab straps, if formed from cover material shall be folded and 
stitched together so as to produce a double thickness with raw edges 
turned under. Other means will be given special consideration.
    (e) Seams and stitching. Seams shall be constructed with not less 
than a \3/8\-inch border between the seam and the edge of the cover 
materials. All stitching shall be a lock stitch, 7 to 9 stitches per 
inch, except as follows: Chain stitching 6 to 8 stitches per inch with 
20/4 thread on top and 40/3 thread on the bottom, will be acceptable in 
constructing grab straps.
    (f) Workmanship. All cushions shall be of first class workmanship 
and shall be free from defects materially affecting their appearance or 
serviceability. Cushions classified as ``seconds'' or ``irregular'' will 
not be acceptable under this specification.

[CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11586, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGD 72-163R, 38 
FR 8119, Mar. 28, 1973]



Sec. 160.049-5  Inspections and tests.1
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    1 The manufacturer of a personal flotation device must meet 33 CFR 
181.701 through 33 CFR 181.705 which require an instruction pamphlet for 
each device that is sold or offered for sale for use on recreational 
boats.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (a) General. Manufacturers of listed and labeled buoyant cushions 
shall maintain quality control of the materials used, manufacturing 
methods and the finished product so as to meet the applicable 
requirements, and shall make sufficient inspections and tests of 
representative samples and components produced to maintain the quality 
of the finished product. Records of tests conducted by the manufacturer 
and records of materials, including affidavits by suppliers that 
applicable requirements are met, entering into construction shall be 
made available to the recognized laboratory inspector or the Coast Guard 
inspector, or both, for review upon request. Any examinations, 
inspections and tests which are required by the recognized laboratory 
for listed and labeled devices produced will be conducted by the 
laboratory inspector at the place of manufacture or other location at 
the option of the laboratory.
    (b) Lot size and sampling. (1) A lot shall consist of not more than 
1,000 buoyant cushions. A new lot shall be started with any change or 
modification in materials used or manufacturing methods employed. When a 
lot of

[[Page 145]]

buoyant cushions is ready for inspection, the manufacturer shall notify 
the recognized laboratory so that they may, at their discretion, assign 
an inspector to the plant for the purpose of making any tests and 
inspections deemed necessary. From each lot of buoyant cushions, the 
manufacturer or the recognized laboratory or U.S. Coast Guard inspector, 
when assigned, shall select samples in accordance with table 160.049-
5(b)(1) to be tested for buoyancy in accordance with paragraph (e) of 
this section.

           Table 160.049-5(b)(1)--Sampling for Buoyancy Tests           
                                                                        
                                                               Number of
                           Lot size                             cushions
                                                               in sample
                                                                        
200 and under................................................          1
201 to 400...................................................          2
401 to 600...................................................          3
601 to 1,000.................................................          4
                                                                        

    (c) Additional tests. Unannounced examinations, tests and 
inspections of samples obtained either directly from the manufacturer or 
through commercial channels may be made to determine the suitability of 
a product for listing and labeling, or to determine conformance of a 
labeled product to the applicable requirements. These may be conducted 
by the recognized laboratory or the U.S. Coast Guard.
    (d) Test facilities. The laboratory inspector, or the Coast Guard 
inspector, or both, shall be admitted to any place in the factory where 
work is being done on listed and labeled products, and either or both 
inspectors may take samples of parts or materials entering into 
construction of final assemblies, for further examinations, inspections, 
or tests. The manufacturer shall provide a suitable place and the 
apparatus necessary for the performance of the tests which are done at 
the place of manufacture.
    (e) Buoyancy--(1) Buoyancy test method. Securely attach the spring 
scale in a position directly over the test tank. Suspend the weighted 
wire basket from the scale in such a manner that the basket is weighed 
while it is completely under water. In order to measure the actual 
buoyancy provided by the cushion, the underwater weight of the empty 
basket should exceed the buoyancy of the cushion. To obtain the buoyancy 
of the cushion, proceed as follows:
    (i) Weigh the empty wire basket under water.
    (ii) Place the cushion inside the basket and submerge it so that the 
top of the basket is at least 2 inches below the surface of the water 
for 24 hours. The tank shall be locked or sealed during this 24-hour 
submergence period. It is important that after the cushion has once been 
submerged that it shall remain submerged for the duration of the test, 
and at no time during the course of the test shall it be removed from 
the tank or otherwise exposed to air.
    (iii) After the 24-hour submergence period unlock or unseal the tank 
and weigh the weighted wire basket with the cushion inside while both 
are still under water.
    (iv) The buoyancy is computed as (i) minus (iii).
    (2) Buoyancy required. Each cushion shall provide not less than 20 
pounds buoyancy.

[CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11587, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGFR 70-143, 35 
FR 19964, Dec. 30, 1970; CGD 75-008, 43 FR 9772, Mar. 9, 1978]



Sec. 160.049-6  Marking.

    (a) Each buoyant cushion must have the following information clearly 
marked in waterproof lettering:
    (1) In letters that can be read at a distance of 2 feet:

Type IV Personal Flotation Device.
Inspected and tested in accordance with U.S. Coast Guard regulations.
(Name of buoyant material) buoyant material provides a minimum buoyant 
force of 20 lb.
Dry out thoroughly when wet.
Approved for use on recreational boats less than 16 feet in length and 
all canoes and kayaks, and only as a throwable device on all other 
recreational boats.
U.S. Coast Guard Approval No. 160.049/(assigned manufacturer's No.)/
(Revision No.); (Model No.).
(Name and address of manufacturer or distributor.).
(Lot No.).
(Size; width, thickness, and length, including both top and bottom for 
trapezoidal cushions.).


[[Page 146]]


    (2) In letters that are distinctively set off or larger than all 
other marking, and are at least one-fourth of an inch in height:

                      warning: do not wear on back

    (b) Waterproofness of marking. Marking for buoyant cushions shall be 
sufficiently waterproof so that after 72 hours submergence in water, it 
will withstand vigorous rubbing by hand while wet without the printed 
matter becoming illegible.
    (c) A manufacturer of personal flotation devices may deviate from 
the marking requirements of paragraph (a)(1) of this section in order to 
display information that reflects the PFD carriage requirements in 33 
CFR 175.15 for recreational vessels under 16 feet in length.

[CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11588, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGFR 70-143, 35 
FR 19964, Dec. 30, 1970; CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8119, Mar. 28, 1973; CGD 75-
008, 43 FR 9771, Mar. 9, 1978; CGD 92-045, 58 FR 41608, Aug. 4, 1993]



Sec. 160.049-7   Procedure for approval.

    (a) Group approval. A single group approval will be granted to each 
manufacturer to cover all buoyant cushions which have materials and 
construction strictly in conformance with this subpart, and which are in 
accordance with Sec. 160.049-4(c)(1).
    (b) Special approvals. Special approvals will be granted separately 
to each manufacturer for each unicellular plastic foam buoyant cushion 
he proposes to manufacture which is not included under the group 
approval provided for by paragraph (b) of this section, for example: a 
buoyant cushion having cover material not specifically provided for by 
this subpart, or any buoyant cushion having a different shape.
    (c) A buoyant cushion is approved when it bears the compliance label 
of the recognized laboratory.

[CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 19964, Dec. 30, 1970, as amended by CGD 72-163R, 38 
FR 8119, Mar. 28, 1973; CGD 93-055, 61 FR 13930, Mar. 28, 1996]



Sec. 160.049-8  Recognized laboratory.

    (a) A manufacturer seeking Coast Guard approval of a product under 
this subpart shall follow the approval procedures of subpart 159.005 of 
this chapter, and shall apply for approval directly to a recognized 
independent laboratory. The following laboratories are recognized under 
Sec. 159.010-7 of this part, to perform testing and approval functions 
under this subpart:
    Underwriters Laboratories, 12 Laboratory Drive, P.O. Box 13995, 
Research Triangle Park, NC 27709-3995, (919) 549-1400.
    (b) Production oversight must be performed by the same laboratory 
that performs the approval tests unless, as determined by the 
Commandant, the employees of the laboratory performing production 
oversight receive training and support equal to that of the laboratory 
that performed the approval testing.

[CGD 93-055, 61 FR 13930, Mar. 28, 1996]



   Subpart 160.050--Specification for a Buoy, Life Ring, Unicellular 
                                 Plastic



Sec. 160.050-1  Incorporation by reference.

    (a) Specifications and Standard. This subpart makes reference to the 
following documents:
    (1) Military specification:

MIL-R-16847--Ring buoy, lifesaving, unicellular plastic.

    (2) Federal Specification:

V-T-295D-Thread, Nylon.

    (3) Federal standard:

No. 595--Colors.

    (4) Coast Guard specification:

164.015--Plastic foam, unicellular, buoyant, sheet and molded shape.

    (b) Copies on file. Copies of the specifications referred to in this 
section shall be kept on file by the manufacturer, together with the 
certificate of approval. The Military Specification may be obtained from 
the Commanding Officer, Naval Supply Depot, 5801 Tabor Avenue, 
Philadelphia, Pa., 19120. The Federal Specifications and Federal 
Standard may be obtained from the Business Service Center, General 
Services Administration, Washington, DC 20407. The Coast Guard 
specification

[[Page 147]]

may be obtained from the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC 
20593-0001.

[CGFR 66-64, 31 FR 562, Jan. 18, 1966, as amended CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 
8120, Mar. 28, 1973; 38 FR 21784, Aug. 13, 1973; CGD 78-012, 43 FR 
27153, 27154, June 22, 1978; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34535, Sept. 7, 1988]



Sec. 160.050-2   Types and sizes.

    (a) Type. Life buoys shall be of the annular ring type as described 
in this subpart, but alternate arrangements meeting the performance 
requirements set forth will be given special consideration.
    (b) Sizes. Ring life buoys shall be of the sizes set forth in Table 
160.050-2(b). A tolerance of a plus or minus 5 percent will be allowable 
on the dimensions indicated in Table 160.050-2(b).

       Table 160.050-2(b)--Sizes and Dimensions of Ring Life Buoys      
                                                                        
                                                              Dimensions
                                                               (inches) 
                            Size                               Finished 
                                                                 ring   
                                                                        
30-inch.....................................................          30
24-inch.....................................................          24
20-inch.....................................................          20
                                                                        

[CGFR 54-46, 19 FR 8707, Dec. 18, 1954, as amended by CGFR 62-17, 27 FR 
9045, Sept. 11, 1962]



Sec. 160.050-3   Materials.

    (a) General. All exposed materials must be resistant to oil or oil 
products, salt water and anticipated weather conditions encountered at 
sea. All components used in construction of buoys and life rings must 
meet the applicable requirements of subpart 164.019 of this chapter.
    (b) Unicellular plastic. The unicellular plastic material used in 
fabrication of the buoy body shall meet the requirements of subpart 
164.015 of this subchapter for Type C material. The buoy's body shall be 
finished with two coats of vinyl base paint. The ring life buoys shall 
be either international orange (Color No. 12197 of Federal Standard 595) 
or white in color and the colorfastness shall be rated ``good'' when 
tested in accordance with Federal Test Method Standard No. 191 Methods 
5610, 5630, 5650, and 5660.

    (Note: On vessels on an international voyage, all ring life buoys 
shall be international orange in color.)

    (c) Grab line. The grab line shall be \3/8\-inch diameter 
polyethylene, polypropylene, or other suitable buoyant type synthetic 
material having a minimum breaking strength of 1,350 pounds.
    (d) Beckets. The beckets for securing the grab line shall be 2-inch 
polyethylene, polypropylene, nylon, saran or other suitable synthetic 
material having a minimum breaking strength of 585 pounds. In addition, 
polyethylene and polypropylene shall be weather-resistant type which is 
stabilized as to heat, oxidation, and ultraviolet light degradation.
    (e) Thread. Each thread must meet the requirements of subpart 
164.023 of this chapter. Only one kind of thread may be used in each 
seam.

[CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 11477, Sept. 8, 1965, as amended by CGFR 65-64, 31 FR 
562, Jan. 18, 1966; CGD 78-012, 43 FR 27154, June 22, 1978; CGD 84-068, 
58 FR 29493, May 20, 1993]



Sec. 160.050-4   Construction and workmanship.

    (a) General. This specification covers ring life buoys which provide 
buoyancy to aid in keeping persons afloat in the water. Each buoy 
consists of a body constructed in the shape of an annular ring, with an 
approximately elliptical body cross section and which is fitted with a 
grab line around the outside periphery. The outside and inside diameters 
of the ring and the length and width of the cross section of the body 
shall be uniform throughout.
    (b) Body. The body shall be made in either one or two pieces. If of 
two pieces, the pieces shall be equal in size and shall be adhesive 
bonded along a center line through an axis passing through the flat area 
dimension of the body. The adhesive shall be a liquid cold setting, 
polymerizable, nonsolvent, containing material of the 
phenolepichlorhydrin type or equivalent having good strength retention 
under outdoor weathering conditions.
    (c) Grab line. The finished length of the grab line shall be four 
times the outside diameter of the buoy. The ends of the grab line shall 
be securely and neatly spliced together, or shall be hand whipped with a 
needle and both

[[Page 148]]

ends securely and smoothly seized together. The grab line shall encircle 
the buoy and shall be held in place by the beckets. The spliced or 
seized ends of the grab line shall be placed in the center of the width 
of one of the beckets.
    (d) Beckets. Each ring buoy shall be fitted with four beckets 
located at equidistant points about the body of the buoy. The beckets 
shall be passed around the body of the buoy with the free ends to the 
outside, and shall be securely cemented to the buoy with a suitable 
waterproof adhesive which is compatible with the unicellular plastic 
used in the buoy body. The ends of the beckets shall be turned under at 
least 1 inch, one end to go around the grab line, and the other to be 
laid flat against the first end. The beckets shall then be stitched to 
the grab line with not less than five hand stitches made with two parts 
of thread or machined stitched with not less than three stitches per 
inch. Alternate methods for rigging beckets and grab line will be given 
special consideration.
    (e) Weight. The weight of the completely assembled buoy shall be not 
less than 2.5 pounds and not more than 4.25 pounds for the 20-inch size, 
not less than 3.0 pounds and not more than 5.5 pounds for the 24-inch 
size, and not less than 5.0 and not more than 7.5 pounds for the 30-inch 
size.
    (f) Workmanship. Ring life buoys shall be of first class workmanship 
and free from any defects materially affecting their appearance or 
serviceability.

[CGFR 54-46, 19 FR 8707, Dec. 18, 1954, as amended by CGFR 62-17, 27 FR 
9045, Sept. 11, 1962; CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 11477, Sept. 8, 1965]



Sec. 160.050-5  Sampling, tests, and inspection.1
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    1 The manufacturer of a personal flotation device must meet 33 CFR 
181.701 through 33 CFR 181.705 which require an instruction pamphlet for 
each device that is sold or offered for sale for use on recreational 
boats.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (a) General. A marine inspector shall examine all ring life buoys at 
the place of manufacture for compliance with this specification. Ring 
life buoys on a lot basis shall be tested for strength, resistance to 
damage, and buoyancy in accordance with the methods set forth in 
paragraphs (c), (d), and (e) respectively of this section with the 
exception that the test for resistance to damage may be omitted at the 
discretion of the marine inspector. If the marine inspector has any 
doubt regarding compliance with this specification, he may make such 
other examinations and tests as he may deem necessary. The manufacturer 
shall provide a suitable place and necessary apparatus for the use of 
the marine inspector in conducting tests at the place of manufacture, 
and shall provide labor for all handling of ring buoys requisite to 
inspection.
    (b) Lot size and sampling. A lot shall consist of not more than 500 
ring life buoys. A new lot shall be started with any change or 
modification in material used or manufacturing methods employed. When a 
lot of ring buoys is ready for inspection, the manufacturer shall notify 
the Commander of the Coast Guard District in which the factory is 
located, who will assign a marine inspector to the plant for the purpose 
of making the necessary tests and inspections. From each lot of ring 
life buoys the marine inspector shall select samples in accordance with 
the following Table 160.050-5(b) to be tested for strength and buoyancy 
in accordance with paragraphs (c) and (e) respectively of this section:

                 Table 160.050-5(b)--Sampling for Tests                 
                                                                        
                                                               Number of
                                                                  ring  
                           Lot size                             buoys in
                                                                 sample 
                                                                        
100 and under................................................          1
101 to 200...................................................          2
201 to 300...................................................          3
301 to 500...................................................          4
                                                                        

    (c) Strength test. The buoy body shall be suspended by a 2-inch-wide 
strap. A similar strap shall be passed around the opposite side of the 
buoy and a 200-pound weight suspended by it from the buoy. After 30 
minutes, the buoy body shall be examined, and there shall be no breaks, 
cracks or permanent deformation.
    (d) Resistance to damage test. The buoy body shall be dropped three 
times from a height of 6 feet onto concrete, and there shall be no 
breaks or cracks in the body.

[[Page 149]]

    (e) Buoyancy--(1) Buoyancy test method. To obtain the buoyancy of 
the buoy, proceed as follows:
    (i) Weigh iron or other weight under water. The weight shall be more 
than sufficient to submerge the buoy.
    (ii) Attach the iron or other weight to the buoy and submerge with 
the top of the buoy at least 2 inches below the surface for 48 hours.
    (iii) After the 48-hour submergence period, weigh the buoy with the 
weight attached while both are still under water.
    (iv) The buoyancy is computed as paragraph (e)(1)(i) minus paragraph 
(e)(1)(iii) of this section.
    (2) Buoyancy required. The buoys shall provide a buoyancy of not 
less than 16\1/2\ pounds for the 20- and 24-inch sizes, and not less 
than 32 pounds for the 30-inch size.
    (f) Lot acceptance and rejection. When the marine inspector has 
satisfied himself that the ring life buoys in the lot are of a type 
officially approved in the name of the company, and that such ring life 
buoys meet the requirements of this specification, he may complete the 
name plate described in Sec. 160.050-6 with the necessary information. 
If any ring life buoys are found unsatisfactory, they or the entire lot 
may be rejected at the discretion of the marine inspector. Rejected 
individual ring life buoys or the entire lot may be re-worked and re-
submitted for inspection at the discretion of the District Commander.

[CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 11478, Sept. 8, 1965, as amended by CGD 75-008, 43 FR 
9772, Mar. 9, 1978]



Sec. 160.050-6   Marking.

    (a) Each ring buoy must have the following information in waterproof 
lettering:

Type IV Personal Flotation Device.
Inspected and tested in accordance with U.S. Coast Guard regulations.
(Name of buoyant material) buoyant material provides a minimum buoyant 
force of (32 lb. or 16\1/2\ lb.).
Approved for use on recreational boats less than 16 feet in length and 
all canoes and kayaks, and only as a throwable device on all other 
vessels.
U.S. Coast Guard Approval No. 160.050/(assigned manufacturer's No.)/
(Revision No.); (Model No.).
(Name and address of manufacturer or distributor).
(Size).
USCG (Marine Inspection Office identification letters).
(Lot No.).

    (b) A method of marking that is different from the requirements of 
paragraph (a) of this section may be given consideration by the Coast 
Guard.
    (c) A manufacturer of personal flotation devices may deviate from 
the marking requirements of paragraph (a) of this section in order to 
display information that reflects the PFD carriage requirements in 33 
CFR 175.15 for recreational vessels under 16 feet in length.

[CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8120, Mar. 28, 1973, as amended by CGD 75-186, 41 FR 
10437, Mar. 11, 1976; CGD 75-008, 43 FR 9771, Mar. 9, 1978; 43 FR 10913, 
Mar. 16, 1978; CGD 92-045, 58 FR 41608, Aug. 4, 1993]



Sec. 160.050-7   Procedure for approval.

    (a) General. Ring life buoys for use on merchant vessels or 
motorboats are approved only by the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard. 
Correspondence relating to the subject matter of this specification 
shall be addressed to the Commander of the Coast Guard District in which 
the factory is located.
    (b) Pre-approval tests. Manufacturers who desire to manufacture 
unicellular plastic ring life buoys complying with this specification 
shall apply to the Commander of the Coast Guard District in which the 
plant is located, who will detail a marine inspector to the plant to 
observe production facilities and manufacturing methods and to select 
from not less than 6 of each size ring life buoy for which approval is 
desired, a sample of not less than two specimen buoys of each size on 
which he shall conduct strength, resistance to damage, and buoyancy 
tests in accordance with Sec. 160.050-5(c), (d), and (e), and make such 
other examinations and tests as may be necessary to satisfy himself that 
the specimen buoys are in accordance with this specification. Upon 
completion of satisfactory tests, the marine inspector's report will be

[[Page 150]]

forwarded to the Commandant for assignment of an official approval 
number for each size.

[CGFR 54-46, 19 FR 8707, Dec. 18, 1954, as amended by CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 
11478, Sept. 8, 1965; CGD 78-012, 43 FR 27154, June 22, 1978; CGD 82-
063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34535, Sept. 7, 1988]



                  Subpart 160.051--Inflatable Liferafts



Sec. 160.051-0  Incorporation by reference.

    (a) Certain materials are incorporated by reference into this part 
with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register in accordance 
with 5 U.S.C. 552(a). To enforce any edition other than the one listed 
in paragraph (b) of this section, notice of the change must be published 
in the Federal Register and the material made available to the public. 
All approved material is on file at the Office of the Federal Register, 
Washington, DC 20408, and at the U.S. Coast Guard, Office of Design and 
Engineering Standards, 2100 Second Street, SW., Washington, DC 20593-
0001, and is available from the address indicated in paragraph (b).
    (b) The material approved for incorporation by reference in this 
part, and the sections affected is:

               American Society for Testing and Materials

1916 Race St., Philadelphia, PA 19103.
ASTM F1014-1986  Standard Specification for Flashlights on Vessels.
Sections affected--160.051-7(c)(4), 160.051-7(d)(4).
    Note: All other documents referenced in this part are still in 
effect.

[CGD 82-042, 53 FR 17702, May 18, 1988, as amended by CGD 96-041, 61 FR 
50733, Sept. 27, 1996



Sec. 160.051-1   Applicable specifications.

    (a) Specifications. The following specifications, of the issue in 
effect on the date inflatable liferafts are manufactured, form a part of 
this subpart for guidance purposes only:
    (1) Military specifications:

MIL-L-19496 (Ships)--Lifeboat, CO2 inflatable Mark 5, 15-person 
capacity.
MIL-C-17415 (Ships)--Cloth, coated, and webbing, inflatable boat and 
miscellaneous use.

    (b) Copies on file. Copies of the specifications referred to in this 
section, as well as the various reference specifications forming a part 
thereof, shall be kept on file by the manufacturer, together with the 
approved plans, specifications, and certificate of approval. They shall 
be kept for a period consisting of the duration of approval and 5 years 
after termination of approval, except that the approval certificate 
shall be returned for cancellation immediately following the termination 
date. The Military Specifications may be obtained from the Commanding 
Officer, Naval Supply Depot, 5801 Tabor Avenue, Philadelphia, Pa. 19120.
    (c) Permissible extension. Manufacturers of inflatable liferafts 
having approval numbers 160.051/49 or lower may continue to manufacture 
rafts under the terms of that approval until 1 January 1975. Those 
manufacturers having approval numbers 160.051/50 or higher shall comply 
with the requirements of this subpart.

[CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 11478, Sept. 8, 1965, as amended by CGD 73-160R, 39 FR 
9669, Mar. 13, 1974]



Sec. 160.051-2   Alternate construction.

    (a) Requirements. Inflatable life rafts or components which differ 
from the requirements set forth in this specification may be given 
consideration for approval provided:
    (1) The manufacturer can demonstrate that the raft or component has 
at least three years of successful operational experience which has been 
accumulated in marine atmospheres at sea in frigid as well as tropic 
conditions, or by tests which are the equivalent thereof.
    (2) Complete detail plans and specifications are submitted.
    (3) The raft can pass the tests outlined in Sec. 160.051-5.
    (4) The manufacturer has arranged for maintenance and servicing in 
accordance with Sec. 160.051-6.

[CGFR 59-26, 24 FR 5545, July 9, 1959]



Sec. 160.051-3   Type and sizes.

    (a) Definition. An inflatable liferaft is defined as meaning an 
abandon-ship flotation appliance designed to support a specified number 
of persons clear of

[[Page 151]]

the water, which is stowed in a folded or collapsed condition and is 
capable of withstanding severe launching shock and which is inflated by 
gas or air into a raft designed for rugged service.
    (b) Sizes. Inflatable liferafts shall be not less than 4 (6 for 
vessels on international voyages) nor more than 25-person sizes. An 
inflatable liferaft, complete with case and required emergency 
equipment, shall not weigh more than 400 pounds.

[CGFR 59-26, 24 FR 5545, July 9, 1959, as amended by CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 
11478, Sept. 8, 1965]



Sec. 160.051-4   Design.

    (a) General. Inflatable liferafts may be circular, octagonal, 
elliptical or boat shaped and the design shall incorporate the material 
and construction details outlined in Military Specification MIL-L-19496 
for guidance. All materials used in the construction of inflatable 
liferafts shall be of good quality and suitable for the purpose 
intended, and shall not be subject to undue deterioration from the 
effects of weathering aboard ship under the conditions of usual stowage, 
nor from contact with salt water or spray or petroleum products. Where 
dissimilar materials are used in combination, provision shall be made to 
prevent such deleterious effects as loosening or tightening due to 
differences in thermal expansion, freezing or buckling of parts, 
galvanic corrosion, or other forms of contamination. Consideration may 
be given to materials and construction which differ from those required 
by Military Specification MIL-L-19496 if it can be shown by tests and/or 
other means that the proposed material or construction is at least as 
suitable for the intended use.
    (b) Body. The bottom of the raft shall be waterproof and fitted with 
an inflatable floor which can be inflated or deflated as desired. A life 
line festooned in bights shall be provided around the periphery of the 
liferaft. A boarding ladder and towing connection shall be fitted at 
each end of the liferaft. Suitable pockets or equivalent shall be fitted 
for stowage of hand pumps, repair kits, instruction manuals and other 
equipment needed immediately on launching. Reinforcing patches shall be 
substantially fitted in way of the attachments for the righting line, 
painter, sea anchor line, etc. The holders for retaining the gas or air 
pressure containers shall be substantially fitted and sufficiently 
strong to retain the containers when the raft is inflated or when the 
raft is dropped into the water. All exposed surfaces shall be reasonably 
smooth and free from sharp protrusions or projections which might be 
injurious in boarding or occupancy. Water pockets to improve stability 
and reduce drifting shall be fitted on the underside of the floor.
    (c) Canopy. The design shall incorporate an inner and outer canopy 
to insulate the occupants from the weather which shall become 
automatically erected upon initial inflation of the raft. The canopy 
shall provide adequate headroom and provision shall be made for furling 
the ends to allow entry of occupants, free passage of air, and adequate 
room for paddling. Provision for catching rain water shall be 
incorporated in the canopy.
    (d) Laps and seams. The amount of lap shall be sufficient to make 
the seams as strong as the coated cloth joined and the seams shall be 
required to withstand a test load equal to the coated cloth tensile 
strength.
    (e) Color. The outside of the canopy shall be colored Indian orange 
(Cable No. 70072, Standard Color Card of America) or other color of high 
conspicuity against a background of a white-capped sea. The remainder of 
the raft may be the natural color of the finished coated cloth, except 
that the underside of the floor shall be dark blue, dark grey or black.
    (f) Containment. For each type of raft, manufacturers shall design 
and provide suitable containment constructed so as to be capable of 
withstanding hard wear under conditions encountered at sea. A liferaft 
in its container shall be inherently buoyant and shall be arranged so as 
to display evidence of use or tampering, such as by the use of a 
suitable seal, or equivalent. The arrangement shall be such that if the 
vessel sinks, the raft will float free and inflation will take place 
automatically. The ``Instructions for Inflation'' requirement of 
Sec. 160.051-8(b) shall consist of brief instructions for manually

[[Page 152]]

launching and inflating a raft. These instructions shall be legibly 
printed on material that is durable, water and wear resistant. These 
instructions shall be permanently attached to the exterior of each raft 
container in two locations, one on each side of the container.
    (1) Rigid container. The container shall be constructed of metal, 
wood, or plastic, and shall be capable of being securely fastened aboard 
ship and arranged for quick release of the liferaft. The container shall 
be weathertight except that provision shall be made for drainage and the 
circulation of air. A container shall have an interior surface smooth 
and free from splinters, barbs, or rough projections. The interior 
surface of a container made of fibrous glass reinforced plastic shall be 
finished with a gel coating. The words ``This Side Up'' shall be shown 
on the exterior of a container on the side opposite the drain holes in 
blocked letters 1 inch in size. Rigid containers shall be the normal 
means of containing inflatable liferafts except for the installations 
provided for in paragraph (f)(2) of this section.
    (2) Fabric container. A fabric container shall be made of coated 
fabric in accordance with Military Specification MIL-C-17415. All 
fasteners and hardware shall be made of noncorrosive metal. Fabric 
containers shall be provided with carrying handles, nameplates and 
markings in accordance with Sec. 160.051-8. Fabric containers may be 
used with liferafts that are reinforced for suspension as described in 
paragraph (j) of this section to operate in conjunction with certain 
approved launching devices.
    (g) Inflation. Inflation shall take place upon the pulling of a 
lanyard or by some equally simple means which may be accomplished 
manually both from the deck of a vessel and by a swimmer in the water. 
In addition, inflation connections shall be provided for use with the 
hand pump of Sec. 160.051-7(b)(9).
    (h) Buoyancy. The principal buoyancy shall be located at the 
periphery of the inflatable liferaft and shall be subdivided into not 
less than two compartments, either of which must be capable of 
supporting the rated number of persons out of the water. Where more than 
two compartments are incorporated in the design, the raft shall be 
capable of supporting the rated number of persons out of the water with 
one-half of the compartments deflated. In either case, the deflation of 
any one compartment shall not unduly jeopardize the stability of the 
raft.
    (i) Capacity. The maximum number of persons for which an inflatable 
liferaft may be rated shall be the overall horizontal clear area inside 
the raft in square feet (including thwarts if fitted) divided by 4, or 
the volume of the principal buoyancy compartments in cubic feet (which 
for this purpose shall not include the arches, canopy supports, or 
thwarts) divided by 3.4, whichever is the lesser.
    (j) Launching reinforcement. Any liferaft which is to be suspended 
from or operated in conjunction with an approved launching device such 
that any of the raft's components are subjected to loads and stresses in 
addition to those of its inflation system or normal waterborne loading, 
shall be suitably reinforced with load carrying lines, slings, netting 
or their equivalents. These reinforcements shall be designed with a 
minimum factor of safety of 6 on the ultimate strength of the 
reinforcement based on the raft's normal carrying capacity.

[CGFR 59-26, 24 FR 5545, July 9, 1959, as amended by CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 
11478, Sept. 8, 1965; CGD 72-133R, 37 FR 17040, Aug. 24, 1972]



Sec. 160.051-5   Inspections and tests.

    (a) General. Whenever any work is being done on components or the 
assembly of inflatable liferafts, the manufacturer shall notify the 
Commander of the Coast Guard District in which the factory is located in 
order that he may assign a marine inspector to the factory to witness 
the applicable tests and satisfy himself that the quality assurance 
program of the manufacturer is satisfactory.
    (1) The marine inspector shall be admitted to any place in the 
factory where work is done on the inflatable liferafts or component 
parts or materials, and he may take samples of parts or materials 
entering into construction for further inspections or tests. The 
manufacturer shall provide a suitable

[[Page 153]]

place and the apparatus necessary for the performance of the tests to be 
witnessed by the marine inspector.
    (2) Tests at commercial or government laboratories, when applicable, 
shall be at the expense of the manufacturer. Suitable material 
affidavits or invoices for essential materials entering into 
construction shall be obtained by the manufacturer from his suppliers 
and he shall maintain a file showing the lot numbers of the inflatable 
liferafts for which such materials were used.
    (b) Lot size. A lot shall consist of not more than 50 inflatable 
liferafts of the same design and size. Lots shall be numbered serially 
by the manufacturer and if at any time during the processing of a lot, 
any change or modification in materials or production methods is made, a 
new lot shall be started.
    (c) Routine inspections and tests. Manufacturers of approved 
inflatable liferafts shall maintain quality control of the materials 
used, manufacturing methods, workmanship, and the finished product, and 
shall make full inspections and tests as necessary to maintain the 
quality of the product. The fact that certain tests are required as 
enumerated below does not relieve the manufacturer from making any and 
all other tests, inspections, or other determinations as may be 
necessary to assure the quality of all materials, parts and the finished 
product. The following inspections and tests shall be conducted by the 
manufacturer in the presence of the marine inspector, and records of 
such tests shall be kept on file by the manufacturer for a period of 5 
years and shall be made available to the Coast Guard marine inspector 
upon demand:
    (1) Inspection. Each completed inflatable liferaft shall, in 
addition to all other inspections during process of fabrication or 
testing, receive 100 percent visual inspection for surface defects, 
obvious mis-arrangements or dimensional non-conformance, and for general 
conformance to the applicable requirements of the manufacturer's 
approved plans and specifications, and non-conforming units shall be 
rejected.
    (2) Over-pressure test. Each raft shall be individually tested by 
inflating with air to 2.5 times its working pressure and allowed to 
stand for 10 minutes. At the end of 10 minutes the raft shall not show 
signs of seam slippage or rupture nor shall the pressure decrease by 
more than 5 percent. Relief valves, if fitted, shall be made inoperable 
for this test and each valve shall be tested to determine that it 
relieves the pressure at not more than 140 percent of the designed 
working pressure and will reseat at the designed working pressure. Upon 
completion of this test, the raft shall immediately be subjected to the 
test required by paragraph (c)(3) of this section.
    (3) Working pressure leakage test. Each principal buoyancy 
compartment as well as other inflated compartments of every liferaft 
shall be individually tested for gas-tight integrity by inflating with 
air to its working pressure, allowed to stand one hour, and then checked 
and readjusted as necessary to the original working pressure. After 
standing 6 hours the pressure shall not have decreased by more than 10 
percent, compensation being made for the difference in temperature and 
barometric pressure. During the test more than one compartment may be 
tested at one time, but adjacent compartments shall be opened to the 
atmosphere during the test.
    (4) Inflation test. For lots of less than 30, one specimen shall be 
tested. For lots of at least 30, but not more than 50, two specimens 
shall be tested. The specimens shall be selected at random from the lot 
after the rafts have been folded and packed in their containers with 
equipment. When the directions on the container are followed, the 
specimen shall break free from its container and inflate each principle 
buoyancy compartment on the periphery of the raft to the designed shape 
and approximate dimensions in not more than 30 seconds at 70 deg. F. At 
the end of this 30 seconds interval, the canopy support tubes are not 
required to be fully erect. The specimen shall reach its designed 
working pressure with the canopy fully erect in not more than 1 minute 
30 seconds after the first inflation valve is operated. The specimen 
shall be allowed to stand for 1 hour to allow the gases inside to come 
to room temperature. The pressure in all the principal

[[Page 154]]

buoyancy compartments shall be approximately the designed working 
pressure. If the specimen(s) fails this test the entire lot shall be 
subjected to the inflation test.
    (d) Lot acceptance or rejection. When the inspections and tests 
prescribed by paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this section, above have 
been completed satisfactorily and all nonconforming units eliminated, 
and the inflatable liferafts comprising the lot are considered suitable, 
the lot shall be accepted, and the containers shall be marked in 
accordance with Sec. 160.051-8(a).
    (e) Preapproval inspection and tests. The prototype raft shall be 
inspected and tested at the plant of the manufacturer in the presence of 
a marine inspector in accordance with paragraphs (c) (1) through (4) of 
this section. If the inspections and tests are satisfactory, the raft 
shall be repacked together with its equipment in the container with the 
cylinder(s) charged and the raft in all respects ready for use. The 
container shall be shipped prepaid to the Field Testing and Development 
Center, Coast Guard Yard, Baltimore, Md., 21226, for testing in 
accordance with paragraphs (e)(1) through (12) of this section. The 
following additional material shall be forwarded at that time: 
Completely charged cylinder(s) (one or two depending on the number used 
in the raft design), 2 yards of all coated cloth used, and two seams 7 
inches wide by 12 inches long made in exact accordance with the 
manufacturer's plans and specifications.
    (1) Seam strength. It shall be demonstrated that the sample seams 
can withstand a test load equal to the coated cloth tensile strength.
    (2) Drop test. The inflatable liferaft, complete with all its 
equipment shall be set for operation and dropped into water from a 
height of not less than 60 feet. The raft shall not be inflated until it 
has been demonstrated that the raft in its carrying case will remain 
afloat for not less than one-half hour. The operating lanyard shall then 
be pulled and the raft shall break free from its case and assume its 
designed shape with canopy erected and in all respects ready for 
boarding. The raft shall not sustain damage which would be sufficient to 
prevent its use as emergency abandon-ship flotation equipment, nor shall 
the equipment suffer damage sufficient to affect its usefulness.
    (3) Loading, seating and swamp test. The raft shall be loaded with 
the number of persons it is intended to carry. Each person used in this 
test shall be an adult wearing an approved life jacket and the average 
of the weight of all persons used in the test shall not be less than 165 
pounds. It shall be demonstrated that the floor can be inflated, that 
there is sufficient head room, and that the occupants have adequate room 
and access to the equipment. The floor shall then be deflated and the 
raft flooded. In this condition the raft shall support the number of 
persons it is intended to carry and remain seaworthy.
    (4) Stability test. The full complement of the raft shall be crowded 
to one side and then to one end and in each case the freeboard shall be 
adequate to prevent the raft being swamped. The floor shall be deflated 
for this test.
    (5) Damage test. It shall be demonstrated that the buoyancy and 
stability required by Sec. 160.051-4(h) can be obtained when the raft is 
in a condition simulating damage. The freeboard in damage condition 
shall be adequate to prevent the raft being swamped.
    (6) Righting test. It shall be demonstrated that the liferaft is 
capable of being righted by one man if it inflates in an inverted 
position.
    (7) Boarding test. It shall be demonstrated that the liferaft can be 
boarded from the water, within 30 seconds of the time the operating 
lanyard is pulled, by an adult suitably clothed and wearing an approved 
life jacket.
    (8) Towing test. It shall be demonstrated that when a tow line is 
attached to the towing connection the loaded raft can be satisfactorily 
towed at a speed of five knots.
    (9) Jump test. It shall be demonstrated that an adult, suitably 
clothed and wearing an approved life jacket, can jump on the canopy of 
the liferaft from a height of not less than 15 feet without damage to 
the canopy.
    (10) Mooring out test. The raft shall be ballasted with weights 
equivalent to its capacity, (165 pounds per person) and moored out for 
30 days. Topping up will be permitted each morning of the

[[Page 155]]

test if necessary. Upon completion of the test period the buoyancy 
compartments shall be tested in accordance with the over pressure test 
requirements of paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
    (11) Temperature Exposure. (i) General. The packed raft must be 
exposed in a test chamber to a temperature of --22 deg. F, inflated and 
then repacked and exposed to a temperature of 150 deg. F and inflated.
    (ii) Procedure. (a) Thermocouples or similar instrumentation must be 
located at the inflation cylinders and at the center of the packed raft.
     (b) The packed raft must remain exposed in the chamber until the 
test temperature has been reached.
     (c) Inflation must take place in the test chamber. However, for 
elevated temperature test, raft may be removed from chamber if inflation 
begins within one minute of its removal.
    (iii) Results. (a) The raft must achieve design shape with its 
canopy erect within three minutes after exposure to the low temperature.
    (b) The raft fabric must not show signs of cracking, tackiness, or 
slipping seams and must be in all respects ready for use after exposure 
to both low and elevated temperature inflation tests.
    (12) Launching load test. The following applies to a liferaft 
subject to the provisions of Sec. 160.051-4(j) that is to operate in 
conjunction with a launching device approved in accordance with Coast 
Guard specification 160.063. It shall be demonstrated that the raft 
while suspended or loaded by its launching connection(s) can sustain a 
distributed deadweight load of 2.2 times its normal carrying capacity 
for a period of one-half hour. The normal carrying capacity shall be 
equivalent to the number of persons allowed (165 pounds per person) 
together with the weight of equipment carried, plus 10 percent of the 
total load including the weight of the raft. The distributed deadweight 
load on the raft together with the raft's attachment(s) and rigging to a 
test fixture shall so interact as to simulate the loads and stresses 
that the raft will undergo when operated with an approved launching 
device.

[CGFR 59-26, 24 FR 5546, July 9, 1959, as amended by CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 
11479, Sept. 8, 1965; CGD 73-160R, 39 FR 9669, Mar. 13, 1974]



Sec. 160.051-6   Servicing.

    (a) Frequency. All inflatable liferafts shall be serviced every 
twelve months at approved servicing facilities.
    (b) [Reserved]
    (c) Service manual. Manufacturers of inflatable liferafts shall 
prepare service manuals which shall include instructions for opening, 
inspecting, testing, repairing and repacking each of their approved 
liferafts. Where extensive repairs are necessary the inflatable 
liferafts shall be returned to the manufacturer.
    (1) Instruction placard. Each manufacturer of inflatable liferafts 
shall provide the appropriate number of instruction placards to the 
master or operator of the vessel on which his particular inflatable 
liferafts are carried. The instruction placard shall include simple 
instructions and illustrations showing the operations of launching and 
inflating the inflatable liferaft, which shall be submitted for approval 
to the Commandant with the other items required by Sec. 160.051-9(a). In 
size, such placard shall not be greater than 14 inches by 20 inches.
    (d) Servicing facilities and personnel. Servicing facilities shall 
be clean, free from excessive dust, drafts, and strong sunlight and 
arranged so that even temperatures can be maintained. The floor shall be 
smooth and kept clean and free from oil, grease, and abrasive materials. 
Equipment for performing the necessary tests and repairs shall be 
provided. After a raft manufacturer has indicated his choice of a 
servicing facility to the cognizant Officer in Charge, Marine 
Inspection, the servicing facility shall apply to the cognizant Officer 
in Charge, Marine Inspection, for an inspection of his facility. The 
Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, shall determine the adequacy of 
equipment and spaces and competence of the personnel and shall submit a 
report of his findings to the Commandant. The Commandant will issue a 
letter to the manufacturer, with copies

[[Page 156]]

to the servicing facilities and to cognizant Officer in Charge, Marine 
Inspection, indicating which servicing facilities have been approved as 
a prerequisite to approval of the inflatable liferafts, and which must 
be maintained to keep the approval in effect. Thereafter, all material 
and personnel changes in a listed facility shall be subject to the 
approval of the cognizant Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
    (1) Servicing equipment. The equipment provided at the plant shall 
be as recommended by the raft manufacturer and shall include the 
following:
    (i) A complete set of plans for the inflatable liferafts to be 
serviced.
    (ii) A current copy of the Coast Guard Specification 160.051.
    (iii) A current copy of the manufacturer's service manual.
    (iv) Hot presses (if applicable).
    (v) Safety-type glue pots or equivalents.
    (vi) Abrasive devices.
    (vii) A source of air pressure.
    (viii) Mercury or water manometer.
    (ix) Thermometer.
    (x) Barometer, aneroid or mercury.
    (xi) Calibrated torque-wrench for assembling the inflation system.
    (xii) Accurate weighing scale.
    (xiii) A stock of repair materials, spare parts, and stowage 
accessories as specified by the manufacturer. Limited ``shelf life'' 
items need not be stocked if they can be procured readily from the 
manufacturer within a reasonable time, to the satisfaction of the 
cognizant Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection.
    (xiv) A complete stock of the equipment required to be stowed in the 
inflatable liferafts, except that items of equipment which may be 
readily procured need not be stocked.
    (2) Trained personnel. (i) The servicing facility shall be staffed 
by one or more persons who have successfully completed a factory 
training course in the  servicing of approved inflatable liferafts and 
have documentary evidence thereof. Persons who can show proof of 
equivalent practical experience in this field will be acceptable in lieu 
of factory-trained personnel.
    (ii) The cognizant Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, shall 
maintain and provide a servicing facility with a list of its employees 
who qualify under paragraph (d)(2)(i) of this section to service the 
rafts. This list shall include the names of persons subsequently 
employed for the work since the issuance of the original servicing 
facility letter described in this paragraph.
    (3) Qualifying tests. A marine inspector shall observe the servicing 
of at least one inflatable liferaft of the type and manufacture to be 
serviced after approval of the facility, from the time of unpacking 
until inspected, repaired and repacked. This raft shall satisfactorily 
pass the inflation test required by Sec. 160.051-5(c)(4). In addition 
three rafts shall be packed in the presence of the marine inspector (or 
the same raft may be deflated and repacked three times) and then 
successfully inflation-tested to prove the correctness of the stowage. 
The latter three tests need not run beyond the three minutes specified 
for complete inflation.
    (e) Inspection. The assignment of a marine inspector to witness the 
inspections and testing shall be scheduled with the Officer in Charge, 
Marine Inspection, at least 24 hours in advance. The marine inspector 
shall witness the servicing of each inflatable liferaft and conduct a 
working pressure leakage test as outlined in Sec. 160.051-5(c)(3), 
except that the waiting period may be 2 hours in lieu of 6 hours. Each 
inflatable liferaft, subject to Sec. 160.051-4(j), having a suspension 
system which is integral with the liferaft and is intended to be used in 
launching operations shall be proof tested by a suspension test of 1.1 
times the normal carrying capacity as specified in Sec. 160.051-
5(e)(12). All equipment shall be inspected for condition and outdated 
water, signals, etc. shall be replaced. The cells for the lights 
required under Sec. 160.051-7(b)(c) of this title shall be renewed when 
a raft undergoes its annual servicing. Damaged or faded instruction 
labels on the container of a raft shall be replaced at annual servicing. 
Inflation cylinders shall be weighed and recharged if the weight loss 
exceeds 5 percent of the weight of the charge. After the raft has been 
satisfactorily serviced and repacked, the container shall be sealed as 
required by Sec. 160.051-4(f) and the metal inspection plate of the 
container described in

[[Page 157]]

Sec. 160.051-8(a) will be stamped ``Passed'' together with the date, and 
the Marine Inspection Office identification letters. The following 
additional conditions apply:
    (1) Recording. The servicing facility shall maintain a complete 
record of each inflatable liferaft serviced. This record shall be made 
available to the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, upon request. The 
record shall include the following:
    (i) Serial number of the raft.
    (ii) Date raft inspected and repacked.
    (iii) Initials of witnessing marine inspector.
    (iv) Identity of the ship receiving the raft.
    (v) Date of issuance to the ship.
    (2) Servicing certificate. A certificate shall be issued by the 
servicing facility for each inflatable liferaft inspected and serviced. 
It shall indicate the serial number of the raft, the date of inspection 
and the initials of the marine inspector. This certificate will be 
retained in the vessel's files as evidence of compliance with the annual 
inspection requirement. A copy of the servicing certificate shall be 
furnished to the marine inspector.
    (f) Special fifth-year inspection tests. In addition to the above 
annual inspection requirements, an inflatable liferaft shall undergo the 
following special tests at 5-year intervals after its date of 
manufacture:
    (1) Inflation cylinders. The inflation cylinders shall be retested 
and marked in accordance with the regulations of the Department of 
Transportation as noted in Sec. 147.04-1 of Subchapter N (Dangerous 
Cargoes) of this chapter.
    (2) Gas inflation. An inflatable liferaft, at 5-year intervals after 
its date of manufacture, on its arrival at a servicing facility, shall 
be removed from its container and, while still folded, shall be inflated 
by the operation of its gas cylinder(s) in the presence of a marine 
inspector. Rafts showing minor leaks from this inflation can be repaired 
at the servicing facility, but any rafts that are ten (10) or more years 
past their dates of manufacture that leak extensively or show fabric 
damage from this inflation shall be retired from service and their 
nameplates showing Coast Guard approval shall be removed by the marine 
inspector. Rafts that satisfactorily pass the above gas inflation test 
shall then undergo the usual annual servicing described above. A raft 
that satisfactorily passes the gas inflation test shall have the date 
and the port at which it was performed stamped on the container 
inspection plate described under Sec. 160.051-8(a).
    (3) Inflation cylinder valves and seals. After a raft has completed 
the tests of paragraph (f) (1) or (2) of this section, the poppet pin 
assembly, including its seals, O-rings and gaskets made of rubber, shall 
be renewed on the inflation heads of the gas cylinders by the activity 
approved to perform the hydraulic testing outlined in paragraph (f)(1) 
of this section. An inflation cylinder that has been recharged shall 
stand for at least 2 weeks and be checked for leakage by weighing before 
being returned to service.

[CGFR 59-26, 24 FR 5547, July 9, 1959, as amended by CGFR 61-15, 26 FR 
9300, Sept. 30, 1961; CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 11479, Sept. 8, 1965; CGD 72-
133R, 37 FR 17041, Aug. 24, 1972; CGD 72-133, 38 FR 5338, Feb. 28, 1973; 
CGD 75-186, 41 FR 10437, Mar. 11, 1976]



Sec. 160.051-7   Equipment.

    (a) General. All inflatable liferafts, regardless of the service, 
shall be provided with the equipment required by paragraph (b) of this 
section. In addition, liferafts intended for ocean service vessels shall 
be provided with the equipment set forth in paragraph (c) of this 
section and those intended for limited service vessels shall be provided 
with equipment set forth in paragraph (d) of this section.
    (b) Items required for all rafts. The following equipment for ocean 
service and limited service liferafts shall be stowed outside of the 
equipment containers so as to be readily available:
    (1) Boarding ladder. A boarding ladder or equivalent at each 
entrance to the raft. In addition, hand holds or equivalent on each side 
of each entrance to assist in boarding.
    (2) Heaving line. A buoyant heaving line not less than 100 feet in 
length and having a breaking strength of not less than 250 pounds fitted 
with a buoyant quoit at one end with the other end attached to the raft 
near the after entrance.

[[Page 158]]

    (3) Instruction manual. An instruction manual, printed on water-
resistant film or plastic coated paper and suspended in a clear film 
envelope from one of the canopy arch tubes, shall describe the raft and 
its equipment, including the use of the inflation pump, repair kit, sea 
anchor, etc. This manual shall also contain all of the survival 
information recommended in Inter-Governmental Maritime Consultative 
Organization Resolution 181, dated October 29, 1969, as amended, 
together with the illustrated table of lifesaving signals from CG-811 
(Rev.). The plastic Instruction Card described under Sec. 160.051-
7(b)(13) can be contatined in the same envelope with the instruction 
manual if arrangements are made for the card to be visible from either 
face of the envelope.
    (4) Jackknife. A jackknife of an approved type constructed in 
accordance with subpart 160.043 of subchapter Q (Specifications) of this 
chapter, shall be fitted in a pocket near the forward entrance.
    (5) Lights.
    (i) The canopy required in Sec. 160.051-4(c) must have a light 
attached to the--
    (a) Top; and
    (b) Inside.
    (ii) The lights required in paragraph (b)(5)(i) of this section 
must--
    (a) Operate automatically when the raft is inflated;
    (b) Be capable of 12 months service;
    (c) Be watertight; and
    (d) Be powered by wateractivated or dry cells that are--
    (1) Capable of operating the light for 12 hours after being stored 
for a period of time up to 24 months; and
    (2) Renewed when the raft undergoes annual servicing.
    (iii) The light required in paragraph (b)(5)(i)(a) of this section 
must be--
    (a) Installed with a power source that operates the light for 12 
hours; and
    (b) Capable of being seen from a distance of 2 miles or be one of 
the light types listed in Table 1 of this section.
    (iv) The light required in paragraph (5)(i)(b) must be provided with 
a separate power source that--
    (a) Operates the light for 12 hours: and
    (b) Has a means of interrupting the current to the lights.
    (6) Lifelines. Two lifelines of not less than \9/16\ inch nylon 
tubular webbing, or equivalent, shall be fitted: One around the outside 
periphery and the other around the inside of the raft. The outside 
lifeline shall be festooned in bights, not more than 24 inches long and 
fastened at intervals not exceeding 18 inches, which shall hang within 3 
inches of the waterline when the raft is fully loaded.

                                 Table 1                                
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         Flash frequency
                                       Light output        cycles/min.  
            Light type                (minimum) \1\    -----------------
                                                        Minimum  Maximum
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Steady incandescent..............  5.0 candela........        0        0
Flashing incandescent............  5.0 effective             50       70
                                    candela.                            
Flashing stroboscopic............  0.5 candela-second        50       70
                                    flash.                              
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ The minimum light output shall be maintained in all directions of   
  the upper hemisphere.                                                 

    (7) Paddles. Two paddles, 4 feet long.
    (8) A painter shall be provided for launching and holding the raft 
during boarding. It shall be of nylon line, or equivalent, or a type 
easily gripped, 100 feet in length, and stowed so that it will run free 
when the raft is launched and not cause inadvertent inflation before the 
raft is in the sea. The nominal breaking strength of the painter when 
unknotted, including attachments, shall be 3,000 pounds for rafts 
approved for capacities of 10 or more persons, and 1,500 pounds for 
rafts approved for capacities of less than 10 persons. The end of the 
painter protruding from the container of the raft shall be resistant to 
the deleterious effects of sunlight. A ``float free'' link made of 
stainless steel rod with a nominal breaking strength, including 
attachments of 500 pounds shall connect the end of the painter to the 
vessel. In addition, a separate steel cleat with horns not less than 3 
inches in length shall be installed adjacent to the cradle for belaying 
the end or each raft's painter to the ship when manually launching. The 
launching instructions on the container shall include the following: (i) 
``When stowing the raft, connect the steel link to the vessel'' and (ii) 
``Before launching the raft by hand, pull out the line from the 
container and

[[Page 159]]

make it fast to the cleat provided.'' Existing rafts previously approved 
under this specification shall be altered to comply with the above when 
the rafts are next serviced.
    (9) Pump, inflation-deflation. An inflation-deflation pump with hose 
in accordance with Military Specification MIL-L-19496, or equivalent.
    (10) Righting gear. Suitable hand holds or straps on the underside 
of the floor to enable a righting moment to be exerted. Such straps 
shall be a web material of adequate strength. The righting strap shall 
run the full width of the liferaft and shall be secured to the buoyancy 
chamber on both sides of the raft.
    (11) Sea anchor. Two sea anchors in accordance with Military 
Specifications, MIL-L-19496 or equivalent, each fitted with 50 feet of 
\1/4\-inch diameter braided nylon line or equivalent; one anchor to be 
stowed inside the raft and ready for use and the other stowed outside 
the raft which will stream automatically without entanglement when the 
raft is inflated.
    (12) Towing connection. A suitable towing connection at each end of 
the raft.
    (13) Instruction card. A plastic card suspended from the inside 
canopy showing the immediate steps to be taken by survivors on entering 
a raft as recommended by Intergovernmental Maritime Consultative 
Organization Resolution 181, dated October 29, 1969. This card shall 
also explain the noise that can be expected to accompany the operation 
of any CO2 relief valves that may be installed.
    (c) Ocean service equipment. Equipment for liferafts intended for 
ocean service shall be stowed in watertight containers which are tied to 
the inside of the raft with short lengths of nylon line webbing, or 
equivalent. The contents of each watertight equipment container shall be 
listed on a plastic card attached to the container's opening. The 
following ocean service equipment shall be provided:
    (1) Bailer(s). Bailer(s) shall be of flexible material not less than 
6 inches in diameter, one of which shall be provided on rafts 
accommodating 12 persons or less, and two on rafts accommodating 13 
persons or more.
    (2) Drinking cup. A flexible plastic drinking cup graduated in 
ounces.
    (3) First-aid kit. An approved first-aid kit in accordance with 
subpart 160.054 of this subchapter Q (Specifications).
    (4) Flashlight. A Type I or Type III flashlight constructed and 
marked in accordance with ASTM F1014-1986. Three spare cells and two 
spare bulbs, stowed in a watertight container, shall be provided with 
each flashlight. Batteries shall be replaced at each servicing of the 
liferaft.

    Note: Flashlights bearing a Coast Guard approval number may continue 
to be used in lifeboats and liferafts as long as they are in a 
serviceable condition.
    (5) Mirror, signaling. One signaling mirror of an approved type.
    (6) Provisions. One pound of hard bread or its approved equivalent 
for each person. Provisions to be packaged in hermetically sealed cans 
of an approved type.
    (7) Repair kit. A repair kit consisting of six sealing clamps in 
accordance with Military Specification MIL-L-19496; five 2-inch diameter 
tube patches and cement compatible with the raft fabric together with a 
roughing tool. Repair kit cement shall be replaced when a raft undergoes 
its annual servicing. A tube of cement shall show by a date of 
manufacture on its exterior, or by an accompanying affidavit, that it 
has been manufactured within 18 months of the time that the cement is 
packed in a raft.
    (8) Signals. Two hand-held rocket-propelled parachute red flare 
distress signals constructed in accordance with subpart 160.036 of this 
subchapter Q (Specifications), and six hand red flare distress signals 
constructed in accordance with subpart 160.021 or subpart 160.023 of 
this subchapter Q (Specifications). All overage signals are to be 
replaced when a raft undergoes its annual servicing. A signal previously 
in service in a raft can be packed if its allowed 3-year period of 
service has not expired.
    (9) Sponge, cellulose. Two Type 1, Size 10 cellulose sponges.
    (10) Water. One and one-half quarts of drinking water per person in 
approved hermetically sealed containers constructed and filled in 
accordance with subpart 160.026 of this subchapter Q

[[Page 160]]

(Specifications). Service life of this equipment shall be limited to 5 
years from date of packing. One pint of this requirement per person may 
be replaced by desalting kit(s) approved in accordance with subpart 
160.058 of this subchapter Q (Specifications), that shall be capable of 
producing an equal amount of fresh water. A container of drinking water 
with a date of manufacture showing that its allowed 5-year period of 
service has not expired can be packed in a raft.
    (11) Jackknife. On rafts accommodating 13 persons or more, an 
approved jackknife shall be provided in addition to that required by 
paragraph (b)(4) of this section.
    (12) Signal whistle. One signal whistle of the ball type, made of 
corrosion-resistant construction, with a 36-inch lanyard attached, and 
in good working order.
    (13) Can openers. Three means of opening hermetically sealed 
containers shall be provided. Special blade(s) on the approved 
jackknives are accepted in this accounting in addition to any can 
opener(s) the blades or cutting edges of which shall be sheathed to 
prevent damage to the raft and its equipment.
    (14) Fishing tackle. One emergency fishing tackle kit in accordance 
with subpart 160.061 of this subchapter Q (Specifications).
    (15) Antiseasickness tablets. Six antiseasickness medicinal tablets 
for each person the raft is rated to carry.
    (d) Limited service equipment. Equipment for liferafts intended for 
limited service shall be stowed in water-tight containers which are tied 
to the inside of the raft with short lengths of nylon line, webbing or 
equivalent. The contents of each water-tight equipment container shall 
be listed on a plastic card attached to the container's opening. The 
following limited service equipment shall be provided:
    (1) Bailer. One flexible plastic bailer not less than 6 inches in 
diameter.
    (2) Flashlight. A Type I or Type III flashlight constructed and 
marked in accordance with ASTM F1014-1986. Three spare cells and two 
spare bulbs, stowed in a watertight container, shall be provided with 
each flashlight. Batteries shall be replaced at each servicing of the 
liferaft.

    Note: Flashlights bearing a Coast Guard approval number may continue 
to be used in lifeboats and liferafts as long as they are in a 
serviceable condition.
    (3) Repair kit. A repair kit consisting of six sealing clamps in 
accordance with Military Specification MIL-L-19496, five 2-inch diameter 
tube patches and cement compatible with the raft fabric together with a 
roughing tool. Repair kit cement shall be replaced when a raft undergoes 
its annual servicing. A tube of cement shall show by a date of 
manufacture on its exterior, or by an accompanying affidavit, that it 
has been manufactured within 18 months of the time that the cement is 
packed in a raft.
    (4) Signals. One hand-held rocket-propelled parachute red flare 
distress signal constructed in accordance with subpart 160.036 of this 
subchapter Q (Specifications), and two hand red flare distress signals 
or two hand combination flare and smoke distress signals constructed in 
accordance with subpart 160.021 or subpart 160.023 of this subchapter Q 
(Specifications). All overage signals are to be replaced when a raft 
undergoes its annual servicing. A signal previously in service can be 
packed in a raft if its allowed 3-year period of service has not 
expired.
    (5) Sponge, cellulose. One type 1, Size 10 cellulose sponge.

[CGFR 59-26, 24 FR 5547, July 9, 1959, as amended by CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 
11480, Sept. 8, 1965; CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 19965, Dec. 30, 1970; CGD 72-
133R, 37 FR 17041, Aug. 24, 1972, CGD 72-133, 38 FR 5338, Feb. 28, 1973; 
CGD 73-201R, 38 FR 31297, Nov. 13, 1973; CGD 82-042, 53 FR 17706, May 
18, 1988]



Sec. 160.051-8   Nameplate and marking.

    (a) Nameplate. Each inflatable liferaft and container shall have 
permanently attached a substantial nameplate of compatible material on 
which is embossed or imprinted the name of the manufacturer, the 
approval number, the manufacturer's model number and serial number, the 
number of persons for which the inflatable liferaft is approved, and the 
lot number. In addition, the container shall be marked ``Ocean Service 
Equipment'' or ``Limited Service Equipment'' as applicable,

[[Page 161]]

together with the Marine Inspection Office identification letters, the 
date, and the letters ``USCG''. A raft container shall also be provided 
with a stainless steel plate of 0.032-inch minimum thickness of 
sufficient size for showing a stamped record of the data of the annual 
inspections and the gas inflation tests described respectively in 
Secs. 160.051-6(e) and 160.051-6(f)(2).
    (b) Marking. Marking shall be clearly and legibly applied in a color 
contrasting to its background, using materials which are permanent for 
the life of the inflatable liferaft as follows: Instructions for 
inflating; directions for righting if the raft inflates in an inverted 
position; directions for boarding; position and use of items stowed 
outside the equipment containers; contents of equipment containers, and 
warning against tampering.

[CGFR 59-26, 24 FR 5548, July 9, 1959, as amended by CGFR 65-64, 31 FR 
562, Jan. 18, 1966; CGD 75-186, 41 FR 10437, Mar. 11, 1976]



Sec. 160.051-9   Procedure for approval.

    (a) Preliminary plans and specifications. Inflatable liferafts for 
use on vessels subject to Coast Guard inspection are approved only by 
the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard. Before any action is taken on any 
design arrangement and construction of the inflatable liferaft, material 
specifications, and a description of construction methods with a list of 
servicing facilities and their qualified employees, must be submitted to 
the Commandant through the Coast Guard District in which the inflatable 
liferafts are built.
    (b) Pre-approval inspections and tests. If the drawings and 
specifications are satisfactory, the Commander of the Coast Guard 
District in which the inflatable liferaft is to be built shall be 
notified in writing when fabrication is to commence. A marine inspector 
will be assigned to observe the construction in accordance with the 
plans and specifications, and upon completion will witness the tests 
described by Sec. 160.051-5(c)(1) through (4). The raft shall then be 
forwarded to the Field Testing and Development Center, Coast Guard Yard, 
Curtis Bay, Baltimore, Md. 21226, for testing in accordance with 
Sec. 160.051-5(e)(1) through (12). The commandant will bill the 
manufacturer for the costs of the tests performed.
    (c) Final plans and specifications. After the tests have been 
successfully completed, the manufacturer shall present to the inspector 
four copies of the plans and specifications including any corrections, 
changes or additions which may have been found necessary since the 
original submittal.
    (d) Commandant's approval action. Upon receipt of the inspector's 
report of the examinations and tests conducted at the manufacturer's 
plant, four copies of corrected drawings and specifications, and a 
report of the pre-approval tests conducted at the Coast Guard Yard, the 
Commandant will determine compliance of the inflatable liferaft with the 
requirements of this subpart and its suitability for type or brand 
approval for use on inspected vessels. Suitable documentary evidence of 
compliance with the requirements of Sec. 160.051-6 will be required 
before approvals are issued.

[CGFR 59-26, 24 FR 5548, July 9, 1959, as amended by CGFR 65-64, 31 FR 
562, Jan. 18, 1966; CGFR 66-33, 31 FR 15297, Dec. 6, 1966; CGD 72-133R, 
37 FR 17042, Aug. 24, 1972; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34536, Sept. 7, 1988]



 Subpart 160.052--Specification for a Buoyant Vest, Unicellular Plastic 
                          Foam, Adult and Child



Sec. 160.052-1   Incorporation by reference.

    (a) Specifications and Standards. This subpart makes reference to 
the following documents.
    (1) [Reserved]
    (2) Military specification:

MIL-W-530F--Webbing, Textile, Cotton, General Purpose, Natural and in 
Colors.

    (3) Federal Standards:

No. 191--Textile Test Methods.
No. 751A--Stitches, Seams, and Stitching.

    (4) Coast Guard specifications:

160.055--Life Preservers, Unicellular Plastic Foam, Adult and Child.
164.015--Plastic Foam, Unicellular, Buoyant Sheet and Molded Shapes.

    (b) Plans. The following plans, of the issue in effect on the date 
buoyant vests are manufactured, form a part of this subpart:


[[Page 162]]


    Dwg. No. 160.052-1:
Sheet 1--Cutting Pattern and General Arrangement, Model AP.
Sheet 2--Cutting Pattern and General Arrangement, Model CPM.
Sheet 3--Cutting Pattern and General Arrangement, Model CPS.
Sheet 4--Insert Patterns.

    (c) Copies on file. The manufacturer shall keep a copy of each 
specification and plan required by this section on file together with 
the certificate of approval. Plans and specifications may be obtained as 
follows:
    (1) The Coast Guard plans and specifications may be obtained upon 
request from the Commandant (G-MSE), U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC 
20593-0001, or a recognized laboratory listed in Sec. 160.052-8b.
    (2) The Federal Specifications and Standards may be purchased from 
the Business Service Center, General Services Administration, 
Washington, DC 20407.
    (3) The military specification may be obtained from the Commanding 
Officer, Naval Supply Depot, 5801 Tabor Avenue, Philadelphia, PA 19120.

[CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11588, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGD 72-90R, 37 
FR 10837, May 31, 1972; CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8120, Mar. 28, 1973; CGD 78-
012, 43 FR 27153, 27154, June 22, 1978; CGD 82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 
1983; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34536, Sept. 7, 1988; CGD 95-072, 60 FR 50467, 
Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50733, Sept. 27, 1996]



Sec. 160.052-2   Size and model.

    (a) A standard buoyant vest is manufactured in accordance with a 
plan specified in Sec. 160.052-1(b) and is a:
    (1) Model AP, adult (for persons over 90 pounds);
    (2) Model CPM, child, medium (for persons weighing from 50 to 90 
pounds); or
    (3) Model CPS, child, small (for persons weighing less than 50 
pounds).
    (b) A nonstandard buoyant vest is:
    (1) Manufactured in accordance with the manufacturer's approved 
plan;
    (2) Equivalent in performance to the standard buoyant vest; and
    (3) Assigned a model designation by the manufacturer for the 
following sizes:
    (i) Adult (for persons weighing over 90 pounds);
    (ii) Child, medium (for persons weighing from 50 to 90 pounds);
    (iii) Child, small (for persons weighing less than 50 pounds).

[CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8120, Mar. 28, 1973]



Sec. 160.052-3   Materials--Standard vests.

    (a) General. All components used in the construction of buoyant 
vests must meet the applicable requirements of subpart 164.019 of this 
chapter. The requirements for materials specified in this section are 
minimum requirements, and consideration will be given to the use of 
alternate materials in lieu of those specified. Detailed technical data 
and samples of all proposed alternate materials shall be submitted for 
approval before those materials are incorporated in the finished 
product.
    (b) Unicellular plastic foam. The unicellular plastic foam shall be 
all new material complying with the requirements of specification 
Subpart 164.015 of this subchapter for Type A or B foam.
    (c) Envelope. The buoyant vest envelope, or cover, shall be made 
from 39'', 2.85 cotton jeans cloth, with a thread count of approximately 
96 x 64. The finished goods shall weigh not less than 4.2 ounces per 
square yard, shall have thread count of not less than 94 x 60, and shall 
have a breaking strength of not less than 85 pounds in the warp and 50 
pounds in the filling. Other cotton fabrics having a weight and breaking 
strength not less than the above will be acceptable. There are no 
restrictions as to color, but the fastness of the color to laundering, 
water, crocking, and light shall be rated ``good'' when tested in 
accordance with Federal Test Method Standard No. 191, Methods 5610, 
5630, 5650, and 5660.
    (d) Tie tapes and body strap loops. The tie tapes and body strap 
loops for both adult and child sizes must be \3/4\-inch cotton webbing 
meeting the requirements of military specification MIL-T-43566 (Class I) 
for Type I webbing.
    (d-1) Body straps. The complete body strap assembly, including 
hardware, must have a minimum breaking strength of 150 pounds for an 
adult size and 115 pounds for a child size. The specifications for the 
webbing are as follows:

[[Page 163]]

    (1) For an adult size vest, the webbing must be 1 inch;
    (2) For a child size vest, the webbing must be three-quarter inch 
and meet the requirements of military specification MIL-W-530 for Type 
IIa webbing.
    (e) [Reserved]
    (f) Thread. Each thread must meet the requirements of subpart 
164.023 of this chapter. Only one kind of thread may be used in each 
seam.

[CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11588, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGD 72-90R, 37 
FR 10837, May 31, 1972; CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8120, Mar. 28, 1973; CGD 73-
130R, 39 FR 20684, June 13, 1974; CGD 78-012, 43 FR 27154, June 22, 
1978; CGD 82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 84-068, 58 FR 29493, 
May 20, 1993]



Sec. 160.052-3a   Materials--Dee ring and snap hook assemblies and other instruments of closure for buoyant vests.

    (a) Specifications. Dee ring and snap hook assemblies and other 
instruments of closure for buoyant vests may have decorative platings in 
any thickness and must meet the following specifications:
    (1) The device must be constructed of inherently corrosion resistant 
materials. As used in this section the term ``inherently corrosion 
resistant materials'' includes, but is not limited to brass, bronze, and 
stainless steel.
    (2) The size of the opening of the device must be consistent with 
the webbing which will pass through the opening.
    (b) Testing requirements. Dee ring and snap hook assemblies and 
other instruments of closure for buoyant vests must--
    (1) Be tested for weathering. The Coast Guard will determine which 
one or more of the following tests will be used:
    (i) Application of a 20 percent sodium-chloride solution spray at a 
temperature of 95 deg. F (35 deg. C) for a period of 240 hours in 
accordance with the procedures contained in method 811 of the Federal 
Test Method Standard No. 151.
    (ii) Exposure to a carbon-arc weatherometer for a period of 100 
hours.
    (iii) Submergence for a period of 100 hours in each of the 
following:
    (a) Leaded gasoline.
    (b) Gum turpentine.
    (iv) Exposure to a temperature of 0 deg.plus-minus5 deg.F 
(17.6plus-minus2.775 deg. C) for 24 hours; and
    (2) Within 5 minutes of completion of the weathering test required 
by paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the assembly must be attached to a 
support and bear 150 pounds for an adult size and 115 pounds for a child 
size for 10 minutes at ambient temperatures without breaking or 
distorting.

[CGD 73-130R, 39 FR 20684, June 13, 1974]



Sec. 160.052-4   Materials--nonstandard vests.

    (a) General. All materials used in nonstandard buoyant vests must be 
equivalent to those specified in Sec. 160.052-3 and be obtained from a 
supplier who furnishes an affidavit in accordance with the requirement 
in Sec. 160.052-3(a).
    (b) Cover. A vinyl-dip coating may be allowed for the covering of 
the vest instead of a fabric envelope if the coating meets the 
requirements in Sec. 160.055-5(b)(2) of this chapter except there is no 
color restriction.
    (c) Reinforcing tape. When used, the reinforcing tape around the 
neck shall be \3/4\'' cotton tape weighing not less than 0.18 ounces per 
linear yard having a minimum breaking strength of not less than 120 
pounds.

[CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11588, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGD 72-90R, 37 
FR 10837, May 31, 1972; 37 FR 11774, June 14, 1972, CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 
8120, Mar. 28, 1973]



Sec. 160.052-5   Construction--standard vests.

    (a) General. This specification covers buoyant vests which 
essentially consist of a fabric envelope in which are enclosed inserts 
of buoyant material arranged and distributed so as to provide the 
flotation characteristics and buoyancy required to hold the wearer in an 
upright or slightly backward position with head and face out of water. 
The buoyant vests are also fitted with straps and hardware to provide 
for proper adjustment and close and comfortable fit to the bodies of 
various size wearers.
    (b) Envelope. The envelope or cover shall be made of three pieces. 
Two pieces of fabric shall be cut to the pattern shown on Dwg. No. 
160.052-1, Sheet 1 for adult size, and Sheets 2 and 3 for

[[Page 164]]

child sizes, and joined together with a third piece which forms a 2'' 
finished gusset strip all around. Reinforcing strips of the same 
material as the envelope shall be stitched to the inside of the front 
piece of the envelope in way of the strap attachments as shown by the 
drawings.
    (c) Buoyant inserts. The unicellular plastic foam buoyant inserts 
shall be cut and formed as shown on Dwg. 160.052-1, Sheet 4.
    (d) Tie tapes, body straps, and hardware. The tie tapes, body 
straps, and hardware shall be arranged as shown on the drawings and 
attached to the envelope with the seams and stitching indicated.
    (e) Stitching. All stitching shall be short lock stitch conforming 
to Stitch Type 301 of Federal Standard No. 751, and there shall be not 
less than 7 nor more than 9 stitches to the inch.
    (f) Workmanship. Buoyant vests shall be of first-class workmanship 
and shall be free from any defects materially affecting their appearance 
or service-ability.

[CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11588, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGD, 72-163R, 38 
FR 8120, Mar. 28, 1973]



Sec. 160.052-6   Construction--nonstandard vests.

    (a) General. The construction methods used for nonstandard buoyant 
vests must be equivalent to those requirements in Sec. 160.052-5 for a 
standard vest and also meet the requirements in this section.
    (b) Size. Each nonstandard vest must contain the following volume of 
plastic foam buoyant material, determined by the displacement method:
    (1) Five hundred cubic inches or more for an adult size;
    (2) Three hundred and fifty cubic inches or more for a child, medium 
size;
    (3) Two hundred and twenty-five cubic inches or more for a child, 
small size.
    (c) Arrangement of buoyant material. The buoyant material in a 
nonstandard vest must:
    (1) Be arranged to hold the wearer in an upright or backward 
position with head and face out of water;
    (2) Have no tendency to turn a wearer face downward in the water; 
and
    (3) Be arranged so that 70 to 75 percent of the total is located in 
the front of the vest.
    (d) Neck opening. Each cloth-covered nonstandard vest must have at 
the neck opening:
    (1) A gusset; or
    (2) Reinforcing tape.
    (e) Adjustment, fit, and donning. Each nonstandard vest must be made 
with adjustments to:
    (1) Fit a range of wearers for the type designed; and
    (2) Facilitate donning time for an uninitiated person.

[CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8120, Mar. 28, 1973]



Sec. 160.052-7  Inspections and tests--standard and nonstandard vests.1
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    1 The manufacturer of a personal flotation device must meet 33 CFR 
181.701 through 33 CFR 181.705 which require an instruction pamphlet for 
each device that is sold or offered for sale for use on recreational 
boats.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (a) General. Manufacturers of listed and labeled buoyant vests 
shall--
    (1) Maintain quality control of the materials used, the 
manufacturing methods and workmanship, and the finished product to meet 
the requirements of this subpart by conducting sufficient inspections 
and tests of representative samples and components produced;
    (2) Make available to the recognized laboratory inspector and the 
Coast Guard inspector, upon request, records of tests conducted by the 
manufacturer and records of materials used during production of the 
device, including affidavits by supplier; and
    (3) Permit any examination, inspection, and test required by the 
recognized laboratory or the Coast Guard for a produced listed and 
labeled device, either at the place of manufacture or some other 
location.
    (b) Lot size and sampling. (1) A lot consists of 500 buoyant vests 
or fewer.
    (2) A new lot begins after any change or modification in materials 
used or manufacturing methods employed.
    (3) The manufacturer of the buoyant vests shall notify the 
recognized laboratory when a lot is ready for inspection.

[[Page 165]]

    (4) The manufacturer shall select samples in accordance with the 
requirements in Table 160.052-7(b)(4) from each lot of buoyant vests to 
be tested for buoyancy in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section.

             Table 160.052-7(b)(4)--Sample for Buoyant Vests            
                                                                        
                                                               Number of
                           Lot size                             vests in
                                                                 sample 
                                                                        
100 and under................................................          1
101 to 200...................................................          2
201 to 300...................................................          3
301 to 500...................................................          4
                                                                        

    (5) The manufacturer shall test--
    (i) At least one vest from each lot for buoyancy in accordance with 
procedures contained in paragraph (e) of this section; and
    (ii) At least one vest in each 10 lots for strength of the body 
strap assembly in accordance with the procedures contained in paragraph 
(f) of this section.
    (6) If a vest fails the buoyancy test, the sample from the next 
succeeding lot must consist of 10 specimen vests or more to be tested 
for buoyancy in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section.
    (7) The manufacturer shall keep on file and make available to the 
laboratory inspector and Coast Guard inspector the records of 
inspections and tests, together with affidavits concerning the material.
    (c) Additional compliance tests. An inspector from the recognized 
laboratory or Coast Guard may conduct an examination, test and 
inspection of a buoyant device that is obtained from the manufacturer or 
through commercial channels to determine the suitability of the device 
for listing and labeling or to determine its conformance to applicable 
requirements.
    (d) Test facilities. The manufacturer shall admit the laboratory 
inspector and the Coast Guard inspector to any part of the premises at 
the place of manufacture of a listed and labeled device to--
    (1) Examine, inspect, or test a sample of a part or a material that 
is included in the construction of the device; and
    (2) Conduct any necessary examination, inspection, or test in a 
suitable place and with appropriate apparatus provided by the 
manufacturer.
    (e) Buoyancy--(1) Buoyancy test method. Remove the buoyant inserts 
from the vests. Securely attach the spring scale in a position directly 
over the test tank. Suspend the weighted wire basket from the scale in 
such a manner that the basket can be weighed while it is completely 
under water. In order to measure the actual buoyancy provided by the 
inserts, the underwater weight of the empty basket should exceed the 
buoyancy of the inserts. To obtan the buoyancy of the inserts, proceed 
as follows:
    (i) Weigh the empty wire basket under water.
    (ii) Place the inserts inside the basket and submerge it so that the 
top of the basket is at least 2 inches below the surface of the water. 
Allow the inserts to remain submerged for 24 hours. The tank shall be 
locked or sealed during this 24-hour submergence period. It is important 
that after the inserts have once been submerged they shall remain 
submerged for the duration of the test, and at no time during the course 
of the test shall they be removed from the tank or otherwise exposed to 
air.
    (iii) After the 24-hour submergence period, unlock or unseal the 
tank and weigh the wire basket with the inserts inside while both are 
still under water.
    (iv) The buoyancy is computed as paragraph (e)(1)(i) of this section 
minus paragraph (e)(i)(iii) of this section.
    (2) Buoyancy required. The buoyant inserts from adult size buoyant 
vests shall provide not less than 15\1/2\ pounds buoyancy in fresh 
water; the inserts from child medium size vests shall provide not less 
than 11 pounds buoyancy; and the inserts from child small size vests 
shall provide not less than 7 pounds buoyancy.
    (f) Body strap test. The complete body strap assembly including 
hardware, shall be tested for strength by attaching the dee ring to a 
suitable support such that the assembly hangs vertically its full 
length. A weight as specified in Sec. 160.052-3(d) shall be attached to 
the other end of the snap hook for 10 minutes. The specified weight 
shall not break or excessively distort the body strap assembly.

[[Page 166]]

    (g) Additional approval tests for nonstandard vests. Tests in 
addition to those required by this section may be conducted by the 
inspector for nonstandard vests to determine performance equivalence to 
a standard vest. Such additional tests may include determining 
performance in water, suitability of materials, donning time, ease of 
adjustment, and similar equivalency tests. Costs of any additional tests 
must be assumed by the manufacturer.

[CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11588, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGD 72-90R, 37 
FR 10837, May 31, 1972; CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8120, Mar. 28, 1973; CGD 75-
008, 43 FR 9772, Mar. 9, 1978]



Sec. 160.052-8   Marking.

    (a) Each buoyant vest must have the following information clearly 
marked in waterproof lettering that can be read at a distance of 2 feet:

Type II--Personal flotation device.
Inspected and tested in accordance with U.S. Coast Guard regulations.
(Name of buoyant material) provides a minimum buoyant force of (15\1/2\ 
lb., 11 lb., or 7 lb.).
Dry out thoroughly when wet.
Approved for use on all recreational boats and on uninspected commercial 
vessels less than 40 feet in length not carrying passengers for hire by 
persons weighing (over 90 lb., 50 to 90 lb., or less than 50 lb.).
U.S. Coast Guard Approval No. 160.050/(assigned manufacturer's No.)/
(Revision No.); (Model No.).
(Name and address of manufacturer or distributor).
(Lot No.)

    (b) Waterproof marking. Marking for buoyant vests shall be 
sufficiently waterproof so that after 72 hours submergence in water it 
will withstand vigorous rubbing by hand while wet without the printed 
matter becoming illegible.

[CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8120, Mar. 28, 1973, as amended by CGD 75-008, 43 FR 
9771, Mar. 9, 1978]



Sec. 160.052-9  Recognized laboratory.

    (a) A manufacturer seeking Coast Guard approval of a product under 
this subpart shall follow the approval procedures of subpart 159.005 of 
this chapter, and shall apply for approval directly to a recognized 
independent laboratory. The following laboratories are recognized under 
Sec. 159.010-7 of this part, to perform testing and approval functions 
under this subpart:
    Underwriters Laboratories, 12 Laboratory Drive, P.O. Box 13995, 
Research Triangle Park, NC 27709-3995, (919) 549-1400.
    (b) Production oversight must be performed by the same laboratory 
that performs the approval tests unless, as determined by the 
Commandant, the employees of the laboratory performing production 
oversight receive training and support equal to that of the laboratory 
that performed the approval testing.

[CGD 93-055, 61 FR 13930, Mar. 28, 1996]



          Subpart 160.053--Work Vests, Unicellular Plastic Foam

    Source: CGFR 59-22, 24 FR 4961, June 18, 1959, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec. 160.053-1   Applicable specifications.

    (a) Specification. The following specification of the issue in 
effect on the date unicellular plastic foam work vests are manufactured, 
form a part of this subpart:
    (1) Military specification: MIL-L-17653A--Life Preserver, Vest, Work 
Type, Unicellular Plastic.
    (b) Copies on file. Copies of the specification referred to in this 
section, as well as the various specifications forming a part thereof, 
shall be kept on file by the manufacturer, together with the certificate 
of approval. They shall be kept for a period consisting of the duration 
of approval and 6 months after termination of approval. Federal 
specifications may be purchased from the Business Service Center, 
General Services Administration, Washington, DC 20407. Military 
specifications may be obtained from the Commanding Officer, Naval Supply 
Depot, 5801 Tabor Avenue, Philadelphia, Pa. 19120.
    (c) Permissible extension. Manufacturers of workvests having 
approval numbers issued prior to April 30, 1973, may continue to mark 
the devices under the terms of that approval until November 1, 1973. 
Those manufacturers having approval numbers issued after April 30,

[[Page 167]]

1973, shall comply with the requirements of this subpart.

[CGFR 59-22, 24 FR 4961, June 18, 1959, as amended by CGFR 65-16, 30 FR 
10899 Aug. 21, 1965; CGD 72-163, 38 FR 8120, Mar. 28, 1973; CGD 78-012, 
43 FR 27154, June 22, 1978]



Sec. 160.053-2   Type.

    (a) Unicellular plastic foam work vests specified by this subpart 
shall be of the type described in Military Specification MIL-L-17653A, 
but alternate designs equivalent in materials, construction, 
performance, and workmanship will be given consideration.



Sec. 160.053-3   Materials, construction and workmanship.

    (a) General. Except as otherwise specifically provided by this 
subpart and subparts 164.019 and 164.023 of this chapter, the materials, 
construction, and workmanship of unicellular plastic foam work vests 
specified by this subpart shall conform to the requirements of Military 
Specification MIL-L-17653A.
    (b) Color of envelope. Indian Orange, Cable No. 70072, Standard 
Color Card of America, will be acceptable in lieu of the Scarlet-Munsell 
7.5 red \6/10\ color specified for envelopes or covers by paragraph 
3.1.1.1 of Specification MIL-L-17653A.
    (c) Color of webbing and thread. The color of the webbing and thread 
need not match the color of the envelope as specified by paragraphs 
3.1.3 and 3.2.8 of Specification MIL-L-17653A.
    (d) Materials; acceptance and quality. All components used in the 
construction of work vests must meet the applicable requirements of 
subpart 164.019 of this chapter.

[CGFR 59-22, 24 FR 4961, June 18, 1959, as amended by CGD 84-068, 58 FR 
29493, May 20, 1993]



Sec. 160.053-4   Inspections and tests.

    (a) General. Work vests are not inspected at regularly scheduled 
factory inspections; however, the Commander of the Coast Guard District 
may detail a marine inspector at any time to visit any place where work 
vests are manufactured to observe production methods and to conduct any 
inspections or tests which may be deemed advisable. The marine inspector 
shall be admitted to any place in the factory where work is done on work 
vests or component materials, and samples of materials entering into 
construction may be taken by the marine inspector and tests made for 
compliance with the applicable requirements.
    (b) Manufacturer's inspections and tests. Manufacturers of approved 
work vests shall maintain quality control of the materials used, 
manufacturing methods, workmanship, and the finished product so as to 
meet the requirements of this specification, and shall make full 
inspections and tests of representative samples from each lot to 
maintain the quality of their product.
    (c) Lot size. A lot shall consist of not more than 500 work vests 
manufactured at the same time. Lots shall be numbered serially by the 
manufacturer, and if at any time during the manufacture of a lot, any 
change or modification in materials or production methods is made, a new 
lot shall be started.
    (d) Test facilities. The manufacturer shall provide a suitable place 
and shall have on hand the necessary apparatus for conducting buoyancy 
tests in compliance with this specification. The apparatus shall include 
accurate spring scales of adequate capacity, weighted wire mesh baskets, 
and a test tank or tanks which can be locked or sealed in such a manner 
as to preclude disturbance of work vests undergoing tests or change in 
water level.
    (e) Buoyancy--(1) Buoyancy test method. Remove the buoyant inserts 
from the vest. Securely attach the spring scale in a position directly 
over the test tank. Suspend the weighted wire basket from the scale in 
such a manner that the basket can be weighed while it is completely 
under water. In order to measure the actual buoyancy provided by the 
inserts, the underwater weight of the empty basket should exceed the 
buoyancy of the inserts. To obtain the buoyancy of the inserts, proceed 
as follows:
    (i) Weigh the empty wire basket under water.
    (ii) Place the inserts inside the basket and submerge it so that the 
top of the basket is at least 2 inches below

[[Page 168]]

the surface of the water. Allow the inserts to remain submerged for 24 
hours. The tank shall be locked or sealed during this 24-hour 
submergence period.
    (iii) After the 24-hour submergence period, unlock the tank and 
weigh the wire basket with the inserts inside while both are still under 
water.
    (iv) The buoyancy is computed as paragraph (e)(1)(i) of this section 
minus paragraph (e)(1)(iii) of this section.
    (2) Buoyancy required. The buoyant inserts from work vests shall 
provide not less than 17\1/2\ pounds buoyancy in fresh water.



Sec. 160.053-5   Marking.

    (a) Each work vest must have the following information clearly 
printed in waterproof lettering that can be read at a distance of 2 
feet:

Type V--Personal flotation device.
Inspected and tested in accordance with U.S. Coast Guard regulations.
(Name of buoyant material) buoyant material provides a minimum buoyant 
force of 17\1/2\ lbs.
Approved for use on Merchant Vessels as a work vest.
U.S. Coast Guard Approval No. 160.053/(assigned manufacturer's No.)/
(Revision No.); (Model No.).
(Name and address of manufacturer or distributor.)
(Lot No.)
This vest is filled with (name of buoyant material), which will not be 
harmed by repeated wetting. Hang up and dry thoroughly when vest is wet.

    (b) Additional marking required. In addition to the wording included 
on the marking tag, on a front compartment of each work vest there shall 
be stenciled in waterproof ink in letters not less than one inch in 
height, the words, ``WORK VEST ONLY.''
    (c) Waterproofness of marking tags. Marking tags shall be 
sufficiently waterproof so that after 48 hours submergence in water, 
they will withstand rubbing by hand with moderate pressure while wet 
without the printed matter becoming illegible.

[CGFR 59-22, 24 FR 4961, June 18, 1959, as amended by CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 
8121, Mar. 28, 1973; CGD 75-008, 43 FR 9771, Mar. 9, 1978]



Sec. 160.053-6   Procedure for approval.

    (a) General. Work vests for use on merchant vessels are approved 
only by the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard. Application for approval and 
correspondence pertaining to this specification shall be addressed to 
the Commander of the Coast Guard District in which the factory is 
located.
    (b) Pre-approval samples and tests. Upon receipt of an application 
for approval of work vests, the Commander of the Coast Guard District 
will detail a marine inspector to the factory to observe the production 
facilities and manufacturing methods and to select, from not less than 
ten work vests already manufactured, not less than three for examination 
and test for compliance with the requirements of this specification. A 
copy of the marine inspector's report, together with a fourth specimen 
vest and one set of pad inserts selected from those already manufactured 
will be forwarded to the Commandant, and if satisfactory, an official 
approval number will be assigned to the manufacturer for the work vest 
submitted.

[CGFR 59-22, 24 FR 4961, June 18, 1959, as amended by CGFR 65-16, 30 FR 
10899, Aug. 21, 1965; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34536, Sept. 7, 1988]



       Subpart 160.054--Kits, First-Aid, for Inflatable Liferafts

    Source: CGFR 60-36, 25 FR 10637, Nov. 5, 1960, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec. 160.054-1   Applicable specification.

    (a) Specification. The following specification of the issue in 
effect on the date first aid kits are manufactured forms a part of this 
subpart:
    (1) Coast Guard specification 160.041--Kits, First-Aid.
    (b) Copies on file. Copies of the specification regulations referred 
to in this section shall be kept on file by the manufacturer, together 
with the approved plans and certificate of approval. They shall be kept 
for a period consisting of the duration of approval and 6 months after 
termination of approval. The Coast Guard specification may be obtained 
from the Commandant

[[Page 169]]

(G-MSE), U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC 20593-0001.

[CGFR 60-36, 25 FR 10637, Nov. 5, 1960, as amended by CGFR 65-16, 30 FR 
10899, Aug. 21, 1965; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34536, Sept. 7, 1988; CGD 95-
072, 60 FR 50467, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50733, Sept. 27, 
1996]



Sec. 160.054-2   Type and size.

    (a) Type. First-aid kits covered by this specification shall be of 
the water-tight type. Alternate arrangements of materials meeting the 
performance requirements of this specification will be given special 
consideration.
    (b) Size. First-aid kits shall be of a size adequate for packing 12 
standard single cartons of the kind indicated in specification subpart 
160.041.



Sec. 160.054-3   Construction.

    (a) Construction. The container shall be constructed of tough 
transparent material, not less than .008 inch nominal thickness, 
properly sealed around three edges, and having the fourth edge closed in 
such manner that it is capable of being opened and reclosed watertight. 
The re-openable closure may be a plastic zip seal closure without 
slider, or other means which meet the test requirements of Sec. 160.054-
5.



Sec. 160.054-4   Contents.

    (a) Individual cartons. Cartons and their contents shall be the type 
indicated in Specification subpart 160.041.
    (b) Items. The items contained in first-aid kit shall be as listed 
in Table 160.054-4(b).

                                   Table 160.054-4(b)--Items for First-Aid Kit                                  
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                         No. of 
                        Item                               No. per pkg.             Size of pkg.         pkgs.  
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Bandage compress--4 inches.........................  1......................  Single.................          1
Bandage compress--2 inches.........................  4......................  Single.................          1
Waterproof adhesive compress--1 inch...............  16.....................  Single.................          1
Eye dressing packet, \1/8\ oz. Ophthalmic ointment,  3......................  Single.................          1
 adhesive strips, cotton pads..                                                                                 
Bandage, gauze, compressed, 2 inches x 6 yards.....  2......................  Single.................          1
Tourniquet, forceps, scissors, 12 safety pins......  1, 1, 1, and 12, respec- Double.................          1
                                                       tively.                                                  
Wire splint........................................  1......................  Single.................          1
Ammonia inhalants..................................  10.....................  Single.................          1
Iodine applicators, (\1/2\ ml swab type)...........  10.....................  Single.................          1
Aspirin, phenacetin and caffeine compound, 6\1/2\    2......................  Single.................          1
 Gr. tablets, vials of 20.                                                                                      
Sterile petrolatum gauze, 3 inches by 18 inches....  4......................  Single.................          1
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (c) Instructions. Instructions for the use of the contents of the 
first-aid kit shall be printed in legible type and either shall be 
placed inside the container or printed on the container in waterproof 
ink. The instructions for the use of the contents are as indicated in 
Specification subpart 160.041, except that the triangular bandage is 
omitted.



Sec. 160.054-5   Inspections and tests.

    (a) General. First-aid kits specified by this subpart are not 
inspected at regularly scheduled factory inspections of production lots, 
but the Commander of the Coast Guard District in which the kits are 
manufactured may detail an inspector at any time to visit any place 
where approved kits are manufactured to check materials and construction 
methods and to conduct such examinations and tests as may be required to 
satisfy himself that the first-aid kits are being manufactured in 
accordance with the requirements of this subpart and in accordance with 
the manufacturer's plans and specifications approved by the Commandant.
    (b) Salt spray. The container shall be exposed to a spray of 20 
percent by weight of reagent grade sodium chloride at about 95 deg. F. 
for 100 hours. There shall be no disintegration of the material as a 
result of this test.
    (c) Container Watertightness. With the required number of items 
inside, the closed container, with reclosable edge uppermost, shall be 
submerged under a head of one foot of water for a period of two hours. 
At the end of this period,

[[Page 170]]

the container shall be removed, surface dried, opened, and examined for 
the presence of moisture. No seepage shall be allowed.



Sec. 160.054-6   Marking.

    (a) Each approved first-aid kit shall be plainly and permanently 
marked with the following information: Name and address of the 
manufacturer, model number or other manufacturer's identification of the 
kit, the Coast Guard approval number, and the words ``First-Aid Kit--For 
Inflatable Life Rafts''. If the means for opening and re-closing are not 
self-evident, suitable directions shall be marked along the closure; 
such as, for the zip seal closure, an arrow, with the words ``To Open, 
Lift by Thumb Nail'', and ``To Close, Press Together Full Length''. The 
marking may be applied to the container by the silk screen process, 
using a suitable ink or paint, or may be applied by other means shown to 
be acceptable.



Sec. 160.054-7   Procedure for approval.

    (a) General. First-aid kits for use in conjunction with lifesaving 
equipment on board merchant vessels are approved only by the Commandant, 
U.S. Coast Guard. Correspondence pertaining to the subject matter of 
this specification shall be addressed to the Commander of the Coast 
Guard District in which the kits are manufactured.
    (b) Manufacturer's plans. In order to obtain approval, submit 
detailed plans showing fully the construction, material specification, 
arrangement, and list of contents to the Commander of the Coast Guard 
District in which the factory is located. Each drawing shall have an 
identifying number, and date, and shall indicate the manufacturer's 
symbol, trade name, or other identification for the first-aid kit. At 
the time of selection of the pre-approval sample, the manufacturer shall 
furnish the inspector four copies of all plans and specifications, 
corrected as may be required, for forwarding to the Commandant.
    (c) Pre-approval sample. After the first drawings have been examined 
and found to appear satisfactory, a marine inspector will be detailed to 
the factory to observe the manufacturing facilities and methods and to 
obtain two samples, complete with contents which will be forwarded, 
prepaid by the manufacturer, to the Commandant for the necessary 
conditioning and tests in accordance with Sec. 160.054-5 to determine 
the suitability of the first-aid kit for use in conjunction with 
lifesaving equipment on board merchant vessels. The cost of the tests 
shall be borne by the manufacturer.

[CGFR 60-36, 25 FR 10637, Nov. 5, 1960, as amended by CGFR 65-16, 30 FR 
10899, Aug. 21, 1965; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34536, Sept. 7, 1988]



 Subpart 160.055--Life Preservers, Unicellular Plastic Foam, Adult and 
                       Child, for Merchant Vessels



Sec. 160.055-1   Incorporation by reference.

    (a) Specifications and Standards. This subpart makes reference to 
the following documents:
    (1) Military Specifications:

MIL-W-530F--Webbing, Textile, Cotton, General Purpose, Natural or in 
Colors.
MIL-T-3530E--Thread and Twine; Mildew Resistant or Water Repellant 
Treated.
MIL-W-17337D--Webbing, Woven, Nylon.
MIL-C-43006D--Cloth and Strip Laminated, Vinyl-Nylon High Strength, 
Flexible.

    (2) Federal Specifications:

CCC-C-700G--Cloth, Coated, Vinyl, Coated (Artificial Leather).
CCC-C-426D--Cloth, Drill, Cotton.

    (3) Federal Standards:

No. 191--Textile Test Methods.
No. 595A--Color.
No. 751A--Stitches, Seams, and Stitchings.

    (4) American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM) Standards:

D413--Adhesion of Vulcanized Rubber (Friction Test).
D570--Water Absorption of Plastics.
D882--Tensile Properties of Thin Plastic Sheets and Films.
D1004--Tear Resistance of Plastic Film and Sheeting.

    (5) Coast Guard specification:

164.015--Plastic Foam, Unicellular, Buoyant, Sheet and Molded Shape.

    (b) Plans. The following plans, of the issue in effect on the date 
unicellular

[[Page 171]]

plastic foam life preservers are manufactured, form a part of this 
subpart:

Dwg. No. 160.055-IA:
    Sheet 1--Construction and Arrangement, Vinyl Dip Coated, Model 62, 
Adult.
    Sheet 2--Construction and Arrangement, Vinyl Dip Coated, Model 66, 
Child.
Dwg. No. 160.055-IB:
    Sheet 1--Construction and Arrangement, Cloth Covered, Model 63, 
Adult.
    Sheet 2--Buoyant Inserts, Model 63.
    Sheet 3--Construction and Arrangement, Cloth Covered, Model 67, 
Child.
    Sheet 4--Buoyant Inserts, Model 67.

    (c) Copies on file. Copies of the specifications, standards, and 
plans referred to in this section shall be kept on file by the 
manufacturer, together with the approved plans and certificate of 
approval. The Coast Guard Specification and plans may be obtained upon 
request from the Commandant (G-MSE), U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC 
20593-0001. The Federal Specifications and the Federal Standards may be 
purchased from the Business Service Center, General Services 
Administration, Washington, DC 20407. The Military Specifications may be 
obtained from the Commanding Officer, Naval Supply Depot, 5801 Tabor 
Avenue, Philadelphia, Pa. 19120. The ASTM Standards may be purchased 
from the American Society for Testing and Materials, 1916 Race Street, 
Philadelphia, Pa. 19103.

[CGFR 66-73, 32 FR 5500, Apr. 4, 1967, as amended by CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 
8121, Mar. 28, 1973; CGD 78-012, 43 FR 27153, 27154, June 22, 1978; CGD 
88-070, 53 FR 34536, Sept. 7, 1988; CGD 95-072, 60 FR 50467, Sept. 29, 
1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50733, Sept. 27, 1996]



Sec. 160.055-2   Type and model.

    Each life preserver specified in this subpart is a:
    (a) Standard, bib type, vinyl dip coated:
    (1) Model 62, adult (for persons weighing over 90 pounds); or
    (2) Model 66, child (for persons weighing less than 90 pounds); or
    (b) Standard, bib type, cloth covered;
    (1) Model 63, adult (for persons weighing over 90 pounds); or
    (2) Model 67, child (for persons weighing less than 90 pounds); or
    (c) Nonstandard, shaped type:
    (1) Model,1 adult (for persons weighing over 90 pounds); or
    (2) Model,1 child (for persons weighless than 90 pounds).

    1 A model designation for each nonstandard life preserver is to 
be assigned by the manufacturer. That designation must be different from 
any standard lifesaving device designation.

[CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8121, Mar. 28, 1973]



Sec. 160.055-3   Materials--standard life preservers.

    (a) General. All components used in the construction of life 
preservers must meet the applicable requirements of subpart 164.019 of 
this chapter. The requirements for materials specified in this section 
are minimum requirements, and consideration will be given to the use of 
alternate materials in lieu of those specified. Detailed technical data 
and samples of all proposed alternate materials must be submitted for 
approval before those materials are incorporated in the finished 
product.
    (b) Unicellular plastic foam. The unicellular plastic foam shall be 
all new material complying with the requirements of Subpart 164.015 of 
this chapter for Type A foam.
    (c) Envelope. The life preserver envelope, or cover, shall be made 
of cotton drill. The color shall be Indian Orange, Cable No. 70072, 
Standard Color Card of America, issued by the Textile Color Association 
of the United States, Inc., 200 Madison Avenue, New York, N.Y., or 
Scarlet Munsell 7.5 Red 6/10. The drill shall be evenly dyed, and the 
fastness of the color to laundering, water, crocking, and light shall be 
rated ``good'' when tested in accordance with Federal Test Method 
Standard No. 191, Methods 5610, 5630, 5650, and 5660. After dyeing, the 
drill shall be treated with a mildew-inhibitor of the type specified in 
paragraph (e) of this section. The finished goods shall contain not more 
than 2 percent residual sizing or other nonfibrous material, shall weigh 
not less than 6.5 ounces per square yard, shall have a thread count of 
not less than 74 in the warp and 56 in the filling, and shall have a 
breaking strength (grab method) of not less than 105 pounds in the warp 
and 70 pounds in the filling. Properly mildew-inhibited drills meeting 
the physical requirements of Federal Specification CCC-C-

[[Page 172]]

426 for Type I, Class 3 drill will be acceptable. If it is proposed to 
treat the fabric with a fire-retardant substance, full details shall be 
submitted to the Commandant for determination as to what samples will be 
needed for testing.
    (d) Thread. Each thread must meet the requirements of subpart 
164.023 of this chapter. Only one kind of thread may be used in each 
seam.
    (e) Mildew-inhibitor. The mildew-inhibitor shall be 
dihydroxydichloro-diphenylmethane, known commercially as Compound G-4, 
applied by the aqueous method. The amount of inhibitor deposited shall 
be not more than 1.50 percent and not less than 1 percent of the dry 
weight of the finished goods.
    (f) Adhesive. The adhesive shall be an all-purpose waterproof vinyl 
type. (Minnesota Mining and Manufacturing Co. EC-870 or EC-1070, United 
States Rubber Co. M-6256, Herculite Protective Fabrics Corp., CVV, 
Pittsburgh Plate Glass Co. R 828, or equal.)
    (g) Reinforcing fabric. The reinforcing fabric shall be Type III, 
Class I, laminated vinyl-nylon high strength cloth in accordance with 
the requirements of Specification MIL-C-43006.
    (h) Webbing. There are no restrictions as to color, but the fastness 
of the color to laundering, water, crocking, and light shall be rated 
``good'' when tested in accordance with Federal Test Method Standard No. 
191, Methods 5610, 5630, 5650, and 5660. The complete body strap 
assembly shall have a minimum breaking strength of 360 pounds.
    (1) Nylon webbing. This webbing shall be 1-inch wide nylon webbing 
in accordance with the requirements of Specification MIL-W-17337.
    (2) Cotton webbing. This webbing shall be 1-inch cotton webbing 
meeting the requirements of Specification MIL-W-530 for Type IIb 
webbing. This webbing shall be treated with a mildew-inhibitor of the 
type specified in paragraph (e) of this section.
    (i) Hardware. All hardware shall be brass, bronze, or stainless 
steel, and of the approximate size indicated by the drawings. Steel 
hardware, protected against corrosion by plating, is not acceptable. 
Snap hook springs shall be phosphor bronze or other suitable corrosion-
resistant material. Dee ring, o-ring, slide adjuster and snap hook ends 
shall be welded or brazed, or they may be a one-piece casting. The 
complete body strap assembly shall have a minimum breaking strength of 
360 pounds.
    (j) Coating. The coating for the plastic foam shall be a liquid 
elastomeric vinyl compound. The coating shall be International Orange in 
color (Color No. 12197 of Federal Standard 595) or Scarlet Munsel 7.5, 
Red 6/10 and shall meet the following requirements in Table 160.055-
3(j):

                                               Table 160.055-3(j)                                               
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
               Property                           Test method                          Requirement              
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Tensile strength......................  ASTM-D882, Method B, \1/2\ in.  1,200 p.s.i., minimum.                  
                                         dumbbell die.                                                          
Ultimate elongation...................  ASTM-D882, Method B, \1/2\ in.  320 percent, minimum.                   
                                         dumbbell die.                                                          
Tear resistance.......................  ASTM-D1004, Constant            90 pounds per inch, minimum.            
                                         Elongation Machine.                                                    
Abrasion resistance...................  FS CCC-T-191, Method 5304, No.  100,000 double rubs.                    
                                         8 cotton duck, 6 lb. tension,                                          
                                         2 lb. pressure.                                                        
Blocking..............................  FS CCC-T-191, Method 5872, 30   No blocking.                            
                                         minutes at 180 deg. F., \1/4\                                          
                                         p.s.i.                                                                 
Accelerated weathering................  FS CCC-T-191, Method 5670, 120  Color change--very slight.              
                                         hours.                         Cracking--None.                         
                                                                        Flexibility--No change.                 
Plasticizer heat loss.................  FS CCC-A-700, paragraph 4.4.4,  8 percent, maximum.                     
                                         48 hours at 221 deg. F.                                                
Adhesion to foam--Tensile pull........  ASTM-D413, machine method, 12                                           
                                         in. per minute, 1 in. strip.                                           
  Film to foam skin...................  ..............................  4 lb./in., minimum.                     
  Film to foam (no skin)..............  ..............................  2 lb./in., minimum.                     
Water absorption......................  ASTM-D570, 24 hours at 70 deg.  0.5 percent, maximum.                   
                                         F.                                                                     
Cold crack (unsupported film) 0 deg. F  Coast Guard, 164.015,           No cracking.                            
                                         paragraph 164.015-4(j).                                                
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

[CGFR 66-73, 32 FR 5500, Apr. 4, 1967, as amended by CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 
8121, Mar. 28, 1973; CGD 78-012, 43 FR 27153, 27154, June 22, 1978; CGD 
84-068, 58 FR 29493, May 20, 1993]

[[Page 173]]



Sec. 160.055-4   Materials--nonstandard life preservers.

    All materials used in nonstandard life preservers must be equivalent 
to those specified in Sec. 160.055-3 for standard life preservers.

[CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8121, Mar. 28, 1973]



Sec. 160.055-5   Construction--Standard life preservers.

    (a) General. This specification covers life preservers which 
essentially consist of plastic foam buoyant material arranged and 
distributed so as to provide the flotation characteristics and buoyancy 
required to hold the wearer in an upright or slightly backward position 
with head and face clear of the water. The life preservers are also 
arranged so as to be reversible and are fitted with straps and hardware 
to provide proper adjustment and fit to the bodies of various size 
wearers.
    (b) Construction--standard, vinyl dip coated life preserver. This 
device is constructed from one piece of unicellular plastic foam with 
neck hole and the body slit in the front, vinyl dip coating, and fitted 
and adjustable body strap.
    (1) Buoyant material. The buoyant material of the life preserver 
shall be a molded shape or made from one or two sheets of foam finished 
so as to have dimensions after coating in accordance with the pattern 
shown on Dwg. No. 160.055-1A, Sheet 1, for adult size and Sheet 2 for 
child size. The reinforcing fabric shall be cemented on the foam buoyant 
body before coating.
    (2) Coating. After all cutting and shaping of the buoyant body and 
installation of the reinforcing fabric, the entire body of the life 
preserver shall be coated evenly and smoothly to a minimum thickness of 
0.010'' with a liquid vinyl coating material of the type described in 
Sec. 160.055-3(j).
    (3) Body strap. After the coating on the buoyant body of the life 
preserver is fully cured, a nylon webbing body strap shall be attached 
as shown on Dwg. No. 160.055-IA.
    (4) Stitching. All stitching shall be a short lock stitch, 
conforming to Stitch Type 301 of Federal Standard 751, with nylon 
thread, and there shall be not less than 9 nor more than 11 stitches to 
the inch. Bar tacking with nylon thread is acceptable as noted on Dwg. 
No. 160-055-IA.
    (c) Construction--standard, cloth covered life preserver. This 
device is constructed from three sections of unicellular plastic foam 
contained in a cloth envelope and has a neck hole, the body slit in the 
front, and a fitted and adjustable body strap.
    (1) Buoyant material. The buoyant material of the life preserver 
shall be three sections of foam cut so as to have finished dimensions in 
accordance with the patterns shown on Dwg. No. 160.055-IB, Sheet 2, for 
adult size and Sheet 4, for child size. One or two layers of foam may be 
used to make up each section.
    (2) Envelope. The envelope shall be cut to the pattern shown on Dwg. 
No. 160.055-IB, Sheet 1, for adult size, and Sheet 3, for child size, 
and joined by seams and stitching as shown on the drawing. Alternate 
finished envelopes are permitted as noted on Dwg. No. 160.055-IB.
    (3) Body strap. The body strap may be cotton or nylon webbing and 
shall be attached by stitching as shown on the Dwg. No. 160.055-IB, 
Sheet 1, for adult size and Sheet 3, for child size.
    (4) Stitching. All stitching shall be a short lock stitch conforming 
to Stitch Type 301 of Federal Standard No. 751, and there shall be not 
less than 7 nor more than 9 stitches to the inch if cotton thread is 
used, and not less than 9 nor more than 11 if nylon thread is used. Bar 
tacking is acceptable as noted on Dwg. No. 160.055-IB.
    (d) Workmanship. Life preservers shall be of first-class workmanship 
and shall be free from any defects materially affecting their appearance 
or service-ability.

[CGFR 66-73, 32 FR 5500, Apr. 4, 1967, as amended by CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 
8121, Mar. 28, 1973]



Sec. 160.055-6   Construction--nonstandard, life preservers.

    (a) General. The construction methods used for a nonstandard life 
preserver must be equivalent to the requirements in Sec. 160.055-5 for a 
standard life preserver and also meet the requirements in this section.

[[Page 174]]

    (b) Size. Each nonstandard life preserver must contain the following 
volume of plastic foam buoyant material, determined by the displacement 
method:
    (1) 700 cubic inches or more for an adult size;
    (2) 350 cubic inches or more for a child size.
    (c) Arrangement of buoyant materials. The buoyant material in 
nonstandard life preservers must:
    (1) Be arranged to hold the wearer in an upright or backward 
position with head and face out of water;
    (2) Have no tendency to turn the wearer face downward in the water; 
and
    (3) Be arranged so that 68 to 73 percent of the total is located in 
the front of the life preserver.
    (d) Adjustment, fit, and donning. Each nonstandard life preserver 
must be capable of being:
    (1) Worn reversed;
    (2) Adjusted to fit a range of wearers for the type designed; and
    (3) Donned in a time comparable to that of a standard life 
preserver.

[CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8121, Mar. 28, 1973]



Sec. 160.055-7  Sampling, test, and inspections--standard and nonstandard life preservers.1
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    1 The manufacturer of a personal flotation device must meet 33 CFR 
181.701 through 33 CFR 181.705 which require an instruction pamphlet for 
each device that is sold or offered for sale for use on recreational 
boats.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (a) General. When production is to commence on life preservers, the 
manufacturer shall notify the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, U.S. 
Coast Guard, of the inspection zone in which the factory is located in 
sufficient time for him to assign a Coast Guard Marine Inspector to the 
plant to observe production methods and to conduct any inspections or 
tests which may be deemed advisable. Manufacturers of approved life 
preservers shall maintain quality control of the materials used, 
manufacturing operations, and the finished product so as to meet the 
requirements of this specification. When a lot of life preservers is 
presented for Coast Guard inspection, it is expected that the 
manufacturer will previously have taken all ordinary precautions to 
assure himself that the life preservers are in full compliance with the 
requirements of this specification. The Coast Guard inspections and 
tests are not intended to replace, or be a substitute for, full 
inspections and tests by the manufacturer to maintain the quality of his 
product. The Marine Inspector shall be admitted to any place in the 
factory where work is done on the life preservers or on component 
materials or parts. Samples of materials entering into construction may 
be taken by the marine inspector and tests made for compliance with the 
applicable requirements.
    (b) Lot size and sampling. (1) A lot shall consist of not more than 
500 life preservers. A new lot shall be started with any change or 
modification in materials used or manufacturing methods employed. When a 
lot of life preservers is ready for inspection, the manufacturer shall 
notify the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, U.S. Coast Guard, of 
the inspection zone in which the factory is located, who will assign a 
marine inspector to the plant for the purpose of making the necessary 
tests and inspections. From each lot of life preservers the Marine 
Inspector shall select samples in accordance with Table 160.055-7(b)(1) 
to be tested for buoyancy in accordance with paragraph (d) of this 
section.

            Table 160.055-7(b)(1)--Sampling for Buoyant Tests           
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               Number of
                                                                 life   
                          Lot size                            preservers
                                                               in sample
------------------------------------------------------------------------
100 and under...............................................           1
101 to 200..................................................           2
201 to 300..................................................           3
301 to 500..................................................           4
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (2) For a lot next succeeding one from which any life preservers 
failed the buoyance test, the sample shall consist of not less than 10 
specimen life preservers to be tested for buoyance in accordance with 
paragraph (d) of this section.
    (c) Test facilities. The manufacturer shall provide a suitable place 
and the necessary apparatus for the use of the marine inspector in 
conducting tests to

[[Page 175]]

determine compliance of life preservers with this specification. The 
apparatus shall include accurate spring scales of adequate capacity, 
weighted wire mesh baskets, and a test tank or tanks which can be locked 
or sealed in such manner as to preclude disturbance of life preservers 
undergoing test or change in water level.
    (d) Buoyancy test. Securely attach the spring scale in a position 
directly over the test tank. Suspend the weighed wire basket from the 
scale in such a manner that the basket may be weighted while it is 
completely under water. In order to measure the actual buoyancy provided 
by the life preserver, the underwater weight of the empty basket should 
exceed the buoyancy of the life preserver. To obtain the buoyancy of the 
life preserver, proceed as follows:
    (1) Weigh the empty wire basket under water.
    (2) Place the life preserver inside the basket, and submerge it so 
that the top of the basket is at least 2 inches below the surface of the 
water. Allow the life preserver to remain submerged for 24 hours. The 
tank shall be locked or sealed during this 24-hour submergence period. 
It is important that after the life preserver has once been submerged it 
shall remain submerged for the duration of the test, and at no time 
during the course of the test shall it be removed from the tank or 
otherwise exposed to air.
    (3) After the 24-hour submergence period, unlock or unseal the tank 
and weigh the wire basket with the life preserver inside while both are 
still under water.
    (4) The buoyancy is computed as paragraph (d)(1) of this section 
minus paragraph (d)(3) of this section.
    (e) Buoyancy required. Adult size life preservers shall provide not 
less than 22 pounds buoyancy in fresh water, and child size life 
preservers shall provide not less than 11 pounds buoyancy.
    (f) Lot inspection. If the sample life preserver or preservers meet 
the buoyancy requirement, the marine inspector shall carefully inspect 
individually each of the life preservers in the lot, making such 
examinations and tests as are necessary to satisfy himself that the life 
preservers have been manufactured according to the applicable 
requirements. Nonconforming units shall be eliminated. The manufacturer 
shall provide a well lighted place equipped with a suitable smooth top 
table for use by the marine inspector, and shall provide labor for all 
handling of life preservers requisite for lot inspection.
    (g) Lot acceptance. When the marine inspector has satisfied himself 
that the life preservers in the lot are of a type officially approved in 
the name of the company, and that such life preservers meet the 
applicable requirements, they shall be plainly marked in waterproof ink 
with the words, ``Inspected and Passed, (Date), Marine Inspection Office 
identification letters, USCG.''
    (h) Lot rejection. If any sample life preserver fails the buoyancy 
test, 10 additional specimen life preservers shall be selected from the 
lot and tested for buoyancy. If all the 10 additional specimen life 
preservers pass the buoyancy test, the lot shall be considered for lot 
inspection as set forth in paragraph (f) of this section. If any one of 
the 10 additional specimen life preservers fails the buoyancy test, the 
lot shall be rejected. If, in the lot inspection, three or more 
nonconforming units are eliminated for the same kind of defect, lot 
inspection shall be discontinued until such time as the manufacturer has 
inspected the remainder of the lot and eliminated or corrected any 
additional units having the same kind of defect. Nonconforming units 
which are eliminated in the lot inspection may be resubmitted for 
inspection, provided that all defects have been corrected to the 
satisfaction of the marine inspector. When permitted by the Commander of 
the Coast Guard District, rejected lots may be reworked by the 
manufacturer to correct the deficiency for which they were rejected and 
to eliminate all nonconforming units, following which the remainder of 
the lot may be resubmitted for official testing and inspection. Life 
preservers from rejected lots may not, unless subsequently accepted, be 
sold or offered for sale under representation as being in compliance 
with this specification or as being approved for use on merchant vessels 
or motorboats.
    (i) Additional tests for nonstandard life preservers. Tests in 
addition to those required by this section may be required

[[Page 176]]

for nonstandard life preservers to determine performance equivalence to 
a standard preserver. Such additional tests may include determining 
performance in the water, suitability of materials, donning time, ease 
of adjustment, and similar equivalency tests. Costs for any additional 
tests must be assumed by the manufacturer.

[CGFR 66-73, 32 FR 5500, Apr. 4, 1967, as amended by CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 
8121, Mar. 28, 1973; CGD 75-186, 41 FR 10437, Mar. 11, 1976; CGD 75-008, 
43 FR 9772, Mar. 9, 1978]



Sec. 160.055-8   Marking.

    Each life preserver must have the following information clearly 
marked in waterproof lettering:
    (a) In letters three-fourths of an inch or more in height;
    (1) Adult (for persons weighing over 90 pounds); or
    (2) Child (for persons weighing less than 90 pounds).
    (b) In letters that can be read at a distance of 2 feet:

Type I or Type V Personal Flotation Device.
Inspected and tested in accordance with U.S. Coast Guard regulations.
(Name of buoyant material) buoyant material provides a minimum buoyant 
force of (22 lb. or 11 lb.).
Approved for use on all vessels by persons weighing (90 lb. or more, or 
less than 90 lb.).
U.S. Coast Guard Approval No. 160.055/(assigned manufacturer's No.)/
(Revision No.); (Model No.).
(Name and address of manufacturer or distributor).
(Lot No.)

[CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8121, Mar. 28, 1973, as amended by CGD 75-008, 43 FR 
9771, Mar. 9, 1978; 43 FR 10913, Mar. 11, 1978]



Sec. 160.055-9   Procedure for approval--standard and nonstandard life preservers.

    (a) General. Life preservers for use on merchant vessels or 
motorboats are approved only by the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard. Each 
model life preserver is considered separately. Application for approval 
and correspondence pertaining to the subject matter of this 
specification shall be addressed to the Commander of the Coast Guard 
District in which the factory is located.
    (b) Assignment of inspector; standard life preservers. Upon receipt 
of an approval of a standard life preserver, a Coast Guard inspector is 
assigned to the factory to:
    (1) Observe the production facilities and manufacturing methods;
    (2) Select from a lot of 10 manufactured life preservers or more, 
three or more of each model for examination;
    (3) Test the selected sample for compliance with the requirements of 
this subpart; and
    (4) Forward to the Commandant a copy of his report of the tests and 
the production and manufacturing facilities, a specimen life preserver 
selected from those already manufactured but not tested, and one copy of 
an affidavit for each material used in the life preservers.
    (b-1) Approval number--standard life preserver. An approval number 
is assigned to the manufacturer by the Coast Guard for a standard life 
preserver found to be in compliance with the requirements of this 
subpart.
    (c) Assignment of inspector--nonstandard life preserver. Upon 
receipt of an application from a manufacturer for approval of 
nonstandard life preservers, an inspector is assigned to the factory to:
    (1) Observe the production facilities and manufacturing methods;
    (2) Select three samples of life preservers of each model for which 
approval is desired;
    (3) Forward to the Commandant:
    (i) Three samples of each model of life preserver;
    (ii) A copy of the inspector's report of tests and the production 
and manufacturing facilities; and
    (iii) Four copies each of fully dimensioned, full-scale drawings 
showing all details of construction of the sample life preservers 
submitted, material affidavits, and four copies of a bill of materials 
showing all materials used in construction of the life preservers 
submitted by the manufacturer.
    (c-1) Approval number--nonstandard life preserver. An official 
approval number is assigned to the manufacturer by the Coast Guard for a 
nonstandard life preserver approved after tests.
    (d) Private brand labels. Private brand labels are those bearing the 
name and address of a distributor in lieu of the

[[Page 177]]

manufacturer. In order for a manufacturer to apply for an approval 
number to be used on such a private brand label, he shall forward a 
letter of request to the Commander of the Coast Guard District in which 
the factory is located, setting forth the life preservers involved, 
together with a letter from his distributor also requesting that 
approval be issued. The manufacturer's request for approval together 
with that of his distributor, will be forwarded to the Commandant, and 
when deemed advisable, an approval number or numbers will be issued in 
the name of the distributor. Approvals issued to a distributor under 
such an arrangement shall apply only to life preservers made by the 
manufacturer named on the certificate of approval, and this manufacturer 
shall be responsible for compliance of the life preservers with the 
requirements of this subpart.

[CGFR 66-73, 32 FR 5500, Apr. 4, 1967, as amended by CGD 163R, 38 FR 
8121, Mar. 28, 1973; CGD 78-012, 43 FR 27154, June 22, 1978; CGD 88-070, 
53 FR 34536, Sept. 7, 1988]



                      Subpart 160.056--Rescue Boat

    Source: CGFR 61-15, 26 FR 9300, Sept. 30, 1961, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec. 160.056-1   General requirements.

    (a) Rescue boats accepted and in use prior to the effective date of 
this subpart may be continued in service if in satisfactory condition.
    (b) All rescue boats must be properly constructed, of such form as 
to be readily maneuverable, and be of the open rowboat type. They shall 
be suitable for use of three persons.
    (c) Rescue boats shall be constructed of materials acceptable to the 
Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, having jurisdiction of 
construction.



Sec. 160.056-2   Construction.

    (a) General. Rescue boats shall be square-sterned, of normal 
proportions, not less than 11 feet nor more than 14 feet in length. The 
length shall be the overall horizontal distance from bow to stern.
    (b) Construction. The method of construction shall be such as is 
accepted as good engineering practice in the case of the specific 
material used. The hull shall be suitably stiffened to assure adequate 
strength.
    (c) Weight. The weight of the rescue boat, fully equipped, shall not 
exceed 225 pounds.
    (d) Seats. The rescue boat shall be fitted with three thwarts. The 
middle thwart shall be arranged as the rowing seat.
    (e) Internal buoyancy. Buoyant material of suitable unicellular 
plastic foam shall be installed in the rescue boat. This material shall 
be protected from mechanical damage. It shall be distributed uniformly 
in the boat and such that at least one-quarter of the required volume is 
located at the sides of the boat. The minimum amount of buoyant 
material, in cubic feet, shall be determined by the following:

                  B=2+(W-Wd)62.4-c (1)

Where:
B=Volume of buoyant material required in cubic feet.
W=Weight of equipped boat, in pounds
d=Specific gravity of hull material.
c=Density of buoyant material, in pounds per cubic foot.



Sec. 160.056-3   Fittings and equipment.

    (a) Fittings. (1) The rescue boat shall be fitted with one pair of 
rowlock sockets. Detachable rowlocks shall be permanently attached to 
the boat by chain or other suitable means.
    (2) At least one eyebolt, ring, or other fitting suitable for 
attaching a painter shall be fitted to the bow and stern.
    (b) Equipment. (1) The rescue boat shall be provided with one pair 
of oars of suitable size and material.
    (2) A painter shall be attached to the bow and to the stern 
fittings. Each shall be of suitable material, at least \3/8\-inch in 
diameter, and at least 30 feet long.



Sec. 160.056-4   Approval tests of prototype rescue boat.

    (a) Drop test. The rescue boat, fully equipped, shall be dropped, in 
a free fall, from a ten-foot height into water. No damage which would 
render the rescue boat unserviceable shall result from this drop.
    (b) Stability and freeboard test. The rescue boat shall have 
sufficient stability and freeboard so that the gunwale

[[Page 178]]

on the low side shall not be submerged with 350 pounds placed nine 
inches from the side in way of and about the level of the middle thwart.
    (c) Rescue boarding test. With one man in the rowing position, a 
second kneeling on the stern thwart facing aft, and a third man balanced 
on the transom, the minimum freeboard of the transom shall be five 
inches. The men should average 165 pounds each. This test simulates the 
rescue of a person over the transom by a two-man boat crew.
    (d) Rowing test. Three men, averaging 165 pounds each, shall be 
seated on the centerline of the boat, one on each thwart. One man, in 
the rowing position, using ordinary rowing technique, shall demonstrate 
the satisfactory course keeping and maneuvering characteristics of the 
boat in the ahead and astern directions.



Sec. 160.056-5   Inspections.

    (a) Rescue boats are not inspected at regularly scheduled factory 
inspections; however, the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspector, may 
detail a marine inspector at any time to visit any place where rescue 
boats are manufactured to observe production methods, quality of 
workmanship, and compliance with material specifications, and to conduct 
any inspections or tests which may be deemed advisable.
    (b) The manufacturer shall maintain a file of approved prints and 
all correspondence pertaining to the rescue boat, and make such file 
available to the marine inspector upon request.
    (c) The marine inspector shall be admitted to any place where work 
is done on rescue boats or component materials and samples of materials 
entering into construction may be taken by the marine inspector and 
tests made to determine their adequacy.



Sec. 160.056-6   Name plate.

    (a) Each rescue boat shall have permanently fitted at the transom a 
metal name plate, galvanically compatible with the hull material, and 
bearing information relating to the testing and approval of the 
prototype boat. Either raised or indented letters shall be used.
    (b) The following information shall appear on the name plate:

                               Rescue Boat

U.S.C.G. Specification 160.056
Prototype approved______________________________________________________
                                                            (Date)      
Approved by OCMI________________________________________________________
                                                            (Port)      
Date of manufacture_____________________________________________________
                                                            (Date)      
Manufacturer's serial No._______________________________________________
Manufacturer's name and address_________________________________________



Sec. 160.056-7   Procedure for approval.

    (a) The manufacturer shall submit a request for approval to the 
Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, having jurisdiction of the place 
of manufacture of the rescue boat.
    (b) Formal plans will not be required. However, a combined general 
arrangement and construction plan is required, which includes principal 
dimensions, and descriptive data of hull material, buoyant material, and 
equipment.
    (c) When plans and data are satisfactory, the Officer in Charge, 
Marine Inspection, will assign a marine inspector to conduct the tests 
required by Sec. 160.056-4.
    (d) Upon successful completion of the test, the inspector shall 
submit a written report to the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection. A 
copy of this report, with plans and photographs, shall be forwarded to 
the Commandant for record purposes. The date of approval and the marine 
inspector's initials shall be indicated in this report.
    (e) The Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, shall issue a letter 
to the manufacturer indicating that approval of the rescue boat has been 
granted, and will include any conditions imposed. A copy of this 
approval letter shall be forwarded to the District Commander and to the 
Commandant.
    (f) If a rescue boat is required on short notice, a boat may be 
approved on an individual basis: Provided, That the requirements in this 
subpart are met to the satisfaction of the Officer in Charge Marine 
Inspection. Sketches of the boat showing alterations may be submitted in 
lieu of the manufacturer's general arrangement and construction plan. 
Under these circumstances, the letter indicating that approval of the

[[Page 179]]

rescue boat has been granted shall be issued to the vessel using the 
boat.

[CGFR 61-15, 26 FR 9300, Sept. 30, 1961, as amended by CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 
11480, Sept. 8, 1965]



  Subpart 160.057--Floating Orange Smoke Distress Signals (15 Minutes)

    Source: CGD 76-048a and 76-048b, 44 FR 73091, Dec. 17, 1979, unless 
otherwise noted.



Sec. 160.057-1  Incorporations by reference.

    (a) The following are incorporated by reference into this subpart:
    (1) ``The Color Names Dictionary'' in Color: Universal Language and 
Dictionary of Names, National Bureau of Standards Special Publication 
440, December 1976.
    (2) ``Development of a Laboratory Test for Evaluation of the 
Effectiveness of Smoke Signals,'' National Bureau of Standards Report 
4792, July 1956.
    (b) NBS Special Publication 440 may be obtained by ordering from the 
Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, 
Washington, DC 20402 (Order by SD Catalog No. C13.10:440).
    (c) NBS Report 4792 may be obtained from the Commandant (G-MSE), 
U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC 20593-0001.
    (d) Approval to incorporate by reference the materials listed in 
this section was obtained from the Director of the Federal Register on 
November 1 and 29, 1979. The materials are on file in the Federal 
Register library.

[CGD 76-048a and 76-048b, 44 FR 73091, Dec. 17, 1979, as amended by CGD 
82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34536, Sept. 7, 
1988; CGD 95-072, 60 FR 50467, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50733, 
Sept. 27, 1996]



Sec. 160.057-2  Type.

    (a) Floating orange. smoke distress signals specified by this 
subpart shall be of one type which shall consist essentially of an outer 
container, ballast, an air chamber, an inner container, the smoke 
producing composition, and an igniter mechanism. Alternate arrangements 
which conform to the performance requirements of this specification will 
be given special consideration.



Sec. 160.057-3  Materials, workmanship, construction, and performance requirements.

    (a) Materials. The materials shall conform strictly to the 
specifications and drawings submitted by the manufacturer and approved 
by the Commandant. Metal for containers shall be not less than 0.5 mm 
(0.020 in.) in thickness. Other dimensions or materials may be 
considered upon special request when presented with supporting data. 
Igniter systems shall be of corrosion-resistant metal. The combustible 
material shall be of such nature that it will not deteriorate during 
long storage, nor when subjected to frigid or tropical climates, or 
both.
    (b) Workmanship. Floating orange smoke distress signals shall be of 
first class workmanship and shall be free from imperfections of 
manufacture affecting their appearance or that may affect their 
serviceability.
    (c) Construction. The outer container shall be cylindrical and of a 
size suitable for intended use. All sheet metal seams should be hook 
jointed and soldered. The whole container shall be covered with two 
coats of waterproof paint or other equivalent protection system. The 
igniter mechanism shall operate and provide ignition of the signal 
automatically when the ring life buoy to which it is attached is thrown 
overboard.
    (d) Performance. Signals shall meet all the inspection and test 
requirements contained in Sec. 160.057-4.



Sec. 160.057-4  Approval and production tests.

    (a)  Approval tests. The manufacturer must produce a lot of at least 
20 signals from which samples must be taken for testing for approval 
under Sec. 160.057-7. The approval tests are the operational tests and 
technical tests in paragraphs (c) and (d) of this section. The approval 
tests must be conducted by an independent laboratory accepted by the 
Commandant under Sec. 159.010 of this chapter.
    (b) Production inspections and tests. Production inspections and 
tests of each lot of signals produced must be

[[Page 180]]

conducted under the procedures in Sec. 159.007 of this chapter. Signals 
from a rejected lot must not be represented as meeting this subpart or 
as being approved by the Coast Guard. If the manufacturer identifies the 
cause of the rejection of a lot of signals, the signals in the lot may 
be reworked by the manufacturer to correct the problem. Samples from the 
rejected lot must be retested in order to be accepted. Records shall be 
kept of the reasons for rejection, the reworking performed on the 
rejected lot, and the results of the second test.
    (1) Lot size. For the purposes of sampling the production of 
signals, a lot must consist of not more than 1,200 signals. Lots must be 
numbered serially by the manufacturer. A new lot must be started with: 
(i) Any change in construction details, (ii) any change in sources of 
raw materials, or (iii) the start of production on a new production line 
or on a previously discontinued production line.
    (2) Inspections and tests by the manufacturer. The manufacturer's 
quality control procedures must include inspection of materials entering 
into construction of the signals and inspection of the finished signals, 
to determine that signals are being produced in accordance with the 
approved plans. Samples from each lot must be tested in accordance with 
the operational tests in paragraph (c) of this section.
    (3) Inspections and tests by an independent laboratory. An 
independent laboratory accepted by the Commandant under Sec. 159.010 of 
this chapter must perform or supervise the inspections and tests under 
paragraph (b)(2) of this section at least 4 times a year, unless the 
number of lots produced in a year is less than four. The inspections and 
tests must occur at least once during each quarterly period, unless no 
lots are produced during that period. If less than four lots are 
produced, the laboratory must perform or supervise the inspection and 
testing of each lot. In addition, the laboratory must perform or 
supervise the technical tests in paragraph (d) of this section at least 
once for every ten lots of signals produced, except that the number of 
technical tests must be at least one but not more than four per year. If 
a lot of signals tested by the independent laboratory is rejected, the 
laboratory must perform or supervise the inspections and tests of the 
reworked lot and the next lot of signals produced. The tests of each 
reworked lot and the next lot produced must not be counted for the 
purpose of meeting the requirement for the annual number of inspections 
and tests performed or supervised by the independent laboratory.
    (c) Operational tests. Each lot of signals must be sampled and 
tested as follows:
    (1) Sampling procedure and accept/reject criteria. A sample of 
signals must be selected at random from the lot. The size of the sample 
must be the individual sample size in Table 160.057-4(c)(1) 
corresponding to the lot size. Each signal in the sample is tested as 
prescribed in the test procedure in paragraph (c)(2) of this section. 
Each signal that has a defect listed in the table of defects (Table 
160.057-4(c)(2)) is assigned a score (failure percent) in accordance 
with that table. In the case of multiple defects, only the score having 
the highest numerical value is assigned to that signal If the sum of all 
the failure percents (cumulative failure percent) for the number of 
units in the sample is less than or equal to the accept criterion, the 
lot is accepted. If this sum is equal to or more than the reject 
criterion the lot is rejected.

If the cumulative failure percent falls between the accept and reject 
criteria, another sample is selected from the production lot and the 
operational tests are repeated. The cumulative failure percent of each 
sample tested is added to that of the previous samples to obtain the 
cumulative failure percent for all the signals tested (cumulative sample 
size). Additional samples are tested and the tests repeated until either 
the accept or reject criterion for the cumulative sample size is met. If 
any signal in the sample explodes when fired, or ignites in a way that 
could burn or otherwise injure the person firing it, the lot is rejected 
without further testing. (This procedure is diagrammed in figure 
160.057-4(c)).
    (2) Test procedure. Each sample signal (specimen) must be tested as 
follows:
    (i) Conditioning of test specimens--water resistance. Immerse 
specimen

[[Page 181]]

horizontally with uppermost portion of the signal approximately 25 mm (1 
in.) below the surface of the water for a period of 24 hours.
    (ii) Smoke emitting time. Ignite specimen according to the 
directions printed on the signal and place signal in tub or barrel of 
water. The smoke emitting time of a specimen shall be obtained by stop 
watch measurements from the time of distinct, sustained smoke emission 
until it ceases. There shall be no flame emission during the entire 
smoke emitting time of the signal. The smoke emitting time for a 
specimen shall not be less than 15 minutes. When the tests are performed 
or supervised by an independent laboratory, this test shall be conducted 
with approximately 6 mm (\1/4\ in.) of gasoline covering the water in 
the tub or barrel. The gasoline vapors shall not ignite during the 
entire smoke emitting time of the signal.
    (iii) Ignition and smoke emitting characteristics. Test specimens 
shall ignite and emit smoke properly when the directions on the signal 
are followed. Test specimens shall not ignite explosively in a manner 
that might be dangerous to the user or persons close by. Test specimens 
shall emit smoke at a uniform rate while floating in calm to rough 
water. Signals should be so constructed that water submerging the signal 
in moderately heavy seas will not cause it to become inoperable.

                   Table 160.057-4(c)(1)--Accept and reject criteria for operational test lots                  
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                   Cumula-                      
                                              Individual                             tive                       
                  Lot size                      sample             Sample           sample  Accept\1\  Reject\1\
                                                 size                                size                       
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
150 or                                                 2  First..................        2   ( \2\ )        200 
  less.                                                   Second.................        4   ( \2\ )        200 
                                                          Third..................        6         0        200 
                                                          Fourth.................        8         0        300 
                                                          Fifth..................       10       100        300 
                                                          Sixth..................       12       100        300 
                                                          Seventh................       14       299        300 
151 to                                                 3  First..................        3   ( \2\ )        200 
  500.                                                    Second.................        6         0        300 
                                                          Third..................        9         0        300 
                                                          Fourth.................       12       100        400 
                                                          Fifth..................       15       200        400 
                                                          Sixth..................       18       300        500 
                                                          Seventh................       21       499        500 
More                                                   5  First..................        5   ( \2\ )        300 
  than                                                    Second.................       10         0        300 
  501.                                                    Third..................       15       100        400 
                                                          Fourth.................       20       200        500 
                                                          Fifth..................       25       300        600 
                                                          Sixth..................       30       400        600 
                                                          Seventh................       35       699        700 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Cumulative failure percent.                                                                                 
\2\ Lot may not be accepted. Next sample must be tested.                                                        


                          Table 160.057-4(c)(2)                         
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              Percentage
                      Kind of defects                        of failures
------------------------------------------------------------------------
a. Failure to ignite.......................................          100
b. Ignites or burns dangerously............................          100
c. Nonuniform smoke emitting rate..........................           50
d. Smoke-emitting time less than 70 percent of specified                
 time......................................................          100
e. Smoke-emitting time at least 70 percent but less than 80             
 percent of specified time.................................           75
f. Smoke-emitting time at least 80 percent but less than 90             
 percent of specified time.................................           50
g. Smoke-emitting time at least 90 percent but less than                
 100 percent of specified time.............................           25
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[[Page 182]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC03MR91.012


[[Page 183]]

    (d) Technical tests. One signal must be subjected to each of the 
following tests. Each signal must pass the test in order for the lot of 
signals to be accepted.
    (1) Drop test. One signal must be attached to a ring life buoy and 
arranged to be ignited by the dropping buoy in the same manner as it 
would be when used on a vessel. The signal and buoy must be mounted at 
least 27 m (90 ft.) above the surface of a body of water. The buoy is 
released and must cause the signal to ignite and fall to the water with 
the buoy. The signal must remain afloat and emit smoke at least 15 
minutes.
    (2) Wave test. A signal shall be tested in a manner simulating its 
use at sea. The signal shall be ignited and thrown overboard under 
conditions where waves are at least 30 cm (1 ft.) high. The smoke 
emitting time must be for the full 15 minutes and the signal shall float 
in such a manner that it shall function properly during this test. The 
signal shall be attached to a ring life buoy in accordance with the 
manufacturer's instructions.
    (3) Underwater smoke emission. Condition the signal in accordance 
with paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section. Ignite specimen and let it 
burn about 15 seconds in air. Submerge the burning signal in water in a 
vertical position with head down. Obtain underwater smoke emission time 
by stop watch measurements from time of submersion until smoke emission 
ceases. The test specimen shall emit smoke under water not less than 30 
seconds when subjected to this test.
    (4) Elevated Temperature, Humidity and Storage. Place specimen in a 
thermostatically controlled even-temperature oven held at 75 deg.C. with 
not less than 90 percent relative humidity for 72 hours. Remove specimen 
and store at room temperature (20 deg. to 25 deg.C.) with approximately 
65 percent relative humidity for 10 days. If for any reason it is not 
possible to operate the oven continuously for the 72-hour period, it may 
be operated at the required temperature and humidity for 8 hours out of 
each 24 during the 72-hour conditioning period. (Total of 24 hours on 
and 48 hours off.) The signal shall not ignite or decompose during this 
conditioning. The signal shall ignite and operate satisfactorily 
following this conditioning.
    (5) Spontaneous ignition. Place the specimen in a thermostatically 
controlled even-temperature oven held at 75 deg.C. with not more than 
10% relative humidity for 48 consecutive hours. The signal must not 
ignite or undergo marked decomposition.
    (6) Susceptibility to explosion. Remove smoke composition from 
signal and punch a small hole in the composition. Insert a No. 6 
commercial blasting cap. Ignite the cap. The test specimen shall not 
explode or ignite.
    (7) Corrosion resistance. Expose the complete specimen with cover 
secured hand-tight to a finely divided spray of 20 percent by weight 
sodium chloride solution at a temperature between 32 deg.C and 38 deg.C 
(90 deg.F and 100 deg.F) for 100 hours. The container and cap must not 
be corroded in any fashion that would impair their proper functioning.
    (8) Color of smoke. Ignite specimen in the open air in daytime 
according to the directions printed on the signal, and determine the 
smoke color by direct visual comparison of the unshadowed portions of 
the smoke with a color chart held so as to receive the same daylight 
illumination as the unshadowed portions of the smoke. The color of the 
smoke must be orange as defined by sections 13 and 14 of the ``Color 
Names Dictionary'' (colors 34-39 and 48-54).
    (9) Volume and density of smoke. The test specimen shall show less 
than 70 percent transmission for not less than 12 minutes when measured 
with apparatus having a light path of 19 cm (7\1/2\ in.), an optical 
system aperture of +3.7 degrees, and an entrance air flow of 18.4m 
3 per minute (650 cu. ft. per minute), such apparatus to be as 
described in National Bureau of Standards Report No. 4792.



Sec. 160.057-5  Marking.

    (a) Directions for use. Each floating orange smoke distress signal 
shall be plainly and indelibly marked in black lettering not less than 3 
mm (\1/8\ in.) high ``Approved for daytime use only'', and in black 
lettering not less than 5 mm (\3/16\ in.) high with the word 
``Directions''. Immediately below shall be

[[Page 184]]

similarly marked in black lettering not less than 3 mm (\1/8\ in.) high 
in numbered paragraphs, and in simple and easily understood wording, 
instructions to be followed to make the device operative. Pasted-on 
labels are not acceptable.
    (b) Other markings. (1) There shall be embossed or die-stamped, in 
the outer container in figures not less than 5 mm (\3/16\ in.) high, 
numbers, indicating the month and year of manufacture, thus: ``6-54'' 
indicating June 1954. The outer container shall also be plainly and 
indelibly marked with the commercial designation of the signal, the 
words ``Floating Orange Smoke Distress Signal (15 minutes)'', name and 
address of the manufacturer, the Coast Guard Approval No., the service 
life expiration date (month and year to be entered by the manufacturer), 
the month and year of manufacture and the lot number.
    (2) In addition to any other marking placed on the smallest packing 
carton or box containing floating orange smoke distress signals, such 
cartons or boxes shall be plainly and indelibly marked to show the 
service life expiration date, the month and year of manufacture, and the 
lot number.
    (3) The largest carton or box in which the manufacturer ships 
signals must be marked with the following or equivalent words: ``Keep 
under cover in a dry place.''
    (c) Marking of expiration date. The expiration date must be not more 
than 42 months from the date of manufacture.

    Note: Compliance with the labeling requirements of this section does 
not relieve the manufacturer of the responsibility of complying with the 
label requirements of 15 U.S.C. 1263, the Federal Hazardous Substances 
Act.



Sec. 160.057-7  Procedure for approval.

    (a) Signals are approved by the Coast Guard under the procedures in 
subpart 159.005 of this chapter.



     Subpart 160.058--Desalter Kits, Sea Water, for Merchant Vessels

    Source: CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 11483, Sept. 8, 1965, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec. 160.058-1   Applicable specification.

    (a) Specification. The following specification, of the issue in 
effect on the date the desalter kits are manufactured, forms a part of 
this subpart:
    (1) Military specification. MIL-D-5531D--Desalter Kit, Sea Water, 
Mark 2.
    (b) Copies on file. A copy of the specification referred to in this 
section shall be kept on file by the manufacturer, together with the 
approved plans and certificate of approval. The Military Specification 
may be obtained from the Commanding Officer, Naval Supply Depot, 5801 
Tabor Avenue, Philadelphia, Pa., 19120.



Sec. 160.058-2   Type.

    (a) Desalter kits specified by this subpart shall be of the type 
described in the specification listed in Sec. 160.058-1(a)(1).



Sec. 160.058-3   Materials, workmanship, construction and performance requirements.

    (a) The materials, construction, workmanship, general and detail 
requirements shall conform to the requirements of the specification 
listed in Sec. 160.058-1(a)(1), except as otherwise specifically 
provided by this subpart.



Sec. 160.058-4   Inspections.

    (a) Desalter kits specified by this subpart are not inspected at 
regularly scheduled factory inspections; however, the Commander of the 
Coast Guard District in which the desalter kits are manufactured may 
detail a marine inspector at any time to visit places where desalter 
kits are manufactured to check materials and construction methods and to 
satisfy himself that the desalter kits are being manufactured in 
compliance with the requirements of the specification listed in 
Sec. 160.058-1(a)(1) as modified by this specification and are suitable 
for the intended purpose. The manufacturer shall admit the marine 
inspector to his plant and shall provide a suitable place and the 
necessary apparatus for the use of the marine inspector in conducting 
tests at the place of manufacture.

[[Page 185]]



Sec. 160.058-5   Labeling and marking.

    (a) In addition to the marking and instructions required by the 
specification listed in Sec. 160.058-1(a)(1), the Coast Guard approval 
number shall be included. The contract number may be omitted.



Sec. 160.058-6   Procedure for approval.

    (a) General. Desalter kits for use in lifeboats or liferafts on 
merchant vessels are approved only by the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard, 
Washington, DC, 20226. Correspondence pertaining to the subject matter 
of this specification shall be addressed to the Commander of the Coast 
Guard District in which the factory is located.
    (b) Manufacturer's plans and specifications. In order to obtain 
approval, submit two samples and four copies of detailed plans, 
specifications and a bill of material to the Commander of the Coast 
Guard District in which the kits are manufactured. Prior to any action 
by the Coast Guard it will be required that the desalter kit under 
consideration, either be listed on the Qualified Products List of 
Products Qualified Under the Military Specification listed in 
Sec. 160.058-1(a)(1), or the manufacturer of such kits shall prove by 
report from the Bureau of Ships, U.S. Navy, or a recognized testing 
laboratory that the desalter kit does in fact comply with the 
specification listed in Sec. 160.058-1(a)(1).



     Subpart 160.060--Specification for a Buoyant Vest, Unicellular 
                   Polyethylene Foam, Adult and Child



Sec. 160.060-1  Incorporation by reference.

    (a) Specifications and Standards. This subpart makes reference to 
the following documents:
    (1) [Reserved]
    (2) Military Specification:

MIL-W-530F-Webbing, Textile, Cotton, General Purpose, Natural or in 
Colors.

    (3) Federal Standards:

No. 191-Textile Test Methods.
No. 751A-Stitches, Seams, and Stitchings.

    (4) Coast Guard Specification:

164.013--Foam, Unicellular Polyethylene (Buoyant, Slab, Slitted Trigonal 
Pattern)

    (b) Plans. The following plans, of the issue in effect on the date 
buoyant vests are manufacture, form a part of this subpart:

    Dwg. No. 160.060-1:
Sheet 1--Cutting Pattern and General Arrangement, Model AY.
Sheet 2--Cutting Pattern and General Arrangement, Model CYM.
Sheet 3--Cutting Pattern and General Arrangement, Model CYS.
Sheet 4--Insert Pattern, Model AY.
Sheet 5--Insert Pattern, Model CYM.
Sheet 6--Insert Pattern, Model CYS.

    (c) Copies on file. Copies of the specifications and plans referred 
to in this section shall be kept on file by the manufacturer together 
with the Certificate of Approval.
    (1) The Coast Guard plans and specifications may be obtained upon 
request from the Commandant (G-MSE), U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC 
20593-0001 or a recognized laboratory listed in Sec. 160.060-8b.
    (2) The Federal Specifications and Standard may be purchased from 
the Business Service Center, General Services Administration, 
Washington, DC, 20407.
    (3) The Military Specification may be obtained from the Commanding 
Officer, Naval Supply Depot, 5801 Tabor Avenue, Philadelphia, Pa., 
19120.

[CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11590, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGD 72-90R, 37 
FR 10839, May 31, 1972; CGD 78-012, 43 FR 27153, 27154, June 22, 1978; 
CGD 82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34536, Sept. 7, 
1988; CGD 95-072, 60 FR 50467, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50733, 
Sept. 27, 1996]



Sec. 160.060-2   Type and model.

    Each buoyant vest specified in this subpart is a:
    (a) Standard:
    (1) Model AY, adult (for persons weighing over 90 pounds); or
    (2) Model CYM, child, medium (for children weighing from 50 to 90 
pounds); or
    (3) Model CYS, child, small (for children weighing less than 50 
pounds); or
    (b) Nonstandard:

[[Page 186]]

    (1) Model,1 adult (for persons weighing over 90 pounds);
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    1 A model designation for a nonstandard vest is to be assigned 
by the individual manufactured and must be different from any standard 
vest.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (2) Model,1 child, medium (for persons weighing from 50 to 90 
pounds) or
    (3) Model,1 child, small (for persons weighing less than 50 
pounds).

[CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8122, Mar. 28, 1973]



Sec. 160.060-3   Materials--standard vests.

    (a) General. All components used in the construction of buoyant 
vests must meet the applicable requirements of subpart 164.019 of this 
chapter. The requirements for materials specified in this section are 
minimum requirements, and consideration will be given to the use of 
alternate materials in lieu of those specified. Detailed technical data 
and samples of all proposed alternate materials must be submitted for 
approval before those materials are incorporated in the finished 
product.
    (b) Unicellular polyethylene foam. The unicellular polyethylene foam 
shall be all new material complying with specification subpart 164.013 
of this subchapter.
    (c) Envelope. The buoyant vest envelope, or cover, shall be made 
from 39'', 2.85 cotton jeans cloth, with a thread count of approximately 
96  x  64. The finished goods shall weigh not less than 4.2 ounces per 
square yard, shall have thread count of not less than 94  x  60, and 
shall have a breaking strength of not less than 85 pounds in the warp 
and 50 pounds in the filling. Other cotton fabrics having a weight and 
breaking strength not less than the above will be acceptable. There are 
no restrictions as to color, but the fastness of the color to 
laundering, water, crocking, and light shall be rated ``good'' when 
tested in accordance with Federal Test Method Standard No. 191, Methods 
5610, 5630, 5650, and 5660.
    (d) Tie tapes and body strap loops. The tie tapes and body strap 
loops for both adult and child sizes must be \3/4\-inch cotton webbing 
meeting the requirements of military specification MIL-T-43566 (Class I) 
for Type I webbing.
    (d-1) Body straps. The complete body strap assembly including 
hardware, must have a minimum breaking strength of 150 pounds for an 
adult size and 115 pounds for a child size. The specifications for the 
webbing are as follows:
    (1) For an adult size vest, the webbing must be 1 inch.
    (2) For a child size vest, the webbing must be three-quarter inch 
and meet military specification MIL-W-530 for Type IIa webbing.
    (e) [Reserved]
    (f) Thread. Each thread must meet the requirements of subpart 
164.023 of this chapter. Only one kind of thread may be used in each 
seam.

[CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11590, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGD 72-90R, 37 
FR 10839, May 31, 1972; CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8122, Mar. 28, 1973; CGD 73-
130R, 39 FR 20684, June 13, 1974; CGD 78-012, 43 FR 27154, June 22, 
1978; CGD 82-063b, 48 FR 4782, Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34536, 
Sept. 7, 1988; CGD 84-068, 58 FR 29494, May 20, 1993]



Sec. 160.060-3a   Materials--Dee ring and snap hook assemblies and other instruments of closure for buoyant vests.

    (a) Specifications. Dee ring and snap hook assemblies and other 
instruments of closure for buoyant vests may have decorative platings in 
any thickness and must meet the following specifications:
    (1) The device must be constructed of inherently corrosion resistant 
materials. As used in this section the term ``inherently corrosion 
resistant materials'' includes, but is not limited to, brass, bronze, 
and stainless steel.
    (2) The size of the opening of the device must be consistent with 
the webbing which will pass through the opening.
    (b) Testing requirements. Dee ring and snap hook assemblies and 
other instruments of closure for buoyant vests must--
    (1) Be tested for weathering. The Coast Guard will determine which 
one or more of the following tests will be used:
    (i) Application of a 20 percent sodium-chloride solution spray at a 
temperature of 95 deg. F (35 deg. C) for a period of 240 hours in 
accordance with the procedures contained in method 811 of the Federal 
Test Method Standard No. 151.

[[Page 187]]

    (ii) Exposure to a carbon-arc weatherometer for a period of 100 
hours.
    (iii) Submergence for a period of 100 hours in each of the 
following:
    (a) Leaded gasoline.
    (b) Gum turpentine.
    (iv) Exposure to a temperature of 0 deg.plus-minus5 deg. F 
(17.6plus-minus2.775 deg. C) for 24 hours; and
    (2) Within 5 minutes of completion of the weathering test required 
by paragraph (b)(1) of this section, the assembly must be attached to a 
support and bear 150 pounds for an adult size and 115 pounds for a child 
size for 10 minutes at ambient temperatures without breaking or 
distorting.

[CGD 73-130R, 39 FR 20684, June 13, 1974]



Sec. 160.060-4   Materials--nonstandard vests.

    (a) General. All materials used in nonstandard buoyant vests must be 
equivalent to those specified in Sec. 160.060-3 and be obtained from a 
supplier who furnishes an affidavit in accordance with the requirements 
in Sec. 160.060-3(a).
    (b) Reinforcing tape. When used, the reinforcing tape around the 
neck shall be \3/4\'' cotton tape weighing not less than 0.18 ounce per 
linear yard having a minimum breaking strength of not less than 120 
pounds.

[CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11590, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGD 72-163R, 38 
FR 8122, Mar. 28, 1973]



Sec. 160.060-5   Construction--standard vests.

    (a) General. This specification covers buoyant vests which 
essentially consist of a fabric envelope in which are enclosed inserts 
of buoyant material arranged and distributed so as to provide the 
flotation characteristics and buoyancy required to hold the wearer in an 
upright or slightly backward position with head and face out of water. 
The buoyant vests are also fitted with straps and hardware to provide 
for proper adjustment and close and comfortable fit to the bodies of 
various size wearers.
    (b) Envelope. The envelope or cover shall be made of three pieces. 
Two pieces of fabric shall be cut to the pattern shown on Dwg. No. 
160.060-1, Sheet 1 for the adult size, and Sheets 2 and 3 for child 
sizes, and joined together with a third piece which forms a 2\1/4\'' 
finished gusset strip all around. Reinforcing strips of the same 
material as the envelope shall be stitched to the inside of the front 
piece of the envelope in way of the strap attachments as shown by the 
drawings.
    (c) Buoyant inserts. The unicellular plastic foam buoyant inserts 
shall be cut and formed as shown on Dwg. No. 160.060-1, Sheets 4, 5, and 
6 for the adult, child medium, and child small sizes, respectively.
    (d) Tie tapes, body straps, and hardware. The tie tapes, body 
straps, and hardware shall be arranged as shown on the drawings and 
attached to the envelope with the seams and stitching indicated.
    (e) Stitching. All stitching shall be short lock stitch conforming 
to Stitch Type 301 of Federal Standard No. 751, and there shall be not 
less than 7 nor more than 9 stitches to the inch.
    (f) Workmanship. Buoyant vests shall be of first-class workmanship 
and shall be free from any defects materially affecting their appearance 
or serviceability.

[CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11590, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGD 72-163R, 38 
FR 8122, Mar. 28, 1973]



Sec. 160.060-6   Construction--nonstandard vests.

    (a) General. The construction methods used for a nonstandard buoyant 
vest must be equivalent to the requirements in Sec. 160.060-5 for 
standard vests and also meet the requirements specified in this section.
    (b) Sizes. Each nonstandard vest must contain the following volume 
of unicellular polyethylene foam buoyant material, determined by the 
displacement method:
    (1) Five hundred cubic inches or more for the adult size, for 
persons weighing over 90 pounds.
    (2) Three hundred and fifty cubic inches or more for a child medium 
size, for children weighing from 50 to 90 pounds.
    (3) Two hundred and twenty-five cubic inches or more for children 
weighing less than 50 pounds.
    (c) Arrangement of buoyant material. The buoyant material in a 
nonstandard vest must:

[[Page 188]]

    (1) Be arranged to hold the wearer in an upright or backward 
position with head and face out of water;
    (2) Have no tendency to turn the wearer face downward in the water; 
and
    (3) Be arranged so that 70 to 75 percent of the total is located in 
the front of the vest.
    (d) Neck opening. Each cloth covered nonstandard vest must have at 
the neck opening:
    (1) A gusset; or
    (2) Reinforcing tape.
    (e) Adjustment, fit, and donning. Each nonstandard vest must be made 
with adjustments to:
    (1) Fit a range of wearers for the type designed; and
    (2) Facilitate donning time for an uninitiated person.

[CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8122, Mar. 28, 1973]



Sec. 160.060-7   Inspections and tests--standard and nonstandard vests.1
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    1 The manufacturer of a personal flotation device must meet 33 CFR 
181.701 through 33 CFR 181.705 which require an instruction pamphlet for 
each device that is sold or offered for sale for use on recreational 
boats.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (a) General. Manufacturers of listed and labeled buoyant vests 
shall--
    (1) Maintain quality control of the materials used, the 
manufacturing methods, and the finished product to meet the applicable 
requirements of this subpart by conducting sufficient inspections and 
tests of representative samples and components produced;
    (2) Make available to the recognized laboratory inspector and the 
Coast Guard inspector, upon request, records of tests conducted by the 
manufacturer and records of materials used during production of the 
device, including affidavits by suppliers; and
    (3) Permit any examination, inspection and test required by the 
recognized laboratory or the Coast Guard for a produced listed and 
labeled device, either at the place of manufacture or some other 
location.
    (b) Lot size and sampling. (1) A lot shall consist of 500 buoyant 
vests or fewer;
    (2) A new lot begins after any change or modification in materials 
used or manufacturing methods employed;
    (3) The manufacturer of the buoyant vests shall notify the 
recognized laboratory when a lot is ready for inspection;
    (4) The manufacturer shall select samples in accordance with the 
requirements in Table 160.060-7(b)(4) from each lot of buoyant vests to 
be tested for buoyancy in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section.

            Table 160.060-7(b)(4)--Sample for Buoyancy Tests            
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               Number of
                           Lot size                             vests in
                                                                 sample 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
100 and under................................................          1
101 to 200...................................................          2
201 to 300...................................................          3
301 to 500...................................................          4
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (5) If a sample vest fails the buoyancy test, the sample from the 
next succeeding lot must consist of 10 specimen vests or more to be 
tested for buoyancy in accordance with paragraph (e) of this section.
    (c) Additional compliance tests. An inspector from the recognized 
laboratory or Coast Guard may conduct an examination, test and 
inspection of a buoyant device that is obtained from the manufacturer or 
through commercial channels to determine the suitability of the device 
for listing and labeling, or to determine its conformance to applicable 
requirements.
    (d) Test facilities. The manufacturer shall admit the laboratory 
inspector and the Coast Guard inspector to any part of the premises at 
the place of manufacture of a listed and labeled device to--
    (1) Examine, inspect, or test a sample of a part or a material that 
is included in the construction of the device; and
    (2) Conduct any examination, inspection, or test in a suitable place 
and with appropriate apparatus provided by the manufacturer.
    (e) Buoyancy--(1) Buoyancy test method. Remove the buoyant inserts 
from the vests. Securely attach the spring scale in a position directly 
over the test tank. Suspend the weighted wire basket from the scale in 
such a manner that the basket can be weighed while it is completely 
under water. In order to measure the actual buoyancy provided by the 
inserts, the underwater weight

[[Page 189]]

of the empty basket should exceed the buoyancy of the inserts. To obtain 
the buoyancy of the inserts, proceed as follows:
    (i) Weigh the empty wire basket under water.
    (ii) Place the inserts inside the basket and submerge it so that the 
top of the basket is at least 2 inches below the surface of the water. 
Allow the inserts to remain submerged for 24 hours. The tank shall be 
locked or sealed during this 24-hour submergence period. It is important 
that after the inserts have once been submerged they shall remain 
submerged for the duration of the test, and at no time during the course 
of the test shall they be removed from the tank or otherwise exposed to 
air.
    (iii) After the 24-hour submergence period, unlock or unseal the 
tank and weigh the wire basket with the inserts inside while both are 
still under water.
    (iv) The buoyancy is computed as paragraph (e)(1)(i) of this section 
minus paragraph (e)(1)(iii) of this section.
    (2) Buoyancy required. The buoyant inserts from adult size buoyant 
vests shall provide not less than 15\1/2\ pounds of buoyancy in fresh 
water; the inserts from the child medium size buoyant vests shall 
provide not less than 11 pounds buoyancy; and the inserts from the child 
small size buoyant vests shall provide not less than 7 pounds buoyancy.
    (f) Body strap test. The complete body strap assembly, including 
hardware shall be tested for strength by attaching the dee ring to a 
suitable support such that the assembly hangs vertically its full 
length. A weight as specified in Sec. 160.060-3(d) shall be attached to 
the other end on the snap hook for 10 minutes. The specified weight 
shall not break or excessively distort the body strap assembly.
    (g) Additional approval tests for nonstandard vests. Tests in 
addition to those required by this section may be conducted by the 
inspector for a nonstandard vest to determine performance equivalence to 
a standard vest. Such additional tests may include determining 
performance in water, suitability of materials, donning time, ease of 
adjustment, and similar equivalency tests. Costs for any additional 
tests must be assumed by the manufacturer.

[CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11590, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGD 72-90R, 37 
FR 10839, May 31, 1972; CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8122, Mar. 28, 1973; CGD 75-
008, 43 FR 9772, Mar. 9, 1978]



Sec. 160.060-8  Marking.

    (a) Each buoyant vest must have the following information clearly 
marked in waterproof lettering:

Type II Personal Flotation Device.
Inspected and tested in accordance with U.S. Coast Guard regulations.
Polyethylene foam buoyant material provides a minimum buoyant force of 
(15\1/2\ lb., 11 lb., or 7 lb.).
Dry out thoroughly when wet.
Approved for use on all recreational boats and on uninspected commercial 
vessels less than 40 feet in length not carrying passengers for hire by 
persons weighing (more than 90 lb., 50 to 90 lb., or less than 50 lb.).
U.S. Coast Guard Approval No. 160.060/(assigned manufacturer's No.)/
(Revision No.); (Model No.).
(Name and address of manufacturer or distributor).
(Lot No.).

    (b) Waterproof marking. Marking of buoyant vests shall be 
sufficiently waterproof so that after 72 hours submergence in water it 
will withstand vigorous rubbing by hand while wet without printed matter 
becoming illegible.

[CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 8122, Mar. 28, 1973, as amended by CGD 75-008, 43 FR 
9771, Mar. 9, 1978]



Sec. 160.060-9  Recognized laboratory.

    (a) A manufacturer seeking Coast Guard approval of a product under 
this subpart shall follow the approval procedures of subpart 159.005 of 
this chapter, and shall apply for approval directly to a recognized 
independent laboratory. The following laboratories are recognized under 
Sec. 159.010-7 of this part, to perform testing and approval functions 
under this subpart:
    Underwriters Laboratories, 12 Laboratory Drive, P.O. Box 13995, 
Research Triangle Park, NC 27709-3995, (919) 549-1400.
    (b) Production oversight must be performed by the same laboratory 
that performs the approval tests unless, as determined by the 
Commandant, the

[[Page 190]]

employees of the laboratory performing production oversight receive 
training and support equal to that of the laboratory that performed the 
approval testing.

[CGD 93-055, 61 FR 13930, Mar. 28, 1996]



  Subpart 160.061--Fishing Tackle Kits, Emergency, for Merchant Vessels

    Source: CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 11483, Sept. 8, 1965, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec. 160.061-1   Applicable specifications.

    (a) The following specifications, of the issue in effect on the date 
emergency fishing tackle kits are manufactured, form a part of this 
subpart:
    (1) Federal specifications:

QQ-I-706--Iron and steel; sheet, tinned (tin plate).
QQ-W-423--Wire, steel, corrosion-resisting
HH-P-91--Packing, fiber, hard sheet.
CCC-F-451--Flannel, canton.

    (2) Military specifications:

MIL-H-2846--Hooks, fish, steel.
MIL-B-1418--Blades, razor, safety.
MIL-A-140--Adhesive, water-resistant, W.P. barrier-material.

    (b) Copies of the specifications referred to in this section shall 
be kept on file by the manufacturer, together with the approved plans, 
if any, and the certificate of approval.
    (1) The Federal Specifications may be purchased from the Business 
Service Center, General Services Administration, Washington, DC 20407.
    (2) The Military Specifications may be obtained from the Commanding 
Officer, Naval Supply Depot, 5801 Tabor Avenue, Philadelphia, Pa. 19120.



Sec. 160.061-2   Requirements.

    (a) Material. Material shall be as specified in this subpart.
    (b) Assembly. Emergency fishing kits shall consist of fishing rigs, 
accessories, and instructions furnished in a hermetically sealed 
container.
    (c) Components. Each fishing kit shall consist of the items listed 
in table 160.06-2(c).

                    Table 160.061-2(c)--Fishing Kits                    
------------------------------------------------------------------------
              Item No.                      Description1        Quantity
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1..................................  Booklet, Fishing              1 ea.
                                      Instructions (Refer to            
                                      Sec.  160.061-3(i)).              
2..................................  Container, Fishing Kit        1 ea.
                                      (See Fig. 2).                     
3..................................  Hooks, treble, size 1,        2 ea.
                                      short shank.                      
4..................................  Hooks, size 7/0, 5/0, 1/      2 ea.
                                      0, 2, 6, 8,                       
                                      O'Shaugnessy, straight            
                                      shank, double strength.           
5..................................  Leader, wire, 0.011-inch      2 ea.
                                      diameter, 27-pound test           
                                      (with No. 3 snap on one           
                                      end and No. 7 swivel on           
                                      the other end) 6-inch             
                                      length.                           
6..................................  Leader, wire, 0.016-inch      2 ea.
                                      diameter, 58-pound test           
                                      (with No. 3 snap on one           
                                      end and No. 4 swivel on           
                                      the other end) 12-inch            
                                      length.                           
7..................................  Leader, monofilament,         4 ea.
                                      0.021-inch diameter, 15-          
                                      pound test, 4-foot                
                                      length.                           
8..................................  Line, monofilament, 18-       1 ea.
                                      pound test, 100-foot              
                                      length.                           
9..................................  Line, nylon or dacron,        1 ea.
                                      braided, 63-pound test,           
                                      150 feet length.                  
10.................................  Pad, canton flannel, 2\3/     1 ea.
                                      4\ inches square,                 
                                      specification CCC-F-451,          
                                      color, bright yellow.             
11.................................  Pad, canton flannel, 2\3/     1 ea.
                                      4\ inches square,                 
                                      specification CCC-F-451,          
                                      color, bright red.                
12.................................  Lure, spoon, removable        1 ea.
                                      No. 6 hook, yellow                
                                      feathers, blade length            
                                      1\3/32\ inches, width             
                                      \15/32\ inch, weight \1/          
                                      20\ ounce, polished               
                                      copper finish.                    
13.................................  Lure, spoon, removable        1 ea.
                                      No. 5/0 hook, yellow              
                                      feathers, blade length 3          
                                      inches, width \7/8\               
                                      inch, weight \2/5\                
                                      ounce, polished chrome            
                                      finish.                           
14.................................  Lure, spoon, free             1 ea.
                                      swinging No. 1 treble             
                                      double strength, short            
                                      shank, blade length 2\3/          
                                      16\ inches, width \13/            
                                      16\ inch, weight \1/4\            
                                      ounce, stainless steel            
                                      or chrome plated brass.           
15.................................  Sinkers, pinch on or          1 ea.
                                      equal, \1/4\ ounce, \5/           
                                      16\ ounce, 1 ounce.               
16.................................  Foil, shiny, 4 inches         1 ea.
                                      square.                           
17.................................  Squid, tinned body,           1 ea.
                                      length 2 inches, weight           
                                      \1/2\ ounce.                      
18.................................  Jig, painted lead head,       1 ea.
                                      bucktail feathered with           
                                      1/0 hook.                         
19.................................  Jig, painted lead head,       1 ea.
                                      bucktail feathered with           
                                      3/0 hook.                         
20.................................  Blades, razor, safety,        1 ea.
                                      single edge.                      
21.................................  Bait, pork rind, 4 inches     4 ea.
                                      long, \1/2\ inch wide,            
                                      with ends tapered to \1/          
                                      8\ inch wide and rounded.         
22.................................  Snap and swivels, No. 3..     6 ea.
23.................................  Card, leader knots and        1 ea.
                                      hitches (fig. 1).                 
24.................................  Winder (see Sec.  160.061-    2 ea.
                                      3(h)).                            
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ The tolerances of these items shall be plus or minus \1/32\-inch on 
  all dimensions.                                                       



Sec. 160.061-3   Design and construction.

    (a) Container. The container shall be made of ethyl cellulose, 
clear, type EM--1, Specification MIL-P-3412 or better. The dimensions 
shall not exceed

[[Page 191]]

those specified in Figure 2. Other packaging arrangements acceptable to 
the Commandant will be considered.
    (b) Card. A card showing leader knots and hitches shall be provided 
as per Figure 1. Size of card should not exceed 2\3/4\ by 4\3/4\ inches.
    (c) Hooks. Unless otherwise specified, all hooks shall be of forged 
steel, hollow ground with filed out points. The hooks shall be of ringed 
type and shall be tinned. Hooks shall be tempered, tough, flexible, and 
resilient.
    (d) Leaders. Wire leaders shall be of stainless steel, and shall be 
attached to snaps and swivels with not less than six turns of wire. 
Monofilament leaders shall be blue mist and shall be provided with a \5/
8\-inch inside diameter end loop on one end.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC03MR91.013

    (e) Snaps and swivels. Swivels shall be either of brass or bronze. 
Snaps shall be stainless steel.
    (f) Lines. Unless otherwise specified nylon lines shall be hard 
braided, waterproofed, and heat set to reduce ``stretch''. Lines may be 
either camouflage or mist in color.
    (g) Spoons. Spoons shall be of the single-blade, egg-shaped dished 
type with either fixed or free-swinging hooks. The spoons shall be 
stainless steel or stamped from brass and plated to resist corrosion. 
Each spoon shall, on the forward end, be provided with an eye for 
attachment to the line. Spoons having free-swinging hooks shall have the 
hooks attached by means of a split ring through a hole in the rear of 
the blade. In fixed-hook spoons, the hook shall be attached to the spoon 
by a screw and shall be shaped to conform to the contour of the spoon. 
Feathers, if provided, shall be yellow hackle feathers attached to the 
hook by wrapping with thread, and the wrapping coated with red lacquer.

[[Page 192]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC03MR91.014



                                Figure 2
    (h) Winder. Winders shall conform to Figure 3, or shall be of an 
equivalent commercial design suitable to contain required length of 
line.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC03MR91.015

    Figure 3--Winder. Material: Packing; fiber, hard sheet, 
Specification HH-P-91; dimensions in inches: Unless otherwise specified; 
tolerances: Fractions plus or minus \1/32\-inch.


[[Page 193]]


    (i) Booklet of instructions. The fishing instructions shall be 
prepared in pamphlet form, approximately 2\1/2\ inches by 4\1/2\ inches 
on parchment paper, in waterproof ink, with printing on one side of the 
paper only. The booklet shall contain a complete description of how and 
under what conditions each component should be used, and general 
suggestions for fishing. It shall be prepared in easy to read form in 
such a manner that a completely inexperienced person will know what 
equipment to use and how to use it. Both physical form and the contents 
of the booklet shall be specially approved by the Commandant, U.S. Coast 
Guard, prior to acceptance. A copy of approved contents for the 
instruction booklet will be furnished on request.



Sec. 160.061-4   Kit assembly.

    (a) Preparation of items. The items shall be prepared for packing 
into the kit as indicated below. Each transparent envelope shall be 
closed by heat sealing.

------------------------------------------------------------------------
                Item No.                     Preparation for assembly   
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 23,    None.                         
 24.                                                                    
3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 18, 19, 21, 22...........  Insert in a transparent       
                                           envelope.                    
8 and 9.................................  Gather into a hank 4\1/2\     
                                           inches long and restrain with
                                           tape.                        
20......................................  Wrap in paper envelope.       
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (b) Packing of items. The components of the kit, after being 
prepared as specified, shall be packed in the container in such manner 
that there is a minimum possibility of any item being bent or crushed. 
The marking label shall be placed on the bottom of the container with 
the wording facing out. The instruction booklet shall be packed, front 
cover up, under the lid. The container shall be sealed after the 
components have been packaged therein with an 18-inch length of \3/4\-
inch wide adhesive tape conforming to Specification JAN-P-127. The tape 
shall be applied around the perimeter of the container with an equal 
amount on each side of the juncture of the two sections of the 
container. An alternate packaging arrangement acceptable to the 
Commandant will be acceptable.



Sec. 160.061-5   Marking.

    (a) General. The containers shall be stenciled on the bottom in 
black with the manufacturer's name or trademark and type or model number 
in letters approximately \3/16\ inch high, together with the following 
legend in letters \3/16\ inch high:

                        UNITED STATES COAST GUARD

                         APPROVAL NO. 160.061/--

                      EMERGENCY FISHING TACKLE KIT

                                OPEN ONLY

                        FOR ACTUAL EMERGENCY USE

                           NOT FOR INSPECTION



Sec. 160.061-6   Inspection and test.

    (a) General. Fishing tackle kits specified by this subpart are not 
inspected at regularly scheduled factory inspections; however, the 
Commander of the Coast Guard District in which the fishing tackle kits 
are manufactured may detail a marine inspector at any time to visit 
places where fishing kits are manufactured to check materials and 
construction methods and to conduct such tests and examinations as may 
be required to satisfy himself that the fishing tackle kits are being 
manufactured in compliance with the requirements of this specification 
and are suitable for the intended purpose. The manufacturer shall admit 
the marine inspector to his plant and shall provide a suitable place and 
the necessary apparatus for the use of the inspector in conducting tests 
at the place of manufacture.
    (b)  [Reserved]



Sec. 160.061-7   Procedure for approval.

    (a) General. Fishing kits for use in lifeboats, liferafts, etc., 
aboard merchant vessels are approved only by Commandant, U.S. Coast 
Guard. Correspondence relating to the subject matter of this 
specification shall be addressed to the Commander of the Coast Guard 
District in which the factory is located.
    (b) Pre-approval sample and plans. Manufacturers who desire to 
manufacture approved fishing kits shall submit to the Commander of the 
Coast Guard

[[Page 194]]

District in which the factory is located, two sample fishing kits, 
together with 4 sets of drawings showing all items, instructions, 
markings, etc. The Commander of the Coast Guard District will forward 
the sample fishing kits and the drawings to the Commandant to determine 
compliance with this subpart and suitability of the fishing tackle kit 
for type approval for use in lifeboats and liferafts on merchant 
vessels.

[CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 11483, Sept. 8, 1965, as amended by CGD 88-070, 53 FR 
34536, Sept. 7, 1988]



  Subpart 160.062--Releases. Lifesaving Equipment, Hydraulic and Manual

    Source: CGFR 68-32, 33 FR 5721, Apr. 12, 1968, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec. 160.062-1   Applicable specifications, and referenced material.

    (a) Specifications and standards. The following specifications of 
the issue in effect on the date releases are manufactured or 
reconditioned shall form a part of the regulations of this subpart (see 
Secs. 2.75-17 through 2.75-19 of subchapter A (Procedures Applicable to 
the Public) of this chapter):
    (1) Military Specifications and Standards:

MIL-R-15041C--Releases, lifesaving equipment, hydraulic and manual.
MIL-STD-105--Sample procedures and tables for inspection by attributes.

    (2) Federal Test Method Standards:

Standard No. 151--Metals, test methods.

    (b) Technical references. For guidance purposes the technical 
reference may be used, which is entitled ``Corrosion Handbook,'' 1948, 
by H. H. Uhlig, and published by John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 605 Third 
Avenue, New York, N.Y. 10016, and priced at $21 per copy.
    (c) Copies on file. A copy of the specifications and standards 
listed in paragraph (a) of this section shall be kept on file by the 
manufacturer, together with the approved plans, specifications and 
certificate of approval. It is the manufacturer's responsibility to have 
the latest issue, including addenda and changes, of these specifications 
and standards on hand when manufacturing or reconditioning equipment 
under this specification subpart.
    (1) The military specifications and standards may be obtained from 
the Commanding Officer, Naval Supply Depot, 5801 Tabor Avenue, 
Philadelphia, Pa. 19120.
    (2) The Federal standards may be obtained from the Business Service 
Center, General Services Administration, Washington, DC 20407.



Sec. 160.062-2   Types.

    (a) The hydraulic releases referred to under Sec. 160.062-1(a)(1) 
are of the diaphram-spring plunger type, which releases a buoyant load 
under hydrostatic pressure.
    (b) All hydraulic releases given an approval under this subpart 
shall be designed and tested to operate with spring-tensioned gripes. 
Such gripes shall be considered as a part of each approval.
    (c) Alternate designs will be given special consideration, but the 
expense of their preliminary investigation at a laboratory accepted by 
the Commandant shall be borne by the manufacturer.

[CGFR 68-32, 33 FR 5721, Apr. 12, 1968, as amended by CGD 73-153R, 40 FR 
4422, Jan. 30, 1975]



Sec. 160.062-3   Materials, construction, workmanship, and performance requirements.

    (a) General. The materials, construction, workmanship, and 
performance requirements shall conform to the requirements of the 
specifications listed in Sec. 160.062-1(a)(1) except as otherwise 
provided by this subpart. In addition, all metals and materials used in 
a hydraulic release must be compatible with each other so that the final 
assembly under conditions of use is not subject to such deleterious 
effects as galvanic corrosion, freezing, or buckling of moving parts, or 
loosening and tightening of joints due to differences in coefficients of 
thermal expansion. Galvanizing or other forms of metallic coating on the 
parts of a hydraulic release are not acceptable. The criteria for 
accepting any combination of materials shall be determined by testing or 
by the data stated in Sec. 160.062-1(b).

[[Page 195]]

    (b) Buoyant load capacity. A hydraulic release working in 
conjunction with its spring-tensioned gripe must demonstrate that it can 
release buoyant loads between the limits of 200 pounds and 3,750 pounds 
and within the range of depths specified by paragraph (c) of this 
section.
    (c) Release depth. A hydraulic release shall automatically release 
the buoyant loads described in paragraph (b) of this section at depths 
between 5 feet to 15 feet prior to being tested for either the 
temperature or the corrosion resistance tests of 160.062-4(c)(2). After 
exposure to these temperature and corrosion tests, a hydraulic release 
shall release the buoyant loads of paragraph (b) of this section between 
the depths of 5 feet to 25 feet.



Sec. 160.062-4   Inspections and tests.

    (a) General. Marine inspectors shall be assigned to make factory 
inspections of hydraulic releases, as described in paragraph (d) of this 
section for sampling and testing. In addition, the Commander of the 
Coast Guard District may detail a marine inspector at any time to visit 
any place where approved hydraulic releases are manufactured or 
reconditioned to observe production methods and to conduct any 
inspections or tests which may be deemed advisable. The marine inspector 
shall be admitted to any place in the factory or place where work is 
done on hydraulic releases or their components. In addition, the marine 
inspector may take samples of assembled hydraulic releases or parts or 
materials used in their construction for further examination, 
inspection, or tests. The manufacturer shall provide a suitable place 
and the apparatus necessary for the performance of the tests which are 
conducted at the place of manufacture by the marine inspector.
    (b) Classification of tests. The sampling, inspections, and tests 
conducted upon hydraulic releases shall fall within one of the following 
general classifications, as described hereafter:
    (1) Preapproval tests.
    (2) Factory inspections and tests.
    (3) Spot check tests.
    (4) Periodic servicing tests.
    (c) Preapproval testing. The ``Visual and dimensional examination'' 
referred to in Table 160.062-4(c) shall be conducted by a marine 
inspector at the factory. The ``Physical and operational tests'' of that 
table shall be conducted at a laboratory accepted by the Commandant.

                 Table 160.062-4(c)--Preapproval Tests1                 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Number of                                                               
specimens           Name of tests                    Reference          
------------------------------------------------------------------------
4  ......  Visual and dimensional          Para. 4.2.1, 4.2.2, and 4.3  
            examination.                    of MIL-R-15041C.            
4  ......  Physical and operational tests  Para. 4.2.1, 4.2.3, and 4.4  
                                            of MIL-R-15041C.            
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ These tests are called ``Lot acceptance tests,'' in Military        
  Specification MIL-R-15041C.                                           

    (1) Visual and dimensional examination. The marine inspector shall 
examine the 4 hydraulic release samples of the preapproval sample for 
their visual and dimensional characteristics. If all 4 of the devices 
are in agreement with the manufacturer's plans previously reviewed by 
the Commandant, the 4 devices will be accepted and are to be assembled 
for further testing under the ``Physical and operational tests'' of 
paragraph (c)(2) of this section.
    (2) Physical and operational tests. Each hydraulic release selected 
under Table 160.062-4(c) for the ``Physical and operational tests'' 
shall undergo each of the tests described in this paragraph without 
renewal of parts or repairs between the tests. The tests shall be 
conducted in the following sequence:
    (i) Submergence test. A hydraulic release shall be tested by 
applying buoyant loads of its designed capacity to its spring-tensioned 
gripe as required under Sec. 160.062-3(b) while the device is submerged 
in water or in a water-filled pressure testing tank. A hydraulic release 
shall show by its submergence test that it meets the buoyant capacity 
and release depth requirements of Sec. 160.062-3(b) and (c) by 
automatically tripping and releasing its load.
    (ii) Temperature test. After its submergence test, a hydraulic 
release sample shall be placed in a cold box at minus 30 degrees F. for 
4 hours. Upon completion of this conditioning, the sample device shall 
be opened for inspection and shall show no significant change in the 
position of the hydraulic or manual

[[Page 196]]

control as a result of the low temperature exposure.
    (iii) Corrosion resisting test. After the completion of its 
temperature test, a hydraulic release sample shall be exposed to a 20 
percent salt spray test for 160 continuous hours in accordance with 
Federal Test Method Standard No. 151. At the conclusion of this test, 
the sample device shall be entirely serviceable and shall show a minimal 
amount of corrosion.
    (iv) Second temperature test. After its corrosion resisting test, a 
hydraulic release sample shall undergo a repeat of the temperature test, 
subdivision (ii) of this paragraph.
    (v) Second submergence test. The final test of a hydraulic release 
sample shall be a repeat of the submergence test, paragraph (c)(2)(i) of 
this section.
    (d) Factory inspections and tests. For purposes of sampling, a lot 
shall consist of not more than 500 hydraulic releases of the same model. 
Manufacturers of approved hydraulic releases shall maintain quality 
control of the materials used, manufacturing methods, workmanship, and 
the finished product as to produce hydraulic releases in conformity with 
the approvals previously issued by the Commandant.
    (1) Visual and dimensional examination. A random sample of hydraulic 
releases shall be selected by a marine inspector at the factory in 
accordance with Table 160.062-4(d)(1) from each assembled lot. After the 
samples have been selected, they will undergo an examination of visual 
and dimensional characteristics by referring to their approved drawings 
with their acceptance based on Table 160.062-4(d)(1) and MIL-STD-105, 
and checking for compliance with specific details as described therein.

 Table 160.062-4(d)(1)--Sampling for Visual and Dimensional Examination1
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                              Rejection 
     Number of release devices in       Number of release      number   
            inspection lot              devices in sample   (defectives)
------------------------------------------------------------------------
15 and under.........................  All................  ............
16 to 25.............................  15.................            1 
26 to 40.............................  25.................            1 
41 to 110............................  35.................            2 
111 to 180...........................  50.................            2 
181 to 300...........................  75.................            3 
301 to 500...........................  110................            2 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ This table is derived from Table I of Paragraph 4.2.2 of Military   
  Specification MIL-R-15041C.                                           

    (2) Physical and operational tests. If the sampling and examination 
of paragraph (d)(1) of this section are satisfactory, the marine 
inspector shall select an additional random sample of hydraulic releases 
from the same assembled lot as described above. This second group of 
samples, of a number determined by Table 160.062-4(d)(2), shall be 
forwarded for testing at the manufacturer's expense to a laboratory 
accepted by the Commandant. Each hydraulic release shall undergo each of 
the tests described in this paragraph without renewal of parts or 
repairs between tests. The tests shall be conducted in the following 
sequence:
    (i) Submergence test. Same test as described in paragraph (c)(2)(i) 
of this section.
    (ii) Temperature test. Same test as described in paragraph 
(c)(2)(ii) of this section.
    (iii) Corrosion resisting test. Same test as described in paragraph 
(c)(2)(iii) of this section.
    (iv) Second temperature test. Same test as described in paragraph 
(c)(2)(iv) of this section.
    (v) Second submergence test. Same test as described in paragraph 
(c)(2)(v) of this section.

   Table 160.062-4(d)(2)--Sampling for Physical and Operational Tests1  
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               Rejection
                                                                number  
     Number of release devices in          Number release      (failures
            inspection lot                devices in sample     in the  
                                                                tests)  
------------------------------------------------------------------------
15 and under..........................  4...................           1
16 to 25..............................  5...................           1
26 to 40..............................  7...................           1
41 to 110.............................  10..................           1
111 to 180............................  12..................           1
181 to 300............................  16..................           1
301 to 500............................  20..................          1 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ This table is derived from Table II of Paragraph 4.2.3 of Military  
  Specification MIL-R-15041C.                                           

    (3) Lot acceptance at a factory. The submergence test of paragraph 
(c)(2)(i)

[[Page 197]]

shall be performed on each of the remaining hydraulic releases in a 
production lot after the selection of the lot samples required by 
paragraph (d)(2) of this section. Such individual submergence tests may 
be performed at the factory in a pressure tank apparatus which simulates 
the hydrostatic pressure and the various tension loads on the hydraulic 
release. Those hydraulic releases which do not pass this submergence 
test shall be removed from the production lot as unacceptable, but may 
be reworked and included in a subsequent lot. After the completion of 
these individual submergence tests and after receipt of the laboratory's 
test report showing that the tests on the lot samples were 
satisfactorily met, the Commander of the Coast Guard District in which 
the factory is located shall have the manufacturer notified that this 
production lot of hydraulic releases meets the requirements of this 
specification subpart. After being marked as required by Sec. 160.062-5, 
the manufacturer may sell such hydraulic releases as approved equipment.
    (i) Hydraulic releases which have been rejected may not, unless 
subsequently accepted, be sold or offered for sale under representation 
as being in compliance with this specification or as being approved for 
use on vessels subject to inspection under this chapter.
    (4) Records and test reports. The manufacturer shall maintain 
records and copies of test reports for each production lot of hydraulic 
releases manufactured for a period of five (5) years from the date 
notified that a production lot meets the requirements in this subpart. 
These records and test reports, upon request, shall be made available to 
the marine inspector. The manufacturer will be provided with a copy of 
the laboratory's test report concerning each production lot of hydraulic 
releases submitted for testing.
    (e) Spot checks. As one of the conditions in granting an approval 
for a hydraulic release under this subpart, the Coast Guard reserves the 
right to spot check at any time and at any place the product, parts, and 
complete assemblies of hydraulic releases covered by the approval. The 
spot check shall be by a marine inspector who shall be admitted to the 
place or places where work may be performed before, during, or after the 
manufacture of hydraulic releases or at any place where hydraulic 
releases may be assembled, reworked, repaired, or reconditioned by the 
manufacturer of any repair facility accepted by the Commandant in 
accordance with the procedure contained in Sec. 160.062-7. A spot check 
includes having a marine inspector compare materials, parts, and 
workmanship and/or complete hydraulic releases with the manufacturer's 
approved plans, records and test reports to ascertain compliance with 
these requirements. The marine inspector may select samples of materials 
or parts used in the construction of hydraulic releases and complete 
hydraulic releases and may order or have performed any or all of the 
tests described in this section conducted on such devices or parts 
thereof. This work and any tests required shall be borne by the 
manufacturer without cost to the Coast Guard.
    (f) Periodic Servicing and Testing. A hydraulic release is inspected 
as follows:
    (1) Inspection for devices not installed after manufacture. A 
hydraulic release, that is not installed after manufacture and is stored 
for period of 24 months or less, is not required to be inspected or 
tested before installation but must be stamped by a marine inspector on 
the inspection tag required in Sec. 160.062-5(b)(2) with--
    (i) The word ``Installed'';
    (ii) The installation date; and
    (iii) The Marine Inspection Office identification letters.
    (2) Inspection for devices that have been installed. A hydraulic 
release that is installed for a period of 12 months or more must pass 
the test contained in paragraph (f)(3) of this section and be marked as 
required in paragraph (f)(5) of this section. If, after passing the 
test, the device is stored for a period of 24 months or less, it must be 
stamped as required in paragraph (f)(1) of this paragraph by the marine 
inspector before reinstallation.
    (3) Devices stored longer than 24 months. A hydraulic release that 
is stored for a period of more than 24 months must be inspected and 
tested

[[Page 198]]

by an employee of a repair or test facility, accepted in accordance with 
the requirement contained in Sec. 160.062-7 or Sec. 160.062-8, as 
follows:
    (i) The device must be manually operated to determine if it 
releases.
    (ii) If the device releases, it must pass the submergence test 
contained in paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section, at a depth between 5 
feet and 15 feet and be marked as required in paragraph (f)(5) of this 
section.
    (iii) If the device fails to release or fails to pass the 
submergence test required in paragraph (f)(3)(ii) of this section, the 
device must be disassembled, repaired, and tested in accordance with the 
requirements contained in paragraph (f)(4) of this paragraph.
    (4) Disassembly and repair tests. If a hydraulic release fails the 
test contained in paragraph (f)(3)(iii) of this section, it must be 
disassembled and repaired by the manufacturer or a repair facility 
accepted in accord with the requirements contained in Sec. 160.062-7 and 
be tested as follows:
    (i) A production lot must be formed consisting of 12 or more but not 
exceeding 100 devices.
    (ii) In the presence of a marine inspector, the device must pass the 
submergence test contained in paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section at a 
depth between 5 feet and 15 feet.
    (iii) Any device that fails must be--
    (A) Repaired;
    (B) Placed in a subsequent lot; and
    (C) Submitted to the submergence test contained in paragraph 
(c)(2)(i) of this section at a depth between 5 feet and 15 feet.
    (5) Marking of devices. If a hydraulic release passes the 
submergence test required in paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section at a 
depth between 5 feet and 15 feet the marine inspector stamps the 
inspection tag with--
    (i) The test date;
    (ii) The Marine Inspection Office identification letters; and
    (iii) The letters ``USCG''.

[CGFR 68-32, 33 FR 5721, Apr. 12, 1968, as amended by CGD 73-153R, 40 FR 
4422, Jan. 30, 1975; CGD 75-186, 41 FR 10437, Mar. 11, 1976]



Sec. 160.062-5   Markings.

    (a) Hydraulic releases manufactured prior to the granting of a 
certificate of approval to the manufacturer may be permitted in service 
only to July 1, 1969. However, such hydraulic releases meeting the type 
and design requirements covered by a current certificate of approval may 
be repaired and/or reconditioned as provided in Sec. 160.062-4(f) and be 
accepted as approved equipment when it bears the following markings:
    (1) Body marking. The name of the manufacturer and the model 
designation are plainly visible.
    (2) Inspection tag markings. Each hydraulic release repaired or 
reconditioned shall be provided with a 2'' by 3\1/2\'' stainless steel 
tag of a minimum thickness of 0.032 inches. This tag shall be 
permanently attached to a hydraulic release with a single stainless 
steel link made of wire \3/16\'' in diameter. This link shall provide 
nonrigid attachment of the tag to the hydraulic release. The top of the 
inspection tag shall be stamped in block characters not less than \1/
16\'' in height with the manufacturer's name, Coast Guard approval 
number, the limits of buoyant capacity in pounds, the Marine Inspection 
Office identification letters, and the letters ``USCG.'' The remaining 
space on the tag will be used for the stamping of periodic servicing 
test dates and the marine inspector's initials as described in 
Sec. 160.062-4(f).
    (b) Hydraulic release manufactured under a certificate of approval 
issued under this subpart shall be provided with 2 sets of markings as 
follows:
    (1) Body marking. The metal body of a hydraulic release shall be 
stamped in block characters not less than \1/8\'' in height on a plainly 
visible portion with the name of the manufacturer, the model 
designation, the limits of buoyant capacity in pounds, the method of 
manual release, the notation ``DO NOT PAINT'', Coast Guard approval 
number, the Marine Inspection Office identification letters, and the 
letters ``USCG''.
    (2) Inspection tag markings. Each hydraulic release shall be 
provided at its time of manufacture with a 2'' by 3\1/2\'' stainless 
steel tag of a minimum thickness of 0.032 inch. This tag shall be 
permanently attached to a hydraulic release with a single stainless 
steel link made of wire \3/16\'' in diameter. This link shall provide 
nonrigid attachment of

[[Page 199]]

the tag to the hydraulic release. The top of the inspection tag shall be 
stamped in block characters not less than \1/8\'' in height with the 
original lot number of the hydraulic release, its date of manufacture, 
and its release depth range in feet. The remaining space on the tag will 
be used for the stamping of periodic servicing test dates and the Marine 
Inspection Office identification letters as described in Sec. 160.062-
4(f).

[CGFR 68-32, 33 FR 5721, Apr. 12, 1968, as amended by CGD75-186, 41 FR 
10437, Mar. 11, 1976]



Sec. 160.062-6   Procedure for approval.

    (a) General. Hydraulic releases for use on vessels subject to Coast 
Guard inspection are approved only by the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard. 
Application for approval and correspondence pertaining to this 
specification shall be addressed to the Commander of the Coast Guard 
District in which the factory is located.
    (b) Manufacturer's drawings and specifications. The manufacturer 
must submit to the Commander of the Coast Guard District in which a 
proposed hydraulic release is to be manufactured, four copies of the--
    (1) Detailed part and assembly drawings of the proposed device; and
    (2) Specifications of the proposed device.
    (c) Preapproval samples. When the Commander of the Coast Guard 
District has been notified that the plans and specifications are 
satisfactory, a marine inspector will be detailed to the factory to 
observe the production facilities and manufacturing methods and to 
select at random from not less than fifteen (15) hydraulic releases 
already manufactured, a sample of eight (8) specimens for the 
preapproval tests described in Sec. 160.062-4(c). The four (4) specimens 
required for the ``Physical and operational tests'' under Sec. 160.062-
4(c) will be forwarded prepaid by the manufacturer to the Commandant for 
the necessary testing at a Government laboratory in accordance with the 
schedule outlined in Sec. 160.062-4(c). Costs of these laboratory tests 
of the preapproval sample shall be borne by the manufacturer. A copy of 
the marine inspector's report of the results of the ``Visual and 
dimensional examination'' of Sec. 160.062-4(c) shall be forwarded to the 
Commandant.
    (d) Approval. If all is satisfactory, an approval number will be 
assigned to the manufacturer for the hydraulic release submitted, and a 
certificate of approval issued describing the approval granted together 
with limitations, if any, which are applicable.

[CGFR 68-32, 33 FR 5721, Apr. 12, 1968, as amended by CGD 73-153R, 40 FR 
4422, Jan. 30, 1975; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34536, Sept. 7, 1988]



Sec. 160.062-7   Procedures for acceptance of repair facility.

    (a) Before a repair facility is accepted by the Commandant to 
perform the services required in Sec. 160.062-4(f), it must be inspected 
by the cognizant Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, to determine if 
it has--
    (1) The testing apparatus to perform all the tests required in 
Sec. 160.062-4;
    (2) A source of supply of replacement parts for a hydraulic release, 
evidenced by a signed agreement between the facility and his source of 
supply, or the parts for it; all replacement parts must be in compliance 
with applicable specifications and standards contained in Sec. 160.062-
1; and
    (3) Employees competent to perform the services required in this 
paragraph. Each employee who is engaged in serving a hydraulic release 
must demonstrate his competence to the Officer in Charge, Marine 
Inspection by--
    (i) Disassembling a hydraulic release;
    (ii) Making all necessary repairs to the disassembled unit;
    (iii) Reassembling the unit in conformance with the specifications 
and standards contained in Sec. 160.062-1(a); and
    (iv) Showing that the reassembled unit meets the buoyant capacity 
and release depth requirements contained in Sec. 160.062-3(b) and (c) 
after being inspected and tested in conformance with the requirements 
contained in Sec. 160.062-4(f).
    (b) Based on the report of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, 
regarding the inspection required in paragraph (a) of this section, the 
Commandant notifies the facility that--

[[Page 200]]

    (1) It is an accepted repair facility for the reconditioning and 
testing of hydraulic releases; or
    (2) It is not accepted as a repair facility, lists each discrepancy 
noted by the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, and describes the 
procedure for reinspection if applicable corrections are made.

[CGD 73-153R, 40 FR 4422, Jan. 30, 1975]



Sec. 160.062-8   Procedures for acceptance of testing facility.

    (a) The Commandant may consider the acceptance of a facility that 
conducts only the submergence test contained in Sec. 160.062-4(c)(2)(i). 
Before a facility is accepted by the Commandant to conduct this test, it 
must be inspected by the cognizant Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, 
to determine if it has--
    (1) The testing apparatus to perform the test required in 
Sec. 160.062-4(c)(2)(i); and
    (2) Employees competent to perform the test required in 
Sec. 160.062-4(c)(2)(i). Each employee who is engaged in testing a 
device must demonstrate his competence to the Officer in Charge, Marine 
Inspection by conducting a submergence test.
    (b) Based on the report of the Officer in Charge, Marine Inspection, 
regarding the inspection required in paragraph (a) of this section, the 
Commandant notifies each applicant, in accordance with the procedures 
described in Sec. 160.062-7(b), whether or not it is an accepted testing 
facility.

[CGD 73-153R, 40 FR 4422, Jan. 30, 1975]



                 Subpart 160.064--Marine Buoyant Devices



Sec. 160.064-1   Applicable specifications.

    (a) Specifications. There are no other Coast Guard specifications 
applicable to this subpart.

[CGFR 64-30, 29 FR 7388, June 6, 1964]



Sec. 160.064-2   Types and models.

    (a) Types. Water safety buoyant devices covered by this subpart 
shall be of two general types, viz, those intended to be worn on the 
body and those intended to be thrown.
    (b) Models. Water safety buoyant devices may be of different models 
which incorporate characteristics considered valuable for safety in 
various fields of water sports or boating activities.
    (c) Sizes. Water safety buoyant devices designed to be worn shall be 
of sizes suitable for adults or children, as intended and marked on the 
device. Water safety buoyant devices intended to be thrown in water 
shall be of a minimum size intended for adults.
    (d) Dimensions. A foam cushion designed to be thrown must be 2 
inches or more in thickness and must have 225 or more square inches of 
top surface area.

[CGFR 64-30, 29 FR 7388, June 6, 1964, as amended by CGD 73-246R, 39 FR 
36967, Oct. 16, 1974]



Sec. 160.064-3   Requirements.1
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    1 The manufacturer of a personal flotation device must meet 33 CFR 
181.701 through 33 CFR 181.705 which require an instruction pamphlet for 
each device that is sold or offered for sale for use on recreational 
boats.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (a) General. Every water safety buoyant device shall conform to the 
requirements as accepted by the Commandant for listing and labeling by a 
recognized laboratory, and shall be of such design, materials, and 
construction as to meet the requirements specified in this section.
    (b) Designs and constructions. Water safety buoyant devices shall be 
of designs suitable for the purposes intended. A design intended to be 
worn on the body shall be capable of being adjusted and secured to fit 
the range of wearers for which designed with as few fastenings or 
adjustments as are consistent with the purpose of the device. Designs 
may be varied, but shall not provide means intended for fastening or 
securing the device to a boat. The arrangement of the buoyancy of 
devices intended to be worn on the body shall provide for flotation of 
the wearer in an upright, slightly backward position in the water to as 
great a degree as is consistent with the special purpose intended, and 
in no case shall the device have a tendency to turn the wearer face 
downward in the water. Devices intended to be thrown shall not provide 
means for adjustment or close

[[Page 201]]

fitting to the body. Methods of construction shall provide strengths, 
with reinforcements where necessary, to be adequate for the intended use 
and purpose of the device.
    (c) Materials. All materials used in any device covered by this 
subpart must meet the applicable requirements of subpart 164.019 of this 
chapter and shall be all new materials and shall be suitable for the 
purpose intended and shall be at least equivalent to corresponding 
materials specified for standard buoyant vests or buoyant cushions. 
Hardware or fastenings shall be of sufficient strength for the purpose 
of the device and shall be of inherently corrosion-resistant material, 
such as stainless steel, brass, bronze, certain plastics, etc. 
Decorative platings of any thickness are permissible. Fabrics, coated 
fabrics, tapes, and webbing shall be selected with a view to the 
purposes of the device and shall be either mildew resistant or treated 
for mildew resistance. Buoyancy shall be provided by inherently buoyant 
material and shall not be dependent upon loose, granulated material, gas 
compartments or inflation. So long as the minimum required buoyancy is 
provided by inherently buoyant material, the use of supplementary gas 
compartments, or inflation, will be permitted to supply additional 
buoyancy.
    (d) Buoyancy. (1) Buoyancy for devices to be worn is as follows:
    (i) Devices for persons weighing more than 90 pounds must have 15\1/
2\ pounds or more of buoyancy.
    (ii) Devices for persons weighing 50 to 90 pounds must have 11 
pounds or more of buoyancy.
    (iii) Devices for persons weighing less than 50 pounds must have 7 
pounds or more of buoyancy.
    (2) Buoyancy for devices to be thrown is as follows:
    (i) Ring life buoys must have 16\1/2\ pounds or more of buoyancy.
    (ii) Foam cushions must have 18 pounds or more of buoyancy.
    (iii) A device other than those specified in paragraph (d)(2)(i) or 
(ii) of this section must have 20 pounds or more of buoyancy.
    (3) The buoyancy values required in paragraphs (d)(1) and (2) of 
this section must be as follows:
    (i) For each device containing foam buoyant materials, the required 
buoyancy value must remain after the device has been submerged in fresh 
water for 24 or more continuous hours.
    (ii) For each device containing kapok, the required buoyancy value 
must remain after the device has been submerged in fresh water for 48 or 
more continuous hours.
    (e) Workmanship. Water safety buoyant devices covered by this 
subpart shall be of first class workmanship and shall be free from any 
defects materially affecting their appearance or serviceability.

[CGFR 64-30, 29 FR 7388, June 6, 1964, as amended by CGD 73-246R, 39 FR 
36967, Oct. 16, 1974; CGD 75-008, 43 FR 9772, Mar. 9, 1978; CGD 84-068, 
58 FR 29494, May 20, 1993]



Sec. 160.064-4   Marking.

    (a) Each water safety buoyant device must have the following 
information clearly marked in waterproof lettering:
    (1) For devices to be worn:

(Type II or Type III) Personal Flotation Device.
Inspected and tested in accordance with U.S. Coast Guard regulations.
(Name of buoyant material) buoyant material provides a minimum buoyant 
force of (15\1/2\ lb., 11 lb., or 7 lb.).
(Special purpose intended.).
Approved for use on all recreational boats and on uninspected commercial 
vessels less than 40 feet in length not carrying passengers for hire by 
persons weighing (more than 90 lb., 50 to 90 lb., 30 to 50 lb., or less 
than 30 lb.).
U.S. Coast Guard Approval No. 160.064/(assigned manufacturer's No.)/
(Revision No.); (Model No.).
(Name and address of manufacturer or distributor).
(Lot No.).

    (2) For devices to be thrown:

Type IV Personal Flotation Device.
Inspected and tested in accordance with U.S. Coast Guard regulations.
(Name of buoyant material) buoyant material provides a minimum buoyant 
force of (16\1/2\ lb., 18 lb., or 20 lb.).
(Special purpose intended).
Approved for use on all recreational boats less than 16 feet in length 
and all canoes and kayaks, and only as a throwable device on all other 
recreational boats.

[[Page 202]]

U.S. Coast Guard Approval No. 160.064/(assigned manufacturer's No.)/
(Revision No.); (Model No.).
(Name and address of manufacturer or distributor).
(Lot No.).

    (b) Durability of marking. Marking shall be of a type which will be 
durable and legible for the expected life of the device.
    (c) A manufacturer of personal flotation devices may deviate from 
the marking requirements of paragraph (a)(2) of this section in order to 
display information that reflects the PFD carriage requirements in 33 
CFR 175.15 for recreational vessels under 16 feet in length.

[CGFR 64-30, 29 FR 7388, June 6, 1964, as amended by CGD 72-163R, 38 FR 
8122, Mar. 28, 1973; CGD 73-246R, 39 FR 36967, Oct. 16, 1974; CGD 75-
008, 43 FR 9772, Mar. 9, 1978; CGD 92-045, 58 FR 41609, Aug. 4, 1993]



Sec. 160.064-6   Examinations, tests and inspections.

    (a) Manufacturer's inspection and tests. Manufacturers of listed and 
labeled water safety buoyant devices shall maintain quality control of 
the materials used, manufacturing methods and the finished product so as 
to meet the applicable requirements, and shall make sufficient 
inspections and tests of representative samples and components produced 
to maintain the quality of the finished product. Records of tests 
conducted by the manufacturer and records of materials, including 
affidavits by suppliers that applicable requirements are met, entering 
into construction shall be made available to the recognized laboratory 
inspector or to the Coast Guard marine inspector, or both, for review 
upon request.
    (b) Laboratory inspections and tests. Such examinations, inspections 
and tests as are required by the recognized laboratory for listed and 
labeled devices produced will be conducted by the laboratory inspector 
at the place of manufacture or other location at the option of the 
laboratory.
    (c) Test facilities. The laboratory inspector, or the Coast Guard 
marine inspector assigned by the Commander of the District in which the 
factory is located, or both, shall be admitted to any place in the 
factory where work is being done on listed and labeled products, and 
either or both inspectors may take samples of parts or materials 
entering into construction or final assemblies, for further 
examinations, inspections, or tests. The manufacturer shall provide a 
suitable place and the apparatus necessary for the performance of the 
tests which are done at the place of manufacture.
    (d) Additional tests, etc. Unannounced examinations, tests, and 
inspections of samples obtained either directly from the manufacturer or 
through commercial channels may be made to determine the suitability of 
a product for listing and labeling, or to determine conformance of a 
labeled product to the applicable requirements. These may be conducted 
by the recognized laboratory or the United States Coast Guard.

[CGFR 64-30, 29 FR 7388, June 6, 1964, as amended by CGD 73-246R, 39 FR 
36967, Oct. 16, 1974]



Sec. 160.064-7  Recognized laboratory.

    (a) A manufacturer seeking Coast Guard approval of a product under 
this subpart shall follow the approval procedures of subpart 159.005 of 
this chapter, and shall apply for approval directly to a recognized 
independent laboratory. The following laboratories are recognized under 
Sec. 159.010-7 of this part, to perform testing and approval functions 
under this subpart:
    Underwriters Laboratories, 12 Laboratory Drive, P.O. Box 13995, 
Research Triangle Park, NC 27709-3995, (919) 549-1400.
    (b) Production oversight must be performed by the same laboratory 
that performs the approval tests unless, as determined by the 
Commandant, the employees of the laboratory performing production 
oversight receive training and support equal to that of the laboratory 
that performed the approval testing.

[CGD 93-055, 61 FR 13931, Mar. 28, 1996]



Subpart 160.066--Distress Signal for Boats, Red Aerial Pyrotechnic Flare

    Source: CGD 76-183a, 44 FR 73050, Dec. 17, 1979, unless otherwise 
noted.

[[Page 203]]



Sec. 160.066-1  Type.

    (a) Red aerial pyrotechnic distress signals specified by this 
subpart must be either self-contained or pistol launched, and either 
meteor or parachute assisted type.



Sec. 160.066-5  Design, construction, and manufacturing requirements.

    (a) Each signal must be either:
    (1) A self-contained unit with all necessary components for firing 
the signal, or
    (2) A cartridge intended for firing from a signal pistol that is 
approved under Subpart 160.028 of this chapter.
    (b) Each signal unit must have an interior chamber which contains 
the main propulsion charge and which is constructed so that it is 
capable of withstanding the forces generated by ignition without 
rupture, crack, or deformation of any kind.
    (c) Signals must be constructed in lots numbered serially by the 
manufacturer. A new lot must be started when:
    (1) Any change in construction details occurs;
    (2) Any change in sources of raw materials occurs;
    (3) Production is started on a new production line or on a 
previously discontinued production line; or
    (4) A lot exceeds 30,000 units.



Sec. 160.066-7  Performance requirements

    (a) Each signal must:
    (1) Burn ``vivid red'' when tested as specified in Sec. 160.021-
4(d)(7) for at least 5.5 seconds.
    (2) Have a peak luminous intensity of at least 10,000 candela.
    (3) Burn a total of not less than 1,000 candleminutes (Cm) using the 
formula

I  x  T = Cm where:

I = the luminous intensity measured as in subsection (c);
T = the total burn time of the device in minutes; and
Cm = the candle-minute rating of the device.

    (4) Burn out completely before falling back to the level of launch.
    (5) Function in a manner that would not cause burns or injury to an 
unprotected person firing the signal in accordance with the 
manufacturer's instructions.
    (6) Not malfunction in a manner that would cause burns or injury to 
an unprotected person firing the signal in accordance with the 
manufacturer's instructions.
    (b) Each signal must meet the requirements of paragraph (a) after:
    (1) Submersion in water for 24 hours, or
    (2) If protected by a sealed container, submersion in water for 24 
hours inside the sealed container immediately followed by submersion for 
10 minutes without the container, and
    (3) Being exposed to the Elevated Temperature, Humidity, and Storage 
Test in Sec. 160.066-13(b).
    (c) Testing for burn time and luminous intensity pursuant to 
paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2), respectively, shall be conducted in 
conformity with the following requirements and procedures:
    (1) The chart speed of the light measuring equipment shall not be 
slower than 5 seconds per inch;
    (2) The chart sweep of the light measuring equipment shall not be 
slower than .5 seconds for full scale;
    (3) The first and last seconds of the burn shall be eliminated in 
measuring luminous intensity;
    (4) The time during which the candle burns (excluding first and last 
seconds of burn) is to be used to determine the luminous intensity by 
averaging the readings taken during the burning; and
    (5) Burn time is to be measured from first light of the signal to 
dark.



Sec. 160.066-9  Labeling.

    (a) Each signal must be legibly and indelibly marked with the 
following information:
    (1) The manufacturer's name,
    (2) The designed burning time of the pyrotechnic candle(s),
    (3) The specific signal pistol for which the signal is designed, if 
any,
    (4) The lot number,
    (5) The Coast Guard approval number,
    (6) Operation and storage instructions,
    (7) The month and year of expiration determined by Sec. 160.066-10, 
and
    (8) The words:
    ``Aerial Flare. Acceptable as a Day and Night Visual Distress Signal 
for

[[Page 204]]

boats as required by 33 CFR 175.110. For Emergency Use Only''.
    (b) If the signal is too small to contain all of the information 
required by paragraph (a) and any labeling which may be required by 
paragraph (d), the information required by paragraphs (a) (2), (6), and 
(8) may be printed on a separate piece of paper packed with each signal 
or with the smallest container in which several signals are packed.
    (c) The largest carton or box in which the manufacturer ships 
signals must be marked with the following or equivalent words: ``Keep 
under cover in a dry place.''
    (d) Compliance with the labeling requirements of this section does 
not relieve the manufacturer of the responsibility of complying with the 
label requirements of the Federal Hazardous Substances Act, 15 U.S.C. 
1263.



Sec. 160.066-10  Expiration date.

    Each approved signal must have an expiration date marked on it. That 
date must not be more than forty-two months from date of manufacture.



Sec. 160.066-11  Approval procedures.

    (a) Red aerial pyrotechnic flare distress signals are approved under 
the procedures of subpart 159.005 of this chapter.
    (b) The manufacturer must produce a lot of at least 100 signals from 
which samples for approval testing must be drawn. Approval testing must 
be conducted in accordance with the operational tests in Sec. 160.066-12 
and the technical tests in Sec. 160.066-13. In order for the signal to 
be approved, the samples must pass both the operational and the 
technical tests.
    (c) The approval tests must be performed by an independent 
laboratory accepted by the Commandant under Subpart 159.010 of this 
chapter.

[CGD 76-183a, 44 FR 73050, Dec. 17, 1979, as amended by CGD 93-055, 61 
FR 13931, Mar. 28, 1996]



Sec. 160.066-12  Operational tests.

    (a) The procedure for conducting operational tests is described in 
figure (1).
    (1) An ``accept lot'' decision must be reached in order to pass the 
operational tests.
    (2) If a ``reject lot'' decision is reached, the entire lot is 
rejected.
    (3) Signals from ``reject lots'' may be reworked by the manufacturer 
to correct the deficiency for which they were rejected and be 
resubmitted for inspection. Records shall be kept of the reasons for 
rejection, the reworking performed on the ``reject lot'', and the result 
of the second test. Signals from ``reject lots'' may not, unless 
subsequently accepted, be sold or offered for sale as being in 
compliance with this specification.
    (b) Each signal selected for the operational tests must be 
conditioned by:
    (1) Being submerged under at least 25 mm (1 in.) of water for 24 
hours without any protection other than its waterproofing; or
    (2) If waterproofing is provided by a sealed plastic bag or other 
waterproof packaging, submersion under 25 mm (1 in.) of water for 24 
hours in the packaging, followed immediately by submersion under 25 mm 
(1 in.) of water for 10 minutes with the signal removed from the 
packaging.
    (c) After each signal selected has undergone the conditioning 
required by paragraph (b) of this section it must be fired as described 
by the manufacturer's operating instructions. The following data as 
observed must be recorded for each signal:
    (1) Burning time of the pyrotechnic candle;
    (2) Color;
    (3) Whether the pyrotechnic candle burns out above, at, or below the 
level of launch.
    (d) A signal fails the operational tests if:
    (1) It fails to fire,
    (2) The pyrotechnic candle fails to ignite,
    (3) The pyrotechnic candle continues to burn after it falls back to 
the level of launch,
    (4) The observed color is other than vivid red, or
    (5) The burning time is less than 5.5 seconds.
    (e) A lot is rejected if a ``reject lot'' decision is reached using 
Figure (1) and Table 1 after completion of the operational tests.

[[Page 205]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC03MR91.016



[[Page 206]]



                          Table 1--Accept and Reject Criteria for Operational Test Lots                         
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         Individual                             Cumulative                      
                Lot size                   sample              Sample             sample    Accept\1\  Reject\1\
                                            size                                   size                         
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
280 or                                        8      First....................        8      (\2\)          4   
  less.                                              Second...................       16          1          5   
                                                     Third....................       24          2          6   
                                                     Fourth...................       32          3          7   
                                                     Fifth....................       40          5          8   
                                                     Sixth....................       48          7          9   
                                                     Seventh..................       56          9         10   
281 to                                       13      First....................       13      (\2\)          4   
  500.                                               Second...................       26          1          6   
                                                     Third....................       39          3          8   
                                                     Fourth...................       52          5         10   
                                                     Fifth....................       65          7         11   
                                                     Sixth....................       78         10         12   
                                                     Seventh..................       91         13         14   
501 to                                       20      First....................       20      (\2\)          5   
  1,200.                                             Second...................       40          3          8   
                                                     Third....................       60          6         10   
                                                     Fourth...................       80          8         13   
                                                     Fifth....................      100         11         15   
                                                     Sixth....................      120         14         17   
                                                     Seventh..................      140         18         19   
1,201 to                                     32      First....................       32          1          7   
  3,200.                                             Second...................       64          4         10   
                                                     Third....................       96          8         13   
                                                     Fourth...................      128         12         17   
                                                     Fifth....................      160         17         20   
                                                     Sixth....................      192         21         23   
                                                     Seventh..................      224         25         26   
More                                         50      First....................       50          2          9   
  than                                               Second...................      100          7         14   
  3,200.                                             Third....................      150         13         19   
                                                     Fourth...................      200         19         25   
                                                     Fifth....................      250         25         29   
                                                     Sixth....................      300         31         33   
                                                     Seventh..................      350         37         38   
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Cumulative number of failures.                                                                              
\2\ Lot may not be accepted. Next sample must be tested.                                                        



Sec. 160.066-13  Technical tests.

    (a) The following conditions apply to technical tests as described 
in this section:
    (1) A total of nine signals must be selected at random from the lot 
being tested;
    (2) If the signals are protected by sealed packaging, then the 
conditioning for the technical tests must be conducted with the signal 
in the sealed packaging;
    (3) If signals in the test sample fail to pass one of the technical 
tests, the entire lot is rejected;
    (4) Signals from ``reject lots'' may be reworked by the manufacturer 
to correct the deficiency for which they were rejected and be 
resubmitted for inspection. Records shall be kept of the reasons for 
rejection, the reworking performed on the ``reject lot'', and the result 
of the second test. Signals from ``reject lots'' may not, unless 
subsequently accepted, be sold or offered for sale as being in 
compliance with this specification.
    (b) The Elevated Temperature, Humidity, and Storage Test must be 
conducted in the following manner:
    (1) Select three signals from the nine;
    (2) Place each signal in a thermostatically controlled even-
temperature oven held at 55 Degrees C (131 Degrees F), and at not less 
than 90% relative humidity, for at least 72 hours (If for any reason it 
is not possbie to operate the oven continuously for the 72 hour period, 
it may be operated at the required temperature and humidity for 8 hours 
of each 24 during the 72 hour conditioning period.);
    (3) After removal from the oven immediately place each signal in a 
chamber:
    (i) At a temperature of at least 20 degrees C (68 degrees F) but not 
more than 25 degrees C (77 degrees F);
    (ii) At not less than 65% relative humidity;
    (iii) For ten days;
    (4) Then remove each signal from any sealed packaging and fire it.
    (5) The test sample fails the test if:
    (i) Any signal ignites or decomposes before firing;
    (ii) Any signal when fired malfunctions in a manner that would cause 
burns or injury to an unprotected person firing the signal, or;
    (iii) Two or more of the signals fail to project and ignite the 
pyrotechnic candle.
    (c) The Spontaneous Combustion Test must be performed in the 
following manner:
    (1) Select three signals from the remaining six signals and place 
them in a thermostatically controlled even temperature over for 48 hours 
at a temperature of 75 degrees C (167 degrees F).
    (2) The test sample fails the test if any signal ignites or 
decomposes during the test.
    (d) The Luminous Intensity and Chromaticity Test must be performed 
in the following manner:
    (1) Remove the pyrotechnic candle from the remaining three signals.

[[Page 207]]

    (2) Ignite, measure, and record the intensity of the burning candle 
with a visual photometer or equivalent photometric device or automatic 
recorder:
    (i) While the specimen is supported in a horizontal position and the 
photometer is at right angles to the axis of the specimen,
    (ii) At a distance of at least 3 m (10 ft.).
    (3) Calculate the intensity of the candle as in Sec. 160.066-7(c).
    (4) Measure and record the chromaticity of the burning candle as 
specified in Sec. 160.021-4(d)(4).
    (5) The test sample fails the test if more than one signal has a 
luminous intensity of less than 10,000 candela, or more than one signal 
is not ``vivid red''.



Sec. 160.066-15  Production testing.

    (a) Production tests must be performed under the procedures in 
Subpart 159.007 of this chapter.
    (b) The operational tests in Sec. 160.066-12 must be performed for 
every lot of signals produced.
    (c) The technical tests in Sec. 160.066-13 must be performed at 
least once every twelve months,or at least once every 10 lots, whichever 
occurs first.
    (d) If a lot is rejected on the basis of the technical tests, then 
each subsequent lot produced must be tested according to the technical 
tests until samples from a lot pass these tests.
    (e) An independent laboratory acceptable to the Commandant must 
perform or directly supervise:
    (1) Each technical test, and
    (2) All operational tests for at least four lots in a 12 month 
period, unless fewer than four lots are produced in a 12 month period. 
If less than four lots are produced in a 12 month period, each 
operational test must be performed or directly supervised by the 
independent laboratory.
    (f) If a lot selected by the independent laboratory for an 
operational test is rejected, then the operational tests for the next 
lot produced, and the rejected lot, if reworked, must be performed or 
directly supervised by the independent laboratory. The tests required by 
this paragraph must not be counted for the purpose of meeting the 
requirements of paragraph (e).
    (g) The independent laboratory selects the lots upon which technical 
tests are performed.
    (h) If the manufacturer produces more than four lots within a 12 
month period, the independent laboratory selects the lots for which it 
performs or directly supervises the operational tests.
    (i) The operational test performed or directly supervised by the 
independent laboratory must occur at least once during each quarterly 
period, unless no lots are produced during that period.
    (j) The independent laboratory, when it performs or directly 
supervises the technical tests required by paragraph (c) or (d) of this 
section, must inspect the signals selected for testing and compare them 
with the approved plans. Each signal inspected must conform to the 
plans.



                       Subpart 160.071--[Reserved]



        Subpart 160.072--Distress Signals for Boats, Orange Flag

    Source: CGD 76-183a, 44 FR 73054, Dec. 17, 1979, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec. 160.072-1  Applicability.

    (a) This subpart establishes standards for distress flags for boats.



Sec. 160.072-3  General performance requirements.

    (a) Each flag must:
    (1) Be a square or rectangle at least 90 cm (36 inches) wide and at 
least 90 cm (36 inches) long. If the flag is a rectangle, the shorter 
side cannot be less than \2/3\ the length of the longer side;
    (2) Have no less than 70% of the total area colored a bright red-
orange color;
    (3) Display a black disc and a black square on the red-orange 
background on both sides arranged as follows:
    (i) The diameter of the disc and the length of one side of the 
square shall be equal, and shall each be \1/3\ of the length of the 
longest side of the flag, or 30 cm (12 inches), whichever is greater.
    (ii) The disc and square must be centered on one axis of the flag 
parallel to the longest side of the flag as shown in Figure 160.072-3. 
If the flag is a square, the axis may be parallel to any side.

[[Page 208]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC03MR91.017


                            Figure 160.072-3
    (iii) The disc and square shall be separated by a distance of \1/6\ 
the length of the longest side of the flag or 15 cm (6 inches), 
whichever is greater.
    (4) Be capable of passing the accelerated weathering test of 
Sec. 160.072-5;
    (5) Have reinforced corners, each with a grommet; and,
    (6) Be packaged with 4 pieces of line, with a tensile strength of at 
least 225 N (Newtons) (50 lbs) no less than 30 cm (12 inches) long, 
capable of passing through the grommets freely.



Sec. 160.072-5  Accelerated weathering test.

    (a) Condition the flag, folded to \1/16\th its size or as packaged, 
whichever is smaller, by submersion in 5% by weight sodium chloride 
solution for 2 hours followed immediately by storage at 95% 
(plus-minus5) related humidity and 40 deg.C (plus-minus3 deg.) 
(100 deg.F plus-minus5 deg.) for at least 15 days.
    (b) Unfold and suspend flag by the lines provided, secured through 
each grommet.
    (c) Subject the flag to alternate 3 minute cycles of 5% by weight 
sodium chloride solution at 55 degrees (plus-minus5 deg.) C and air 
blasts of 40 knots at 55 degrees (plus-minus5 deg.) C, 
perpendicular to and over the entire surface of one side of the flag, 
without interruption for a period of not less than 24 hours.
    (d) The flag fails the accelerated weathering test if
    (1) After conditioning, the flag cannot be unfolded without damage,
    (2) There is any tearing,
    (3) The flag does not retain its bright red/orange color,
    (4) The disc and square images no longer meet the requirements of 
Sec. 160.072-3(a)(3) or,
    (5) There is any visible rot over more than 3% of the flag's 
surface.



Sec. 160.072-7  Manufacturer certification and labeling.

    (a) Each distress flag intended as a Day Visual Distress Signal 
required by 33 CFR Part 175 must be certified by the manufacturer as 
complying with the requirements of this subpart.
    (b) Each distress flag must be legibly and indelibly marked with:
    (1) The manufacturer's name; and
    (2) The following words--
    ``Day Visual Distress Signal for Boats. Complies with U.S. Coast 
Guard Requirements in 46 CFR 160.072. For Emergency Use Only''.



Sec. 160.072-09  Manufacturer notification.

    (a) Each manufacturer certifying flags in accordance with the 
specifications of this subpart must send written notice to the 
Commandant (G-MSE), U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC 20591--
    (1) Within 30 days after first certifying a flag,
    (2) Every five years as long as the manufacturer continues to 
produce flags, and
    (3) Each time the design or construction material of the flag 
changes.

[CGD 76-183a, 44 FR 73054, Dec. 17, 1979, as amended by CGD 88-070, 53 
FR 34536, Sept. 7, 1988; CGD 95-072, 60 FR 50467, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 
95-072, 60 FR 50467, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50733, Sept. 27, 
1996]



  Subpart 160.073--Float-Free Link or Life Floats and Buoyant Apparatus

    Source: CGD 79-167, 47 FR 41378, Sept. 20, 1982, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec. 160.073-1  Scope.

    (a) This subpart contains requirements for a float-free link used 
for connecting a life float or buoyant apparatus painter to a vessel. 
The float-free link is designed to be broken by the

[[Page 209]]

buoyant force of the life float or buoyant apparatus so that the float 
or apparatus breaks free of a vessel that sinks in water deeper than the 
length of the painter.



Sec. 160.073-5  Certification.

    (a) The float-free link is not approved by the Coast Guard. The 
manufacturer of the link must certify that it meets all of the 
requirements of this subpart by application of the markings required in 
Sec. 160.073-20.
    (b) If the manufacturer wants the link to be listed in the Coast 
Guard publication COMDTINST M16714.3 (Series), ``Equipment Lists,'' the 
manufacturer must send a letter requesting the listing to Commandant (G-
MSE), U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC 20593-0001.

[CGD 79-167, 47 FR 41378, Sept. 20, 1982, as amended by CGD 88-070, 53 
FR 34536, Sept. 7, 1988; CGD 95-072, 60 FR 50467, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 
96-041, 61 FR 50733, Sept. 27, 1996]



Sec. 160.073-10  Construction and performance.

    (a) The link must be constructed essentially as shown in figure 
160.073-10. The link must be formed from a single salt water corrosion-
resistant wire. A loop at least 50 mm (2 in.) in diameter must be 
provided at each end of the wire. Each loop must be permanently secured.
    (b) The breaking strength of each link must be between:
    (1) 450 N (100 lb.) and 600 N (134 lb.) for links intended for life 
floats and buoyant apparatus of 10 persons and less capacity.
    (2) 900 N (200 lb.) and 1200 N (268 lb.) for links intended for life 
floats and buoyant apparatus of 11 to 20 persons capacity.
    (3) 1800 N (400 lb.) and 2400 N (536 lb.) for links intended for 
life floats and buoyant apparatus of 21 persons and more capacity.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC03MR91.018



Sec. 160.073-15  Tests.

    (a) The manufacturer shall perform a tensile test on the first three 
links made from a particular spool of wire. The test must be done by 
slowly loading the link until it breaks. The link must break between the 
limits specified in Sec. 160.073-10(b). The break must occur in the 
length of wire at or between the points where the loops are secured (see 
Figure 160.073-10).
    (b) If each of the three links passes the test, each link 
constructed in the same manner from the same spool of wire may be 
certified by the manufacturer as meeting the requirements of this 
subpart.
    (c) If one or more of the three links fails the test, no link 
manufactured in the same manner and from the same spool of wire as the 
test links may be certified as meeting the requirements of this subpart.



Sec. 160.073-20  Marking.

    (a) Each link certified by the manufacturer to meet the requirements 
of this subpart must have a corrosion resistant, waterproof tag attached 
to it that has the following information on it (the manufacturer must 
make the

[[Page 210]]

appropriate entries in the indicated space):

FLOAT-FREE LINK FOR LIFE FLOATS AND BUOYANT APPARATUS
Of (10 or less) (11 to 20) (21 or more) persons capacity.
Normal breaking strength ----.
Meets U.S. coast guard
Requirements--46 CFR 160.073.
Made by: (name and address)_____________________________________________
(Date)--________________________________________________________________



   Subpart 160.076--Inflatable Recreational Personal Flotation Devices

    Source: CGD 94-110, 60 FR 32848, June 23, 1995, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec. 160.076-1  Scope.

    (a) This subpart contains structural and performance standards for 
approval of inflatable recreational personal flotation devices (PFDs), 
as well as requirements for production follow-up inspections, associated 
manuals, information pamphlets, and markings.
    (b) Inflatable PFDs approved under this subpart--
    (1) Rely entirely upon inflation for buoyancy; and
    (2) Are approved for use by adults only.



Sec. 160.076-3  Applicability.

    Inflatable PFDs approved under this subpart may be used to meet the 
carriage requirements of 33 CFR 175.15 and 175.17 on the following types 
of vessels only:
    (a) Recreational vessels.
    (b) Uninspected recreational submersible vessels.



Sec. 160.076-5  Definitions.

    As used in this part:
    Commandant means the Chief of the Lifesaving and Fire Safety 
Division Marine Safety and Environmental Protection Directorate. 
Address: Commandant (G-MSE-4), U.S. Coast Guard Headquarters, 2100 
Second St. SW., Washington, DC 20593-0001; phone: 202-267-1444; 
facsimile: 202-267-1069; electronic mail: ``mvi-3/G-
[email protected]''.
    Conditional approval means a category of PFD which has condition(s) 
on its approval with which the user must comply in order for the PFD to 
be counted toward meeting the carriage requirements of the vessel being 
used. All conditionally approved PFDs are designated Approval Type V.
    First quality workmanship means construction which is free from any 
defect materially affecting appearance or serviceability.
    Inflation medium means any solid, liquid, or gas that, when 
activated, provides inflation for buoyancy.
    Inspector means a recognized laboratory representative assigned to 
perform, supervise or oversee the duties described in Secs. 160.076-29 
and 160.076-31 of this subpart or any Coast Guard representative 
performing duties related to the approval.
    MOU means memorandum of understanding which describes the approval 
functions a recognized independent laboratory performs for the Coast 
Guard, and the recognized independent laboratory's working arrangements 
with the Coast Guard.
    Performance type means the in-water performance classification of 
the PFD (I, II, or III).
    PFD means personal flotation device as defined in 33 CFR 175.13.
    PFD Approval Type means the Type designation assigned by the 
Commandant, as documented in the approval certificate for the PFD, based 
primarily on the in-water performance and serviceability of the PFD.
    Plans and specifications means the drawings, product description, 
construction specifications, and bill of materials submitted in 
accordance with Sec. 160.076-13 for approval of a PFD design.

[CGD 94-110, 60 FR 32848, June 23, 1995, as amended by CGD 95-072, 60 FR 
50466, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 94-110, 61 FR 13945, Mar. 28, 1996; CGD 96-
041, 61 FR 50733, Sept. 27, 1996]



Sec. 160.076-7  PFD Approval Type.

    (a) An inflatable PFD may be approved without conditions as a Type 
I, II, or III PFD for persons over 36 kg (80 lb) if it meets the 
requirements of this subpart.
    (b) Each inflatable PFD that can be demonstrated to meet the in-
water performance requirements of a type I, II or III PFD in UL 1180 
during approval

[[Page 211]]

testing and the applicable requirements of this subpart provided that 
certain conditions are placed on its use, may be approved as a Type V 
PFD. Each such PFD has conditional approval.

[CGD 94-110, 60 FR 32848, June 23, 1995, as amended by CGD 94-110, 61 FR 
13945, Mar. 28, 1996]



Sec. 160.076-9  Conditional approval.

    (a) A conditionally approved inflatable PFD is categorized as a Type 
V PFD and may be used to meet the Coast Guard PFD carriage requirements 
of 33 CFR part 175 only if the PFD is used in accordance with any 
requirements on the approval label. PFDs marked ``Approved only when 
worn'' must be worn whenever the vessel is underway and the intended 
wearer is not within an enclosed space if the PFD is intended to be used 
to satisfy the requirements of 33 CFR part 175. Note: Additional 
approved PFDs may be needed to satisfy the requirements of 33 CFR part 
175 if ``Approved only when worn'' PFDs are not worn.
    (b) PFDs not meeting the performance specifications for type I, II, 
or III PFDs in UL 1180 may be classified as Type V, conditionally 
approved PFDs, when the Commandant determines that the performance or 
design characteristics of the PFD make such classification appropriate.

[CGD 94-110, 60 FR 32848, June 23, 1995, as amended by CGD 94-110, 61 FR 
13945, Mar. 28, 1996]



Sec. 160.076-11  Incorporation by reference.

    (a) Certain materials are incorporated by reference into this 
subpart with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register in 
accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. To enforce any 
edition other than the one listed in paragraph (b) of this section, the 
Coast Guard must publish notice of the change in the Federal Register, 
and the material must be available to the public. All approved material 
is available for inspection at the Office of the Federal Register, 800 
North Capitol Street NW., suite 700, Washington, DC and at the U.S. 
Coast Guard, Lifesaving and Fire Safety Division (G-MSE-4), 2100 Second 
Street, SW., Washington, DC 20593-0001, and is available from the 
sources indicated in paragraph (b) of this section.
    (b) The materials approved for incorporation by reference in this 
subpart, and the sections affected are as follows:

            American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)

100 Barr Harbor Drive, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959.
ASTM D 751-79 Standard Methods of Testing Coated Fabrics, 1979, 160.076-
    25;
ASTM D 1434-75 Gas Transmission Rate of Plastic Film and Sheeting, 1975, 
    160.076-25.

                            Federal Standards

    Naval Publishing and Printing Center, Customer Service, 700 Robbins 
Avenue, Philadelphia, PA 19120.
    In Federal Test Method Standard No. 191A (dated July 20, 1978) the 
following methods:

(1) Method 5100, Strength and Elongation, Breaking of Woven Cloth; Grab 
    Method, 160.076-25;
(2) Method 5132, Strength of Cloth, Tearing; Falling-Pendulum Method, 
    160.076-25;
(3) Method 5134, Strength of Cloth, Tearing; Tongue Method, 160.076-25.

                     Underwriters Laboratories (UL)

    Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., P.O. Box 13995, Research Triangle 
Park, NC 27709-3995 (Phone (919) 549-1400; Facsimile: (919) 549-1842)

UL 1123, ``Marine Buoyant Devices'', February 17, 1995, 160.076-35;
UL 1180, ``Fully Inflatable Recreational Personal Flotation Devices'', 
    May 15, 1995, 160.076-7; 160.076-21; 160.076-23; 160.076-25; 
    160.076-29; 160.076-31; 160.076-37; 160.076-39.
UL 1191, ``Components for Personal Flotation Devices'', May 16, 1995, 
    160.076-21; 160.076-25; 160.076-39.

[CGD 94-110, 60 FR 32848, June 23, 1995, as amended by CGD 95-072, 60 FR 
50467, Sept. 29, 1995, CGD 94-110, 61 FR 13945, Mar. 28, 1996; CGD 96-
041, 61 FR 50733, Sept. 27, 1996]



Sec. 160.076-13  Approval procedures for inflatable PFDs.

    (a) Manufacturers seeking approval of an inflatable PFD design shall 
follow

[[Page 212]]

the procedures of this section and subpart 159.005 of this chapter.
    (b) Each application for approval of an inflatable PFD must contain 
the information specified in Sec. 159.005-5 of this chapter. The 
application must be submitted to a recognized laboratory. One copy of 
the application and, except as provided in paragraph (c)(2) of this 
section, a prototype PFD must be submitted to the Commandant for 
preapproval review. If a similar design has already been approved, the 
Commandant may authorize the recognized laboratory to waive the 
preapproval review under Secs. 159.005-5 and 159.005-7 of this chapter.
    (c) The application must include the following:
    (1) Plans and specifications containing the information required by 
Sec. 159.005-12 of this chapter, including drawings, product 
description, construction specifications, and bill of materials.
    (2) The information specified in Sec. 159.005-5(a)(2) (i) through 
(iii) of this chapter must be included in the application, except that, 
if preapproval review has been waived, the manufacturer is not required 
to send a prototype PFD sample to the Commandant.
    (3) The type of performance (Type I, II, or III) that the PFD is 
designed to provide along with the Approval Type sought (Type I, II, 
III, or V).
    (4) Any special purpose(s) for which the PFD is designed and the 
vessel(s) or vessel type(s) on which its use is intended.
    (5) Buoyancy, torque, and other relevant tolerances to be met during 
production.
    (6) The text of any optional marking to be included on the PFD in 
addition to the markings required by Sec. 160.076-39.
    (7) A draft of the information pamphlet required by Sec. 160.076-35.
    (8) A draft of the owner's manual required by Sec. 160.076-37.
    (9) For any conditionally approved PFD, the intended approval 
condition(s).
    (d) The description required by Sec. 159.005-9 of this chapter of 
quality control procedures may be omitted if the manufacturer's planned 
quality control procedures meet the requirements of Secs. 160.076-29 and 
160.076-31.
    (e) Manual and pamphlet. Before granting approval of a PFD design, 
the Commandant may require changes to the manual and information 
pamphlet submitted for review to ensure compliance with the requirements 
of Secs. 160.076-35 and 160.076-37.
    (f) Waiver of tests. A manufacturer may request that the Commandant 
waive any test prescribed for approval under this subpart. To request a 
waiver, the manufacturer must submit to the Commandant and the 
recognized laboratory, one of the following:
    (1) Satisfactory test results on a PFD of sufficiently similar 
design as determined by the Commandant.
    (2) Engineering analysis demonstrating that the test for which a 
waiver is requested is not appropriate for the particular design 
submitted for approval or that, because of its design or construction, 
it is not possible for the PFD to fail that test.
    (g) Alternative requirements. A PFD that does not meet the 
requirements of this subpart may be approved by the Commandant if the 
device--
    (1) Meets other requirements prescribed by the Commandant in place 
of or in addition to the requirements of this subpart; and
    (2) As determined by the Commandant, provides at least the same 
degree of safety provided by other PFDs that meet the requirements of 
this subpart.

[CGD 94-110, 60 FR 32848, June 23, 1995, as amended by CGD 94-110, 61 FR 
13946, Mar. 28, 1996]



Sec. 160.076-15  Suspension or termination of approval.

    As provided in Sec. 159.005-15 of this chapter, the Commandant may 
suspend or terminate the approval of an inflatable PFD design if the 
manufacturer fails to comply with this subpart or the recognized 
laboratory's accepted procedures or requirements.



Sec. 160.076-17  Approval of design or material changes.

    (a) The manufacturer must submit any proposed changes in design, 
material, or construction to the recognized laboratory and the 
Commandant for approval before changing PFD production methods.

[[Page 213]]

    (b) Determinations of equivalence of design, construction, and 
materials may be made only by the Commandant or a designated 
representative.



Sec. 160.076-19  Recognized laboratories.

    (a) PFDs. The following laboratories are recognized under 
Sec. 159.010-9 of this chapter to perform the approval and production 
oversight functions required by this subpart:
    Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., 12 Laboratory Drive, P.O. Box 
13995, Research Triangle Park, NC 27709-3995, (919) 549-1400.
    (b) Components. The following laboratories are recognized under 
subpart 159.010 of this chapter and may perform the component material 
acceptance, production oversight, and certification functions required 
by Sec. 160.076-21(a)(1):
    Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., 12 Laboratory Drive, P.O. Box 
13995, Research Triangle Park, NC 27709-3995, (919) 549-1400.



Sec. 160.076-21  Component materials.

    (a) Each component material used in the manufacturer of an 
inflatable PFD must--
    (1) Meet the applicable requirements of subpart 164.019 of this 
chapter, UL 1191, UL 1180, and this section; and
    (2) Be of good quality and suitable for the purpose intended.
    (b) The average permeability of inflation chamber material, 
determined in accordance with the procedures specified in Sec. 160.076-
25(d)(2)(iii) must not be more than 110% of the permeability of the 
materials determined in approval testing required by Sec. 160.076-
25(d)(2)(iii).
    (c) The average grab breaking strength and tear strength of the 
inflation chamber material, determined in accordance with the procedures 
specified in Secs. 160.076-25(d)(2)(i) and 160.076-25(d)(2)(ii), must be 
at least 90% of the grab breaking strength and tear strength determined 
from testing required by Secs. 160.076-25(d)(2)(i) and 160.076-
25(d)(2)(ii). No individual sample result for breaking strength or tear 
strength may be more than 20% below the results obtained in approval 
testing.
    (d) Each manual, automatic, or manual-auto inflation mechanism must 
be marked in accordance with Sec. 160.076-39(e).

[CGD 94-110, 60 FR 32848, June 23, 1995, as amended by CGD 94-110, 61 FR 
13946, Mar. 28, 1996]



Sec. 160.076-23  Construction and performance requirements.

    (a) Each inflatable PFD design must--
    (1) Meet the requirements in UL 1180 applicable to the PFD 
performance type for which approval is sought; and
    (2) Meet any additional requirements that the Commandant may 
prescribe to approve unique or novel designs.
    (b) [Reserved]

[CGD 94-110, 60 FR 32848, June 23, 1995, as amended by CGD 94-110, 61 FR 
13946, Mar. 28, 1996]



Sec. 160.076-25  Approval testing.

    (a) To obtain approval of an inflatable PFD design, approval tests 
specified in UL 1180 and this section must be conducted or supervised by 
a recognized laboratory using PFDs that have been constructed in 
accordance with the plans and specifications submitted with the 
application for approval.
    (b) Each PFD design must pass the tests required by UL 1180 and this 
section that are applicable to the PFD performance type for which 
approval is sought.
    (c) Each test subject participating in the tests in UL 1180, section 
6 shall in addition, demonstrate that the test subject can repack the 
PFD such that it can be used in the donning tests and manual activation 
tests required by--
    (1) Section 6.2.3 of UL 1180; and
    (2) Sections 6.4.1, and 6.4.2 of UL 1180, if the test engineer 
cannot verify that the manual and oral inflators are properly stowed.
    (d) Each PFD design must pass the following tests and evaluations:
    (1) Visual examination. The complete PFD must be visually examined 
for compliance with the construction and performance requirements of 
Secs. 160.076-21 and 160.076-23 and UL 1180 and 1191.
    (2) Inflation chamber properties. The following tests must be 
conducted after successful completion of all other approval tests. The 
test samples used in the following tests must come from one or more PFDs 
that were each used in

[[Page 214]]

all the Use Characteristics Tests required by UL 1180 section 6.
    (i) Grab breaking strength. The grab breaking strength of chamber 
materials must be determined in accordance with Method No. 5100 of 
Federal Test Method Standard 191 or ASTM D 751.
    (ii) Tear strength. The tear strength of chamber materials must be 
determined in accordance with Method No. 5132 or 5134 of Federal Test 
Method Standard 191 or ASTM D 751.
    (iii) Permeability. The permeability of chamber materials must be 
determined in accordance with ASTM D 1434 using CO2 as the test gas.
    (iv) Seam strength. The seam strength of the seams in each inflation 
chamber of at least one PFD must be determined in accordance with ASTM D 
751 except that 25 by 200 mm (1 by 8 in.) samples may be used where 
insufficient length of straight seam is available.
    (e) Additional tests. The Commandant may prescribe additional tests 
for approval of novel or unique designs.

[CGD 94-110, 60 FR 32848, June 23, 1995, as amended by CGD 94-110, 61 FR 
13946, Mar. 28, 1996]



Sec. 160.076-27  [Reserved]



Sec. 160.076-29  Production oversight.

    (a) Production tests and inspections must be conducted in accordance 
with this section and subpart 159.007 of this chapter unless the 
Commandant authorizes alternative tests and inspections. The Commandant 
may prescribe additional production tests and inspections necessary to 
maintain quality control and to monitor compliance with the requirements 
of this subpart.
    (b) Production oversight must be performed by the same laboratory 
that performs the approval tests unless the Commandant determines that 
the employees of an alternative laboratory have received training and 
have access to the same information as the inspectors of the laboratory 
that conducted the approval testing.
    (c) In addition to responsibilities set out in part 159 of this 
chapter and the accepted Laboratory Follow-up Procedures, each 
manufacturer of an inflatable PFD and each recognized laboratory 
inspector shall comply with the following, as applicable:
    (1) Manufacturer. Each manufacturer must--
    (i) Except as provided in paragraph (e)(2) of this section, perform 
all required tests and examinations on each PFD lot before any required 
inspector's tests and inspection of the lot;
    (ii) Follow established procedures for maintaining quality control 
of the materials used, manufacturing operations, and the finished 
product;
    (iii) Implement a continuing program of employee training and a 
program for maintaining production and test equipment;
    (iv) Admit the inspector to any place in the factory where work is 
done on PFDs or component materials, and where parts or completed PFDs 
are stored;
    (v) Have an inspector observe the production methods used in 
producing the first PFD lot and observe any revisions in production 
methods made thereafter; and
    (vi) Allow the inspector to take samples of completed PFDs or of 
component materials for tests required by this subpart and for tests 
relating to the safety of the design.
    (2) Recognized laboratory oversight. An inspector from a recognized 
laboratory shall oversee production in accordance with the MOU. During 
production oversight, the inspector shall not perform or supervise any 
production test or inspection unless--
    (i) The manufacturer has a valid approval certificate; and
    (ii) The inspector has first observed the manufacturer's production 
methods and any revisions to those methods.
    (3) The inspector must perform or supervise testing and inspection 
of at least one in each five lots of PFDs produced.
    (4) During each inspection, the inspector must check for compliance 
with the manufacturer's quality control procedures.
    (5) Except as provided in paragraph (c)(6) of this section, at least 
once each calendar quarter, the inspector must examine the 
manufacturer's records required by Sec. 160.076-33 and observe the 
manufacturer perform each of the tests required by Sec. 160.076-31(c).

[[Page 215]]

    (6) If less than six lots are produced during a calendar year, only 
one lot inspection and one records' examination and test performance 
observation are required during that year. Each lot tested and inspected 
under paragraph (c)(3) of this section must be within seven lots of the 
previous lot inspected.
    (d) PFD lots. A lot number must be assigned in accordance with UL 
1180 to each group of PFDs produced. Lots must be numbered serially. A 
new lot must be started whenever any change in materials or a revision 
to a production method is made, and whenever any substantial 
discontinuity in the production process occurs. Changes in lots of 
component materials must be treated as changes in materials. The lot 
number assigned, along with the approval number, must enable the PFD 
manufacturer, by referring to the records required by this subpart, to 
determine the supplier of the components used in the PFD and the 
component supplier's identifying information for the component lot.
    (e) Samples. For the tests, examinations, and inspections required 
by Sec. 160.076-31, inspectors and manufacturers shall select samples as 
provided in this paragraph.
    (1) Samples shall be selected at random from a lot in which all PFDs 
or materials in the lot are available for selection. Except as provided 
in Sec. 160.076-31(c), samples must be selected from completed PFDs.
    (2) Different samples must be selected for the manufacturer's and 
inspector's tests, except, if the total production for any five 
consecutive lots does not exceed 250 PFDs, the manufacturer's and 
inspector's tests may be run on the same sample(s) at the same time.
    (3) The number of samples selected per lot must be at least equal to 
the applicable number required by Table 160.076-29A for manufacturers or 
Table 160.076-29B for inspectors.
    (4) The following additional requirements apply as indicated in 
Table 160.076-29A to individual sample selections by manufacturers:
    (i) Samples must be selected from each lot of incoming material. The 
tests required under paragraphs 160.076-25(d)(2)(i) through 160.076-
25(d)(2)(iv) prescribe the number of samples to select.
    (ii) Samples selected for the indicated tests may not be used for 
more than one test.
    (iii) If a sample fails the over-pressure test, the number of 
samples to be tested in the next lot produced must be at least two 
percent of the total number of PFDs in the lot or 10 PFDs, whichever is 
greater.
    (iv) The indicated test must be conducted at least once each 
calendar quarter or whenever a new lot of material is used or a 
production process is revised.
    (5) The following additional requirements apply as indicated in 
Table 160.076-29B to individual sample selections by inspectors:
    (i) Samples selected for the indicated tests may not be used for 
more than one test.
    (ii) The indicated test may be omitted if it was conducted by the 
manufacturer on the materials used and by the inspector on a previous 
lot within the past 12 months.
    (iii) One sample of each means of marking on each type of fabric or 
finish used in PFD construction must be tested at least every six months 
or whenever a new lot of materials is used.

                                 Table 160.076-29A--Manufacturer's Sampling Plan                                
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    Number of Samples Per Lot                   
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          Lot     1-100     101-200    201-300    301-500    501-750    751-1000
---------------------size:--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Tests:                                                                                                          
    Inflation Chamber Materials...............                                                                  
(5) See Note (a)                                                                                                
    Seam Strength.............................          1          1          2          2          3          4
    Over-pressure (b)(c)......................          1          2          3          4          6          8
    Air Retention.............................                                                                  
(5) EVERY DEVICE IN THE LOT                                                                                     
    Buoyancy and Inflation Medium Retention...          1          2          3          4          6          8
    Tensile Strength..........................                                                                  
(5) See Note (d)                                                                                                
Detailed Product Examination..................          2          2          3          4          6          8
Retest Sample Size (b)........................  .........  .........         13         13         20         20

[[Page 216]]

                                                                                                                
Final Lot Inspection..........................                                                                  
(5) EVERY DEVICE IN THE LOT                                                                                     
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Notes to Table.                                                                                                 
(a) See Sec.  160.076-29(e)(4)(i).                                                                              
(b) See Sec.  160.076-29(e)(4)(ii).                                                                             
(c) See Sec.  160.076-29(e)(4)(iii).                                                                            
(d) See Sec.  160.076-29(e)(4)(iv).                                                                             


                                  Table 160.076-29B--Inspector's Sampling Plan                                  
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    Number of Samples Per Lot                   
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                          Lot     1-100     101-200    201-300    301-500    501-750    751-1000
---------------------size:--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Tests:                                                                                                          
    Over-pressure (a).........................          1          1          2          2          3          4
    Air Retention.............................          1          1          2          2          3          4
    Buoyancy & Inflation Medium Retention.....          1          1          2          2          3          4
    Tensile Strength..........................                                                                  
(5) See Note (b)                                                                                                
    Waterproof marking........................                                                                  
(5) See Note (c)                                                                                                
Detailed Project Examination..................          1          1          1          2          2          3
Retest Sample Size (a)........................         10         10         13         13         20         20
Final Lot Inspection..........................         10         15         20         25         27         30
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Notes to Table:                                                                                                 
(a) See Sec.  160.076-29(e)(5)(i).                                                                              
(b) See Sec.  160.076-29(e)(5)(ii).                                                                             
(c) See Sec.  160.076-29(e)(5)(iii).                                                                            

    (f) Accept/reject criteria: manufacturer testing. (1) A PFD lot 
passes production testing if each sample passes each test.

    (2) In lots of 200 or less PFDs, the lot must be rejected if any 
sample fails one or more tests.

    (3) In lots of more than 200 PFDs, the lot must be rejected if--

    (i) One sample fails more than one test;

    (ii) More than one sample fails any test or combination of tests; or

    (iii) One sample fails one test and in redoing that test with the 
number of samples specified for retesting in Table 160.076-29A, one or 
more samples fail the retest.

    (4) A rejected PFD lot may be retested only if allowed under 
Sec. 160.076-31(e).

    (g) Accept/reject criteria: independent laboratory testing. (1) A 
lot passes production testing if each sample passes each test.

    (2) A lot must be rejected if--

    (i) A sample fails more than one test;

    (ii) More than one sample fails any test or combination of tests; or

    (iii) One sample fails one test and in redoing that test with the 
number of samples specified for retesting in Table 160.076-29B, one or 
more samples fail the test.

    (3) A rejected lot may be retested only if allowed under 
Sec. 160.076-31(e).

    (h) Facilities and equipment. (1) General. The manufacturer must 
provide the test equipment and facilities necessary for performing 
production tests, examinations, and inspections, unless Commandant has 
accepted testing at a location other than the manufacturer's facility.

    (2) Calibration. The manufacturer must have the calibration of all 
test equipment checked at least every six months by a weights and 
measures agency or the equipment manufacturer, distributor, or dealer.

    (3) Facilities. The manufacturer must provide a suitable place and 
the necessary equipment for the inspector to use in conducting or 
supervising tests. For the final lot inspection, the manufacturer must 
provide a suitable working environment and a smooth-top table for the 
inspector's use.

[CGD 94-110, 60 FR 32848, June 23, 1995, as amended by CGD 94-110, 61 FR 
13946, Mar. 28, 1996; 61 FR 15868, 61 FR Apr. 9, 1996]

[[Page 217]]



Sec. 160.076-31  Production tests and examinations.

    (a) Samples used in testing must be selected in accordance with 
Sec. 160.076-29(e).

    (b) On each sample selected--

    (1) The manufacturer must conduct the tests in paragraphs (c)(2) 
through (c)(8) of this section;

    (2) The recognized laboratory inspector must conduct or supervise 
the tests in paragraphs (c)(4) through (c)(8) of this section; and

    (3) In addition to meeting the requirements of this section, each 
test result must meet the requirements, if any, contained in the 
approved plans and specifications.

    (c) When conducting the tests specified by this paragraph, the 
following conditions must be met:
    (1) Inflation chamber materials. The average and individual results 
of testing the minimum number of samples prescribed by Sec. 160.076-
25(d)(2) must comply with the requirements in Sec. 160.076-21 (b) and 
(c) for permeability, grab strength, and tear strength. Lots not meeting 
this requirement must be rejected and, unless authorized by the 
Commandant, may not be subdivided and retested.
    (2) Seam strength. The seams in each inflation chamber of each 
sample must be tested in accordance with Sec. 160.076-25(d)(2)(iv). The 
results for each inflation chamber must be at least 90% of the results 
obtained in approval testing.
    (3) Over-pressure. Each sample must be tested in accordance with and 
meet UL 1180 section 7.15. Prior to initiating the test at the specified 
values, samples may be prestressed by inflating them to a greater 
pressure than the required test pressure.
    (4) Air retention. Each sample must be tested in accordance with and 
meet UL 1180 section 7.16. Prior to initiating the test at the specified 
values, test samples may be prestressed by inflating to a pressure 
greater than the design pressure, but not exceeding 50 percent of the 
required pressure for the tests in paragraph (c)(3) of this section. No 
alternate test method may be used that decreases the length of the test 
unless authorized by the Commandant. Such alternative test must require 
a proportionately lower allowable pressure loss and the same percentage 
sensitivity and accuracy as the standard allowable loss measured with 
the standard instrumentation.
    (5) Buoyancy and inflation medium retention. Each sample must be 
tested in accordance with and meet UL 1180 section 7.2.2-7.2.10, except 
7.2.5. Each buoyancy value must fall within the tolerances specified in 
the approved plans and specifications.
    (6) Tensile strength. Each sample primary closure system must be 
tested in accordance with and meet UL 1180 section 7.4.1 and .2.
    (7) Detailed product examination. Each sample PFD must be 
disassembled to the extent necessary to determine compliance with the 
following:
    (i) All dimensions and seam allowances must be within tolerances 
prescribed in the approved plans and specifications.
    (ii) The torque of each screw type mechanical fastener must be 
within its tolerance as prescribed in the approved plans and 
specifications.
    (iii) The arrangement, markings, and workmanship must be as 
specified in the approved plans and specifications and this subpart.
    (iv) The PFD must not contain any apparent defects.
    (8) Waterproof Marking Test. Each sample must be completely 
submerged in fresh water for at least 30 minutes. The sample must then 
be removed, immediately placed on a hard surface, and the markings 
vigorously rubbed with the fingers for 15 seconds. If the printing 
becomes illegible, the sample must be rejected.
    (d) Final lot examination and inspection--(1) General. On each PFD 
lot that passes production testing, the manufacturer shall perform a 
final lot examination and, on every fifth lot, a laboratory inspector 
shall perform a final lot inspection. Samples must be selected in 
accordance with paragraph Sec. 160.076-29(e). Each final lot must 
demonstrate--
    (i) First quality workmanship;
    (ii) That the general arrangement and attachment of all components, 
such as body straps, closures, inflation mechanisms, tie tapes, and

[[Page 218]]

drawstrings, are as specified in the approved plans and specifications;
    (iii) Compliance with the marking requirements in Sec. 160.076-39; 
and
    (iv) That the information pamphlet and owner's manual required by 
Sec. 160.076-35 and 160.076-37, respectively, are securely attached to 
the device, with the pamphlet selection information visible and 
accessible prior to purchase.
    (2) Accept/reject criteria. Each nonconforming PFD must be rejected. 
If three or more nonconforming PFDs are rejected for the same kind of 
defect, lot examination or inspection must be discontinued and the lot 
rejected.
    (3) Manufacturer examination. This examination must be conducted by 
a manufacturer's representative who is familiar with the approved plans 
and specifications, the functioning of the PFD and its components, and 
the production testing procedures. This person must not be responsible 
for meeting production schedules or be supervised by someone who is. 
This person must prepare and sign the record required by 159.007-13(a) 
of this chapter and 160.076-33(b).
    (4) Independent laboratory inspection. (i) The inspector must 
discontinue lot inspection and reject the lot if examination of 
individual PFDs or the records for the lot shows noncompliance with 
either this section or the laboratory's or the manufacturer's quality 
control procedures.
    (ii) If the inspector rejects a lot, the inspector must advise the 
Commandant or the recognized laboratory within 15 days.
    (iii) The inspector must prepare and sign the inspection record 
required by 159.007-13(a) of this chapter and 160.076-33(b). If the lot 
passes, the record must include the inspector's certification that the 
lot passed inspection and that no evidence of noncompliance with this 
section was observed.
    (e) Disposition of rejected PFD lot or PFD. (1) A rejected PFD lot 
may be resubmitted for testing, examination or inspection if the 
manufacturer first removes and destroys each defective PFD or, if 
authorized by the Commandant, reworks the lot to correct the defect.
    (2) Any PFD rejected in a final lot examination or inspection may be 
resubmitted for examination or inspection if all defects have been 
corrected and reexamination or reinspection is authorized by the 
Commandant.
    (3) A rejected lot or rejected PFD may not be sold or offered for 
sale under the representation that it meets this subpart or that it is 
Coast Guard-approved.

[CGD 94-110, 60 FR 32848, June 23, 1995, as amended by CGD 94-110, 61 FR 
13946, Mar. 28, 1996]



Sec. 160.076-33  Manufacturer records.

    (a) Each manufacturer of inflatable PFDs shall keep the records of 
production inspections and tests as required by Sec. 159.007-13 of this 
chapter, except that they must be retained for at least 120 months after 
the month in which the inspection or test was conducted.
    (b) In addition to the information required by Sec. 159.007-13 of 
this chapter, the manufacturer's records must also include the following 
information:
    (1) For each test, the serial number of the test instrument used if 
more than one test instrument was available.
    (2) For each test and inspection, the identification of the samples 
used, the lot number, the approval number, and the number of PFDs in the 
lot.
    (3) For each lot rejected, the cause for rejection, any corrective 
action taken, and the final disposition of the lot.
    (4) For all materials used in production the--
    (i) Name and address of the supplier;
    (ii) Date of purchase and receipt;
    (iii) Lot number; and
    (iv) Where required by Sec. 164.019-5 of this chapter, the 
certification received with standard components.
    (5) A copy of this subpart.
    (6) Each document incorporated by reference in Sec. 160.076-11.
    (7) A copy of the approved plans and specifications.
    (8) The approval certificate obtained in accordance with Sec. 2.75-1 
and 2.75-5 of this chapter.
    (9) Certificates evidencing calibration of test equipment, including 
the identity of the agency performing the calibration, date of 
calibration, and results.

[[Page 219]]

    (c) A description or photographs of procedures and equipment used in 
testing required by Sec. 159.007-13(a)(4) of this chapter, is not 
required if the manufacturer's procedures and equipment meet the 
requirements of this subpart.
    (d) The records required by paragraph (b)(4) of this section must be 
kept for at least 120 months after preparation. All other records 
required by paragraph (b) of this section must be kept for at least 60 
months after the PFD approval expires or is terminated.



Sec. 160.076-35  Information pamphlet.

    A pamphlet that is consistent in format to that specified in UL 1123 
must be attached to each inflatable PFD sold or offered for sale in such 
a way that a prospective purchaser can read the pamphlet prior to 
purchase. The pamphlet text and layout must be submitted to the 
Commandant for approval. The text must be printed in each pamphlet 
exactly as approved by the Commandant. Additional information, 
instructions, or illustrations must not be included within the approved 
text and layout. Sample pamphlet text and layout may be obtained by 
contacting the Commandant. This pamphlet may be combined with the manual 
required by Sec. 160.076-37 if PFD selection and warning information is 
provided on the PFD packaging in such a way that it remains visible 
until purchase.



Sec. 160.076-37  Owner's manual.

    (a) General. The manufacturer must provide an owner's manual with 
each inflatable PFD sold or offered for sale. A draft of the manual for 
each model must be submitted for approval in accordance with 
Sec. 160.076-13.
    (b) Manual contents. Each owner's manual must contain the 
information specified in section 11 of UL 1180, and, if the PFD is 
conditionally approved, an explanation of the meaning of, and reasons 
for, the approval conditions.

[CGD 94-110, 60 FR 32848, June 23, 1995, as amended by CGD 94-110, 61 FR 
13947, Mar. 28, 1996]



Sec. 160.076-39  Marking.

    (a) General. Each inflatable PFD must be marked as specified in UL 
1180 section 10 and this section.
    (b) PFD Type. Based on its approval certificate, each PFD must be 
marked as follows--
    (l) ``Type I PFD'';
    (2) ``Type II PFD'';
    (3) ``Type III PFD''; or
    (4) ``Type V [insert exact text of description noted on the approval 
certificate, if any] PFD--[insert text required by paragraph (c) of this 
section]. This PFD provides in-water performance equivalent to a Type 
[insert performance type criteria noted on the approval certificate] 
PFD.''
    (c) A Type V, conditionally approved, inflatable PFD must be marked 
with the approval conditions specified on the approval certificate.
    (d) Additional markings. (1) Unless otherwise noted on the approval 
certificate, each inflatable PFD must be marked with the following:
    (i) ``NOT APPROVED TO MEET CARRIAGE REQUIREMENTS ON COMMERCIAL 
VESSELS.''
    (ii) The unique model, style, or part number of the inflation 
mechanism approved for use on the PFD.
    (2) [Reserved]
    (e) Inflation mechanisms. Each manual, automatic, or manual-auto 
inflation mechanism must be permanently marked with its unique model 
number.

[CGD 94-110, 60 FR 32848, June 23, 1995, as amended by CGD 94-110, 61 FR 
13947, Mar. 28, 1996]



      Subpart 160.077--Hybrid Inflatable Personal Flotation Devices

    Source: CGD 78-174, 50 FR 33928, Aug. 22, 1985, unless otherwise 
noted.

[[Page 220]]



Sec. 160.077-1  Scope.

    (a) This specification contains requirements for approving hybrid 
inflatable personal flotation devices (hybrid PFDs).
    (b) Under this chapter and 33 CFR part 175, certain commercial 
vessels and recreational boats may carry Type I, II, or III hybrid PFDs 
to meet carriage requirements. Type V hybrid PFDs may be substituted for 
other required PFDs if they are worn under conditions prescribed in 
their manual as required by Sec. 160.077-29 and on their marking as 
prescribed in Sec. 160.077-31. For recreational boats or boaters 
involved in a special activity, hybrid PFD approval may also be limited 
to that activity.
    (c) Unless approved as a Type I SOLAS Lifejacket, a hybrid PFD on an 
inspected commercial vessel will be approved only--
    (1) As work vest; or
    (2) For the special purpose stated on the approval certificate and 
PFD marking.
    (d) A hybrid PFD may be approved for adults, weighing over 40 kg (90 
lb); youths, weighing 23-40 kg (50-90 lb); small children, weighing 14-
23 kg (30-50 lb); or for the size range of persons for which the design 
has been tested, as indicated on the PFD's label.
    (e) This specification also contains requirements for--
    (1) Manufacturers and sellers of recreational hybrid PFD's to 
provide an information pamphlet and owner's manual with each PFD; and
    (2) Manufacturers of commercial hybrid PFD's to provide a user's 
manual.

[CGD 78-174, 50 FR 33928, Aug. 22, 1985, as amended by CGD 78-174, 60 FR 
2486, Jan. 9, 1995]



Sec. 160.077-2  Definitions.

    (a) Commandant means the Chief of the Lifesaving and Fire Safety 
Division, Marine Safety and Environmental Protection. Address: 
Commandant (G-MSE-4), U.S. Coast Guard Headquarters, 2100 Second Street 
SW., Washington, DC 20593-0001.
    (b) Commercial hybrid PFD means a hybrid PFD approved for use on 
commercial vessels identified on the PFD label.
    (c) First quality workmanship means construction which is free from 
any defect materially affecting appearance or serviceability.
    (d) Hybrid PFD means a personal flotation device that has at least 
one inflation chamber in combination with inherently buoyant material.
    (e) Inflation medium means any solid, liquid, or gas, that, when 
activated, provides inflation for buoyancy.
    (f) Inspector means an independent laboratory representative 
assigned to perform duties described in Sec. 160.077-23.
    (g) PFD means a personal flotation device of a type approved under 
this subpart.
    (h) Recreational hybrid PFD means a hybrid PFD approved for use on a 
recreational boat as defined in 33 CFR 175.3.
    (i) [Reserved]
    (j) Reference vest means a model AK-1, adult PFD; model CKM-1, child 
medium PFD; or model CKS-2, child small PFD, meeting the requirements of 
subpart 160.047 of this chapter, except that, in lieu of the weight and 
displacement values prescribed in Tables 160.047-4(c)(2) and 160.047-
4(c)(4), each insert must have the minimum weight of kapok and 
displacement as shown in Table 160.077-2(j). To achieve the specified 
volume displacement, front and back insert pad coverings may be larger 
than the dimensions prescribed by Sec. 160.047-1(b) and the width of the 
front fabric envelope and height of the back fabric envelope may be 
increased to accommodate a circumference no greater than 1/4'' larger 
than the filled insert circumference. As an alternative, unicellular 
plastic foam inserts of the specified displacement and of an equivalent 
shape, as accepted by the Commandant, may be substituted for kapok 
inserts.

[[Page 221]]



                Table 160.077-2(j).--Reference Vest Minimum Kapok Weight and Volume Displacement                
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                         Front insert (2 each)                         Back insert              
                               ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Reference PFD type          Minimum kapok     Volume displacement    Minimum kapok   Volume displacement N
                                  weight g (oz)           N (lb)           weight g (oz)            (lb)        
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Devices for adults, weighing                                                                                    
 over 40 kg (90 lb):                                                                                            
    Type II, III, and V         234 (8.25).......  401       156 (5.5).......  271      
     Recreational.                                  (9.00.2                     (6.00.25
                                                    5)                                      )                   
Devices for youths, weighing                                                                                    
 23-40 kg (50-90 lb):                                                                                           
    Type I....................  184 (6.5)........  311       170 (6.0).......  301      
                                                    (7.00.2                     (6.50.25
                                                    5)                                      )                   
    Type II, III, and V \1\...  156 (5.5)........  261       149 (5.25)......  241      
                                                    (5.750.                     (5.50.l2
                                                    25)                                     5)                  
Devices for small children,                                                                                     
 weighing 14-23 kg (30-50 lb):                                                                                  
    Type I....................  128 (4.5)........  211       156 (5.5).......  301      
                                                    (4.750.                     (6.50.25
                                                    25)                                     )                   
    Type II...................  100 (3.5)........  171       135 (4.75)......  221      
                                                    (3.750.                     (5.00.25
                                                    25)                                     )                   
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Both Recreational and Commercial.                                                                           

    (k) Second stage donning means adjustments or steps necessary to 
make a PFD provide its intended flotation characteristics after the 
device has been properly donned and then inflated.
    (l) SOLAS lifejacket, in the case of a hybrid inflatable PFD, means 
a PFD approved as meeting the requirements for lifejackets in the 1983 
Amendments to the International Convention for the Safety of Life at 
Sea, 1974 (SOLAS 74/83), in addition to the requirements of this 
subpart.

[CGD 78-174, 50 FR 33928, Aug. 22, 1985, as amended by CGD 78-174A, 51 
FR 4351, Feb. 4, 1986; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34536, Sept. 7, 1988. 
Redesignated and amended by CGD 78-174, 60 FR 2486, Jan. 9, 1995; 60 FR 
7131, Feb. 7, 1995; CGD 95-072, 60 FR 50466, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 
61 FR 50733, Sept. 27, 1996]



Sec. 160.077-3  Required to be worn.

    (a) A Type V hybrid PFD may be used to meet the Coast Guard PFD 
carriage requirements of subpart 25.25 of this chapter, and 33 CFR part 
175, only if the PFD is used in accordance with any requirements on the 
approval label. PFDs marked ``REQUIRED TO BE WORN'' must be worn 
whenever the vessel is underway and the intended wearer is not within an 
enclosed space.
    (b) If hybrid PFD's with the marking ``REQUIRED TO BE WORN'' are not 
worn under the conditions stated in paragraph (a) of this section, other 
approved PFD's will have to be provided to comply with the applicable 
carriage requirements in 33 CFR part 175 and subpart 25.25 of this 
chapter.
    (c) The following PFD's must be marked ``REQUIRED TO BE WORN'' as 
specified in Sec. 160.077-31:
    (1) Each Type V recreational hybrid PFD.
    (2) Each Type V commercial hybrid PFD.

[CGD 78-174, 50 FR 33928, Aug. 22, 1985. Redesignated and amended by CGD 
78-174, 60 FR 2486, Jan. 9, 1995]



Sec. 160.077-4  Type.

    (a) A hybrid PFD that successfully passes all applicable tests may 
be approved as a Type I, II, III, or V for various size ranges of 
persons weighing over 23 kg (50 lb), as Type I or II for persons 
weighing 14-23 kg (30-50 lb) or as Type I or II for other sizes. A Type 
V PFD has limitations on its approval.
    (b) The approval tests in this subpart require each Type V hybrid 
PFD to have at least the same performance as a Type I, II, or III PFD 
for adult and youth sizes or Type I or II PFD for child sizes.
    (c) A hybrid PFD may be approved for use on recreational boats, 
commercial vessels or both if the applicable requirements are met.

[CGD 78-174, 60 FR 2486, Jan. 9, 1995]



Sec. 160.077-5  Incorporation by reference.

    (a) Certain materials are incorporated by reference into this 
subpart with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register. The 
Office of the Federal Register publishes a table, ``Material Approved 
for Incorporation by Reference,'' which appears in the Finding Aids 
section of this volume. In

[[Page 222]]

that table is found the date of the edition approved, citations to the 
particular sections of this part where the material is incorporated, 
addresses where the material is available, and the date of approval by 
the Director of the Federal Register. To enforce any edition other than 
the one listed in the table, notice of the change must be published in 
the Federal Register and the material made available to the public. All 
approved material is on file at the Office of the Federal Register, 
Washington, DC 20408, and at the U.S. Coast Guard, Lifesaving and Fire 
Safety Division (G-MSE-4), Washington, DC 20593.
    (b) The materials approved for incorporation by reference in this 
subpart are:

            American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)

    ASTM B 117, Standard Method of Salt Spray (Fog) Testing.
    ASTM D 471, Rubber Property--Effect of Liquids.
    ASTM D 751, Standard Methods of Testing Coated Fabrics.
    ASTM D 1434, Gas Transmission Rate of Plastic Film and Sheeting.

        Federal Aviation Administration Technical Standard Order

    TSO-C13, Federal Aviation Administration Standard for Life 
Preservers.

                            Federal Standards

    In Federal Test Method Standard No. 191 the following test methods:
    (1) Method 5100, Strength and Elongation, Breaking of Woven Cloth; 
Grab Method.
    (2) Method 5132, Strength of Cloth, Tearing; Falling-Pendulum 
Method.
    (3) Method 5134, Strength of Cloth, Tearing; Tongue Method.
    (4) Method 5804.1, Weathering Resistance of Cloth; Accelerated 
Weathering Method.
    (5) Method 5762, Mildew Resistance of Textile Materials; Soil Burial 
Method.

Federal Standard No. 751, Stitches, Seams, and Stitching.

                         Military Specifications

    MIL-L-24611(SH)--Life Preserver Support Package For Life Preserver, 
MK 4.

                   National Bureau of Standards (NBS)

    ``The Universal Color Language'' and ``The Color Names Dictionary'' 
in Color: Universal Language and Dictionary of Names, National Bureau of 
Standards Special Publication 440.

                     Underwriters Laboratories (UL)

    UL 1191, ``Components for Personal Flotation Devices.''
    UL 1517, ``Hybrid Personal Flotation Devices.''

[CGD 78-174, 50 FR 33928, Aug. 22, 1985. Redesignated by CGD 78-174, 60 
FR 2486, Jan. 9, 1995; CGD 95-072, 60 FR 50467, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-
041, 61 FR 50733, Sept. 27, 1996]



Sec. 160.077-6  Approval procedures.

    (a) General. Subpart 159.005 of this chapter contains the approval 
procedures. Those procedures must be followed, excepted as modified in 
this paragraph.
    (1) Preapproval review under Secs. 159.005-5 and 159.005-7 may be 
omitted if a similar design has already been approved.
    (2) The information required in all three subparagraphs of 
Sec. 159.005-5(a)(2) must be included in the application.
    (3) The application must also include the following:
    (i) The type of performance (i.e. Donned Type I, Type II or Type 
III) that the PFD is designed to provide.
    (ii) Any special purpose(s) for which the PFD is designed and the 
vessel(s) or type(s) of vessel on which its use is planned.
    (iii) Buoyancy and torque tolerances to be allowed in production.
    (iv) The text of any optional marking to be provided in addition to 
required text.
    (v) The manual required by Sec. 160.077-29 (UL 1517 text may be 
omitted in this submission).
    (vi) The size range of wearers that the device is intended to fit.
    (4) The description of quality control procedures required by 
Sec. 159.005-9 of this chapter to be submitted with the test report may 
be omitted as long as the manufacturer's planned quality control 
procedures comply with Sec. 160.077-23.
    (b) Waiver of tests. If a manufacturer requests that any test in 
this subpart be waived, one of the following must be provided to the 
Commandant as justification for the waiver:
    (1) Acceptable test results on a PFD of sufficiently similar design.
    (2) Engineering analysis showing that the test is not applicable to 
the particular design or that by design or construction the PFD cannot 
fail the test.

[[Page 223]]

    (c) Alternative Requirements. A PFD that does not meet requirements 
in this subpart may still be approved if the device--
    (1) Meets other requirements prescribed by the Commandant in place 
of or in addition to requirements in this subpart; and
    (2) Provides at least the same degree of safety provided by other 
PFD's that do comply with this subpart.

[CGD 78-174, 50 FR 33928, Aug. 22, 1985, as amended by CGD 78-174A, 51 
FR 4351, Feb. 4, 1986. Redesignated and amended by CGD 78-174, 60 FR 
2491, Jan. 9, 1995]



Sec. 160.077-7  Procedure for approval of design or material revision.

    (a) Each change in design, material, or construction of an approved 
PFD must be approved by the Commandant before being used in any 
production of PFDs.
    (b) Determinations of equivalence of design, construction, and 
materials may be made only by the Commandant.

[CGD 78-174, 60 FR 2492, Jan. 9, 1995]



Sec. 160.077-9  Recognized laboratory.

    (a) A manufacturer seeking Coast Guard approval of a product under 
this subpart shall follow the approval procedures of subpart 159.005 of 
this chapter, and shall apply for approval directly to a recognized 
independent laboratory. The following laboratories are recognized under 
Sec. 159.010-7 of this part, to perform testing and approval functions 
under this subpart: Underwriters Laboratories, 12 Laboratory Drive, P.O. 
Box 13995, Research Triangle Park, NC 27709-3995, (919) 549-1400.
    (b) Production oversight must be performed by the same laboratory 
that performs the approval tests unless, as determined by the 
Commandant, the employees of the laboratory performing production 
oversight receive training and support equal to that of the laboratory 
that performed the approval testing.

[CGD 93-055, 61 FR 13931, Mar. 28, 1996; 61 FR 15868, Apr. 9, 1996]



Sec. 160.077-11  Materials--Recreational Hybrid PFD's.

    (a) General--(1) Application. This section contains requirements for 
materials used in recreational hybrid PFD's.
    (2) Condition of Materials. All materials must be new.
    (3) Acceptance, certification, and quality. All components used in 
the construction of hybrid PFDs must meet the applicable requirements of 
subpart 164.019 of this chapter.
    (4) Temperature range. Unless otherwise specified in standards 
incorporated by reference in this section, all materials must be 
designed for use in all weather conditions throughout a temperature 
range of -30  deg.C to +65  deg.C (-22  deg.F to +150  deg.F).
    (5) Weathering Resistance. Each non-metallic component which is not 
suitably covered to shield against ultraviolet exposure must be designed 
to--
    (i) Retain at least 40% of its strength after being subjected to 300 
hours of sunshine carbon arc weathering as specified by Method 5804.1 of 
Federal Test Method Standard Number 191; or
    (ii) Meet UL 1517, section 4.3.
    (6) Fungus Resistance. Each non-metallic component must be designed 
to retain at least 90% of its strength after being subjected to the 
mildew resistance test specified by Method 5762 of Federal Test Method 
Standard 191 when untreated cotton is used as the control specimen. 
Also, the gas transmission rate of inflation chamber materials must not 
be increased by more than 10% after being subjected to this test. 
Materials that are covered when used in the PFD may be tested with that 
covering.
    (7) Corrosion resistance. Each metal component must be--
    (i) Galvanically compatible with each other metal part in contact 
with it; and
    (ii) Unless it is expendable (such as an inflation medium 
cartridge), 410 stainless steel or have salt water and salt air 
corrosion characteristics equal or superior to 410 stainless steel or 
perform its intended function, and have no visible pitting or other 
damage on any surface, after 720 hours of salt spray testing according 
to ASTM B 117.

[[Page 224]]

    (8) Materials not covered. Materials not covered in this section 
must be of good quality and suitable for the purpose intended.
    (b) Flotation material. Inherent buoyancy must be provided by--
    (1) Plastic foam meeting--
    (i) Subpart 164.013 of this chapter;
    (ii) Subpart 164.015 of this chapter; or
    (iii) UL 1191 and having a V factor of 89 except that foam with a 
lower V factor may be used if it provides buoyancy which, after a normal 
service life, is at least equal to that of a PFD made with material 
having a V factor of 89 and the required minimum inherent buoyancy when 
new; or
    (2) Kapok meeting subpart 164.003 of this chapter.
    (c) Fabric--(1) All fabric. All fabric, except inner envelope 
fabric, must--
    (i) Be of a type accepted for use on Type I PFD's approved under 
subpart 160.002 of this chapter; or
    (ii) Meet the Type V requirements for ``Fabrics for Wearable 
Devices'' in UL 1191, except that its breaking strength must be at least 
400 N (90 lb.) in both the directions of greater and lesser thread 
count.
    (2) Rubber coated fabric. Rubber coated fabric must be of a copper-
inhibiting type.
    (3) Inner envelope fabric. Inner envelope fabric must--
    (i) Meet the requirements in paragraph (c)(i) of this section; or
    (ii) Be of a type accepted for use on Type II PFD's approved under 
subpart 160.047 of this chapter.
    (d) Inflation chamber materials--(1) All materials. The average 
permeability of inflation chamber material must not be more than 110% of 
the permeability of materials determined in approval testing prescribed 
in Sec. 160.077-19(d). The average grab breaking strength and tear 
strength of the material must be at least 90% of the grab breaking 
strength and tear strength determined from testing prescribed in 
Sec. 160.077-19(d). No individual sample result for breaking strength or 
tear strength may be more than 20% below the results obtained in 
approval testing.
    (2) Fabric covered chambers. Each material used in the construction 
of inflation chambers that are covered with fabric must meet the 
requirements specified for--
    (i) Bladder materials in section 3.2.6 of MIL-L-24611(SH) if the 
material is an unsupported film, except that any color or finish may be 
used; or
    (ii) Coated fabric in section 3.1.1 of TSO-C13 if the material is a 
coated fabric.
    (3) Uncovered chambers. Each material used in the construction of 
inflation chambers that are not covered with fabric must meet the 
requirements specified in paragraph (d)(2)(ii) and (a)(5)(i) of this 
section.
    (e) Thread. Each thread must meet the requirements of subpart 
164.023 of this chapter. Only one kind of thread may be used in each 
seam. Thread and fabric combinations must have similar elongation and 
durability characteristics.
    (f) Webbing. Webbing used as a body strap, tie tape or drawstring, 
or reinforcing tape must meet Sec. 160.002-3(e), Sec. 160.002-3(f), and 
Sec. 160.002-3(h) of this chapter respectively. Webbing used for tie 
tape or drawstring must be capable of easily holding a knot and being 
easily tied and untied. Webbing used as reinforcing tape must be smooth 
enough to prevent chafing the wearer.
    (g) Closures--(1) Strength. Each closure such as a buckle, snap hook 
and dee ring, or other type of fastening must comply with UL 1517, 
section 4.1. The width of each closure opening through which body strap 
webbing passes must be the same as the width of that webbing.
    (2) Means of Locking. Each closure used to secure a PFD to the body, 
except a zipper, must have a quick and positive means of locking, such 
as a snap hook and dee ring.
    (3) Zipper. If a zipper is used to secure a PFD to the wearer it 
must be--
    (i) Easily initiated;
    (ii) Non-jamming;
    (iii) Right handed; and
    (iv) Of a locking type.
    (h) Inflation medium. If a hybrid PFD has an automatic or manual 
inflation mechanism--
    (1) The inflation medium must not contain or produce compounds more 
toxic than CO2 in sufficient quantity to cause an adverse reaction 
if inhaled

[[Page 225]]

through any of its oral inflation mechanisms; and
    (2) Any chemical reaction during inflation must not leave a toxic 
residue.
    (i) [Reserved]
    (j) Kapok pad covering. If kapok flotation material is used, pad 
covering that meets Sec. 160.047-3(e) of this chapter must be provided 
to enclose the material in at least three separate pads.

[CGD 78-174, 50 FR 33928, Aug. 22, 1985, as amended by CGD 84-068, 58 FR 
29494, May 20, 1993; CGD 78-174, 60 FR 2486, Jan. 9, 1995]



Sec. 160.077-13  Materials--Type I and Commercial Hybrid PFD.

    (a) General. All commercial hybrid PFD materials must meet 
Sec. 160.077-11 and this section.
    (b) Closures. Each closure other than a zipper must have a minimum 
breaking strength of 1000 N (225 lbs). If a zipper is used to secure the 
PFD to the body, it must be used in combination with another closure 
that has a quick and positive means of locking.
    (c) Retroreflective Material. Each PFD must have at least 200 sq. 
cm. (31 sq. in.) of retroreflective material on its front side, at least 
200 sq. cm. on its back side and at least 200 sq. cm. of material on 
each reversible side, if any. The material must be Type I material that 
is approved under Subpart 164.018 of this chapter. The material attached 
on each side must be divided equally between the upper quadrants of the 
side. The material, as attached, must not impair PFD performance.

[CGD 78-174, 50 FR 33928, Aug. 22, 1985, as amended by CGD 78-174, 60 FR 
2487, Jan. 9, 1995]



Sec. 160.077-15  Construction and Performance--Recreational Hybrid PFD.

    (a) Performance. (1) Each recreational hybrid PFD must be able to 
pass the tests in Sec. 160.077-19.
    (2) Each recreational hybrid PFD must--
    (i) If second stage donning is required, have an obvious method for 
doing it;
    (ii) If it is to be marked as Type II or Type V providing Type I or 
II performance, not require second stage donning to achieve that 
performance;
    (iii) Be capable of being worn while inflated at 60 N (13 lb.) of 
buoyancy without significantly changing its appearance from, or making 
it significantly less comfortable than, the uninflated condition;
    (iv) Not cause significant discomfort to the wearer during and after 
inflation; and
    (v) If it has a manual or automatic inflation mechanism and can be 
put on inside out, not restrict breathing when donned inside out, 
adjusted to fit, and inflated.
    (b) Construction; General. Each recreational hybrid PFD must--
    (1) Have one or more inflation chambers;
    (2) Have at least one oral means of inflation on each inflation 
chamber;
    (3) Have at least one automatic inflation mechanism that inflates at 
least one chamber, if marked as providing Type I or II performance;
    (4) Be constructed so that the intended method of donning is obvious 
to an untrained wearer;
    (5) Not have a channel that can direct water to the wearer's face to 
any greater extent than that of the reference vest defined in 
Sec. 160.077-3(j).
    (6) Have a retainer for each adjustable closure to prevent any part 
of the closure from being easily removed from the PFD;
    (7) If marked as universally sized for wearers weighing over 40 kg 
(90 pounds), have a chest size range of at least 76 to 120 cm (30 to 52 
in.);
    (8) Not have means of access to any inherently buoyant inserts;
    (9) Not have edges, projections, or corners, either external or 
internal, that are sufficiently sharp to damage the PFD or cause injury 
to anyone using or maintaining the PFD;
    (10) Be of first quality workmanship;
    (11) Unless otherwise allowed by the approval certificate--
    (i) Not incorporate means obviously intended for attaching the PFD 
to the vessel; and
    (ii) Not have any instructions indicating that attachment is 
intended;
    (12) Except as otherwise required by this section, meet UL Standard 
1517, sections 6.14, 6.20, 7.1, 7.3, 7.8, 8.4, and 9; and

[[Page 226]]

    (13) Provide the minimum buoyancies specified in Table 160.077-
15(b)(13).

                         Table 160.077-15(b)(13).--Buoyancy for Recreational Hybrid PFDs                        
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           Adult                      Youth                   Small child       
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Inherent buoyancy (deflated                                                                                     
 condition):                                                                                                    
    Type II...................  45 N (10 lb)..............  40 N (9 lb)..............  30 N (7 lb)              
    Type III..................  45 N (10 lb)..............  40 N (9 lb)..............  N/A                      
    Type V....................  33 N (7.5 lb).............  34 N (7.5 lb)............  N/A                      
Total buoyancy (inflated                                                                                        
 condition):                                                                                                    
    Type II...................  100 N (22 lb).............  67 N (15 lb).............  53 N (12 lb)             
    Type III..................  100 N (22 lb).............  67 N (15 lb).............  N/A                      
    Type V....................  100 N (22 lb).............  67 N (15 lb).............  N/A                      
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (14) Meet any additional requirements that the Commandant may 
prescribe, if necessary, to approve unique or novel designs.
    (c) Inflation mechanism. (1) Each inflation mechanism on a 
recreational hybrid PFD must--
    (i) Not require tools to activate it or replace its inflation medium 
cartridge or water sensitive element;
    (ii) Have an intended method of operation that is obvious to an 
untrained wearer; and
    (iii) Be located outside of its inflation chamber.
    (2) Each oral inflation mechanism must--
    (i) Be designed to operate without pulling on the mechanism;
    (ii) Not be capable of locking in the open or closed position except 
that, a friction-fit dust cap that only locks in the closed position may 
be used; and
    (iii) Have a non-toxic mouthpiece.
    (3) Each automatic and manual inflation mechanism must--
    (i) Have a simple method for replacing the inflation medium 
cartridge; and
    (ii) Be in a ready-to-use condition or be conspicuously marked to 
indicate that the inflation mechanism is not in a ready-to-use condition 
and that the purchaser must assemble it.
    (4) Each manual inflation mechanism must--
    (i) Provide an easy means of inflation that requires only one 
deliberate action on the part of the wearer to actuate it; and
    (ii) Be operated by pulling on an inflation handle that is marked 
``Jerk to Inflate'' at two visible locations.
    (5) Each automatic inflation mechanism must--
    (i) Have an obvious method for indicating whether the mechanism has 
been activated; and
    (ii) Be incapable of assembly without its water sensitive element.
    (6) The marking required for the inflation handle of a manual 
inflation mechanism must be waterproof, permanent, and readable from a 
distance of 2.5 m (8 ft.).
    (d) Deflation mechanism. (1) Each inflation chamber must have its 
own deflation mechanism.
    (2) Each deflation mechanism must--
    (i) Be readily accessible to either hand when the PFD is worn while 
inflated;
    (ii) Not require tools to operate it;
    (iii) Have an intended method of operation that is obvious to an 
untrained wearer, and
    (iv) Not be able to be locked in the open or closed position.
    (3) The deflation mechanism may be the oral inflation mechanism.
    (e) Sewn seams. Stitching used in each structural seam of a PFD must 
provide performance equal to or better than a Class 300 Lockstitch 
meeting Federal Standard No. 751.

[CGD 78-174, 50 FR 33928, Aug. 22, 1985, as amended by CGD 78-174A, 51 
FR 4351, Feb. 4, 1986; CGD 78-174, 60 FR 2487, Jan. 9, 1995]



Sec. 160.077-17  Construction and Performance--Type I and Commercial Hybrid PFD.

    (a) General. Each commercial hybrid PFD must meet--
    (1) Paragraph (b) of this section; and
    (2) Section 160.077-15, except Sec. 160.077-15(a)(2)(iii) and 
Sec. 160.077-15(c)(1)(i).
    (b) Additional requirements. Each commercial hybrid PFD must--

[[Page 227]]

    (1) Be able to pass the tests in Sec. 160.077-21;
    (2) Not present a snag hazard when properly worn;
    (3) When worn inflated, have a visible external surface area of at 
least 1300 sq. cm (200 sq. in.) in front and 450 sq. cm (70 sq. in.) in 
back that are primarily vivid reddish orange as defined by sections 13 
and 14 of the ``Color Names Dictionary'';
    (4) Have at least one inflation chamber, except that a hybrid PFD 
approved as a SOLAS lifejacket must have at least two inflation 
chambers;
    (5) Have at least one manual inflation mechanism.
    (6) Have at least one automatic inflation mechanism that inflates at 
least one chamber; and
    (7) Not require second stage donning after inflation.
    (8) If approved for adults, be universally sized as specified in 
Sec. 160.077-15(b)(7).
    (9) Commercial hybrid PFDs employing closures with less than 1600 N 
(360 lb) strength, must have at least two closures that meet UL 1517, 
Section 22.1.
    (10) Each commercial hybrid PFD must have an attachment for a PFD 
light securely fastened to the front shoulder area. The location should 
be such that if the light is attached it will not damage or impair the 
performance of the PFD.
    (11) In the deflated and the inflated condition, provide buoyancies 
of at least the values in Table 160.077-17(b)(11).

                 Table 160.077-17(b)(11).--Minimum Buoyancy of Type I and Commercial Hybrid PFDs                
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                           Adult                      Youth                   Small child       
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Inherent buoyancy (deflated                                                                                     
 condition):                                                                                                    
    Type I....................  70 N (15.5 lb)............  50 N (11 lb).............  40 N (9 lb)              
    Type V....................  60 N (13 lb)..............  34 N (7.5 lb)............  N/A                      
Total buoyancy (inflated                                                                                        
 condition):                                                                                                    
    Type I....................  130 N (30 lb).............  80 N (18 lb).............  67 N (15 lb)             
    Type V....................  100 N (22 lb).............  67 N (15 lb).............  N/A                      
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


[CGD 78-174, 50 FR 33928, Aug. 22, 1985, as amended by CGD 78-174, 60 FR 
2487, Jan. 9, 1995]



Sec. 160.077-19  Approval Testing--Recreational Hybrid PFD's.

    (a) General. (1) This section contains approval tests and 
examinations for recreational hybrid PFD's. Each test and examination 
must be conducted or supervised by an independent laboratory. The tests 
must be done using PFD's that have been constructed in accordance with 
the plans and specifications in the application for approval. In each 
test only one PFD is required to be tested unless otherwise specified or 
needed to complete the tests in paragraph (d) of this section.
    (2) All data relating to buoyancy and pressure must be taken at, or 
corrected to, standard atmospheric pressure of 760 mm (29.92 inches) of 
mercury and temperature of 20  deg.C (68  deg.F).
    (3) The tests in paragraph (b) of this section must be completed 
before doing the tests in paragraph (d) of this section.
    (4) In each test that specifies inflation by an automatic inflation 
mechanism and either or both of the other mechanisms, the automatic 
inflation mechanism must be tested first.
    (5) Some tests in this section require PFD's to be tested while 
being worn. The number and characteristics of the test subjects must be 
as prescribed in section 11 of UL 1517.
    (b) Tests. Each PFD design must be tested according to the 
procedures in the following tests and meet the requirements in those 
tests:
    (1) Donning and Operability, UL 1517, section 12.
    (2) Jump Test, UL 1517, section 13.
    (3) Flotation Stability and Inflation.
    (i) Uninflated Flotation Stability, UL 1517, section 14.

    Note: If the freeboard of a test subject is close to zero, caution 
must be taken to prevent the subject from inhaling water. The subject 
may use lightweight breathing aids to avoid inhaling water.


[[Page 228]]


    (ii) Inflation, UL 1517, section 14.3 through 14.5 using a PFD with 
each automatic inflation mechanism disabled.
    (iii) Inflated flotation stability, UL 1517, section 15, for Type II 
and Type III performance except comparisons are to be made to the 
appropriate size and Type reference vest as defined in Sec. 160.077-
2(j).
    (4) Water Emergence, UL 1517, section 16.
    (5) Operation Force Test, UL 1517, section 17.
    (6) Buoyancy, buoyancy distribution, and inflation medium retention 
test, UL 1517, sections 18 and 19, except:
    (i) Recreational hybrid inflatables must provide minimum buoyancy as 
specified in Table 160.077-15(b)(13):
    (ii) The buoyancy and volume displacement of kapok buoyant inserts 
must be tested in accordance with the procedures prescribed in 
Sec. 160.047-4(c)(4) and Sec. 160.047-5(e)(1) in lieu of the procedures 
in UL 1517, section 18 and 19.
    (7) Inflation Chamber Tests.
    (i) Over-pressure Test, UL 1517, section 28.
    (ii) Air Retention Test, UL 1517, section 29.
    (8) Temperature Cycling Tests, UL 1517, section 23.
    (9) Solvent Exposure Test, UL 1517, section 24.
    (10) Environmental Tests, UL 1517, section 31.1.
    (i) Humidity Exposure, UL 1517, section 31.4.
    (ii) Rain Exposure, UL 1517, section 31.2 and 31.3.
    (11) Abrasion/Compression Test, UL 1517, section 26.
    (12) Water Entrapment Test, UL 1517, section 20.
    (13) Tensile Tests, UL 1517, section 22.
    (14) Strength of Attachment of Inflation Mechanism, UL 1517, section 
30.
    (15) Flame Exposure Test, UL 1517, section 25.
    (16) Impact Test, UL 1517, section 21.
    (17) Seam Strength Test, UL 1517, section 33.
    (18) Puncture Test, UL 1517, section 27.
    (c) Visual Examination. One complete PFD must be visually examined 
for compliance with the requirements of Sec. 160.077-15.
    (d) Inflation Chamber Properties--(1) General. The tests in this 
paragraph must be run if the tests in paragraph (b) of this section are 
successfully completed. The results of these tests will be used to check 
the quality of incoming PFD components and the production process. Test 
samples must come from one of more PFD's that were each used in all of 
the tests in paragraphs (b)(2), (b)(6), (b)(7), (b)(16), and (b)(18) of 
this section.
    (2) Grab breaking strength. Grab breaking strength of chamber 
materials must be determined according to Method No. 5100 of Federal 
Test Method Standard 191, or ASTM D 751.
    (3) Tear strength. Tear strength of chamber materials must be 
determined according to Method No. 5132 or 5134 of Federal Test Method 
Standard 191, or ASTM D 751.
    (4) Permeability. The permeability of chamber materials must be 
determined according to ASTM D 1434 using CO2 as the test gas.
    (5) Seam strength. The seam strength of the seams in each inflation 
chamber of at least one PFD must be determined according to ASTM D 751, 
except that 25 mm by 200 mm (1 in. by 8 in.) samples may be used where 
insufficient length of straight seam is available.
    (e) The Commandant may prescribe additional tests, if necessary, to 
approve unique or novel designs.

[CGD 78-174, 50 FR 33928, Aug. 22, 1985, as amended by CGD 78-174, 60 FR 
2487, Jan. 9, 1995]



Sec. 160.077-21  Approval Testing--Type I and Commercial Hybrid PFD.

    (a) General. This section contains commercial hybrid PFD approval 
tests. The provisions of Sec. 160.077-19(a) apply to each test in this 
section.
    (b) Tests. Each test prescribed in Sec. 160.077-19(b), except the 
tests in paragraphs (b)(2), (b)(3)(i), (b)(3)(ii), and (b)(6), must be 
conducted and passed.
    (c) Additional tests. Each PFD design must also be tested according 
to the procedures in the following tests and meet the requirements in 
these tests:
    (1) Jump test, UL 1517, section S6 for Adult size. Youth and Small 
Child sizes are exempt from this test.
    (2) In-water removal, UL 1517, section S9 for Adult and Youth sizes. 
The

[[Page 229]]

Small Child size is exempt from this test.
    (3) Buoyancy and inflation medium retention test, UL 1517, Section 
S10, except the minimum buoyancies must be as specified in the Table 
160.077-17(b)(11):
    (4) Flotation stability.
    (i) Uninflated flotation stability, UL 1517, section S7, except that 
for Type I devices the requirements of paragraph S7.1.A apply to all 
subjects regardless of their in-water weight. For Type V adult-size 
devices the requirements of paragraph S7.1.A apply to all adult subjects 
having an in-water weight of 13 lb or less, and the requirements of 
paragraph S7.1.B apply to all other adult subjects.
    Note: --If the freeboard of a test subject is close to zero, caution 
must be taken to prevent the subject from inhaling water. The subject 
may use lightweight breathing aids to avoid inhaling water.
    (ii) Righting action test, 46 CFR 160.176-13(d)(2) through (d)(5) 
for Type I hybrid PFDs. UL 1517, Section S8, for Type V hybrid PFDs.
    (5) Flotation stability--youths and small children.
    (i) Uninflated flotation stability, UL 1517, section S7, except that 
the requirements of paragraph S7.1.A apply to all subjects regardless of 
their in-water weight.
    (ii) Righting action test, UL 1517, Section 15.3 through 15.13, for 
Youth and Small Child hybrid PFDs except comparisons are to be made to 
the appropriate size and type reference vest as defined in Sec. 160.077-
2(j).
    (d) Flotation Stability Criteria. At the end of the righting action 
test--
    (1) At least 75% of the PFD's retroreflective material on the 
outside of the PFD, and the PFD light, must be above the water when the 
subject is floating in the stable flotation attitude; and
    (2) The subject when floating in the stable flotation position and 
looking to the side, must be able to see--
    (i) The water no more than 3 m (10 ft.) away; or
    (ii) A mark on a vertical scale no higher than the lowest mark which 
can be viewed when floating in the same position in the reference vest 
defined in Sec. 160.077-3(j).
    (3) Each adult test subject must have a freeboard of at least:
    (i) 100 mm (4 inches) if the PFD being tested is to be approved as a 
Type I hybrid PFD; or
    (ii) 120 mm (4.75 inches) if the PFD being tested is to be approved 
as a SOLAS lifejacket.
    (e) Visual Examination. One complete PFD must be visually examined 
for compliance with the requirements of Sec. 160.077-15 and 
Sec. 160.077-17.
    (f) Inflation Chamber Properties. If the tests in paragraphs (b) and 
(c) of this section are completed successfully, the tests in 
Sec. 160.077-19(d) must be run.
    (g) The Commandant may prescribe additional tests, if necessary, to 
approve unique or novel designs.

[CGD 78-174, 50 FR 33928, Aug. 22, 1985, as amended by CGD 78-174, 60 FR 
2488, Jan. 9, 1995; 60 FR 7131, Feb. 7, 1995; CGD 95-072, 60 FR 50466, 
Sept. 29, 1995]



Sec. 160.077-23  Production tests and inspections.

    (a) General. (1) Production tests and inspections must be conducted 
in accordance with this section and subpart 159.007 of this chapter.
    (2) The Commandant may prescribe additional production tests and 
inspections if needed to maintain quality control and check for 
compliance with the requirements of this subpart.
    (b) Test and Inspection Responsibilities. In addition to 
responsibilities set out in part 159 of this chapter, each manufacturer 
of a hybrid PFD and each independent laboratory inspector must comply 
with the following, as applicable:
    (1) Manufacturer. Each manufacturer must--(i) Perform all required 
tests and examinations on each PFD lot before the independent laboratory 
inspector tests and inspects the lot, except as provided in 
Sec. 160.077-23(d)(5);
    (ii) Perform required testing of each incoming lot of inflation 
chamber material before using that lot in production;
    (iii) Have procedures for maintaining quality control of the 
materials used, manufacturing operations, and the finished product;
    (iv) Have a continuing program of employee training and a program 
for

[[Page 230]]

maintaining production and test equipment;
    (v) Have an inspector from the independent laboratory observe the 
production methods used in producing the first PFD lot produced and 
observe any revisions made thereafter in production methods;
    (vi) Admit the inspector and any Coast Guard representative to any 
place in the factory where work is done on hybrid PFD's or component 
materials, and where completed PFD's are stored; and
    (vii) Allow the inspector and any Coast Guard representative to take 
samples of completed PFD's or of component materials for tests 
prescribed in this subpart.
    (2) Independent Laboratory.
    (i) An inspector may not perform or supervise any production test or 
inspection unless--
    (A) The manufacturer has a current approval certificate; and
    (B) The inspector has first observed the manufacturer's production 
methods and any revisions to those methods.
    (ii) Except as specified in paragraph (b)(2)(v) of this section, an 
inspector must perform or supervise testing and inspection of at least 
one PFD lot in each five lots produced.
    (iii) During each inspection, the inspector must check for 
noncompliance with the manufacturer's quality control procedures.
    (iv) Except as specified in paragraph (b)(2)(v) of this section, at 
least once each calendar quarter, the inspector must, as a check on the 
manufacturer's compliance with this section, examine the manufacturer's 
records required by Sec. 160.077-25 and observe the manufacturer perform 
each of the tests required by paragraph (h) of this section.
    (v) If less than six lots are produced during any calendar year, 
only one lot inspection in accordance with paragraph (b)(2)(ii) of this 
section, and one records examination and test performance observation in 
accordance with paragraph (b)(2)(iv) of this section is required during 
that year. Each lot tested and inspected must be within seven lots of 
the previous lot inspected.
    (c) PFD Lots. A lot number must be assigned to each group of PFD's 
produced. No lot may exceed 1000 PFD's. A new lot must be started 
whenever any change in materials or a production method is made, or 
whenever any substantial discontinuity in the production process occurs. 
Changes in lots of component materials must be treated as changes in 
materials. Lots must be numbered serially. The lot number assigned, 
along with the approval number, must enable the PFD manufacturer, by 
referring to the records required by this subpart, to determine who 
produced the components used in the PFD.
    (d) Samples. (1) Samples used in testing and inspections must be 
selected at random. Sampling must be done only when all PFD's or 
materials in the lot are available for selection.
    (2) Each sample PFD selected must be complete, unless otherwise 
specified in paragraph (h) of this section.
    (3) Each adult test subject must have a freeboard of at least:
    (i) 100 mm (4 inches) if the PFD being tested is to be approved as a 
Type I hybrid PFD; or
    (ii) 120 mm (4.75 inches) if the PFD being tested is to be approved 
as a SOLAS lifejacket.
    (4) The number of samples selected per lot must be at least the 
number listed in Table 160.077-23A or Table 160.077-23B, as applicable, 
except as allowed in paragraph (d)(5) of this section.
    (5) If the total production for any five consecutive lots does not 
exceed 250 devices, the manufacturer's and inspector's tests can be run 
on the same sample(s) at the same time.

                                   Table 160.077-23A.--Manufacturer's Sampling                                  
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       Number of samples per lot                
                                                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                                                                               Lot size                         
                                                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                                                       1-100   101-200   201-300   301-500   501-750   751-1000 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Tests:                                                                                                          
  Inflation chamber materials ......................                          See note 1                        

[[Page 231]]

                                                                                                                
  Seam strength.....................................       1         1         2         2         3           4
  Over-pressure(2), (3).............................       1         2         3         4         6           8
  Air retention ....................................                   Every device in the lot                  
  Buoyancy and inflation media retention............       1         2         3         4         6           8
  Tensile strength(4)...............................       1         1         1         1         1           1
  Detailed product examination......................       2         2         3         4         6           8
Retest sample size(2)...............................  ......  ........        13        13        20          20
Final lot examination ..............................                    Every device in the lot                 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Notes to Table:
    (1) Samples must be selected from each lot of incoming material. The 
tests referenced in Sec. 160.077-19(d)(2) through Sec. 160.077-19(d)(4) 
prescribe the number of samples to select.
    (2) Samples selected for this test may not be the same samples 
selected for other tests.
    (3) If any sample fails this test, the number of samples to be 
tested in the next lot produced must be at least 2% of the total number 
of PFD's in the lot or 10 PFD's, whichever is greater.
    (4) This test is required only when a new lot of materials is used 
and when a revised production process is used. However, the test must be 
run at least once every calendar quarter regardless of whether a new lot 
of materials or revised process is started in that quarter.

                                    Table 160.077-23B.--Inspector's Sampling                                    
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                       Number of samples per lot                
                                                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                                                                               Lot size                         
                                                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                                                       1-100   101-200   201-300   301-500   501-750   751-1000 
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Tests:                                                                                                          
  Over-pressure 1...................................       1         1         2         2         3           4
  Air retention.....................................       1         1         2         2         3           4
  Buoyancy and inflation media retention............       1         1         2         2         3           4
  Tensile strength 2................................       1         1         1         1         1           1
  Waterproof marking................................                    See note 3 for sampling                 
  Detailed product examination......................       1         1         1         2         2           3
Retest sample size 1................................      10        10        13        13        20          20
Final Lot Inspection................................      10        15        20        25        27          30
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Notes to Table:
    (1) Samples selected for this test may not be the same PFD's 
selected for other tests.
    (2) This test may be omitted if the manufacturer has previously 
conducted it and the inspector has conducted the test on a previous lot 
within the past year.
    (3) One sample of each means of marking on each type of fabric or 
finish used in PFD construction must be tested whenever a new lot of 
materials is used or at least every six months regardless of whether a 
new lot of materials was used within the past six months.
    (e) Accept/Reject Criteria: Manufacturer Testing. (1) A PFD lot 
passes production testing if each sample passes each test.
    (2) In lots of 200 or less PFD's the lot must be rejected if any 
sample fails one or more tests.
    (3) In lots of more than 200 PFD's, the lost must be rejected if--
    (i) One sample fails more than one test;
    (ii) More than one sample fails; or
    (iii) One sample fails one test and in redoing that test with the 
number of samples specified for retesting in Table 160.077-23A, one or 
more samples fail the test.
    (4) A rejected PFD lot may be retested only if allowed under 
paragraph (k) of this section.
    (5) In testing inflation chamber materials, a lot is accepted only 
if the average of the results of testing the minimum number of samples 
prescribed in the reference tests in Sec. 160.077-19(d) is within the 
tolerances specified in

[[Page 232]]

Sec. 160.077-11(d)(1). Any lot that is rejected may not be used in 
production.
    (f) Accept/Reject Criteria: Independent Laboratory Testing. (1) A 
lot passes production testing if each sample passes each test.
    (2) A lot must be rejected if--
    (i) One sample fails more than one test;
    (ii) More than one sample fails; or
    (iii) One sample fails one test and in redoing that test with the 
number of samples specified for retesting in Table 160.077-23B, one or 
more samples fail the test.
    (3) A rejected lot may be retested only if allowed under paragraph 
(k) of this section.
    (g) Facilities and Equipment.--(1) General. The manufacturer must 
provide the test equipment and facilities described in this section for 
performing production tests, examinations, and inspections.
    (2) Calibration. The manufacturer must have the calibration of all 
test equipment checked at least annually by a weights and measures 
agency or the equipment manufacturer, distributor, or dealer.
    (3) Equipment. The following equipment is required:
    (i) A Sample Basket for buoyancy tests. It must be made of wire mesh 
and be of sufficient size and durability to hold a complete inflated 
PFD. The basket must be heavy enough or be sufficiently weighted to 
become submerged when holding a test sample.
    (ii) A Tank Filled with Fresh Water for buoyancy tests. The height 
of the tank must be sufficient to allow a water depth of at least 5 cm 
(2 inches) from the water surface to the top of the basket when the 
basket is not touching the bottom. The length and width of the tank must 
be sufficient to prevent each submerged basket from contacting another 
basket or the tank sides and bottom. Means for locking or sealing the 
tank must be provided to prevent disturbance of any samples or a change 
in water level during testing.
    (iii) A Scale that has sufficient capacity to weigh a submerged 
sample basket. The scale must be sensitive to 14 g (0.5 oz) and must not 
have an error exceeding 14 g (0.5 oz).
    (iv) Tensile Test Equipment that is suitable for applying pulling 
force in conducting body strap assembly strength subtests. The equipment 
assembly may be (A) a known weight and winch, (B) a scale, winch, and 
fixed anchor, or (C) a tensile test machine that is capable of holding a 
given tension. The assembly must provide accuracy to maintain a pulling 
force within 2 percent of specified force. Additionally, if 
the closed loop test method is used, two cylinders of the type described 
in that method must be provided.
    (v) A Thermometer that is sensitive to 0.5  deg.C (1  deg.F) and 
does not have an error exceeding 0.25  deg.C (0.5  deg.F).
    (vi) A Barometer that is capable of reading mm (inches) of mercury 
with a sensitivity of 1 mm (0.05 in.) Hg and an error not exceeding 
0.05 mm (0.02 in.) Hg.
    (vii) A Regulated Air Supply that is capable of supplying the air 
necessary to conduct the tests specified in paragraphs (h)(4) and (h)(5) 
of this section.
    (viii) A Pressure Gauge that is capable of measuring air pressure 
with a sensitivity of 1 kPa (0.1 psig) and an error not exceeding 
0.5 kPa (0.05 psig).
    (ix) A Torque Wrench if any screw fasteners are used. The wrench 
must be sensitive to, and have an error of less than, one-half the 
specified tolerance for the torque values of the fasteners.
    (x) Inflation chamber materials test equipment. If the required 
tests in paragraph (h)(2) of this section are performed by the PFD 
manufacturer, test equipment suitable for conducting Grab Breaking 
Strength, Tear Strength, Permeability, and Seam Strength tests must be 
available at the PFD manufacturer's facility.
    (4) Facilities. The manufacturer must provide a suitable place and 
the necessary apparatus for the inspector to use in conducting or 
supervising tests. For the final lot inspection, the manufacturer must 
provide a suitable working environment and a smooth-top table for the 
inspector's use.
    (h) Production Tests and Examinations--(1) General. (i) Samples used 
in testing must be selected according to paragraph (d) of this section.
    (ii) On the samples selected for testing--

[[Page 233]]

    (A) The manufacturer must conduct the tests in paragraph (h)(2) 
through (h)(8) of this section; and
    (B) The independent laboratory inspector must conduct or supervise 
the tests in paragraph (h)(4) through (h)(9) of this section.
    (iii) Each individual test result must, in addition to meeting the 
requirements in this paragraph, comply with the requirements, if any, 
set out in the approved plans and specifications.
    (2) Inflation Chamber Materials. Each sample must be tested 
according to Sec. 160.077-19(d)(1) through Sec. 160.077-19(d)(4). The 
average and individual results of testing the minimum number of samples 
prescribed in Sec. 160.077-19(d) must comply with the requirements in 
Sec. 160.077-11(d)(1).
    (3) Seam Strength. The seams in each inflation chamber of each 
sample must be tested according to Secs. 160.077-19(d)(1) and 160.077-
19(d)(5). The results for each inflation chamber must be at least 90% of 
the results obtained in approval testing.
    (4) Over-pressure. Each sample must be tested according to and meet 
UL 1517, section 28. Test samples may be prestressed by inflating them 
to a greater pressure than the required test pressure prior to 
initiating the test at the specified values.
    (5) Air Retention. Each sample must be tested according to and meet 
UL 1517, section 36. Prior to initiating the test at the specified 
values, test samples may be prestressed by inflating to a pressure 
greater than the design pressure, but not exceeding 50 percent of the 
required pressure for the tests in paragraph (h)(4) of this section. Any 
alternate test method that decreases the length of the test must be 
accepted by the Commandant and must require a proportionately lower 
allowable pressure loss and the same percentage sensitivity and accuracy 
as the standard allowable loss measured with the standard 
instrumentation.
    (6) Buoyancy and Inflation Medium Retention. Each sample must be 
tested according to and meet Sec. 160.077-19(b)(6), except that the UL 
1517 section 19 test is not required unless specified on the approved 
plans and specifications. In addition to meeting the minimum values 
required by Sec. 160.077-19(b)(6), each buoyancy value must fall within 
the tolerances specified in the approved plans and specifications.
    (7) Tensile Strength. Each sample must be tested according to and 
meet UL 1517, section 22.
    (8) Detailed Product Examination. Each sample must be disassembled 
to the extent necessary to determine compliance with the following:
    (i) All dimensions and seam allowances must be within tolerances 
prescribed in the approved plans and specifications.
    (ii) The torque of each screw type mechanical fastener must be 
within its tolerance as prescribed in the approved plans and 
specifications.
    (iii) The arrangement, markings, and workmanship must be as 
specified on the approved plans and specifications and this subpart.
    (iv) The PFD must not otherwise be defective.
    (9) Waterproof Marking Test. Each sample is completely submerged in 
fresh water for at least 30 min. and then removed and immediately placed 
on a hard surface. The markings are vigorously rubbed with the fingers 
for 15 seconds. If the printing becomes illegible, the sample is 
rejected.
    (i) [Reserved]
    (j) Final Lot Examination and Inspection. (1) General. On each PFD 
lot that passes production testing, the manufacturer must perform a 
final lot examination and an independent laboratory inspector must 
perform a final lot inspection. Samples must be selected according to 
paragraph (d) of this section. Each final lot examination and inspection 
must show--
    (i) First quality workmanship;
    (ii) That the general arrangement and attachment of all components 
such as body straps, closures, inflation mechanisms, tie tapes, 
drawstrings, etc. are as specified in the approved plans and 
specifications; and
    (iii) Compliance with the marking requirements in Sec. 160.077-31.
    (2) Accept/Reject Criteria. Each nonconforming PFD must be rejected. 
If three or more nonconforming PFD's are rejected for the same kind of 
defect, lot examination or inspection must be discontinued and the lot 
rejected.

[[Page 234]]

    (3) Manufacturer Examination. This examination must be done by a 
manufacturer's representative who is familiar with the approved plans 
and specifications, the functioning of the PFD and its components, and 
the production testing procedures. This person must not be responsible 
for meeting production schedules or be supervised by someone who is. 
This person must prepare and sign the inspection record required by 
Sec. 159.077-13 of this chapter and Sec. 160.077-25(b).
    (4) Independent Laboratory Inspection. (i) The inspector must 
discontinue lot inspection and reject the lot if observation of the 
records for the lot or of individual PFD's shows noncompliance with this 
section or the manufacturer's quality control procedures.
    (ii) An inspector may not perform a final lot inspection unless the 
manufacturer has a current approval certificate.
    (iii) If the inspector rejects a lot, the inspector shall notify the 
Commandant immediately.
    (iv) The inspector must prepare and sign the record required by 
Sec. 159.077-13 of this chapter and Sec. 160.077-25(b). If the lot 
passes, the record must also include the inspector's certification to 
that effect and a certification that no evidence of noncompliance with 
this section was observed.
    (k) Disposition of PFD's Rejected in Testing or Inspections. (1) A 
rejected PFD lot may be resubmitted for testing, examination, or 
inspection if the manufacturer first removes and destroys each PFD 
having the same type of defect or, if authorized by the Commandant or an 
authorized representative of the Commandant, reworks the lot to correct 
the defect.
    (2) Any PFD rejected in a final lot examination or inspection may be 
resubmitted for examination or inspection if all defects have been 
corrected and reexamination or reinspection is authorized by the 
Commandant or an authorized representative of the Commandant.
    (3) A rejected lot or rejected PFD may not be sold or offered for 
sale with the representation that it meets this subpart or that it is 
Coast Guard approved.

[CGD 78-174, 50 FR 33928, Aug. 22, 1985, as amended by CGD 78-174A, 51 
FR 4351, Feb. 4, 1986; CGD 78-174, 60 FR 2488, Jan. 9, 1995]



Sec. 160.077-25  Manufacturer records.

    (a) Each manufacturer of hybrid PFD's must keep the records required 
by Sec. 159.007-13 of this chapter, except that they must be retained at 
least 120 months after the month in which the inspection or test was 
conducted.
    (b) Each record required by Sec. 159.007-13 of this chapter must 
also include the following information:
    (1) For each test, the serial number of the test instrument used if 
there is more than one available.
    (2) For each test and inspection, the identification of the samples 
used, the lot number, the approval number, and the number of PFD's in 
the lot.
    (3) For each lot rejected, the cause for rejection, any corrective 
action taken, and the final disposition of the lot.
    (c) The description or photographs of procedures and apparatus used 
in testing is not required for the records prescribed in Sec. 159.077-13 
of this chapter as long as the manufacturer's procedures and apparatus 
meet the requirements of this subpart.
    (d) Each manufacturer of hybrid PFD's must also keep the following 
records:
    (1) Records for all materials used in production including the 
following:
    (i) Name and address of the supplier.
    (ii) Date of purchase and receipt.
    (iii) Lot number.
    (iv) Certification meeting Sec. 160.077-11(a)(4).
    (2) A copy of this subpart.
    (3) Each document incorporated by reference in Sec. 160.077-9.
    (4) A copy of the approved plans and specifications.
    (5) The approval certificate.
    (6) Calibration of test equipment, including the identity of the 
agency performing the calibration, date of calibration, and results.
    (e) The records required by paragraph (d)(1) of this section must be 
kept for at least 120 months after preparation.

[[Page 235]]

All other records required by paragraph (d) of this section must be kept 
for at least 60 months.

    Effective Date Note: At 50 FR 33935, Aug. 22, 1985, Sec. 160.077-
25(a) and (e) were added. This amendment contains information collection 
requirements which will not be effective until approval has been 
obtained from the Office of Management and Budget. A notice will be 
published in the Federal Register.



Sec. 160.077-27  Pamphlet.

    (a) Each recreational hybrid PFD sold or offered for sale must be 
provided with a pamphlet that a prospective purchaser can read prior to 
purchase. The required pamphlet text must be printed verbatim and in the 
sequence set out in paragraph (e) of this section. Additional 
information, instructions, or illustrations must not be included within 
the required text. The type size shall be no smaller than 8-point.
    (b) Each pamphlet must be prominently marked ``Seller, do not remove 
pamphlet.''
    (c) No person may sell or offer for sale any recreational hybrid PFD 
unless the pamphlet required by this section is provided with it.
    (d) The text specified in paragraphs (e)(2) of this section must be 
accompanied by illustrations of the types of devices being described. 
The illustrations provided must be either photographs or drawings of the 
manufacturer's own products or illustrations of other Coast Guard-
approved PFDs.
    (e) For a Type I hybrid PFD intended for recreational use or a Type 
II, III, or V recreational hybrid PFD, the pamphlet contents must be as 
follows:
    (1) The text in UL 1517, Section 39, item A;
    (2) The following text and illustrations:

           There Are Five Types of Personal Flotation Devices

    This is a Type [insert approved Type] Hybrid Inflatable PFD.

    Note: The following types of PFDs are designed to perform as 
described in calm water and when the wearer is not wearing any other 
flotation material (such as a wetsuit).

    Type I--A Type I PFD has the greatest required inherent buoyancy and 
turns most unconscious persons in the water from a face down position to 
a vertical and slightly backward position, therefore greatly increasing 
one's chances of survival. The Type I PFD is suitable for all waters, 
especially for cruising on waters where rescue may be slow coming, such 
as large bodies of water where it is not likely that boats will be 
nearby. This type PFD is the most effective of all types in rough water. 
It is reversible and available in only two sizes--Adult (over 40 kg (90 
lb)) and child (less than 40 kg (90 lb)) which are universal sizes 
(designed for all persons in the appropriate category).

[Insert illustration of Type I PFD]

    Type II--A Type II PFD turns most wearers to a vertical and slightly 
backward position in the water. The turning action of a Type II PFD is 
less noticeable than the turning action of a Type I PFD and the Type II 
PFD will not turn as many persons under the same conditions as the Type 
I. The Type II PFD is usually more comfortable to wear than the Type I. 
This type of PFD is designed to fit a wide range of people for easy 
emergency use, and is available in the following sizes: Adult (over 40 
kg (90 lb)), Medium Child (23-40 kg (50-90 lb)), and two categories of 
Small Child (less than 23 kg (50 lb) or less than 14 kg (30 lb). 
Additionally, some models are sized by chest sizes. You may prefer to 
use the Type II where there is a good chance of fast rescue, such as 
areas where it is common for other persons to be engaged in boating, 
fishing and other water activities.

[Insert illustration of Type II PFD]

    Type III--The Type III PFD allows the wearer to tilt backwards in 
the water, and the device will maintain the wearer in that position and 
will not turn the wearer face down. It is not designed to turn the 
wearer face up. A Type III is generally more comfortable than a Type II, 
comes in a variety of styles which should be matched to the individual 
use, and is often the best choice for water sports, such as skiing, 
hunting, fishing, canoeing, and kayaking. This type PFD normally comes 
in many chest sizes and weight ranges; however, some universal sizes are 
available. You may also prefer to use the Type III where there is a 
probability of quick rescue such as areas where it is common for other 
persons to be engaged in boating, fishing, and other water activities.

[Insert illustration of Type III PFD]

    Hybrid Inflatable Type I, II, or III--A Type I, II, or III Hybrid 
PFD is an inflatable device which is the most comfortable PFD to wear 
and has a minimal amount of buoyancy when deflated and significantly 
increased buoyancy when inflated (See accompanying table for actual 
buoyancy for your Type of hybrid). When inflated it turns the wearer 
with the action of a Type I, II, or III PFD as indicated on its label. 
Boaters taking advantage of the extra comfort of hybrid inflatable

[[Page 236]]

PFDs must take additional care in the use of these devices. Boaters 
should test their hybrid PFDs in the water, under safe, controlled 
conditions to know how well the devices float them with limited 
buoyancy. Approximately 90 percent of boaters will float while wearing a 
Type II or III hybrid inflatable PFD when it is not inflated. However, 
hybrid inflatable PFDs are not recommended for non-swimmers unless worn 
with enough additional inflation to float the wearer. Almost all boaters 
will float while wearing a Type I hybrid inflatable PFD that is not 
inflated. The PFD's `performance type' indicates whether it should be 
used only where help is nearby, or if it also may be used where help may 
be slow coming. Type I hybrids are suitable where rescue may be slow 
coming, while Types II and III are good only when there is a chance of 
fast rescue. Type I hybrids are approved in three weight ranges, adult, 
for persons weighing over 40 kg (90 lb); youth, for persons weighing 23-
40 kg (50-90 lb); and small child, for persons weighing 14-23 kg (30-50 
lb). Type II hybrid PFDs are approved in the same size ranges as Type I 
hybrids but may be available in a number of chest sizes and in universal 
adult sizes. Type III hybrids are only approved in adult and youth sizes 
but may also be available in a number of chest sizes and in universal 
adult sizes.

[For a pamphlet provided with a Type I, II or III hybrid PFD, insert 
illustration of the Type Hybrid PFD being sold]

    Type IV--A Type IV PFD is normally thrown or tossed to a person who 
has fallen overboard so that the person can grasp and hold the device 
until rescued. Until May 15, 1995 (or May 1, 1996 at commercial 
liveries), the Type IV is acceptable in place of a wearable device in 
certain instances. However, this type is suitable only where there is a 
good chance of quick rescue, such as areas where it is common for other 
persons to be nearby engaged in boating, fishing, and other water 
activities. It is not recommended for use by non-swimmers and children.

[Insert illustration of Type IV PFD]

    Type V (General)--A Type V PFD is a PFD approved for restricted uses 
or activities such as boardsailing, or commercial white water rafting. 
These PFDs are not suitable for other boating activities. The label on 
the PFD indicates the kinds of activities for which the PFD may be used 
and whether there are limitations on how it may be used.
    Type V Hybrid--A Type V Hybrid PFD is an inflatable device which can 
be the most comfortable and has very little buoyancy when it is not 
inflated, and considerably more buoyancy when it is inflated. In order 
for the device to count toward carriage requirements on recreational 
boats, it must be worn except when the boat is not underway or when the 
user is below deck. When inflated it turns the wearer similar to the 
action provided by a Type I, II, or III PFD (the type of performance is 
indicated on the label). This type of PFD is more comfortable because it 
is less bulky when it is not inflated. Boaters taking advantage of the 
extra comfort of hybrid inflatable PFDs must take additional care in the 
use of these devices. Boaters should test their hybrid PFDs in the 
water, under safe, controlled conditions to know how well the devices 
float them with limited buoyancy. Approximately 70 percent of boaters 
will float while wearing a Type V hybrid PFD when the device is not 
inflated. Therefore, it is not recommended for non-swimmers unless worn 
with enough additional inflation to float the wearer. The PFD's 
``performance type'' indicates whether it should be used only where help 
is nearby, or if it may also be used where help may be slow coming. This 
type of PFD is approved in two sizes, adult, for persons weighing over 
40 kg (90 lb); and youth, for persons weighing 23-40 kg (50-90 lb), and 
may be available in a number of chest sizes and in universal adult 
sizes.

[For a pamphlet provided with a Type V hybrid PFD, insert illustration 
of TYPE V Hybrid PFD]

    (3) A table with the applicable PFD Type, size, and buoyancy values 
from Table 160.077-15(b)(13) or 160.077-17(b)(11), as applicable; and
    (4) The text in UL 1517, Section 39, items D, E, and F.

[CGD 78-174, 50 FR 33928, Aug. 22, 1985, as amended by CGD 78-174, 60 FR 
2489, Jan. 9, 1995]



Sec. 160.077-29  PFD Manuals.

    (a) Approval. The text of each manual required by this section is 
reviewed with the application for approval. Changes may be required if 
needed to comply with this section.
    (b) Required Manuals. An owner's manual must be provided with each 
recreational and commercial hybrid PFD sold or offered for sale as 
follows:
    (1) The manual text for a recreational hybrid PFD must be printed 
verbatim and in the sequence set out in paragraph (c) or (d) of this 
section, as applicable.
    (2) The manual for a commercial hybrid PFD must meet the 
requirements of paragraph (f) of this section except that the manual for 
a commercial Type I PFD which is also labeled for recreational use must 
meet the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section.

[[Page 237]]

    (3) Additional information, instructions, or illustrations may be 
included within the specified text of the manuals required by this 
section if there is no contradiction to the required information.
    (c) Type I, II or III Hybrid PFD. For a Type I, II and III hybrid 
PFD the manual contents must be as follows:
    (1) The following text:

                           Hybrid Limitations

    This PFD has limited inherent buoyancy which means YOU MAY HAVE TO 
INFLATE THIS PFD TO FLOAT, and its inflatable portion requires 
maintenance. While these PFDs are not required to be worn, if you have 
an accident or fall overboard, you are much more likely to survive if 
you are already wearing a PFD.
    There is only one way to find out if you will float while wearing 
the PFD when it is not inflated. That is to try this PFD in the water as 
explained in [insert reference to the section of the manual that 
discusses how to test the PFD]. If you have not tested this device in 
accordance with these guidelines, the Coast Guard does not recommend its 
use.

    (2) Instructions on use including instructions on donning, 
inflation, replenishing inflation mechanisms, and recommended practice 
operation;
    (3) Instructions on how to properly inspect and maintain the PFD, 
and recommendations concerning frequency of inspection;
    (4) Instructions on how to get the PFD repaired;
    (5) The text in UL 1517, Section 40, items B and D;
    (6) The following text:

                         Why Do You Need a PFD?

    A PFD provides buoyancy to help keep your head above water and to 
help you stay face up. The average in-water-weight of an adult is only 
about 5 to 10 pounds. The buoyancy provided by most PFDs will support 
that weight in water. However, the hybrid Type I, II, or III PFD may be 
an exception. The uninflated buoyancy provided by this PFD may only 
float 90 percent of the boating public. This is because the inherent 
buoyancy has been reduced to make it more comfortable to wear. So, you 
may not float adequately without inflating the device. Once the device 
is inflated you will have a minimum of 22 lb of buoyancy for adult 
sizes, which should be more than enough to float everyone. (See table 
above [below] for the actual minimum buoyancy for different Types of 
hybrids.) Your body weight alone does not determine your in-water-
weight. Since there is no simple method of determining your weight in 
water, you should try the device in the water in both its deflated and 
inflated condition.

    (7) The text in UL 1517, Section 40, item G;
    (8) The following text:

                              Wear Your PFD

    Your PFD won't help you if you don't have it on. It is well-known 
that most boating accidents occur on calm water during a clear sunny 
day. It is also true that in approximately 80 percent of all boating 
accident fatalities, the victim did not use a PFD. Don't wait until it's 
too late. Non-swimmers and children especially should wear their PFD at 
all times when on or near the water. Hybrid Type I, II, III or V PFDs 
are not recommended for non-swimmers unless inflated enough to float the 
wearer.

    (9) The text in UL 1517, Section 40, items I, J, K, and L; and
    (10) A table with the applicable PFD Type, size, and buoyancy values 
from Table 160.077-15(b)(13) or 160.077-17(b)(11), as applicable, or 
provide a reference to appropriate pamphlet table, if the pamphlet is 
combined with the manual.
    (d) Type V Recreational Hybrid PFD. For a Type V recreational hybrid 
PFD the manual contents must be as follows:
    (1) The text in UL 1517, Section 40, item A;
    (2) Instructions on use including instructions on donning, 
inflation, replenishing inflation mechanisms, and recommended practice 
operation;
    (3) Instructions on how to properly inspect and maintain the PFD, 
and recommendations concerning frequency of inspection;
    (4) Instructions on how to get the PFD repaired; and
    (5) The text in UL 1517, section 40, that is not included under 
paragraph (d)(1) of this section.
    (e) Commercial Hybrid PFD. (1) For a commercial hybrid PFD that is 
``REQUIRED TO BE WORN'' the manual must meet the requirements of 
paragraph (d) of this section.
    (2) For a commercial hybrid PFD approved as a ``Work Vest Only'' or 
Type I PFD the manual must meet the requirements of either paragraphs 
(e)(3) and (4) or of paragraph (c) of this section. The manual for a 
commercial

[[Page 238]]

Type I hybrid PFD which is also labeled for use on recreational boats 
must meet the requirements of paragraph (c) of this section.
    (3) Each commercial hybrid PFD approved with special purpose 
limitation must have a user's manual that--
    (i) Explains in detail the proper care, maintenance, stowage, and 
use of the PFD; and
    (ii) Includes any other safety information as prescribed by the 
approval certificate.
    (4) If the manual required in paragraph (e)(3) of this section calls 
for inspection or service by vessel personnel, the manual must--
    (i) Specify personnel training or qualifications needed;
    (ii) Explain how to identify the PFDs that need to be inspected; and
    (iii) Provide a log in which inspections and servicing may be 
recorded.
    (5) If a PFD light approved under subpart 161.012 is not provided at 
time of sale, the manual must specify the recommended type of light to 
be used.
    (6) Notwithstanding the requirements of paragraph (b) of this 
section, manufacturers that make shipments to purchasers that do not 
redistribute the PFDs, must provide at least one manual in each carton 
of PFDs shipped.

[CGD 78-174, 50 FR 33928, Aug. 22, 1985, as amended by CGD 78-174, 60 FR 
2490, Jan. 9, 1995]



Sec. 160.077-30  Spare operating components and temporary marking.

    (a) Spare operating components. Each recreational and commercial 
hybrid PFD must--
    (1) If it has a manual or automatic inflation mechanism and is 
packaged and sold with one inflation medium cartridge loaded into the 
inflation mechanism, have at least two additional spare inflation 
cartridges packaged with it. If it is sold without an inflation medium 
cartridge loaded into the inflation mechanism, it must be packaged and 
sold with at least three cartridges; and
    (2) If it has an automatic inflation mechanism and is packaged and 
sold with one water sensitive element loaded into the inflation 
mechanism, have at least two additional spare water sensitive elements 
packaged with it. If it is sold without a water sensitive element loaded 
into the inflation mechanism, it must be packaged and sold with at least 
three water sensitive elements.
    (b) Temporary marking. Each recreational and commercial hybrid PFD 
which is sold--
    (1) In a ready-to-use condition but which has covers or restraints 
to inhibit tampering with the inflation mechanism prior to sale, must 
have any such covers or restraints conspicuously marked ``REMOVE 
IMMEDIATELY AFTER PURCHASE.''; or
    (2) Without an inflation medium cartridge, a water sensitive 
element, or both pre-loaded into the inflation mechanism, must include 
the markings required in Sec. 160.077-15(c)(3)(ii).

[CGD 78-174, 60 FR 2491, Jan. 9, 1995]



Sec. 160.077-31  PFD Marking.

    (a) General. Each hybrid PFD must be marked with the applicable 
information required by this section. Each marking must be waterproof, 
clear, permanent, and readable from a distance of three feet.
    (b) Prominence. Each marking, other than the text in paragraphs (c) 
and (d) of this section, must be significantly less prominent and in 
smaller print than paragraph (c) and (d) text.
    (c) Recreational Hybrid PFD. Each recreational hybrid PFD must be 
marked with the following text using capital letters where shown and be 
presented in the exact order shown:

    Type [II, III, or V, as applicable] PFD

[See paragraph (k) of this section for exact text to be used here]

    Recreational hybrid inflatable--Approved for use only on 
recreational boats. [For Type V only] REQUIRED TO BE WORN to meet Coast 
Guard carriage requirements (except for persons in enclosed spaces as 
explained in owner's manual).

[For Type V only] When inflated this PFD provides performance equivalent 
to a [see paragraph (h) of this section for exact test to be used here].

    A Pamphlet and Owner's Manual must be provided with this PFD.

[[Page 239]]

            WARNING--TO REDUCE THE RISK OF DEATH BY DROWNING

--YOU MAY HAVE TO INFLATE THIS PFD TO FLOAT.
--TRY THIS PFD IN THE WATER EACH SEASON TO SEE IF IT WILL FLOAT YOU 
    WITHOUT INFLATION.
--CHOOSE THE RIGHT SIZE PFD AND WEAR IT--FASTEN ALL CLOSURES AND ADJUST 
    FOR SNUG FIT.
--THIS PFD REQUIRES MAINTENANCE. FOLLOW MANUFACTURER'S USE AND CARE 
    INSTRUCTIONS.
--REMOVE HEAVY OBJECTS FROM POCKETS IN AN EMERGENCY.
--[Unless impact tested at high speed as noted on the approval 
    certificate] DO NOT USE IN HIGH-SPEED ACTIVITIES.
--DO NOT DRINK ALCOHOL WHILE BOATING.

    (d) Type I and Commercial Hybrid PFD. Each Type I hybrid PFD 
intended for recreational use and each commercial hybrid PFD must be 
marked with the following text using capital letters where shown and be 
presented in the exact order shown:

    Type [``I'', ``V'', or ``V Work Vest Only'', as applicable] PFD

[See paragraph (k) of this section for exact text to be used here]

    Commercial hybrid inflatable--Approved for use on [see paragraph (j) 
of this section for exact text to be used here].

[For Type V only] When inflated this PFD provides performance equivalent 
to a [see paragraph (h) of this section for exact test to be used here].

[For Type I devices intended for recreational use] A Pamphlet and 
Owner's Manual must be provided with this PFD.

            WARNING--TO REDUCE THE RISK OF DEATH BY DROWNING

--YOU MAY HAVE TO INFLATE THIS PFD TO FLOAT.
--TRY THIS PFD IN THE WATER EACH SEASON TO SEE IF IT WILL FLOAT YOU 
    WITHOUT INFLATION.
--[For Type I devices intended for recreational use] CHOOSE THE RIGHT 
    SIZE PFD AND WEAR IT.
--FASTEN ALL CLOSURES AND ADJUST FOR SNUG FIT.
--THIS PFD MUST BE MAINTAINED, STOWED, AND USED ONLY IN ACCORDANCE WITH 
    THE OWNER'S MANUAL.
--REMOVE HEAVY OBJECTS FROM POCKETS IN AN EMERGENCY.
--[Unless impact tested at high speed as noted on the approval 
    certificate For Type I devices intended for recreational use] DO NOT 
    USE IN HIGH-SPEED ACTIVITIES.
--[For Type I devices intended for recreational use] DO NOT DRINK 
    ALCOHOL WHILE BOATING.

    (e) All PFD's. Each hybrid PFD must also be marked with the 
following information below the text required by paragraph (c) or (d) of 
this section:
    (1) U.S. Coast Guard Approval Number (insert assigned approval 
number).
    (2) Manufacturer's or private labeler's name and address.
    (3) Lot Number.
    (4) Date, or year and calendar quarter, of manufacture.
    (5) Necessary vital care or use instructions, if any, such as the 
following:
    (i) Warning against dry cleaning.
    (ii) Size and type of inflation medium cartridges required.
    (iii) Specific donning instructions.
    (f) Identification of User. Each hybrid PFD must have adequate space 
within which to mark the name or other identification of the intended 
user.
    (g) Flotation material buoyancy loss. When kapok flotation material 
is used, the statement ``--REPLACE PFD IF PADS BECOME STIFF OR 
WATERLOGGED.'' must follow the warning ``--TRY THIS PFD IN THE WATER 
EACH SEASON TO SEE IF IT WILL FLOAT YOU WITHOUT INFLATION.'' required by 
paragraph (c) or (d) of this section.
    (h) Type equivalence. The exact text to be inserted for Type V 
hybrid PFDs will be one of the following type equivalents as noted on 
the Approval Certificate.
    (i) [Reserved]
    (j) Approved use. Unless the Commandant has authorized omitting the 
display of approved use, the exact text to be inserted will be one or 
more of the following statements as noted on the approval certificate:

[[Page 240]]

    (1) ``all recreational boats and on uninspected commercial vessels''
    (2) ``all recreational boats and on uninspected commercial vessels. 
REQUIRED TO BE WORN to meet Coast Guard carriage requirements (except 
for persons in enclosed spaces as explained in owner's manual)''
    (3) ``inspected commercial vessels as a WORK VEST only.''
    (4) ``[Insert exact text of special purpose or limitation and 
vessel(s) or vessel type(s), noted on approval certificate].''
    (k) Size Ranges. The exact text to be inserted will be one of the 
following statements as noted on the approval certificate:
    (1) ADULT--For persons weighing more than 40 kg (90 lb).
    (2) YOUTH--For persons weighing 23-40 kg (50-90 lb).
    (3) CHILD SMALL--For persons weighing 14-23 kg (30-50 lb).
    (4) ``[Other text noted on approval certificate].''

[CGD 78-174, 50 FR 33928, Aug. 22, 1985, as amended by CGD 78-174A, 51 
FR 4351, Feb. 4, 1986; CGD 78-174, 60 FR 2491, Jan. 9, 1995; 60 FR 7131, 
Feb. 7, 1995]



                    Subpart 160.171--Immersion Suits

    Source: CGD 84-069a, 52 FR 1188, Jan. 12, 1987, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec. 160.171-1  Scope.

    This subpart contains construction and performance requirements, and 
approval tests for adult and child insulated, buoyant immersion suits 
that are designed to prevent shock upon entering cold water and lessen 
the effect of hypothermia (extreme body heat loss due to immersion in 
cold water). Immersion suits approved under this subpart will meet the 
requirements of Regulation 33 of Chapter III of the International 
Convention for Safety of Life at Sea (SOLAS), 1974, under the Second Set 
of Amendments adopted 17 June 1983.



Sec. 160.171-3  Incorporations by reference.

    (a) Certain materials are incorporated by reference into this 
subchapter with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register in 
accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. The Office of the 
Federal Register publishes a table, ``Material Approved for 
Incorporation by Reference,'' which appears in the Finding Aids section 
of this volume. In that table is found citations to the particular 
sections of this part where the material is incorporated. To enforce any 
edition other than the one listed in paragraph (b) of this section, 
notice of change must be published in the Federal Register and the 
material made available. All approved material is on file at the Office 
of the Federal Register, Washington, DC 20408, and at the U.S. Coast 
Guard, Lifesaving and Fire Safety Division (G-MSE-4), Washington, DC 
20593.
    (b) The materials approved for incorporation by reference in this 
subpart are:

    American Society for Testing and Materials, 1916 Race Street, 
Philadelphia, PA 19103.
    ASTM B 117-73 (Reapproved 1979), Standard Method of Salt Spray (Fog) 
Testing.
    ASTM C 177-76, Standard Test Method for Steady-State Thermal 
Transmission Properties by Means of the Guarded Hot Plate.
    ASTM C 518-76, Standard Test Method for Steady-State Thermal 
Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter.
    ASTM D 975-81, Standard Specification for Diesel Fuel Oils.
    ASTM D 1004-66 (Reapproved 1976), Tear Resistance of Plastic Film 
and Sheeting.
    Federal Standards Specification Unit (WFSIA), Regional Office 
Building, Room 6039, 7th and D Streets SW, Washington, DC 20407.
    National Bureau of Standards Special Publication 440--Color, 
Universal Language and Dictionary of Names; December 1976.
    Federal Test Method Standard No. 191a dated July 20, 1978, Method 
5304.1, Abrasion Resistance of Cloth, Oscillatory Cylinder (Wyzenbeek) 
Method, dated July 9, 1971.
    Federal Standard No. 751a, Stitches, Seams, and Stitchings, dated 
January 25, 1965.
    Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., 333 Pfingston Rd. Northbrook, IL 
60062.
    UL 1191, First Edition (Standard for Components for Personal 
Flotation Devices), as revised March 29, 1977.

[CGD 84-069a, 52 FR 1188, Jan. 12, 1987, as amended by CGD 95-072, 60 FR 
50467, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50733, Sept. 27, 1996]



Sec. 160.171-5  Independent laboratory.

    The approval and production tests in this subpart must be conducted 
by an

[[Page 241]]

independent laboratory accepted by the Coast Guard under subpart 159.010 
of this chapter.



Sec. 160.171-7  Approval procedures.

    (a) General. An immersion suit is approved by the Coast Guard under 
the procedures in subpart 159.005 of this chapter.
    (b) Approval testing. Each approval test must be conducted in 
accordance with Sec. 160.171-17 or Sec. 160.171-19.
    (c) Approval of child size and oversize adult suits. No child size 
or oversize adult sized suit will be approved unless the adult size of 
the suit has been approved.



Sec. 160.171-9  Construction.

    (a) General. Each immersion suit must be constructed primarily of a 
closed-cell flexible foam that meets the buoyancy and thermal insulation 
requirements in Sec. 160.171-11 (a) and (c). Each suit must be designed 
to cover the wearer's entire body, except for the area of the nose and 
eyes. It must be capable of being worn inside-out or be clearly capable 
of being worn in only one way and, as far as possible, incapable of 
being donned incorrectly.
    (b) Impact resistance and body strength. The body of each suit must 
be designed to allow the wearer to jump from a height of at least 4.5 m 
into the water without injury and without dislodging or damaging the 
suit.
    (c) Seams. Stitching in each sewn structural seam of an immersion 
suit must be lock type stitching that meets the requirements in Federal 
Standard No. 751 for one of the following:
    (1) Class 300 Lockstitch.
    (2) Class 700 Single Thread Lockstitch.

Other stitches which are not true lock stitches may be used to reinforce 
a glued seam provided the adhesive alone has the required seam strength 
after the non-standard stitch has been removed.
    (d) Seam strength. Each seam must have a strength of at least 225 
Newtons (50 lb.).
    (e) Closures and seals. Each closure and seal must be designed so 
that, following a jump from a height of not less than 4.5 m into the 
water, there is no undue ingress of water into the suit.
    (f) Hardware. All hardware of an immersion suit must be of a size 
and design that allows ease of operation by the wearer. The hardware 
must be attached to the suit in a manner that allows the wearer to 
operate it easily and that prevents it from attaining a position in 
which it can be operated improperly.
    (g) Metal parts. Each metal part of an immersion suit must be--
    (1) 410 stainless steel or have salt water and salt air corrosion 
characteristics equal or superior to 410 stainless steel; and
    (2) Galvanically compatable with each other metal part in contact 
with it.
    (h) Suit exterior. The primary color of the exterior of each suit 
must be vivid reddish orange (color number 34 of National Bureau of 
Standards Publication 440). The exterior surface of the suit must resist 
tearing and abrasion when tested as prescribed in Sec. 160.171-17(n) and 
(o).
    (i) Buoyant materials and compartments. Buoyant materials used in a 
suit must not be loose or granular. The suit must not have an inflated 
or inflatable chamber, except as prescribed in Sec. 160.171-11(a)(2).
    (j) Hand and arm construction. The hand of each suit must be a glove 
that allows sufficient dexterity for the wearer to pick up a 9.5 mm (3/8 
in.) diameter wooden pencil from a table and write with it, after being 
immersed in water at 5 deg. C for a period of one hour. The glove may 
not be removable unless it is attached to the arm and unless it can be 
secured to the arm or stowed in a pocket on the arm when not in use. A 
removable glove must be designed so that there is no undue ingress of 
water into the glove during use. Each arm with a removable glove must 
have a wristlet seal that meets paragraph (e) of this section.
    (k) Leg construction. Each suit must be designed to minimize or 
reduce free air in its legs when the wearer enters the water headfirst.
    (l) Foot construction. Each leg of a suit must have a foot that has 
a hard sole or enough room for a work shoe to be worn inside. The sole 
of each foot must be--

[[Page 242]]

    (1) Natural or synthetic rubber that is ribbed or bossed for skid 
resistance; and
    (2) Designed to prevent the wearer from slipping when the suit is 
tested as prescribed in Sec. 160.171-17(c)(5).
    (m) Size. Each adult suit must fit persons ranging in weight from 50 
kg (110 lb.) to 150 kg (330 lb.) and in height from 1.5 m (59 in.) to 
1.9 m (75 in.). Each child size suit must fit children or small adults 
ranging in weight from 20 kg (44 lb.) to 50 kg (110 lb.) and in height 
from 1.0 m (39 in.) to 1.5 m (59 in.). An oversize adult suit is 
intended for persons too large for the standard adult suit. Each suit 
must be capable of being worn comfortably over clothing and must not 
restrict the wearer's motion. The suit size and design must allow 
successful completion of the mobility tests prescribed in Sec. 160.171-
17(c)(2) through (7).
    (n) Retroreflective material. Each immersion suit must be fitted 
with Type I retroreflective material that meets subpart 164.018 of this 
chapter. When the wearer of an immersion suit is in any stable floating 
position, at least 200 cm \2\ (31 sq. in.) of the material must be 
visible above water.
    (o) PFD Light. Each immersion suit must be designed so that a light 
meeting the requirements of subpart 161.012 of this chapter can be 
attached to its front shoulder area and so that the light when attached 
does not damage the suit and cannot adversely affect its performance. If 
the manufacturer of the suit designates a specific location for the 
light, or designates a specific model light, this information must be 
clearly printed on the suit or in the instructions prescribed by 
Sec. 160.171-15(c).
    (p) Inflation tube. If the suit has an inflatable auxiliary means of 
buoyancy, each joint in the oral inflation tube must be joined with a 
clamping device. A flange connection between the tube and the inflatable 
chamber must be reinforced so that the flange on the inflation tube is 
secured between the material of the inflatable section and the 
reinforcement.



Sec. 160.171-11  Performance.

    (a) Buoyancy. Each suit must meet the following buoyancy 
requirements as measured in the test conducted under Sec. 160.171-17(h):
    (1) The adjusted buoyancy of each adult and each oversize adult size 
suit must be at least 100 N (22 lb.). The adjusted buoyancy of each 
child size suit must be at least 50 N (11 lb.) The measured buoyancy 
must not be reduced by more than 5% after 24 hours submersion in fresh 
water.
    (2) Each suit must have a stable floating position in which the 
wearer's head must be tilted to a position between 30 deg. and 80 deg. 
above the horizontal, with the mouth and nose at least 120 mm (4\3/4\ 
in.) above the surface of the water. If necessary, this position may be 
obtained through the use of an auxiliary means of buoyancy such as an 
inflatable bladder behind the wearer's head.
    (3) If an auxiliary means of buoyancy is necessary to meet paragraph 
(a)(2) of this section, the suit must have a stable floating position 
without the auxiliary means of buoyancy in which the mouth and nose of 
the wearer are at least 50 mm (2 in.) above the surface of the water.
    (4) The buoyancy of any auxiliary means of buoyancy must not be 
counted when determining the buoyancy of the suit.
    (b) Righting. The suit must be designed to turn the body of an 
unconscious person in the water from any position to one where the mouth 
is clear of the water in not more than five seconds, without assistance 
or the use of any means of auxiliary buoyancy which must be inflated by 
the wearer; or to allow the wearer to turn from a face down to a face up 
position in not more than 5 seconds, without assistance or the use of 
any means of auxiliary buoyancy. If an automatically inflated means of 
auxiliary buoyancy is used to meet this paragraph, the inflation 
mechanism must meet the requirements for commercial hybrid PFDs in 
Sec. 160.077-15(c) of this chapter, and the tests required under 
Sec. 160.077-21(c)(3) of this chapter. Auxiliary buoyancy, if fitted 
and/or inflated, must not interfere with righting.
    (c) Thermal protection. The suit must be designed to protect against 
loss of body heat as follows:

[[Page 243]]

    (1) The thermal conductivity of the suit material when submerged 1 m 
(39 in.) in water must be less than or equal to that of a control sample 
of 4.75 mm (\3/16\ in.) thick, closed-cell neoprene foam. The control 
sample of foam must have a thermal conductivity of not more than 0.055 
watt/meter- deg.K (0.38 Btu-in./hr.-sq.ft.- deg.F).
    (2) The suit must provide the wearer with sufficient thermal 
insulation, following one jump into the water from a height of 4.5 m, to 
ensure that the wearer's body core temperature does not fall more than 
2 deg. C (3.6 deg. F) after a period of 6 hours immersion in calm 
circulating water at a temperature of between 0 deg. C (32 deg. F) and 
2 deg. C (35.6 deg. F).
    (d) Donning time. Each suit must be designed so that a person can 
don the suit correctly within two minutes after reading the donning and 
use instructions described in Sec. 160.171-15(a).
    (e) Vision. Each suit must be designed to allow unrestricted vision 
throughout an arc of 60 deg. to either side of the wearer's straight-
ahead line of sight when the wearer's head is turned to any angle 
between 30 deg. to the right and 30 deg. to the left. Each suit must be 
designed to allow a standing wearer to move head and eyes up and down 
far enough to see both feet and a spot directly overhead.
    (f) Water penetration. An immersion suit must be designed to prevent 
undue ingress of water into the suit following a period of flotation in 
calm water of one hour.
    (g) Splash protection. Each suit must have a means to prevent water 
spray from directly entering the wearer's mouth.
    (h) Storage temperature. Each suit must be designed so that it will 
not be damaged by storage in its storage case at any temperature between 
-30 deg. C (-22 deg. F) and +65 deg. C (149 deg. F).
    (i) Flame exposure. Each suit must be designed to prevent sustained 
burning or continued melting after it is totally enveloped in a fire for 
a period of 2 seconds.
    (j) Oil resistance. Each immersion suit must be designed to be 
useable after a 24 hour exposure to diesel oil.



Sec. 160.171-13  Storage case.

    (a) Each suit must have a storage case made of vinyl coated cloth or 
material that provides an equivalent measure of protection to the suit.
    (b) Each storage case must be designed so that it is still useable 
after two seconds contact with a gasoline fire.



Sec. 160.171-15  Instructions.

    (a) Each suit must have instructions for its donning and use in an 
emergency. The instructions must be in English and must not exceed 50 
words. Illustrations must be used in addition to the words. These 
instructions must be on the exterior of the storage case or printed on a 
waterproof card attached to the storage case or to the suit.
    (b) If the suit has an inflatable auxiliary means of buoyancy, 
separate instructions covering the use of the inflation valve must be 
provided on the suit near the valve or on a waterproof card attached 
near the valve.
    (c) Instructions for donning and use of the suit in an emergency 
must also be available in a format suitable for mounting on a bulkhead 
of a vessel. This placard must be in English, must include 
illustrations, and must include a warning as to the risk of entrapment 
in a submerged compartment due to the buoyancy of the suit.
    (d) Instructions for donning and use of the suit in an emergency, 
instructions for care and repair of the suit, and any additional 
necessary information concerning stowage and use of the suit on a vessel 
must be available in 8\1/2\ x 11 loose-leaf format suitable for 
inclusion in the vessel's training manual.



Sec. 160.171-17  Approval testing for adult size immersion suit.

    Caution: During each of the in-water tests prescribed in this 
section, a person ready to render assistance when needed should be near 
each subject in the water.
    (a) General. An adult size immersion suit must be tested as 
prescribed in this section. If the suit is also made in a child size, a 
child size suit must be tested as prescribed in Sec. 160.171-19. If the 
suit is also made in an oversize adult size, an oversize adult suit must

[[Page 244]]

be tested as prescribed in Sec. 160.171-17(g) to determine the measured 
buoyancy for the suit. No additional testing will be required if the 
oversize adult suit is of the same design as the adult suit except for 
extra material to provide for larger persons.
    (b) Test samples. Each test prescribed in this section may be 
performed by using as many immersion suits as needed to make efficient 
use of the test subjects and test equipment, except that each subject in 
the impact test described in Sec. 160.171-17(c)(11) must not use more 
than one suit during the test, and the suits used in the impact test 
must also be used in the thermal protection test described in 
Sec. 160.171-17(d).
    (c) Mobility and flotation tests. The mobility and flotation 
capabilities of each immersion suit must be tested under the following 
conditions and procedures:
    (1) Test subjects. Seven males and three females must be used in the 
tests described in this paragraph. The subjects must represent each of 
the three physical types (ectomorphic, endomorphic, and mesomorphic). 
Each subject must be in good health. The heaviest subject, of either 
sex, must weigh at least 135 kg (298 lb.). The heaviest male subject 
must weigh at least 115 kg (254 lb.) and the lightest male subject must 
weigh not more than 55 kg (121 lb). The heaviest female subject must 
weigh at least 115 kg (254 lb.) and the lightest female subject must 
weigh not more than 55 kg (121 lb). Each subject must be unfamiliar with 
the specific suit under test. Each subject must wear a standard range of 
clothing consisting of:

(i)  Underwear (short sleeved, short legged);
(ii)  Shirt (long sleeved);
(iii)  Trousers (not woolen);
(iv)  Woolen or equivalent synthetic socks;
(v)  Rubber soled work shoes.

    (2) Donning time. Each subject is removed from the view of the other 
subjects and allowed one minute to examine a suit and the manufacturer's 
instructions for donning and use of the suit in an emergency. At the end 
of this period, the subject attempts to don the suit as rapidly as 
possible without the aid of a chair or any support to lean on. If the 
subject does not don the suit completely, including gloves and any other 
accessories, within two minutes, the subject removes the suit and is 
given a demonstration of correct donning, and again attempts to don the 
suit. At least nine of the ten subjects must be able to don the suit 
completely, including time to remove shoes if necessary, in two minutes 
in at least one of the two attempts.
    (3) Field of vision. The immersion suit's field of vision must be 
tested as follows:
    (i) While wearing a suit, each subject sits upright and faces 
straight ahead. An observer is positioned to one side of the subject at 
an angle of 60 deg. away from the subject's straight-ahead line of 
sight. The observer must be able to see the subject's closest eye at 
this position. The observer then walks past the front of the subject to 
a position on the subject's other side that is at an angle of 60 deg. 
away from the subject's straight-ahead line of sight. The suit must not 
obstruct the observer's view of the subject's eyes at any point between 
the two positions.
    (ii) While wearing the suit, each subject stands upright and faces 
straight ahead. An observer is positioned to one side of the subject at 
an angle of 90 deg. away from the subject's straight-ahead line of 
sight. The subject then turns his or her head through an arc of 30 deg. 
toward the position of the observer. This procedure is repeated with the 
observer positioned on the other side of the subject at an angle of 
90 deg. away from the subject's straight ahead line of sight. The suit 
must not obstruct the observer's view of the subject's eyes when the 
subject's head is turned 30 deg. toward the observer.
    (iii) While wearing the suit, each subject stands upright and faces 
straight ahead. Through a combination of head and eye movement, the 
subject looks first at a spot directly overhead, then looks at a spot on 
or between the feet. An observer must verify that the subject can make 
the necessary head and eye movements while wearing the suit.
    (4) Hand dexterity. A physician must always be present during this 
test. While wearing a suit, including a removable glove if any, and 
after being immersed in water at 5 deg. C (41 deg. F) for a

[[Page 245]]

period of one hour, each subject must be able to pick up a 9.5 mm (\3/8\ 
in.) diameter wooden pencil from a flat hard surfaced table using only 
one hand. Still using only one hand, the subject must be able to 
position the pencil and write with it. At least eight of the ten test 
subjects must be able to complete this test. This test may be performed 
in conjunction with the thermal protection test described in 
Sec. 160.171-17(d), in which case five of the six test subjects 
specified in Sec. 160.171-17(d)(1) must be able to complete the test.
    (5) Walking. A 30 m (100 ft.) long walking course must be laid out 
on a smooth linoleum floor. The finish on the floor must allow water to 
lie on it in a sheet rather than in beads. The course may have gradual 
turns, but must not have any abrupt change in direction. Each subject is 
timed walking the course two times at a normal pace with the floor dry. 
Each subject then dons a suit and is timed again walking the course two 
times with the floor wet. The subject is given adequate rest between 
trials to avoid fatigue. The subject must not slip on the wet floor when 
wearing the suit. The average time for each subject to walk the course 
while wearing the suit must be not more than 1.25 times the subject's 
average time to walk the course without the suit.
    (6) Climbing. A vertical ladder extending at least 5 meters (17 
feet) above a level floor must be used for this test. Each subject is 
timed climbing the ladder twice to a rung at least 3 meters (10 feet) 
above the floor. The subject then dons a suit and is again timed 
climbing to the same rung twice. The subject is given adequate rest 
between trials to avoid fatigue. The average time for each subject to 
climb the ladder while wearing the suit must not be more than 1.25 times 
the subject's average time to climb the ladder without the suit.
    (7) Swimming and water emergence test. A pool with an inflatable 
liferaft at one side must be used for this test. The liferaft must be of 
a type approved under Subpart 160.051 of this Chapter and must not have 
a boarding ramp. Each subject, wearing a life preserver but not the 
immersion suit, enters the water and swims 25 m. The subject must then 
be able to emerge from the pool onto the liferaft using only the hands 
placed on top of the liferaft as an aid and without pushing off of the 
bottom of the pool. Any subject unable to emerge onto the liferaft 
within 30 seconds is disqualified for this test. At least five subjects 
must qualify and be used for this test. If less than five subjects of 
the original ten qualify, substitute subjects must be used. Each 
qualified subject, after sufficient rest to avoid fatigue, repeats this 
test wearing an immersion suit instead of the life preserver. At least 
two-thirds of the qualified subjects must be able to swim this distance, 
and emerge onto the liferaft within 30 seconds, wearing the immersion 
suit.
    (8) Stability and retroreflective material. While wearing the suit 
in water witiout any auxiliary means of buoyancy, each subject assumes a 
face-up position and then allows his or her body to become limp. The 
distance from the water surface to the lowest part of the subject's 
mouth or nose is measured. This procedure is repeated using the 
auxiliary means of buoyancy, if one is provided. For each test subject, 
the stable position and the distance of the mouth and nose above the 
water must be prescribed in Sec. 160.171-11(a)(2) and Sec. 160.171-
11(a)(3). During this test, each subject must be viewed by observers to 
determine whether the retroreflective material of the suit meets 
Sec. 160.171-9(n).
    (9) Righting. Each subject while wearing a suit in water, without 
the use of any auxiliary means of buoyancy, takes a deep breath, assumes 
a face-down position, allows his or her body to become limp, and slowly 
expels air. The suit must cause the subject to turn to a position where 
the face is clear of the water within 5 seconds; or if the suit does not 
turn the subject within 5 seconds, the subject must be able to turn face 
up under his or her own power within 5 seconds. If the suit is provided 
with any means of auxiliary buoyancy, the procedure is repeated under 
each of the following applicable conditions:
    (i) With any means of auxiliary buoyancy attached but not inflated;
    (ii) With any means of auxiliary buoyancy which must be inflated by

[[Page 246]]

the wearer inflated according to the instructions; or
    (iii) With any means of auxiliary buoyancy which inflates 
automatically inflated by its automatic mechanism.
    (10) Water and air penetration. Each subject is weighed while 
wearing a pre-wetted suit without any auxiliary means of buoyancy. The 
subject jumps into water from a height that will cause the subject to be 
completely immersed. The subject swims or treads water for approximately 
one minute, emerges from the water, and is weighed within 10 seconds 
after emerging. The procedure is repeated with the subject entering the 
water headfirst. If air accumulates in the legs as the subject enters 
the water head-first, it must be expelled automatically. At the end of 
this test, the weight of the subject in the suit must not exceed the 
weight of the subject in the suit at the beginning of the test by more 
than 500 grams. Each test subject then re-enters the water and floats 
for a period of one hour. The subject then emerges from the water and is 
weighed within 10 seconds. The weight of the subject in the suit at the 
end of this test must not exceed the weight of the subject in the suit 
at the beginning of the period of flotation by more than 200 grams.
    (11) Impact. While wearing a suit without any auxiliary means of 
buoyancy, each subject jumps into water feet first six times from a 
height of 4.5 m (15 ft.) above the water surface. Each subject must be 
able to assume a face up stable position without assistance after each 
jump. The suit must not tear, separate at any seam, or exhibit any 
characteristic that could render it unsafe or unsuitable for use in 
water.
    (d) Thermal protection. The thermal protection capability of a suit 
must be tested under the following conditions and procedures;
    (1) Test subjects. Male subjects must be used for this test. Each 
subject must be familiarized with the test procedure before starting the 
test. Each subject must have somatotype parameters within the following 
ranges according to the Heath-Carter anthropometric method: endomorphy 
3.51.0; mesomorphy 4.01.5; ectomorphy 
3.51.0.

    Note: The following publication, among others, contains guidance for 
use of the Heath-Carter anthropometric method: ``Body Type and 
Performance,'' Hebbelinck and Ross; FITNESS, HEALTH AND WORK CAPACITY, 
INTERNATIONAL STANDARDS FOR ASSESSMENT; Larson, L. A. (Ed.); 
International Committee for the Standardization of Physical Fitness 
Tests; Macmillan; New York; 1974 (pp. 266-283).

Each subject must have had a normal night's sleep before the test, a 
well-balanced meal 1 to 5 hours before the test, and no alcoholic 
beverages for 24 hours before the test. In addition to the suit, each 
subject must wear:
    (i) Underwear (short sleeved, short legged);
    (ii) Shirt (long sleeved);
    (ii) Trousers (not woolen);
    (iv) Woolen or equivalent synthetic socks;
    (v) Work shoes, if the suit is designed for shoes to be worn inside.
    (2) Test equipment. The test must be conducted in calm water with a 
temperature between 0 deg. C (32 deg. F) and 2 deg. C (35.6 deg. F). The 
air temperature 300 mm (1 ft.) above the water surface must be between 
minus 10 deg. C (14 deg. F) and 20 deg. C (68 deg. F). Each subject must 
be instrumented with an electrocardiograph, a thermistor or thermocouple 
in the rectum placed 150 mm (6 in) beyond the anus, thermistor or 
thermocouple in the lumbar region, a thermistor or thermocouple on the 
tip of the index finger, and a thermistor or thermocouple on the tip of 
the great toe. Each thermistor or thermocouple must have an accuracy of 
0.1 deg. C (0.18 deg. F). The suits used in this test must be the same 
ones previously subjected to the impact test described in Sec. 160.171-
17(c)(11).
    (3) Test procedure. A physician must always be present during this 
test. Before donning the suit, each subject rests quietly in a room with 
a temperature between 10 deg. C (50 deg. F) and 25 deg. C (77 deg. F) 
for 15 minutes. The rectal temperature is then recorded as the initial 
rectal temperature. The subject dons a suit as rapidly as possible 
without damaging the instrumentation and immediately enters the water. 
The subject assumes a face-up, stable floating position. No auxiliary 
means of buoyancy may be used during this test. The subject remains in 
the water engaging in activity that maintains the heart rate between 50 
and 140 per minute for the first hour, and between 50 and 120

[[Page 247]]

per minute during the remainder of the test, except that no attempt is 
made to control heart rate if the subject is shivering. Each thermistor 
or thermocouple reading is recorded at least every 10 minutes.
    (4) Completion of testing. Testing of a subject ends six hours after 
he first enters the water, unless terminated sooner.
    (5) Termination of test. Testing of a subject must be terminated 
before completion if any of the following occurs:
    (i) The physician determines that the subject should not continue.
    (ii) The subject requests termination due to discomfort or illness.
    (iii) The subject's rectal temperature drops more than 2 deg. C 
(3.6 deg. F) below the initial rectal temperature, unless the physician 
determines that the subject may continue.
    (iv) The subject's lumbar, finger, or toe temperature drops below 
10 deg. C (50 deg. F), unless the physician determines that the subject 
may continue.
    (6) Test results. The test results must be prepared as follows:
    (i) The total rectal temperature drop during the test period and the 
average lumbar, finger and toe temperature at the end of the test must 
be determined for each subject in the test, except subjects who did not 
complete testing for a reason stated in paragraph (d)(5)(i) or 
(d)(5)(ii) of this section. These temperatures and temperature drops 
must then be averaged. The average drop in rectal temperature must not 
be more than 2 deg. C (3.6 deg. F), and the average lumbar, toe and 
finger temperature must not be less than 5 deg. C (41 deg.  F). Data 
from at least four subjects must be used in making these temperature 
calculations.
    (ii) Rates of toe, finger, lumbar, and rectal temperature drop for 
each subject who did not complete testing for a reason stated in 
paragraph (d)(5)(iii) or (d)(5)(iv) of this section must be determined 
using the highest temperature measured and the temperature measured 
immediately before testing was terminated. These rates must be used to 
extrapolate to 6 hours the estimated rectal, finger, lumbar, and toe 
temperature at the end of that time. These estimated temperatures must 
be the temperatures used in computing the average temperatures described 
in paragraph (d)(6)(i) of this section.
    (e) Insulation. Suit material must be tested under the following 
conditions and procedures, except that if the suit material meets the 
requirements for the control sample in paragraph (e)(1)(iii) of this 
section, the test procedure in paragraph (e)(2) of this section is not 
required.
    (1) Test equipment. The following equipment is required for this 
test:
    (i) A sealed copper or aluminum can that has at least two parallel 
flat surfaces and that contains at least two liters (two quarts) or 
water and no air. One possible configuration of the can shown in figure 
160.171-17(e)(1)(i).
    (ii) A thermistor or thermocouple that has an accuracy of 
0.1 deg. C (0.18 deg. F) and that is arranged to 
measure the temperature of the water in the can.
    (iii) A control sample of two flat pieces of 4.75 mm (3/16 in.) 
thick, closed cell neoprene foam of sufficient size to enclose the can 
between them. The control sample must have a thermal conductivity of not 
more than 0.055 watt/meter- deg.K (0.38 Btu-in./hr.-sq.ft.- deg.F). The 
thermal conductivity of the control sample must be determined in 
accordance with the procedures in ASTM C 177 or ASTM C 518.
    (iv) Two flat pieces of suit material of sufficient size to enclose 
the can between them. The surface covering, surface treatment, and 
number of layers of the material tested must be the same as those of 
material used in the suit. If the material used in the suit varies in 
thickness or number of layers, the material tested must be 
representative of the portion of the suit having the least thickness or 
number of layers.
    (v) A clamping arrangement to form a watertight seal around the 
edges of the material when the can is enclosed inside. A sealing 
compound may be used. Figure 160.171-17(e)(1)(v) shows one possible 
arrangement of the clamping arrangement.
    (vi) A container of water deep enough to hold the entire assembly of 
the can, material, and clamp at least 1 meter (39 in.) below the surface 
of the water.

[[Page 248]]

    (vii) A means to control the temperature of the water in the 
container between 0 deg. C (32 deg. F) and 1 deg. C (33.8 deg. F).
    (viii) A thermistor or thermocouple that has an accuracy of 
0.1 deg. C (0.18 deg. F) and that is arranged to measure the 
temperature of the water in the container at the depth at which the can, 
material, and clamp are held.
    (2) Test procedure. The can is held under water (which can be at 
room temperature) and clamped between the two pieces of the neoprene 
control sample so that the assembly formed conforms as closely as 
possible to the shape of the can, and so that water fills all void 
spaces between the can and the sample. When the water temperature in the 
can is at or above 45 deg. C (113 deg. F), the assembly is then placed 
in the container and submerged to a depth of 1 m (39 in.) at the highest 
point of the assembly. The water temperature in the container must be 
between 0 deg. C (32 deg. F) and 1 deg. C (33.8 deg. F) and must be 
maintained within this range for the remainder of the test. No part of 
the assembly may touch the bottom or sides of the container. Every two 
minutes the assembly is shaken and then inverted from its previous 
position. The time for the water inside the can to drop from 45 deg. C 
(113 deg. F) to 33 deg. C (91 deg. F) is recorded. This procedure is 
performed three times using the control sample and then repeated three 
times using the suit material instead of the control sample. The 
shortest time for the drop in water temperature when the suit material 
is used must be greater than or equal to the shortest time when the 
neoprene control sample is used.
    (f) Storage temperature. Two samples of the immersion suits, in 
their storage cases, must be alternately subjected to surrounding 
temperatures of -30 deg. C to +65 deg. C. These alternating cycles need 
not follow immediately after each other and the following procedure, 
repeated for a total of ten cycles, is acceptable:
    (1) 8 hours conditioning at 65 deg. C to be completed in one day;
    (2) The specimens removed from the warm chamber that same day and 
left exposed under ordinary room conditions until the next day;
    (3) 8 hours conditioning at -30 deg. C to be completed the next day; 
and
    (4) The specimens removed from the cold chamber that same day and 
left exposed under ordinary room conditions until the next day. At the 
conclusion of the final cycle of cold storage, two test subjects who 
successfully completed the donning test in paragraph (c)(2) of this 
section enter the cold chamber, unpack and don the immersion suits. 
Alternatively, the suits may be upacked in the chamber, then removed and 
immediately donned. Neither of the suits must show damage such as 
shrinking, cracking, swelling, dissolution or change of mechanical 
qualities.
    (g) Measured buoyancy. The buoyancy of a suit must be measured under 
the following conditions and procedures:
    (1) Test equipment. The following equipment is required for this 
test:
    (i) A mesh basket that is large enough to hold a folded suit, and 
that is weighted sufficiently to overcome the buoyancy of the suit when 
placed in the basket.
    (ii) A tank of water that is large enough to contain the basket 
submerged with its top edge 50 mm (2 in.) below the surface of the 
water.
    (iii) A scale or load cell that has an accuracy of 0.15 Newtons (1/2 
oz.) and that is arranged to support and weigh the basket in the tank.
    (2) Test procedure. The basket is submerged so that its top edge is 
50 mm (2 in.) below the surface of the water. The basket is then 
weighed. Thereafter, a suit is submerged in water and then filled with 
water, folded, and placed in the submerged basket. The basket is titled 
45 deg. from the vertical for five minutes in each of four different 
directions to allow all entrapped air to escape. The basket is then 
suspended with its top edge 50 mm (2 in.) below the surface of the water 
for 24 hours. At the beginning and end of this period, the basket and 
suit are weighed underwater. The measured buoyancy of the suit is the 
difference between this weight and the weight of the basket as 
determined at the beginning of the test. The measured buoyancy after 24 
hours must not be more than 5% lower than the initial measured buoyancy. 
The measured

[[Page 249]]

buoyancy after 24 hours is used to determine adjusted buoyancy as 
described in paragraph (h) of this section.
    (h) Adjusted buoyancy. The adjusted buoyancy of a suit is its 
measured buoyancy reduced by the percentage buoyancy loss factor of the 
buoyant suit material. The percentage buoyancy loss factor is part of 
the buoyancy rating code determined in accordance with UL 1191, except 
that the minimum number of samples required to determine each property 
is 10 instead of 75.
    (i) Suit flame exposure. The suit's resistance to flame must be 
tested under the following conditions and procedures:
    (1) Test equipment. The following equipment is required for this 
test:
    (i) A metal pan that is at least 300 mm (12 in.) wide, 450 mm (18 
in.) long, and 60 mm (2\1/2\ in.) deep. The pan must have at least 12 mm 
(\1/2\ in.) of water on the bottom with approximately 40 mm (1\1/2\ in.) 
of gasoline floating on top of the water.
    (ii) An arrangement to hold the suit over the gasoline.
    (2) Test procedure. A suit is held from its top by the holding 
arrangement. The gasoline is ignited and allowed to burn for 
approximately 30 seconds in a draft-free location. The suit is then held 
with the lowest part of each foot 240 mm (9.5 in.) above the surface of 
the burning gasoline. After two seconds, measured from the moment the 
flame first contacts the suit, the suit is removed from the fire. The 
suit must not sustain burning or continue melting after removal from the 
flames. If the suit sustains any visible damage other than scorching, it 
must then be subjected to the stability test described in paragraph 
(c)(8) of this section, except that only one subject need be used; the 
impact test described in paragraph (c)(11) of this section, except that 
only one subject need be used; the thermal protection test described in 
paragraph (d) of this section, except that only one subject need be 
used; and the buoyancy test described in paragraph (g) of this section, 
except that the buoyancy test need be conducted for only 2 hours.
    (j) Storage case flame exposure. The storage case must be tested 
using the same equipment required for the suit flame exposure test. The 
immersion suit must be inside the storage case for this test. The 
storage case is held from its top by the holding arrangement. The 
gasoline is ignited and allowed to burn for approximately 30 seconds in 
a draft-free location. The storage case is then held with its lowest 
part 240 mm (9.5 in.) above the surface of the burning gasoline. After 
two seconds, measured from the moment the flames first contact the case, 
the case is removed from the fire. If the case is burning, it is allowed 
to continue to burn for six seconds before the flames are extinguished. 
The storage case material must not burn through at any point in this 
test and the immersion suit must not sustain any visible damage.
    (k) Corrosion resistance. Each metal part of a suit that is not 410 
stainless steel, or for which published evidence of salt-spray corrosion 
resistance equal to or greater than 410 stainless steel is not 
available, must be tested as described in ASTM B 117. A sample of each 
metal under test and a sample of 410 stainless steel must be tested for 
720 hours. At the conclusion of the test, each sample of test metal must 
show corrosion resistance equal to or better than the sample of 410 
stainless steel.
    (l) Body strength. The body strength of a suit must be tested under 
the following conditions and procedures:
    (1) Test equipment. The test apparatus shown in figure 160.171-
17(1)(1) must be used for this test. This apparatus consists of--
    (i) Two rigid cylinders each 125 mm (5 in.) in diameter, with an eye 
or ring at each end;
    (ii) A weight of 135 kg (300 lb.); and
    (iii) Ropes or cables of sufficient length to allow the suit to be 
suspended as shown in Figure 160.171-17(1)(1).
    (2) Test procedure. The suit is cut at the waist and wrists, or 
holes are cut into it as necessary to accommodate the test apparatus. 
The suit is immersed in water for at least two minutes. The suit is then 
removed from the water and immediately arranged on the test apparatus, 
using each closure as it would be used by a person wearing the suit. The 
135 kg (300 lb.) load is applied for 5 minutes. No part of the suit may 
tear or break during this test. The suit must not be damaged in any way 
that

[[Page 250]]

would allow water to enter or that would affect the performance of the 
suit.
    (m) Seam strength. The strength of each different type of seam used 
in a suit must be tested under the following conditions and procedures:
    (1) Test equipment. The following equipment must be used for this 
test.
    (i) A chamber in which air temperature can be kept at 23  deg.C 
(73.4  deg.F) 2 deg. C (1.8  deg.F) and in which relative 
humidity can be kept at 50% 5%.
    (ii) A device to apply tension to the seam by the means of a pair of 
top jaws and a pair of bottom jaws. Each set of jaws must grip the 
material on both sides so that it does not slip when the load is 
applied.
    (2) Test samples. Each test sample must consist of two pieces of 
suit material, each of which is a 100 mm (4 in.) square. The two pieces 
are joined by a seam as shown in figure 160.171-17(m)(3). For each type 
of seam, 5 samples are required. Each sample may be cut from the suit or 
may be prepared specifically for this test. One type of seam is 
distinguished from another by the type and size of stitch or other 
joining method used and by the type and thickness of the materials 
joined at the seam.
    (3) Test procedure. Each sample is conditioned for at least 40 hours 
at 23  deg.C (73.4  deg.F) 2  deg.(1.8 deg. F) C and 50% 
5% relative humidity. Immediately after conditioning, each 
sample is mounted individually in the tension device as shown in figure 
160.171-17(m)(3). The jaws are separated at a rate of 5 mm/second (12 
in./minute). The force at rupture is recorded. The average force at 
rupture must be at least 225 Newtons (50 lb.).
    (n) Tear resistance. The tear resistance of suit material must be 
determined by the method described in ASTM D 1004. If more than one 
material is used, each material must be tested. If varying thickness of 
a material are used in the suit, samples representing the thinnest 
portion of the material must be tested. If multiple layers of a material 
are used in the suit, samples representing the layer on the exterior of 
the suit must be tested. Any material which is a composite formed of two 
or more materials bonded together is considered to be a single material. 
The average tearing strength of each material must be at least 45 
Newtons (10 lb.).
    (o) Abrasion resistance. The abrasion resistance of each type of 
suit material on the exterior of the suit must be determined by the 
method described in Federal Test Method Standard 191, Method 5304.1. If 
varying thicknesses of exterior suit material are used, samples 
representing the thinnest portion of the material must be tested. If 
exterior material has multiple layers, samples of the layer on the 
outside surface of the suit must be tested. Any exterior material which 
is a composite formed of two or more layers bonded together is 
considered to be a single material and the abradant must be applied to 
the surface that is on the exterior of the suit. The residual breaking 
strength of each material must be at least 225 Newtons (50 lb.).
    (p) Test for oil resistance. After all its apertures have been 
sealed, an immersion suit is immersed under a 100 mm head of diesel oil, 
grade No. 2-D as defined in ASTM D-975, for 24 hours. The surface oil is 
then wiped off and the immersion suit subjected to the leak test 
prescribed in Sec. 160.171-17(c)(10). The ingress of water must not be 
greater than 200 grams.



Sec. 160.171-19  Approval testing for child size immersion suit.

    A child size suit must pass the following tests:
    (a) The stability test prescribed in Sec. 160.171-17(c)(8), except 
that only six children need be used as test subjects and they can be of 
either sex. The subjects must be within the ranges of weight and height 
prescribed in Sec. 160.171-9(m). The heaviest subject must weigh at 
least 10 kg (22 lb.) more than the lightest subject. During this test 
the face seal, neck and chin fit are evaluated and must be comparable to 
the fit of the corresponding adult size suit on an adult.
    (b) The buoyancy test prescribed in Sec. 160.171-17(g).
    (c) The body strength test prescribed in Sec. 160.171-17(k) except 
that the cylinders must be 50 mm (2 in.) in diameter and the test weight 
must be 55 kg (120 lb.).

[[Page 251]]



Sec. 160.171-23  Marking.

    (a) Each immersion suit must be marked with the words ``IMMERSION 
SUIT--COMPLIES WITH SOLAS 74/83,'' the name of the manufacturer, the 
date of manufacturer, the model, the size, and the Coast Guard approval 
number.
    (b) Each storage case must be marked with the words ``immersion 
suit'' and the size.
    (c) The markings for the child size immersion suits required under 
paragraphs (a) and (b) of this section must also include the following 
statements in print smaller than the word ``child'': ``(Small Adult 
Under 50 kg. (110 lb.))'', and ``Children Require Adult Assistance for 
Donning and Use.''
    (d) If an auxiliary means of buoyancy is removable and is needed to 
meet Sec. 160.171-11(a)(2), the marking on the suit must indicate that 
the suit is not Coast Guard approved unless the auxiliary means of 
buoyancy is attached.



Sec. 160.171-25  Production testing.

    (a) Immersion suit production testing is conducted under the 
procedures in this section and subpart 159.007 of this chapter.
    (b) One out of every 100 immersion suits produced must be tested as 
prescribed in Sec. 160.171-17(g) and must be given a complete visual 
examination. The suit must be selected at random from a production lot 
of 100 suits and tested by or under the supervision of the independent 
laboratory. A suit fails this test if--
    (1) The measured buoyancy of the suit differs by more than 10% from 
the measured buoyancy of the suit tested for approval,
    (2) The adjusted buoyancy of the suit calculated using the buoyancy 
loss factor determined during approval testing is less than that 
required in Sec. 160.171-11(a)(1), or
    (3) The visual examination shows that the suit does not conform to 
the approved design.
    (c) If the suit fails to pass the test as prescribed in paragraph 
(b)(1) or (b)(2) of this section, 10 additional suits from the same lot 
must be selected at random and subjected to the test. If a defect in the 
suit is detected upon visual examination, 10 additional suits from the 
same lot must be selected at random and examined for the defect.
    (d) If one or more of the 10 suits fails to pass the test or 
examination, each suit in the lot must be tested or examined for the 
defect for which the lot was rejected. Only suits that pass the test or 
that are free of defects may be sold as Coast Guard approved.
    (e) The manufacturer must ensure that the quality control procedure 
described in the test plans previously submitted for approval under 
Sec. 159.005-9(a)(5)(iii) is followed.

[[Page 252]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC03MR91.019


         Figure 160.171(e)(1)(i). Water can for insulation test.
      

[[Page 253]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC03MR91.020


          Figure 160.171-17(e)(1)(v). Insulation test assembly.
      

[[Page 254]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC03MR91.021



[[Page 255]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC03MR91.023



[[Page 256]]



                Subpart 160.174--Thermal Protective Aids

Source: CGD 84-069b, 51 FR 19343, May 29, 1986, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 160.174-1  Scope.

    This subpart contains construction and performance requirements, and 
approval tests for thermal protective aids that are designed to minimize 
the occurrence of or aid in the recovery from hypothermia (lowered body 
temperature) during long periods in a survival craft.



Sec. 160.174-3  Incorporations by reference.

    (a) Certain materials are incorporated by reference into this 
subchapter with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register. 
The Office of the Federal Register publishes a table, ``Material 
Approved for Incorporation by Reference,'' which appears in the Finding 
Aids section of this volume. In that table is found citations to the 
particular sections of this part where the material is incorporated and 
the date of the approval by the Director of the Federal Register. To 
enforce any edition other than the one listed in paragraph (b) of the 
section, notice of change must be published in the Federal Register and 
the material made available. All approved material is on file at the 
Office of the Federal Register, Washington, DC 20408, and at the U.S. 
Coast Guard, Lifesaving and Fire Safety Division (G-MMS-4), Washington, 
DC 20593.
    (b) The materials approved for incorporation by reference in this 
subpart are:

               American Society for Testing and Materials

                1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103

    ASTM C 177-76, Standard Test Method for Steady-State Thermal 
Transmission Properties by Means of the Guarded Hot Plate.
    ASTM C 518-76, Standard Test Method for Steady-State Thermal 
Transmission Properties by Means of the Heat Flow Meter.
    ASTM D 1518-77, Thermal Transmittance of Textile Materials Between 
Guarded Hot-Plate and Cool Atmosphere.
    ASTM D 1004-66, Tear Resistance of Plastic Film and Sheeting.
    ASTM D 975-81, Standard Specification for Diesel Fuel Oils.

                     General Services Administration

Specification Unit (WFSIA), Regional Office Building, Room 6039, 7th and 
                   D Streets SW., Washington, DC 20407

    Federal Standard No. 751a--Stitches, Seams, and Stitchings.
    National Bureau of Standards Special Publication 440--Color, 
Universal Language and Dictionary of Names.

[CGD 84-069b, 51 FR 19343, May 29, 1986, CGD 95-072, 60 FR 50467, Sept. 
29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50733, Sept. 27, 1996]



Sec. 160.174-5  Independent laboratory.

    (a) The approval and production tests and inspections in this 
subpart must be conducted by an independent laboratory accepted by the 
Coast Guard under subpart 159.010 of this chapter.
    (b)  [Reserved]



Sec. 160.174-7  Approval procedures.

    (a) General. A thermal protective aid is approved by the Coast Guard 
under the procedures in subpart 159.005 of this chapter.
    (b) Approval testing. Each approval test must be conducted in 
accordance with Sec. 160.174-17.



Sec. 160.174-9  Construction.

    (a) General. Each thermal protective aid must be constructed 
primarily of a durable insulating or heat reflecting material that meets 
the thermal insulation requirements in Sec. 160.174-11(a). Each aid must 
be designed to cover the wearer's entire body, except for the area of 
the mouth, nose, and eyes.
    (b) Seams. Stitching, if used in structural seams of a thermal 
protective aid, must be lock type stitching that meets the requirements 
in Federal Standard No. 751 for one of the following:
    (1) Class 300 lockstitch.
    (2) Class 700 single thread lock stitch.
    (c) Seam strength. Each seam must have a strength of at least 225 
Newtons (50 lb.).
    (d) Hardware. All hardware of a thermal protective aid must be of a 
size and design that allows ease of operation by the wearer. The 
hardware must be attached to the aid in a manner that allows the wearer 
to operate it

[[Page 257]]

easily and that prevents it from attaining a position in which it can be 
operated improperly.
    (e) Metal parts. Each metal part of a thermal protective aid must 
be--
    (1) 410 stainless steel or have salt water and salt air corrosion 
characteristics equal to or superior to 410 stainless steel; and
    (2) Galvanically compatible with each other metal part in contact 
with it.
    (f) Thermal protective aid exterior. The primary color of the 
exterior surface of each thermal protective aid must be vivid reddish 
orange (color number 34 of National Bureau of Standards Publication 
440). The exterior surface of the aid must resist tearing when tested as 
prescribed in Sec. 160.174-17(i).
    (g) Hand and arm construction. The hand of each thermal protective 
aid must be a glove that allows sufficient dexterity for the wearer to 
close and open the zipper or other hardware of the aid and to open and 
eat survival rations, unless the glove is removable. The glove may not 
be removable unless it is attached to the arm and unless it can be 
secured to the arm or stowed in a pocket on the arm when not in use.
    (h) Retroreflective material. Each thermal protective aid must be 
fitted with at least 200 cm2 (31 sq. in.) of Type I retroreflective 
material that meets subpart 164.018 of this chapter.
    (i) Size. Each thermal protective aid must fit persons ranging in 
weight from 50 kg. (110 lbs.) to 150 kg. (330 lbs.) and in height from 
1.5 m. (59 in.) to 1.9 m. (75 in.).
    (j) Lifejacket. Each thermal protective aid must be designed so that 
any Type I Personal Flotation Device meeting the requirements of this 
chapter can be worn inside the aid and, when worn, will not damage the 
aid and will not adversely affect its performance.



Sec. 160.174-11  Performance.

    (a) Thermal protection. The thermal protective aid must be designed 
to protect against loss of body heat as follows:
    (1) The thermal conductivity of the material from which the thermal 
protective aid is constructed must be not more than 0.25 W/(m- deg.K).
    (2) The thermal protective aid must prevent evaporative heat loss.
    (3) The aid must function properly at an air temperature of -30 deg. 
C (-22 deg. F) to +20 deg. C (68 deg. F).
    (b) Donning Time. Each thermal protective aid must be designed to 
enable a person to don the aid correctly within one minute after reading 
the donning and use instructions described in Sec. 160.174-15(a).
    (c) Storage Temperature. A thermal protective aid must not be 
damaged by storage in its storage case at any temperature between 
-30 deg. C (-22 deg. F) and +65 C (149 deg. F).
    (d) In water performance. The thermal protective aid must be 
designed to permit the wearer to remove it in the water within two 
minutes, if it impairs ability to swim.
    (e) Water penetration. The fabric from which the thermal protective 
aid is constructed must maintain its watertight integrity when 
supporting a column of water 2 meters high.
    (f) Oil resistance. Each thermal protective aid must be designed to 
be useable after 24 hours exposure to diesel oil.



Sec. 160.174-13  Storage case.

    Each thermal protective aid must be provided with a ziplock bag or 
equivalent storage case.



Sec. 160.174-15  Instructions.

    (a) Each thermal protective aid must have instructions for its 
donning and use in an emergency. The instructions must be in English and 
must not exceed 50 words. Illustrations must be used in addition to the 
words. The instructions must include advice as to whether to swim in the 
aid or discard it if the wearer is thrown into the water.
    (b) The instructions required by paragraph (a) of this section must 
be on the exterior of the storage case, printed on a waterproof card 
attached to the storage case, or printed on the thermal protective aid 
and visible through a transparent storage case. The instructions must 
also be available in 8\1/2\ x 11 inch loose-leaf format for inclusion in 
the vessel's training manual.

[[Page 258]]



Sec. 160.174-17  Approval testing.

    (a) General. A thermal protective aid must be tested as prescribed 
in this section.
    (b) Mobility and swimming tests. The mobility and swimming 
capabilities of each thermal protective aid must be tested under the 
following conditions and procedures:
    (1) Test subjects. Seven males and three females must be used in the 
tests described in this paragraph. The subjects must represent each of 
the three physical types (ectomorphic, endomorphic, and mesomorphic). 
Each subject must be in good health. The heaviest male subject must 
weigh at least 25 kg (55 lb) more than the lightest male subject. The 
heaviest female subject must weigh at least 25 kg (55 lb) more than the 
lightest female subject. The heaviest subject must weigh 
1505 Kg (33011 lbs.) and the lightest subject 
must weigh 505 Kg (11011 lbs.). Each subject 
must be unfamiliar with the specific thermal protective aid under test. 
Each subject must wear a standard range of clothing consisting of:
    (i) Underwear (short sleeved, short legged);
    (ii) Shirt (long sleeved);
    (iii) Trousers (not woolen);
    (iv) Woolen socks;
    (v) Rubber soled shoes; and
    (vi) A life preserver.
    (2) Donning test. Each subject is removed from the view of the other 
subjects and allowed one minute to examine the thermal protective aid 
and the manufacturer's instructions for donning and use of the aid in an 
emergency. At the end of this period, the subject attempts to don the 
thermal protective aid as rapidly as possible. If the subject does not 
don the thermal protective aid completely, including gloves and any 
other accessories, within 60 seconds, the subject removes the aid and is 
given a demonstration of correct donning, and again attempts to don the 
aid. At least nine out of ten subjects must be able to don the thermal 
protective aid completely in 60 seconds on at least one of the two 
attempts.
    (3) Discarding test. If the thermal protective aid impairs the 
ability of the wearer to swim, it must be demonstrated that it can be 
discarded by the test subjects, when immersed in water, in not more than 
two minutes. Caution: During each of the in water tests prescribed in 
this section, a person ready to render assistance when needed should be 
near each subject in the water.
    (i) Unless the manufacturer specifies in the instructions that the 
thermal protective aid does impair ability to swim and should always be 
discarded in the water, each subject, wearing a life preserver, enters 
the water and swims 25 meters. The subject, after sufficient rest to 
avoid fatigue, repeats this test wearing a thermal protective aid in 
addition to the life preserver. At least nine out of ten subjects must 
be able to swim this distance wearing the thermal protective aid in not 
more than 125% of the time taken to swim the distance wearing only a 
life preserver, or the aid will be determined to impair the ability to 
swim.
    (ii) If the thermal protective aid is determined by the above test 
or specified by the manufacturer to impair the ability to swim, each 
subject, after entering the water from a height of one meter (three 
feet), attempts to remove the aid and discard it. At least nine out of 
ten subjects must be able to discard the device within two minutes.
    (c) [Reserved]
    (d) Storage temperature. Two samples of the thermal protective aids, 
in their storage cases, are alternately subjected to surrounding 
temperatures of -30 deg. C to +65 deg. C. These alternating cycles need 
not follow immediately after each other and the following procedure, 
repeated for a total of ten cycles, is acceptable:
    (1) 8 hours conditioning at 65 deg. C to be completed in one day;
    (2) The specimens removed from the warm chamber that same day and 
left exposed under ordinary room conditions until the next day;
    (3) 8 hours conditioning at -30 deg. C to be completed the next day; 
and
    (4) The specimens removed from the cold chamber that same day and 
left exposed under ordinary room conditions until the next day. At the 
conclusion of step (3) of the final cycle of cold storage, two test 
subjects who successfully completed the donning test previously enter 
the cold chamber, unpack

[[Page 259]]

and don the thermal protective aids. The aids must not show any damage, 
such as shrinking, cracking, swelling, dissolution or change of 
mechanical qualities.
    (e) Water penetration. A sample of the fabric from which the thermal 
protective aid is constructed is installed as a membrane at one end of a 
tube of at least 2.5 cm (one inch) diameter and 2 meters long. The tube 
is fixed in a vertical position with the membrane at the bottom, and 
filled with water. After one hour the membrane must continue to support 
the column of water with no leakage.
    (f) Insulation. The material from which the thermal protective aid 
is constructed is tested in accordance with the procedures in ASTM C 
177, ASTM C 518, or ASTM D 1518. The material must have a thermal 
conductivity of not more than 0.25 W/(m- deg.K).
    (g) Test for oil resistance. After all its apertures have been 
sealed, a thermal protective aid is immersed under a 100 mm head of 
diesel oil, grade no. 2-D as defined in ASTM D-975, for 24 hours. The 
surface oil is then wiped off and a sample of the material from the aid 
is again tested in accordance with the procedures in ASTM C 177 or ASTM 
C 518. The material must still have a thermal conductivity of not more 
than 0.25 W/(m- deg.K).
    (h) Seam strength. The strength of each different type of seam used 
in a thermal protective aid must be tested under the following 
conditions and procedures.
    (1) Test equipment. The following equipment must be used in this 
test:
    (i) A chamber in which air temperature can be kept at 25 deg. C 
(73.4 deg. F) 2 deg. C (1.8 deg. F) and in which relative 
humidity can be kept at 50% 5%.
    (ii) A device to apply tension to the seam by means of a pair of top 
jaws and a pair of bottom jaws. Each set of jaws must grip the material 
on both sides so that it does not slip when the load is applied. Each 
front jaw must be 25 mm (1 inch) wide by 25 mm (1 inch) long. The 
distance between the jaws before the load is applied must be 75mm (3 
inches).
    (2) Test samples. Each test sample consists of two pieces of the 
material from which the thermal protective aid is constructed, each of 
which is 100 mm (4 inches) square. The two pieces are joined by a seam 
as shown in figure 160.171-17(m)(3). For each type of seam, 5 samples 
are required. Each sample may be cut from a thermal protective aid or 
may be prepared specifically for this test. One type of seam is 
distinguished from another by the type and size of stitch or other 
joining method used (including orientation of warp and fill, if any) and 
by the type and thickness of the materials joined at the seam.
    (3) Test procedure. Each sample is conditioned for at least 40 hours 
at 23 deg. C2 deg. C and 50% 5% relative 
humidity. Immediately after conditioning, each sample is mounted 
individually in the tension device as shown in figure 160.171-17(m)(3). 
The jaws are separated at a rate of 5 mm/second (12 in/minute). The 
maximum force to achieve rupture is recorded. The average force at 
rupture must be at least 225 Newtons (50 lb).
    (i) Tear resistance. The tear resistance of the material from which 
a thermal protective aid is constructed must be determined by the method 
described in ASTM D 1004. If more than one material is used, each 
material must be tested. If varying thicknesses of a material are used 
in the aid, samples representing the thinnest portion of the material 
must be tested. If multiple layers of a material are used in the aid, 
samples representing the layer on the exterior of the aid must be 
tested. Any material that is a composite formed of two or more materials 
bonded together is considered to be a single material. The average 
tearing strength of each material must be at least 45 Newtons (10 lb).

[CGD 84-069b, 51 FR 19343, May 29, 1986, as amended by CGD 84-069a, 52 
FR 1197, Jan. 12, 1987]



Sec. 160.174-23  Marking.

    (a) Each thermal protective aid must be marked with the words 
``Thermal Protective Aid,'' the name of the manufacturer, the model, the 
date of manufacture or a lot number from which the date of manufacture 
may be determined, and the Coast Guard approval number.

[[Page 260]]

    (b) Each storage case must be marked with the words ``Thermal 
Protective Aid'' or the thermal protective aid must have a similar 
marking which is visible through a transparent storage case.



Sec. 160.174-25  Production testing.

    (a) Thermal protective aid production testing is conducted under the 
procedures in this section and subpart 159.007 of this chapter.
    (b) One out of every 100 thermal protective aids produced must be 
given a complete visual examination. The sample must be selected at 
random from a production lot of 100 thermal protective aids and examined 
by or under the supervision of the independent laboratory. The sample 
fails if the visual examination shows that the aid does not conform to 
the approved design.
    (c) If a defect in the thermal protective aid is detected upon 
visual examination, 10 additional samples from the same lot must be 
selected at random and examined for the defect.
    (d) If one or more of the 10 samples fails the examination, each 
thermal protective aid in the lot must be examined for the defect for 
which the lot was rejected. Only thermal protective aids that are free 
of defects may be sold as Coast Guard approved.

[CGD 84-069b, 51 FR 19343, May 29, 1986; 51 FR 20650, June 6, 1986]



                 Subpart 160.176--Inflatable Lifejackets

    Source: CGD 78-174b, 54 FR 50320, Dec. 5, 1989, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec. 160.176-1  Scope.

    (a) This subpart contains structural and performance standards and 
procedures for approval of inflatable lifejackets, as well as 
requirements for associated manuals, servicing programs, and shore-side 
service facilities.
    (b) Other regulations in this chapter provide that inflatable 
lifejackets must be:
    (1) Serviced annually at designated servicing facilities; and
    (2) Maintained in accordance with their user manuals.
    (c) Inflatable lifejackets approved under this subpart--
    (1) Rely entirely upon inflation for buoyancy;
    (2) Meet the requirements for lifejackets in the 1983 Amendments to 
the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974 (SOLAS 
74/83);
    (3) Have performance equivalent to Type I Personal Flotation Devices 
(PFD's) with any one chamber deflated; and
    (4) Are designed to be worn by adults.



Sec. 160.176-2  Application.

    (a) Inflatable lifejackets approved under this subpart may be used 
to meet carriage requirements for Type I PFD's only on:
    (1) Uninspected submersible vessels; and
    (2) Inspected vessels for which a servicing program has been 
approved by the Commandant.
    (b)  [Reserved]



Sec. 160.176-3  Definitions.

    (a) Commandant means the Chief of the Lifesaving and Fire Safety 
Division, Marine Safety and Environmental Protection. Address: 
Commandant (G-MSE-4), U.S. Coast Guard Headquarters, 2100 Second St. 
SW., Washington, DC 20593-0001.
    (b) First quality worksmanship means construction which is free from 
any defect materially affecting appearance or serviceability.
    (c) Functional deterioration means--
    (1) Damage such as deformation in hardware or a rip, tear, or loose 
stitches;
    (2) Decline in any performance characteristic; or
    (3) Any other change making the lifejacket unfit for use.
    (d) Functional residual capacity (FRC) means the amount of lung 
volume a person has remaining at the bottom of the normal breathing 
cycle when at rest.
    (e) Inflation medium means any solid, liquid, or gas, that, when 
activated, provides inflation for buoyancy.
    (f) Inspector means an independent laboratory representative 
assigned to perform the duties described in Sec. 160.176-15 of this 
subpart.
    (g) PFD means personal flotation device as defined in 33 CFR 175.13.

[[Page 261]]

    (h) Reference vest means a model AK-1 PFD meeting subpart 160.047 of 
this part, except that, in lieu of the weight and displacement values 
prescribed in Tables 160.047-4(c)(2) and Sec. 160.047-(4)(c)(4), each 
front insert must have a weight of kapok of at least 8.25 oz. and a 
volume displacement of 9.0  0.25 lb., and the back insert 
must have a weight of kapok of at least 5.5 oz. and a volume 
displacement of 6.0  0.25 lb. To achieve the specified 
volume displacement, front insert envelopes may be larger than the 
dimensions prescribed by Sec. 160.047-1(b).
    (i) [Reserved]
    (j) Second stage donning means adjustments or steps necessary to 
make a lifejacket provide its intended flotation characteristics after 
the device has been properly donned and then inflated.

[CGD 78-174b, 54 FR 50320, Dec. 5, 1989, as amended by CGD 95-072, 60 FR 
50466, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50733, Sept. 27, 1996]



Sec. 160.176-4  Incorporation by reference.

    (a) Certain materials are incorporated by reference into this 
subpart with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register in 
accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a). To enforce any edition other than the 
one listed in paragraph (b) of this section, notice of the change must 
be published in the Federal Register and the material made available to 
the public. All approved material is on file at the Office of the 
Federal Register, 800 North Capitol Street, NW., suite 700, Washington, 
DC and at the U.S. Coast Guard, Lifesaving and Fire Safety Division (G-
MSE-4), 2100 Second Street, SW., Washington, DC 20593-0001, and is 
available from the sources indicated in paragraph (b) of this section.
    (b) The materials approved for incorporation by reference in this 
subpart, and the sections affected are:

            American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)

1916 Race St., Philadelphia, PA 19103
    ASTM B 177-73/79 Standard Method of Salt Spray (Fog) Testing, 1973--
160.176-8; 160.176-13
    ASTM D 751-79 Standard Methods of Testing Coated Fabrics, 1979--
160.176-13
    ASTM D 975-81 Standard Specification for Diesel Fuel Oils, 1981--
160.176-13
    ASTM D 1434-75 Gas Transmission Rate of Plastic Film and Sheeting, 
1975--160.176-13

        Federal Aviation Administration Technical Standard Order

Policy and Procedure Br., AWS-110, Aircraft Engineering Division, Office 
          of Airworthiness, 800 Independence Ave., SW., Washington, DC 
          20591
    TSO-C13d, Federal Aviation Administration Standard for Life 
Preservers, January 3, 1983--160.176-8

                            Federal Standards

Naval Publications and Forms Center, Customer Service, Code 1052, 5801 
          Tabor Ave., Philadelphia, PA 19120
In Federal Test Method Standard No. 191A (dated July 20, 1978) the 
          following methods:
    (1) Method 5100, Strength and Elongation, Breaking of Woven Cloth; 
Grab Method--160.176-13
    (2) Method 5132, Strength of Cloth, Tearing; Falling-Pendulum 
Method--160.176-13
    (3) Method 5134, Strength of Cloth, Tearing; Tongue Method--160.176-
13
    (4) Method 5804.1, Weathering Resistance of Cloth; Accelerated 
Weathering Method--160.176-8
    (5) Method 5762, Mildew Resistance of Textile Materials; Soil Burial 
Method--160.176-8
Federal Standard No. 751a, Stitches, Seams, and Stitching, January 25, 
          1965--160.176-9

                         Military Specifications

Naval Publications and Forms Center, Customer Service, Code 1052, 5801 
          Tabor Ave., Philadelphia, PA 19120
    MIL-L-24611--Life Preserver Support Package For Life Preserver, MK 
4, dated May 18, 1982--160.176-8

National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) (formerly National 
                          Bureau of Standards)

C/O Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, 
          Washington, DC 20402
    Special Pub. 440, Color: Universal Language and Dictionary of Names; 
``The Universal Color Language'' and ``The Color Names Dictionary'', 
1976--160.176-9

                     Underwriters Laboratories (UL)

Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., P.O. Box 13995, Research Triangle Park, 
          NC 27709-3995

[[Page 262]]

    UL 1191, ``Components for Personal Flotation Devices'', November 11, 
1984--160.176-8; 160.176-13

[CGD 78-174b, 54 FR 50320, Dec. 5, 1989, as amended by CGD 95-072, 60 FR 
50467, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50733, Sept. 27, 1996]



Sec. 160.176-5  Approval procedures.

    (a) Modifications to general procedures. Subpart 159.005 of this 
chapter contains the approval procedures. Those procedures must be 
followed, except as modified in this paragraph.
    (1) Preapproval review under Secs. 159.005-5 and 159.005-7 may be 
omitted if a similar design has already been approved.
    (2) The information required under Sec. 159.005-5(a)(2) (i) through 
(iii) of this chapter must be included in the application.
    (3) The application must also include the following:
    (i) The Type of performance (i.e. Type I or Type V) that the 
lifejacket is designed to provide.
    (ii) Any special purpose(s) for which the lifejacket is designed and 
the vessel(s) or vessel type(s) on which its use is planned.
    (iii) Buoyancy and torque values along with tolerances to be allowed 
in production. The Coast Guard normally will approve tolerances of up to 
10% unless prototypes are tested at greater extremes or 
greater tolerances are otherwise justified.
    (iv) The text of any optional marking to be provided in addition to 
required text.
    (v) The service manual and written guidelines required by 
Secs. 160.176-19(c) and 160.176-19(d) of the part and the user's manual 
required by Sec. 160.176-21 of this part.
    (vi) A list of proposed servicing facilities.
    (4) The description of quality control procedures required by 
Sec. 159.005-9 of this chapter to be submitted with the test report may 
be omitted as long as the manufacturer's planned quality control 
procedures comply with Sec. 160.176-15 of this part.
    (5) The test report must include, in addition to information 
required by Sec. 159.005-9 of this chapter, a report of inspection of 
each proposed servicing facility. The report must include the time, 
date, place, and name of the person doing the inspection and 
observations that show whether the facility meets Secs. 160.176-
19(b)(2), 160-176-19(b)(4), and 160.176-19(d) of this part.
    (6) The certificate of approval, when issued, is accompanied by a 
letter to the manufacturer listing the servicing facilities that have 
been approved. Copies of the letter are also provided for each facility.
    (7) An approval will be suspended or terminated under Sec. 159.005-
15 of this chapter if the manufacturer fails to maintain approved 
servicing facilities that meet Sec. 160.176-19 of this part.
    (b) Manuals and guidelines. The manuals and servicing facility 
guidelines required by this subpart are reviewed with the application 
for lifejacket approval. Changes will be required if needed to comply 
with Secs. 160.176-19 and 160.176-21 of this part.
    (c) Approval of servicing facilities. (1) Approval of servicing 
facilities initially proposed for use is considered during and as a part 
of the lifejacket approval process described in paragraph (a) of this 
section.
    (2) Other servicing facilities may subsequently be considered for 
approval, upon submission of a letter of application to Commandant 
containing each of the applicable items required of manufacturers and 
laboratories under Sec. 159.005-5 of this chapter and the following:
    (i) A copy of guidelines meeting Sec. 160.176-19(d) of this part, if 
different from those originally approved with the lifejacket;
    (ii) A list of the sources the servicing facility proposes to use 
for parts and manuals for the servicing of the make and model of 
lifejacket applied for; and
    (iii) A report of inspection prepared by an independent laboratory 
which includes the time, date, and place of the inspection, the name of 
the inspector, and observations that show whether the facility meets 
Secs. 160.176-19(b)(2) through 160.176-19(b)(4) and 160.176-19(d) of 
this part.
    (3) To conduct servicing at a remote or mobile site, the servicing 
facility must be authorized in its letter of approval to conduct this 
type of servicing. Approval for servicing at these

[[Page 263]]

sites is obtained according to paragraph (c)(2) of this section except 
that portable or mobile equipment must be available when evaluating the 
compliance with Sec. 160.176-19(b)(3) of this part.
    (4) Each change to equipment, procedure, or qualification and 
training of personnel of an approved servicing facility must be also 
approved.
    (d) Waiver of tests. If a manufacturer requests that any test in 
this subpart be waived, one of the following must be provided to the 
Commandant as justification for the waiver:
    (1) Acceptable test results on a lifejacket of sufficiently similar 
design.
    (2) Engineering analysis showing that the test is not applicable to 
the particular design or that by design or construction the lifejacket 
can not fail the test.
    (e) Alternative requirements. A lifejacket that does not meet 
requirements in this subpart may still be approved if the device--
    (1) Meets other requirements prescribed by the Commandant in place 
of or in addition to requirements in this subpart; and
    (2) Provides at least the same degree of safety provided by other 
lifejackets that do comply with this subpart.

[CGD 78-1746, 54 FR 50320, Dec. 5, 1989, as amended by CGD 78-174b, 56 
FR 29441, June 27, 1991]



Sec. 160.176-6  Procedure for approval of design or material revision.

    (a) Each change in design, material, or construction must be 
approved by the Commandant before being used in lifejacket production.
    (b) Determinations of equivalence of design, construction, and 
materials may only be made by the Commandant.



Sec. 160.176-7  Independent laboratories.

    A list of independent laboratories which have been accepted by the 
Commandant for conducting or supervising the following tests and 
inspections required by this subpart, may be obtained from the 
Commandant:
    (a) Approval tests.
    (b) Production tests and inspections.
    (c) Inspection of approved servicing facilities.
    (d) Testing of materials for the purpose of making the certification 
required by Sec. 160.176-8(a)(3) of this part.



Sec. 160.176-8  Materials.

    (a) General--(1) Acceptance, certification, and quality. All 
components used in the construction of lifejackets must meet the 
requirements of subpart 164.019 of this chapter.
    (2) Condition of materials. All materials must be new.
    (3) Temperature range. Unless otherwise specified in standards 
incorporated by reference in this section, all materials must be usable 
in all weather conditions throughout a temperature range of -30  deg.C 
to +65  deg.C(-22  deg. F to +150  deg.F).
    (4) Weathering resistance. Each non-metallic component which is not 
suitably covered to shield against ultraviolet exposure must retain at 
least 40% of its strength after being subjected to 300 hours of sunshine 
carbon arc weathering as specified by Method 5804.1 of Federal Test 
Method Standard Number 191A.
    (5) Fungus resistance. Each non-metallic component must retain at 
least 90% of its strength after being subjected to the mildew resistance 
test specified by Method 5762 of Federal Test Method Standard No. 191A 
when untreated cotton is used as the control specimen. Also, the gas 
transmission rate of inflation chamber materials must not be increased 
by more than 10% after being subjected to this test. Materials that are 
covered when used in the lifejacket may be tested with the covering 
material.
    (6) Corrosion resistance. Each metal component must--
    (i) Be galvanically compatible with each other metal part in contact 
with it; and
    (ii) Unless it is expendable (such as an inflation medium 
cartridge), be 410 stainless steel, have salt water and salt air 
corrosion characteristics equal or superior to 410 stainless steel, or 
perform its intended function and have no visible pitting or other 
damage on any surface after 720 hours of salt spray testing according to 
ASTM B 117.
    (7) Materials not covered. Materials having no additional specific 
requirements in this section must be of good

[[Page 264]]

quality and suitable for the purpose intended.
    (b) Fabric--(1) All fabric. All fabric must--
    (i) Be of a type accepted for use on Type I life preservers approved 
under subpart 160.002 of this part; or
    (ii) Meet the Type V requirements for ``Fabrics for Wearable 
Devices'' in UL 1191 except that breaking strength must be at least 400 
N (90 lb.) in both directions of greater and lesser thread count.
    (2) Rubber coated fabric. Rubber coated fabric must be of a copper-
inhibiting type.
    (c) Inflation chamber materials.--(1) All materials. (i) The average 
permeability of inflation chamber material, determined according to the 
procedures specified in Sec. 160.176-13(y)(3) of this part, must not be 
more than 110% of the permeability of the materials determined in 
approval testing prescribed in Sec. 160.176-13(y)(3) of this part.
    (ii) The average grab breaking strength and tear strength of the 
material, determined according to the procedures specified in 
Secs. 160.176-13(y)(1) and 160.176-13(y)(2) of this part, must be at 
least 90% of the grab breaking strength and tear strength determined 
from testing prescribed in Secs. 160.176-13(y)(1) and 160.176-13(y)(2) 
of this part. No individual sample result for breaking strength or tear 
strength may be more than 20% below the results obtained in approval 
testing.
    (2) Fabric covered chambers. Each material used in the construction 
of inflation chambers that are covered with fabric must meet the 
requirements specified for--
    (i) ``Bladder'' materials in section 3.2.6 of MIL-L-24611(SH) if the 
material is an unsupported film; or
    (ii) Coated fabric in section 3.1.1 of TSO-C13d if the material is a 
coated fabric.
    (3) Uncovered chambers. Each material used in the construction of 
inflation chambers that are not covered with fabric must meet the 
requirements specified in paragraph (c)(2)(ii) of this section.
    (d) Thread. Each thread must meet the requirements of subpart 
164.023 of this chapter. Only one kind of thread may be used in each 
seam. Thread and fabric combinations must have similar elongation and 
durability characteristics.
    (e) Webbing. Webbing used as a body strap, tie tape or drawstring, 
or reinforcing tape must meet Sec. 160.002-3(e), Sec. 160.002-3(f), 
Sec. 160.002-3(h) of this part respectively. Webbing used for tie tape 
or drawstring must easily hold a knot and be easily tied and untied. 
Webbing used as reinforcing tape must not chafe the wearer.
    (f) Closures--(1) Strength. Each buckle, snap hook, dee ring or 
other type of fastening must have a minimum breaking strength of 1600 N 
(360 lbs). The width of each opening in a closure, through which body 
strap webbing passes, must be the same as the width of that webbing.
    (2) Means of Locking. Each closure used to secure a lifejacket to 
the body, except a zipper, must have a quick and positive locking 
mechanism, such as a snap hook and dee ring.
    (3) Zipper. If a zipper is used to secure the lifejacket to the 
body, it must be--
    (i) Easily initiated;
    (ii) Non-jamming;
    (iii) Right handed;
    (iv) Of a locking type; and
    (v) Used in combination with another type of closure that has a 
quick and positive means of locking.
    (g) Inflation medium. (1) No inflation medium may contain any 
compound that is more toxic than CO2 if inhaled through any of the 
oral inflation mechanisms.
    (2) Any chemical reaction of inflation medium during inflation must 
not produce a toxic residue.
    (h) Adhesives. Adhesives must be waterproof and acceptable for use 
with the materials being bonded.
    (i) [Reserved]
    (j) Retroreflective Material. Each lifejacket must have at least 200 
sq. cm. (31 sq. in.) of retroreflective material on its front side, at 
least 200 sq. cm. on its back side, and at least 200 sq. cm. of material 
on each reversible side. The retroreflective material must be Type I 
material that is approved under subpart 164.018 of this chapter. The 
retroreflective material attached on each side must be divided equally 
between the upper quadrants of the side. Attachment of retroreflective 
material

[[Page 265]]

must not impair lifejacket performance or durability.
    (k) PFD light. Each lifejacket must have a PFD light that is 
approved under subpart 161.012 of this chapter and that meets the 
requirements of Regulations III/30.2 and III/32.3 of the 1983 Amendments 
to the International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974 
(SOLAS 74/83). The light must be securely attached to the front shoulder 
area of the lifejacket. Attachment of the light must not impair 
lifejacket performance.
    (l) [Reserved]
    (m) Whistle. Each lifejacket must have a whistle of the ball type or 
multi-tone type and of corrosion-resistant construction. The whistle 
must be securely attached to the lifejacket by a lanyard. The lanyard 
must be long enough to permit the whistle to reach the mouth of the 
wearer. If the lanyard would normally allow the whistle to hang below 
the waist of the average size wearer, the whistle must be stowed in a 
pocket on the lifejacket. The attachment of the whistle must not impair 
lifejacket performance.

[CGD 78-1746, 54 FR 50320, Dec. 5, 1989, as amended by CGD 78-174b, 56 
FR 29441, June 27, 1991; CGD 84-068, 58 FR 29494, May 20, 1993]



Sec. 160.176-9  Construction.

    (a) General Features. Each inflatable lifejacket must--
    (1) Have at least two inflation chambers;
    (2) Be constructed so that the intended method of donning is obvious 
to an untrained wearer;
    (3) If approved for use on a passenger vessel, be inside a sealed, 
non-reusable package that can be easily opened;
    (4) Have a retainer for each adjustable closure to prevent any part 
of the closure from being easily removed from the lifejacket;
    (5) Be universally sized for wearers weighing over 40 kg. (90 
pounds) and have a chest size range of at least 76 to 120 cm. (30 to 52 
in.);
    (6) Unless the lifejacket is designed so that it can only be donned 
in one way, be constructed to be donned with either the inner or outer 
surface of the lifejacket next to the wearer (be reversible);
    (7) Not have a channel that can direct water to the wearer's face to 
any greater extent than that of the reference vest defined in 
Sec. 160.176-3(h) of this part;
    (8) Not have edges, projections, or corners, either external or 
internal, that are sharp enough to damage the lifejacket or to cause 
injury to anyone using or maintaining the lifejacket;
    (9) Have a means for drainage of entrapped water;
    (10) Be primarily vivid reddish orange, as defined by sections 13 
and 14 of the ``Color Names Dictionary,'' on its external surfaces;
    (11) Be of first quality workmanship;
    (12) Unless otherwise allowed by the approval certificate--
    (i) Not incorporate means obviously intended for attaching the 
lifejacket to the vessel; and
    (ii) Not have any instructions indicating attachment to a vessel is 
intended; and
    (13) Meet any additional requirements that the Commandant may 
prescribe, if necessary, to approve unique or novel designs.
    (b) Inflation mechanisms. (1) Each inflatable lifejacket must have
    (i) At least one automatic inflation mechanism;
    (ii) At least two manual inflation mechanisms on separate chambers;
    (iii) At least one oral inflation mechanism on each chamber; and
    (iv) At least one manual inflation mechanism or one automatic 
inflation mechanism on each inflation chamber.
    (2) Each inflation mechanism must
    (i) Have an intended method of operation that is obvious to an 
untrained wearer;
    (ii) Not require tools to activate the mechanism;
    (iii) Be located outside its inflation chamber; and
    (iv) Be in a ready to use condition.
    (3) Each oral inflation mechanism must
    (i) Be easily accessible after inflation for the wearer to ``top 
off'' each chamber by mouth;
    (ii) Operate without pulling on the mechanism;
    (iii) Not be able to be locked in the open or closed position; and
    (iv) Have a non-toxic mouthpiece.

[[Page 266]]

    (4) Each manual inflation mechanism must
    (i) Provide an easy means of inflation that requires only one 
deliberate action on the part of the wearer to actuate it;
    (ii) Have a simple method for replacing its inflation medium 
cartridge; and
    (iii) Be operated by pulling on an inflation handle that is marked 
``Jerk to Inflate'' at two visible locations.
    (5) Each automatic inflation mechanism must
    (i) Have a simple method for replacing its inflation medium 
cartridge and water sensitive element;
    (ii) Have an obvious method of indicating whether the mechanism has 
been activated; and
    (iii) Be incapable of assembly without its water sensitive element.
    (6) The marking required for the inflation handle of a manual 
inflation mechanism must be waterproof, permanent, and readable from a 
distance of 2.5 m (8 feet).
    (c) Deflation mechanism. (1) Each chamber must have its own 
deflation mechanism.
    (2) Each deflation mechanism must
    (i) Be readily accessible to either hand when the lifejacket is worn 
while inflated;
    (ii) Not require tools to operate it;
    (iii) Not be able to be locked in the open or closed position; and
    (iv) Have an intended method of operation which is obvious to an 
untrained wearer.
    (3) The deflation mechanism may also be the oral inflation 
mechanism.
    (d) Sewn seams. Stitching used in each structural seam of a 
lifejacket must provide performance equal to or better than a Class 300 
Lockstitch meeting Federal Standard No. 751a.
    (e) Textiles. All cut edges of textile materials must be treated or 
sewn to minimize raveling.
    (f) Body strap attachment. Each body strap assembly must be securely 
attached to the lifejacket.



Sec. 160.176-11  Performance.

    (a) General. Each inflatable lifejacket must be able to pass the 
tests in Sec. 160.176-13 of this part.
    (b) Snag Hazard. The lifejacket must not present a snag hazard when 
properly worn.
    (c) Chamber Attachment. Each inflation chamber on or inside an 
inflatable lifejacket must not be able to be moved to a position that-
    (1) Prevents full inflation; or
    (2) Allows inflation in a location other than in its intended 
location.
    (d) Comfort. The lifejacket must not cause significant discomfort to 
the wearer during and after inflation.



Sec. 160.176-13  Approval Tests.

    (a) General. (1) This section contains requirements for approval 
tests and examinations of inflatable lifejackets. Each test or 
examination must be conducted or supervised by an independent 
laboratory. The tests must be done using lifejackets that have been 
constructed in accordance with the plans and specifications in the 
application for approval. Unless otherwise specified, only one 
lifejacket, which may or may not have been subjected to other tests, is 
required to be tested in each test. One or more lifejackets that have 
been tested as prescribed in paragraph (h) of this section must be used 
for the tests prescribed in paragraphs (j), (n), (q), and (r) of this 
section. The tests prescribed in paragraph (y) of this section require 
one or more lifejackets as specified in that paragraph.
    (2) All data relating to buoyancy and pressure must be taken at, or 
corrected to, an atmospheric pressure of 760 mm (29.92 inches) of 
mercury and a temperature of 20 deg.C (68 deg.F).
    (3) The tests in this section are not required to be run in the 
order listed, except where a particular order is specified.
    (4) Some tests in this section require a lifejacket to be tested 
while being worn. In each of these tests the test subjects must 
represent a range of small, medium, and large heights and weights. 
Unless otherwise specified, a minimum of 18 test subjects, including 
both males and females, must be used. The test subjects must not be 
practiced in the use of the lifejacket being tested. However, they must 
be familiar with the use of other Coast Guard approved lifejackets. 
Unless specified otherwise, test subjects must wear

[[Page 267]]

only swim suits. Each test subject must be able to swim and relax in the 
water.

    Note: Some tests have inherent hazards for which adequate safeguards 
must be taken to protect personnel and property in conducting the tests.

    (b) Donning. (1) No second stage donning is allowed in the tests in 
this paragraph. Test subjects may read the donning instructions to be 
provided with the device, if any. An uninflated lifejacket with size 
adjustment at its mid-range is given to each test subject with the 
instruction: ``Please don as quickly as possible, adjust to fit snugly, 
and inflate.'' Each subject must, within one minute, don the uninflated 
lifejacket, adjust it to fit snugly, and then activate the manual 
inflation mechanism.

    Note: For this test the manual inflation mechanism may be disabled.

    (2) The average time of all subjects to complete the test in 
paragraph (b)(1) of this section must not exceed 30 seconds. The 
criteria in this paragraph do not apply to the tests in paragraphs 
(b)(3) and (b)(4) of this section.
    (3) The test in paragraph (b)(1) of this section is repeated with 
each subject wearing an insulated, hooded parka and gloves made from 
heavy, cotton-jersey (knit) fabric.
    (4) The test in paragraph (b)(1) of this section is then repeated 
twice more with a fully inflated lifejacket. In the first test the 
subjects must wear swim suits and in the second test, parka and gloves.
    (c) Inflation Testing. No second stage donning is allowed in the 
tests in this paragraph. A lifejacket with each automatic inflation 
mechanism disabled must be used for the tests prescribed in paragraphs 
(c)(1) and (c)(2) of this section. For the tests prescribed in paragraph 
(c)(4) of this section, remove any non-reusable cover or packaging from 
the lifejacket, but do not open any cover or closure which is intended 
to be closed when the lifejacket is worn in the uninflated condition.
    (1) Each test subject dons an uninflated lifejacket and is 
instructed to enter the water and swim for approximately 30 seconds and 
then, on command, inflate the lifejacket using only oral inflation 
mechanisms. Within 30 seconds after the command is given, the lifejacket 
must be sufficiently inflated to float each subject with respiration 
unimpeded.
    (2) Each test subject dons an uninflated lifejacket and is 
instructed to enter the water and swim for approximately 30 seconds, 
bring both hands to the surface, and then, on command, inflate the 
lifejacket using each manual inflation mechanism. Each test subject must 
find and operate all the manual inflation mechanisms within 5 seconds 
after the command is given. The manual inflation mechanisms must inflate 
the lifejacket sufficiently to float the wearers within 5 seconds after 
the mechanisms are operated. Within 20 seconds after activation each 
subject must be floating in the position described in paragraph (d)(3) 
of this section.
    (3) One small and one large test subject don uninflated lifejackets 
and jump feet first from a height of 1 meter into the water. The 
automatic inflation mechanisms must inflate the lifejackets sufficiently 
to float the wearers within 10 seconds after the subjects enter the 
water. Within 20 seconds after entering the water each subject must be 
floating in the position described in paragraph (d)(3) of this section.
    (4) Air at a pressure of 4.2 kPa (0.6 psig) is applied separately to 
each oral inflation mechanism of the lifejacket. In each application the 
chamber must fully inflate within 1 minute.
    (5) Each oral inflation mechanism of an unpacked lifejacket is 
connected to a regulated air source constantly supplying air at a 
pressure of 7 kPa (1 psig). Each mechanism must pass at least 100,000 cc 
of air per minute.
    (d) Flotation stability--(1) Uninflated flotation stability. 
Lifejackets with their automatic inflation mechanisms disabled must be 
used for this test. Each subject dons an uninflated lifejacket, enters 
the water, and assumes an upright, slightly back of vertical, position. 
Each subject then relaxes. For each subject that floats, the uninflated 
lifejacket must not tend to turn the wearer face-down when the head is 
allowed to fall back.

[[Page 268]]

    (2) Righting action. (i) Each test subject dons an uninflated 
lifejacket, enters the water, allows the automatic inflation mechanism 
to inflate the lifejacket, and swims for 30 seconds. While swimming, 
freedom of movement and comfort are observed and noted by the person 
conducting the test. Freedom of movement and comfort must comply with 
Sec. 160.176-11(d). Also, each subject must demonstrate that the 
lifejacket can be adjusted while the subject is in the water.
    (ii) Each subject then takes three gentle breast strokes and while 
still face-down in the water, relaxes completely while slowly exhaling 
to FRC. Each subject remains in this limp position long enough to 
determine if the lifejacket will turn the subject from the face-down 
position to a position in which the subject's breathing is not impaired. 
The time from the last breast stroke until breathing is not impaired is 
recorded. Each subject repeats these steps two additional times, and the 
average time for the three righting actions is calculated. This average 
time must not exceed 5 seconds.
    (iii) If the lifejacket does not have automatic inflation mechanisms 
for all chambers, the tests in paragraphs (d)(2)(i) and (d)(2)(ii) of 
this section are repeated with each lifejacket fully inflated.
    (iv) Each subject then performs the test in paragraph (d)(2)(ii) of 
this section with one chamber of the lifejacket deflated. This test is 
then repeated as many times as necessary to test the lifejacket with a 
different chamber deflated until each chamber has been tested in this 
manner.
    (v) Each subject then performs the test in paragraph (d)(2)(ii) of 
this section but exhales to FRC at the end of the third breast stroke 
and holds the breath prior to relaxing.
    (3) Static measurements. At the end of each test with each subject 
in Sec. 160.176-13(d)(2)(ii), through Sec. 160.176-13(d)(2)(v)--
    (i) The freeboard (the distance from the water surface to the bottom 
of the mouth) must be at least 100 mm (4.0 in.) without repositioning of 
any part of the body and at least 120 mm (4.75 in.) after the head is 
positioned on the lifejacket for maximum freeboard and then relaxed;
    (ii) The distance from water surface to the lower portion of the ear 
canal must be at least 50 mm (2 in.);
    (iii) The torso angle (the angle between a vertical line and a line 
passing through the shoulder and hip) must be between 20 deg. and 
65 deg. (back of vertical);
    (iv) The face-plane angle (the angle between a vertical line and a 
line passing through the most forward part of the forehead and chin) 
must be between 15 deg. and 60 deg. (back of vertical);
    (v) The lowest mark on a vertical scale 6 m (20 ft.) from and in 
front of the subject which the subject can see without moving the head 
must be no higher than 0.3 m (12 in.) from the water level.
    (vi) The subject when looking to the side, must be able to see the 
water within 3 m (10 ft.) away; and
    (vii) At least 75% of the retroreflective material on the outside of 
the lifejacket, and the PFD light, must be above the water.
    (4) Average requirements. The test results for all subjects must be 
averaged for the following static measurements and must comply with the 
following:
    (i) The average freeboard prior to positioning the head for maximum 
freeboard must be at least 120 mm (4.75 in.);
    (ii) The average torso angle must be between 30 deg. and 50 deg. 
(back of vertical); and
    (iii) The average face-plane angle must be between 20 deg. and 
50 deg. (back of vertical).
    (5) ``HELP'' Position. Starting in a relaxed, face-up position of 
static balance, each subject brings the legs and arms in towards the 
body so as to attain the ``HELP'' position (a fetal position, but 
holding the head back). The lifejacket must not turn the subject face 
down in the water.
    (e) Jump test. (1) Each test subject dons an uninflated lifejacket 
and with hands above head, jumps feet first, into the water from a 
height of 4.5 m (15 ft.). No second stage donning is allowed during this 
test and the lifejacket must--
    (i) Inflate automatically, float the subject to the surface, and 
stabilize the body with the mouth out of the water;

[[Page 269]]

    (ii) Maintain its intended position on the wearer;
    (iii) Not be damaged; and
    (iv) Not cause injury to the wearer.
    (2) The jump test in paragraph (e)(1) of this section is repeated 
using a lifejacket which has been fully inflated manually.
    (3) The jump test in paragraph (e)(2) of this section is then 
conducted with one chamber deflated.This test is then repeated as many 
times as necessary to test the lifejacket with a different chamber 
deflated until each chamber has been tested in this manner.

    Note: Before conducting these tests at the 4.5 m height, subjects 
should first do the test from heights of 1 m and 3 m to lessen the 
possibility of injury. It is suggested that subjects wear a long-sleeve 
cotton shirt to prevent abrasions when testing the device in the 
inflated condition and that the teeth should be tightly clenched 
together when jumping.

    (f) Water emergence--(1) Equipment. A pool with a wooden platform at 
one side must be used for this test.The platform must be 300 mm (12 in.) 
above the water surface and must not float on the water. The platform 
must have a smooth painted surface. Alternatively, a Coast Guard 
approved inflatable liferaft may be used in lieu of a platform.
    (2) Qualifying. Each test subject enters the water wearing only a 
bathing suit and swims 25 m. The subject must then be able to emerge 
from the pool onto the platform using only his or her hands on the top 
of the platform as an aid and without pushing off of the bottom of the 
pool. Any subject unable to emerge onto the platform within 30 seconds 
is disqualified for this test. If less than 2/3 of the test subjects 
qualify, substitute subjects must be used.
    (3) Test. Each qualified subject dons an inflated lifejacket, enters 
the water and swims 25 m. Afterward, at least 2/3 of the qualified 
subjects must then be able to climb out of the pool in the manner 
prescribed in paragraph (f)(2) of this section within 45 seconds while 
wearing the lifejacket. If marking on the lifejacket so indicates, and 
if the wearer can read the marking while the lifejacket is being worn, 
the subjects may deflate the device during the 45 second attempt.
    (g) Lanyard pull test and strength. (1) An uninflated lifejacket is 
placed on a rigid metal test form built according to Figure 160.176-
13(n)(2) and suspended vertically.
    (2) The inflation handle of each manual inflation mechanism is 
attached to a force indicator. The force indicator is then used to 
activate each manual inflation mechanism separately. The force required 
to activate each mechanism is recorded. In each test the force must be 
between 25 and 70 N (5 and 15 lb.).
    (3) A weight of 225 N (50 lb.) is in turn attached to the inflation 
handle of each manual inflation mechanism. The weight is then allowed to 
hang freely for 5 minutes from each manual inflation mechanism. The 
handle must not separate from the mechanism.
    (h) Temperature cycling tests. (1) Three uninflated lifejackets, 2 
packed and 1 unpacked, are maintained at room temperature (20 
 3 deg.C (68 + 6 deg.F)) for 4 hours and then at a 
temperature of 65  2 deg.C (150  5 deg.F) for 20 
hours. The lifejackets are then maintained at room temperature for at 
least 4 hours, after which they are maintained at a temperature of minus 
30  2  deg.C (-22  5 deg.F) for 20 hours. This 
cycle is then repeated once.
    (2) Upon the completion of the conditioning in paragraph (h)(1) of 
this section all sealed or non-reusable packaging is removed from the 
two packed units. The lifejackets must show no functional deterioration 
after being inflated immediately after removal from the conditioning. 
The lifejackets must be inflated as follows:
    (i) One unit which was packed during conditioning must fully inflate 
within 2 minutes using only oral inflation.
    (ii) The other unit which was packed during conditioning must fully 
inflate within 45 seconds of submersion in water at 2  
2 deg.C (37  5 deg.F) as a result of automatic inflation.
    (iii) The unit which was unpacked during conditioning must fully 
inflate within 30 seconds of activation of the manual inflation 
mechanisms.
    (3) The same 3 lifejackets used for the test in paragraph (h)(1) of 
this section are deflated and, with 2 repacked and 1 unpacked, are 
maintained at room temperature for 4 hours and then at a

[[Page 270]]

temperature of minus 30  2 deg.C (-22  5 deg.F) 
for 20 hours. The lifejackets are then stored at room temperature for at 
least 4 hours, after which they are maintained at a temperature of 65 
 2 deg.C (150  5 deg.F) for 20 hours. This cycle 
is then repeated once. The steps in paragraph (h)(2) of this section are 
then repeated, and the lifejackets must meet the criteria in that 
paragraph.
    (i) [Reserved]
    (j) Buoyancy and inflation medium retention test. A lifejacket which 
has been used in the tests in paragraph (h) of this section must be used 
for this test.
    (1) Equipment. The following equipment is required for this test:
    (i) A wire mesh basket that is large enough to hold the inflated 
lifejacket without compressing it, is designed not to allow the 
lifejacket to float free, and is heavy enough to overcome the buoyancy 
of the lifejacket.
    (ii) A scale that is sensitive to 14 g (0.5 oz.) and that has an 
error of less than 14 g (0.5 oz.).
    (iii) A test tank, filled with fresh water, that is large enough to 
hold the basket with its top 50 mm (2 in.) below the surface without the 
basket touching the tank.
    (2) Method. One inflation chamber is inflated using its automatic 
inflation mechanism. The lifejacket is placed in the basket. The basket 
is then suspended from the scale and submerged in the test tank with the 
lifejacket and basket completely below the water surface. An initial 
reading of the scale is taken after 30 minutes and again after 24 hours. 
The buoyancy of the lifejacket is the submerged weight of the basket 
minus the submerged weight of the basket with the lifejacket inside. 
This test is repeated as many times as necessary until each chamber has 
been tested. On each chamber that does not have an automatic inflation 
mechanism the manual or oral inflation mechanism may be used.
    (3) Requirement. The buoyancy of each inflation chamber must be 
within the tolerances specified in the plans and specifications for the 
lifejacket required by Sec. 160.176-5(a)(2) of this part. Each inflation 
chamber must retain at least 95% of its initial buoyancy after being 
submerged for 24 hours.
    (k) Uninflated floatation test. A packed lifejacket, with all 
automatic inflation mechanisms disabled, is dropped from a height of 1 m 
(3 ft.) into fresh water. The lifejacket must remain floating on the 
surface of the water for at least 30 minutes. This test is repeated with 
an unpacked, uninflated lifejacket, with all automatic inflation 
mechanisms disabled.
    (l) [Reserved]
    (m) Environmental tests.--(1) Salt spray exposure. An uninflated 
lifejacket is subjected to 720 hours of salt spray as specified by ASTM 
B 117. The automatic inflation mechanism(s) must not be activated by the 
salt spray. The lifejacket is then inflated first using the automatic 
inflation mechanism(s) and then twice more using first the manual 
mechanisms and then the oral mechanisms. The lifejacket must show no 
functional deterioration.
    (2) Rain exposure. An uninflated lifejacket is mounted on a rigid 
metal test form built according to Figure 160.176-13(n)(2). The test 
form must be vertical. Spray nozzles that deliver 0.05 mm of water per 
second (0.7 inch/hour) over the area of the lifejacket at a temperature 
between 2 and 16  deg.C (35 and 60  deg.F) and at a 45 deg. angle below 
horizontal toward the lifejacket are mounted 1.5 m (4.5 ft.) above the 
base of the test form. There must be at least 4 nozzles evenly spaced 
around the lifejacket at a horizontal distance of 1 m from the center of 
the lifejacket and each nozzle must deliver water at the same rate. 
Water is then sprayed on the lifejacket for 1 hour. The lifejacket must 
not inflate during the test.
    (n) Tensile tests. Two lifejackets that have been subjected to the 
tests in paragraph (h) of this section must be used for these tests.
    (1) Body tensile test. (i) In this test one lifejacket must be fully 
inflated and the other deflated.
    (ii) Two unconnected rigid cylinders are passed through the body 
portion of each lifejacket, or through the encircling body strap for 
yoke style devices, with one closure fastened and adjusted to its mid 
range, as shown in Figure 160.176-13(n)(1). Each cylinder must be 125 mm 
(5 inches) in diameter. The top cylinder is connected to a winch or 
pulley system. The bottom cylinder is

[[Page 271]]

connected to a test load which when combined with the weight of the 
lower cylinder and the linkage equals 325 kg (720 lb.). The winch or 
pulley system lifts the top cylinder so the test load is raised off of 
its support. The test load is left suspended for 30 minutes.
    (iii) There must be no functional deterioration of any component of 
either lifejacket during the test. Each friction type closure must not 
permit slippage of more than 25 mm (1 in.).
    (iv) If a lifejacket has friction type closures, the test must be 
repeated immediately after the lifejacket has been immersed in water for 
a least 2 minutes.
    (v) The test is repeated until each different type of closure is 
tested separately.

[[Page 272]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC03MR91.024



[[Page 273]]

    (2) Shoulder tensile test. Each shoulder section of a lifejacket is 
subjected to this test separately. A fully inflated lifejacket, with all 
closures fastened, must be secured to a rigid metal test form built 
according to Figure 160.176-13(n)(2). A 2 \1/4\ in. wide web 
is passed through the shoulder section of the lifejacket and is 
connected to a winch or pulley system. The bottom portion of the form is 
connected to a dead weight load which when combined with the weight of 
the form and the linkage equals 90 kg. (200 lb.). The winch or pulley 
system is operated to raise the weight off of its support. The weight is 
left suspended for 30 minutes. There must be no functional deterioration 
of any component of the lifejacket during the test.
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC03MR91.025

    (3) Strength of attachment of inflation mechanism. (i) A fully 
inflated lifejacket is secured to a rigid metal test form as in Figure 
160.176-13(n)(2), and the pressure of each inflated chamber is measured. 
The top portion of the form is then connnected to a winch or pulley 
system. A 35 kg (75 lb.) weight is attached by a line to one of the 
inflation mechanisms as close as possible to the point of attachment on 
the lifejacket. The winch or pulley system is operated to raise the 
weight off of its support. The weight is left suspended for 5 minutes 
and then released. The inflation chamber to which the inflation 
mechanism is attached must not lose more than 3 kPa (0.4 psig) or 20% of 
its original pressure.
    (ii) The test is paragraph (n)(3)(i) of this section is repeated 
until each type

[[Page 274]]

of inflation mechanism has been tested separately.
    (iii) The test is then repeated as many additional times as 
necessary to test each joint in each type of inflation mechanism beyond 
its point of attachment to an inflation chamber. In each test the point 
of attachment must be as close as possible to the joint being tested.
    (o) [Reserved]
    (p) Impact test. (1) an uninflated lifejacket is secured to the test 
form shown in Figure 160.176-13(n)(2). The lifejacket, with the 
automatic inflation mechanism disabled, is secured to the form as it is 
intended to be worn. The lifejacket is accelerated to 25 m/s (50 mph) 
horizontally and is then dropped from a height of not more than 0.5 m 
(1.5 ft.) into the water in the following positions:
    (i) Face down, shoulder forward.
    (ii) Face down, shoulder back.
    (iii) Back down, shoulder forward.
    (iv) Back down, shoulder back.
    (v) Left side down, shoulder forward.
    (vi) Right side down, shoulder back.
    (2) Following each impact, there must be no sign of functional 
deterioration, and the lifejacket must not come off of the test form. 
After each impact the closures may be readjusted as necessary.
    (3) Following the six impacts, the lifejacket must fully inflate 
using only its oral inflation mechanisms.
    (4) The test in this paragraph is repeated on the same lifejacket 
after inflating, with manual inflation mechanisms, all chambers that 
have those mechanism.
    (q) Flame exposure test. A lifejacket that has been subjected to the 
tests in paragraph (h) of this section must be used for this test.
    (1) Equipment. The following equipment is required for this test:
    (i) A test pan 300 mm by 450 mm by 60 mm (12 in. by 18 in. by 2\1/2\ 
in.) containing 12 mm (\1/2\ in.) of water under 25 mm (1 in.) of N-
heptane.
    (ii) an arrangement to hold the lifejacket over the N-heptane.
    (2) Method. The test is only conducted when there is no significant 
air movement other than that caused by the fire. The N-heptane is 
ignited and allowed to burn for 30 seconds. A lifejacket which has been 
fully inflated with air is then passed through the flames in an upright, 
forward, vertical, free-hanging position with the bottom of the 
lifejacket 240 mm C 9\1/2\ in.) above the top edge of the test pan. The 
lifejacket is exposed to the flames for 2 seconds.
    (3) Requirement. The lifejacket must not burn or melt for more than 
6 seconds after being removed from the flames. The lifejacket must 
remain inflated throughout the test. If the lifejacket sustains any 
visible damage other than discoloration after being exposed to the 
flames, the lifejacket must--
    (i) pass the test in paragraph (e)(2) of this section, except that 
only one subject is used and the test is done six times; and
    (ii) pass the tensile test in paragraph (n)(1) of this section, 
except that a weight of 245 kg (540 lb.) is used in lieu of the 325 kg 
(720 lb.) weight.
    (r) Solvent exposure test. Lifejackets with their automatic 
inflation mechanisms disabled must be used for this test. Two uninflated 
lifejackets that have been subjected to the tests in paragraph (h) of 
this section are totally submerged in diesel fuel, grade No. 2-D as 
defined in ASTM D 975, for 24 hours. The lifejackets are then removed 
and the excess fuel removed. One lifejacket must fully inflate using 
only its manual inflation mechanisms and the other using only its oral 
inflation mechanisms. The lifejackets must show no functional 
deterioration as a result of the test.
    (s) Puncture test. A fully inflated lifejacket is placed on a flat, 
level surface. A test point 4 mm (\5/32\ in.) in diameter tapering to a 
rounded point, 1 mm (\3/64\ in.) in diameter, is pressed against an 
inflation chamber of the lifejacket perpendicular to the surface of the 
chamber at a rate of 300 mm/minute (12 in./minute). The test point is 
applied until the inflation chamber is punctured or the chamber walls 
are touching each other. The force required to puncture the inflation 
chamber or make the chamber walls touch each other is recorded. The 
force required must exceed 30 N (7 lb.).
    (t) Inflation chamber tests--(1) Over-pressure test. One lifejacket 
is used in

[[Page 275]]

this test. Before pressurizing the lifejacket, each over-pressure valve, 
if any, must be blocked. One inflation chamber is then pressurized with 
air to 70 kPa (10 psig) and held for 5 minutes. After the 5 minute 
period, there must be no sign of permanent deformation, damage, or 
pressure loss of more than 3.5 kPa (0.5 psig). This test is then 
repeated as many times as necessary to test a different chamber until 
each chamber has been tested in this manner.
    (2) Air retention test. One inflation chamber of a lifejacket is 
filled with air until air escapes from the over-pressure valve or, if 
the lifejacket does not have an over-pressure valve, until its design 
pressure, as stated in the plans and specifications, is reached. After 
12 hours the lifejacket must still be firm with an internal pressure of 
at least 14 kPa (2.0 psig). This test is then repeated as many times as 
necessary to test a different chamber until each chamber has been tested 
in this manner.
    (u) Seam strength test. Samples of each type of structural sewn seam 
must be subjected to and pass the ``Seam Strength (Sewability) Test'' 
specified in Underwriters Laboratories Standard UL 1191 except that the 
breaking strength of each seam in the directions of both greater and 
lesser thread count must be at least 400 N (90 lb.).
    (v) [Reserved]
    (w) Visual examination. One complete lifejacket must be visually 
examined for compliance with the requirements of Secs. 160.176-9 and 
160.176-11 of this part
    (x) [Reserved]
    (y) Inflation chamber properties. The tests in this paragraph must 
be run after successful completion of all other approval tests. The 
results of these tests will be used to check the quality of incoming 
lifejacket components and the production process. Test samples must come 
from one or more lifejackets that were each used in all of the tests in 
paragraphs (e), (j), (p), (s), and (t) of this section.
    (1) Grab breaking strength. The grab breaking strength of chamber 
materials must be determined according to Method No. 5100 of Federal 
Test Method Standard 191A or ASTM D 751.
    (2) Tear strength. The tear strength of chamber materials must be 
determined according to Method No. 5132 or 5134 of Federal Test Method 
Standard 191A or ASTM D 751.
    (3) Permeability. The permeability of chamber materials must be 
determined according to ASTM D 1434 using CO2 as the test gas.
    (4) Seam strength. The seam strength of the seams in each inflation 
chamber of at least one lifejacket must be determined according to ASTM 
D 751 except that 25 by 200 mm (1 by 8 in.) samples may be used where 
insufficient length of straight seam is available.
    (z) Additional tests. The Commandant may prescribe additional tests, 
if necessary, to approve novel or unique designs.
[CGD 78-1746, 54 FR 50320, Dec. 5, 1989, as amended by CGD 78-174b, 56 
FR 29441, June 27, 1991]



Sec. 160.176-15  Production tests and inspections.

    (a) General. (1) Production tests and inspections must be conducted 
in accordance with this section and subpart 159.007 of this chapter.
    (2) The Commandant may prescribe additional production tests and 
inspections if needed to maintain quality control and check for 
compliance with the requirements in this subpart.
    (b) Test and inspection responsibilities. In addition to 
responsibilities set out in part 159 of this chapter, each manufacturer 
of an inflatable lifejacket and each independent laboratory inspector 
must comply with the following, as applicable:
    (1) Manufacturer. Each manufacturer must--
    (i) Perform all required tests and examinations on each lifejacket 
lot before the independent laboratory inspector tests and inspects the 
lot;
    (ii) Perform required testing of each incoming lot of inflation 
chamber material before using that lot in production;
    (iii) Have procedures for maintaining quality control of the 
materials used, manufacturing operations, and the finished product;
    (iv) Have a continuing program of employee training and a program 
for maintaining production and test equipment;

[[Page 276]]

    (v) Have an inspector from the independent laboratory observe the 
production methods used in producing the first lifejacket lot produced 
and observe any revisions made thereafter in production methods;
    (vi) Admit the inspector and any Coast Guard representative to any 
place in the factory where work is done on lifejackets or component 
materials, and where completed lifejackets are stored; and
    (vii) Allow the inspector and any Coast Guard representative to take 
samples of completed lifejackets or of components materials for tests 
prescribed in this subpart.
    (2) Independent laboratory. (i) An inspector may not perform or 
supervise any production test or inspection unless--
    (A) The manufacturer has a current approval certificate; and
    (B) The inspector has first observed the manufacturer's production 
methods and any revisions to those methods.
    (ii) An inspector must perform or supervise all required tests and 
inspections of each lifejacket lot produced.
    (iii) During each inspection, the inspector must check for 
noncompliance with the manufacturer's quality control procedures.
    (iv) At least once each calendar quarter, the inspector must, as a 
check on manufacturer compliance with this section, examine the 
manufacturer's records required by Sec. 160.176-17 of this part and 
observe the manufacturer in performing each of the tests required by 
paragraph (h) of this section.
    (c) Lifejacket lots. A lot number must be assigned to each group of 
lifejackets produced. No lot may exceed 1000 lifejackets. A new lot must 
be started whenever any change in materials or a revision to a 
production method is made, and whenever any substantial discontinuity in 
the production process occurs. Changes in lots of component materials 
must be treated as changes in materials. Lots must be numbered serially. 
The lot number assigned, along with the approval number, must enable the 
lifejacket manufacturer, by referring to the records required by this 
subpart, to determine who produced the components used in the 
lifejacket.
    (d) Samples. (1) Samples used in testing and inspections must be 
selected at random. Sampling must be done only when all lifejackets or 
materials in the lot are available for selection.
    (2) Each sample lifejacket selected must be complete, unless 
otherwise specified in paragraph (h) of this section.
    (3) The inspector may not select the same samples tested by the 
manufacturer.
    (4) The number of samples selected per lot must be at least the 
applicable number listed in Table 160.176-15A or Table 160.176-15B.

[[Page 277]]



                                                    Table 160.176-15A.--Manufacturer's Sampling Plan                                                    
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                             Number of Samples Per Lot                                  
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                     Lot Size                                           
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               1-100          101-200         201-300         301-500         501-750        751-1000   
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Tests:                                                                                                                                                  
    Inflation Chamber Materials.........................                                           SEE NOTE (1)                                         
    Seam Strength.......................................               1               1               2               2               3               4
    Over-pressure \2\ \3\...............................               1               2               3               4               6               8
    Air Retention.......................................                                      EVERY DEVICE IN THE LOT                                   
    Buoyancy & Inflation Media Retention................               1               2               3               4               6               8
    Tensile Strength \4\................................               1               1               1               1               1               1
    Detailed Product Examination........................               2               2               3               4               6               8
Retest Sample Size \2\..................................              --              --              13              13              20              20
Final Lot Inspection:...................................                                      EVERY DEVICE IN THE LOT                                   
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Samples must be selected from each lot of incoming material. The tests referenced in Secs.  160.176-13(y)(1) through 160.176-13(y)(4) of this part  
  prescribe the number of samples to select.                                                                                                            
\2\ Samples selected for this test may not be the same samples selected for other tests.                                                                
\3\ If any sample fails the over-pressure test, the number of samples to be tested in the next lot produced must be at least 2% of the total number of  
  lifejackets in the lot or 10 lifejackets, whichever is greater.                                                                                       
\4\ This test is required only when a new lot of materials is used and when a revised production process is used. However, the test must be run at least
  once every calendar quarter regardless of whether a new lot of materials or a revised process is started in that quarter.                             


                                                      Table 160.176-15B.--Inspector's Sampling Plan                                                     
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                             Number of samples per lot                                  
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                     Lot size                                           
                                                         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                               1-100          101-200         201-300         301-500         501-750        751-1000   
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Tests:                                                                                                                                                  
    Over-pressure \1\...................................               1               2               3               4               6               8
    Air Retention.......................................               1               2               3               4               6               8
    Buoyancy & Inflation Media Retention................               1               2               3               4               6               8
    Tensile Strength \2\................................               1               1               1               1               1               1
    Waterproof marking..................................                                     SEE NOTE (3) FOR SAMPLING                                  
    Detailed Product Examination........................               2               2               2               3               3               3
Retest Sample Size \1\..................................              10              10              13              13              20              20
Final Lot Inspection:...................................              20              32              50              60              70              80
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ Samples selected for this test may not be the same lifejackets selected for other tests.                                                            
\2\ This test may be omitted if the manufacturer has previously conducted it on the lot and the inspector has conducted the test on a previous lot      
  during the same calendar quarter.                                                                                                                     
\3\ One sample of each means of marking on each type of fabric or finish used in lifejacket construction must be tested. This test is only required when
  a new lot of materials is used. However, the test must be run at least once every calendar quarter regardless of whether a new lot of materials is    
  started in that quarter.                                                                                                                              


[[Page 278]]

    (e) Accept/reject criteria: manufacturer testing. (1) A lifejacket 
lot passes production testing if each sample passes each test.
    (2) In lots of 200 or fewer lifejackets, the lot must be rejected if 
any sample fails one or more tests.
    (3) In lots of more than 200 lifejackets, the lot must be rejected 
if--
    (i) One sample fails more than one test;
    (ii) More than one sample fails any test or combination of tests; or
    (iii) One sample fails one test and in redoing that test with the 
number of samples specified for retesting in Table 160.176-15A, one or 
more samples fail the test.
    (4) A rejected lifejacket lot may be retested only if allowed under 
paragraph (k) of this section.
    (5) In testing inflation chamber materials, a lot is accepted only 
if the average of the results of testing the minimum number of samples 
prescribed in the reference tests in Sec. 160.176-13(y) of this part is 
within the tolerances specified in Sec. 160.176-8(c)(1) of this part. A 
rejected lot may not be used in production.
    (f) Accept/reject criteria: independent laboratory testing. (1) A 
lot passes production testing if each sample passes each test.
    (2) A lot must be rejected if--
    (i) One sample fails more than one test;
    (ii) More than one sample fails any test or combination of tests; or
    (iii) One sample fails one test and in redoing that test with the 
number of samples specified for retesting in Table 160.176-15B, one or 
more samples fail the test.
    (3) A rejected lot may be retested only if allowed under paragraph 
(k) of this section.
    (g) Facilities and equipment--(1) General. The manufacturer must 
provide the test equipment and facilities described in this section for 
performing production tests, examinations, and inspections.
    (2) Calibration. The manufacturer must have the calibration of all 
test equipment checked at least every six months by a weights and 
measures agency or the equipment manufacturer, distributor, or dealer.
    (3) Equipment. The following equipment is required:
    (i) A sample basket for buoyancy tests. It must be made of wire mesh 
and be of sufficient size and durability to securely hold a completely 
inflated lifejacket under water without compressing it. The basket must 
be heavy enough or be sufficiently weighted to submerge when holding an 
inflated test sample.
    (ii) A tank filled with fresh water for buoyancy tests. The height 
of the tank must be sufficient to allow a water depth of 5 cm (2 inches) 
minimum between the top of the basket and water surface when the basket 
is not touching the bottom. The length and width of the tank must be 
sufficient to prevent each submerged basket from contacting another 
basket or the tank sides and bottom. Means for locking or sealing the 
tank must be provided to prevent disturbance of any samples or a change 
in water level during testing.
    (iii) A scale that has sufficient capacity to weigh a submerged 
basket for buoyancy tests. The scale must be sensitive to 14 g (0.5 oz.) 
and must not have an error exceeding 14 g (0.5 oz.).
    (iv) Tensile test equipment that is suitable for applying pulling 
force in conducting body strap assembly strength subtests. The equipment 
assembly may be (A) a known weight and winch, (B) a scale, winch, and 
fixed anchor, or (C) a tensile test machine that is capable of holding a 
given tension. The assembly must provide accuracy to maintain a pulling 
force within 2 percent of specified force. Additionally, if 
the closed loop test method in Sec. 160.176-13(h)(1) of this Part is 
used, two cylinders of the type described in that method must be 
provided.
    (v) A thermometer that is sensitive to 0.5  deg.C (1  deg.F) and 
does not have an error exceeding 0.25  deg.C (0.5  deg.F).
    (vi) A barometer that is capable of reading mm (inches) of mercury 
with a sensitivity of 1 mm (0.05 in.) Hg and an error not exceeding 
5 mm (0.02 in.) Hg.
    (vii) A regulated air supply that is capable of supplying the air 
necessary to conduct the tests specified in paragraphs (h)(4) and (h)(5) 
of this section.

[[Page 279]]

    (viii) A pressure gauge that is capable of measuring air pressure 
with a sensitivity of 1 kPa (0.1 psig) and an error not exceeding 
0.5 kPa (0.05 psig).
    (ix) A torque wrench if any screw fasteners are used. The wrench 
must be sensitive to, and have an error of less than, one half the 
specified tolerance for the torque values of the fasteners.
    (4) Facilities: The manufacturer must provide a suitable place and 
the necessary apparatus for the inspector to use in conducting or 
supervising tests. For the final lot inspection, the manufacturer must 
provide a suitable working environment and a smooth-top table for the 
inspector's use.
    (h) Production tests and examinations.--(1) General. (i) Samples 
used in testing must be selected according to paragraph (d) of this 
section.
    (ii) On each sample selected--
    (A) The manufacturer must conduct the tests in paragraphs (h)(2) 
through (h)(8) of this section; and
    (B) The independent laboratory inspector must conduct or supervise 
the tests in paragraphs (h)(4) through (h)(9) of this section.
    (iii) Each individual test result must, in addition to meeting the 
requirements in this paragraph, meet the requirements, if any, set out 
in the approved plans and specifications required by Sec. 160.176-
5(a)(2) of this part.
    (2) Inflation chamber materials. Each sample must be tested 
according to Secs. 160.176-13(y)(1) through 160.176-13(y)(3) of this 
part. The average and individual results of testing the minimum number 
of samples prescribed by Sec. 160.176-13(y) of this part must comply 
with the requirements in Sec. 160.176-8(c)(1) of this part.
    (3) Seam strength. The seams in each inflation chamber of each 
sample must be tested according to Sec. 160.176-13(y)(4) of this part. 
The results for each inflation chamber must be at least 90% of the 
results obtained in approval testing.
    (4) Over-pressure. Each sample must be tested according to and meet 
Sec. 160.176-13(t)(1) of this part.
    (5) Air retention. Each sample must be tested according to and meet 
Sec. 160.176-13(t)(2) of this part.
    (6) Buoyancy and inflation medium retention. Each sample must be 
tested according to and meet Sec. 160.176-13(j) of this part. Each 
buoyancy value must fall within the tolerances specified in the approved 
plans and specifications.
    (7) Tensile strength. Each sample must be tested according to and 
meet Sec. 160.176-13(n) of this part.
    (8) Detailed product examination. Each sample lifejacket must be 
disassembled to the extent necessary to determine compliance with the 
following:
    (i) All dimensions and seam allowances must be within tolerances 
prescribed in the approved plans and specifications required by 
Sec. 160.176-5(a)(2) of this part.
    (ii) The torque of each screw type mechanical fastener must be 
within its tolerance as prescribed in the approved plans and 
specifications.
    (iii) The arrangement, markings, and workmanship must be as 
specified in the approved plans and specifications and this subpart.
    (iv) The lifejacket must not otherwise be defective.
    (9) Waterproof marking test. Each sample is completely submerged in 
fresh water for a minimum of 30 minutes, and them removed and 
immediately placed on a hard surface. The markings are vigorously rubbed 
with the fingers for 15 seconds. If the printing becomes illegible, the 
sample is rejected.
    (i) [Reserved]
    (j) Final lot examination and inspection.--(1) General. On each 
lifejacket lot that passes production testing, the manufacturer must 
perform a final lot examination and an independent laboratory inspector 
must perform a final lot inspection. Samples must be selected according 
to paragraph (d) of this section. Each final lot examination and 
inspectin must show--
    (i) First quality workmanship;
    (ii) That the general arrangement and attachment of all components 
such as body straps, closures, inflation mechanisms, tie tapes, 
drawstrings, etc. are as specified in the approved plans and 
specifications; and
    (iii) Compliance with the marking requirements in Sec. 160.176-23 of 
this Part.
    (2) Accept/reject criteria. Each nonconforming lifejacket must be 
rejected. If three or more nonconforming lifejackets are rejected for 
the same kind of defect, lot examination or inspection

[[Page 280]]

must be discontinued and the lot rejected.
    (3) Manufacturer examination. This examination must be done by a 
manufacturer's representative who is familiar with the approved plans 
and specifications required by Sec. 160.176-5(a)(2) of this part, the 
functioning of the lifejacket and its components, and the production 
testing procedures. This person must not be responsible for meeting 
production schedules or be supervised by someone who is. This person 
must prepare and sign the record required by Sec. 159.007-13(a) of this 
chapter and Sec. 160.176-17(b) of this part.
    (4) Independent laboratory inspection. (i) The inspector must 
discontinue lot inspection and reject the lot if observation of the 
records for the lot or of individual lifejackets shows noncompliance 
with this section or the manufacturer's quality control procedures.
    (ii) An inspector may not perform a final lot inspection unless the 
manufacturer has a current approval certificate.
    (iii) If the inspector rejects a lot, the Commandant must be advised 
immediately.
    (iv) The inspector must prepare and sign the inspection record 
required by Sec. 159.007-13(a) of this chapter and Sec. 160.176-17(b) of 
this part. If the lot passes, the record must also include the 
inspector's certification to that effect and a certification that no 
evidence of noncompliance with this section was observed.
    (v) If the lot passes, each lifejacket in the lot must be plainly 
marked with the words, ``Inspected and Passed, (Date), (Inspection 
Laboratory ID).'' This marking must be done in the presence of the 
inspector. The marking must be permanent and waterproof. The stamp which 
contains the marking must be kept in the independent laboratory's 
custody at all times.
    (k) Disposition of rejected lifejacket lot or lifejacket. (1) A 
rejected lifejacket lot may be resubmitted for testing, examination or 
inspection if the manufacturer first removes and destroys each defective 
lifejacket or, if authorized by the Commandant, reworks the lot to 
correct the defect.
    (2) Any lifejacket rejected in a final lot examination or inspection 
may be resubmitted for examination or inspection if all defects have 
been corrected and reexamination or reinspection is authorized by the 
Commandant.
    (3) A rejected lot or rejected lifejacket may not be sold or offered 
for sale under representation that it meets this subpart or that it is 
Coast Guard approved.

[CGD 78-1746, 54 FR 50320, Dec. 5, 1989, as amended by CGD 78-174b, 56 
FR 29442, June 27, 1991]



Sec. 160.176-17  Manufacturer records.

    (a) Each manufacturer of inflatable lifejackets must keep the 
records required by Sec. 159.007-13 of this chapter except that they 
must be retained for at least 120 months after the month in which the 
inspection or test was conducted.
    (b) Each record required by Sec. 159.007-13 of this chapter must 
also include the following information:
    (1) For each test, the serial number of the test instrument used if 
there is more than one available.
    (2) For each test and inspection, the identification of the samples 
used, the lot number, the approval number, and the number of lifejackets 
in the lot.
    (3) For each lot rejected, the cause for rejection, any corrective 
action taken, and the final disposition of the lot.
    (c) The description or photographs of procedures and apparatus used 
in testing is not required for the records prescribed in Sec. 159.007-13 
of this chapter as long as the manufacturer's procedures and apparatus 
meet the requirements of this subpart.
    (d) Each manufacturer of inflatable lifejackets must also keep the 
following records:
    (1) Records for all materials used in production including the 
following:
    (i) Name and address of the supplier.
    (ii) Date of purchase and receipt.
    (iii) Lot number.
    (iv) Certification meeting Sec. 160.176-8(a)(3) of this part.
    (2) A copy of this subpart.
    (3) Each document incorporated by reference in Sec. 160.176-4 of 
this part.
    (4) A copy of the approved plans and specifications required by 
Sec. 160.176-5(a)(2) of this part.
    (5) The approval certificate.

[[Page 281]]

    (6) Calibration of test equipment, including the identity of the 
agency performing the calibration, date of calibration, and results.
    (7) A listing of current and formerly approved servicing facilities.
    (e) The records required by paragraph (d)(1) of this section must be 
kept for at least 120 months after preparation. All other records 
required by paragraph (d) of this section must be kept for at least 60 
months after the lifejacket approval expires or is terminated.



Sec. 160.176-19  Servicing.

    (a) General. This section contains requirements for servicing 
facilities, manuals, training, guidelines, and records. Other 
regulations in this chapter require inflatable lifejackets to be 
serviced at approved facilities at 12 month intervals.
    (1) Each manufacturer of an approved inflatable lifejacket must 
provide one or more Coast Guard approved facilities for servicing those 
lifejackets. The manufacturer must notify the Commandant whenever an 
approved facility under its organization no longer provides servicing of 
a lifejacket make and model listed in the guidelines required by 
paragraph (d) of this section.
    (2) Each manufacturer of an approved inflatable lifejacket must make 
replacement parts available to Coast Guard approved independent 
servicing facilities.
    (b) Servicing facilities. Each Coast Guard approved servicing 
facility must meet the requirements of this paragraph and paragraph (d) 
of this section in order to receive and keep its approval for each make 
and model of lifejacket. Approval is obtained according to Sec. 160.176-
5(c) of this part.
    (1) Each servicing facility must conduct lifejacket servicing 
according to its servicing guidelines and follow the procedures in the 
service manual required by this section.
    (2) Each servicing facility must have a suitable site for servicing 
which must be clean, well lit, free from excessive dust, drafts, and 
strong sunlight, and have appropriate temperature and humidity control 
as specified in the service manual.
    (3) Each servicing facility must have the appropriate service, 
repair, and test equipment and spare parts for performing required tests 
and repairs.
    (4) Each servicing facility must have a current manufacturer's 
service manual for each make and model of lifejacket serviced.
    (5) A servicing facility may have more than one servicing site 
provided that each site meets the requirements of paragraph (b)(2) of 
this section.
    (6) Each servicing facility must be inspected at intervals not 
exceeding six months by an accepted independent laboratory, and a report 
of the inspections must be submitted to the Commandant at least 
annually. The report must contain enough information to show compliance 
with paragraphs (b) (1) through (4) of this section and paragraph (d) of 
this section. Where a facility uses more than one site the report must 
show compliance at each site at least biennially.
    (c) Service manual. (1) Each manufacturer of an approved inflatable 
lifejacket must prepare a service manual for the lifejacket. The service 
manual must be approved by the Commandant according to Sec. 160.176-5(b) 
of this part.
    (2) The manufacturer must make the service manual, service manual 
revisions, and service bulletins available to each approved servicing 
facility.
    (3) Each service manual must contain the following:
    (i) Detailed procedures for inspecting, servicing, and repackaging 
the lifejacket.
    (ii) A list of approved replacement parts and materials to be used 
for servicing and repairs, if any.
    (iii) A requirement to mark the date and servicing facility name on 
each lifejacket serviced.
    (iv) Frequency of servicing.
    (v) Any specific restrictions or special procedures prescribed by 
the Coast Guard or manufacturer.
    (4) Each service manual revision and service bulletin which 
authorizes the modification of a lifejacket, or which affects a 
requirement under this subpart, must be approved by the Commandant. 
Other revisions and service bulletins are not required to be approved, 
but a copy of each must be sent to the Commandant when it is issued.

[[Page 282]]

At least once each year, the manufacturer must provide to the Commandant 
and to each servicing facility approved to service its lifejackets a 
bulletin listing each service manual revision and bulletin in effect.
    (d) Servicing facilities guidelines. Each servicing facility must 
have written guidelines that include the following:
    (1) Identification of each make and model of lifejacket which may be 
serviced by the facility as well as the manual and revision to be used 
for servicing.
    (2) Identification of the person, by title or position, who is 
responsible for the servicing program.
    (3) Training and qualifications of servicing technicians.
    (4) Provisions for the facility to retain a copy of its current 
letter of approval from the Coast Guard at each site.
    (5) Requirements to--
    (i) Ensure each inflatable lifejacket serviced under its Coast Guard 
approval is serviced in accordance with the manufacturer's service 
manual;
    (ii) Keep servicing technicians informed of each approved servicing 
manual revision and bulletin and ensure servicing technicians understand 
each change and new technique related to the lifejackets serviced by the 
facility;
    (iii) Calibrate each pressure gauge, weighing scale, and 
mechanically-operated barometer at intervals of not more than one year;
    (iv) Ensure each inflatable lifejacket serviced under the facility's 
Coast Guard approval is serviced by or under the supervision of a 
servicing technician who meets the requirements of item (3) of this 
paragraph;
    (v) Specify each make and model of lifejacket it is approved to 
service when it represents itself as approved by the U.S. Coast Guard; 
and
    (vi) Not service any lifejacket for a U.S. registered commercial 
vessel, unless it is approved by the U.S. Coast Guard to service the 
make and model of lifejacket.
    (e) Servicing records. Each servicing facility must maintain records 
of all completed servicing. These records must be retained for at least 
5 years after they are made, be made available to any Coast Guard 
representative and independent laboratory inspector upon request, and 
include at least the following:
    (1) Date of servicing, number of lifejackets serviced, lot 
identification, approval number, and test results data for the 
lifejackets serviced.
    (2) Identification of the person conducting the servicing.
    (3) Identity of the vessel receiving the serviced lifejackets.
    (4) Date of return to the vessel.



Sec. 160.176-21   User manuals.

    (a) The manufacturer must develop a user's manual for each model of 
inflatable lifejacket. The content of the manual must be provided for 
approval according to Secs. 160.176-5(a)(3)(v) and 160.176-5(b) of this 
part.
    (b) A user's manual must be provided with each lifejacket except 
that only five manuals need be provided to a single user vessel if more 
than five lifejackets are carried on board.
    (c) Each user's manual must contain in detail the following:
    (1) Instructions on use of the lifejacket and replacement of 
expendable parts.
    (2) Procedures for examining serviceability of lifejackets and the 
frequency of examination.
    (3) Pages for logging on board examinations.
    (4) Frequency of required servicing at approved servicing 
facilities.
    (5) Instructions, if any, on proper stowage.
    (6) Procedures for getting the lifejackets repaired by a servicing 
facility or the manufacturer.
    (7) Procedures for making emergency repairs on board.
    (8) Any specific restrictions or special instructions.



Sec. 160.176-23   Marking.

    (a) General. Each inflatable lifejacket must be marked with the 
information required by this section. Each marking must be waterproof, 
clear, and permanent. Except as provided elsewhere in this subpart, each 
marking must be readable from a distance of three feet.
    (b) Prominence. Each marking required in paragraph (d) of this 
section, except vital care and use instructions,

[[Page 283]]

if any, must be less prominent and in smaller print than markings 
required in paragraph (c) of this section. Each optional marking must be 
significantly less prominent and smaller than required markings. The 
marking ``ADULT'' must be in at least 18 mm (\3/4\ inch) high bold 
capital lettering. If a lifejacket is stored in a package, the package 
must also have the marking ``ADULT'' or this marking must be easily 
visible through the package.
    (c) Text. Each inflatable lifejacket must be marked with the 
following text in the exact order shown:

    ADULT--For a person weighing more than 90 pounds.
    Type V PFD--Approved for use on (see paragraph (e) of this section 
for exact text to be used here) in lieu of (see paragraph (f) of this 
section for exact text to be used here).
    This lifejacket must be serviced, stowed, and used in accordance 
with (insert description of service manual and user's manual).
    When fully inflated this lifejacket provides a minimum buoyant force 
of (insert the design buoyancy in lb.).

    (d) Other Information. Each lifejacket must also be marked with the 
following information below the text required by paragraph (c) of this 
section:
    (1) U.S. Coast Guard Approval No. (insert assigned approval number).
    (2) Manufacturer's or private labeler's name and address.
    (3) Lot Number.
    (4) Date, or year and calendar quarter, of manufacture.
    (5) Necessary vital care or use instructions, if any, such as the 
following:
    (i) Warning against dry cleaning.
    (ii) Size and type of inflation medium cartridges required.
    (iii) Specific donning instructions.
    (e) Approved applications. The text to be inserted in paragraph (c) 
of this section as the approved use will be one or more of the following 
as identified by the Commandant on the approval certificate issued 
according to Sec. 159.005-13(a)(2) of this chapter:
    (1) The name of the vessel.
    (2) The type of vessel.
    (3) Specific purpose or limitation approved by the Coast Guard.
    (f) Type equivalence. The exact text to be inserted in paragraph (c) 
of this section as the approved performance type will be one of the 
following as identified by the Commandant on the approval certificate:
    (1) Type I PFD.
    (2) Type V PFD--(insert exact text of additional description noted 
on the approval certificate).

[CGD 78-1746, 54 FR 50320, Dec. 5, 1989, as amended by CGD 78-174b, 56 
FR 29442, June 27, 1991]



PART 161--ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT--Table of Contents




                       Subpart 161.001--[Reserved]

                Subpart 161.002--Fire-Protective Systems

Sec.
161.002-1  Incorporation by reference.
161.002-2  Types of fire-protective systems.
161.002-3  Materials and workmanship.
161.002-4  General requirements.
161.002-8  Automatic fire detecting systems, general requirements.
161.002-9  Automatic fire detecting system, power supply.
161.002-10  Automatic fire detecting system control unit.
161.002-12  Manual fire alarm systems.
161.002-14  Watchman's supervisory systems.
161.002-15  Sample extraction smoke detection systems.
161.002-17  Equivalents.
161.002-18  Method of application for type approval.

   Subpart 161.006--Searchlights, Motor Lifeboat, for Merchant Vessels

161.006-1  Applicable specifications.
161.006-2  Type.
161.006-3  Materials and workmanship.
161.006-4  Requirements.
161.006-5  Sampling, inspections and tests.
161.006-6  Procedure for approval.

                       Subpart 161.008--[Reserved]

              Subpart 161.010--Floating Electric Waterlight

161.010-1  Incorporation by reference.
161.010-2  Design, Construction, and Test Requirements.
161.010-3  Inspections and methods of test.
161.010-4  Procedure for approval.

       Subpart 161.011--Emergency Position Indicating Radiobeacons

161.011-1  Purpose.
161.011-5  Classes.
161.011-10  EPIRB approval.

[[Page 284]]

            Subpart 161.012--Personal Flotation Device Lights

161.012-1  Scope.
161.012-3  Definitions.
161.012-5  Approval procedures.
161.012-7  Construction.
161.012-9  Performance.
161.012-11  Approval tests.
161.012-13  Production tests and inspections.
161.012-15  Markings.
161.012-17  Instructions.

           Subpart 161.013--Electric Distress Light for Boats

161.013-1  Applicability.
161.013-3  General performance requirements.
161.013-5  Intensity requirements.
161.013-7  Signal requirements.
161.013-9  Independent power source.
161.013-11  Prototype test.
161.013-13  Manufacturer certification and labeling.
161.013-17  Manufacturer notification.

    Authority: 46 U.S.C. 3306, 3703, 4302; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 
CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; 49 CFR 1.46.



                       Subpart 161.001--[Reserved]



                Subpart 161.002--Fire-Protective Systems

    Source: 21 FR 9032, Nov. 21, 1956, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 161.002-1  Incorporation by reference.

    (a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this subpart 
with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 
552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. To enforce any edition other than that 
specified in paragraph (b) of this section, the Coast Guard must publish 
notice of change in the Federal Register; and the material must be 
available to the public. All approved material is available for 
inspection at the Office of the Federal Register, 800 North Capitol 
Street NW., suite 700, Washington, DC, and at the U.S. Coast Guard, (G-
MSE), 2100 Second Street SW., Washington, DC 20593-0001, and is 
available from the sources indicated in paragraph (b) of this section.
    (b) The material approved for incorporation by reference in this 
subpart and the sections affected are as follows:

                    American Bureau of Shipping (ABS)

    American Bureau of Shipping, Two World Trade Center, 106th Floor, 
New York, NY 10048.
    Rules for Building and Classing Steel Vessels, 1995--161.002-4(b).

            American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)

    American Society for Testing and Materials, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, 
West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959.
    ASTM B 117-95, Standard Practice for Operating Salt Spray (Fog) 
Apparatus, 1996--161.002-4(b).

             Factory Mutual Engineering and Research (FMER)

    Factory Mutual Engineering and Research, ATTN: Librarian, 1151 
Boston-Providence Turnpike, Norwood, MA 02062.
    Class Number 3150: Audible Signal Devices, December, 1974--161.002-
4(b).
    Class Number 3210: Thermostats for Automatic Fire Detection, July, 
1978--161.002-4(b).
    Class Number 3230-3250: Smoke Actuated Detectors for Automatic Fire 
Alarm Signaling, February, 1976--161.002-4(b).
    Class Number 3260: Flame Radiation Detectors for Automatic Fire 
Alarm Signaling, September, 1994--161.002-4(b).
    Class Number 3820: Electrical Utilization Equipment, September, 
1979--161.002-4(b).

             International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC)

    International Electrotechnical Commission, 1, Rue de Varembe, 
Geneva, Switzerland.
    IEC 533, Electromagnetic Compatibility of Electrical and Electronic 
Installations in Ships, 1977--161.002-4(b).

                International Maritime Organization (IMO)

    International Maritime Organization, 4 Albert Embankment, London SE1 
7SR, England.
    International Convention for the Safety of Life at Sea, 1974 (SOLAS 
74) Consolidated Edition (Including 1992 Amendments to SOLAS 74, and 
1994 Amendments to SOLAS 74), 1992--161.002-4(b).

               National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)

    National Fire Protection Association, 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, 
MA 02269.
    NFPA 72, National Fire Alarm Code, 1993--161.002-4(b).

                    Lloyd's Register of Shipping (LR)

    Lloyd's Register of Shipping, ATTN: Publications, 17 Battery Place, 
New York, NY 10004-1195.
    LR Type Approval System; Test Specification Number 1, 1990--161.002-
4(b).

[[Page 285]]

                  Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL)

    Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., ATTN: Publication Stock, 333 
Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062-2096.
    UL 38, Standard for Manually Actuated Signaling Boxes for Use with 
Fire-Protective Signaling Systems, 1994--161.002-4(b).
    UL 268, Standard for Smoke Detectors for Fire Protective Signaling 
Systems, 1989 (including revisions through June 1994)--161.002-4(b).
    UL 521, Standard for Heat Detectors for Fire Protective Signaling 
Systems, 1993 (including revisions through October 1994)--161.002-4(b).
    UL 864, Standard for Control Units for Fire-Protective Signaling 
Systems, 1991 (including revisions through May 1994)--161.002-4(b).

[CGD 94-108, 61 FR 28291, June 4, 1996; 61 FR 36787, July 12, 1996]



Sec. 161.002-2   Types of fire-protective systems.

    (a) General. Fire-protective systems covered by this subpart shall 
include, but not be limited to, automatic fire and smoke detecting 
systems, manual fire alarm systems, sample extraction smoke detection 
systems, watchman's supervisory systems, and combinations of these 
systems.
    (b) Automatic fire detecting systems. For the purpose of this 
subpart, automatic fire and smoke detecting systems will be considered 
to consist of normal and emergency power supplies, a fire detecting 
control unit, fire detectors, smoke detectors, and audible and visual 
alarms distinct in both respects from the alarms of any other system not 
indicating fire.
    (c) Manual fire alarm systems. For the purpose of this subpart, 
manual fire alarm systems will be considered to consist of normal and 
emergency power supplies, a fire alarm control unit, manual fire alarm 
boxes, and audible and visual alarms distinct in both respects from the 
alarms of any other system not indicating fire. Manual fire alarm 
systems are usually combined with automatic fire detecting systems.
    (d) Sample extraction smoke detection systems. For the purpose of 
this subpart, Sample extraction smoke detection systems will be 
considered to consist of a control unit, a blower box, and a piping 
system to conduct air samples from the protected spaces to the control 
unit.
    (e) Watchman's supervisory systems. For the purpose of this subpart, 
a watchman's supervisory equipment will be considered to be apparatus, 
either electrical or mechanical, used to verify the presence of watchmen 
and the regular performance of their assigned duties.

[CGFR 56-39, 21 FR 9032, Nov. 21, 1956, as amended by CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 
19966, Dec. 30, 1970; CGD 94-108, 61 FR 28292, June 4, 1996]



Sec. 161.002-3   Materials and workmanship.

    (a) Suitability. All materials used in the construction of fire-
protective equipment shall be of the quality best suited for the purpose 
intended.
    (b) Materials covered by reference specifications. Where 
specifications are referred to for a given material, it is intended to 
require that the quality of material used shall be at least equal to 
that covered in the reference specifications.

[21 FR 9032, Nov. 21, 1956, as amended by CGD 94-108, 61 FR 28292, June 
4, 1996]



Sec. 161.002-4   General requirements.

    (a) Introduction. The purpose of fire-protective systems is to give 
warning of the presence of fire in the protected spaces. To meet this 
end, the basic requirements of the fire-protective systems are 
reliability, sturdiness, simplicity of design, ease of servicing, and 
the ability to withstand shipboard shock and vibration and the adverse 
effects of sea humidity.
    (b) Standards. (1) All fire-protective systems must be designed, 
constructed, tested, marked, and installed according to the applicable 
standards under Sec. 161.002-1 and subchapter J (Electrical Engineering) 
of this chapter.
    (2) All systems must be listed or certified as meeting these 
standards by an independent laboratory that is accepted by the 
Commandant under part 159 of this chapter for the testing and listing or 
certification of fire detection equipment and systems.
    (3) All parts of the system must pass the environmental tests for 
control and monitoring equipment in either ABS Rules Table 4/11.1 or 
pass the Category ENV3 tests of Lloyd's Register Type Approval System, 
Test Specification Number 1, as appropriate.

[[Page 286]]

    (4) Those parts of the system that are to be installed in locations 
requiring exceptional degrees of protection must also pass the salt 
spray (mist) test in either ABS Rules Table 4/11.1; Category ENV3 of 
Lloyd's Register Type Approval System, Test Specification No. 1; or ASTM 
B-117 with results as described in corrosion-resistant finish in 
Sec. 110.15-1 of this chapter.

[21 FR 9032, Nov. 21, 1956, as amended by CGD 94-108, 61 FR 28292, June 
4, 1996]



Sec. 161.002-8   Automatic fire detecting systems, general requirements.

    (a) General. An automatic fire detecting system shall consist of a 
power supply; a control unit on which are located visible and audible 
fire and trouble signalling devices; and fire detector circuits, as 
required, originating from the control unit. Power failure alarm devices 
may be separately housed from the control unit and may be combined with 
other power failure alarm systems when specifically approved.
    (b) [Reserved]

[21 FR 9032, Nov. 21, 1956, as amended by CGD 94-108, 61 FR 28292, June 
4, 1996]



Sec. 161.002-9  Automatic fire detecting system, power supply.

    The power supply for an automatic fire detecting system must meet 
the requirements of Sec. 113.10-9 of subchapter J (Electrical 
Engineering Regulations) of this chapter.

[CGD 74 FR 125a, 47 FR 15279, Apr. 8, 1982]



Sec. 161.002-10  Automatic fire detecting system control unit.

    (a) General. The fire detecting system control unit shall consist of 
a dripproof enclosed panel containing visible and audible fire alarm 
signalling devices, visible and audible trouble alarm signalling 
devices, visible and audible power failure alarm devices, power supply 
transfer switch, charging equipment when employed, and overcurrent 
protection for power supplies.
    (b) Fire alarms--(1) General. The operation of a fire detecting and 
alarm system must cause automatically--
    (i) The sounding of a vibrating type fire bell with a gong diameter 
not smaller than 15 cm (6 inches) or other audible alarm that has an 
equivalent sound level and that is mounted at the control unit and at 
the remote annunciator panel, when provided;
    (ii) The sounding of a vibrating type fire bell with a gong diameter 
not smaller than 20 cm (8 inches) or other audible alarm that has an 
equivalent sound level and that is located in the engine room; and
    (iii) an indication of the fire detecting zone from which the signal 
originated, visible at the control unit and at the remote annunciator 
panel, when provided;
    (2) Maintaining alarm. The audible and visible alarms resulting from 
the operation of a fire detector having self-restoring contacts shall be 
maintained automatically by the control unit until a resetting device is 
operated manually.
    (3) Silencing audible alarm. Manual means shall be provided at the 
control unit to silence the audible fire alarms, but operation of the 
audible fire alarm device shall permit the visible fire alarm to remain 
until manually reset as described in paragraph (b)(2) of this section.
    (4) Non-interference. The control unit shall be so arranged as to 
permit one or any number of fire alarms simultaneously, and an alarm on 
one circuit shall not interfere with the normal operation of any other 
circuit, except that the audible fire alarms, when silenced by the means 
provided by paragraph (b)(3) of this section, need not sound upon 
receipt of succeeding sensor signals.
    (5) Source of energy. The source of energy for the alarms referred 
to in this paragraph shall be the ``normal source''. On a system 
supplied by duplicate storage batteries, the ``normal source'' shall be 
construed to mean that part of the supply circuit on the load side of 
the battery transfer switch and fuses. On a system supplied by a branch 
circuit the ``normal source'' shall be construed to mean the load side 
of any transformer or rectifier employed to modify the nature or 
magnitude of the supply potential.
    (c) Electrical supervision--(1) Circuits. The circuits formed by 
conductors extending from the control unit to the fire detectors of each 
zone shall be electrically supervised.

[[Page 287]]

    (2) Normal source. The normal source of energy to the control unit 
shall be electrically supervised.
    (3) Audible fire alarms. The engine room audible fire alarm shall be 
electrically supervised.
    (d) Power failure alarms--(1) Loss of potential. The loss of 
potential from a supervised normal source of energy automatically shall 
be indicated at the control unit by the sounding of an audible power 
failure alarm. The source of energy for the alarm shall be the emergency 
power source. The source of energy for the alarm of a system supplied by 
duplicate storage batteries shall be the storage battery being charged.
    (2) Silencing audible alarm. Means shall be provided at the control 
unit to silence the audible power failure alarm by transferring the 
signal to a visible indicator which shall remain until the silencing 
means is restored to its normal position.
    (e) Trouble alarms--(1) Open Circuit. An open circuit occurring in 
either supervised circuit covered by paragraph (c) (1) or (3) of this 
section shall automatically be indicated at the control unit by the 
sounding of an audible trouble alarm and by a visual indicator showing 
the circuit or zone from which the signal originated except that on 
systems employing closed-circuit series connected detectors, an open 
circuit in the zone wiring may cause a fire alarm.
    (2) Silencing audible alarm. Manual means shall be provided at the 
control unit to silence the audible alarm. Operation of the silencing 
means shall permit the visible alarm to remain until the trouble has 
been corrected.
    (3) Non-interference. The control unit shall be so arranged as to 
permit one or any number of trouble alarms simultaneously, and an alarm 
on one circuit shall not interfere with the normal operation of any 
other circuit, except that the audible trouble alarm, when silenced by 
the means provided by paragraph (e)(2) of this section, need not sound 
on receipt of succeeding trouble signals.
    (4) Source of energy. The source of energy for the trouble alarms 
required by this paragraph shall be the normal source as defined in 
paragraph (b)(5) of this section.
    (f) Circuit testing--(1) Fire alarm and trouble alarm test. Means 
shall be provided at the control unit for individually testing each fire 
detecting zone circuit. The testing means shall be capable of simulating 
a fire condition and a trouble condition.
    (2) Ground test. Means shall be provided at the control unit for 
manual testing of each individual fire detecting zone circuit for the 
presence of grounds. Systems whose normal source of supply is derived 
from a circuit from the ship's alternating-current temporary emergency 
bus shall be provided with a two-winding transformer in the supply 
circuit and located in the control unit to isolate electrically the fire 
detecting system from the ship's electrical system.
    (g) Power supply transfer switch. An automatic transfer switch with 
no ``off'' position shall be provided in the control unit for selecting 
the source of power, except that systems employing duplicate storage 
batteries may be provided with a manual transfer switch.
    (1) Automatic transfer switch. Upon reduction of potential from the 
normal power source of 15 to 20 percent, the automatic fire detection 
system shall automatically be disconnected from the normal source and 
connected to the emergency source. Upon restoration of potential from 
the normal source of 85 to 95 percent of normal valves, the automatic 
fire detection system shall automatically be transferred back to normal 
source.
    (2) Manual transfer switch. Automatic fire detecting systems 
employing duplicate storage batteries as the power supplies shall be 
provided with a manual transfer switch with no ``off'' position to 
select the battery to supply the system and the battery to be charged.
    (h) Automatic fire detecting system, battery charging and control--
(1) General. Automatic fire detecting systems employing duplicate 
storage batteries as the power supply shall be provided with battery 
charging and control facilities as specified by this paragraph.
    (2) Transfer switch. A manual transfer switch shall be provided in 
accordance with paragraph (g)(2) of this section.

[[Page 288]]

    (3) Voltmeter and voltmeter switch. A voltmeter and a voltmeter 
switch shall be provided at the control unit and connected to read (i) 
voltage of battery supplying system and (ii) voltage of battery on 
charge.
    (4) Ammeter. An ammeter shall be provided to indicate the charging 
current to the battery on charge.
    (5) Reverse current protection. An undervoltage or reverse current 
relay shall be provided to disconnect the battery on charge from the 
charging source in the event of loss of potential from the charging 
source unless reverse current flow is effectively blocked by a 
rectifier.
    (6) Resistors. Fixed and variable resistors shall be provided to 
regulate the charging rate, together with a two-position switch to 
select between a normal charging rate and a high charging rate.
    (7) Overcurrent protection. The batteries shall be protected against 
overcurrent by fuses rated at not less than 150 percent and not more 
than 200 percent of the maximum normal battery load.
    (8) Location. The equipment required by this paragraph shall be 
located in or adjacent to the control unit.

[CGFR 56-39, 21 FR 9035, Nov. 21, 1956, as amended by CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 
19666, Dec. 30, 1970; CGD 94-108, 61 FR 49691, Sept. 23, 1996]



Sec. 161.002-12   Manual fire alarm systems.

    (a) General. A manual fire alarm system shall consist of a power 
supply, a control unit on which are located visible and audible fire and 
trouble alarms, and fire alarm circuits as required originating from the 
control unit and terminating at manual fire alarm boxes. Power failure 
alarm devices may be separately housed from the control unit and may be 
combined with other power failure alarm systems when specifically 
approved.
    (b) Types. Manual fire alarm systems shall be one of the following 
types, or a combination of several types:
    (1) Manual fire alarm stations superimposed on and connected as an 
integral part of the fire detector circuit wiring of an automatic fire 
detection system.
    (2) Electrical system using manually operated fire alarm boxes.
    (3) Other types as may be developed.
    (c) Power supply. The power supply shall be as specified for 
automatic fire detecting system by Sec. 161.002-9.
    (d) Manual fire alarm system control unit. The manual fire alarm 
system control unit shall be as specified for automatic fire detecting 
systems by Sec. 161.002-10.

[21 FR 9032, Nov. 21, 1956, as amended by CGD 94-108, 61 FR 28292, June 
4, 1996]



Sec. 161.002-14   Watchman's supervisory systems.

    (a) General. The watchman's supervisory system shall consist of 
apparatus to verify the presence of watchmen and the regular performance 
of their assigned duties.
    (b) Types. The watchman's supervisory systems shall be one of the 
following types, or a combination of several types:
    (1) A mechanical system consisting of portable spring-motor-driven 
recording clocks in conjunction with key stations located along the 
prescribed routes of the watchmen to operate the clock recording 
mechanism.
    (2) An electrical system employing a recorder located at a central 
station in conjunction with key stations along the prescribed route of 
the watchmen.
    (3) Other types that may be developed.
    (c) Portable spring-motor-driven recording clocks. (1) Each clock 
shall run for at least one week without rewinding and shall be 
substantially mounted and strongly encased. It shall be made so that the 
recordings cannot be seen without opening the case and so that the case 
cannot be opened without indicating, by a distinctive recording, the 
time of opening and closing.
    (2) The records of the recording watch clock shall be legible and 
permanent.
    (d) Key stations for use with portable recording watch clocks. (1) 
The key station shall be of substantial construction and provided with a 
hinged cover.

The key shall be attached to the station by means of a strong link 
chain. The key stations shall be mounted in

[[Page 289]]

such a manner that they cannot be removed without giving evidence of 
removal.
    (2) Keys shall be made so that they are difficult to duplicate, and 
shall be of a pattern susceptible of variations tending to reduce the 
probability that a set of keys for one clock will operate other clocks.

[21 FR 9032, Nov. 21, 1956, as amended by CGFR 59-7, 24 FR 3241, Apr. 
25, 1959]



Sec. 161.002-15  Sample extraction smoke detection systems.

    The smoke detecting system must consist of a means for continuously 
exhausting an air sample from the protected spaces and testing the air 
for contamination with smoke, together with visual and audible alarms 
for indicating the presence of smoke.

[CGD 94-108, 61 FR 28292, June 4, 1996]



Sec. 161.002-17  Equivalents.

    The Commandant may approve any arrangement, fitting, appliance, 
apparatus, equipment, calculation, information, or test that provides a 
level of safety equivalent to that established by specific provisions of 
this subpart. Requests for approval must be submitted to Commandant (G-
MSE). If necessary, the Commandant may require engineering evaluations 
and tests to demonstrate the equivalence of the substitute.

[CGD 94-108, 61 FR 28292, June 4, 1996]



Sec. 161.002-18  Method of application for type approval.

    (a) The manufacturer must submit the following material to 
Commandant (G-MSE), U.S. Coast Guard Headquarters, 2100 Second Street 
SW., Washington, DC 20593-0001:
    (1) A formal written request that the system be reviewed for 
approval.
    (2) Three copies of the system's instruction manual, including 
information concerning installation, programming, operation, and 
troubleshooting.
    (3) One copy of the complete test report generated by an independent 
laboratory accepted by the Commandant under part 159 of this chapter for 
the testing and listing or certification of fire-protective systems. A 
current list of these facilities may be obtained from the address in 
this section.
    (4) Three copies of a list prepared by the manufacturer that 
contains the name, model number, and function of each major component 
and accessory, such as the main control cabinet, remote annunicator 
cabinet, detector, zone card, isolator, central processing unit, zener 
barrier, special purpose module, or power supply. This list must be 
identified by the following information assigned by the manufacturer:
    (i) A document number.
    (ii) A revision number (the original submission being revision 
number 0).
    (iii) The date that the manufacturer created or revised the list.
    (b) The Coast Guard distributes a copy of the approved instruction 
manual to the manufacturer and to the Coast Guard Marine Safety Center 
(MSC).
    (c) The manufacturer shall maintain an account of the equipment 
offered for approval. The list identification information in paragraphs 
(a)(4)(i) through (a)(4)(iii) of this section appears on the Certificate 
of Approval and indicates the official compilation of components for the 
approved system. If the manufacturer seeks to apply subsequently for the 
approval of a revision (because of, for example, additional accessories 
becoming available, replacements to obsolete components, or a change in 
materials or standards of safety), changes to the approved list must be 
submitted for review and approval.
    (d) To apply for a revision, the manufacturer must submit--
    (1) A written request under paragraph (a) of this section;
    (2) An updated list under paragraph (b) of this section; and
    (3) A report by an independent laboratory accepted by the Commandant 
under part 159 of this chapter for the testing and listing or 
certification of fire-protective systems indicating compliance with the 
standards and compatibility with the system.
    (e) If the Coast Guard approves the system or a revision to a 
system, it issues a certificate, normally valid for a

[[Page 290]]

5-year term, containing the information in paragraphs (a)(4)(i) through 
(a)(4)(iii) of this section.

[CGD 94-108, 61 FR 28292, June 4, 1996]



   Subpart 161.006--Searchlights, Motor Lifeboat, for Merchant Vessels

    Source: CGFR 49-43, 15 FR 127, Jan. 11, 1950, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec. 161.006-1   Applicable specifications.

    (a) The following specifications, of the issue in effect on the date 
motor lifeboat searchlights are manufactured, form a part of this 
subpart:
    (1) Navy Department specifications:

42S5--Screws, machine, cap and set, and nuts.
43B11--Bolts, nuts, studs, and tap-rivets (and materials for same).

    (2) Federal specification:

QQ-B-611--Brass, Commercial; bars, plates, rods, shapes, sheets, and 
strip.

    (3) A.S.T.M. standards:

B117-44T--Method of salt spray (fog), testing (tentative).
B141-45--Specification for electrodeposited coatings of nickel and 
chromium on copper, and copper-base alloys.

    (4) Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.:

Standard for flexible cord and fixture wire, third edition, October, 
1935.

    (b) Copies of the above specifications shall be kept on file by the 
manufacturer, together with the approved plans and certificate of 
approval.



Sec. 161.006-2   Type.

    (a) The motor lifeboat searchlight shall be of the incandescent type 
equipped with a lamp of approximately 90 watts of proper voltage for use 
with the electric power installation of the lifeboat, usually a 12-volt 
radio storage battery.



Sec. 161.006-3   Materials and workmanship.

    (a) Materials. The materials shall be of best quality and suitable 
in every respect for the purpose intended. All materials shall be 
corrosion resistant. The use of acid flux in making joints shall not be 
permitted.
    (b) Workmanship. The workmanship shall be first class in every 
respect.



Sec. 161.006-4   Requirements.

    (a) Corrosion-resisting materials. Silver, corrosion-resisting 
steel, copper, brass, bronze and copper-nickel alloys are considered 
satisfactory corrosion-resistant materials within the intent of this 
subpart.
    (b) Searchlight parts. The motor lifeboat searchlight shall, in 
general consist of the following parts:

    Yoke and pedestal.
    Housing.
    Front door.
    Reflector.
    Lamp socket.
    Supply cable.

    (c) Weight and dimensions. The height of the motor lifeboat 
searchlight shall not exceed 19 inches and the weight shall not exceed 
16 pounds, unless otherwise approved.
    (d) Wiring. The motor lifeboat searchlight shall be wired with a 
five-foot length of rubber-jacketed hard service flexible cord, 
Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., Type S, or equivalent, of a size not 
less than No. 16 AWG. At the point where the cable enters the 
searchlight, a waterproof entrance bushing with packing gland and cord 
grip shall be provided.
    (e) Lamp and socket. The motor lifeboat searchlight shall be 
provided with a lamp of not less than 80 watts nor more than 100 watts, 
and a suitable lamp socket. Means shall be provided for adjusting and 
securing the lamp socket at any position between the focal point and a 
point not less than \1/4\ inch away from the focal point in either 
direction in the axis of the beam.
    (f) Housing. The housing shall be constructed of brass, Federal 
Specification QQ-B-611, Composition E, copper alloy, or other suitable 
corrosion-resistant material as approved, of a thickness not less than 
No. 20 AWG. The housing shall be capable of free movement of at least 60 
degrees above and 20 degrees below the horizontal, and of a free 
movement of 360 degrees in a horizontal plane. It shall be possible to 
lock the barrel in any desired position, vertically or horizontally, 
without the use of tools. A sturdy metal hand grip shall be provided at 
the back of the

[[Page 291]]

housing for housing-adjusting purposes.
    (g) Front door. A front door shall be attached to the housing in 
such a manner that it can be readily opened or removed, without the use 
of tools, for the purpose of relamping. The door, when closed, shall be 
waterproof. Clear front door glass shall be used.
    (h) Reflector. The reflector shall be paraboloidal. It shall be 
constructed of brass, Federal Specification QQ-B-611 Composition E, 
finished and with electroplated coatings of nickel and chromium in 
accordance with A.S.T.M. Specification B141-45, Type K. C., or as 
otherwise approved. The reflector shall furnish a minimum average 
illumination of 100 foot candles, when measured as specified in 
Sec. 161.006-5 (b) (2).
    (i) Yoke and pedestal. The yoke and pedestal shall be of rugged 
construction. The pedestal shall be suitable for bolting to a flat 
surface with not less than four \3/8\-inch diameter bolts.
    (j) Beam spread. The beam shall be at least 60 feet in diameter at 
200 yards. The edge of the beam shall be defined as a point at which the 
intensity of the light is 10 percent of the maximum intensity.
    (k) Bolts, nuts, and screws. Bolts and nuts shall conform to the 
requirements of Navy Department Specification 43B11. Screws shall 
conform to the requirements of Navy Department Specification 42S5.
    (l) Name plate. The motor lifeboat searchlight shall be provided 
with a permanent metallic name plate giving the name of manufacturer, 
type designation, and drawing number.



Sec. 161.006-5   Sampling, inspections and tests.

    (a) General. Motor lifeboat searchlights specified by this subpart 
are not inspected at regularly scheduled factory inspections of 
production lots, but the Commander of the Coast Guard District may 
detail an inspector at any time to visit any place where such 
searchlights are manufactured to check materials and construction 
methods and to conduct such tests and examinations as may be required to 
satisfy himself that the searchlights are being manufactured in 
compliance with the requirements of this specification and with the 
manufacturer's plans and specifications approved by the Commandant.
    (b) Methods of test--(1) Waterproof test. The searchlight shall be 
subjected for 5 minutes to a stream of water under a head of 
approximately 35 feet from a hose not less than 1 inch in diameter from 
a distance of approximately 10 feet. The hose nozzle shall be adjusted 
to give a solid stream at the enclosure. No leakage shall occur in this 
test.
    (2) Beam candlepower. All light except that produced from the 
searchlight under test shall be excluded from the room in which 
measurements are made. The searchlight shall be operated at rated 
voltage with a seasoned lamp as specified in Sec. 161.006-4(e). 
Measurements of beam candlepower shall be made at the corners of a 6-
inch square located in the center of the beam at a distance of 32 feet 
immediately in front of the searchlight.
    (3) Corrosion resistance. The searchlight shall be subjected to a 
200-hour salt spray test in accordance with A. S. T. M. Standard B117-
44T. There shall be no evidence of corrosion that will be detrimental to 
the operation of the searchlight.
    (4) Heat run. The searchlight, completely assembled, shall be 
operated continuously for 2 hours at rated voltage following which the 
waterproof test shall be conducted. This cycle shall be repeated 3 
times. The ambient temperature shall be approximately 25 deg. C. The 
water stream shall be from an ordinary cold water tap.



Sec. 161.006-6   Procedure for approval.

    (a) General. Motor lifeboat searchlights are approved only by the 
Commandant, United States Coast Guard, Washington, DC, 20226. 
Correspondence relating to the subject matter of this specification 
shall be addressed to the Commander of the Coast Guard District in which 
the factory is located.
    (b) Manufacturer's plans and specifications. In order to obtain 
approval of motor lifeboat searchlights, submit detailed plans and 
specifications, including a complete bill of material, assembly 
drawings, and parts drawings descriptive of the arrangement and 
construction of the device, to the Commander of the Coast Guard District 
in

[[Page 292]]

which the factory is located. Each drawing shall have an identifying 
drawing number, date, and an identification of the device; and the 
general arrangement for assembly drawing shall include a list of all 
drawings applicable, together with drawing numbers and alteration 
numbers. The manufacturer will be advised whether or not the drawings 
and specifications appear satisfactory or what corrections appear 
necessary and then he may proceed with the construction of the pre-
approval sample in accordance therewith. The pre-approval sample, 
together with four copies of the plans and specifications corrected as 
may be required, shall be forwarded to the Commandant via the Commander 
of the Coast Guard District in which the factory is located for 
inspection and tests. The cost of the tests is to be borne by the 
manufacturer.



                       Subpart 161.008--[Reserved]



              Subpart 161.010--Floating Electric Waterlight

    Source: CGD 85-208, 54 FR 27020, June 27, 1989, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec. 161.010-1  Incorporation by reference.

    (a) Certain materials are incorporated by reference into this part 
with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register in accordance 
with 5 U.S.C. 552(a). To enforce any edition other than the one listed 
in paragraph (b) of this section, notice of change must be published in 
the Federal Register and the material made available to the public. All 
approved material is on file at the Office of the Federal Register, 800 
North Capitol Street, NW., suite 700, Washington, DC, and at the U.S. 
Coast Guard, Office of Design and Engineering Standards (G-MSE), 2100 
Second Street SW., Washington, DC 20593-0001, and is available from the 
sources indicated in paragraph (b) of this section.
    (b) The material approved for incorporation by reference in this 
part, and the sections affected are:
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.

333 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, Illinois 60062, ANSI/UL 1196, Standard 
          for Floating Waterlights, Second Edition March 23, 1987.  
          161.010-2; 161.010-4

[CGD 85-208, 54 FR 27020, June 27, 1989, as amended by CGD 95-072, 60 FR 
50467, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50733, Sept. 27, 1996]



Sec. 161.010-2  Design, Construction, and Test Requirements.

    Each floating electric waterlight shall meet the requirements of 
ANSI/UL 1196.



Sec. 161.010-3  Inspections and methods of test.

    (a) Each inspection and test report required by this subpart shall 
comply with Sec. 159.005-11 of this chapter.
    (b) The U.S. Coast Guard reserves the right to make any inspection 
or test it deems necessary to determine the conformance of the materials 
and equipment to this subpart.
    (c) The facilities, materials, and labor for all tests shall be 
furnished at no cost to the U.S. Coast Guard.



Sec. 161.010-4  Procedure for approval.

    (a) A request for approval of an automatic floating electric 
waterlight must be submitted to the Commandant (G-MSE), U.S. Coast 
Guard, 2100 Second Street SW., Washington, DC 20593-0001.
    (b) All inspections and tests must be performed by an independent 
laboratory which meets the requirements of Sec. 159.010-3 of this 
chapter. A list of independent laboratories accepted by the Coast Guard 
as meeting Sec. 159.010-3 of this chapter may be obtained by contacting 
the Commandant (G-MSE).
    (c) Each request for approval must contain;
    (1) The name and address of the applicant,
    (2) One copy of all plans and specifications that meet the 
requirements of Sec. 159.005-12 of this chapter,
    (3) A pre-approval sample of the waterlight,
    (4) An inspection and test report verifying compliance with the 
construction and test requirements of ANSI/UL 1196, and

[[Page 293]]

    (5) A statement by the manufacturer certifying that the waterlight 
complies with the requirements of this subpart.

[CGD 85-208, 54 FR 27020, June 27, 1989, as amended by CGD 95-072, 60 FR 
50467, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50734, Sept. 27, 1996]



       Subpart 161.011--Emergency Position Indicating Radiobeacons



Sec. 161.011-1   Purpose.

    This subpart prescribes approval requirements for emergency position 
indicating radiobeacons (EPIRB).

[39 FR 10139, Mar. 18, 1974]



Sec. 161.011-5   Classes.

    EPIRB's are classed as follows:
    (a) Class A--an EPIRB that has been type approved or type accepted 
by the FCC as a Class A EPIRB. These EPIRB's are capable of floating 
free of a vessel and activating automatically if the vessel sinks.
    (b) Class C--An EPIRB that has been type approved or type accepted 
by the FCC as a Class C EPIRB. These EPIRB's are manually activated and 
are not required to be Coast Guard approved.

[39 FR 10139, Mar. 18, 1974, as amended by CGD 80-024, 49 FR 40409, Oct. 
16, 1984]



Sec. 161.011-10   EPIRB approval.

    (a) The Coast Guard approves the class of EPIRB's listed in 
Sec. 161.011-5(a) of this subpart.
    (b) An application for type approval or type acceptance of an EPIRB 
should be submitted to the FCC in accordance with Title 47 of the Code 
of Federal Regulations, Part 2. When requested by the FCC, the Coast 
Guard reviews the test results in the application that concern 
installation and automatic operation (if required) of the EPIRB. The 
Coast Guard provides the results of the review to the manufacturer, and 
to the FCC for its use in acting upon the application.
    (c) Upon notification of the FCC type acceptance or type approval, 
the Commandant (G-MSE) issues a certificate of approval for the EPIRB.

[CGD 80-024, 49 FR 40409, Oct. 16, 1984, as amended by CGD 95-072, 60 FR 
50467, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50734, Sept. 27, 1996]



            Subpart 161.012--Personal Flotation Device Lights

    Source: CGD 76-028, 44 FR 38785, July 2, 1979, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec. 161.012-1  Scope.

    (a) This subpart prescribes construction and performance 
requirements, approval and production tests, and procedures for 
approving personal flotation device lights fitted on Coast Guard 
approved life preservers, bouyant vests, and other personal flotation 
devices.



Sec. 161.012-3  Definitions.

    (a) As used in this subpart, PFD means Coast Guard approved personal 
flotation device.
    (b) For the purpose of Sec. 161.012-7, storage life means the amount 
of time after the date of manufacture of the power source of a light 
that the power source can be stored under typical marine environmental 
conditions on a vessel and still have sufficient power for the light to 
meet the requirements of Sec. 161.012-9.



Sec. 161.012-5  Approval procedures.

    (a) An application for approval of a PFD light under this subpart 
must be sent to the Commandant (G-MSE), U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC 
20593-0001.
    (b) Each application for approval must contain--(1) The name and 
address of the applicant;
    (2) Two copies of plans showing the construction details of the 
light;
    (3) A detailed description of the applicant's production testing 
program; and
    (4) A laboratory test report containing the observations and results 
of approval testing.
    (c) The Commandant advises the applicant whether the light is 
approved. If the light is approved, an approval certificate is sent to 
the applicant.

[CGD 76-028, 44 FR 38785, July 2, 1979, as amended by CGD 88-070, 53 FR 
34536, Sept. 7, 1988; CGD 95-072, 60 FR 50467, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-
041, 61 FR 50734, Sept. 27, 1996]



Sec. 161.012-7  Construction.

    (a) Each light must be designed to be attached to a PFD without 
damaging the PFD or interfering with its performance.

[[Page 294]]

    (b) Each light and its power source must be designed to be removed 
and replaced without causing damage to the PFD.
    (c) The storage life of the power source of a light must be twice as 
long as the period between the date of manufacture and the expiration 
date of the power source.
    (d) Each light, prior to activation, must be capable of preventing 
leakage from its container of any chemicals it contains or produces.
    (e) Each component of a light must be designed to remain serviceable 
in a marine environment for at least as long as the storage life of the 
light's power source.
    (f) No light may have a water pressure switch.
    (g) Each light must be designed so that when attached to a PFD, its 
light beam, at a minimum, is visible in an arc of 180 degrees above or 
in front of the wearer.
    (h) Each light, including its power source, must fit into a 
cylindrical space that is 150 mm (6 in.) long and 75 mm (3 in.) in 
diameter.
    (i) Each light, including its power source, must not weigh more than 
225g (8 oz.).
    (j) Each light that is designed to operate while detached from a PFD 
must have a lanyard that can be used to connect it to the PFD. The 
lanyard must be at least 750 mm (30 in.) long.
    (k) Each light designed to operate while detached from a PFD must be 
capable of floating in water with its light source at or above the 
surface of the water.



Sec. 161.012-9  Performance.

    (a) If a light is a flashing light, its flash rate when first 
activated, or within five minutes thereafter, must be between 50 and 70 
flashes per minute.
    (b) Each light must--(1) Begin to shine within 2 minutes after 
activation; and
    (2) Within 5 minutes after activation be capable of being seen from 
a distance of at least one nautical mile on a dark clear night.
    (c) Each light must be designed to operate underwater continuously 
for at least 8 hours at a water temperature of 
15 deg.plus-minus5 deg.C (59 deg.plus-minus9 deg.F). However, 
if the light needs air to operate, underwater operation is required only 
for 50 or more seconds during each minute of the eight hour period.
    (d) Each light must be designed to operate both in sea water and in 
fresh water.
    (e) A light that concentrates its light beam by means of a lens or 
curved reflector must not be a flashing light.
    (f) Each light must be designed to operate in accordance with this 
section after storage for 24 hours at a temperature of 
65 deg.plus-minus2 deg.C (149 deg.plus-minus44 deg.F), and 
after storage for 24 hours at -30 deg.plus-minus2 deg.C 
(-22 deg.plus-minus4 deg.F).



Sec. 161.012-11  Approval tests.

    (a) The approval tests described in this section must be conducted 
for each light submitted for Coast Guard approval. The tests must be 
conducted by a laboratory that has the equipment, personnel, and 
procedures necessary to conduct the approval tests required by this 
subpart, and that is free of influence and control of the applicant and 
other manufacturers, suppliers, and vendors of PFD lights.
    (b) A sample light must be activated at night under clear 
atmospheric conditions. However, two lights must be used if the power 
source is water activated, and one light must be activated in fresh 
water and the other in salt water having the approximate salinity of sea 
water. The light, or lights, must begin to shine within 2 minutes after 
activation and, within 5 minutes after activation, must be seen from a 
distance of at least one nautical mile against a dark background.
    (c) At least ten sample lights must be selected at random from a 
group of at least 25. Each sample light must be kept at a constant 
temperature of 65 deg.plus-minus2 deg.C 
(149 deg.plus-minus4 deg.F) for 24 hours. Each sample light must 
then be kept at a constant temperature of minus 
30 deg.plus-minus2 deg.C (minus 22 deg.plus-minus4 deg.F) for 
24 hours. Five samples must then be submerged in salt water having the 
approximate salinity of sea water and the five other samples must be 
submerged in fresh water. The temperature of the water must be 
15 deg.plus-minus5 deg.C (59 deg.plus-minus9 deg.F). The 
lights must then be activated and left submerged for eight hours. 
However, if their power sources need a supply of air to operate,

[[Page 295]]

the lights may be brought to their normal operating positions at the 
surface of the water for up to 10 seconds per minute during the eight 
hour period. At least nine of the ten lights must operate continuously 
over the eight hour period. If the lights are flashing lights, at least 
nine of ten must have a flash rate of between 50 and 70 flashes per 
minute when first activated or within five minutes thereafter.
    (d) Individual tests must be conducted on a sample light to 
determine whether the light meets the requirements of Sec. 161.012-7, 
except that technical data showing compliance with Sec. 160.012-7(c) may 
be submitted with the application for approval in lieu of performing an 
individual test.



Sec. 161.012-13  Production tests and inspections.

    (a) The manufacturer of approved lights must randomly select a 
sample of ten lights from each lot of lights produced. Each lot must not 
exceed 1,000 lights. At least nine of the ten lights, when tested in 
accordance with the test described in Sec. 161.012-11(c), must meet the 
test criteria prescribed by that section. If less than nine lights meet 
the test criteria, another random sample of ten lights must be taken and 
tested. If less than nine of these lights meet the test criteria, none 
of the lights in the lot may be sold as Coast Guard approved equipment.
    (b) The Coast Guard does not inspect lights approved under this 
subpart on a regular schedule. However, the Commandant may select 
samples and conduct tests and examinations whenever necessary to 
determine whether the lights are being manufactured in compliance with 
the requirements in this subpart.



Sec. 161.012-15  Markings.

    (a) Each light manufactured under Coast Guard approval must be 
permanently and legibly marked with:
    (1) The manufacturer's name or trade mark that clearly identifies 
the model designation;
    (2) The Coast Guard approval number asssigned to light; and
    (3) Instructions on how to activate the light.
    (b) The power source of each light must be permanently and legibly 
marked with its date of manufacture and expiration date. Each date must 
include the month and year.



Sec. 161.012-17  Instructions.

    (a) Each light must have instructions on how to attach it to a PFD 
in a manner that complies with Sec. 161.012-7(a). However, in the case 
of lights that are to be attached by a PFD manufacturer, only one set of 
instructions need be provided for each shipment of lights.
    (b) If a light is designed to be attached to a finished PFD, any 
attachment materials that are not supplied with the light must be 
clearly identified in the instructions. If a light is to be attached to 
a finished PFD by a PFD purchaser, any attachment materials not supplied 
with the light must be generally available for purchase.
    (c) Each set of instructions must--(1) Clearly identify the kind of 
PFD construction (for example fabric covered or vinyl dipped) to which 
the light can be attached; and
    (2) Not require penetration of the bouyant material of the PFD.



           Subpart 161.013--Electric Distress Light for Boats

    Source: CGD 76-183a, 44 FR 73054, Dec. 17, 1979, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec. 161.013-1  Applicability.

    (a) This subpart establishes standards for electric distress lights 
for boats.



Sec. 161.013-3  General performance requirements.

    (a) Each electric light must:
    (1) Emit a white light which meets the intensity requirements of 
Sec. 161.013-5;
    (2) Be capable of automatic signaling in a manner which meets the 
requirements of Sec. 161.013-7;
    (3) Contain an independent power source which meets the requirements 
of Sec. 161.013-9;
    (4) Float in fresh water with the lens surface at or above the 
surface of the water;
    (5) Be equipped with a waterproof switch; and

[[Page 296]]

    (6) Meet the requirement of paragraphs (a) (1) through (4) of this 
section after floating for at least 72 hours followed by submersion in 
5% by weight sodium chloride solution for at least 2 hours.
    (b) The electric light may not be equipped with a switch mechanism 
which permits continuous display of a beam of light except that the 
light may be equipped with a switch which returns to the off position 
when pressure is released.



Sec. 161.013-5  Intensity requirements.

    (a) If an electric light emits light over an arc of the horizon of 
360 degrees, the light must:
    (1) When level, have a peak intensity within 0.1 degrees of the 
horizontal plane;
    (2) Have a peak Equivalent Fixed Intensity of at least 75 cd; and,
    (3) Have a minimum Equivalent Fixed Intensity within a vertical 
divergence of plus-minus3 degrees of at least 15 cd.
    (b) If an electric light emits a directional beam of light, the 
light must:
    (1) Have an Equivalent Fixed Intensity of no less than 25 cd within 
plus-minus4 degrees vertical and plus-minus4 degrees 
horizontal divergence centered about the peak intensity; and,
    (2) Have a minimum peak Equivalent Fixed Intensity of 2,500 cd.
    (c) The Equivalent Fixed Intensity (EFI) is the intensity of the 
light corrected for the length of the flash and is determined by the 
formula:

EFI=I x (tc-ti)/0.2+(tc-ti)

Where:

I is the measured intensity of the fixed beam,
tc is the contact closure time in seconds, (0.33 for this S-O-S 
          signal), and
ti is the incandescence time of the lamp in seconds.

    (d) An electric light which meets the requirements of either 
paragraph (a) or (b) of this section need not, if capable of operating 
in both manners, meet the requirements of the other paragraph.



Sec. 161.013-7  Signal requirements.

    (a) An electric light must have a flash characteristic of the 
International Morse Code for S-O-S and, under design conditions,
    (1) Each short flash must have a duration of \1/3\ second;
    (2) Each long flash must have a duration of 1 second;
    (3) The dark period between each short flash must have a duration of 
\1/3\ second;
    (4) The dark period between each long flash must have a duration of 
\1/3\ second;
    (5) The dark period between each letter must have a duration of 2 
seconds;
    (6) The dark period between each
S-O-S signal must have a duration of 3 seconds.
    (b) The flash characteristics described in paragraph (a) must be 
produced automatically when the signal is activated.



Sec. 161.013-9  Independent power source.

    (a) Each independent power source must be capable of powering the 
light so that it meets the requirements of Sec. 161.013-3(a)(1) and 
emits a recognizable flash characteristic of the International Morse 
Code for S-O-S at a rate of between 3 and 5 times per minute after six 
hours of continuous display of the signal.
    (b) If the independent power source is rechargeable, it must have a 
waterproof recharger designed for marine use.
    (c) If the independent power source requires external water to form 
an electrolyte, it must operate in sea water and fresh water.



Sec. 161.013-11  Prototype test.

    (a) Each manufacturer must test a prototype light identical to the 
lights to be certified prior to the labeling required by Sec. 161.013-
13.
    (b) If the prototype light fails to meet any of the general 
performance requirements of Sec. 161.013-3 the lights must not be 
certified under this subpart.
    (c) Each manufacturer must:
    (1) Forward the test results within 30 days to the Commandant (G-
MSE), U. S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC 20593-0001; and
    (2) Retain records of the test results for at least 5 years, or as 
long as the

[[Page 297]]

light is manufactured and certified, whichever is longer.

[CGD 76-183a, 44 FR 73054, Dec. 17, 1979, as amended by CGD 88-070, 53 
FR 34536, Sept. 7, 1988; CGD 95-072, 60 FR 50467, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 
96-041, 61 FR 50734, Sept. 27, 1996]



Sec. 161.013-13  Manufacturer certification and labeling.

    (a) Each electric light intended as a Night Visual Distress Signal 
required by 33 CFR part 175 must be certified by the manufacturer as 
complying with the requirements of this subpart.
    (b) Each electric light must be legibly and indelibly marked with:
    (1) Manufacturer's name;
    (2) Replacement battery type;
    (3) Lamp size; and
    (4) The following words--
    ``Night Visual Distress Signal for Boats Complies with U. S. Coast 
Guard Requirements in 46 CFR 161.013. For Emergency Use Only.''
    (c) If an electric light is designed for use with dry cell batteries 
the label must advise the consumer on the battery replacement schedule 
which under normal conditions would maintain performance requirements of 
Sec. 161.013-3.



Sec. 161.013-17  Manufacturer notification.

    Each manufacturer certifying lights in accordance with the 
specifications of this subpart must send written notice to the 
Commandant (G-MSE), U. S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC 20593-0001 within 
30 days after first certifying them, and send a new notice every five 
years thereafter as long as it certifies lights.

[CGD 76-183a, 44 FR 73054, Dec. 17, 1979, as amended by CGD 88-070, 53 
FR 34536, Sept. 7, 1988; CGD 95-072, 60 FR 50467, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 
96-041, 61 FR 50733, Sept. 27, 1996]



PART 162--ENGINEERING EQUIPMENT--Table of Contents




    Subpart 162.017--Valves, Pressure-Vacuum Relief, for Tank Vessels

162.017-1  Applicable specifications.
162.017-2  Type.
162.017-3  Materials, construction, and workmanship.
162.017-4  Inspections and testing.
162.017-5  Marking.
162.017-6  Procedure for approval.

     Subpart 162.018--Safety Relief Valves, Liquefied Compressed Gas

162.018-1  Applicable specifications, and referenced material.
162.018-2  Scope.
162.018-3  Materials.
162.018-4  Construction and workmanship.
162.018-5  Blow-down adjustment and popping tolerance.
162.018-6  Marking.
162.018-7  Flow rating tests.
162.018-8  Procedure for approval.

   Subpart 172.027--Combination Solid Stream and Water Spray Firehose 
                                 Nozzles

162.027-1  Incorporation by reference.
162.027-2  Design, construction, testing and marking requirements.
162.027-3  Approval procedures.

       Subpart 162.028--Extinguishers, Fire, Portable, Marine Type

162.028-1  Applicable specifications.
162.028-2  Classification.
162.028-3  Requirements.
162.028-4  Marine type label.
162.028-5  Independent laboratories: Listing.
162.028-6  Examinations, tests, and inspections.
162.028-7  Procedure for listing and labeling.
162.028-8  Termination of listing or labeling.

     Subpart 162.039--Extinguishers, Fire, Semiportable, Marine Type

162.039-1  Applicable specifications.
162.039-2  Classification.
162.039-3  Requirements.
162.039-4  Marine type label.
162.039-5  Recognized laboratory.
162.039-6  Examinations, tests, and inspections.
162.039-7  Procedure for listing and labeling.
162.039-8  Termination of listing or labeling.

             Subpart 162.050--Pollution Prevention Equipment

162.050-1  Scope.
162.050-3  Definitions.
162.050-4  Documents incorporated by reference.
162.050-5  Contents of application.
162.050-7  Approval procedures.
162.050-9  Test report.
162.050-11  Marking.
162.050-13  Factory production and inspection.
162.050-14  Sample collection and preservation.
162.050-15  Designation of facilities.
162.050-17  Separator test rig.
162.050-19  Monitor and bilge alarm test rig.
162.050-21  Separator: design specification.

[[Page 298]]

162.050-23  Separator: approval tests.
162.050-25  Cargo monitor: Design specification.
162.050-27  Cargo monitor: Approval tests.
162.050-29  Bilge monitor: Design specification.
162.050-31  Bilge monitor: Approval tests.
162.050-33  Bilge alarm: Design specification.
162.050-35  Bilge alarm: Approval tests.
162.050-37  Vibration test.
162.050-39  Measurement of oil content.

    Authority: 33 U.S.C. 1321(j) 1903; 46 U.S.C. 3306, 3703, 4104, 4302; 
E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; E.O. 11735, 38 FR 
21243, 3 CFR, 1971-1975 Comp., p. 793; 49 CFR 1.46.



    Subpart 162.017--Valves, Pressure-Vacuum Relief, for Tank Vessels

    Source: CGFR 50-9, 15 FR 1680, Mar. 25, 1950, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec. 162.017-1   Applicable specifications.

    (a) There are no other specifications applicable to this subpart.
    (b)  [Reserved]



Sec. 162.017-2  Type.

    This specification covers the design and construction of pressure-
vacuum relief valves intended for use in venting systems on all tank 
vessels transporting inflammable or combustible liquids.

[56 FR 35827, July 29, 1991]



Sec. 162.017-3   Materials, construction, and workmanship.

    (a) The valves shall be of substantial construction and first class 
workmanship and shall be free from imperfections which may affect its 
serviceability.
    (b) Bodies of pressure-vacuum relief valves must be made of bronze 
or such corrosion-resistant material as may be approved by the 
Commandant (G-MSE).
    (c) Valve discs, spindles, and seats shall be made of bronze or such 
corrosion--resistant material as may be approved by the Commandant.
    (d) Where springs are employed to actuate the valve discs, the 
springs shall be made of corrosion-resistant material. Springs plated 
with corrosion-resistant material are not acceptable.
    (e) Flame screens shall be made of corrosion-resistant wire.
    (f) Nonmetallic materials will not be permitted in the construction 
of the valves, except bushings used in way of moving parts and gaskets 
may be made of nonmetallic material resistant to attack by the product 
carried. Nonmetallic diaphragms will be allowed where diaphragm failure 
will not result in unrestricted flow of cargo vapors to the atmosphere 
nor in an increase in the pressure or vacuum at which the valve normally 
releases.
    (g) The design and construction of the valves shall permit 
overhauling and repairs without removal from the line.
    (h) Valve discs shall be guided by a ribbed cage or other suitable 
means to prevent binding, and to insure proper seating. Where valve 
stems are guided by bushings suitably designed to prevent binding and to 
insure proper seating, the valves need not be fitted with ribbed cages.
    (i) The disc shall close tight against the valve seat by metal to 
metal contact, however, resilient seating seals may be provided if the 
design is such that the disc closes tight against the seat in case the 
seals are destroyed or in case they carry away.
    (j) Pressure-vacuum relief valves for venting cargo tanks shall be 
of not less than 2\1/2\ inches nominal pipe size.
    (k) Bodies of valves shall be designed to withstand a hydrostatic 
pressure of at least 125 pounds per square inch without rupturing or 
showing permanent distortion.
    (l) The valve discs may be solid or made hollow so that weight 
material may be added to vary the lifting pressure. If hollow discs are 
employed, a watertight bolted cover shall be fitted to encase the weight 
material. The pressure at which the discs open shall not exceed 120 
percent of the set pressure.
    (m) The free area through the valve seats at maximum lift shall not 
be less than the cross-sectional area of the valve inlet connection.
    (n) Double flame screens of 20 x 20 corrosion-resistant wire mesh 
with a \1/2\-inch corrosion-resistant separator on a single screen of 30 
x 30 corrosion-resistant wire mesh shall be fitted on

[[Page 299]]

all openings to atmosphere. The net free area through the flame screens 
shall not be less than 1\1/2\ times the cross-sectional area of the vent 
inlet from the cargo tanks.
    (o) Valve bodies may have screwed or flanged pipe connections, or 
such types of connections as may be approved by the Commandant. If 
flanged, the thickness and drilling shall comply with USA standards for 
150-pound bronze flanged fittings.
    (p) Where design of valve does not permit complete drainage of 
condensate to attached cargo tank or vent line, the valve body shall be 
fitted with a plugged drain opening on the side of the atmospheric 
outlet of not less than \1/2\ inch pipe size.
    (q) Relief pressure adjusting mechanisms shall be permanently 
secured by means of lockwires, locknuts, or other acceptable means.

[CGFR 50-9, 15 FR 1680, Mar. 25, 1950, as amended by CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 
18907, Dec. 18, 1968; CGD 88-032, 56 FR 35827, July 29, 1991; CGD 95-
072, 60 FR 50467, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50734, Sept. 27, 
1996]



Sec. 162.017-4  Inspections and testing.

    Pressure-vacuum relief valves may be inspected and tested at the 
plant of the manufacturer. An inspector may conduct such tests and 
examinations as may be necessary to determine compliance with this 
specification.

[56 FR 35827, July 29, 1991]



Sec. 162.017-5   Marking.

    (a) Each valve shall be legibly marked with the style, type or other 
designation of the manufacturer, the size, pressure and vacuum setting 
and name or registered trademark of the manufacturer and Coast Guard 
approval number. The minimum wording for showing the approval number 
shall be ``USCG/162.017/* *'' or ``USCG 162.017-* *''.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    * * Number to be assigned by the Commandant.

[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18908, Dec. 18, 1968]



Sec. 162.017-6  Procedure for approval.

    (a) General. Pressure-vacuum relief valves intended for use on tank 
vessels must be approved for such use by the Commandant (G-MSE), U.S. 
Coast Guard, Washington, DC 20593-0001.
    (b) Drawings and specifications. Manufacturers desiring approval of 
a new design or type of pressure-vacuum relief valve shall submit 
drawings in quadruplicate showing the design of the valve, the sizes for 
which approval is requested, method of operation, thickness and material 
specification of component parts, diameter of seat opening and lift of 
discs, mesh and size of wire of flame screens.
    (c) Pre-approval tests. Before approval is granted, the manufacturer 
shall have tests conducted, or submit evidence that such tests have been 
conducted, by the Underwriters' Laboratories, the Factory Mutual 
Laboratories, or by a properly supervised and inspected test laboratory 
acceptable to the Commandant (G-MSE), relative to determining the lift, 
relieving pressure and vacuum, and flow capacity of a representative 
sample of the pressure-vacuum relief valve in each size for which 
approval is desired. Test reports including flow capacity curves must be 
submitted to the Commandant (G-MSE).

[56 FR 35827, July 29, 1991, as amended by CGD 95-072, 60 FR 50467, 
Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50734, Sept. 27, 1996]



     Subpart 162.018--Safety Relief Valves, Liquefied Compressed Gas



Sec. 162.018-1  Applicable specifications, and referenced material.

    (a) There are no other specifications applicable to this subpart 
except as noted in this subpart.
    (b) The following referenced material from industry standards of the 
issue in effect on the date safety relief valves are manufactured shall 
form a part of the regulations of this subpart (see Secs. 2.-75-17 
through 2.75-19 of Subchapter A (Procedures Applicable to the Public) 
and Subpart 50.15 of Subchapter F (Marine Engineering) of this chapter):
    (1) ASME (American Society of Mechanical Engineers) Code (see 
Sec. 50.-15-5 of subchapter F (Marine Engineering) of this chapter): The 
following paragraph from section VIII of the ASME Code:


[[Page 300]]


    (i) UG-131, flow rating of valves, see Sec. 162.018-7(a).

    (2) CGA (Compressed Gas Association) standard: The following 
standard of the Compressed Gas Association (see Sec. 50.15-20(a) of 
Subchapter F (Marine Engineering) of this chapter):

    (i) S-1.2.5.2, Flow test data for safety and relief valves for use 
on pressure vessels, see Sec. 162.018-7(a).

    (c) A copy of this specification and the referenced material listed 
in this section, if used, shall be kept on file by the manufacturer, 
together with the approved plans, specifications, and certificate of 
approval. It is the manufacturer's responsibility to have the latest 
issue, including addenda and changes, of the referenced material on hand 
when manufacturing equipment under this subpart.
    (1) The ASME Code may be obtained from the American Society of 
Mechanical Engineers, United Engineering Center, 345 East 47th Street, 
New York, N.Y. 10017.
    (2) The CGA standard may be obtained from the Compressed Gas 
Association, 500 Fifth Avenue, New York, N.Y. 10036.

[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18908, Dec. 18, 1968]



Sec. 162.018-2   Scope.

    (a) This specification covers requirements for the design, 
construction and testing of safety relief valves intended for use on 
unfired pressure vessels containing liquefied compressed gases installed 
on merchant vessels subject to inspection by the Coast Guard.
[CGFR 52-43, 17 FR 9540, Oct. 18, 1952]



Sec. 162.018-3   Materials.

    (a) The materials used in the manufacture of safety relief valves 
shall conform to the applicable requirements of subchapter F (Marine 
Engineering) of this chapter, except as otherwise specified in this 
subpart, and shall be resistant to the corrosive or other action of the 
liquefied compressed gas in the liquid or gas phase.
    (b) All pressure containing external parts of valves must be 
constructed of materials melting above 1700 deg. F. for liquefied 
flammable gas service. Consideration of lower melting materials for 
internal pressure-containing parts will be given if their use provides 
significant improvement to the general operation of the valve. Flange 
gaskets shall be metal or spiral wound asbestos.
    (c) Nonferrous materials shall not be used in the construction of 
valves for anhydrous ammonia or other service where susceptible to 
attack by the lading.
    (d) The seats and disks shall be of suitable corrosion resistant 
material. Seats and disks of cast iron or malleable iron shall not be 
used. Springs shall be of best quality spring steel consistent with the 
design of the valve and the service requirement.
[CGFR 52-43, 17 FR 9540, Oct. 18, 1952, as amended by CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 
18908, Dec. 18, 1968; CGD 72-206R, 38 FR 17230, June 29, 1973]



Sec. 162.018-4   Construction and workmanship.

    (a) Safety relief valves shall be of either the internal or external 
spring-loaded type, suitable for the intended service.
    (b) Safety relief valve body, base, bonnet and internals shall be 
designed for a pressure of not less than the set-pressure of the valve.
    (c) All safety relief valves shall be so constructed that the 
failure of any part cannot obstruct the free and full discharge of 
vapors from the valve.
    (d) The nominal size of a safety relief valve shall be the inside 
diameter of the inlet opening to the individual valve disk. No safety 
relief valve shall be smaller than \3/4\ inch nor larger than 6 inches. 
Safety relief valves shall have flanged or welded end inlet connections 
and either flanged or screwed outlet connections, except outlets 
exceeding 4 inches in diameter shall be flanged.
    (e) Safety relief valves shall be of the angle or straight-through 
type, fitted with side or top outlet discharge connections.
    (f) (1) Springs shall not show a permanent set exceeding 1 percent 
of their free length 10 minutes after being released from a cold 
compression test closing the spring solid.
    (2) Springs may not be re-set for any pressure more than 10 percent 
above or 10 percent below that for which the valve is marked.
    (3) If the operating conditions of a valve are changed so as to 
require a

[[Page 301]]

new spring under paragraph (f)(2) of this section for a different 
pressure, the valve shall be adjusted by the manufacturer or his 
authorized representative.
    (g) The design and construction of safety relief valves shall permit 
easy access for inspection and repair.
    (h) Safety relief valves shall be tapped for not less than \1/4\ 
inch pipe size drain at the lowest practicable point where liquid can 
collect.
[CGFR 52-43, 17 FR 9540, Oct. 18, 1952]



Sec. 162.018-5   Blow-down adjustment and popping tolerance.

    (a) Safety relief valves shall be so constructed that no shocks 
detrimental to the valve or pressure vessel are produced when lifting or 
closing. Safety relief valves shall be designed to open sharply and 
reach full lift and capacity at the maximum accumulation. Valve closure 
after popping shall be clean and sharp. Safety relief valves shall 
operate satisfactorily without wiredrawing and chattering at any stage 
of operation.
    (b) Safety relief valves having adjustible blow-down construction 
shall be adjusted to close after blowing down not more than 5 percent of 
the set pressure. Valves shall be adjusted to pop within a tolerance of 
plus or minus 3 percent of the set pressure, except that for pressures 
of 70 p.s.i. and below, the tolerance in popping pressure shall not vary 
more than plus or minus 2 p.s.i.
[CGFR 52-43, 17 FR 9541, Oct. 18, 1952]



Sec. 162.018-6   Marking.

    (a) Each safety relief valve shall be plainly marked by the 
manufacturer with the required data in such a way that the marking will 
not be obliterated in service. The marking may be stamped on the valve 
or stamped or cast on a plate securely fastened to the valve. The 
marking shall include the following data:
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    * * Number to be assigned by the Commandant.
---------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (1) The name or identifying trademark of the manufacturer.
    (2) Manufacturer's design or type number.
    (3) Size------inches. (The pipe size of the valve inlet).
    (4) Set pressure------p.s.i.
    (5) Rated capacity------cubic feet per minute of the gas or vapor 
(at 60 deg. F. and 14.7 p.s.i.a.).
    (6) Coast Guard approval number. The minimum wording for showing 
approval shall be ``USCG 162.018/* *'' or ``USCG 162.018-* *''.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18908, Dec. 18, 1968]



Sec. 162.018-7   Flow rating tests.

    (a) Flow rating of valves shall be conducted in accordance with UG-
131 of section VIII of the ASME Code, S-1.2.5.2 of the Compressed Gas 
Association Standards, or other procedure approved by the Commandant.
[CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 18908, Dec. 18, 1968]



Sec. 162.018-8   Procedure for approval.

    (a) General. Safety relief valves for use on pressure vessels 
containing liquefied compressed gases shall be approved by the 
Commandant (G-MSE), U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC 20593-0001.
    (b) Plan submittal. Manufacturers desiring to secure approval of a 
new design or type of safety relief valve shall submit in quadruplicate 
detail drawings showing the valve construction, and material 
specifications of the component parts. In the event the design is 
changed, amended drawings shall be submitted to the Commandant for re-
approval.
    (c) Pre-approval tests. (1) Prior to approval of safety relief 
valves by the Commandant, manufacturers shall have capacity 
certification tests conducted, in accordance with Sec. 162.018-7 or 
submit satisfactory evidence that such tests have been conducted and 
approved by The National Board of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Inspectors 
or by a properly supervised and inspected test laboratory acceptable to 
the Commandant.
    (2) Reports of conducted tests on designs of safety relief valves 
different from those previously approved shall be submitted by the 
manufacturer

[[Page 302]]

when requesting approval for different designs.
[CGFR 52-43, 17 FR 9540, Oct. 18, 1952, as amended by CGFR 68-82, 33 FR 
18908, Dec. 18, 1968; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34536, Sept. 7, 1982; CGD 96-
041, 61 FR 50734, Sept. 27, 1996]



   Subpart 162.027--Combination Solid Stream and Water Spray Firehose 
                                 Nozzles

    Source: CGD 95-027, 61 FR 26009, May 23, 1996, unless otherwise 
noted.]



Sec. 162.027-1  Incorporation by reference.

    (a) Certain material is incorporated by reference into this part 
with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register under 5 U.S.C. 
552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. To enforce any edition other than that 
specified in paragraph (b) of this section, the Coast Guard must publish 
a notice of change in the Federal Register and the material must be 
available to the public. All approved material is available for 
inspection at the Office of the Federal Register, 800 North Capitol 
Street NW., Suite 700, Washington, DC and at the U.S. Coast Guard, 
Office of Design and Engineering Standards (G-MSE), 2100 Second Street 
SW, Washington, DC and is available from the sources indicated in 
paragraph (b) of this section.
    (b) The material approved for incorporation by reference in this 
part and the sections affected are as follows:

American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
    1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103

ASTM F 1546-94, Standard Specification for Firehose Nozzles--162.027-2; 
162.027-3

[CGD 95-027, 61 FR 26009, May 23, 1996, as amended by CGD 96-041, 61 FR 
50734, Sept. 27, 1996]



Sec. 162.027-2  Design, construction, testing and marking requirements.

    (a) Each combination solid stream and water spray firehose nozzle 
required to be approved under the provisions of this subpart must be 
designed, constructed, tested, and marked in accordance with the 
requirements of ASTM F 1546-94.
    (b) All inspections and tests required by ASTM F 1546-94 must be 
performed by an independent laboratory accepted by the Coast Guard under 
subpart 159.010 of this chapter. A list of independent Laboratories 
accepted by the Coast Guard as meeting subpart 159.010 of this chapter 
may be obtained by contacting the Commandant (G-MSE).
    (c) The independent laboratory shall prepare a report on the results 
of the testing and shall furnish the manufacturer with a copy of the 
test report upon completion of the testing required by ASTM F 1546-94.

[CGD 95-027, 61 FR 26009, May 23, 1996, as amended by CGD 96-041, 61 FR 
50734, Sept. 27, 1996]



Sec. 162.027-3  Approval procedures.

    (a) Firehose nozzles designed, constructed, tested, and marked in 
accordance with ASTM F 1546-94 are considered to be approved under the 
provisions of this chapter.
    (b) Firehose nozzles designed, constructed, tested and marked in 
accordance with the provisions of this subpart in effect prior to June 
24, 1996, are considered to be approved under the provisions of this 
chapter.



       Subpart 162.028--Extinguishers, Fire, Portable, Marine Type

    Source: CGFR 60-36, 25 FR 10640, Nov. 5, 1960, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec. 162.028-1   Applicable specifications.

    (a) There are no other Coast Guard specifications applicable to this 
subpart.



Sec. 162.028-2   Classification.

    (a) Every portable fire extinguisher shall be classified as to type 
and size as specified in Sec. 76.50-5 (Subchapter H--Passenger Vessels) 
of this chapter.



Sec. 162.028-3   Requirements.

    (a) General. Every portable fire extinguisher shall conform to the 
requirements for listing and labeling by a recognized laboratory, and 
shall be of such design, materials, and construction as to meet the 
requirements specified in this section.
    (b) Design and weight. Every portable fire extinguisher shall be 
self-contained, i.e., when charged it shall not require any additional 
source of extinguishing agent or expellant energy for its operation 
during the time it is

[[Page 303]]

being discharged, and it shall weigh not more than 55 pounds, maximum, 
when fully charged.
    (c) Materials. Materials used for exposed working parts shall be 
corrosion-resistant to salt water and spray. Materials used for other 
exposed parts shall be either corrosion-resistant or shall be protected 
by a suitable corrosion-resistant coating.
    (1) Corrosion-resistant materials. The materials which are 
considered to be corrosion-resistant are copper, brass, bronze, certain 
copper-nickel alloys, certain alloys of aluminum, certain plastics, and 
certain stainless steels.
    (2) Corrosion-resistant coatings. (i) The following systems of 
organic or metallic coatings for exposed non-working ferrous parts, when 
applied on properly prepared surfaces after all cutting, forming, and 
bending operations are completed, are considered to provide suitable 
corrosion resistance:
    (a) Bonderizing, followed by the application of zinc chromate 
primer, followed by one or more applications of enamel; or,
    (b) Hot-dipped or electrodeposited zinc in thicknesses not less than 
0.002 inch; or,
    (c) Electrodeposited cadmium in thicknesses not less than 0.001 
inch; or,
    (d) Hot-dipped or sprayed aluminum in thicknesses not less than 
0.002 inch; or,
    (e) Copper plus nickel in total thicknesses not less than 0.003 
inch, of which the nickel is not less than 0.002 inch, plus any 
thickness of chrome.
    (ii) The metallic platings of less than the thicknesses specified in 
this paragraph are not acceptable for the protection against corrosion 
of ferrous parts.
    (3) Decorative platings. Decorative platings in any thicknesses 
applied over corrosion-resistant materials and corrosion-resistant 
coatings are acceptable for either working or non-working parts.
    (4) Dissimilar metals. The use of dissimilar metals in combination 
shall be avoided wherever possible, but when such contacts are 
necessary, provisions (such as bushings, gaskets, or o-rings) shall be 
employed to prevent such deleterious effects as galvanic corrosion, 
freezing or buckling of parts, and loosening or tightening of joints due 
to differences in thermal expansion.
    (5) Suitability of materials. All extinguishers submitted for 
approval shall undergo the salt spray test in accordance with paragraph 
(c)(6) of this section.
    (6) Salt spray tests. Expose the complete fully charged specimen 
extinguisher to a 20 percent sodium chloride solution spray at a 
temperature of 95 deg. F. (35 deg. C.) for a period of 240 hours. The 
procedures and apparatus described in Method 811 of Federal Test Method 
Standard No. 151 are suitable. Alternate methods may be found 
satisfactory if the results are comparable. Following the test, allow 
the specimen extinguisher to air dry for a period of 48 hours. Following 
the air drying--
    (i) The extinguisher must be capable of being operated and recharged 
in a normal fashion;
    (ii) Any coating required in this section to be corrosion resistant 
must remain intact and must not be removable (when such removal exposes 
a material subject to corrosion) by such action as washing or rubbing 
with a thumb or fingernail;
    (iii) No galvanic corrosion may appear at the points of contact or 
close proximity of dissimilar metals;
    (iv) The extinguisher and its bracket, if any, must not show any 
corrosion, except corrosion that can be easily wiped off after rinsing 
with tap water, on surfaces having no protective coating or paint; and,
    (v) The gauge on a stored pressure extinguisher must remain 
watertight throughout the test.
    (d) Bursting pressure. For all extinguishers except the carbon 
dioxide type, the hydrostatic bursting pressure of the extinguisher and 
component parts which are subjected to pressure, exclusive of the hose, 
shall be at least five times the maximum working pressure during 
discharge of the extinguisher at approximately 70 deg. F. During this 
test, a pressure gauge if fitted will usually be removed to avoid 
breaking the indicating mechanism, but the gauge shall be capable of 
withstanding the same test without leaking.
    (e) Vibration resistance. The complete, fully charged specimen 
extinguisher,

[[Page 304]]

secured in its bracket which is mounted to the test machine, shall be 
tested in accordance with sections 3.1 through 3.1.4.4 of Military 
Standard MIL-STD-167. Following this test, there shall be no obvious 
failures of parts or assemblies, and the specimen shall be capable of 
being operated satisfactorily without undue effort or special procedures 
on the part of the operator, and the specimen shall be capable of being 
recharged satisfactorily in accordance with the directions on the name 
plate without the use of extraordinary tools or procedures.
    (f) Additional marking. (1) As part of the usual name plate marking, 
there shall be included the rated capacity of the extinguisher in 
gallons, quarts, or pounds, and complete instructions for recharging, 
including the identification of the recharge materials and of the 
pressure cartridge or separate container if one is used.
    (2) For extinguishers which are not ordinarily discharged or opened 
during the regular maintenance inspections and tests, the weight of the 
fully charged extinguisher shall be die-stamped, embossed, or cast in a 
conspicuous location on the name plate, valve body, or shell of the 
extinguisher.
    (3) Pasted-on type paper or decalcomania labels are not acceptable 
for any of the required extinguisher markings.
    (4) For stored pressure type or cartridge operated type water or 
antifreeze portable fire extinguishers, each extinguisher name plate 
shall be marked to indicate whether the extinguisher is to be filled 
with plain water or with anti-freeze solution. Combination type name 
plates showing the charge may be either plain water or antifreeze 
solution will not be permitted.
    (5) Recharge packages shall be legibly marked with the name of the 
recharge and the capacity of contents in gallons, quarts, or pounds, in 
addition to the usual recharge package marking. Recharge pressure 
cartridges shall, in addition to the usual marking, also be plainly 
marked to show the distinctive identifying designation of the cartridge.
    (g) Mounting bracket. Every portable fire extinguisher shall be 
supplied with a suitable bracket which will hold the extinguisher 
securely in its stowage location on vessels or boats, and which is 
arranged to provide quick and positive release of the extinguisher for 
immediate use.
    (h) Carbon dioxide type. Every carbon dioxide type extinguisher 
shall be fitted with a valve which will withstand a minimum bursting 
pressure of 6,000 p.s.i., and a discharge hose or tube which will 
withstand a minimum bursting pressure of 5,000 p.s.i. The hose shall be 
constructed with either a wire braid or other conducting material for 
conducting static charges occurring at the discharge nozzle back to the 
body of the extinguisher.
    (i) [Reserved]
    (j) Dry chemical type. (1) [Reserved]
    (2) Every dry chemical stored pressure type portable fire 
extinguisher, i.e., one which employs a single chamber for both the dry 
chemical and expellant gas, shall be fitted with a pressure gauge or 
device to show visual indication of whether or not the pressure in the 
chamber is in the operating range.
    (k) Toxic extinguishing agents. Every portable fire extinguisher 
shall contain only agents which qualify for the Underwriters' 
Laboratories, Inc., toxicity rating of Group 5 or Group 6, and which in 
normal fire extinguishing use do not generate decomposition products in 
concentrations hazardous to life.
    (l) Gauge. Every pressure gauge used on a portable fire extinguisher 
shall have an accuracy of at least 2 percent of the scale range for the 
middle half of the scale conforming to ASME Grade B commercial accuracy. 
The gauge when new shall be watertight, i.e., with the connection capped 
or plugged, no water shall penetrate to the interior of the case during 
submergence one foot below the surface of water for a period of two 
hours. The gauge shall be constructed of corrosion-resistant materials, 
so that the pointer or face lettering will not be obliterated by the 
action of salt water if some leakage should occur after rough handling 
or extended periods of service. The gauge, when attached to the fire 
extinguisher, shall pass the salt spray and vibration tests prescribed 
by Sec. 162.028-3(c) (1) and (e).

[[Page 305]]

    (m) Fire tests. In addition to the usual fire tests conducted to 
determine the suitability and adequacy of portable fire extinguishers, 
additional fire tests, such as those described in National Bureau of 
Standards Building Materials and Structures Report 150, issued June 14, 
1957, may be employed in determining the suitability for ``marine type'' 
listing and labeling.
    (n) Additional tests. Every portable extinguisher may be 
additionally examined and tested to establish its reliability and 
effectiveness in accordance with the intent of this specification for a 
``marine type'' portable fire extinguisher when considered necessary by 
the Coast Guard or by the recognized laboratory.

[CGFR 60-36, 25 FR 10640, Nov. 5, 1960, as amended by CGFR 62-17, 27 FR 
9046, Sept. 11, 1962; CGFR 56-28, 29 FR 12726, Sept. 9, 1964; CGFR 64-
67, 29 FR 14742, Oct. 29, 1964; CGD 72-214R, 38 FR 6880, Mar. 14, 1973; 
CGD 73-73R, 38 FR 27354, Oct. 3, 1973]



Sec. 162.028-4   Marine type label.

    (a) In addition to all other marking, every portable extinguisher 
shall bear a label containing the ``marine type'' listing manifest 
issued by a recognized laboratory. This label will include the 
classification of the extinguisher in accordance with the Coast Guard 
classification system, and the Coast Guard approval number, thus: 
``Marine Type USCG Type ----------, Size----------, Approval No. 
162.028/----------.'' All such labels are to be obtained from the 
recognized laboratory and will remain under its control until attached 
to product found acceptable under its listing and labeling program.
    (b) All such labels are to be obtained only from the recognized 
laboratory and will remain under its control until attached to product 
found acceptable under its inspection and labeling program.

[CGFR 60-36, 25 FR 10640, Nov. 5, 1960, as amended by CGFR 64-19, 29 FR 
7360, June 5, 1964]



Sec. 162.028-5  Independent laboratories: Listing.

    The following have met the standards under Sec. 159.101-7 for 
listing as an independent laboratory to perform or supervise approval or 
productions inspections or tests of portable fire extinguishers:
    (a) For dry chemical, CO2, water and foam type portable fire 
extinguishers:
    (1) Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., mailing address: P.O. Box 247, 
Northbrook, Illinois 60062.
    (2) Underwriters' Laboratories of Canada, mailing address: 7 Crouse 
Rd, Scarborough, Ontario, MIR 3A9, Canada.
    (b) For halon type fire extinguishers:
    (1) Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., mailing address: P.O. Box 247, 
Northbrook, Illinois 60062.
    (2) Underwriters' Laboratories of Canada, mailing address: 7 Crouse 
Rd, Scarborough, Ontario, MIR 3A9, Canada.
    (3) Factory Mutual Research Corporation, mailing address: 1151 
Boston-Providence Turnpike, P.O. Box 688, Norwood, MA 02062.

[CGD 83-050, 49 FR 7566, Mar. 1, 1984]



Sec. 162.028-6   Examinations, tests, and inspections.

    (a) Full examinations, tests, and inspections to determine the 
suitability of a product for listing and labeling, and to determine 
conformance of labeled product to the applicable requirements are 
conducted by the recognized laboratory. Whenever any work is being done 
on components or the assembly of such product, the manufacturer shall 
notify the recognized laboratory in order that an inspector may be 
assigned to the factory to conduct such examinations, inspections, and 
tests as to satisfy himself that the quality assurance program of the 
manufacturer is satisfactory, and that the labeled product is in 
conformance with the applicable requirements.
    (b) Manufacturers of listed or labeled marine type portable fire 
extinguishers shall maintain quality control of the materials used, 
manufacturing methods, and the finished product so as to meet the 
applicable requirements, and shall make sufficient inspections and tests 
of representative samples of the extinguishers and various components 
produced to maintain the quality of the finished product. Records of 
tests conducted by the manufacturer shall

[[Page 306]]

be made available to the laboratory inspector or to the merchant marine 
inspector, or both, for review upon request.
    (c) Follow-up check tests, examinations, and inspections of product 
listed and labeled as a ``marine type'' portable fire extinguisher 
acceptable to the Commandant as approved for use on merchant vessels and 
motorboats may be conducted by the Coast Guard, as well as by the 
recognized laboratory.
    (d) The laboratory inspector, or the Coast Guard marine inspector 
assigned by the Commander of the District in which the factory is 
located, or both, shall be admitted to any place in the factory where 
work is being done on listed or labeled product, and either or both 
inspectors may take samples of parts or materials entering into 
construction, or final assemblies, for further examinations, inspections 
or tests. The manufacturer shall provide a suitable place and the 
apparatus necessary for the performance of the tests which are done at 
the place of manufacture.



Sec. 162.028-7   Procedure for listing and labeling.

    (a) Manufacturers having a marine-type portable fire extinguisher 
which they consider has characteristics suitable for general use on 
merchant vessels and motorboats may make application for listing and 
labeling as a marine-type portable fire extinguisher by addressing a 
request directly to a recognized laboratory. The laboratory will inform 
the submitter as to the requirements for inspection, examinations, and 
testing necessary for such listing and labeling. The request shall 
include permission for the laboratory to furnish a complete test report 
together with a description of the quality control procedures to the 
Commandant.
    (b) The U.S. Coast Guard will review the test report and quality 
control procedures to determine if the requirements in Sec. 162.028-3 
have been met. If this is the case, the Commandant will notify the 
laboratory that the extinguisher is approved and that when the 
extinguisher is listed and labeled, it may be marked as being U.S. Coast 
Guard approved.
    (c) If disagreements concerning procedural, technical, or inspection 
questions arise over U.S. Coast Guard approval requirements between the 
manufacturer and the laboratory, the opinion of the Commandant shall be 
requested by the laboratory.
    (d) The manufacturer or the laboratory may at any time request 
clarification or advice from the Commandant on any question which may 
arise regarding manufacturing and approval of approved devices.

[CGD 72-214R, 38 FR 6880, Mar. 14, 1973]



Sec. 162.028-8   Termination of listing or labeling.

    (a) Listing or labeling as a marine type portable fire extinguisher 
acceptable to the Commandant as approved for use on inspected vessels 
and motorboats, may be terminated, withdrawn, cancelled, or suspended by 
written notice to the recognized laboratory from the Commandant, or by 
written notice to the manufacturer from the recognized laboratory or 
from the Commandant, under the following conditions:
    (1) When the manufacturer does not desire to retain the service.
    (2) When the listed product is no longer being manufactured.
    (3) When the manufacturer's own program does not provide suitable 
assurance of the quality of the listed or labeled product being 
manufactured.
    (4) When the product manufactured no longer conforms to the current 
applicable requirements.
    (5) When service experience or laboratory or U.S. Coast Guard 
reports indicate a product is unsatisfactory.

[CGFR 60-36, 25 FR 10640, Nov. 5, 1960, as amended by CGD 72-214R, 38 FR 
6880, Mar. 14, 1973]



     Subpart 162.039--Extinguishers, Fire, Semiportable, Marine Type

    Source: CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 11487, Sept. 8, 1965, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec. 162.039-1   Applicable specifications.

    (a) There are no other Coast Guard specifications applicable to this 
subpart.

[[Page 307]]



Sec. 162.039-2   Classification.

    (a) Every semiportable fire extinguisher shall be classified as to 
type and size as specified in Sec. 76.50-5 (Subchapter H--Passenger 
Vessels) of this chapter.



Sec. 162.039-3   Requirements.

    (a) General. Every semiportable fire extinguisher shall conform to 
the requirements for listing and labeling by a recognized laboratory and 
shall be of such design, materials, and construction as to meet the 
requirements specified in this section.
    (b) Design. Every semiportable extinguisher shall be fitted with 
hose of sufficient length to a nozzle or nozzles to provide for suitable 
application of the extinguishing agent to any part of the space 
protected (a length of pipe may connect the outlet of the supply to the 
hose connection); shall weigh more than 55 pounds when fully charged; 
shall be self-contained, i.e., when charged, it shall not require any 
additional source of extinguishing agent or expellent energy for its 
operation; and shall provide simple means for immediate operation by a 
single operator. The design, materials and construction shall provide 
reliability of operation and performance after non-use for long periods 
under conditions encountered in marine service.
    (c) Materials. Materials used for exposed working parts, except 
those used for inversion mechanism or similar purposes, shall be 
corrosion-resistant to salt water and spray. Materials used for other 
exposed parts shall be either corrsion-resistant or shall be protected 
by a suitable corrosion-resistant coating.
    (1) Corrosion-resistant materials. The materials which are 
considered to be corrosion-resistant are copper, brass, bronze, certain 
copper-nickel alloys, certain alloys of aluminum, certain plastics, and 
certain stainless steels.
    (2) Corrosion-resistant coatings. (i) The following systems of 
organic or metallic coatings for exposed nonworking ferrous parts except 
for ICC cylinders, when applied on properly prepared surfaces after all 
cutting, forming, and bending operations are completed, are considered 
to provide suitable corrosion resistance:
    (a) Bonderizing, followed by the application of zinc chromate 
primer, followed by one or more applications of enamel; or,
    (b) Inorganic zinc coatings; or,
    (c) Hot-dipped or electrodeposited zinc in thicknesses not less than 
0.002 inch; or,
    (d) Electrodeposited Cadmium in thicknesses not less than 0.001 
inch; or,
    (e) Hot-dipped or sprayed aluminum in thicknesses not less than 
0.002 inch; or,
    (f) Copper plus nickel in total thicknesses not less than 0.003 
inch, or which the nickel is not less than 0.002 inch, plus any 
thickness of chrome.
    (ii) The metallic platings of less than the thicknesses specified in 
this paragraph are not acceptable for the protection against corrosion 
of ferrous parts.
    (3) Decorative platings. Decorative platings in any thicknesses 
applied over corrosion-resistant materials and corrosion-resistant 
coatings are acceptable for either working or nonworking parts.
    (4) Dissimilar metals. The use of dissimilar metals in combination 
shall be avoided wherever possible, but when such contacts are 
necessary, provisions (such as bushings, gaskets, or o-rings) shall be 
employed to prevent such deleterious effects as galvanic corrosion, 
freezing or buckling of parts, and loosening or tightening of joints due 
to differences in thermal expansion.
    (5) Suitability of materials. In event of question as to the 
suitability of the materials (including coatings) used, the salt spray 
test described in paragraph (c)(6) of this section shall be conducted.
    (6) Salt spray test. Expose either component parts, subassemblies, 
or the complete fully charged specimen extinguisher to a 20 percent 
sodium-chloride solution spray at a temperature of 95 deg. F. (35 deg. 
C.) for a period of 240 hours. The procedures and apparatus described in 
Method 811 of Federal Test Method Standard No. 151 are suitable. 
Alternate methods may be found satisfactory if the results are 
comparable. Following the test, allow the specimen extinguisher to air 
dry for a period of 48 hours. Following the air drying, the specimen 
extinguisher shall be capable

[[Page 308]]

of being operated satisfactorily without undue effort or special 
procedures on the part of the operator, and it shall be capable of being 
recharged satisfactorily in accordance with the directions on the 
nameplate without the use of extraordinary tools or procedures.
    (d) Gauges. Every pressure gauge used on a semiportable fire 
extinguisher shall have an accuracy of at least 2 percent of the scale 
range for the middle half of the scale conforming to ASME Grade B 
commercial accuracy. The gauge when new shall be watertight, i.e., with 
the connection capped or plugged, no water shall penetrate to the 
interior of the case during submergence 1 foot below the surface of 
water for a period of 2 hours. The gauge shall be constructed of 
corrosion-resistant materials, so that the pointer or face lettering 
will not be obliterated by the action of salt water if some leakage 
should occur after rough handling or extended periods of service. The 
gage, when attached to the extinguisher, shall pass the salt spray and 
vibration tests prescribed by paragraphs (c)(6) and (e) of this section.
    (e) Vibration resistance. Either component parts, subassemblies, or 
the complete, fully charged specimen extinguisher, shall be tested in 
accordance with sections 3.1 through 3.1.4.4 of Military Standard MIL-
STD-167. Following this test, there shall be no obvious failures of 
parts or assemblies, and they shall be capable of being operated 
satisfactorily without undue effort or special procedures on the part of 
the operator, and the extinguisher shall be capable of being recharged 
satisfactorily in accordance with the directions on the name plate 
without the use of extraordinary tools or procedures.
    (f) Carbon dioxide type. Every carbon dioxide type extinguisher 
shall be fitted with a valve which will withstand a minimum bursting 
pressure of 6,000 p.s.i., and a discharge hose or tube which will 
withstand a minimum bursting pressure of 5,000 p.s.i. The hose shall be 
constructed with either a wire braid or other conducting material for 
conducting static charges occurring at the discharge nozzle back to the 
body of the extinguisher.
    (g) Chemical-foam type. Every chemical foam type semiportable fire 
extinguisher shall have a nozzle which will provide operating 
characteristics such that when it is held about 3 feet above the ground 
at an elevation of approximately 30 deg., and with the extinguisher and 
contents both at approximately 70 deg. F. and 120 deg. F., the range of 
the stream shall not exceed 40 feet, and the major portion of the 
discharge shall fall between 20 and 40 feet, measured horizontally, from 
the nozzle. The duration of the effective discharge shall be between 2.5 
and 4.0 minutes, effective discharge being considered as occurring while 
the major portion of the discharge falls beyond 10 feet, measured 
horizontally, from the nozzle.
    (h) [Reserved]
    (i) Toxic extinguishing agents. Every semiportable fire extinguisher 
shall contain only agents which qualify for the Underwriters' 
Laboratories, Inc., toxicity rating of Group 5 or Group 6, and which in 
normal fire extinguishing use do not generate decomposition products in 
concentrations hazardous to life. Acceptance of extinguishing agents 
under these requirements will be determined by the Coast Guard.
    (j) Fire tests. Fire tests may be employed in determining the 
suitability for ``marine type'' listing and labeling.
    (k) Additional tests. Every semiportable extinguisher may be 
additionally examined and tested to establish its reliability and 
effectiveness in accordance with the intent of this specification for a 
``marine type'' semiportable fire extinguisher when considered necessary 
by the Coast Guard or by the recognized laboratory.
    (l) Additional marking. (1) As part of the usual nameplate marking, 
there shall be included the rated capacity of the extinguisher in 
gallons, quarts, or pounds, and complete instructions for recharging, 
including the identification of the recharge materials and of the 
pressure containing cylinder or separate container if one is used.
    (2) Pasted-on type paper or decalcomania labels are not acceptable 
for any of the required extinguisher marking.
    (3) Recharge packages shall be legibly marked with the name of the 
recharge and the capacity of contents in gallons, quarts, or pounds in 
addition

[[Page 309]]

to the usual recharge package marking. Recharge pressure containing 
cylinders shall, in addition to the usual marking, also be plainly 
marked to show the distinctive identifying designation of the cylinder.
    (m) Securing means. Every semi-portable fire extinguisher shall be 
supplied with a suitable means for holding the extinguisher securely in 
its stowage location on vessels or boats. The materials shall be 
sufficiently corrosion-resistant or protected against corrosion to 
withstand the test prescribed by paragraph (c)(6) of this section 
without showing more than traces of slight corrosion, which may be 
easily wiped off after rinsing with tapwater.

[CGFR 65-9, 30 FR 11487, Sept. 8, 1965, as amended by CGFR 65-64, 31 FR 
563, Jan. 18, 1966; CGD 73-73R, 38 FR 27354, Oct. 3, 1973; CGD 77-039, 
44 FR 34133, June 14, 1979]



Sec. 162.039-4   Marine type label.

    (a) In addition to all other marking, every semiportable 
extinguisher shall bear a label containing the ``marine type'' listing 
manifest issued by a recognized laboratory. This label will include the 
classification of the extinguisher in accordance with the Coast Guard 
classification system, and the Coast Guard approval number, thus: 
``Marine Type USCG Type ------, Size ------, Approval No. 162.039/
Ex--.'' All such labels are to be obtained from the recognized 
laboratory and will remain under its control until attached to product 
found acceptable under its listing and labeling program.



Sec. 162.039-5   Recognized laboratory.

    (a) A recognized laboratory is one which is regularly engaged in the 
examination, testing, and evaluation of semi-portable fire 
extinguishers; which has an established factory inspection, listing, and 
labeling program; and which has special standards for listing and 
labeling as a ``marine type'' semiportable fire extinguisher acceptable 
to the Commandant as approved for use on merchant vessels and 
motorboats. The following laboratories are recognized, and the 
semiportable fire extinguishers bearing their ``marine type'' labels are 
approved for use on merchant vessels and motorboats:
    (1) Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc., mailing address: Post Office 
Box 247, Northbrook, Ill., 60062.



Sec. 162.039-6   Examinations, tests, and inspections.

    (a) Full examinations, tests, and inspections to determine the 
suitability of a product for listing and labeling, and to determine 
conformance of labeled product to the applicable requirements are 
conducted by the recognized laboratory. Whenever any work is being done 
on components or the assembly of such product, the manufacturer shall 
notify the recognized laboratory in order that an inspector may be 
assigned to the factory to conduct such examinations, inspections, and 
tests as to satisfy himself that the quality assurance program of the 
manufacturer is satisfactory, and that the labeled product is in 
conformance with the applicable requirements.
    (b) Manufacturers of listed or labeled marine type semiportable fire 
extinguishers shall maintain quality control of the materials used, 
manufacturing methods, and the finished product so as to meet the 
applicable requirements, and shall make sufficient inspections and tests 
of representative samples of the extinguishers and various components 
produced to maintain the quality of the finished product. Records of 
tests conducted by the manufacturer shall be made available to the 
laboratory inspector or to the Coast Guard marine inspector, or both, 
for review upon request.
    (c) Followup check tests, examinations, and inspections of product 
listed and labeled as a ``marine type'' semiportable fire extinguisher 
acceptable to the Commandant as approved for use on merchant vessels and 
motorboats may be conducted by the Coast Guard, as well as by the 
recognized laboratory.
    (d) The laboratory inspector, or the Coast Guard merchant marine 
inspector assigned by the Commander of the District in which the factory 
is located, or both, shall be admitted to any place in the factory where 
work is being done on listed or labeled product, and either or both 
inspectors may take samples of parts or materials entering into 
construction, of final assemblies,

[[Page 310]]

for further examinations, inspections, or tests. The manufacturer shall 
provide a suitable place and the apparatus necessary for the performance 
of the tests which are done at the place of manufacture.



Sec. 162.039-7   Procedure for listing and labeling.

    (a) Manufacturers having models of extinguishers which they believe 
are suitable for marine service may make application for listing and 
labeling of such product as a ``marine type'' semiportable fire 
extinguisher which will be acceptable to the Commandant as approved for 
use on merchant vessels, by addressing a request directly to a 
recognized laboratory. The laboratory will inform the submitter as to 
the requirements for inspections, examinations, and testing necessary 
for such listing and labeling. All costs in connection with the 
examinations, tests, and inspections, listings and labelings are payable 
by the manufacturer.



Sec. 162.039-8   Termination of listing or labeling.

    (a) Listing or labeling as a marine type semiportable fire 
extinguisher acceptable to the Commandant as approved for use on 
inspected vessels or motorboats may be terminated, withdrawn, canceled, 
or suspended by written notice to the recognized laboratory from the 
Commandant, or by written notice to the manufacturer from the recognized 
laboratory or from the Commandant under the following conditions:
    (1) When the manufacturer does not desire to retain the service.
    (2) When the listed product is no longer being manufactured.
    (3) When the manufacturer's own program does not provide suitable 
assurance of the quality of the listed or labeled product being 
manufactured.
    (4) When the product manufactured no longer conforms to the current 
applicable requirements.



             Subpart 162.050--Pollution Prevention Equipment

    Source: 44 FR 53359, Sept. 13, 1979, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 162.050-1  Scope.

    (a) This subpart contains--
    (1) Procedures for approval of 100 p.p.m. separators, 15 p.p.m. 
separators, cargo monitors, bilge monitors, and bilge alarms;
    (2) Design specifications for this equipment;
    (3) Tests required for approval;
    (4) Procedures for obtaining designation as a facility authorized to 
conduct approval tests;
    (5) Marking requirements; and
    (6) Factory inspection procedures.



Sec. 162.050-3  Definitions.

    (a) p.p.m. means parts per million by volume of oil in water;
    (b) 100 p.p.m. separator means a separator that is designed to 
remove enough oil from an oil-water mixture to provide a resulting 
mixture that has an oil concentration of 100 p.p.m. or less;
    (c) 15 p.p.m. separator means a separator that is designed to remove 
enough oil from an oil-water mixture to provide a resulting mixture that 
has an oil concentration of 15 p.p.m. or less;
    (d) Cargo monitor means an instrument that is designed to measure 
and record the oil content of cargo residues from cargo tanks and oily 
mixtures combined with these residues;
    (e) Bilge monitor means an instrument that is designed to measure 
and record the oil content of oily mixtures from machinery space bilges 
and fuel oil tanks that carry ballast;
    (f) Bilge alarm means an instrument that is designed to measure the 
oil content of oily mixtures from machinery space bilges and fuel oil 
tanks that carry ballast and activate an alarm at a set concentration 
limit; and
    (g) Independent laboratory means a laboratory that--
    (1) Has the equipment and procedures necessary to approve the 
electrical components described in Secs. 162.050-21(b) and 162.050-
25(c), or to conduct the test described in Sec. 162.050-37(a); and
    (2) Is not owned or controlled by a manufacturer, supplier, or 
vendor of separators, monitors, or bilge alarms.

[[Page 311]]



Sec. 162.050-4  Documents incorporated by reference.

    (a) The following documents are incorporated by reference into this 
subpart:
    (1) Underwriters Laboratories Standard 913 (as revised April 8, 
1976).
    (2) ``Experimental Statistics'', National Bureau of Standards 
Handbook No. 91 (October 1966).
    (3) ``Standard Practice for Determination of Precision and Bias of 
Methods of Committee D-19 on Water, D-2777-77'', American Society for 
Testing and Materials.
    (b) The documents listed in this section may be obtained as follows:
    (1) The UL standard may be obtained from Underwriters Laboratories, 
Inc., Publications Stock, 333 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, Illinois 
60062.
    (2) The ASTM standard may be obtained from the American Society for 
Testing and Materials, 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103.
    (3) The NBS handbook may be obtained from the Superintendent of 
Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402.
    (c) The documents listed in this section are also on file in the 
Federal Register library.
    (d) Approval to incorporate by reference the materials listed in 
this section was obtained from the Director of the Federal Register on 
August 21, 1979.



Sec. 162.050-5  Contents of application.

    (a) An application for approval of a 15 p.p.m. or 100 p.p.m. 
separator, a cargo or bilge monitor, or a bilge alarm must contain the 
following information:
    (1) A brief description of the item submitted for approval.
    (2) The name and address of the applicant and its manufacturing 
facility.
    (3) A detailed description of quality control procedures, in-process 
and final inspections and tests followed in manufacturing the item, and 
construction and sales record keeping systems maintained.
    (4) Arrangement drawings and piping diagrams of the item that give 
the information prescribed by Sec. 56.01-10(d) of this chapter.
    (5) Detailed electrical plans of the type described in Sec. 111.05-
5(d) of this chapter.
    (6) An instructions manual containing detailed instructions on 
installation, operation, calibration and zeroing, and maintenance of the 
item.
    (7) For each monitor and bilge alarm and each control on a 
separator, the vibration test report described in Sec. 162.050-37.
    (8) For each cargo monitor, a statement of whether it is to be used 
with crude oils, refined products, or both.
    (9) A list of the substances used in operating the item that require 
certification under part 147 of this chapter as articles of ships' 
stores and supplies.
    (10) The name of the facility to conduct approval testing.
    (11) If the applicant intends to use a test rig other than a test 
rig of the facility, a detailed description of the rig.
    (b) An applicant may incorporate by reference in his application 
information that he has submitted in a previous application.



Sec. 162.050-7  Approval procedures.

    (a) An application for approval of equipment under this subpart must 
be sent to the Commandant (G-MSE), U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC 
20593-0001.
    (b) The application is examined by the Coast Guard to determine 
whether the item complies with the design requirements and vibration 
standard prescribed in this subpart and to determine what probability 
the item has of passing the approval tests. The applicant is notified of 
the results of the examination.
    (c) If examination of the application reveals that it is incomplete, 
it is returned to the applicant with a statement of reasons why it is 
incomplete.
    (d) The applicant must make arrangements for approval testing 
directly with a testing facility and must provide the facility with a 
copy of the instructions manual for the equipment to be tested.
    (e) If applications for approval of a separator have been made for 
more than one size, the applicant, in lieu of submitting each size for 
approval testing, may submit each size that has a

[[Page 312]]

capacity exceeding fifty (50) cubic meters per hour throughput, if any, 
and two additional sizes that have a capacity of fifty (50) cubic meters 
per hour throughput or less. One of the additional sizes must have a 
capacity that is in the highest quartile of capacities manufactured in 
the 0-50 cubic meters per hour throughput range and the other must be 
from the lowest quartile.
    (f) Each approval test must be performed by a facility designated 
under Sec. 162.050-15. The facility must perform each test in accordance 
with the test conditions prescribed in this subpart for the test, 
prepare a test report for the item if it completes all of the tests, and 
send the report with four copies to the Commandant (G-MSE). The 
applicant may observe the tests. (If an item does not complete testing, 
a new application must be made before retesting.)
    (g) The Commandant (G-MSE), sends a copy of the test report to the 
applicant and advises him whether the item is approved. If the item is 
approved, an approval certificate is sent to the applicant. The approval 
certificate lists conditions of approval applicable to the item.
    (h) A separator is approved under this subpart if--
    (1) It meets the design requirements in Sec. 162.050-21 and is 
tested in accordance with this subpart;
    (2) In the case of a 100 p.p.m. separator, the oil content of each 
sample of separated water effluent taken during approval testing is 100 
p.p.m. or less;
    (3) In the case of a 15 p.p.m. separator, the oil content of each 
sample of separated water effluent taken during approval testing is 15 
p.p.m. or less;
    (4) During Test No. 3S an oily mixture is not observed at the 
separated water outlet of the separator;
    (5) During Test No. 5S its operation is continuous; and
    (6) Any substance used in operating the separator that requires 
certification under part 147 of this chapter as an article of ships' 
stores or supplies has been certified.
    (i) A cargo monitor is approved under this subpart if--
    (1) It meets the design requirements in Sec. 162.050-25 and is 
tested in accordance with this subpart;
    (2) Each oil content reading recorded during approval testing is 
within plus-minus10 p.p.m. or plus-minus20 percent of the oil 
content of the sample of influent mixture taken at the time of the 
reading;
    (3) Its response time is twenty (20) seconds or less in Test No. 
3CM;
    (4) The time intervals between successive readings recorded in Test 
No. 4CM are twenty (20) seconds or less; and
    (5) Any substance used in operating the monitor that requires 
certification under part 147 of this chapter as an article of ships' 
stores or supplies has been certified.
    (j) A bilge monitor is approved under this subpart if--
    (1) It meets the design requirements in Sec. 162.050-29 and is 
tested in accordance with this subpart;
    (2) Except as provided in paragraph (j)(5) of this section, each oil 
content reading recorded during approval testing is within 
plus-minus10 p.p.m. or plus-minus20 percent of the oil content 
of the sample of influent mixture taken at the time of the reading;
    (3) The time intervals between successive readings recorded in Test 
No. 3BM are twenty (20) seconds or less;
    (4) The time intervals between successive readings recorded in Test 
No. 4BM are twenty (20) seconds or less;
    (5) The oil content of the sample taken each time the device 
required by Sec. 162.050-29(c)(1) actuates is 15 p.p.m. plus-minus5 
p.p.m.;
    (6) The oil content of the sample taken each time the device 
required by Sec. 162.050-29(c)(2) actuates is 100 p.p.m. 
plus-minus20 p.p.m.; and
    (7) Any substance used in operating the monitor that requires 
certification under part 147 of this chapter as an article of ships' 
stores or supplies has been certified.
    (k) A bilge alarm is approved under this subpart if--
    (1) It meets the design requirements in Sec. 162.050-33 and is 
tested in accordance with this subpart;
    (2) The oil content of each sample taken during approval testing is 
15 p.p.m. plus-minus5 p.p.m.;
    (3) Its response time is twenty seconds or less in Test No. 2A; and
    (4) Any substance used in operating the alarm that requires 
certification

[[Page 313]]

under part 147 of this chapter as an article of ships' stores or 
supplies has been certified.

[44 FR 53359, Sept. 13, 1979, as amended by CGD 82-063b, 48 FR 4783, 
Feb. 3, 1983; 48 FR 45114, Oct. 3, 1983; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34537, Sept. 
7, 1988; CGD 95-072, 60 FR 50467, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 
50734, Sept. 27, 1996]



Sec. 162.050-9  Test report.

    (a) A report of approval testing must contain the following:
    (1) Name of the testing facility.
    (2) Name of the applicant.
    (3) Date of receiving the item for testing and the dates of the 
tests conducted.
    (4) Trade name and brief description of the item.
    (5) A listing of the following properties of the test oils used:
    (i) Relative density at 15 deg. C.
    (ii) Viscosity in centistokes at 37.8 deg. C.
    (iii) Flashpoint.
    (iv) Weight of ash content.
    (v) Weight of water content.
    (vi) Relative density at 15 deg. C. the of water used during testing 
and the weight of solid content in the water.
    (vii) The data recorded during each test.



Sec. 162.050-11  Marking.

    (a) Each separator, monitor, and bilge alarm manufactured under 
Coast Guard approval must be plainly marked by the manufacturer with the 
information listed in paragraph (b) of this section. The marking must be 
securely fastened to the item.
    (b) Each marking must include the following information:
    (1) Name of the manufacturer.
    (2) Name or model number of the item.
    (3) If the item is a separator, the maximum throughput and the 
maximum influent pressure at which the separator is designed to operate.
    (4) The month and year of completion of manufacture.
    (5) The manufacturer's serial number for the item.
    (6) The Coast Guard approval number assigned to the item in the 
certificate of approval.
    (7) A list of bilge cleaners, solvents, and other chemical compounds 
that do not impair operation of the item.
    (8) If the item is a cargo monitor, the oils for which use has been 
approved.
    (9) If the item is a separator that uses replaceable filter or 
coalescer elements, the part numbers of the elements.



Sec. 162.050-13  Factory production and inspection.

    (a) Equipment manufactured under Coast Guard approval must be of the 
type described in the current certificate of approval issued for the 
equipment.
    (b) Equipment manufactured under Coast Guard approval is not 
inspected on a regular schedule at the place of manufacture. However, 
the Commandant may detail Coast Guard personnel at any time to visit a 
factory where the equipment is manufactured to conduct an inspection of 
the manufacturing process.



Sec. 162.050-14  Sample collection and preservation.

    (a) Each sample obtained in approval testing must be approximately 
one (1) liter in volume and must be collected in a narrow-necked glass 
bottle that has a pressure sealing cap. The cap must be lined with a 
material that will not affect the oil content of the sample.
    (b) Each sample must be preserved by the addition of 5 ml. of 
hydrochloric acid at the time of collection. The hydrochloric acid must 
consist of equal amounts of concentrated reagent grade hydrochloric acid 
and distilled water.
    (c) Each sample must be refrigerated at or below 4 deg. C. until 
analyzed. However, refrigeration is not necessary if there is no time 
delay between sample collection and analysis.



Sec. 162.050-15  Designation of facilities.

    (a) Each request for designation as a facility authorized to perform 
approval tests must be submitted to the Commandant (G-MSE), U.S. Coast 
Guard, Washington, DC 20593-0001.
    (b) Each request must include the following:
    (1) Name and address of the facility.

[[Page 314]]

    (2) Each type of equipment the facility proposes to test.
    (3) A description of the facility's capability to perform approval 
tests including detailed information on the following:
    (i) Management organization including personnel qualifications.
    (ii) Equipment available for conducting sample analysis.
    (iii) Materials available for approval testing.
    (iv) Each of the facility's test rigs, if any.
    (c) The Coast Guard reviews each request submitted to determine 
whether the facility meets the requirements of paragraphs (g)(1) through 
(g)(4) of this section.
    (d) If the facility meets the requirements in paragraphs (g)(1) 
through (g)(4) of this section, it is then supplied with twelve samples 
containing mixtures of oil in water that are within a 10 to 30 p.p.m. 
range.
    (e) The facility must measure the oil content of each sample using 
the method described in Sec. 162.050-39 and report the value of each of 
the 12 measurements to the Commandant (G-MSE), U.S. Coast Guard, 
Washington, DC 20593.
    (f) The measurements must meet the following criteria:
    (1) Except as provided in paragraph (f)(2) of this section, the 
absolute value of Tn for each measurement, as determined by the method 
described in paragraph 10.3.2 of the American Society for Testing and 
Materials, ``Standard Practice for Determination of Precision and Bias 
of Methods of Committee D-19 on Water'', D-2777-77, must be less than or 
equal to 2.29 at a confidence level of 0.05.
    (2) The absolute value of Tn for one measurement may exceed 2.29 if 
the Tn values for the other eleven measurements are less than or equal 
to 2.23 at a confidence level of 0.05. If the Tn value for one 
measurement exceeds 2.29, that measurement is not used in the method 
described in paragraph (f)(3) of this section.
    (3) The value of X for the 12 measurements described in paragraph 
(e) of this section, or for 11 measurements if paragraph (f)(2) of this 
section applies, must be within the range of -1 Xd +1 at a minimum 
confidence level of 0.01 when Xd is determined by the method described 
in paragraph 3-3.1.4 of ``Experimental Statistics'', National Bureau of 
Standards Handbook No. 91 (October 1966).
    (g) To obtain authorization to conduct approval tests--
    (1) A facility must have the management organization, equipment for 
conducting sample analysis, and the materials necessary to perform the 
tests;
    (2) Each facility test rig must be of a type described in 
Sec. 162.050-17 or Sec. 162.050-19;
    (3) The loss or award of a specific contract to test equipment must 
not be a substantial factor in the facility's financial well being;
    (4) The facility must be free of influence and control of the 
manufacturers, suppliers, and vendors of the equipment; and
    (5) The oil content measurements submitted to the Commandant must 
meet the criteria in paragraph (f) of this section.
    (h) A facility may not subcontract for approval testing unless 
previously authorized by the Coast Guard. A request for authorization to 
subcontract must be sent to the Commandant (G-MSE), U.S. Coast Guard, 
Washington, DC 20593-0001.

[44 FR 53359, Sept. 13, 1979, as amended by CGD 82-063b, 48 FR 45114, 
Oct. 3, 1983; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34537, Sept. 7, 1988; CGD 95-072, 60 FR 
50467, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50734, Sept. 27, 1996]



Sec. 162.050-17  Separator test rig.

    (a) This section contains requirements for test rigs used in 
approval testing of separators. A diagram of a typical test rig is shown 
in Figure 162.050-17(a).
    (b) Each mixture pump on a test rig must--
    (1) Be a centrifugal pump capable of operating at one thousand 
(1,000) revolutions per minute or more;
    (2) Have a delivery capacity of at least one and one half (1.5) 
times the maximum throughput at which the separator being tested is 
designed to operate;
    (3) Have a maximum delivery pressure that is equal to or greater 
than the maximum influent pressure at

[[Page 315]]

which the separator is designed to operate; and
    (4) Have either bypass piping to its suction side or a throttle 
valve or orifice on its discharge side.
    (c) The inlet piping of the test rig must be sized so that--
    (1) Influent water flows at a Reynolds Number of at least ten 
thousand;
    (2) The influent flow rate is between one and three meters per 
second; and
    (3) Its length is at least twenty (20) times its inside diameter.
    (d) Each sample point on a test rig must meet the design 
requirements described in Figure 162.050-17(e) and must be in a vertical 
portion of the test rig piping.



Sec. 162.050-19  Monitor and bilge alarm test rig.

    (a) This section contains requirements for test rigs used in 
approval testing of monitors and bilge alarms. A typical test rig is 
described in Figure 162.050-19. The mixture pipe shown in Figure 
162.050-19 is the portion of test rig piping between the oil injection 
point and the monitor or bilge alarm piping.
    (b) Each sample point on a test rig must be of the type described in 
Figure 162.050-17(e) and must be in a vertical portion of the test rig 
piping.
    (c) Each test rig must have a centrifugal pump that is designed to 
operate at one thousand (1,000) revolutions per minute or more.
    (d) The mixture pipe on a test rig must have a uniform inside 
diameter.

[[Page 316]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC03MR91.026



[[Page 317]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC03MR91.027



[[Page 318]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC03MR91.028



[[Page 319]]



Sec. 162.050-21  Separator: Design specification.

    (a) A separator must be designed to operate in each plane that forms 
an angle of 22.5 deg. with the plane of its normal operating position.
    (b) The electrical components of a separator that are to be 
installed in an explosive atmosphere must be approved by an independent 
laboratory as components that Underwriters Laboratories Standard 913 
(dated April 8, 1976) defines as intrinsically safe for use in a Class 
I, Group D hazardous location.
    (c) Each separator component that is a moving part must be designed 
so that its movement during operation of the separator does not cause 
formation of static electricity.
    (d) Each separator must be designed in accordance with the 
applicable requirements in subchapters F and J of this chapter.
    (e) Each separator must be designed to be operated both 
automatically and manually. Each separator to be installed in an 
unattended machinery space must be capable of operating automatically 
for at least twenty-four (24) hours.
    (f) Each separator must be designed so that adjustments to valves or 
other equipment are not necessary to start it.
    (g) Each part of a separator that is susceptible to wear and tear 
must be readily accessible for maintenance in its installed position.
    (h) A separator must be designed so that it does not rely in whole 
or in part on dilution of influent mixtures as a means of performing its 
function.



Sec. 162.050-23  Separator: Approval tests.

    (a) Test Conditions. (1) Each test described in this section must be 
performed at a throughput and influent pressure equal to the maximum 
throughput and pressure at which the separator being tested is designed 
to operate. The tests and each of the steps in the tests must be carried 
out in the order described in this section. Each test must be performed 
without time delay between steps in the test.
    (2) Except as provided in Test No. 6S, the influent oil used in each 
test must be a heavy fuel oil that has a relative density of 
approximately 0.94 at 15 deg.C and a viscosity of at least 220 
centistokes (approximately 900 seconds Redwood No. 1) at 37.8 deg.C.
    (3) A test rig of the type described in Sec. 162.050-17 must be used 
in performing each test.
    (4) If a separator has a supply pump, it must be tested using that 
pump. If a separator does not have a supply pump, it must be tested 
using the mixture pump on the test rig.
    (5) The influent water used in each test must be clean fresh water 
or clean fresh water in solution with sodium chloride. The water or 
solution must have a relative density at 15 deg.C that is equal to or 
less than 0.085 plus the relative density of the heavy fuel oil used in 
the tests.
    (6) Each test must be conducted at an ambient temperature of between 
10 deg.C and 30 deg.C.
    (7) The oil content of each sample must be measured using the method 
described in Sec. 162.050-39.
    (8) Influent oil content must be determined during testing by 
measuring the flow rates of the oil and water that are mixed to form the 
influent or by use of an oil content meter on the inlet piping of the 
test rig. If an oil content meter is used, a sample of influent and a 
meter reading must be taken at the beginning of each test. If the meter 
reading is not within plus-minus10 percent of the oil content of 
the sample, the meter readings subsequently taken during the test are 
unacceptable test results.
    (9) When collecting a sample at a sample point that has a stop cock, 
the first minute of fluid flow through the stop cock must not be 
included in the sample collected.
    (10) In each test, the separator must be operated in accordance with 
the procedures described in its instruction manual.
    (11) No maintenance, including replacement of parts, may be 
performed on a separator during or between the tests described in this 
section.
    (12) A one (1) liter sample of each oil to be used in testing must 
be taken and provided for use in the sample analysis required by 
Sec. 162.050-39 .
    (13) The separator may not be operated manually in Test No. 5S.
    (b) Test No. 1S. The separator is filled with water and started. It 
is fed with

[[Page 320]]

oil for at least five (5) minutes and then with an oil-water influent 
containing an oil content of between 5,000 and 10,000 p.p.m. until a 
steady flow rate occurs. After the flow rate is steady, the influent is 
fed to the separator for thirty (30) minutes. Samples of separated water 
effluent are taken after the first ten (10) and twenty (20) minutes. At 
the end of the thirty (30) minute period, the air cock on the test rig 
is opened and, if necessary, the oil and water supply valves are closed 
to stop the flow of influent. A sample is then taken of the separated 
water effluent as the effluent flow ceases.
    (c) Test No. 2S. Test No. 1S is repeated using an influent 
containing approximately 25 percent oil and 75 percent water.
    (d) Test No. 3S. The separator is fed with oil until oil is 
discharged at the oil discharge outlet of the separator at essentially 
the same rate that oil is being fed to the separator. The separator is 
then fed with oil for five (5) additional minutes. If any oily mixture 
is discharged from the separated water outlet on the separator during 
the test, that observation is recorded.
    (e) Test No. 4S. The separator is fed with water for fifteen (15) 
minutes. Samples of the separated water effluent are taken at the 
beginning of the test and after the first ten (10) minutes.
    (f) Test No. 5S. The separator is operated automatically for three 
(3) hours. During the test, the separator is continuously fed with an 
influent varying from water to a mixture of 25 percent oil in water and 
back to water every fifteen (15) minutes. The oil concentration in the 
influent is varied in at least five (5) equal increments during each 
fifteen (15) minute period and the time intervals between the 
incremental changes are equal. During the last hour, the separator must 
be inclined at an angle of 22.5 deg. with the plane of its normal 
operating position. During the last time increment in which the unit is 
fed a 25 percent oil mixture, a sample of the separated water effluent 
is taken. If the separator stops at any time during this test, that 
observation is recorded.
    (g) Test No. 6S. Tests No. 1S and No. 2S are repeated using, in lieu 
of a heavy fuel oil in the influent, a light distillate fuel oil having 
a relative density of approximately 0.83 at 15 deg.C.



Sec. 162.050-25  Cargo monitor: Design specification.

    (a) This section contains requirements that apply to cargo monitors.
    (b) Each monitor must be designed so that it is calibrated by a 
means that does not involve manually mixing a known quantity of oil and 
a known quantity of water to form a mixture and manually feeding the 
mixture into the monitor.
    (c) The electrical components of a monitor that are to be installed 
in an explosive atmosphere must be approved by an independent laboratory 
as components that Underwriters Laboratories Standard 913 (dated April 
8, 1976) defines as intrinsically safe for use in a Class I, Group D 
hazardous location.
    (d) Each monitor component that is a moving part must be designed so 
that its movement during operation of the monitor does not cause 
formation of static electricity.
    (e) A monitor must be designed to operate in each plane that forms 
an angle of 22.5 deg. with the plane of its normal operating position.
    (f) Each monitor must be designed in accordance with the applicable 
requirements contained in subchapters F and J of this chapter.
    (g) Each monitor must be designed so that it records each change in 
oil content of the mixture it is measuring within twenty (20) seconds 
after the change occurs.
    (h) Each monitor must have a device that produces a warning signal 
and a signal that can be used to actuate valves in a vessel's fixed 
piping system, when--
    (1) The oil content of the mixture being measured exceeds the 
concentration limit set by the operator of the monitor; and
    (2) Malfunction, breakdown, or other failure of the monitor occurs.
    (i) Each monitor must have a means to determine whether it is 
accurately calibrated.

[44 FR 53359, Sept. 13. 1079, as amended by CGD 76-088c, 48 FR 45727, 
Oct. 6, 1983]

[[Page 321]]



Sec. 162.050-27  Cargo monitor: Approval tests.

    (a) This section contains requirements that apply to cargo monitors.
    (b) Test conditions. (1) The tests and each step in the tests must 
be carried out in the order described in this section. Each test must be 
performed without time delay between steps in the test.
    (2) A test rig of the type described in Sec. 162.050-19 must be used 
in performing each test.
    (3) Each mixture used during the tests must be prepared by combining 
oil supplied from the oil injection pipe of the test rig and water 
supplied from the mixture tank of the test rig. However, if the flow of 
oil through the oil injection pipe becomes intermittent, oil and water 
may be combined in the mixture tank to form the mixture.
    (4) A mixture may be circulated through a monitor only once during 
testing.
    (5) Unless otherwise provided in a specific test, the water used in 
each test must be clean, fresh water.
    (6) The oil used in each test, except Test No. 2CM, must be Arabian 
light crude oil.
    (7) Each test must be performed at an ambient temperature of between 
10 deg. C and 30 deg. C.
    (8) Unless otherwise provided in a specific test, each test must be 
performed at the maximum mixture pressure, the maximum flow rate, and 
the power supply ratings at which the monitor is designed to operate.
    (9) The particulate contaminant described in Table 162.050-27(g) 
must be of a type that does not lose more than three (3) percent of its 
weight after ignition and must be insoluble in a 500 p.p.m. mixture.
    (10) In each test the monitor must be operated in accordance with 
the procedures described in its instructions manual.
    (11) Unless otherwise provided in a specific test, the centrifugal 
pump shown in Figure 162.050-19 must be operated at one thousand (1,000) 
revolutions per minute or more in each test.
    (12) Whenever the oil content of a mixture is recorded, a sample of 
the mixture must also be taken. The oil content of the sample must be 
measured using the method described in Sec. 162.050-39.
    (13) A one (1) liter sample of each oil to be used in testing must 
be taken and provided for use in the sample analysis required by 
Sec. 162.050-39.
    (c) Test No. 1CM. The cargo monitor is calibrated and zeroed. It is 
then fed with water for 15 minutes and then with mixtures in the 
following concentrations: 15 p.p.m., 50 p.p.m., 100 p.p.m., and each 
additional concentration, in increments of 50 p.p.m. up to the highest 
oil concentration that can be read on the monitor. Each mixture is fed 
to the monitor in the order listed for fifteen (15) minutes. Water is 
fed to the monitor for a (15) minute period between each mixture. At the 
end of each (15) minute period, an oil content reading is obtained and 
recorded.
    (d) Test No. 2CM. (1) If the cargo monitor is designed for use with 
crude oils, it is fed with a mixture of water and the first oil listed 
in Table 162.050-27(d) at the following concentrations: 15 p.p.m., 100 
p.p.m., and a concentration that is ninety (90) percent of the highest 
oil concentration in water that can be read on the monitor. Each 
concentration is fed to the monitor in the order listed until a steady 
reading occurs and is recorded. After each steady reading is recorded, 
the monitor is fed with water for fifteen (15) minutes. At the end of 
each fifteen (15) minute period of feeding the monitor with water, an 
oil content reading is again obtained and recorded.
    (2) The steps described in paragraph (d)(1) of this section are 
repeating using each of the other oils listed in Table 162.050-27(d).

           Table 162.050-27(d).--Oil Type and Characteristics           
------------------------------------------------------------------------
              Oil type                         Characteristics          
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1. Sahara blend crude oil..........  Density--low.                      
                                     Viscosity--low.                    
                                     Pour point--very low.              
                                     Producing country--Algeria.        
                                     General description--mixed base.   
2. Arabian light crude oil.........  Density--medium.                   
                                     Viscosity--medium.                 
                                     Pour point--low.                   
                                     Producing country--Saudi Arabia.   
                                     General description--mixed base.   

[[Page 322]]

                                                                        
3. Nigerian medium crude oil.......  Density--high.                     
                                     Viscosity--medium.                 
                                     Pour point--low.                   
                                     Producing country--Nigeria.        
                                     General description--naphthenic    
                                      base.                             
4. Bachaquero 17 crude oil.........  Density--very high.                
                                     Viscosity--very high.              
                                     Pour point--low.                   
                                     Producing country--Venezuela.      
                                     General description--asphaltic     
                                      base.                             
5. Minas crude oil.................  Density--medium.                   
                                     Viscosity--high.                   
                                     Pour point--very high.             
                                     Producing country--Indonesia.      
                                     General description--paraffinic    
                                      base.                             
6. Residual fuel oil...............  Bunker C or No. 6 Fuel Oil.        
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (3) If any oil listed in Table 162.050-27(d) is unavailable, an oil 
with similar properties may be substituted in testing.
    (4) If the monitor is to be used with refined oil products, the 
steps described in paragraph (d)(1) of this section are performed using 
each of the following:
    (i) Leaded regular grade automotive gasoline.
    (ii) Unleaded automotive gasoline.
    (iii) Kerosene.
    (iv) Light diesel or No. 2 fuel oil.
    (e) Test No. 3CM. (1) The cargo monitor is fed with water, zeroed, 
and then fed with a 100 p.p.m. mixture. The time at which the monitor 
first detects oil in the mixture, the times of reading 63 p.p.m. and 90 
p.p.m., and the time of reaching the highest steady reading of oil 
content are recorded. The oil content of the mixture at the highest 
steady reading is also recorded.
    (2) The metering pump is turned off and the time at which the 
highest reading starts to decrease, the times of reading 37 p.p.m. and 
10 p.p.m., and the time of returning to the lowest steady oil content 
reading are recorded. The oil content of the mixture at the lowest 
steady reading is also recorded.
    (3) The time interval between first detecting oil in the mixture and 
reading 63 p.p.m., and the time interval between the first decrease in 
the highest reading and reading 37 p.p.m., are averaged and recorded as 
the response time for the monitor.
    (f) Test No. 4CM. (1) The cargo monitor is fed with water, zeroed, 
and then fed with a mixture containing ten (10) percent oil for one (1) 
minute. The following times occurring during this procedure are 
recorded:
    (i) Time at which the monitor first detects oil.
    (ii) Time of reading 100 p.p.m.
    (iii) Time of exceeding the highest oil concentration that can be 
read on the monitor.
    (iv) Time of returning to the highest oil concentration that can be 
read on the monitor.
    (v) Time of returning to a reading of 100 p.p.m.
    (vi) Time of returning to the lowest steady oil content reading.
    (2) The oil content of the mixture at the lowest steady reading 
described in paragraph (f)(1)(vi) of this section is recorded.
    (3) The monitor is fed with water, zeroed, and then fed with oil for 
one (1) minute after which the flow of water is resumed. The times 
described in paragraph (f)(1) of this section are recorded.
    (4) The monitor is fed with a 100 p.p.m. mixutre until a steady oil 
content reading is obtained and recorded.
    (g) Test No. 5CM. (1) The cargo monitor is fed with a 500 p.p.m. 
mixture until a steady reading is obtained and recorded.
    (2) The monitor is fed with a 500 p.p.m. mixture to which enough 
sodium chloride has been added to provide a concentration of 60,000 
parts per million of sodium chloride in water. The oil content reading, 
when steady, is recorded.
    (3) The monitor is fed with a 500 p.p.m. mixture to which enough of 
the contaminant described in Table 162.050-27(g) has been added to 
provide a concentration of 100 parts per million of particulate 
contaminant in water. The oil content reading, when steady, is recorded.

    Table 162.050-27(g)--Insoluble Particulate Contaminant; Physical    
                               Description                              
Particle sizes, microns: Percentage\1\                                  
  0-5......................................................  39
Sec. 162.050-29  Bilge monitor: Design specification.

    (a) This section contains requirements that apply to bilge monitors.
    (b) Each bilge monitor must be designed to meet the requirements of 
this section and the requirements for a cargo monitor in Secs. 162.050-
25 (b) through (g) and Sec. 162.050-25(i).
    (c) Each bilge monitor must have--
    (1) A device that produces a warning signal, and a signal that can 
be used to actuate stop valves in a vessel's fixed piping system, when 
the oil content of the mixture being measured exceeds 15 p.p.m. 
plus-minus5 p.p.m.;
    (2) A device that produces a warning signal, and a signal that can 
be used to actuate stop valves in a vessel's fixed piping system, when 
the oil content of the mixture being measured exceeds 100 p.p.m. 
plus-minus20 p.p.m.; and
    (3) A device that produces a warning signal, and a signal that can 
be used to actuate stop valves in a vessel's fixed piping system, when 
malfunction, breakdown, or other failure of the bilge monitor occurs.
    (d) Each bilge monitor must have a device that is designed to record 
continuously the concentration of oil in p.p.m. that the monitor 
measures and to record the date and time of the measurements. The record 
must be durable enough to be kept for three (3) years. If the device has 
more than one scale, it must have a means to show on the record the 
scale in use at the time of the reading.



Sec. 162.050-31  Bilge monitor: Approval tests.

    (a) This section contains requirements that apply to bilge monitors.
    (b) Test conditions. (1) Each test must be conducted under the 
conditions prescribed in this section and under the conditions 
prescribed for cargo monitors in Secs. 162.050-27 (b)(1) through (b)(4) 
and Secs. 162.050-27 (b)(7) through (b)(13).
    (2) Except as provided in Test No. 2BM, the oil used in each test 
must be a heavy fuel oil that has a relative density of approximately 
0.94 at 15 deg. C. and a viscosity of at least 220 centistokes 
(approximately 900 seconds Redwood No. 1) at 37.8 deg. C.
    (3) The water used in each test must be clean fresh water or clean 
fresh water in solution with sodium chloride. The water must have a 
relative density at 15 deg. C. that is equal to or less than 0.085 plus 
the relative density of the heavy fuel oil used in the tests.
    (c) Test No. 1BM. (1) The bilge monitor is calibrated and zeroed. It 
is then fed with water for 15 minutes and then with mixtures in the 
following concentrations: 15 p.p.m., 50 p.p.m., 75 p.p.m., 100 p.p.m., 
and each additional concentration, in increments of 25 p.p.m. up to the 
highest oil concentration that can be read on the monitor. Each 
concentration is fed to the monitor in the order listed for fifteen (15) 
minutes. Water is fed to the monitor for fifteen (15) minutes between 
each mixture. At the end of each fifteen (15) minute period an oil 
content reading is obtained and recorded.
    (2) The metering and water pumps of the test rig are started and the 
oil content of the mixture is increased until the device required by 
Sec. 162.050-29(c)(1) actuates. The oil content of the mixture causing 
actuation is recorded.
    (3) The oil content of the mixture is then increased until the 
device required by Sec. 162.050-29(c)(2) actuates. The oil content of 
the mixture causing actuation is recorded.
    (d) Test No. 2BM. Test No. 1BM is repeated using, in lieu of a heavy 
fuel oil in the mixture, a light distillate fuel oil having a relative 
density of approximately 0.83 at 15 deg.C.
    (e) Test No. 3BM. (1) The bilge monitor is fed with water, zeroed, 
and then fed with a 15 p.p.m. mixture until a steady reading is obtained 
and recorded. The time of first detecting oil in the mixture and the 
time of reaching the highest steady reading of oil content are also 
recorded. The metering pump is turned off after the highest steady 
reading is obtained. The time at which the highest steady reading starts 
to decrease and the time of returning to the lowest steady oil content 
reading are recorded. The oil content of the lowest steady reading is 
also recorded.
    (2) The steps in paragraph (l) of this section are repeated using a 
100 p.p.m. mixture.
    (f) Test No. 4BM. (1) The bilge monitor is fed with water, zeroed, 
and then

[[Page 325]]

fed with a mixture containing (10) percent oil for one (1) minute. The 
following times occurring during this procedure are recorded:
    (i) Time at which the monitor first detects oil.
    (ii) Time of actuation of the device required by Sec. 162.050-
29(c)(1).
    (iii) Time of actuation of the device required by Sec. 162.050-
29(c)(2).
    (iv) Time of exceeding the highest oil concentration that can be 
read on the monitor.
    (v) Time of returning to the highest oil concentration that can be 
read on the monitor.
    (vi) Time of returning to the lowest steady oil content reading.
    (2) The oil content of the mixture at the lowest steady reading 
described in paragraph (f)(1)(vi) of this section is recorded.
    (3) The monitor is fed with water, zeroed, and then fed with oil for 
one (1) minute after which the flow of water is resumed. The times 
described in paragraph (f)(1) of this section are recorded.
    (4) The monitor is fed with a 15 p.p.m. mixture until a steady oil 
content reading is obtained and recorded.
    (5) The monitor is fed with a 100 p.p.m. mixture until a steady oil 
content reading is obtained and recorded.
    (g) Test No. 5BM. (1) The bilge monitor is fed with an 80 p.p.m. 
mixture until a steady reading is obtained and recorded.
    (2) The monitor is fed with an 80 p.p.m. mixture to which enough 
sodium chloride has been added to provide a concentration of 60,000 
parts per million of sodium chloride in water. The oil content reading, 
when steady, is recorded.
    (3) The monitor is fed with an 80 p.p.m. mixture to which enough of 
the contaminant described in Table 162.050-27(g) has been added to 
provide a concentration of 20 parts per million of particulate 
contaiminant in water. The oil content reading, when steady, is 
recorded.
    (h) Test No. 6BM. (1) The bilge monitor is fed with a 5-10 p.p.m. 
mixture until a steady reading is obtained and recorded.
    (2) If the monitor has a positive displacement mixture pump, the 
mixture pressure is lowered to one half of the monitor's maximum design 
pressure. If the monitor has a centrifugal mixture pump or is not 
equipped with a mixture pump, the mixture flow rate is reduced to one 
half of the monitor's maximum design flow rate. After reduction of the 
pressure or flow rate, the oil content of the mixture is increased until 
the device required by Sec. 162.050-29(c)(1) actuates. The oil content 
causing actuation is recorded.
    (3) The monitor is fed with an 80 p.p.m. mixture until a steady 
reading is obtained and recorded. The oil content of the mixture is then 
increased until the device required by Sec. 162.050-29(c)(2) actuates. 
The oil content causing actuation is recorded.
    (4) If the monitor has a positive displacement mixture pump, the 
mixture pressure is increased to twice the monitor's maximum design 
pressure. If the monitor has a centrifugal mixture pump or if the 
monitor is not equipped with a mixture pump, the mixture flow rate is 
increased to twice the monitor's maximum design flow rate. After 
increasing the pressure or flow rate, the oil content of the mixture is 
increased until the device required by Sec. 162.050-29(c)(1) actuates. 
The oil content causing actuation is recorded.
    (5) The steps described in paragraph (h)(3) of this section are 
repeated.
    (i) Test No. 7BM. (1) The steps described in paragraphs (c)(2) and 
(c)(3) of this section are repeated.
    (2) The water and metering pumps on the test rig are stopped for 
eight (8) hours after which the steps described in paragraphs (c)(2) and 
(c)(3) of this section are repeated.
    (j) Test No. 8BM. (1) The supply voltage to the bilge monitor is 
increased to one hundred and ten (110) percent of its design supply 
voltage. The monitor is then fed a 10 p.p.m. mixture for one (1) hour. 
At the end of the one (1) hour period, the oil content reading is 
recorded.
    (2) The oil content of the mixture is increased until the device 
required by Sec. 162.050-29(c)(1) actuates. The oil content causing 
actuation is recorded.
    (3) The bilge monitor is fed with an 80 p.p.m. mixture for one (1) 
hour. At the end of the one (1) hour period, an oil content reading is 
obtained and recorded.

[[Page 326]]

    (4) The oil content of the mixture is increased until the device 
required by Sec. 162.050-29(c)(2) actuates. The oil content causing 
actuation is recorded.
    (5) The steps described in paragraphs (j)(1) through (j)(4) of this 
section are repeated with the supply voltage to the bilge monitor 
lowered to ninety (90) percent of its design voltage.
    (6) Upon completing the steps described in paragraph (j)(5) of this 
section, the supply voltage to the monitor is returned to the design 
rating.
    (7) The steps described in paragraphs (j)(1) through (j)(4) of this 
section are repeated varying each other power supply to the monitor in 
the manner prescribed in those steps for supply voltage.
    (k) Test No. 9BM. (1) The steps described in paragraphs (c)(2) and 
(c)(3) of this section are repeated.
    (2) An 80 p.p.m. mixture is fed to the bilge monitor for eight (8) 
hours. At the end of the eight (8) hour period, an oil content reading 
is obtained and recorded.
    (3) The steps described in paragraphs (c)(2) and (c)(3) of this 
section are repeated.
    (4) The monitor is fed with water until a steady reading is obtained 
and recorded.
    (l) Test No. 10BM. (1) All power to the bilge monitor is shut off 
for one (1) week. After one week the monitor is started, zeroed, and 
calibrated.
    (2) The monitor is fed with an 80 p.p.m. mixture for one (1) hour. 
An oil content reading is then obtained and recorded.
    (3) The steps described in paragraphs (c)(2) and (c)(3) of this 
section are repeated.
    (4) The monitor is fed with water for one (1) hour. An oil content 
reading is then obtained and recorded.
    (5) The steps described in paragraphs (l)(2), (l)(3), and (l)(4) of 
this section are repeated three (3) additional times. During the last 
time that the step described in paragraph (i)(2) of this section is 
repeated, the monitor is inclined at an angle of 22.5 deg. with the 
plane of its normal operating position.



Sec. 162.050-33  Bilge alarm: Design specification.

    (a) This section contains requirements that apply to bilge alarms.
    (b) Each bilge alarm must be designed to meet the requirements for a 
cargo monitor in Secs. 162.050-25(b) through (g), Sec. 162.050-25(i), 
and the requirements in this section.
    (c) Each bilge alarm must have a device that produces a warning 
signal, and a signal that can be used to actuate stop valves in a 
vessel's fixed piping system, when--
    (1) the oil content of the mixture being measured by the bilge alarm 
exceeds 15 p.p.m. plus-minus5 p.p.m., and
    (2) malfunction, breakdown, or other failure of the bilge alarm 
occurs.



Sec. 162.050-35  Bilge alarm: Approval tests.

    (a) This section contains requirements that apply to bilge alarms.
    (b) Test Conditions. (1) Each test must be conducted under the 
conditions prescribed for cargo monitors in Secs. 162.050-27 (b)(1) 
through (b)(5), Secs. 162.050-27 (b)(7), (b)(8), (b)(10), (b)(11), and 
(b)(13).
    (2) Each test must be performed using a light distillate fuel oil 
having a relative density of approximately 0.83 at 15 deg.C.
    (3) The oil content of each sample must be measured using the method 
described in Sec. 162.050-39.
    (c) Test No. 1A. The bilge alarm is calibrated and zeroed. The 
metering and water pumps of the test rig are started and the oil content 
of the mixture is increased until the alarm actuates. A sample of the 
mixture causing actuation of the alarm is taken. The alarm is then fed 
with water for fifteen (15) minutes.
    (d) Test No. 2A. (1) The bilge alarm is fed with a 40 p.p.m mixture 
until the bilge alarm actuates. The time of turning on the metering pump 
of the test rig and the time of alarm actuation are recorded. The flow 
rate on the flow meter of the test rig is also recorded.
    (2) The response time of the alarm is calculated as follows:
    [GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC03MR91.029
    

[[Page 327]]


T2=time of alarm actuation
T1=time of turning on the metering pump of the test rig
D=inside diameter of the mixture pipe (cm)
L=length of the mixture pipe (cm)
Q=flow rate (cm3/sec)

    (e) Test No. 3A. (1) The metering and water pumps of the test rig 
are started and the oil content of the mixture is increased until the 
bilge alarm actuates. A sample of the mixture causing actuation of the 
alarm is taken.
    (2) If the alarm has a positive displacement mixture pump, the 
mixture pressure is reduced to one-half (\1/2\) of the alarm's maximum 
design pressure. If the alarm has a centrifugal mixture pump or is not 
equipped with a mixture pump, the mixture flow rate is reduced to one-
half (\1/2\) of the alarm's maximum design flow rate. After reduction of 
pressure or flow rate, the oil content in the mixture is increased until 
the alarm actuates. A sample of the mixture causing actuation of the 
alarm is taken.
    (3) If the alarm has a positive displacement mixture pump, the 
influent pressure is increased to twice the alarm's minimum design 
pressure. If the alarm has a centrifugal mixture pump or if the alarm is 
not equipped with a mixture pump, the influent flow rate is increased to 
twice the alarm's maximum design flow rate. After increasing the 
pressure or flow rate, the oil content in the mixture is increased until 
the alarm actuates. A sample of the mixture causing actuation is taken.
    (f) Test No. 4A. (1) The steps described in paragraph (e)(1) of this 
section are repeated.
    (2) The metering and water pumps of the test rig are stopped for 
eight (8) hours.
    (3) The metering and water pumps are started and the oil content of 
the mixture is increased until the bilge alarm actuates. A sample of the 
mixture causing actuation is taken.
    (g) Test No. 5A. (1) The supply voltage to the bilge alarm is raised 
to one-hundred ten (110) percent of its design supply voltage. The oil 
content of the mixture is then increased until the alarm actuates. A 
sample of the mixture causing actuation is taken.
    (2) The supply voltage to the alarm is lowered to ninety (90) 
percent of its design suppy voltage. The oil content of the mixture is 
then increased until the alarm actuates. A sample of the mixture causing 
actuation is taken.
    (3) Upon completion of the steps described in paragraph (g)(2) of 
this section, the supply voltage to the alarm is returned to its design 
value.
    (4) The steps described in paragraphs (g)(1), (g)(2), and (g)(3) of 
this section are repeated varying each other power supply to the alarm 
in the manner prescribed in those steps for supply voltage.
    (h) Test No. 6A. (1) The steps described in paragraph (e)(1) of this 
section are repeated.
    (2) The bilge alarm is fed with a 5 to 10 p.p.m. mixture for eight 
(8) hours. After eight (8) hours the oil content of the mixture is then 
increased until the alarm actuates. A sample of the mixture causing 
actuation is taken.
    (i) Test No. 7A. (1) All power to the bilge alarm is shut off for 
one (1) week. After one (1) week the alarm is then started, zeroed, and 
calibrated.
    (2) The steps described in paragraph (e)(1) of this section are 
repeated. Water is then fed to the monitor for one (1) hour.
    (3) The steps described in paragraph (i)(2) are repeated seven (7) 
additional times. During the last hour, the alarm must be inclined at an 
angle of 22.5 deg. with the plane of its normal operating position.



Sec. 162.050-37  Vibration test.

    (a) Equipment submitted for Coast Guard approval must first be 
tested under the conditions prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section. 
The test must be performed at an independent laboratory that has the 
equipment to subject the item under test to the vibrating frequencies 
and amplitudes prescribed in paragraph (b) of this section. The test 
report submitted with the application for Coast Guard approval must be 
prepared by the laboratory and must contain the test results.
    (b) Each monitor and bilge alarm and each control of a separator 
must be subjected to continuous sinusoidal vibration in each of the 
following directions for a 4 hour period in each direction:
    (1) Vertically up and down.

[[Page 328]]

    (2) Horizontally from side to side.
    (3) Horizontally from end to end.
    The vibrating frequency must be 80Hz, except that the vibrating 
frequency of equipment that has a resonant frequency between 2Hz and 
80Hz must be the resonant frequency. If the vibrating frequency is 
between 2Hz and 13.2Hz, the displacement amplitude must be 
plus-minus 1mm. If the vibrating frequency is between 13.2Hz and 80 
Hz, the acceleration amplitude must be plus-minus [(.7)(gravity)].



Sec. 162.050-39  Measurement of oil content.

    (a) Scope. This section describes the method and apparatus to be 
used in measuring the oil content of a sample taken in approval testing 
of each separator, monitor, or alarm. Light oil fractions in the sample, 
with the exception of volatile components lost during extractions, are 
included in each measurement.
    (b) Summary of method. Each sample is acidified to a low pH and 
extracted with two volumes of solvent. The oil content of the sample is 
determined by comparison of the infrared absorbance of the sample 
extract against the absorbance of known concentrations of a reference 
oil in solvent.
    (c) Apparatus. The following apparatus is used in each measurement:
    (1) Separatory funnel that is 1000 ml. or more in volume and that 
has a Teflon stopcock.
    (2) Infrared spectrophotometer.
    (3) A cell of 5 mm. pathlength that has sodium chloride or infrared 
grade quartz with a minimum of 80 percent transmittance at 2930 
cm-1. (This cell should be used if the oil content of the sample to 
be measured is expected to have a concentration of between 2 p.p.m. and 
80 p.p.m.)
    (4) A cell of pathlength longer than 5 mm. that has sodium chloride 
or infrared grade quartz with a minimum of 80 percent transmittance at 
2930 cm-1. (This cell should be used if the oil content of the 
sample to be measured is expected to have a concentration of between 0.1 
p.p.m. and 2 p.p.m.)
    (5) Medium grade filter paper.
    (6) 100 ml. glass stoppered volumetric flasks.
    (d) Reagents. The following regaents are used in each measurement:
    (1) Hydrochloric acid prepared by mixing equal amounts of 
concentrated, reagent grade hydrochloric acid and distilled water.
    (2) Reagent grade sodium chloride.
    (3) One of the following solvents:
    (i) Spectrographic grade carbon tetrachloride.
    (ii) Reagent grade Freon 113, except that this solvent may not be 
used to analyze samples in approval testing of cargo monitors. (Ucon 
113, Genatron 113, or an equivalent fluorocarbon solvent are also 
acceptable.)
    (4) Reference oil, which is the oil used in the portion of the test 
during which the sample is collected.
    (5) Stock reference standard prepared by weighing 0.30 g. of 
reference oil in a tared 100 ml. volumetric flask and diluting to 100 
ml. volume with solvent.
    (e) Preparation of calibration standards. A series of dilutions is 
prepared by pipetting volumes of stock reference standard into 100 ml. 
volumetric flasks and diluting to volume with solvent. A convenient 
series of volumes of the stock reference standard is 5, 10, 15, 20, and 
25 ml. The exact concentrations of the dilutions in milligrams of oil 
per 100 milliliters of diluted stock reference standard are calculated. 
The calibration standards are the dilutions.
    (f) Extraction. (1) A reagent blank is carried through each step 
described in this paragraph and paragraph (g) of this section.
    (2) The pH of each sample is checked by dipping a glass rod into the 
sample and touching the rod with pH-sensitive paper to ensure that the 
pH is 2 or lower. More acid is added if necessary until the pH is 2 or 
lower. The glass rod is then rinsed in the sample bottle with solvent.
    (3) The sample is poured into a separatory funnel and 5 g. of sodium 
chloride are added.
    (4) Fifty (50) ml. of solvent are added to the sample bottle. The 
bottle is capped tightly and shaken thoroughly to rinse its inside. The 
contents of the bottle are then transferred to the separatory funnel 
containing the sample and extracted by shaking vigorously for 2 minutes. 
The layers are allowed to separate.

[[Page 329]]

    (5) The solvent layer is drained through a funnel containing solvent 
moistened filter paper into a 100 ml. volumetric flask.
    (6) Fifty (50) ml. of solvent are added to the sample bottle. The 
bottle is capped tightly and shaken thoroughly to rinse its inside 
surface. The contents of the bottle are then transferred to the 
separatory funnel containing the water layer of the sample. The contents 
of the separatory funnel are then extracted by shaking vigorously for 2 
minutes. The layers are allowed to separate. The solvent layer is then 
drained through a funnel containing solvent moistened filter paper into 
the volumetric flask containing the solvent layer of the sample.
    (7) The tips of the separatory funnel, filter paper, and funnel are 
rinsed with small portions of solvent and the rinsings are collected in 
the volumetric flask containing the solvent layer of the sample. The 
volume is adjusted with solvent up to 100 ml. The flask is then 
stoppered and its contents are thoroughly mixed.
    (8) The water layer remaining in the separatory funnel is drained 
into a 1000 ml. graduated cylinder and the water volume estimated to the 
nearest 5 ml.
    (g) Infrared spectroscopy. (1) The infrared spectrophotometer is 
prepared according to manufacturer instructions.
    (2) A cell is rinsed with two volumes of the solvent layer contained 
in the volumetric flask. The cell is then completely filled with the 
solvent layer. A matched cell containing solvent is placed in the 
reference beam.
    (3) If a scanning spectrophotometer is used, the solvent layer in 
the cell and the calibration standards are scanned from 3200 cm-1 
to 2700 cm-1. If a single beam or non-scanning spectrophotometer is 
used, the manufacturer's instructions are followed and the absorbance is 
measured at or near 2930 cm-1.
    (4) If the scan is recorded on absorbance paper, a straight baseline 
of the type described in Figure 162.050-39(g) is constructed. To obtain 
the net absorbance, the absorbance of the baseline at 2930 cm-1 is 
subtracted from the absorbance of the maximum peak on the curve at 2930 
cm-1.
    (5) If the scan is recorded on transmittance paper, a straight 
baseline is constructed on the hydrocarbon band plotted on the paper. 
The net absorbance is:
[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC03MR91.030

    (6) A plot is prepared for net absorbance vs. oil content of the 
calibration standards or of the percentages of stock reference standard 
contained in the calibration standards.

[[Page 330]]

[GRAPHIC] [TIFF OMITTED] TC03MR91.031



[[Page 331]]

    (7) If the net absorbance of a sample determined by the calibration 
plot exceeds 0.8 or the linear range of the spectrophotometer, a 
dilution of the solvent layer contained in the volumetric flask after 
completing the step described in paragraph (f)(7) of this section is 
prepared by the pipetting an appropriate volume of the solvent layer 
into a second volumetric flask and diluting to volume with solvent. If 
the net absorbance is less than 0.1 when determined in accordance with 
the procedures in this paragraph, it is recalculated using a longer 
pathlength cell.
    (h) Calculations. (1) The plot described in paragraph (g)(6) of this 
section is used to determine the milligrams of oil in each 100 ml. of 
solvent layer contained in the volumetric flask after completing the 
steps described in paragraph (f) or paragraph (g)(7) of this section.
    (2) The oil content of the sample is calculated using the following 
formula:

oil content of sample=R x D x 1000/V
R=mg. of oil in 100 ml. of solvent layer determined from plot.
D=1 or, if the step described in paragraph (g)(7) of this section is 
          performed, the ratio of the volume of the second volumetric 
          flask described in that paragraph to the volume of solvent 
          layer pipetted into the second volumetric flask.
V=The volume of water in milliliters drained into the graduated cylinder 
          at the step described in paragraph (f)(8) of this section.

    (3) The results are reported to two significant figures for oil 
contents below 100 mg/l and to three significant figures for oil 
contents above 100 mg/l. The results are converted to p.p.m.



PART 163--CONSTRUCTION--Table of Contents




                       Subpart 163.001--[Reserved]

                      Subpart 163.002--Pilot Hoist

163.002-1  Scope.
163.002-3  Applicable technical regulations.
163.002-5  Definitions.
163.002-7  Independent laboratory.
163.002-9  Approval procedure.
163.002-11  Materials.
163.002-13  Construction.
163.002-15  Performance.
163.002-17  Instructions and marking.
163.002-21  Approval tests.
163.002-25  Marking.
163.002-27  Production tests and examination.

                      Subpart 163.003--Pilot Ladder

163.003-1  Scope.
163.003-3  ASTM standard.
163.003-7  Independent laboratory.
163.003-9  Approval procedure.
163.003-11  Materials.
163.003-13  Construction.
163.003-15  Performance.
163.003-17  Strength.
163.003-21  Approval tests.
163.003-25  Marking.
163.003-27  Production tests and examination.
163.003-29  Effective date and status of prior approval.

    Authority: 46 U.S.C. 3306, 3703, 5115; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 
CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; 49 CFR 1.46.

    Source: CGFR 50-30, 16 FR 1086, Feb. 6, 1951, unless otherwise 
noted.



                       Subpart 163.001--[Reserved]



                      Subpart 163.002--Pilot Hoist

    Source: CGD 74-140, 46 FR 63287, Dec. 31, 1981, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec. 163.002-1  Scope.

    (a) This subpart contains standards and approval and production 
tests for pilot hoists used on merchant vessels.
    (b) The requirements in this subpart apply to a pilot hoist designed 
for use along a vertical portion of a vessel's hull.



Sec. 163.002-3  Applicable technical regulations.

    (a) This subpart makes reference to the following Coast Guard 
regulations in this chapter:
    (1) Subpart 58.30 (Fluid Power and Control Systems).
    (2) Section 94.33-10 (Description of Fleet Angle).
    (3) Part 111 (Electrical System, General Requirements).
    (4) Subpart 163.003 (Pilot Ladder).



Sec. 163.002-5  Definitions.

    (a) Maximum persons capacity means--
    (1) If the hoist has a rigid ladder, one person; or
    (2) If the hoist has a platform, one person per square meter (10.75 
sq. ft.) or

[[Page 332]]

fraction thereof of platform area (including hatch area);
    (b) Working load means the sum of the weights of--
    (1) The rigid ladder or lift platform, the suspension cables (if 
any) and the pilot ladder on a pilot hoist; and
    (2) 150 kilograms (330 pounds) times the maximum persons capacity of 
the hoist;
    (c) Lift height means the distance from the lowest step of the pilot 
ladder on a pilot hoist to the deck of a vessel on which the hoist is 
designed for installation when--
    (1) The suspension cables of the hoist are run out until only three 
turns of cable remain on each drum; or
    (2) If the hoist does not have suspension cables, the ladder or lift 
platform is in its lowest position.



Sec. 163.002-7  Independent laboratory.

    (a) The approval and production tests in this subpart must be 
conducted by, or under the supervision of, an independent laboratory 
accepted by the Coast Guard under subpart 159.010 of this chapter.



Sec. 163.002-9  Approval procedure.

    (a) General. A pilot hoist is approved by the Coast Guard under the 
procedures in subpart 159.005 of this chapter.
    (b) Approval testing. Each approval test must be conducted in 
accordance with Sec. 163.002-21.
    (c) Approval of alternative designs. A pilot hoist that does not 
meet the materials, construction, or performance requirements of this 
subpart may be approved if the application and any approval tests 
prescribed by the Commandant in place of or in addition to the approval 
tests required by this subpart, show that the alternative materials, 
construction, or performance is at least as effective as that specified 
by the requirements of this subpart.



Sec. 163.002-11  Materials.

    (a) Gears. Each gear in a pilot hoist must be made of machine cut 
steel or machine cut bronze, or must be of a design of equivalent 
strength, durability, reliability and accuracy.
    (b) Suspension cables. Each suspension cable on a pilot hoist must 
be a corrosion-resistant wire rope other than galvanized wire rope.
    (c) Corrosion-resistant materials. Materials of a pilot hoist that 
are not in watertight enclosures must be--
    (1) Corrosion-resistant or must be treated to be corrosion-
resistant; and
    (2) Galvanically compatible with each other adjoining material.
    (d) Aluminum alloys. Any aluminum alloy which is not resistant to 
stress corrosion in marine atmospheres (i.e., contains more than 0.6 
percent copper), must not be used in a structural component or in any 
other hoist component subject to stress.



Sec. 163.002-13  Construction.

    (a) General. Each hoist must have a rigid ladder or a lift platform 
on which a person being raised or lowered may stand.
    (b) Spreader. Each hoist must have a spreader or other device to 
prevent twisting of its ladder or lift platform. If a spreader is 
provided, it must be at least 1800 millimeters (5 feet, 10 inches) long.
    (c) Rollers. The rigid ladder or lift platform on a pilot hoist and 
the ends of its spreader (if a spreader is provided) must have rollers 
at each point of contact with the vessel that allow the ladder or 
platform to move smoothly over the side of the vessel.
    (d) Load carrying parts. Each load carrying part of a pilot hoist 
must be designed to have a minimum breaking strength of at least six 
times the load imposed on the part by the working load during operation 
of the hoist.
    (e) Exposed moving parts. Each exposed moving part of a pilot hoist 
that poses a hazard to personnel must have a screen or guard.
    (f) Nonfunctional sharp edges and projections of excessive length. A 
pilot hoist must not have nonfunctional sharp edges and must not have 
fastening devices or other projections of excessive length.
    (g) Installation requirements. Each pilot hoist must be designed to 
allow--
    (1) Its installation along the edge of a deck at a vertical portion 
of the hull;
    (2) Its installation on the deck in a manner that does not require 
use of the vessel's side rails for support; and

[[Page 333]]

    (3) Unobstructed passage between the ladder or lift platform of the 
hoist and the deck of a vessel.
    (h) Deck interlock for portable hoist. A pilot hoist, if portable, 
must have a deck interlock that prevents movement of the ladder or lift 
platform when the hoist is not installed.
    (i) Power source. Each hoist must be designed to operate on 
electric, pneumatic, or hydraulic power or a combination of these.
    (j) Electrical equipment. Electrical equipment of a pilot hoist must 
meet the electrical engineering regulations in part 111 of this chapter. 
The operating voltage of electrical equipment on the ladder or lift 
platform of a pilot hoist must not exceed 25 volts.
    (k) Pneumatic and hydraulic equipment. Pneumatic and hydraulic 
equipment of a pilot hoist must comply with the marine engineering 
regulations of subpart 58.30 of this chapter. Each pneumatically powered 
hoist must have a water trap, air filter, air regulator, pressure gauge, 
and oil lubricator in the air line between the vessel's compressed air 
source and the pneumatic motor.
    (l) Hoist control lever. Each pilot hoist must have a control lever 
for raising and lowering its ladder or lift platform. Movement of the 
lever upward or toward the operator must result in upward movement of 
the ladder or lift platform. Movement of the control in the opposite 
direction must result in downward movement of the ladder or lift 
platform. The control must be designed so that when released by the 
operator the ladder or lift platform stops immediately.
    (m) Emergency disconnect device. Each pilot hoist must have a switch 
or valve for disconnecting the main power source in an emergency.
    (n) Power indicator. Each pilot hoist must have an indicator to show 
the operator when power is being supplied to the hoist.
    (o) Arrangement of controls and power indicator. The hoist control 
lever, the emergency disconnect device, and the power indicator on a 
pilot hoist must be arranged so that the hoist operator, when standing, 
can view all movement of the ladder or lift platform while using this 
equipment.
    (p) Hand-operated device and interlock. Each pilot hoist must have a 
hand-operated device for raising and lowering its ladder or lift 
platform. The device must be operable from a standing position. The 
hoist must have an interlock that prevents simultaneous operation of its 
hand-operated device and its power source. Any removable hand gear, 
crank, or wheel of the hand-operated device must be securely stowed on 
the hoist.
    (q) Upper position step. Unless a hoist has a pneumatic motor that 
stalls at the end of cable travel without jarring, jerking, or damaging 
the hoist, it must have one or more limit switches or valves that stop 
the ladder or lift platform at its upper end of travel without jarring, 
jerking, or damaging the hoist.
    (r) Means of lubrication. Each hoist must have a means to lubricate 
its bearings. Sliding-contact gearing, such as worm gears, must operate 
in an oil bath, or have another means of lubricating the gear teeth on 
each revolution. Each lubricant enclosure must be designed so that it 
can be readily filled, drained, and checked for lubricant level.
    (s) Machinery housing. Each machinery housing on a pilot hoist 
except gear boxes and other enclosures that retain lubricants, must have 
means that permit examination of all internal moving parts using common 
tools or without tools. Each machinery housing, except gear boxes and 
other enclosures that retain lubricants, must be designed to prevent 
moisture accumulation.
    (t) Suspension cable. If a hoist has suspension cables, at least 2 
cables must be provided and they must be arranged so that the ladder or 
lift platform remains level and stationary if one of the cables breaks. 
Each cable must be arranged to lead fair in a 15 degree vessel list 
toward the side of the vessel on which the hoist is installed. The 
devices for attaching the cables to their winch drums must be capable of 
supporting 2.2 times the workig load with the cables run all the way 
out.
    (u) Sheaves and drums. Each sheave and each winch drum for a 
suspension cable on a pilot hoist must be of a size recommended by the 
cable supplier for the diameter and construction of the cable. Each 
sheave must have a device

[[Page 334]]

that prevents the cable from jumping out of the sheave groove. Each drum 
must be designed to accept one level wind of wrap. The fleet angle of a 
grooved drum must not exceed 8 degrees, and the fleet angle of a non-
grooved drum must not exceed 4 degrees.

    Note: The term ``fleet angle'' is defined in Sec. 94.33-10 of this 
chapter.

    (v) Rigid ladder. A rigid ladder on a pilot hoist must have 
thermally insulated handholds and a padded backrest so that the person 
being raised or lowered may firmly brace himself or herself between the 
ladder and the backrest. The ladder must be at least 2.5 m (100 in.) 
long from the bottom rung to the top of the handholds.
    (w) Ladder rungs. Each rigid ladder must have at least six rungs, 
each with a non-skid surface that does not retain water. Adhesive non-
skid sheets may not be used. (For example, a suitable surface for a 
wooden rung is one that has grooves at least 3 mm (\1/8\ in.) deep cut 
in a diamond pattern so that water runs off the edge of the step. Non-
skid grit is applied directly to the step surface.) The stepping surface 
of each rung must be not less than 115 mm (4\1/2\ in.) wide and not less 
than 400 mm (16 in.) long. The distance from the top of one rung to the 
top of the next must be uniform, between 300 mm (12 in.) and 350 mm 
(13\3/4\ in.).
    (x) Platform railing. A lift platform on a pilot hoist must be 
enclosed by a guardrail that has a diameter of between 30 millimeters 
(1\1/4\ inches) and 75 millimeters (3 inches). The center of the 
guardrail must be at least 900 millimeters (3 feet) above the platform. 
At least one intermediate rail must be provided between the guardrail 
and the platform. Each rail must be set back from the edge of the 
platform at least 50 millimeters (2 inches). Each gate in the rails must 
have a latch that can keep the gate securely closed.
    (y) Platform floor. The platform floor of a pilot hoist must have a 
non-skid surface and must be at least 750 millimeters (30 inches) by 750 
millimeters, exclusive of the surface area of any hatch. Each hatch in 
the platform floor must be at least 750 millimeters (30 inches) by 750 
millimeters. Each hatch must have a means to keep it securely positioned 
both when opened and closed.
    (z) Pilot ladder fittings. The bottom of the rigid ladder or lift 
platform on a pilot hoist must have fittings to attach a pilot ladder of 
the type that meets the requirements of subpart 163.003 of this chapter. 
The fittings must be arranged so that--
    (1) The distance between the top of the highest step on the pilot 
ladder and the surface of the lift platform or top of the bottom rung on 
the rigid ladder is between 300 and 350 millimeters (12 and 13\3/4\ 
inches);
    (2) The steps of the pilot ladder are directly below and in line 
with the steps of the rigid ladder or edge of the lift platform; and
    (3) The pilot ladder can bear on the side of the vessel when in use.
    (aa) Emergency stop switch. Each pilot hoist must have an emergency 
stop switch that can be operated by a person on the ladder or lift 
platform.
    (bb) Fasteners. Each fastening device securing a part of a pilot 
hoist must have a means to prevent the device from loosening.
    (cc) Gears. Each gear must be keyed to its shaft.
    (dd) Welding. Each weld must be made using automatic welding 
equipment or be made by a welder who is qualified by the U.S. Coast 
Guard, U.S. Navy, American Bureau of Shipping, American Welding Society, 
American Society of Mechanical Engineers, or other organization that has 
similar procedures for welder qualifications that are acceptable to the 
Commandant.



Sec. 163.002-15  Performance.

    (a) Each pilot hoist must have sufficient performance capability to 
pass the approval tests in Sec. 163.002-21.



Sec. 163.002-17  Instructions and markings.

    (a) Instruction plates or placards. Each pilot hoist must have 
instructions that show its method of operation and lubrication of its 
working parts. The instructions must be on one or more corrosion-
resistant plates, or must be weatherproof placards. The instructions 
must be attached to the hoist.

[[Page 335]]

Each instruction must be in English or must have understandable symbols 
or pictograms. The operator of the hoist must be able to see and read 
the operating instructions when operating the hoist control lever. The 
lubricating instructions must state the recommended lubricants for the 
temperature range in which the hoist is designed to operate. The 
temperature range must be stated in both degrees Celsius and Fahrenheit.
    (b) Marking of controls. Each control on a pilot hoist and each 
position of the control must be identified by a marking on the hoist.
    (c) Marking of gauges. Each gauge on a pilot hoist must be marked 
with its normal operating range.
    (d) Manual. Each pilot hoist must have a manual of installation 
instructions, operating instructions, maintenance and repair 
instructions, a lubrication chart, a parts list, a list of sources of 
repair parts, and a log for keeping maintenance records. Each manual 
must be in English.



Sec. 163.002-21  Approval tests.

    (a) General. If a pilot hoist fails one of the tests in this section 
the cause of the failure must be identified and any needed design 
changes made. After a test failure and any design change, the failed 
test, and any other previously completed tests affected by the change, 
must be rerun.
    (b) Visual examination. Before starting the tests described in this 
section an assembled pilot hoist is examined for evidence of 
noncompliance with the requirements in Secs. 163.002-11 and 163.002-13.
    (c) The following approval tests must be conducted:
    (1) Rung strength. If the pilot hoist has a rigid ladder a static 
load of 900 kilograms (2000 pounds) is applied to the center of a ladder 
rung for one minute. The load must be uniformly distributed over a 100 
millimeter (4 inch) wide contact surface. The test must be repeated 
using a second ladder rung. The rungs must not break or crack during 
these tests.
    (2) Platform strength. If the pilot hoist has a lift platform, the 
platform is lifted to a level where it is supported only by its 
suspension components. A static load of 900 kilograms (2000 pounds) is 
then applied to the center of the platform for one minute. The load must 
be uniformly distributed over a 100 millimeter (4 inch) square contact 
surface. The test must be repeated enough additional times so that the 
load is placed in the center of each hatch cover when in its closed 
position, and in the center of each area of the platform located between 
floor supports. The platform must not break or crack during these tests.
    (3) Deck interlock. If the pilot hoist is portable, it is placed in 
an uninstalled position. Its hoist control lever is then activated. The 
deck interlock must prevent movement of the ladder or lift platform when 
the lever is activated.
    (4) Lifting and lowering speed and level wind. The hoist is 
installed in a level operating position and a weight equal to the weight 
of the pilot ladder plus 150 kg (330 lb.) times the maximum persons 
capacity of the hoist is placed on its ladder or lift platform. The 
ladder or lift platform is repeatedly raised and lowered under power 
operation until a total distance of at least 150 meters (500 feet) has 
been traversed. The ladder or lift platform is raised and lowered each 
time through a distance of at least 5 meters (16 feet). The average 
speed of raising the ladder or lift platform and the average lowering 
speed during this test must both be between 15 and 21 meters per minute 
(50 and 70 feet per minute). During the test, each suspension cable must 
have one level wind of wrap each time it is rewound onto its drum.
    (5) Upper position stop. The hoist is installed in a level operating 
position and a weight equal to the weight of the pilot ladder plus 150 
kg (330 lb.) times the maximum persons capacity is attached to the 
hoist. The hoist must be able to raise the weight to the upper limit of 
travel of the ladder or lift platform and must be able to stop at the 
upper limit without jarring, jerking, or damage. The test is repeated 
with no weight on the ladder or lift platform.
    (6) Cable securing device. If the hoist has suspension cables, it is 
installed in a level operating position and the cables are run all the 
way out. A weight equal to 2.2 times the working load is then attached 
to the cables. The cables

[[Page 336]]

must remain securely attached to the drums for at least one minute after 
the weight has been attached.
    (7) Controls and power indicator. The hoist is installed in a level 
operating position and a weight equal to the working load is attached to 
the hoist. The hoist control lever is then operated with the power both 
on and off. The lever, when operated, must meet the requirements in 
Sec. 163.002-13(l). The power indicator must meet the requirements in 
Sec. 163.002-13(n) during the test. When the power is turned off, the 
ladder or lift platform must stop immediately and remain stationary 
until power is turned on. The emergency stop switch on the ladder or 
lift platform is activated at some point when the ladder or lift 
platform is being raised or lowered. Upon activation, the ladder or lift 
platform must stop and remain stationary.
    (8) Hand operation and interlock. The hoist is installed in a level 
operating position and a weight equal to the working load is attached to 
the hoist. The hand operated device is then engaged. One person, when 
using the hand operated device, must be able to raise and lower the 
weight through a distance of at least 5 meters (16 ft.) in each 
direction and must be able to raise and lower it at a speed of at least 
1.5 meters per minute (5 ft. per minute). When raising or lowering the 
hoist with the hand operated device, the power source for the hoist is 
turned on, or an attempt is made to turn it on. Then, with power source 
turned off, the hand operated device is disengaged. The power source is 
then turned on and an attempt made to engage the hand operated device. 
The interlock must prevent simultaneous operation of the power source 
and the hand operated device.
    (9) 2.2x overload. The hoist is installed in a level operating 
position. Each roller on the ladder or lift platform is placed in 
contact with a vertical surface. A weight equal to the difference 
between 2.2 times the working load and the weight of the ladder or lift 
platform is placed on the ladder or lift platform. The ladder or lift 
platform is raised through a distance of at least 5 meters (16 feet) and 
the hoist control lever is then released. The ladder or lift platform 
must stop without jarring or damage and must hold the weight for at 
least one minute. The weight is then lowered through a distance of not 
less than 5 meters (16 feet) and the control lever is then released. The 
ladder or lift platform must stop within 600 millimeters (2 ft.) of 
where the hoist was when the lever was released and the ladder or lift 
platform must remain stationary for at least one minute thereafter. Each 
roller must move smoothly over the vertical surface without jamming or 
sliding during the test.
    (10) 6x overload. The hoist is installed in a level operating 
position. A load of six times the working load is attached to the hoist. 
(If the hoist has suspension cables, the cables must be run out at least 
one meter (3 ft.) before adding the load to the hoist). The weight must 
remain stationary for at least one minute without damage to any part of 
the hoist. The test is repeated simulating a vessel list of 15 degrees 
toward the side on which the hoist is installed.
    (11) Level wind suspension cable. If the hoist has suspension 
cables, it is installed in a level operating position with the cables 
wound onto the drums. A weight equal to the working load is attached to 
the hoist. The cables are run all the way out and then rewound back onto 
the drums at least ten times. Each drum and cable is observed for level 
winding as the cable is wound onto the drum. The test must be repeated 
with a weight equal to the weight of the rigid ladder or lift platform. 
In each test, each cable must always rewind onto the drum in one level 
wind of wrap.
    (12) Rung friction test. One rung of each type used on a rigid 
ladder must be subjected to this test. This test compares the dry and 
wet surface friction characteristics of ladder rungs with those of a 
standard oak step.
    (i) The standard step must have a surface of clean oak that meets 
Sec. 163.003-11(b) of this chapter and that is 115 mm (4\1/2\ in.) wide 
by 400 mm (16 in.) long. The stepping surface must have grooves that are 
3 mm (\1/8\ in.) deep and 3 mm wide. The grooves must run in two 
different directions at right angles to each other, and at 45 degree 
angles with each edge of the stepping surface, so that the grooves form 
a diamond

[[Page 337]]

pattern covering the stepping surface. The centers of all parallel 
grooves must be 13 mm (\1/2\ in.) apart.
    (ii) The standard step must be set in a level position. A metal 
block must be placed on one end of the step so that the block is in 
contact with the stepping surface. The metal block must weigh between 
1.5 kg (3.3 lb.) and 3.0 kg (6.6 lb.) and must not be more than 100 mm 
(4 in.) wide by 135 mm (5\3/8\ in.) long. The surface of the block in 
contact with the step must have leather or composition shoe sole 
material attached to it.
    (iii) The end of the step that has the metal block on it must be 
slowly raised until the block starts to slide. The angle of the step in 
this position must be measured and recorded. The step and block must 
then be placed under water and the procedure repeated.
    (iv) The procedure in paragraph (c)(12)(iii) of this section must be 
repeated using a rigid ladder rung in place of the standard step.
    (v) The ladder rung must then be secured in a horizontal position 
with a block resting on its stepping surface. The block must be of a 
size similar to the one used in the previous tests and have the same 
shoe sole surface used in the previous tests. The block must be arranged 
to apply a vertical load of 40 kg (88 lb.) to the rung. The block must 
be then moved back and forth in the same line from one end of the 
stepping surface to the other. This must be done for a total of 1,500 
cycles.
    (vi) The rung must again be tested as described in paragraph 
(c)(12)(iii) of this section, except that the initial position of the 
block must be on a part of the stepping surface that was subjected to 
the 1,500 cycles of rubbing.
    (vii) The angles at which the block starts to slide on a wet and dry 
ladder rung when tested under paragraphs (c)(12)(iv) and (c)(12)(vi) of 
this section must be equal to or greater than the corresponding angles 
measured for the standard step when tested under paragraph (c)(12)(iii) 
of this section.



Sec. 163.002-25  Marking.

    (a) Each pilot hoist manufactured under Coast Guard approval must 
have a corrosion-resistant nameplate. The nameplate must contain the--
    (1) Name of the manufacturer;
    (2) Manufacturer's brand or model designation;
    (3) Working load;
    (4) Lift height;
    (5) Maximum persons capacity;
    (6) Hoist serial number;
    (7) Date of manufacture; and
    (8) Coast Guard approval number.
    (b) The hoist must be permanently and legibly marked with the name 
of the laboratory that conducted the production tests.



Sec. 163.002-27  Production tests and examination.

    Each pilot hoist manufactured under Coast Guard approval must be 
tested as prescribed in Sec. 163.002-21(c)(9) and subpart 159.007 of 
this chapter. The tests must be conducted by an independent laboratory. 
If the hoist fails the tests its defects must be corrected and retested 
until it passes. The laboratory must also conduct the visual examination 
described in Sec. 163.002-21(b). The hoist may not be sold as Coast 
Guard approved unless it passes testing and unless each defect 
discovered in the visual examination is corrected



                      Subpart 163.003--Pilot Ladder

    Source: CGD 74-140, 46 FR 63291, Dec. 31, 1981, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec. 163.003-1  Scope.

    (a) This subpart contains standards and approval and production 
tests for a pilot ladder used on a merchant vessel to embark and 
disembark pilots and other persons when away from the dock.
    (b) The requirements in this subpart apply to a pilot ladder 
designed for use along a vertical portion of a vessel's hull.



Sec. 163.003-3  ASTM standard.

    The following standard of the American Society of Testing and 
Materials is incorporated by reference into this subpart: ASTM D 1435 
entitled ``Standard Recommended Practice for Outdoor Weathering of 
Plastics.''



Sec. 163.003-7  Independent laboratory.

    The approval and production tests in this subpart must be conducted 
by or

[[Page 338]]

under the supervision of an independent laboratory accepted by the Coast 
Guard under subpart 159.010 of this chapter.



Sec. 163.003-9  Approval procedure.

    (a) General. A pilot ladder is approved by the Coast Guard under the 
procedures in subpart 159.005 of this chapter.
    (b) Approval testing. Each approval test must be conducted in 
accordance with Sec. 163.003-21.
    (c) Approval of alternatives. A pilot ladder that does not meet the 
materials, construction, or performance requirements of this subpart may 
be approved if the application and any approval tests prescribed by the 
Commandant in place of or in addition to the approval tests required by 
this subpart, show that the alternative materials, construction, or 
performance is at least as effective as that specified by the 
requirements of this subpart. The Commandant may also prescribe 
different production tests if the tests required by this subpart are not 
appropriate for the alternative ladder configuration.



Sec. 163.003-11  Materials.

    (a) Suspension members. Each suspension member must be mildew-
resistant manila rope or a dacron polyester rope with a polypropylene 
core of a color that contrasts with the dacron. Each suspension member 
must have a breaking strength of not less than 24 kN (5,400 lb.) and a 
nominal circumference of not less than 60 mm (2\1/4\ in.).
    (b) Wooden parts. Each wooden part of a pilot ladder must be 
hardwood that is free from knots and any other defects affecting its 
strength or durability.
    (c) Wood preservative. After each wooden part is formed and 
finished, it must be treated with water-repellant wood preservative that 
is properly applied.
    (d) Molded steps. Each step made of molded construction must be 
rubber or resilient plastic.
    (e) Metal parts. Each metal fastener must be made of a corrosion 
resistant metal. Each other metal part must be made of corrosion-
resistant metal or of steel galvanized by the hot dip process after the 
part is formed.
    (f) Plastics. Each plastic material must be of a type that retains 
at least 30 percent of its original tensile strength and at least 80 
percent of its original impact strength when subjected to the one year 
outdoor weathering test described in ASTM D 1435.



Sec. 163.003-13  Construction.

    (a) General. Each pilot ladder must have two suspension members on 
each side. Each step in the ladder must be supported by each suspension 
member.
    (b) Suspension member. The suspension members of a pilot ladder must 
meet the following requirements:
    (1) Each suspension member must be continuous from the top of the 
ladder to the bottom and must not be painted or otherwise coated or 
covered.
    (2) Except as provided in paragraph (g) of this section--
    (i) The top end of one suspension member on each side of the ladder 
must extend at least 3 m (10 ft.) beyond the top ladder step; and
    (ii) The top ends of the other suspension members must be just above 
the top step and must have an eye splice or thimble large enough to fit 
two passes of a suspension member.
    (3) The top end of each suspension member that does not have an eye 
splice or thimble must be served or treated to prevent fraying.
    (4) Each pair of suspension members must be clamped together both 
above and below each step. Marline seizing may not be used.
    (5) The clear space between the suspension members on one side of a 
ladder and those on the other side must be at least 400 mm (16 in.), but 
not more than 480 mm (19 in.).
    (6) The suspension members must not have fittings at the bottom of 
the ladder that can be used for attaching additional ladder sections.
    (c) Steps. Pilot ladder steps must meet the following requirements:
    (1) The four lowest steps must be molded steps and the rest of the 
steps must be either wooden or molded steps.
    (2) The top face of each step must have a rectangular surface that 
is at least 115 mm (4\1/2\ in.) wide with a non-skid surface that does 
not retain water. Adhesive non-skid sheets may not be used. (For 
example, a suitable surface

[[Page 339]]

for a step is one that has grooves at least 3 mm (\1/8\ in.) deep cut in 
a diamond pattern so that water runs off the edge of the step. Non-skid 
grit is applied directly to the step surface extending to almost the 
full width of the step.)
    (3) Each step at its thinnest point must be at least 25 mm (1 in.) 
thick and in determining this thickness, the depth of the grooves in the 
non-skid surface and the diameter of any hole extending from one side of 
the step to the other must not be counted.
    (4) Each step must be at least 480 mm (19 in.) long.
    (5) Each step must be designed so that it can be removed and 
replaced without unstringing the ladder. If special replacement steps 
are made to meet this requirement, the replacement steps must meet the 
requirements of this section.
    (6) If a step has grooves for its suspension members, the grooves 
must be in the sides of the steps.
    (7) The spacing from the top of one step to the top of the next step 
must be uniform and this spacing must be between 300 mm (12 in.) and 350 
mm (13\3/4\ in.).
    (8) Each step must be a bright orange color, except that this color 
is not required for the non-skid surface. If a step is painted, it must 
be painted with a two-part epoxy paint intended for marine use, or a 
paint of equivalent durability.
    (9) The height of each device attached to the step for securing the 
suspension members must not be more than one-half the width of the step 
so that the step is not prevented from rolling if the ladder is caught 
between a pilot boat and the hull of the vessel.
    (10) Each replacement step must be either white or yellow instead of 
the orange color required under paragraph (c)(8) of this section, and 
must have the special marking required in Sec. 163.003-25(b).
    (d) Spreaders. Each pilot ladder with 5 or more steps must have one 
or more spreaders that meet the following requirements:
    (1) Each spreader must be at least 1.8 m (70 in.) long.
    (2) The spreaders must be positioned at intervals of not more than 9 
steps.
    (3) The lowest spreader on a ladder must be on the fifth step from 
the bottom.
    (e) Fasteners. Each fastening device securing a part of a pilot 
ladder must have a means to prevent the device from loosening.
    (f) Workmanship. A pilot ladder must not have splinters, burrs, 
sharp edges, corners, projections, or other defects that could injure a 
person using the ladder.
    (g) Special arrangements for pilot hoists. Each pilot ladder 
produced for use with an approved pilot hoist must have at least 8 
steps. The top ends of its suspension members need not have an eye 
splice or thimble or be arranged as required in paragraph (b) of this 
section if necessary to permit attaching the ladder to fittings of a 
particular pilot hoist. The spreader required in paragraph (d) of this 
section may be omitted from an 8 step ladder for a pilot hoist.

[CGD 74-140, 46 FR 63291, Dec. 31, 1981, as amended by CGD 79-032, 49 FR 
25456, June 21, 1984]



Sec. 163.003-15  Performance.

    (a) Each pilot ladder must be capable of being rolled up for 
storage.
    (b) Each ladder when rolled up must be able to unroll freely and 
hang vertically.
    (c) Each suspension member must be arranged so that, when the ladder 
is in use on a vessel, the suspension member cannot come in contact with 
the vessel's side.
    (d) Each step must be arranged so that it can bear on the side of 
the vessel when the ladder is in use.



Sec. 163.003-17  Strength.

    (a) Each pilot ladder must be designed to pass the approval tests in 
Sec. 163.003-21.



Sec. 163.003-21  Approval tests.

    (a) General. Each approval test must be conducted on a ladder of the 
longest length for which approval has been requested. If the ladder 
fails one of the tests, the cause of the failure must be identified and 
any needed design changes made. After a test failure and any design 
change, the failed test, and any other previously completed tests

[[Page 340]]

affected by the change, must be rerun. Any ladder step that has a 
residual deflection after testing under this section may not be used 
thereafter in any ladder represented as Coast Guard approved.
    (b) Visual examination. Before starting the approval tests, an 
assembled pilot ladder is examined for evidence of noncompliance with 
the requirements in Secs. 163.003-11, 163.003-13, and 163.003-15.
    (c) The following approval tests must be conducted:
    (1) Step flexibility test. This test is performed on six different 
steps, one of which must be a molded step and one of which must be a 
replacement step if special replacement steps are made by the 
manufacturer. Each step is placed on a pair of supports located at the 
points where the step would ordinarily be attached to the suspension 
members. A static load must be applied uniformly for a period of at 
least one minute over a contact surface that is at the center of the 
step and is approximately 100 mm (4 in.) wide. The load must be 150 kg 
(330 lb.) for each molded step that is used only as one of the four 
bottom steps in the ladder. The load must be 320 kg (700 lb.) for each 
other step. The deflection of the step is measured while the step is 
under load and after the load is removed. The step must not deflect more 
than 20 mm (\3/4\ in.) under the load, and there must be no residual 
deflection after the load is removed.
    (2) Strength test 1. An assembled ladder is supported so that a 
static load, if placed on any of its steps, would exert a force on both 
the step and each suspension member. A static load of 900 kg (2,000 lb.) 
is then placed on one step for at least one minute. The load must be 
uniformly distributed over a contact surface that is approximately 100 
mm (4 in.) wide. The center of the contact surface must be at the center 
of the step. This test is performed on six different steps, one of which 
must be a molded step. None of the steps may break or crack. No 
attachment between any step and a suspension member may loosen or break 
during this test.
    (3) Strength test 2. An assembled ladder is suspended vertically to 
its full length. A static load of 900 kg (2,000 lb.) is then applied to 
the bottom step of the ladder so that it is distributed equally between 
the suspension members. The suspension members, and inserts must not 
break, incur any elongation or deformation that remains after the test 
load is removed, or be damaged in any other way during this test.
    (4) Strength test 3. A rolled up ladder is attached to anchoring 
fixtures in a location away from any wall or structure that would 
prevent it from falling freely, and where it can hang to its full length 
vertically. The ladder when dropped must unroll freely. When unrolling 
the ladder, its steps and attachments must not become cracked, broken, 
or loosened. Other similar damage making the ladder unsafe to use must 
likewise not occur.
    (5) Step friction test. One step of each type used on a pilot ladder 
must be subjected to this test. This test compares the dry and wet 
surface friction characteristics of ladder steps with those of a 
standard oak step.
    (i) The standard step must have a surface of clean oak that meets S/
163.003-11(b) and that is 115 mm (4\1/2\ in.) wide by 400 mm (16 in.) 
long. The stepping surface must have grooves that are 3 mm (\1/8\ in.) 
deep and 3 mm wide. The grooves must run in two different directions at 
right angles to each other, and at 45 degree angles with each edge of 
the stepping surface, so that the grooves form a diamond pattern 
covering the stepping surface. The centers of all parallel grooves must 
be 13 mm (\1/2\ in.) apart.
    (ii) The standard step must be set in a level position. A metal 
block must be placed on one end of the step so that the block is in 
contact with the stepping surface. The metal block must weigh between 
1.5 kg (3.3 lb.) and 3.0 kg (6.6 lb.) and must not be more than 100 mm 
(4 in.) wide by 135 mm (5\3/8\ in.) long. The surface of the block in 
contact with the step must have leather or composition shoe sole 
material attached to it.
    (iii) The end of the step that has the metal block on it must be 
slowly raised until the block starts to slide. The angle of the step in 
this position must be measured and recorded. The step

[[Page 341]]

and block must then be placed under water and the procedure repeated.
    (iv) The procedure in paragraph (c)(6)(iii) of this section must be 
repeated using a pilot ladder step in place of the standard step.
    (v) The ladder step must then be secured in a horizontal position 
with a block resting on its stepping surface. The block must be of a 
size similar to the one used in the previous tests and have the same 
shoe sole surface used in the previous tests. The block must be arranged 
to apply a vertical load of 40 kg (88 lb.) to the step. The block must 
be then moved back and forth in the same line from one end of the 
stepping surface to the other. This must be done for a total of 1,500 
cycles.
    (vi) The step must again be tested as described in paragraph 
(c)(6)(iii) of this section, except that the initial position of the 
block must be on a part of the stepping surface that was subjected to 
the 1,500 cycles of rubbing.
    (vii) The angles at which the block starts to slide on a wet and dry 
ladder step when tested under paragraphs (c)(6)(iv) and (c)(6)(vi) of 
this section must be equal to or greater than the corresponding angles 
measured for the standard step when tested under paragraph (c)(6)(iii) 
of this section.



Sec. 163.003-25  Marking.

    (a) Each pilot ladder step manufactured under Coast Guard approval 
must be branded or otherwise permanently and legibly marked on the 
bottom with--
    (1) The name of the manufacturer;
    (2) The manufacturer's brand or model designation;
    (3) The lot number or date of manufacture; and
    (4) The Coast Guard approval number.
    (b) In addition to the markings required under paragraph (a) of this 
section each step sold as a replacement step must be branded or 
otherwise permanently and legibly marked with the words ``REPLACEMENT 
STEP ONLY.''

[CGD 74-140, 46 FR 63291, Dec. 31, 1981, as amended by CGD 79-032, 49 FR 
25456, June 21, 1984]



Sec. 163.003-27  Production tests and examination.

    (a) General. Each ladder produced under Coast Guard approval must be 
tested in accordance with this section and subpart 159.007 of this 
chapter. Steps that fail testing may not be marked with the Coast Guard 
approval number and each assembled ladder that fails testing may not be 
sold as Coast Guard approved.
    (b) Test No. 1: Steps. Steps must be separated into lots of 100 
steps or less. Steps of different types must be placed in separate lots. 
One step from each lot must be selected at random and tested as 
described in Sec. 163.003-21(c)(2) except that supports are placed under 
the step at the points where it would be attached to suspension members 
in an assembled ladder. If the step fails the test, ten more steps must 
be selected at random from the lot and tested. If one or more of the ten 
steps fails the test, each step in the lot must be tested. No step that 
has any residual deflection after the test may be used in a ladder 
represented by the manufacturer as Coast Guard approved.
    (c) Test No. 2: Ladders. Assembled ladders must be separated into 
lots of 20 ladders or less. One ladder must be selected at random from 
the ladders in each lot. The ladder selected must be at least 3 m (10 
ft.) long or, if each ladder in the lot is less then 3 m long, a ladder 
of the longest length in the lot must be selected. The ladder must be 
tested as prescribed in Sec. 163.003-21(c)(3) except that only a 3 m 
section of the ladder need be subjected to the static load. If the 
ladder fails the test, each other ladder in the lot must be tested.
    (d) Independent laboratory. Each production test must be conducted 
or supervised by an independent laboratory. However, if a test is 
performed more than 4 different times per year, laboratory participation 
is required only 4 times per year. If the laboratory does not 
participate in all tests, the times of laboratory participation must be 
as selected by the laboratory. The times selected must provide for 
effective monitoring throughout the production schedule.
    (e) Visual examination. The visual examination described in 
Sec. 163.003-21(b)

[[Page 342]]

must be conducted as a part of each production test.



Sec. 163.003-29  Effective date and status of prior approval.

    (a) Approval certificates for pilot ladders issued under subpart 
160.017 terminate on March 31, 1982.
    (b) Applications for approval of pilot ladders under this subpart 
will be accepted on and after December 31, 1982.
    (c) In previous regulations, pilot ladders were referred to as Type 
I--Rope Suspension Ladders.



PART 164--MATERIALS--Table of Contents




                    Subpart 164.003--Kapok, Processed

Sec.
164.003-1  Applicable specifications.
164.003-2  Grades.
164.003-3  Material and workmanship.
164.003-4  Inspections and tests.
164.003-5  Procedure for approval.

          Subpart 164.006--Deck Coverings for Merchant Vessels

164.006-1  Applicable specifications.
164.006-2  Grades.
164.006-3  Construction, materials, and workmanship.
164.006-4  Inspection and testing.
164.006-5  Procedure for approval.

                 Subpart 164.007--Structural Insulations

164.007-1  Applicable specification and referenced material.
164.007-2  Purpose.
164.007-3  Conditions of approval.
164.007-4  Testing procedure.
164.007-5  Test requirements.
164.007-6  Test report.
164.007-7  Analysis of results.
164.007-8  Retests.
164.007-9  Procedure for approval.

                    Subpart 164.008--Bulkhead Panels

164.008-1  Applicable specification and reference material.
164.008-2  Conditions of approval.
164.008-3  Testing procedure.
164.008-4  Test requirements.
164.008-5  Test report.
164.008-6  Retests.
164.008-7  Procedure for approval.

     Subpart 164.009--Noncombustible Materials for Merchant Vessels

164.009-1  General.
164.009-3  Noncombustible materials not requiring specific approval.
164.009-7  Contents of application.
164.009-9  Procedure for approval.
164.009-11  Furnace apparatus.
164.009-13  Furnace calibration.
164.009-15  Test procedure.
164.009-17  Density measurement.
164.009-19  Measurement of moisture and volatile matter content.
164.009-21  Laboratory report.
164.009-23  Factory inspection.
164.009-25  Marking.

         Subpart 164.012--Interior Finishes for Merchant Vessels

164.012-1  Applicable specifications.
164.012-5  Scope.
164.012-10  Requirements.
164.012-11  Marking.
164.012-12  Recognized laboratory.
164.012-13  Examinations, tests, and inspections.
164.012-14  Procedure for listing and labeling.
164.012-15  Termination of listing and labeling.

Subpart 164.013--Foam, Unicellular Polyethylene (Buoyant, Slab, Slitted 
                            Trigonal Pattern)

164.013-1  Applicable specifications and plans.
164.013-2  Grades.
164.013-3  Material and workmanship.
164.013-4  Inspections and tests.
164.013-5  Procedure for acceptance.

 Subpart 164.015--Plastic Foam, Unicellular, Buoyant, Sheet and Molded 
                                  Shape

164.015-1  Applicable specifications and standards.
164.015-2  Types.
164.015-3  Material and workmanship.
164.015-4  Inspections and tests.
164.015-5  Procedure for acceptance.

   Subpart 164.018--Retroreflective Material for Lifesaving Equipment

164.018-1  Scope.
164.018-3  Classification.
164.018-5  Specifications and standards incorporated by reference.
164.018-7  Approval procedures.
164.018-9  Design requirements.
164.018-11  Approval tests.
164.018-13  Production inspections.

          Subpart 164.019--Personal Flotation Device Components

164.019-1  Scope.
164.019-3  Definitions.

[[Page 343]]

164.019-4  Component requirements.
164.019-5  Standard components; acceptance criteria and procedures.
164.019-7  Non-standard components; acceptance criteria and procedures.
164.019-9  Procedure for acceptance of revisions of design, process, or 
          materials.
164.019-11  Certification (affidavits).
164.019-13  Production quality control requirements.
164.019-15  Component manufacturer records.
164.019-17  Recognized laboratory.

         Subpart 164.023--Thread for Personal Flotation Devices

164.023-1  Scope.
164.023-3  Specifications and standards incorporated by reference.
164.023-5  Performance; standard thread.
164.023-7  Performance; non-standard thread.
164.023-9  Samples submitted for acceptance.
164.023-11  Acceptance tests.
164.023-13  Production tests and inspections.
164.023-15  Marking.

    Authority: 46 U.S.C. 3306, 3703, 4302; E.O. 12234, 45 FR 58801, 3 
CFR, 1980 Comp., p. 277; 49 CFR 1.46.



                    Subpart 164.003--Kapok, Processed

    Source: 11 FR 188, Jan. 3, 1946, unless otherwise noted.



Sec. 164.003-1   Applicable specifications.

    (a) There are no other specifications applicable to this subpart.



Sec. 164.003-2   Grades.

    (a) Processed kapok shall be of but one grade as in this subpart.



Sec. 164.003-3   Material and workmanship.

    (a) The raw kapok fiber shall be long, clean, creamy white in color, 
lustrous, free from discoloration and adulteration with other fiber, and 
of a quality equal to that grown in Java.
    (b) Kapok shall be processed by teasing in a machine using the air-
blow method. Mechanical separation of fiber masses is permitted, but 
machines using violent beating which breaks down the fibers or causes 
undue powdering or pulverizing are not permitted. Provision shall be 
made for trapping seeds and heavy objects in gravity traps and the dust 
or powder in an efficient dust collector.
    (c) Processed kapok shall have a buoyancy in fresh water of at least 
48 pounds per cubic foot when tested in accordance with Sec. 164.003-
4(d). Rejected kapok shall not be used in lifesaying products inspected 
by the Coast Guard.
    (d) The processed kapok shall contain not more than 5 percent by 
weight of sticks, seeds, dirt or other foreign material and shall be 
free from objectionable odor and adulteration with other fibers.



Sec. 164.003-4   Inspections and tests.

    (a) Kapok fibers to be used in a finished product subject to 
inspection by the Coast Guard shall be subject to inspection and tests 
at the plant of the manufacturer of such product, who shall furnish the 
necessary testing tank, test cages, and scales.
    (b) Acceptance of kapok prior to being incorporated into finished 
products, or during the course of manufacture, shall in no case be 
construed as a guarantee of the acceptance of the finished product.
    (c) Not less than a one-pound sample from each 1,000 pounds of kapok 
shall be tested for buoyancy by the inspector. At his discretion, the 
inspector may select additional samples for tests if deemed advisable.
    (d) The buoyancy test shall be made with 16 ounces of processed 
kapok uniformly packed in a rigid wire box or cage with metal reinforced 
edges, and submerged by weights in a tank of fresh water to a depth of 
12 inches below the surface of the water, measurement made to the top of 
box, for 48 hours. The test box shall be cylindrical in shape, and as 
nearly as practicable \1/3\ cubic foot in volume, 4 inches deep, 13.54 
inches diameter, all inside measurements; constructed of about 0.065 
inch galvanized iron wire with about \1/4\ inch mesh, and lined with 
about 0.007 inch copper wire screen about 18 meshes to the inch, to 
prevent the kapok from pushing out through the larger wire meshes. At 
the end of forty-eight hours submergence, the buoyancy shall be 
determined by subtracting the submerged weight of the box, accessory 
weights and kapok from the submerged weight of the box and weights 
without the kapok, and dividing the remainder

[[Page 344]]

by the volume of the kapok expressed in cubic feet.
    (e) Kapok fiber shall, at the option of the inspector, be subjected 
to a microscopic examination to detect adulteration with other fiber.
    (f) Processed kapok shall, at the option of the inspector, be 
subjected to separation of kapok fibers from foreign matter by hand, the 
portions of each weighed, and percentage of foreign matter computed for 
compliance with Sec. 164.003-3(d).



Sec. 164.003-5   Procedure for approval.

    (a) Processed kapok is not subject to formal approval, but will be 
accepted by the inspector on the basis of this subpart for use in the 
manufacture of lifesaving equipment utilizing it.



          Subpart 164.006--Deck Coverings for Merchant Vessels

    Source: CGFR 53-25, 18 FR 7874, Dec. 5, 1953, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec. 164.006-1   Applicable specifications.

    (a) There are no other specifications applicable to this subpart.



Sec. 164.006-2   Grades.

    (a) Deck coverings shall be of but one grade as specified in this 
subpart, and shall be known as ``an approved deck covering.''



Sec. 164.006-3   Construction, materials, and workmanship.

    (a) It is the intent of this specification to obtain a deck covering 
made largely of incombustible materials with low heat transmission 
qualities which will produce a minimum of smoke when exposed to high 
temperatures.
    (b) Deck coverings shall be of such a quality as to successfully 
pass all of the tests set forth in Sec. 164.006-4.



Sec. 164.006-4   Inspection and testing.

    (a) All tests shall be conducted at the National Bureau of Standards 
or other laboratories designated by the Coast Guard.
    (b) Smoke tests. (1) A sample of each thickness submitted shall be 
tested for smoke emission. Each sample shall be laid on a \1/4\'' x 12'' 
x 27'' steel plate. Normal protective coatings and deck attachments 
shall be incorporated in the samples. Each sample shall be heated in a 
furnace whose temperature is limited to the standard decking curve 
reaching 1,325 degrees F. at the end of one hour. Smoke observations 
shall be made at intervals not greater than five minutes during the one-
hour period of test.
    (2) Instantaneous values of the percent of light transmission shall 
be calculated from the observations noted in paragraph (b)(1) of this 
section. A plot of light transmission values shall be made using 
straight lines between instantaneous values.
    (3) Any instantaneous value of 10 percent light transmission or less 
shall be considered sufficient cause for rejection of a deck covering.
    (4) Average values of light transmission shall be calculated for 15, 
30, and 60 minutes. Averages shall be an arithmetic mean with values 
taken at one minute intervals from the plotted curve noted in paragraph 
(b)(2) of this section. If any of the three average values of light 
transmission is less than the values set forth below, it will be 
considered sufficient cause for rejection of a deck covering:

15 minutes--90 percent light transmission.
30 minutes--60 percent light transmission.
60 minutes--50 percent light transmission.

    (c) Fire resistance and integrity tests. (1) A sample of each 
thickness submitted shall be tested for fire resistance and integrity. 
Each sample shall be laid on a \1/4\'' x 12'' x 27'' steel plate. Normal 
protective coatings and deck attachments shall be incorporated in the 
samples. Each sample shall be heated in a furnace whose temperature is 
controlled according to the standard fire exposure curve reaching 1,700 
degrees F. at the end of one hour. Temperature of the unexposed side as 
indicated by a thermocouple under a 0.40 inch asbestos pad shall be 
observed at intervals not greater than 5 minutes during the one-hour 
period of test.
    (2) Data from these tests shall be analyzed to determine the 
thicknesses necessary to limit the average temperature rise on the 
unexposed surface to 250 degrees F. above the original temperature at 
the end of 15, 30, and 60 minutes.

[[Page 345]]

    (3) Excessive cracking, buckling, or disintegration may be 
considered cause for rejection.
    (d) Organic carbon content test. (1) The organic carbon content 
shall be determined and shall not exceed 0.12 gram per cubic centimeter 
of the molded deck covering.
    (e) Spot check tests. (1) Deck coverings are not inspected at 
regularly scheduled factory inspections; however, the cognizant Officer 
in Charge, Marine Inspection, may detail a marine inspector at any time 
to visit any place where deck coverings are manufactured to conduct any 
inspections or examinations deemed advisable and to select 
representative samples for further examination, inspection or tests. The 
marine inspector shall be admitted to any place where work is done on 
deck coverings or component materials.
    (2) Manufacturers of approved deck coverings shall maintain quality 
control of materials used, manufacturing methods, and the finished 
product so as to meet the requirements of this specification, and any 
other conditions outlined on the certificate of approval, but the Coast 
Guard also reserves the right to make spot-check tests of approved deck 
coverings at any time on samples selected by a marine inspector at the 
place of manufacture or samples obtained from other sources in the 
field. The manufacturer will incur no expense for such tests, but the 
results shall be binding upon the approval of his product. The 
manufacturer will be advised in advance of the time of testing of the 
samples selected and may witness the tests if he so desires.

[CGFR 53-25, 18 FR 7874, Dec. 5, 1953, as amended by CGFR 61-15, 26 FR 
9302, Sept. 30, 1961]



Sec. 164.006-5   Procedure for approval.

    (a) If a manufacturer desires to have a deck covering approved, a 
request shall be presented to the Commandant of the Coast Guard, 
together with the following information:
    (1) The trade name and designation of the deck covering.
    (2) The range of thicknesses in which it is proposed to lay the deck 
covering together with any information the manufacturer may have as to 
maximum or minimum thicknesses.
    (3) Description of method of attachment to or protection of the 
steel deck together with the trade name and designation of adhesive or 
protective coating if used.
    (4) A sample of the molded deck covering at least 6 inches square 
and \1/4\ inch thick. This may or may not be attached to a backing 
material at the manufacturer's option.
    (b) The material submitted will be examined and the manufacturer 
advised as to the number and thicknesses of samples to be submitted 
together with the estimated cost of the tests.
    (c) If the deck covering is indicated as being suitable, the 
manufacturer shall then submit the following:
    (1) Two samples of each thickness to be tested laid in the manner 
designated on a \1/4\'' x 12'' x 27'' steel plate for the purpose of the 
smoke test and fire resistance and integrity test noted in Sec. 164.006-
4 (b) and (c).
    (2) Sufficient bulk material (unmixed) to lay a sample one inch 
thick on an area of 12'' x 27''. If an adhesive or protective coating is 
used, a liberal sample shall be supplied.
    (3) If the manufacturer desires to witness the tests, he should so 
indicate at this time.
    (4) A commitment that he will reimburse the National Bureau of 
Standards for the cost of the tests when billed by them.
    (d) The above material will be submitted to the National Bureau of 
Standards by the Coast Guard for testing. The tests noted in 
Sec. 164.006-4 will be conducted and a report submitted to the Coast 
Guard.
    (e) A copy of the test report will be forwarded to the manufacturer 
and he will be advised if his material is approved under this 
specification, and if approved, in what thicknesses it may be laid, and 
in what thicknesses it must be laid to meet the requirements for Class 
A-60 decks without the use of any other insulating material. If 
approved, this information will be published in the Federal Register.

[CGFR 53-25, 18 FR 7874, Dec. 5, 1953, as amended by CGFR 61-62, 27 FR 
180, Jan. 6, 1962]

[[Page 346]]



                 Subpart 164.007--Structural Insulations

    Source: CGFR 69-72, 34 FR 17498, Oct. 29, 1969, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec. 164.007-1   Applicable specification and referenced material.

    (a) Specification. The following specification of the issue in 
effect on the date of manufacture of the structural insulation shall 
form a part of the regulations of this subpart (see Secs. 2.75-17 
through 2.75-19 of subchapter A (Procedures Applicable to the Public) of 
this chapter:
    (1) Coast Guard specification:

    Subpart 164.009 of this part, Incombustible Materials for Merchant 
Vessels.

    (b) Technical reference. For guidance purposes the technical 
reference may be used, which is entitled American Society for Testing 
Materials Standard E-119. ``Fire Tests of Building Construction and 
Materials'', ASTM, 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103.
    (c) Copies on file. A copy of the specification listed in paragraph 
(a) of this section shall be kept on file by the manufacturer, together 
with the certificate of approval and this specification. It is the 
manufacturer's responsibility to have the latest issue of the 
specification on hand together with the certificate of approval and 
approved plans when manufacturing under this specification subpart.
    (1) The Coast Guard specification may be obtained from the 
Commandant (G-MSE), U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC 20593-0001.

[CGFR 69-72, 34 FR 17498, Oct. 29, 1969, as amended by CGD 82-063b, 48 
FR 4783, Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34537, Sept. 7, 1988; CGD 95-
072, 60 FR 50467, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50734, Sept. 27, 
1996]



Sec. 164.007-2   Purpose.

    The purpose of this specification is to set forth tests necessary to 
measure the insulation value of structural insulation specimens under 
fire exposure conditions. The tests are not intended to measure the 
integrity of structural components of an assembly Insulation meeting 
this specification is adequate to limit the average temperature rise of 
a steel bulkhead to 139 deg. C. (250 deg. F.) at the end of a 60-minute 
standard fire test.



Sec. 164.007-3   Conditions of approval.

    (a) Structural insulation shall be of such quality as to 
successfully meet the requirements for an incombustible material as set 
forth in subpart 164.009 of this part.
    (b) Structural insulation shall be of such quality and thickness as 
to successfully pass all of the tests set forth in Sec. 164.007-4, and 
the retests required by Sec. 164.007-8.
    (c) The product shall be so marked as to be readily identifiable to 
an inspector in the field. The marking shall include the Coast Guard 
approval number.



Sec. 164.007-4   Testing procedure.

    (a) Tests. All tests, including the retests, shall be conducted at 
the National Bureau of Standards or other laboratories designated by the 
Coast Guard.
    (b) Test of physical properties. (1) Density measurement: The 
smallest sample for density measurements of solid materials shall be 30 
cm x 30 cm (12'' x 12'') by the submitted thickness. Length and width 
measurements shall be made to the nearest 1 mm. (\1/32\''), thickness to 
the nearest 0.25 mm. (0.01''), allowance being made of any nonflatness 
of the major surfaces of the specimen. Measurements of dimensions of 
fibrous insulations shall be made to the nearest 1.5 mm. (\1/16\'') on a 
nominal 30 cm. (12'') cube assembled from sheets of thickness as 
received. The average of at least four measurements of each dimension 
shall be reported. The weight shall be determined with a scale or 
balance sensitive and accurate to 0.5 percent or less of the total 
weight. The dimensional and weight measurements shall not be made until 
the sample has been conditioned 1 week, or longer if required to reach 
constant weight, in an atmosphere at 23 deg. plus-minus1 deg.C. 
(73 deg. F.plus-minus2 deg.) and 50 percent relative humidity.
    (2) Transfer to a previously dried and weighed wide-mouth weighing 
bottle provided with a glass stopper. Remove the stopper and heat the 
bottle and sample at 105 deg.plus-minus5 deg. C. 
(221 deg.plus-minus9 deg. F.) for 4 hours, insert the stopper, cool 
and

[[Page 347]]

weigh. Calculate the content of moisture and other volatiles as percent 
of the final dry weight of the sample.
    (c) Preparation of fire test specimens. (1) The fire test specimens 
shall be conditioned to approximately constant weight with air being 
maintained at a relative humidity of 40 to 70 percent and a temperature 
of 15 deg. to 25 deg. C. (50 deg. to 77 deg. F.). After conditioning, 
but before testing, the temperature of the specimens shall not exceed 
40 deg. C. (104 deg. F.).
    (2) Representative samples of the structural insulation, of a 
thickness or thicknesses and density as specified in Sec. 164.007-
9(a)(5), shall be tested as part of an assembly which forms a portion of 
a vertical wall of a furnace. The assembly shall be at least 100 cm. x 
150 cm. (40'' x 60'') in size. More than one sample may be tested, see 
Sec. 164.007-7.
    (3) The specimens shall be attached to a 5plus-minus0.3 mm. 
(\3/16\'') thick steel plate and mounted in the furnace with the steel 
plate forming the exterior wall of the furnace. Any stiffening members 
on the steel plate shall be installed on the face not adjacent to the 
insulation. Spacer strips of asbestos cement board or similar material, 
up to 5 cm. (2'') in width, shall be installed around the periphery of 
the panel. For fibrous insulations, the attachment to the steel plate 
shall be made by means of 5 mm. (0.19'') diameter steel pins on 30 cm. 
(12'') centers covered by 18-gage, 4 cm. (1\1/2\'') mesh expanded metal. 
Alternate methods will be given consideration. For other materials, 
typical installation practice shall be used.
    (d) Furnace control. (1) The furnace temperature shall be determined 
by at least four mineral insulated thermocouples having rapid response, 
and distributed so as to represent fairly the furnace temperature and to 
insure as uniform heating as possible. The thermocouples shall be 
arranged so that the hot junction is approximately 10 cm. from the 
nearest point of the specimen.
    (2) The furnace temperature shall be continuously controlled so as 
to follow the standard time-temperature curve within the accuracy 
specified in paragraph (d)(4) of this section.
    (3) The standard time-temperature curve is defined by a smooth curve 
drawn through the following points:

At the beginning of the test, 20 deg. C. (68 deg. F.)
At the end of the first 5 minutes, 538 deg. C. (1,000 deg. F.).
At the end of the first 10 minutes, 704 deg. C. (1,300 deg. F.).
At the end of the first 30 minutes, 843 deg. C. (1,550 deg. F.).
At the end of the first 60 minutes, 927 deg. C. (1,700 deg. F.).

For a further definition of the time-temperature curve, see Appendix I 
of the ASTM Standard E-119, ``Fire Tests of Building Construction and 
Materials''.
    (4) The accuracy of the furnace control shall be such that the area 
under the mean time-temperature curve is within 15 percent of the area 
under the standard time-temperature curve during the first 10 minutes of 
the test, within 10 percent during the first one-half hour, and within 5 
percent for any period after the first one-half hour. At any time after 
the first 10 minutes of the test the mean furnace temperature shall not 
differ from the standard curve by more than 100 deg. C. (180 deg. F.). 
Consideration will be given to adjusting the results for variation of 
the furnace exposure from that prescribed. If corrections are made, they 
shall be in accordance with the procedures set forth in the ASTM E-119.
    (e) Temperature of unexposed surface. For the unexposed surface 
temperature measurement a thermocouple of 0.5 mm. (0.020'') diameter 
wires shall be soldered centrally with high temperature solder to one 
surface of a disc of copper 12 mm. in diameter and 0.2 mm. thick. The 
discs shall be covered with an oven-dry asbestos pad 50 mm.  x  50 mm, 
and 4 mm. thick. The disc and the pad may be fixed to the surface of the 
steel plate by pins, tape, or a suitable adhesive. The asbestos pad 
shall have a density of approximately 1,000 kg./m.3 and thermal 
conductivity of 0.11 kcal/m/hr.  x   deg. C. at 100 deg. C. (212 deg. 
F.).
    (f) Temperature observations. (1) All observations shall be taken at 
intervals not exceeding 5 minutes. The surface temperature on the 
exterior side of the steel plate shall be measured by thermocouples 
located as follows:
    (i) One thermocouple located approximately in the center of each 
quadrant of the steel plate (four thermocouples total).

[[Page 348]]

    (ii) One thermocouple close to the center of the steel plate.
    (iii) One thermocouple in way of or as close as possible to one of 
the pins or other through metallic connections (if any) used for holding 
the insulation in place.
    (iv) Further thermocouples at the discretion of the testing 
laboratory or Coast Guard for the purpose of determining the temperature 
at points deemed likely to give a greater temperature rise than any of 
the above-mentioned thermocouples.
    (2) The average temperature rise on the unexposed surface shall be 
obtained by averaging the readings of the thermocouples mentioned in 
paragraphs (f)(1)(i) and (ii) of this section.
    (g) Other observations. Throughout the test observations shall be 
made of all changes and occurrences, which are not criteria of 
performance, but which may create hazard in case of a fire; for example 
the emission of appreciable volumes of smoke or noxious vapors from the 
unexposed side of the test specimen. The specimen shall be examined 
after the test for changes that have taken place and the information 
shall be noted in the test report.
    (h) Duration of testing. The test shall be continued for at least 
one hour or until the maximum surface temperature rise values noted in 
Sec. 164.007-5(a) have been reached, whichever occurs later.



Sec. 164.007-5   Test requirements.

    The insulation value of the specimens for the full scale test shall 
be such that the average temperature of the thermocouples on the 
unexposed surface described in Sec. 164.007-4(f)(2) will not rise more 
than 139 deg. C. (250 deg. F.) above the initial temperature, nor will 
the temperature at any one point on the surface, including any through 
metallic connection, rise more than 181 deg. C. (325 deg. F.) above the 
original temperature at the end of 60 minutes. The results obtained on 
the small scale test 2' x 2' (60 cm. x 60 cm.) shall be recorded.



Sec. 164.007-6   Test report.

    (a) The test report required shall contain at least the following:
    (1) Name of manufacturer.
    (2) Purpose of test.
    (3) Test conditions and date of test.
    (4) Description of the panel tested giving the details of the 
assembly comprising a steel plate, insulation (thickness and density) 
spacer strips and fastening and the method of mounting the panel 
assembly in the test furnace.
    (5) Complete time-temperature data, including initial temperature, 
for each thermocouple together with curves of average temperature for 
the unexposed surface of the insulation and the thermocouple recording 
the highest temperature. In addition, for Sec. 164.007-9(g)(2), complete 
time-temperature data consisting of a numerical time-temperature table 
for each furnace and each surface of insulation thermocouple together 
with the initial temperature of each thermocouple.
    (6) A log maintained by the owner relative to deflections, cracking 
or loosening of the insulation, smoke or gas emission, glow, flame 
emission, and any other important data. The time of each observation 
should be noted.
    (7) Photographs of both sides of the panel before and after testing.
    (8) Summary of test results.



Sec. 164.007-7   Analysis of results.

    (a) When only one sample is tested, the results of the test shall be 
binding and no analysis by the Coast Guard will be undertaken.
    (b) When more than one sample of the same density material is tested 
simultaneously and the results are not exact, the Coast Guard may 
analyze the results. Data from the tests may be analyzed to determine 
the minimum thickness to meet the requirements of Sec. 164.007-5(a).
    (c) Consideration will be given to correction for inaccurate furnace 
control in accordance with Sec. 164.007-4(d)(4).

[CGFR 69-72, 34 FR 17498, Oct. 29, 1969; 34 FR 19030, Nov. 29, 1969]



Sec. 164.007-8   Retests.

    (a) Manufacturers of approved structural insulation shall maintain 
quality control of materials used, manufacturing methods, and the 
finished product utilizing appropriate quality control testing so as to 
meet the requirements of this specification, and any other conditions 
outlined on the certificate

[[Page 349]]

of approval. Structural insulation materials are not inspected at 
regularly scheduled factory inspections; however, approved materials are 
subject to retest for continued compliance with the requirements of this 
subpart on the following basis:
    (1) The Coast Guard may detail a marine inspector or other Coast 
Guard designated inspector at any time to visit any place where 
structural insulation is manufactured to conduct any inspections or 
examinations deemed advisable and to select representative samples for 
further examination, inspection, or tests. The inspector shall be 
admitted to any place where work is done on structural insulation or 
component materials.
    (2) At a frequency of not less than once every 5 years following 
issuance of approval, samples of an approved material selected from 
production stock shall be forwarded by the inspector to the Commandant 
for testing in accordance with the requirements of this subpart. Where 
the plant is outside the jurisdiction of a Coast Guard District 
Commander, the frequency of such testing shall be once every 2 years. 
The cost of such testing shall be borne by the manufacturer. The nature 
of the product or its production may dictate a differing retest 
frequency.
    (3) The Coast Guard reserves the right to make spot-check tests of 
approved structural insulation at any time on samples selected by a 
marine inspector obtained during installation on a vessel. The 
manufacturer will incur no expense for such tests, but the results, 
shall be binding upon the approval of his product.
    (b) A small scale furnace test (2' x 2' furnace test 60 cm. x 60 
cm.) shall be conducted. The time of failure shall not vary from the 
original small scale test values by more than 10 percent. In addition 
tests shall be conducted to determine incombustibility (Sec. 164.009), 
density and thickness. Values of retesting for density and thickness 
shall not vary from the original test values by more than 10 percent.



Sec. 164.007-9   Procedure for approval.

    The following items shall be accomplished in sequential order.
    (a) Test request information. If a manufacturer desires to have a 
structural insulation approved, a written request shall be submitted to 
the Commandant of the Coast Guard together with the following:
    (1) If the material has already been approved as an incombustible 
material under subpart 164.009 of this part, the approval number of the 
material shall be indicated. If not, the procedure set forth in subpart 
164.009 of this part shall be followed; and such approval shall be 
obtained prior to submittal under this specification.
    (2) A description and trade name of the structural insulation.
    (3) A statement of the composition of the material and the 
percentage of each component.
    (4) A sample of the material at least 1 foot square in the thickness 
and density proposed by the manufacturer to be tested. When more than 
one thickness of a material of the same density is to be tested, only a 
sample of a single thickness need be submitted.
    (5) The range of thicknesses and densities in which it is proposed 
to manufacture or use the material together with any information or 
recommendations that the manufacturer may have as to maximum or minimum 
thickness or density.
    (6) The location of the place or places where the material will be 
manufactured.
    (7) Description of attachment to or protection of the bulkhead or 
deck. If an adhesive is used, a liberal sample shall be supplied.
    (8) A sketch showing typical installation methods and indicating 
limitations if any.
    (9) A general statement describing manufacturing procedures 
indicating the degree of quality control exercised and the degree of 
inspection performed by outside organizations.
    (10) A statement indicating proposed methods for field 
identification of the products as being approved. Identification shall 
include the Coast Guard approval numbers.
    (b) Test suitability. The above information will be examined by the 
Coast Guard, and if it is indicated that the material is in all respects 
suitable for

[[Page 350]]

testing, the manufacturer will be so advised. Coast Guard comments on 
the manufacturer's recommended thickness and density of the sample or 
samples for the fire resistance test will be given at this time, 
together with the estimated cost of the required test.
    (c) Samples to be submitted. If the material is indicated as being 
suitable for testing, the manufacturer shall submit a 100 cm. x 150 cm. 
(40'' x 60'') sample, a 30 cm. x 30 cm. (12'' x 12'') sample and a 60 
cm. x 60cm. (24'' x 24'') sample for each thickness and density proposed 
to the Fire Research section of the National Bureau of Standards, 
Washington, DC 20234, and shall advise the Coast Guard of the shipment. 
A separate test will be made for each density of the material for which 
approval is desired.
    (d) Pretest information. At this time the manufacturer shall submit 
to the Coast Guard the following:
    (1) A statement that the material is offered for testing as 
described pursuant to paragraph (a)(3) of this section is completely 
representative of the product which will be manufactured and sold under 
U.S. Coast Guard approval if such approval is granted and that the 
shipbuilder will be advised of the proper installation methods and the 
limitations of the approval.
    (2) A commitment that he will reimburse the National Bureau of 
Standards for the cost or review of the tests when billed by them.
    (3) If the manufacturer desires to witness the test, he should so 
indicate at this time.
    (e) Test authorization. The National Bureau of Standards will then 
be authorized to conduct the tests noted in Sec. 164.007-4 and, upon 
completion of all testing, the manufacturer will be billed directly by 
the National Bureau of Standards. Four copies of the test report 
containing the information required by Sec. 164.007-6 will be submitted 
to the Coast Guard.
    (f) Notification of results. A copy of the report will be forwarded 
to the manufacturer and he will be advised if his material is approved 
under this subpart. If approved, any stipulations of the approval will 
be specified. This information will be published in the Federal 
Register, and a certificate of approval will be issued to the 
manufacturer.
    (g) Other laboratories. (1) If the manufacturer desires to have the 
test conducted at some laboratory other than the National Bureau of 
Standards, this information shall be supplied at the time of initial 
contact with the Coast Guard. If the proposed laboratory is acceptable 
to the Coast Guard, the manufacturer will be so advised, and any special 
testing requirements together with any estimated cost of expenses 
incurred by the National Bureau of Standards for their review will be 
specified at this time. The Coast Guard shall be notified in advance of 
the date of the test so that a representative may be present.
    (2) The laboratory shall submit four copies of a detailed test 
report to the Coast Guard together with representative samples of the 
material taken before and after testing. The test report and samples 
will be examined by the National Bureau of Standards for compliance with 
this subpart. The test report shall include the information required by 
Sec. 164.007-6 together with any other pertinent data.



                    Subpart 164.008--Bulkhead Panels

    Source: CGFR 69-72, 34 FR 17500, Oct. 29, 1969, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec. 164.008-1   Applicable specification and reference material.

    (a) Specification. The following specification of the issue in 
effect on the date of manufacture of the bulkhead panel shall form a 
part of the regulations of this subpart (see Secs. 2.75-17 through 2.75-
19 of subchapter A, Procedures Applicable to the Public, of this 
chapter):
    (1) Coast Guard specification:

Subpart 164.009 of this part, Incombustible Materials for Merchant 
Vessels.

    (b) Technical reference. For guidance purposes this technical 
reference may be used, which is entitled American Society for Testing 
Materials Standard E-119, ``Fire Tests of Building Construction and 
Materials'', ASTM, 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103.
    (c) Copies on file. A copy of the specification listed in paragraph 
(a) of this section shall be kept on file by the

[[Page 351]]

manufacturer, together with the certificate of approval and this 
specification. It is the manufacturer's responsibility to have the 
latest issue of the specification on hand together with the certificate 
of approval and approved plans when manufacturing under this 
specification subpart.
    (1) The Coast Guard specification may be obtained from the 
Commandant (G-MSE), U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC 20593-0001.

[CGFR 69-72, 34 FR 17500, Oct. 29, 1969, as amended by CGD 82-063b, 48 
FR 4783, Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34537, Sept. 7, 1988; CGD 95-
072, 60 FR 50467, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50734, Sept. 27, 
1996]



Sec. 164.008-2   Conditions of approval.

    (a) Bulkhead panel material shall be of such quality as to 
successfully meet the requirements for an incombustible material as set 
forth in subpart 164.009 of this part.
    (b) Bulkhead panels used in Class B-15 construction and as a 
component in Class A-30 or Class A-15 construction shall meet the 
thermal insulation requirements of Sec. 164.008-4(a) for at least 15 
minutes, and the integrity requirements of Sec. 164.008-4(b) for at 
least 30 minutes.
    (c) Bulkhead panels for use as a component in Class A-60 
construction shall meet the thermal insulation requirements of 
Sec. 164.008-4(a) for at least 15 minutes and the integrity requirements 
of Sec. 164.008-4(b) for at least 60 minutes.
    (d) The product shall be so marked as to be readily identifiable to 
an inspector in the field. The marking shall include the Coast Guard 
approval number.
    (e) The specimen to be tested shall be representative of the typical 
installation on board a vessel and any limitations shall be shown on the 
sketch required by Sec. 164.008-7(a)(7).
    (f) The bulkhead panel shall successfully pass the retests required 
by Sec. 164.008-6.



Sec. 164.008-3   Testing procedure.

    (a) Tests. All tests, including the retests, shall be conducted at 
the National Bureau of Standards or other laboratories designated by the 
Coast Guard.
    (b) Preparation of test specimen. (1) The test specimens shall be 
conditioned to approximately constant weight with the air being 
maintained at a relative humidity of 40 to 70 percent and a temperature 
of 15 deg. to 25 deg. C. (59 deg. to 77 deg. F.). After conditioning, 
but before testing, the temperature of the specimen should not exceed 
40 deg. C. (104 deg. F.).
    (2) The specimens shall be mounted in the furnace in a vertical 
position in such a way as to give an exposed surface of at least 4.65 
square meters (50 square feet) and a height of at least 2.44 meters (8 
feet).
    (3) The specimen shall be supported at the top and secured on the 
vertical sides and at the bottom in a manner representative of 
conditions in service. If provision for movement at the edges of a 
bulkhead panel is made for a particular construction in service, the 
specimen should stimulate these conditions.
    (4) The method of securing shall be such that there is no 
possibility of misinterpretation of test results due to the passage of 
flame at the edges of the specimen when the method of fixing is not the 
subject of the test.
    (c) Furnace control. (1) The furnace temperature shall be determined 
by at least four mineral insulated thermocouples having rapid response 
and distributed so as to represent fairly the furnace temperature and to 
insure as uniform heating as possible. The thermocouples shall be 
arranged so that the hot junction is approximately 10 cm. (4'') from the 
nearest point of the specimen.
    (2) The furnace temperature shall be continuously controlled so as 
to follow the standard time-temperature curve within the accuracy 
specified in paragraph (c)(4) of this section.
    (3) The standard time-temperature curve is defined by a smooth curve 
drawn through the following points:

At the beginning of the test, 20 deg. C. (68 deg. F.).
At the end of the first 5 minutes, 538 deg. C. (1,000 deg. F.).
At the end of the first 10 minutes, 704 deg. C. (1,300 deg. F.).
At the end of the first 30 minutes, 843 deg. C. (1,550 deg. F.).
At the end of the first 60 minutes, 927 deg. C. (1,700 deg. F.).


[[Page 352]]


For a further definition of the time-temperature curve, see Appendix I 
of the ASTM Standard E119, ``Fire Tests of Building Construction and 
Materials''.
    (4) The accuracy of the furnace control shall be such that the area 
under the mean time-temperature curve is within 15 percent of the area 
under the standard curve during the first 10 minutes of the test, within 
10 percent during the first one-half hour, and within 5 percent for any 
period after the first one-half hour. At any time after the first 10 
minutes of the test the mean furnace temperature shall not differ from 
the standard curve by more than 100 deg. C. (180 deg. F.). Consideration 
will be given to adjusting the results for variation of the furnace 
exposure from that prescribed. If corrections are made, they shall be in 
accordance with the procedures set forth in ASTM E-119.
    (5) The pressure in the furnace shall be equal to that in the 
laboratory at about one-third of the height of the specimen.
    (d) Temperature of unexposed surface. For the unexposed surface 
temperature measurement, a thermocouple of 0.5 mm. (0.020'') diameter 
wires shall be soldered centrally with high temperature solder to one 
surface of a disc of copper 12 mm. diameter and 0.2 mm. thick. The discs 
shall be covered with an oven-dry asbestos pad 50 mm. x 50 mm. and 4 mm. 
thick. The disc and the pad may be fixed to the surface of the specimen 
by pins, tape or a suitable adhesive, depending on the nature of the 
specimen material. The asbestos pad shall have a density of 
approximately 1,000 kg./m.3 and thermal conductivity of 0.11 kcal./
m./hr. x C. at 100 deg. C. (212 deg. F.).
    (e) Flame penetration. (1) Where cracks or openings are formed 
during the test, an ignition test as prescribed in Sec. 164.008-4(b) 
shall take place immediately after the appearance of cracks or damage, 
followed by similar tests at frequent intervals. The purpose of the test 
is to indicate whether cracks and openings formed during the test are 
such that they would lead to passage of flame.
    (2) The cotton wool used for the tests prescribed in Sec. 164.008-
4(b) shall consist of new undyed soft fibers without any admixture of 
artificial fibers, and shall be free from thread, leaf, and shell fiber 
dust. A suitable material for this purpose is sold in the form of rolls 
for surgical use. A pad shall be cut measuring 10 cm. x 10 cm. 
approximately 2 cm. thick and weighing between 3 and 4 grams. It shall 
be oven-dried prior to the test. The pad shall be attached by means of 
wire clips to a 10 cm. x 10 cm. frame of 1 mm. diameter. A wire handle 
approximately 75 cm. long attached to the frame would facilitate its use 
on the specimen.
    (3) When testing for cracks or openings during the test, the pad 
shall be held in a vertical position facing the crack or opening with 
the aperture located in a central part of the cotton wool. The pad may 
be reused if it has not absorbed any moisture or become charred during 
the previous application.
    (f) Temperature observations. (1) All observations shall be taken at 
intervals not exceeding 5 minutes. The surface temperatures on the 
unexposed side of the test specimen shall be measured by thermocouples 
located as follows:
    (i) One thermocouple located approximately in the center of each 
quadrant of the steel plate (four thermocouples total).
    (ii) One thermocouple close to the center of the test specimen, but 
away from the joint, if any.
    (iii) At least one thermocouple at the vertical joint of the test 
specimen.
    (iv) Further thermocouples at the discretion of the testing 
laboratory or Coast Guard for the purpose of determining the temperature 
at points deemed likely to give a greater temperature rise than any of 
the above mentioned thermocouples.
    (2) The average temperature rise on the unexposed surface shall be 
obtained by averaging the readings of the thermocouples mentioned in 
paragraphs (f)(1) (i) and (ii) of this section.
    (g) Other observations. Throughout the test, observations shall be 
made of all changes and occurrences, which are not criteria of 
performance but which may create hazard in case of a fire; for example 
the emission of appreciable volumes of smoke or noxious vapors from the 
unexposed side of the test

[[Page 353]]

specimen. The specimen shall be examined after the test for changes that 
have taken place and the information shall be noted in the test report.
    (h) Duration of testing. The test shall be continued for at least 30 
minutes to meet the requirements of Sec. 164.008-2(b) or at least 60 
minutes to meet the requirements of Sec. 164.008-2(c). In either case, 
the test shall be continued until the maximum surface temperature rise 
values noted in Sec. 164.008-4(a) have been reached, or until cracks 
which lead to flaming as specified in Sec. 164.008-4(b) are formed.



Sec. 164.008-4   Test requirements.

    (a) Thermal insulation: The insulation value of the specimens for 
the full scale test shall be such that the average temperature of 
thermocouples on the unexposed surface described in Sec. 164.008-3(f)(2) 
will not rise more than 139 deg. C. (250 deg. F.) above the initial 
temperature, nor will the temperature at any point on the surface, 
including any joint, rise more than 225 deg. C. (405 deg. F.) above the 
initial temperature at the end of 15 minutes. When failure is due to 
excessive temperature rise on the joint, consideration will be given to 
alternate joint construction. The results obtained on the small scale 
test (2' x 2') (60 cm. x 60 cm.) shall be recorded.
    (b) The test shall determine the length of time, up to one hour, 
that the bulkhead panel, including the joint can withstand the passage 
of flame. Cracks and openings shall not be such as to lead to flaming of 
a cotton wool test pad as prescribed in Sec. 164.008-3(e)(3) held facing 
the aperture at about 25 mm. for a period of 30 seconds. If no flaming 
occurs, the pad shall be removed and reapplied after a suitable 
interval.



Sec. 164.008-5   Test report.

    (a) The test report required by Sec. 164.008-7(e) and (g) shall 
include at least the following:
    (1) Name of manufacturer.
    (2) Purpose of test.
    (3) Test conditions and date of test.
    (4) Description of the panel tested giving size, thickness, density, 
detail of joint and method of assembling in test furnace.
    (5) Complete time-temperature data, including initial temperature, 
for each thermocouple together with curves of average temperature for 
the unexposed surface of the insulation and the thermocouple recording 
the highest temperature. In addition, for Sec. 164.008-7(g)(2) complete 
time-temperature data consisting of a numerical time-temperature table 
for each furnace and each surface of insulation thermocouple together 
with the initial temperature of each thermocouple.
    (6) A log setting forth the observer's notes relative to 
deflections, smoke or gas emission, glow, flame emission, and any other 
important data. The time of each observation should be noted.
    (7) Complete observations on the appearance of cracks and data on 
the testing of the cracks as specified in Sec. 164.008-4(b).
    (8) Photographs of both sides of the panel before and after testing.
    (9) Summary of test results.

[CGFR 69-72, 34 FR 17500, Oct. 29, 1969; 34 FR 19030, Nov. 29, 1969]



Sec. 164.008-6   Retests.

    (a) Manufacturers of approved bulkhead panels shall maintain quality 
control of materials used, manufacturing methods, and the finished 
product utilizing appropriate quality control testing so as to meet the 
requirements of this specification, and any other conditions outlined on 
the certificate of approval. Bulkhead panels are not inspected at 
regularly scheduled factory inspections; however, approved bulkhead 
panels are subject to retest for continued compliance with the 
requirements of this subpart on the following basis:
    (1) The Coast Guard may detail a marine inspector or other Coast 
Guard designated inspector at any time to visit any place where bulkhead 
panels are manufactured to conduct any inspections or examinations 
deemed advisable and to select representative samples for further 
examination, inspection, or tests. The inspector shall be admitted to 
any place where work is done on bulkhead panels or component materials.
    (2) At a frequency of not less than once every 5 years following 
issuance of approval, samples of an approved

[[Page 354]]

bulkhead panel selected from production stock shall be forwarded by the 
inspector to the Commandant for testing in accordance with the 
requirements of this subpart. Where the plant is outside the 
jurisdiction of a Coast Guard District Commander, the frequency of such 
selection and testing shall be every 2 years. The cost of such testing 
shall be borne by the manufacturer. The nature of the product or its 
production may dictate a differing retest frequency.
    (3) The Coast Guard reserves the right to make spot-check tests of 
approved bulkhead panels at any time on samples selected by a marine 
inspector obtained during installation on a vessel. The manufacturer 
will incur no expense for such tests, but the results shall be binding 
upon the approval of his product.
    (b) A small scale furnace test (2' x 2' furnace test) shall be 
conducted. The time of failure shall not vary from the original (2' x 2' 
furnace) test values by more than 10 percent. In addition, tests shall 
be conducted to determine incombustibility (Sec. 164.009), density and 
thickness. Values on retesting for density and thickness shall not vary 
from the original test values by more than 10 percent.



Sec. 164.008-7   Procedure for approval.

    The following items shall be accomplished in sequential order.
    (a) Test request information. If a manufacturer desires to have a 
bulkhead panel approved, a written request shall be submitted to the 
Commandant of the Coast Guard, together with the following:
    (1) If the material has already been approved as an ``Incombustible 
Material'' under subpart 164.009 of this part, the approval number of 
the material shall be indicated. If not, the procedure set forth in 
subpart 164.009 of this part shall be followed; and such approval shall 
be obtained prior to submittal under this specification.
    (2) The description and trade name of the bulkhead panel.
    (3) A statement of the composition of the material and the 
percentage of each component.
    (4) A sample of the material at least 1 foot square in each 
thickness and density of the material as manufactured.
    (5) The range of thicknesses and/or densities in which it is 
proposed to manufacture or use the material, together with any 
information or recommendations the manufacturer may have as maximum or 
minimum thickness or density.
    (6) The location of the place or places where the material will be 
manufactured.
    (7) A sketch showing typical installation methods and indicating 
limtations, if any.
    (8) A general statement describing manufacturing procedures 
indicating the degree of quality control exercised and the degree of 
inspection performed by outside organizations.
    (9) A statement indicating proposed methods for field identification 
of the products as being approved. Identification shall include the 
Coast Guard approval number.
    (b) Test suitability. The above information will be examined by the 
Coast Guard and if it is indicated that the material is in all other 
respects suitable for testing, the manufacturer will be so advised. 
Coast Guard comments on the manufacturer's recommended thickness and 
density of the panel for the fire resistance and integrity test will be 
given at this time together with the estimated cost of the tests.
    (c) Samples to be submitted. If the material is indicated as being 
suitable for testing, the manufacturer shall submit the samples required 
by paragraph (c)(1) of this section to the Fire Research Section of the 
National Bureau of Standards, Washington, DC 20234, and shall advise the 
Coast Guard of the shipment.
    (1) One representative panel of the material having a surface 
approximately 4.65 square meters (50 square feet) and a height of 2.44 
meters (8 feet) containing at least one vertical joint, located at 
approximately one-third panel width from one edge (20-24 inches), and 
one representative panel of the material having 60 cm. x 60 cm. (2' x 
2') dimensions. If the manufacturer desires to submit the panel in 
thickness or size other than that recommended, prior approval shall be 
obtained from the Commandant. The

[[Page 355]]

manufacturer shall supply any labor required for fabrication of the 
panel and for attaching the panel to the frame for testing.
    (d) Pretest information. At this time the manufacturer shall submit 
to the Coast Guard the following:
    (1) A statement that the material as offered for testing and as 
described pursuant to Sec. 164.008-6(a)(3) is completely representative 
of the product which will be manufactured and sold under U.S. Coast 
Guard approval if such approval is granted and that the shipbuilder will 
be advised of the proper installation methods and the limitations of the 
conditions of approval.
    (2) A commitment from the manufacturer that he will reimburse the 
National Bureau of Standards for the cost of the tests or review when 
billed by them.
    (3) If the manufacturer desires to witness the test, he should so 
indicate at this time.
    (e) Test authorization. The National Bureau of Standards will then 
be authorized to conduct the test noted in Sec. 164.008-4(a) and, upon 
completion of all testing, the manufacturer will be billed directly by 
the National Bureau of Standards, four copies of the report containing 
the information required by Sec. 164.008-5 shall be submitted to the 
Coast Guard.
    (f) Notification of results. A copy of the report will be forwarded 
to the manufacturer, and he will be advised if his material is approved 
under this subpart. If approved, any stipulations of the approval will 
be specified. This information will be published in the Federal 
Register, and a certificate of approval will be issued to the 
manufacturer.
    (g) Other laboratories. (1) If the manufacturer desires to have the 
tests conducted at some laboratory other than the National Bureau of 
Standards, this information shall be supplied at the time of initial 
contact with the Coast Guard. If the proposed laboratory is acceptable 
to the Coast Guard, the manufacturer will be so advised and any special 
testing requirements together with an estimated cost of expenses 
incurred by the National Bureau of Standards for their review will be 
specified at this time. Payment will be made as noted in paragraph 
(d)(2) of this section. The Coast Guard shall be notified in advance of 
the date of the test so that a representative may be present.
    (2) The laboratory shall submit four copies of a detailed test 
report to the Coast Guard, together with representative samples of the 
material being taken before and after testing. The test report and 
samples will be examined by the National Bureau of Standards for 
compliance with this subpart. The test report shall include the 
information required by Sec. 164.008-5 together with any other pertinent 
data.



     Subpart 164.009--Noncombustible Materials for Merchant Vessels

    Source: CGD 74-129, 41 FR 41701, Sept. 23, 1976, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec. 164.009-1   General.

    (a) This subpart contains--
    (1) Procedures for approval of noncombustible materials used in 
merchant vessel construction;
    (2) The test and measurements required for approval of materials; 
and
    (3) A list of noncombustible materials for which specific approval 
under this subpart is not required.
    (b) The test and measurements described in this subpart are 
conducted by a laboratory designated by the Commandant. The following 
laboratories are so designated:

Underwriters Laboratories, Inc., 333 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 
          60062
Dantest, National Institute for Testing and Verification, Amager 
          Boulevard 115, DK 2300 Copenhagen S., Denmark

[CGD 74-129, 41 FR 41701, Sept. 23, 1976, as amended by CGD 86-035, 54 
FR 36316, Sept. 1, 1989]



Sec. 164.009-3  Noncombustible materials not requiring specific approval.

    The following noncombustible materials may be used in merchant 
vessel construction though not specifically approved under this subpart:
    (a) Sheet glass, block glass, clay, ceramics, and uncoated fibers.
    (b) All metals, except magnesium and magnesium alloys.
    (c) Portland cement, gypsum, and magnesite concretes having 
aggregates

[[Page 356]]

of only sand, gravel, expanded vermiculite, expanded or vesicular slags, 
diatomaceous silica, perlite, or pumice.
    (d) Woven, knitted or needle punched glass fabric containing no 
additives other than lubricants not exceeding 2.5 percent.

[CGD 86-035, 54 FR 36316, Sept. 1, 1989]



Sec. 164.009-7   Contents of application.

    An application for approval of a material under this subpart must 
contain the following:
    (a) The trade name of the material.
    (b) The thickness or density, or both, of the material, or the range 
of thicknesses or densities, or both, of the material as manufactured.
    (c) The composition of the material.
    (d) The density and percentage of moisture and volatile matter of 
each component of the material.
    (e) The address of the factory manufacturing the material.
    (f) A sample representative of the material that is 305 mm long and 
305 mm wide and that has a height equal to the largest thickness of the 
material as manufactured.
    (g) If the applicant intends to observe the test and measurements of 
the sample, a statement to that effect.
    (h) A commitment by the applicant to pay for the cost of the test 
and measurements when billed by the designated laboratory.



Sec. 164.009-9   Procedure for approval.

    (a) An application for approval of a material under this subpart 
must be sent to the Commandant (G-MSE), U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC 
20593-0001.
    (b) The application is examined by the Coast Guard to determine the 
probability that the material meets the requirements for approval. The 
Coast Guard notifies the applicant of the results of the examination and 
of the sample size necessary for submission to the designated 
laboratory.
    (c) The designated laboratory notifies the applicant of the time and 
place for submission and testing of the sample.
    (d) The designated laboratory conducts the tests and measurements of 
the sample in accordance with the procedures in this subpart, prepares a 
test report, and sends four copies of the report to the Commandant (G-
MSE). The applicant may observe the test and measurements.
    (e) The Commandant sends a copy of the test report to the applicant 
and advises him whether the material is approved. If the material is 
approved, an approval certificate is sent to the applicant.

[CGD 74-129, 41 FR 41701, Sept. 23, 1976, as amended by CGD 82-063b, 48 
FR 4783, Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34537, Sept. 7, 1988; CGD 95-
072, 60 FR 50467, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50734, Sept. 27, 
1996]



Sec. 164.009-11   Furnace apparatus.

    (a) The test furnace apparatus consists of a furnace tube, 
stabilizer, draft shield, furnace stand, temperature coil controls with 
a voltage stabilizer, specimen holder, specimen insertion device, and 
three thermocouples (a furnace thermocouple to measure furnace 
temperature, a surface thermocouple to measure temperature at the 
surface of a specimen, and a specimen thermocouple to measure 
temperature at the center of a specimen). A detailed plan of the 
construction and arrangement of the furnace apparatus may be obtained 
from the Commandant (G-MSE).
    (b) Temperatures measured by the thermocouples are recorded by an 
instrument having a measuring range that corresponds to the temperature 
changes that occur during a furnace calibration or test. The temperature 
recording equipment is accurate to within at least 0.5 percent of 
temperatures recorded during a test.

[CGD 74-129, 41 FR 41701, Sept. 23, 1976, as amended by CGD 82-063b, 48 
FR 4783, Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 95-072, 60 FR 50467, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-
041, 61 FR 50734, Sept. 27, 1996]



Sec. 164.009-13   Furnace calibration.

    A calibration is performed on each new furnace and on each existing 
furnace as often as necessary to ensure that the furnace is in good 
working order. In each calibration the energy input to the furnace is 
adjusted so that the furnace thermocouple gives a steady reading of 
750plus-minus10 deg. C. The wall temperature of the furnace tube is 
then measured by an optical micro-pyrometer at intervals of 10mm on 3 
equally spaced vertical axes. The furnace is

[[Page 357]]

correctly calibrated if the temperature of the furnace tube wall is 
between 825 and 875 deg. C. 50 mm above and below the midline of the 
wall and if the average wall temperature is approximately 850 deg. C.



Sec. 164.009-15   Test procedure.

    (a) General. Paragraphs (b) through (k) of this section contain the 
test procedures for each material submitted for approval, except 
fiberglass and other materials that melt at 
750 deg.plus-minus10 deg. C. Paragraph (l) of this section contains 
test procedures for fiberglass and other materials that melt at 
750 deg.plus-minus10 deg. C.
    (b) Preparation of specimens. (1) The designated laboratory prepares 
5 cylindrical specimens representative of the properties of the sample 
submitted for testing. The dimensions of each specimen are as follows:

                         diameter:  45(+2/-0) mm

                     height:  50plus-minus3 mm

                  volume:  80plus-minus5 cm3

    (2) If the height of the sample, except a composite material, is 
less than 47 mm, the specimens prepared consist of layers of the sample.
    (3) If the sample is a composite material and has a height that is 
not 50plus-minus3mm, the layers of the specimen prepared are 
proportional in thickness to the layers of the sample.
    (4) The top and bottom faces of each specimen prepared are the faces 
of the material as manufactured.
    (5) If it is not practicable to prepare a specimen by the procedures 
described in paragraphs (b)(2) through (b)(4) of this section, the test 
is performed on five specimens of each component of the sample made to 
the dimensions prescribed in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
    (c) Conditioning of specimen. Each specimen is conditioned for at 
least 20 hours in a ventilated oven maintained at 
60plus-minus5 deg. C. and is then cooled to room temperature in a 
desiccator.
    (d) Weight of specimen. The weight of each conditioned specimen 
after cooling is determined before it is tested.
    (e) Placement of specimen in holder. After a specimen is conditioned 
and weighed, it is placed in the specimen holder. A specimen that is 
made of layers of a composite material is held firmly together in the 
specimen holder.
    (f) Attachment of thermocouples. After the specimen is placed in the 
specimen holder, the thermocouples are attached to the specimen as 
follows: A vertical hole with a diameter of 2 mm and a depth that is 
half the height of the specimen is made in the center of the top of the 
specimen. The specimen thermocouple is then inserted into the hole so 
that its hot junction is at the center of the specimen. The surface 
thermocouple is put in contact with the surface of the specimen at its 
mid-height.
    (g) Preparation of the apparatus. The apparatus is examined to 
determine whether it is in good working order and to ensure that the 
equipment is protected against drafts and is not exposed to direct 
sunlight or artificial illumination. The furnace temperature is 
stabilized at 750 deg. C.plus-minus10 deg. C. and kept at that 
temperature for the duration of the test. The furnace temperature is 
stabilized when no adjustments are needed in the energy input to the 
furnace to keep the temperature constant.
    (h) Insertion of specimen. After the furnace temperature is 
stabilized for at least 10 minutes, the specimen is inserted into the 
furnace. The insertion is completed within 5 seconds. The specimen is 
positioned so that the hot junction of the surface thermocouple is 
diametrically opposite the hot junction of the furnace thermocouple.
    (i) Heating period. The heating period begins upon insertion of the 
specimen into the furnace and continues for 20 minutes, or until peak 
temperatures have passed.
    (j) Test observations. Temperature measurements at each thermocouple 
are made at intervals of not more than 10 seconds during the heating 
period, and note is taken of the occurrence and duration of any flaming. 
At the end of the heating period, the specimen is removed from the 
furnace and weighed while still hot.
    (k) Test results. Material is approved under this subpart if the 
test results of the sample submitted are within the following limits:
    (1) The highest temperature recorded for each specimen during the 
test by the furnace thermocouple, when averaged with the highest 
temperatures recorded for the other specimens, is not

[[Page 358]]

more than 50 deg. C. above the stabilized furnace temperature.
    (2) The highest temperature recorded for each specimen during the 
test by the surface thermocouple, when averaged with the highest 
temperatures recorded for the other specimens, is not more than 50 deg. 
C. above the stabilized furnace temperature.
    (3) The duration of flaming of each specimen during the test, when 
averaged with duration of flaming recorded for the other specimens, is 
not more than 10 seconds.
    (4) The average weight loss of the specimens after heating is not 
more than 50 percent of their average weight after conditioning.
    (l) Fiberglass and other materials that melt at 750 deg. 
C.plus-minus10 deg. C. If the material submitted for approval is 
fiberglass or other material that melts at 
750 deg.plus-minus10 deg. C., it is tested as described in 
paragraphs (b) through (k) of this section, except the average weight 
loss of the sample is determined as follows:
    (1) Five cylindrical specimens in addition to the five cylindrical 
specimens required in paragraph (b) of this section are prepared as 
described in paragraph (b) of this section.
    (2) Each of the additional specimens is placed on a weighing dish 
and both the specimen and the weighing dish are conditioned as described 
in paragraph (c) of this section.
    (3) The weight of each specimen and its weighing dish is determined 
as described in paragraph (d) of this section.
    (4) After a specimen and weighing dish are conditioned and weighed, 
they are placed in the specimen holder with the specimen supported by 
weighing dish. No specimen thermocouple or surface thermocouple is 
attached to the specimen.
    (5) The apparatus is prepared as described in paragraph (g) of this 
section, and after the furnace temperature has stabilized for at least 
10 minutes, the specimen and weighing dish are inserted into the 
furnace. The specimen and weighing dish are then heated for 20 minutes 
or until peak temperatures have passed. At the end of the heating 
period, the specimen and weighing dish are removed from the furnace and 
weighed while still hot.
    (6) The average weight loss of the specimens after heating may not 
be more than 50 percent of their average weight before heating.



Sec. 164.009-17   Density measurement.

    (a) The measurements described in this section are made to determine 
the density of a sample.
    (b) If the sample is a solid material, a specimen that has a length 
of 305 mm, a width of 305 mm, and thickness equal to that of the sample 
is prepared. The length and width are measured to the nearest 0.80 mm 
and the thickness to the nearest 0.25 mm. Allowance is made for any 
irregularity in the surfaces of the specimen. The average of at least 
four measurements of each dimension is determined.
    (c) If the sample is fibrous insulation, a specimen is prepared from 
sheets of the sample submitted. The sample is a cube and each dimension 
is 305 mmplus-minus1.60 mm. The average of at least four 
measurements of each dimension is determined.
    (d) The weight of a specimen is determined with a sensitive balance 
scale accurate to at least 0.5 percent of the weight of the specimen.
    (e) The dimension and weight measurements of a specimen are made 
after it has been conditioned for at least one week, and for any 
additional time needed for the specimen to reach a constant weight, in 
an atmosphere that is 22.8 deg. C.plus-minus2 deg. C. and 50 
percent plus-minus5 percent relative humidity.



Sec. 164.009-19   Measurement of moisture and volatile matter content.

    (a) The measurements described in this section are made to determine 
the moisture and volatile matter content of a sample.
    (b) A specimen cut from the density specimen of a sample is 
conditioned for at least one week, and for any additional time needed 
for the specimen to reach a constant weight, in an atmosphere that is 
22.8 deg. C.plus-minus2 deg. C., and 50 percent plus-minus5 
percent relative humidity. The conditioned specimen is then weighed and 
transferred to a previously weighed wide mouth weighing bottle that has 
a glass stopper. With the stopper removed, the bottle, stopper, and 
specimen are heated at 105 deg. C.plus-minus5 deg. C. for four

[[Page 359]]

hours. After four hours, the stopper is inserted in the bottle and the 
bottle and sample are cooled and weighed.
    (c) The content of moisture and volatile matter is the difference 
between the two weighings and is reported as a percentage of the weight 
of the conditioned specimen.



Sec. 164.009-21   Laboratory report.

    The laboratory report of the test and measurements of a material 
contains the following:
    (a) Name of the designated laboratory.
    (b) Name of manufacturer of the material.
    (c) Date of receipt of the material and dates of the test and 
measurements.
    (d) Trade name of the material.
    (e) Description of the material.
    (f) Density of the sample.
    (g) Percentage of moisture and volatile matter in the sample.
    (h) Description of the specimens tested if the specimens are 
prepared from composite material.
    (i) If the test was done on individual components of the sample, a 
description of the components.
    (j) Test results including the following:
    (1) Complete time and temperature data for each thermocouple.
    (2) Each observation of flame emission and the time and duration of 
each emission.



Sec. 164.009-23   Factory inspection.

    The Coast Guard does not inspect noncombustible materials approved 
under this subpart on a regular schedule. However, the Commander of the 
Coast Guard District in which a factory is located may detail a marine 
inspector at any time to visit a factory where a noncombustible material 
is manufactured to conduct an inspection of the manufacturing and 
quality control procedures and to select representative samples of the 
material for examination or tests to verify that the material is as 
stated in the original application for approval. The manufacturer is 
advised in advance of the time of testing samples selected and may 
witness the tests upon request.



Sec. 164.009-25   Marking.

    The manufacturer must mark each shipping container for an approved 
noncombustible material with the approval number and date of approval of 
the material.



         Subpart 164.012--Interior Finishes for Merchant Vessels



Sec. 164.012-1   Applicable specifications.

    (a) The following specifications, of the issue in effect on the 
contract date for the particular installation on any vessel, form a part 
of this subpart:
    (1) American Society for Testing Materials' standard: E 84-50T--
Tentative Method of Fire Hazard Classification for Building Materials.
    (2) National Fire Protection Association's standard: NFPA No. 255--
Method of Test of Surface Burning Characteristics of Building Materials.
    (3) Coast Guard specifications: 164.008--Bulkhead Panels for 
Merchant Vessels. 164.009--Incombustible Materials for Merchant Vessels.
    (b) A copy of this subpart, together with copies of the 
specifications referred to in this section, shall be kept on file by the 
manufacturer of any Interior Finish except those qualifying under 
Sec. 164.012-5(c). It should be noted that the standards listed in 
paragraphs (a) (1) and (2) of this section are identical and, therefore, 
only one need to be kept on file. The Coast Guard specifications may be 
obtained upon request from the Commandant (G-MSE), U.S. Coast Guard, 
Washington, DC 20593-0001. The American Society for Testing Materials 
Standards may be purchased from that society at 1916 Race Street, 
Philadelphia, Pa., 19103. The National Fire Protection Association 
Standard may be purchased from that association at 1 Batterymarch Park, 
Quincy, MA 02269.

[CGFR 61-15, 26 FR 9303, Sept. 30, 1961, as amended by CGFR 65-16, 30 FR 
10903, Aug. 21, 1965; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34537, Sept. 7, 1988; CGD 95-
072, 60 FR 50467, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50734, Sept. 27, 
1996]



Sec. 164.012-5   Scope.

    (a) The purpose of this specification is to set forth the fire 
protection standards for ``Interior Finishes'' applied to

[[Page 360]]

``Bulkhead Panels'' or ``Incombustible Materials'' approved under 
subpart 164.008 or 164.009 of this subchapter. The term ``Interior 
Finish'' means any coating, overlay, or veneer except standard paint 
which is applied for decorative or other purpose. It includes not only 
the visible finish, but all material used in its composition and in its 
application to the approved ``Bulkhead Panel'' or ``Incombustible 
Material.'' When finishes are applied to both sides of a panel, each 
must comply with this specification.
    (b) ``Interior Finishes'' of not more than 0.075'' thickness 
qualifying under Sec. 164.012-10 and those materials which are described 
in paragraph (c) of this section, may be used without restriction on all 
merchant vessels, including those locations where combustible veneers, 
trim, moldings, and decorations are specifically prohibited by subpart 
72.05 of subchapter H (Rules and Regulations for Passenger Vessels) of 
this chapter.
    (c) With the exception of nitrocellulose or other highly inflammable 
or noxious fume-producing paints or lacquers (which are prohibited), a 
limited number of coats of any standard paint, or any ``Incombustible 
Material'' approved under subpart 164.009 of this subchapter in any 
thickness, or a combination thereof, are considered as automatically 
satisfying the intent of this specification and no test or proof of 
compliance will be required. Paint may be applied to one or both sides 
of ``Bulkhead Panels'' or ``Incombustible Materials,'' but it shall 
never be applied as an internal layer in sandwich or laminar 
construction.

[CGFR 61-15, 26 FR 9303, Sept. 30, 1961]



Sec. 164.012-10   Requirements.

    (a) For an ``Interior Finish'' to qualify under this specification 
it shall not be more than 0.075 inch thick (including adhesive and any 
underlayment) and shall be subjected to the test described in either 
standard listed in Sec. 164.012-1(a) (1) or (2). The ``Interior Finish'' 
shall be applied to a \1/4\-inch asbestos cement board, ``Bulkhead 
Panel'' or ``Incombustible Material'' approved under subparts 164.008 
and 164.009, in the same manner as will be employed for the shipboard 
installation. The classification ratings determined by this test shall 
not exceed the following values:

                                                                        
                                                                        
                                                                        
Flame spread classification..................................         20
Smoke classification.........................................         10
                                                                        

[CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 19967, Dec. 30, 1970]



Sec. 164.012-11   Marking.

    In addition to that information required by the recognized 
laboratory, the following information and special markings shall be 
included:

    Complies with USCG subpart 164.012. Approval No. 164.012/--.

[CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 19967, Dec. 30, 1970]



Sec. 164.012-12   Recognized laboratory.

    A recognized laboratory is one which is operated as a nonprofit 
public service and is regularly engaged in the examination, testing, and 
evaluation as to the safety of insulation and surfacing materials; which 
has an established factory inspection, listing, and labeling program; 
and which has standards for evaluating listing and labeling which are 
acceptable to the Commandant. The following laboratories are recognized:

Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.
207 East Ohio Street
Chicago, IL 60611

[CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 19967, Dec. 30, 1970]



Sec. 164.012-13   Examinations, tests, and inspections.

    (a) Manufacturer's inspection and tests. Manufacturers of listed and 
labeled Interior Finishes shall maintain quality control of the 
materials used, manufacturing methods and the finished product so as to 
meet the applicable requirements, and shall make sufficient inspections 
and tests of representative samples and components produced to maintain 
the quality of the finished product. Records of tests conducted by the 
manufacturer and records of materials, including affidavits by suppliers 
that applicable requirements are met, entering into manufacture shall be 
made available to the recognized laboratory inspector or the Coast Guard 
marine inspector, or both, for review upon request.

[[Page 361]]

    (b) Laboratory inspection and tests. Such examinations, inspections 
and tests as are required by the recognized laboratory for listed and 
labeled material produced will be conducted by the laboratory inspector 
at the place of manufacture or other location at the option of the 
laboratory.
    (c) Test facilities. The laboratory inspector, or the Coast Guard 
marine inspector assigned by the Commander of the District in which the 
factory is located, or both, shall be admitted to any place in the 
factory where work is being done on listed and labeled products, and 
either or both inspectors may take samples of parts or materials 
entering into construction of final assemblies, for further 
examinations, inspections, or tests. The manufacturer shall provide a 
suitable place and the apparatus necessary for the performance of the 
tests which are done at the place of manufacture.
    (d) Additional tests, etc. Unannounced examinations, tests, and 
inspections of samples obtained either directly from the manufacturer or 
through commercial channels may be made to determine the suitability of 
a product for listing and labeling, or to determine conformance of a 
labeled product to the applicable requirements. These may be conducted 
by the recognized laboratory or the U.S. Coast Guard.

[CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 19967, Dec. 30, 1970]



Sec. 164.012-14   Procedure for listing and labeling.

    (a) Manufacturers having a surfacing material which they consider 
has characteristics suitable for general use on merchant vessels may 
make application for listing and labeling as an interior finish by 
addressing a request directly to a recognized laboratory. The laboratory 
will inform the submitter as to the requirements for inspection, 
examinations, and testing necessary for such listing and labeling. The 
request shall include a permission for the laboratory to furnish a 
complete test report together with a description of the quality control 
procedures to the Commandant, U.S. Coast Guard.
    (b) The U.S. Coast Guard will review the test report and quality 
control procedures to determine if the approval requirements have been 
met. If this is the case, the Commandant will notify the laboratory that 
the material is approved and that when the material is listed and 
labeled it may be marked as being U.S. Coast Guard approved. Notice of 
U.S. Coast Guard approval will be published in CG-190.
    (c) If disagreements concerning procedural, technical or inspection 
questions arise over U.S. Coast Guard approval requirements the opinion 
of the Commandant shall be requested by the laboratory.
    (d) The manufacturer may at any time request clarification or advice 
from the Commandant on any question which may arise regarding 
manufacturing and approval of approved devices.

[CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 19967, Dec. 30, 1970]



Sec. 164.012-15   Termination of listing and labeling.

    (a) Listing and labeling as an interior finish acceptable to the 
Commandant as approved may be terminated, withdrawn, canceled, or 
suspended by written notice to the recognized laboratory from the 
Commandant, or by written notice to the manufacturer from the recognized 
laboratory or from the Commandant.
    (b) The condition which may be the cause for termination of listing 
and labeling may be any of the following:
    (1) When the manufacturer does not desire to retain the service.
    (2) When the listed product is no longer being manufactured.
    (3) When manufacturer's own program does not provide suitable 
assurance of the quality of the listed and labeled product being 
manufactured.
    (4) When the product manufactured no longer conforms to the current 
applicable requirements of the U.S. Coast Guard and the recognized 
laboratory.
    (5) When service experience or laboratory or U.S. Coast Guard 
reports indicate a product is unsatisfactory.

[CGFR 70-143, 35 FR 19967, Dec. 30, 1970]

[[Page 362]]



Subpart 164.013--Foam, Unicellular Polyethylene (Buoyant, Slab, Slitted 
                            Trigonal Pattern)



Sec. 164.013-1   Applicable specifications and plans.

    (a) Specifications and plan. The following specifications and plan, 
of the issue in effect on the date the plastic foam material is 
manufactured, form a part of this subpart:
    (1) Federal test method standard.

No. 601--Rubber: Sampling and Testing.

    (2) Military specification.

MIL-P-40619--Plastic Material, Cellular, Polystyrene.

    (3) A.S.T.M. specification standard.

D-1564--Sections 42 to 46: Density Determination.

    (4) Plan.

Dwg. 164.013-1--Pattern, Trigonal Slit, for Polyethylene Foam Slab 
Material.

    (b) Copies on file. Copies of the specifications and plans referred 
to in this section shall be kept on file by the manufacturer together 
with the Certificate of Approval.
    (1) The Coast Guard specifications and plans may be obtained upon 
request from the Commandant, United States Coast Guard, Washington, DC 
20226.
    (2) The federal testing method standards may be purchased from the 
Business Service Center, General Services Administration, Washington, DC 
20407.
    (3) The military specifications may be obtained from the Commanding 
Officer, Naval Supply Depot, 5801 Tabor Avenue Philadelphia, Pa. 19120.
    (4) The A.S.T.M. specification standards may be purchased from the 
American Society for Testing Materials, 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, 
Pa. 19103.

[CGFR 64-19, 29 FR 7360, June 5, 1964, as amended by CGFR 65-16, 30 FR 
10903, Aug. 21, 1965]



Sec. 164.013-2   Grades.

    (a) Unicellular polyethylene foam shall be of but one grade as 
specified in this subpart.

[CGFR 64-19, 29 FR 7360, June 5, 1964]



Sec. 164.013-3   Material and workmanship.

    (a) The unicellular polyethylene foam shall be all new material 
complying with the requirements outlined in this specification. The 
results of the tests described in Sec. 164.013-4 shall yield property 
values within the limits shown in table in Sec. 164.013-4(a).
    (b) The manufacturer of the unicellular polyethylene foam shall 
incorporate a color throughout the material to provide identification. 
The choice of this color shall be subject to Coast Guard acceptance as a 
means of identifying the various manufacturers.
    (c) The unicellular polyethylene foam shall be produced in slabs 
with a thickness of 1\1/8\''(+\1/8\'', -0''). One surface of the foam 
sheet shall be slitted with the trigonal pattern shown on Dwg. No. 
164.013-1. The slits of the trigonal pattern shall be cut to a depth 
that leaves an unslit portion of material \1/8\''(+\1/16\'', -0'') in 
thickness. The width of the slits shall be 0.000'' to 0.035''.

[CGFR 64-19, 29 FR 7360, June 5, 1964]



Sec. 164.013-4   Inspections and tests.

    (a) General. Unicellular polyethylene foam to be used in a finished 
product subject to inspection by the Coast Guard shall also be subject 
to inspection at the plant where the foam is manufactured. The 
manufacturer of the foam has primary responsibility for quality control 
over the production of the foam. A marine inspector shall be admitted to 
any place in the factory where production or partial processing of the 
foam takes place, and he may take samples of the foam or other materials 
for further inspections or tests. The manufacturer shall provide a 
suitable place and the apparatus necessary for the performance of 
certain tests to be witnessed by the marine inspector, the results of 
which shall comply with the table in this paragraph. The following 
properties shall be determined on specimens of the sheet foam which have 
not been finished with the trigonal pattern slits described in 
Sec. 164.013-3(c):

[[Page 363]]



  Table 164.013-4(a)--Property Values of Unicellular Polyethylene Foam  
------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Property                Test reference           Value      
------------------------------------------------------------------------
Density, pounds per cubic foot..  ASTM D 1564,        1.9 to 2.6.       
                                   sections 42 to 46.                   
Compression Deflection at 10%,    Method 12151 of     8.0.              
 psi (maximum).                    Fed. Std. Test                       
                                   Method No. 601.                      
Water absorption, lbs. per        MIL-P-40619, para.  0.08.             
 square foot of cut surface        4.5.7.                               
 (maximum).                                                             
Buoyancy in fresh water, lbs.     Sec.  164.013-4(e)  55.               
 per cubic foot (minimum).                                              
Volume loss on heat aging,        MIL-P-40619, para,  3.0.              
 percent (maximum).                4.5.9.                               
Oil resistance..................  MIL-P-40619, para.  No softening or   
                                   4.5.10.             swelling.        
Odor at room temperature........  Sec.  164.013-4(g)  Not objectionable.
Compression set, percent of       Sec.  164.013-4(j)  10.0              
 original thickness (maximum).                                          
------------------------------------------------------------------------

    (b) Density. The density of the material shall be determined from 
specimens of sheet foam that have not been finished with the trigonal 
slit pattern described in Sec. 164.013-3(c). The density of the material 
shall be determined by the method described in A.S.T.M. D 1564, sections 
42 to 46.
    (c) Compression deflection. Compression deflection shall be 
determined in accordance with Method 12151 of Federal Test Method 
Standard No. 601, except that the test specimens shall be compressed to 
10 percent of their original thicknesses by compression forces applied 
at a rate of 0.5 inches per minute.
    (d) Water absorption. Water absorption of the material shall be 
determined in accordance with paragraph 4.5.7 of MIL-P-40619.
    (e) Buoyancy in fresh water. The buoyancy test shall be made with a 
sample of the material measuring approximately 1\1/8\'' x 12'' x 12''. 
Securely attach a spring scale in a position directly over a test tank. 
Suspend a weighted wire basket from the scale in such a manner that the 
basket can be weighed while completely submerged under water. Proceed as 
follows:
    (1) Weigh the empty wire basket under water.
    (2) Place the sample inside the basket and submerge it so that the 
top of the basket is at least 2 inches below the surface of the water. 
Allow the samples to remain submerged 24 hours.
    (3) After the 24 hour submergence period, weigh the wire basket with 
the sample inside while both are still under water.
    (4) The buoyancy is computed as paragraph (e)(1) of this section 
minus paragraph (e)(3) of this section. The resulting value is divided 
by the volume of the polyethylene foam expressed in cubic feet. The 
final result is in lbs./cubic feet.
    (f) Volume loss on heat aging. The volume loss shall be determined 
according to par. 4.5.9 of Military Specification MIL-P-40619.
    (g) Oil resistance. The resistance to Navy grade fuel oil shall be 
determined according to para. 4.5.10 of Military Specification MIL-P-
40619.
    (h) Odor. The odor of unicellular polyethylene foam shall be 
determined by sniffing.
    (i) Compression set. The compression set shall be measured one hour 
after removal of a 10-pound weight which has been applied to a sample 
approximately 1'' x 1'' x 1'' for one hour at room temperature. The 
compression set shall be calculated by means of the following formula:

     Compression set (percent)=to-tf x 100to

where:
    to = original thickness.
    tf = final thickness.

[CGFR 64-19, 29 FR 7360, June 5, 1964, as amended by CGFR 64-87, 30 FR 
2028, Feb. 13, 1965]



Sec. 164.013-5   Procedure for acceptance.

    (a) Unicellular polyethylene foam is not subject to formal approval, 
but will be accepted by the Coast Guard on the basis of this subpart for 
use in the manufacture of lifesaving equipment utilizing it.
    (b) Upon receipt of an application requesting acceptance, the 
Commander of the Coast Guard District will detail a marine inspector to 
the factory to observe the production facilities and manufacturing 
methods, and to select from foam already manufactured sufficient sample 
material for testing for compliance with the requirements of this 
specification. A copy of the marine inspector's report, together with 
the

[[Page 364]]

sample material and one copy of an independent laboratory test report, 
will be forwarded to the Commandant and if satisfactory, notice of 
acceptance will be given to the manufacturer.
    (c) Acceptance of unicellular polyethylene foam prior to being 
incorporated into finished products, or during the course of 
manufacture, shall in no case be construed as a guarantee of the 
acceptance of the finished product.
    (d) The manufacturer of the foam shall provide the manufacturer of 
the lifesaving equipment with an affidavit stating that the foam 
conforms to all of the requirements of this subpart.

[CGFR 64-87, 30 FR 2029, Feb. 13, 1965]



 Subpart 164.015--Plastic Foam, Unicellular, Buoyant, Sheet and Molded 
                                  Shape

    Source: CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11593, Sept. 10, 1965 unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec. 164.015-1   Applicable specifications and standards.

    (a) Specifications. The following specification and standard, of the 
issue in effect on the date the plastic foam material is manufactured, 
form a part of this subpart:
    (1) Military specification:

MIL-F-859--Fuel Oil, Boiler.

    (2) Federal specification:

C-C-91--Candle illuminating.

    (3) Federal standard:

Standard 601--Rubber: Sampling and Testing.

    (4) A.S.T.M. standard:

D1692T--Flammability of Plastic Foam and Sheeting.

    (b) Copies on file. Copies of the specifications and standards 
referred to in this section shall be kept on file by the plastic foam 
manufacturer with this subpart.
    (1) The Federal Specification and the Federal Standard may be 
purchased from the Business Service Center, General Services 
Administration, Washington, DC, 20407.
    (2) The Military Specification may be obtained from the Commanding 
Officer, Naval Supply Depot, 5801 Tabor Avenue, Philadelphia, Pa. 19120.
    (3) The A.S.T.M. Standard may be purchased from the American Society 
for Testing Materials, 1916 Race Street, Philadelphia, Pa. 19103.

[CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11593, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGFR 65-64, 31 
FR 563 Jan. 18, 1966]



Sec. 164.015-2   Types.

    (a) Unicellular expanded polyvinyl chloride-acetate copolymer or 
synthetic rubber modified polyvinyl chloride, polymer or copolymer 
plastic foam shall be of three types as follows:

Type A--for life preservers, buoyant vests or buoyant cushions.
Type B--for buoyant vests or buoyant cushions.
Type C--for ring life buoys.



Sec. 164.015-3   Material and workmanship.

    (a) The unicellular plastic foam shall be all new material complying 
with the requirements of this specification. The results of the tests 
described in Sec. 164.015-4 shall yield property values within the 
limits shown in Table 164.015-4(a).
    (b) The unicellular plastic foam shall be produced in sheet stock or 
molded shapes.



Sec. 164.015-4   Inspections and tests.

    (a) General. Unicellular plastic foam to be used in a finished 
product subject to inspection by the Coast Guard also shall be subject 
to inspection at the plant where the foam is manufactured. The 
manufacturer of the foam has primary responsibility for quality control 
over the production of the foam. A marine inspector shall be admitted to 
any place in the factory where production or partial processing of the 
foam takes place, and he may take samples of the foam or other materials 
for further inspections or tests. The manufacturer shall provide a 
suitable place and the apparatus necessary for the performance of 
certain tests to be witnessed by the marine inspector, the results of 
which shall comply with Table 164.015-4(a). Unless otherwise specified, 
all tests shall be conducted at a temperature of 
21 deg.plus-minus3 deg. C. (70 deg.plus-minus5 deg. F.) The 
properties listed in Table 164.015-4(a) shall

[[Page 365]]

be determined on specimens of sheet foam or molded shapes.

                                               Table 164.015-4(a)                                               
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
            Properties                    Test method                  Units            Type A   Type B   Type C
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Density (maximum)                  164.015-4(b)              Pounds/feet\3\                5.0      5.0      8.5
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Buoyancy in fresh water (minimum)  164.015-4(c)              Pounds/feet\3\               54.0     54.0     52.0
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Volume loss on heat aging          164.015-4(d)              Percent                       5.0      5.0      4.0
 (maximum).                                                                                                     
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Compression deflection at 25       164.015-4(e)              P.s.i.                        3.0      3.0      7.0
 percent.                                                                                 max.     max.     min.
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Compression set (maximum)          164.015-4(f)              Percent                        24       24       20
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Fire retardance (maximum)          164.015-4(g)(1)           Seconds                         2  .......       30
                                                            ----------------------------------------------------
                                   ........................  Inches                          1  .......        3
                                  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                   164.015-4(g)(2)           Inches per minute         .......        4  .......
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Tensile strength (minimum)         164.015-4(h)              P.s.i.                         30       20       60
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Ultimate elongation (minimum)      164.015-4(h)              Percent                        75       75  .......
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Water absorption (maximum)         164.015-4(i)              Pounds/feet\2\                .06      .06      .06
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Flexibility at 0plus-minus2F                                                                                    
164.015-4(j)                                                                                                    
No cracking                                                                                                     
No cracking                                                                                                     
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Oil resistance                     164.015-4(k)                                          (\1\)    (\1\)    (\1\)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Odor                               164.015-4(l)              ........................    (\2\)    (\2\)    (\2\)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  \1\No softening or swelling.                                                                                  
  \2\Not objectionable.                                                                                         

    (b) Density. The density of the material shall be determined by 
dividing the weight of the material by its volume and shall be expressed 
in pounds per cubic foot. The volume shall be determined by measuring 
the volume of water displaced by the material or by direct measurement 
of the specimen using vernier calipers reading to 0.001 inch A sheet 
specimen 4'' x 4'' x thickness furnished shall be used unless the foam 
is molded shape, then the largest single piece so molded shall be used.
    (c) Buoyancy in fresh water--(1) Specimens. The buoyancy test shall 
be made with a sample of the sheet material measuring 12'' x 12'' x 
thickness of material furnished or with the largest molded shape 
furnished.
    (2) Procedure. Securely attach a spring scale in a position directly 
over a test tank. Suspend a weighted wire basket from the scale in such 
a manner that the basket can be weighed while completely submerged in 
water. Proceed as follows:
    (i) Weigh the empty basket under water.
    (ii) Place the sample inside the basket and submerge it so that the 
top of the basket is at least 2 inches below the surface of the water. 
Allow the samples to remain submerged for 24 hours.
    (iii) After 24 hours submergence period, weigh the wire basket with 
the sample inside while both are still under water.
    (iv) The buoyancy is computed as paragraph (c)(2)(i) of this section 
minus (c)(2)(iii) of this section. The resulting value is divided by the 
volume of the polyvinyl chloride foam expressed in cubic feet. The final 
result is in lbs./cu. ft.
    (d) Volume loss on heat aging--(1) Specimen. Test specimens shall 
consist of pieces 4'' x 4'' x the thickness of the material furnished. 
Where the foam is an

[[Page 366]]

object of molded shape, the largest single piece so molded shall be used 
for this test.
    (2) Procedure. Volume before and after the heat aging test shall be 
determined by measuring the volume of water displaced by the material. 
The specimens shall be placed in an oven maintained at 
140 deg.plus-minus2 deg. F., for a period of one week. At the end 
of that period the specimens shall be removed from the oven and allowed 
to recover in the open for 5 hours at 70 deg.plus-minus2 deg. F. 
before the measurement of final volume is made. The test shall be run in 
triplicate, the results averaged and the percentage of volume loss 
calculated.
    (e) Compression deflection. Compression deflection shall be 
determined in accordance with method 12151 of Federal Standard 601, 
except that the deflection shall be maintained at 25 percent with 
automatic or manual control, and the load observed and recorded 60 
seconds after the 25 percent deflection is reached.
    (f) Compression set--(1) Specimens. The specimens shall have 
parallel top and bottom surfaces which shall be at right angles to the 
side surfaces. The specimen may be cylindrical or rectangular. The 
minimum dimension across the top shall be at least 1.0 times the 
thickness and the top a minimum of 1 square inch in area, and a maximum 
of 16 square inches in area.
    (2) Apparatus. The apparatus shall consist of a compression device 
with two parallel plates, between which the test specimen shall be 
compressed by means of four studs and nuts. The plates may be steel, 
aluminum or any rigid smooth metal of sufficient thickness to withstand 
the required compression stresses without bending. The surfaces against 
which the test specimens are held shall be smooth and shall be 
thoroughly cleaned and wiped dry before each test. Metal shims inserted 
between the plates shall be used to limit the compression of the 
specimen.
    (3) Procedure. Thickness, before and after the compression set test 
shall be measured as specified in paragraph (h)(1) of this section. The 
test specimens shall be compressed 25% of the original thickness for 22 
hours. At the end of that period, the test specimens shall be removed 
from the set apparatus and allowed to rest for 24 hours before 
measurement of final thickness is made. The compression set shall be 
calculated by means of the following formula:

  Compression set (percent) = [(ho - hi)  (ho - 
                             hs)] x 100

                                                                     (1)

where:
ho=the original thickness.
hi=the thickness 24 hours after removal from apparatus.
hs=the test compression thickness.

    (g) Fire retardance--(1) Types A and C foams. The test specimens 
shall be \1/4\ inch in thickness, 1 inch in width and approximately 6 
inches in length. The specimens shall be clamped at one end in a 
position such that the long dimension forms a 45 deg. angle with the 
horizontal and with the widths in a vertical position. A bunsen burner 
with a 1 inch yellow flame shall be applied to the lower or free end of 
the specimen for 15 seconds. The burner shall then be removed and the 
time that the specimen continues to burn after removal of the burner 
shall be recorded as burning time. The length of char shall also be 
recorded. The test shall be performed in a location free from drafts. 
The average results of three determinations shall be reported. A plain 
wax candle equivalent to those meeting Federal Specification C-C 91 may 
be substituted for the bunsen burner.
    (2) Type B foam. The test specimens shall be \1/2\ inch in 
thickness, 2 inches in width and approximately 6 inches in length. The 
specimens shall be tested in accordance with American Society for 
Testing Materials Designation D-1692T specification standard.
    (h) Tensile strength and the ultimate elongation--(1) Specimens. The 
test specimens shall be dumbbell shaped, conforming in shape to die I of 
method 4111 of Standard FED-STD-601. The thickness of the specimen shall 
be \1/4\ inch. Two specimens shall be taken from the center of the 
sample piece and two from one side, keeping the skin surface intact. The 
thickness shall be measured to the nearest 0.001 inch by a suitable 
measurement device such as a vernier caliper with a sliding vernier to 
read 0.001 inch. Care shall be taken not

[[Page 367]]

to compress or distort the specimen when measuring. The specimens taken 
from the center will be skinless; the others will have skin on one side. 
One-inch bench marks shall be placed midway on the constricted portion 
of the tensile specimen.
    (2) Procedure. (i) The tensile strength of the specimens shall be 
determined in a standard tensile testing machine with a rate of 
separation of jaws set at 2 inches per minute. The bench marks shall be 
followed with a suitable pair of dividers until the specimen ruptures. A 
minimum of 4 specimens shall be tested and if any specimen breaks at the 
clamp or any specimen exhibits any obvious defects, the results obtained 
therewith shall be discarded. A new similar specimen shall then be 
prepared and tested. The tensile strength shall be calculated by 
dividing the breaking load (to the nearest 0.1 pound) by the original 
area of the cross section of the specimen in square inches and the 
result shall be expressed in pounds per square inch. The percent 
ultimate elongation shall be calculated as follows:

                      D1 - D D  x  100

                                                                     (2)
where:
D = distance between knife edges of bench marker.
D1 = distance between bench marks at moment of rupture to the 
nearest \1/32\ inch.

    (3) Averaging determinations. The tensile strength in pounds per 
square inch and percent ultimate elongation of four determinations shall 
be averaged for each sample.
    (i) Water absorption--(1) Specimens. Test specimens shall be 4'' x 
4'' square and approximately 1'' in thickness. The specimen may have the 
natural skin on the top and bottom surfaces.
    (2) Procedure. The specimens shall be weighed and submerged in water 
under a 10-foot head of water (equal to 4.35 psi) at room temperature 
(65 deg.-95 deg. F.) for 48 hours. The specimens shall then be placed in 
a stream of air for the minimum time required to remove visible water 
from the surface, and reweighed. The results shall be calculated in 
terms of pounds of water gain per square foot of total exposed surface.
    (j) Flexibility--(1) The size of the specimen shall be approximately 
1'' x 8'' with a thickness of \1/4\''plus-minus\1/16\''. The test 
specimens and equipment shall be conditioned for at least 4 hours at 
0 deg. F. plus-minus2 deg. F., and bent 180 deg. around a \1/2\'' 
diameter steel mandril within 5 seconds at the test temperature. Care 
shall be taken to avoid warming the test specimens, particularly at or 
near the bend point, in performing the test.
    (k) Oil resistance--(1) Specimens. The test specimens shall be a 
disk approximately 1'' in diameter and 1'' (approximately) in thickness.
    (2) Procedure. The specimen shall be immersed in fuel oil conforming 
to Navy special grade of Specification MIL-F-859 for 70 hours. The 
specimen shall then be removed, dipped in alcohol and blotted with 
filter paper. The specimen shall then be compared to an untreated 
specimen of similar size for apparent softness and visible swelling.
    (l) Odor. The odor of unicellular polyvinyl chloride foam shall be 
determined by sniffing.

[CGFR 65-37, 30 FR 11593, Sept. 10, 1965, as amended by CGFR 65-64, 31 
FR 563, Jan. 18, 1966]



Sec. 164.015-5   Procedure for acceptance.

    (a) Unicellular plastic foam is not subject to formal approval, but 
will be accepted by the Coast Guard on the basis of this subpart for use 
in the manufacture of lifesaving equipment utilizing it.
    (b) Upon receipt of an application requesting acceptance, the 
Commander of the Coast Guard District will detail a marine inspector to 
the factory to observe the production facilities and manufacturing 
methods and to select from foam already manufactured sufficient sample 
material for testing for compliance with the requirements of this 
specification. A copy of the marine inspector's report, together with 
the sample material and one copy of an independent laboratory test 
report will be forwarded to the Commandant and if satisfactory notice of 
acceptance will be given to the manufacturer.
    (c) Acceptance of unicellular plastic foam prior to being 
incorporated into finished products, or during the course

[[Page 368]]

of manufacture, shall in no case be construed as a guarantee of the 
acceptance of the finished products.
    (d) The manufacturer of the foam shall provide the manufacturer of 
the lifesaving equipment with an affidavit certifying that the foam 
conforms to all of the requirements of this subpart.



   Subpart 164.018--Retroreflective Material for Lifesaving Equipment

    Source: CGD 76-028, 44 FR 38786, July 2, 1979, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec. 164.018-1  Scope.

    This subpart prescribes design requirements, approval tests, and 
procedures for approving retroreflective material used on lifesaving 
equipment.



Sec. 164.018-3  Classification.

    The following types of retroreflective material are approved under 
this specification:
    (a) Type I--Material used on flexible surfaces and rigid surfaces, 
except rigid surfaces that are continuously exposed.
    (b) Type II--Weather resistant material used on continuously exposed 
rigid surfaces.



Sec. 164.018-5  Specifications and standards incorporated by reference.

    (a) The following federal and military specifications and standards 
are incorporated by reference into this subpart:
    (1) Federal Specification L-P-375 C (April 23, 1970), entitled 
``Plastic Film, Flexible, Vinyl Chloride'', as amended by Amendment 2 of 
December 2, 1976.
    (2) Federal Specification L-S-300 B (July 12, 1974), entitled 
``Sheeting and Tape, Reflective: Nonexposed Lens, Adhesive Backing.''
    (3) Federal Specification CCC-C-426 D (August 12, 1970), entitled 
``Cloth, Drill, Cotton.''
    (4) Federal Specification CCC-C-443 E (December 2, 1974), entitled 
``Cloth, Duck, Cotton (Single and Plied Filling Yarns, Flat).''
    (5) Federal Test Method Standard 141a (September 1, 1965), entitled 
``Paint, Varnish, Lacquer and Related Materials; Methods of Inspection, 
Sampling and Testing.'' (Method 6141 ``Washability of Paints'', and 
Method 6142 ``Scrub Resistance'' as amended May 1, 1974).
    (6) Federal Test Method Standard 370 (March 1, 1977), entitled 
``Instrumental Photometric Measurements of Retroreflective Materials and 
Retroreflective Devices.''
    (7) Military Specification MIL-C-17415 E (April 16, 1964), entitled 
``Cloth, Coated, and Webbing, Inflatable Boat and Miscellaneous Use'', 
as amended by Amendment 5 of April 26, 1976.
    (8) Military Specification MIL-R-21607 D (August 5, 1976), entitled 
``Resins, Polyester, Low Pressure Laminating, Fire-retardant.''
    (9) Military Specification MIL-C-43006 E (March 24, 1978), entitled 
``Cloth and Strip Laminated, Vinyl Nylon High Strength, Flexible.''
    (b) Federal and military specifications and standards may be 
obtained from Customer Service, Naval Publications, Forms Center, 5801 
Tabor Ave., Philadelphia, Pa. 19120. These materials are also on file in 
the Federal Register library.
    (c) Approval to incorporate by reference the materials listed in 
this section was obtained from the Director of the Federal Register on 
June 14, 1979.
    (d) When changes are made to a specification or standard 
incorporated by reference into this subpart, the effective date for its 
use will be the effective date set by the issuing authority unless 
otherwise determined by the Coast Guard.



Sec. 164.018-7  Approval procedures.

    (a)  An  application  for  approval  of retroreflective material 
must be sent to the Commandant (G-MSE), U.S. Coast Guard, Washington, DC 
20593-0001.
    (b) Each application for approval must contain--(1) The name and 
address of the applicant;
    (2) Two copies of plans or specifications of the material;
    (3) A detailed description of the quality control procedures used in 
manufacturing the material; and
    (4) A test report containing observations and results of approval 
testing conducted.

[[Page 369]]

    (c) The Commandant advises the applicant whether the retroreflective 
material is approved. If the material is approved, an approval 
certificate is sent to the applicant.

[CGD 76-028, 44 FR 38786, July 2, 1979, as amended by CGD 82-063b, 48 FR 
4783, Feb. 3, 1983; CGD 88-070, 53 FR 34537, Sept. 7, 1988; CGD 95-072, 
60 FR 50467, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50734, Sept. 27, 1996]



Sec. 164.018-9  Design requirements.

    (a) Type I retroreflective material must be capable of being 
attached to lifesaving equipment either by sewing it to the equipment or 
by means of an adhesive. Type II material must be capable of being 
attached to lifesaving equipment either by mechanical fasteners or by an 
adhesive.
    (b) The following information must be stated on retroreflective 
material or on the package in which it is supplied to a user:
    (1) Each surface to which the retroreflective material is designed 
to be attached.
    (2) The instructions for attaching the material to each surface 
described in paragraph (b)(1) of this section.
    (c) When retroreflective material designed for use with an adhesive 
is tested in accordance with the ``adhesion'' test method listed in 
Sec. 164.018-11, the material must not peel for a distance of more than 
5 cm (2 in.).
    (d) When dry material is tested in accordance with the ``reflective 
intensity'' test method listed in Sec. 164.018-11, the reflective 
intensity of the material must be equal to or greater than the values 
for reflective intensity listed in Table 164.018-9.
    (e) When wet material is tested in accordance with the ``reflective 
intensity during rainfall'' test method listed in Sec. 164.018-11, the 
reflective intensity of the material must be at least 90 percent of the 
values listed in Table 164.018-9.
    (f) The reflective intensity of material after testing in accordance 
with the ``resistance to accelerated weathering'' test method listed in 
Sec. 164.018-11 must be at least 50 percent of the values listed in 
Table 164.018-9.
    (g) After testing in accordance with the ``fungus resistance'' test 
method listed in Sec. 164.018-11, retroreflective material must not 
support fungus growth, and the reflective intensity of the material must 
be equal to or greater than the values for reflective intensity listed 
in Table 164.018-9.
    (h) The reflective intensity of materials after testing in 
accordance with the ``resistance to water immersion'' test method 
described in Sec. 164.018-11, must be equal to or greater than the 
values listed in Table 164.018-9, except that retroreflectivity is not 
required in the area extending outward 5 mm (0.2 inches) from each side 
of the cuts made in the material.
    (i) The reflective intensity of material after testing in accordance 
with the ``abrasion resistance'' test method described in Sec. 164.018-
11(b)(2), must be at least 50 percent of the values listed in Table 
164.018-9
    (j) After retroreflective material is tested in accordance with the 
``soil resistance and cleanability'' test method described in 
Sec. 164.018-11(b)(3) the material must not have any visible damage or 
permanent soiling.
    (k) Except as provided in paragraphs (c) through (j) of this 
section, retroreflective material when tested in accordance with the 
test methods listed in Sec. 164.018-11 must meet the requirements 
prescribed for those test methods in Federal Specification L-S-300.

                  Table 164.018-9--Reflective Intensity                 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                       Incidence          Reflective    
 Divergence angle\1\ (Observation      angle\1\          intensity\1\   
            angle)\2\                  (Entrance     (Specific intensity
                                       angle)\2\      per unit area)\2\ 
------------------------------------------------------------------------
0.2 deg..........................           -4 deg.                150  
.2 deg...........................          +30 deg.                 75  
.2 deg...........................          +45 deg.                 50  
.5...............................           -4 deg.                 57  
.5...............................          +30 deg.                 33  
.5...............................          +45 deg.                 25  
2.0 deg..........................           -4 deg.                  2.5
2.0 deg..........................          +30 deg.                  2.0
2.0 deg..........................          +45 deg.                  1.0
------------------------------------------------------------------------
\1\ These terms are described in Federal Specification L-S-300.         
\2\ These terms are described in Federal Test Method Standard 370.      



Sec. 164.018-11  Approval tests.

    (a) Retroreflective material submitted for Coast Guard approval must 
be tested in accordance with the following test methods described in 
Federal Specification L-S-300:
    (1) Test conditions.
    (2) Test panels.

[[Page 370]]

    (3) Adhesion test method using a 0.79 kg (1.75 lb.) test weight, 
except that one test panel must be immersed in distilled water in a 
covered container for 16 hours before the weight is applied and the 
other test panel must be immersed in salt water (4% NaCl by weight) in a 
covered container for 16 hours before the weight is applied. (This test 
method is required only for retroreflective material that is designed 
for use with an adhesive. If a particular test panel used in testing 
results in a test failure, the retroreflective material will not be 
approved for attachment to material of the type used as the test panel. 
The retroreflective material may nevertheless be approved for use with 
other types of material depending on the results of testing with the 
other panels. See paragraph (d) of this section for a listing of tests 
panels used.)
    (4) Flexibility at standard conditions test method, except that when 
testing Type I material--
    (i) The material must be unmounted;
    (ii) A 1.5 mm (\1/16\-inch) mandrel must be used in place of the 
mandrel described in the test method; and
    (iii) After testing at standard conditions, the material must be 
placed in a chamber at a temperature of -18 deg. C. (0 deg. F.) for at 
least 1 hour and then retested in the chamber at that temperature.
    (5) Reflective intensity.
    (6) Resistance to accelerated weathering test method and subtest 
methods ``reflective intensity after accelerated weathering,'' 
``reflective intensity during rainfall,'' and ``adhesion after 
accelerated weathering.'' (The ``adhesion after accelerated weathering'' 
test method is required only for materials designed for use with an 
adhesive. The ``resistance to accelerated weathering'' test method must 
be performed for 250 hours, if testing Type I material, and for 1,000 
hours if testing Type II material.)
    (7) Resistance to heat, cold, and humidity.
    (8) Fungus resistance.
    (b) Retroreflective material submitted for approval must also be 
tested as follows:
    (1) Resistance to water immersion. Two test panels are used. The 
test panels and test conditions must meet paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) 
of this section. The retroreflective material on each test panel is cut 
with a sharp knife from each corner to the corner diagonally opposite so 
that an ``X'' is formed. The cuts must be made completely through the 
material to the metal panel. One panel is immersed in distilled water in 
a covered container. The other panel is immersed in salt water (4% NaCl 
by weight) in a covered container. After 16 hours in water, the panels 
are removed from the containers, rinsed of deposits, and dried. 
Reflective intensity values at the angles listed in Table 164.018-9 must 
be measured within 2 hours after removal of the panels from the water. 
When measuring the reflective intensity values, the area within 5 mm 
(0.2 in.) of either side of the ``X'' cuts, and within 5 mm of the cut 
edges of the material, must not be counted.
    (2) Abrasion resistance. One test panel is used. The panel and test 
conditions must meet paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this section. The 
test apparatus must meet Federal Test Method Standard 141, Method 6142, 
except that the brush must be dry. One thousand brush strokes are 
applied to the material. The test panel is then wiped with a clean soft 
cloth. Thereafter, the reflective intensity of the area of the material 
in contact with the brush is measured at the angles listed in Table 
164.018-9.
    (3) Soil resistance and cleanability. One panel is used. The test 
panel and test conditions must meet paragraphs (a)(1) and (a)(2) of this 
section. A soiling medium is applied to the material as described in 
Federal Test Method Standard 141, Method 6141. The soiled area is then 
covered with a laboratory watch glass or similar device. After 24 hours, 
the material is uncovered and the soil medium wiped off with a clean, 
dry, soft cloth. The material is then wetted with mineral spirits and 
wiped with a cloth soaked in mineral spirits. Thereafter, it is washed 
with a 1 percent (by weight) solution of detergent in warm water and 
rinsed and dried with a clean, dry, soft cloth.
    (c) Each measurement of reflective intensity required in paragraphs 
(a), (b)(1), and (b)(2) of this section must be made using either--

[[Page 371]]

    (1) The L-S-300 procedure for measuring reflective intensity; or
    (2) The procedure for measuring specific intensity per unit area in 
Federal Test Method Standard 370, except that the test apparatus 
arrangement required in L-S-300 must be used.
    (d) If material is designed for use with an adhesive, the 
``adhesion'' test method required by paragraph (a)(3) of this section 
must be repeated using a 0.79 kg. (1.75 lb.) test weight and using each 
of the following materials as test panels in place of the aluminum test 
panels required by this test method:
    (1) Smooth panel of cured polyester laminating resin meeting MIL-R-
21607 (Types I and II material).
    (2) Cotton drill (Type I material only) meeting CCC-C-426, or cotton 
duck meeting CCC-C-443 (Type I material only).
    (3) Vinyl-nylon laminated cloth meeting MIL-C-43006 (Type I material 
only).
    (4) Vinyl film meeting L-P-375 (Type I material only).
    (5) Rubber coated cloth meeting MIL-C-17415 (Type I material only).
    (e) Each flexible material listed in paragraph (d) of this section 
when used as a test panel must be bonded to a rigid backing.
    (f) Test panel material listed in paragraph (d) of this section 
must--
    (1) Be taken from an item of Coast Guard approved lifesaving 
equipment; or
    (2) Be certified by the manufacturer of the material that it meets 
the applicable specification in paragraph (d) of this section.



Sec. 164.018-13  Production inspections.

    The Coast Guard does not inspect retroreflective material approved 
under this subpart on a regular schedule. However, the Commandant may 
select samples and conduct tests and examinations whenever necessary to 
determine whether retroreflective material is being manufactured in 
compliance with the requirements of this subpart.



          Subpart 164.019--Personal Flotation Device Components

    Source: CGD 84-068, 58 FR 29494, May 20, 1993, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec. 164.019-1  Scope.

    (a) This subpart contains general requirements for standard personal 
flotation device (PFD) components, procedures for acceptance of non-
standard PFD components, and production quality control requirements for 
all PFD components, used in the construction of PFDs approved under part 
160 of this subchapter.
    (b) Other subparts of this part contain specific requirements 
applicable to particular PFD components used in the construction of 
Coast Guard-approved PFDs.
    (c) Part 160 of this chapter contains specific requirements and 
limitations concerning the use of PFD components in the construction of 
particular Coast Guard-approved PFDs.



Sec. 164.019-3  Definitions.

    Acceptance means certification by the Coast Guard that a component 
is suitable for use in the manufacture of Coast Guard-approved PFDs.
    Commandant means the Chief of the Lifesaving and Fire Safety 
Division, Marine Safety and Environmental Protection, U.S. Coast Guard. 
Address: Commandant (G-MSE), U.S. Coast Guard Headquarters, 2100 Second 
St. SW., Washington, DC 20593-0001. Telephone: 202-267-1444.
    Component manufacturer means either a component manufacturer or 
supplier seeking acceptance of a component, or a component manufacturer 
or supplier who has obtained acceptance of a component.
    Inspector means a Coast Guard marine inspector, authorized 
representative of the Coast Guard, or a recognized laboratory 
representative.
    Non-standard component means a PFD component which is equivalent in 
performance to a standard component.
    PFD Type means the performance type designation as indicated in 33 
CFR part 175 and this subchapter.

[[Page 372]]

    Standard component means a PFD component which complies in all 
respects with the material, construction, and performance requirements 
of a subpart of this part or part 160 of this chapter.
    Use Code means an alphanumeric code assigned by the Commandant (G-
MSE) to a PFD component to designate the PFD Type(s) in which it may be 
used. Assigned Use Codes are listed in table 164.019-3.

                             Table 164.019-3                            
------------------------------------------------------------------------
             Use code                   PFD type acceptable for use     
------------------------------------------------------------------------
1................................  I, II, and III.                      
2................................  II and III.                          
3................................  III.                                 
4B...............................  IV (all Ring Buoys).                 
4BC..............................  IV (Buoyant Cushions).               
4RB..............................  IV (Recreational Ring Buoys only).   
5................................  Wearable Type V (intended use must be
                                    specified).                         
5H...............................  V (Hybrid).                          
5R...............................  V (Recreational Style).              
5SB..............................  V (Sailboard vests).                 
5WV..............................  V (Work vests).                      
6................................  Special, limited, or restricted use. 
Suffix A.........................  Adult only.                          
Suffix C.........................  Child only.                          
------------------------------------------------------------------------


[CGD 84-068, 58 FR 29494, May 20, 1993, as amended by CGD 95-072, 60 FR 
50467, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50734, Sept. 27, 1996]



Sec. 164.019-4  Component requirements.

    (a) PFDs may be constructed only with Coast Guard-accepted PFD 
components meeting the requirements of this subchapter.
    (b) PFD components may be used in the construction of PFDs only in 
accordance with their Use Codes.



Sec. 164.019-5  Standard components; acceptance criteria and procedures.

    (a) General. Standard components used in the construction of PFDs 
must meet the applicable requirements of this part or part 160 and the 
documentation requirements of this section.
    (b) Use Codes. Each standard component is assigned a Use Code as 
indicated in table 164.019-3. Additional Use Codes may be assigned by 
the Commandant.
    (c) Method and documentation of acceptance. Except as provided in 
paragraph (d) of this section, the following requirements pertaining to 
the shipment of standard components must be met in order for the 
standard components to be considered Coast Guard-accepted standard 
components:
    (1) Each shipment of standard components must be accompanied by an 
affidavit complying with Sec. 164.019-11.
    (2) A sample affidavit, or a copy of the affidavit, provided with 
the first shipment of standard components to a PFD manufacturer, must be 
provided to the Commandant.
    (3) A revised sample affidavit, or a copy of the revised affidavit, 
must be provided to the Coast Guard any time the information on the 
affidavit accompanying a shipment of standard components materially 
changes.
    (d) Exception. Affidavits are not required to be provided for 
standard components that are under the quality control oversight program 
of a recognized laboratory meeting the requirements of Sec. 164.019-17.
    (e) Suspension or termination of acceptance. The procedures in 
Secs. 2.75-40 and 2.75-50 of this chapter for suspension and termination 
of approvals also apply to Coast Guard acceptances of PFD components.



Sec. 164.019-7  Non-standard components; acceptance criteria and procedures.

    (a) General. Non-standard components may be used in the construction 
of PFDs only if they have been accepted by the Coast Guard in accordance 
with the requirements of this section.
    (b) Use Codes. Each non-standard component is assigned a Use Code as 
indicated in table 164.019-3. Additional Use Codes may be assigned by 
the Commandant.
    (c) Request for acceptance. The component manufacturer or the 
recognized laboratory that performs the acceptance testing required by 
the applicable subpart of this part or part 160 of this chapter must 
submit, in writing, to the Commandant, a request for acceptance of any 
non-standard component. The request must include the information, 
supporting documentation, and samples required by this section.
    (1) The request must include a statement of the intended use of the 
component by the PFD manufacturer, and the Use Code(s) for which 
acceptance is requested. Intended uses must be for one or more of the 
following--

[[Page 373]]

    (i) Outer Envelope Fabric (exterior fabrics on wearable PFDs);
    (ii) Cover Fabric (for throwable PFDs);
    (iii) Inner Envelope Fabric;
    (iv) Closure (including zippers) or Adjustment Hardware;
    (v) Body Strap;
    (vi) Grab Strap (applies to buoyant cushions only);
    (vii) Tie Tape;
    (viii) Reinforcing Tape;
    (ix) Thread:
    (x) Flotation Foam; or
    (xi) Other (specify).
    (2) The request must include a statement identifying the component 
in detail and including the unique style, part, or model number, the 
identification data required by the applicable subpart of this part, and 
any other manufacturer's identifying data. No two components which 
differ in any way, e.g., size, material composition, construction, may 
utilize the same identification number.
    (3) The report of a recognized laboratory's test data in accordance 
with the ``acceptance tests'' required by the applicable subpart of this 
part or part 160 must be submitted with the request. Each report must 
include the name of the laboratory and a description of the test 
equipment and test methods used, and must be signed and dated by an 
authorized laboratory official.
    (4) A sample of each component that is being considered must be 
submitted with the request. Where the lightest and darkest colors are 
being tested, samples of both colors must be submitted. A one linear 
yard sample is required in the case of textiles.
    (5) The request must include a list of all materials used in the 
construction of the particular component. The list must contain specific 
identification and quantity of all materials used.
    (6) For hardware and other mechanical components, the request must 
include scaled drawings showing details and dimensions of the mechanism.
    (7) A statement of dimensional and performance tolerances, as 
appropriate, that will be maintained in production must be submitted 
with request.
    (8) The request must include a description of the quality control 
procedures that will be in effect during production.
    (9) The request must include a detailed description of the 
recognized laboratory's procedures for oversight of the manufacturer's 
program of production quality control, including a description of the 
laboratory's certification marking(s).
    (10) The request must include any appropriate installation or use 
guidelines for the component.
    (d) Documentation of acceptance. When an acceptance is granted, the 
Commandant provides written notice to the applicant.
    (e) Alternate requirements. A component that does not meet the 
requirements of this subchapter is eligible for acceptance if it--
    (1) Meets other requirements prescribed by the Commandant in lieu of 
or in addition to the requirements of this subpart; and
    (2) Provides at least the same degree of safety as provided by a 
component that does comply with this subpart.
    (f) Additional tests and documentation. The Commandant may prescribe 
additional tests or request additional documentation, if necessary, to 
determine the acceptability or suitability of a particular product.
    (g) Suspension or termination of acceptance. The producers in 
Sec. Sec. 2.75-40 and 2.75-50 of this chapter for suspension and 
termination of approvals also apply to Coast Guard acceptances of PFD 
components.

[CGD 84-068, 58 FR 29494, May 20, 1993; 58 FR 32416, June 9, 1993]



Sec. 164.019-9  Procedure for acceptance of revisions of design, process, or materials.

    (a) The manufacturer shall not change the design, material, 
manufacturing process, or construction of a non-standard component 
unless it has been previously approved by the Commandant, in accordance 
with paragraph (b) of this section.
    (b) The manufacturer or the recognized laboratory that performs the 
acceptance testing required by the applicable subpart of this part or 
part 160 of this chapter shall submit requests for

[[Page 374]]

acceptance of revisions in design, material, manufacturing process, or 
construction of a non-standard component in writing and describe the 
revision in detail similar to the original request for acceptance.



Sec. 164.019-11  Certification (affidavits).

    General. Affidavits required by Sec. 164.019-5(c) must be notarized, 
and certify that a component complies in all respects with the material 
and construction requirements of a subpart of this part or part 160 of 
this chapter. Each affidavit must contain the following information:
    (a) Name and address of company.
    (b) Name and title of signing company official.
    (c) Description of the component by use of the unique style, part, 
or model number and other applicable distinctive characteristics such as 
weight, size, denier, treatments or coatings, etc.
    (d) Production data (to include lot, batch number, and quantity 
shipped) in sufficient detail to enable the manufacturer or purchaser to 
trace a shipment of components back to the lots of raw materials used in 
its manufacture.
    (e) The intended use of the component, from the list in 
Sec. 164.019-7(c)(1).
    (f) The PFD Type(s) for which the component is a standard component, 
as determined by--
    (1) The standard material component requirements of part 160 of this 
chapter with which the component complies; or
    (2) The Use Code(s) of the component.
    (g) A statement indicating the specific provision(s) of this 
subchapter with which the component complies.
    (h) A copy of the records of all required production tests performed 
on the component lots that are covered by the affidavit.



Sec. 164.019-13  Production quality control requirements.

    (a) General. Each component manufacturer shall establish procedures 
for maintaining quality control of the materials used in production, 
manufacturing operations, and the finished product.
    (b) Recognized laboratory oversight. Each manufacturer of non-
standard components shall supplement its procedures for assuring 
production quality control with a program of oversight by a recognized 
laboratory, as described in the oversight procedures submitted to the 
Coast Guard in accordance with Sec. 164.019-7(c)(9). The laboratory's 
oversight program must be performed at the place of manufacture unless 
alternate procedures have been accepted by the Commandant.
    (c) Production tests and inspections. Production tests and 
inspections must be conducted in accordance with this section and 
subpart 159.007 of this chapter.
    (d) Responsibilities; component manufacturers. Each component 
manufacturer shall--
    (1) Perform all production tests and inspections required by the 
applicable subpart of this part;
    (2) Adhere to the accepted quality control procedures for the 
component as submitted to the Coast Guard in accordance with 
Sec. 164.019-7(c)(8); and
    (3) Establish a continuing program of employee training and a 
program for maintaining production and test equipment.
    (e) Responsibilities; recognized laboratories. The same recognized 
laboratory that performed the acceptance testing shall, at least 
quarterly, or more frequently if required by the applicable subpart of 
this part or by the oversight procedures submitted in accordance with 
Sec. 164.019-7(c)(9)--
    (1) Audit the component manufacturer's records required by 
Sec. 164.019-15;
    (2) Perform, or supervise the performance of, the tests required by 
this section, the applicable subpart of this part, and the accepted 
quality control and oversight procedures; and
    (3) Verify, during each inspection, compliance by the manufacturer 
with the manufacturer's established quality control program and provide 
a summary report of any noncompliance to the Commandant at least 
annually.
    (f) Component lots.
    (1) Lot numbers. The manufacturer shall assign a lot number to each 
group of components manufactured. A new lot must be started whenever any 
change is made in materials, design, or production method, and whenever 
any substantial discontinuity in the manufacturing process (such as a 
change in

[[Page 375]]

shift) occurs. Changes in lots of incoming materials must be treated as 
changes in materials. Lots must be numbered serially. The lot number 
assigned, in combination with the unique product name or identification, 
must enable the component manufacturer (or supplier), by referring to 
the records required by this subpart, to determine the source(s) of all 
raw materials used in that lot.
    (2) Lot size. The maximum lot size for any particular component must 
be as defined in the applicable subpart of this part.
    (g) Samples. (1) Procedures for selection of test samples, and 
required sample sizes, must be in accordance with the applicable subpart 
of this part.
    (2) The inspector shall select different samples than were tested by 
the manufacturer.
    (h) Detailed product examination.--(1) General. In addition to the 
tests and inspections required by the applicable subpart of this part, 
the manufacturer or the inspector shall examine each sample component to 
determine that--
    (i) The construction, markings, and workmanship conform to the 
information submitted in the request for acceptance; and
    (ii) The component is not otherwise defective.
    (2) Inspection responsibility. The manufacturer shall ensure that 
the inspection required by paragraph (h)(1) of this section is performed 
by a manufacturer's representative familiar with the performance 
requirements for the component, and all of the production quality 
control requirements. The manufacturer's representative must not be 
responsible for meeting production schedules, or be subject to 
supervision by someone responsible for meeting production schedules.
    (i) [Reserved]
    (j) Accept/reject criteria. (1) A component lot passes production 
testing and is therefore accepted if each sample tested passes each 
test.
    (2) A lot having a production test failure may be accepted if it 
meets the following additional test requirements.
    (i) When the basis of acceptability is an average result, a second 
sampling with an identical number of samples is taken. The results of 
this second sampling must be averaged with the initial results. If the 
average result passes the test, then the lot may be accepted.
    (ii) When the basis of acceptability is individual sample results, a 
second sampling is taken. The size of the second sampling must be as 
specified in the subpart of this part which covers the component. If 
each sample in this sampling passes the test, the lot may be accepted.
    (3) A rejected lot of components may be resubmitted for testing, 
examination, or inspection if--
    (i) The manufacturer first removes each component having the same 
type of defect or;
    (ii) After obtaining authorization from the Commandant or the 
recognized laboratory, the manufacturer reworks the lot to correct the 
defect.
    (4) A rejected lot or rejected component may not be sold or offered 
for sale with the representation that it meets the requirements of this 
subpart or is accepted by the Coast Guard, and may not be used in the 
construction of Coast Guard-approved PFDs.
    (k) Facilities and equipment.--(1) General. The manufacturer shall 
provide the test equipment and facilities for performing production 
tests, examinations, and inspections described in the applicable subpart 
of this part and in the quality control and oversight procedures 
submitted in accordance with Sec. 164.019-7(c) (8) and (9).
    (2) Calibration. The manufacturer shall have the calibration of all 
test equipment checked at least every 6 months by a weights and measures 
agency or by the equipment manufacturer, distributor, or dealer.
    (3) Facilities for inspector's use. The manufacturer shall provide a 
suitable place and the necessary apparatus for the inspector to use in 
conducting or supervising tests. For the detailed product examination, 
the manufacturer shall provide a suitable working environment and a 
smooth-top table for the inspector's use.
    (4) Access to facilities. The manufacturer shall permit the 
inspector to have access to any place in the factory where work is being 
done on PFD components or where components are stored. The inspector may 
take samples of parts or materials entering into

[[Page 376]]

production or completed components, for further examinations, 
inspections, or tests.
    (l) [Reserved]
    (m) Alternate procedures for standard components. In lieu of the 
quality control procedures specified in this section, manufacturers of 
standard components may follow the quality control procedures in a 
Federal or military specification with which the component is required 
to comply by this subchapter, or equivalent procedures accepted by the 
Commandant.
    (n) Additional tests. The Commandant may prescribe additional 
production tests and inspections to maintain quality control. A 
representative of the Commandant may conduct inspections for compliance 
with the requirements of this subpart.

[CGD 84-068, 58 FR 29494, May 20, 1993; 58 FR 32416, June 9, 1993]



Sec. 164.019-15  Component manufacturer records.

    (a) Each component manufacturer shall retain records as required by 
Sec. 159.007-13 of this chapter.
    (b) The records required by paragraph (a) of this section must 
include the following information:
    (1) For each test, the serial number of the test instrument used if 
there is more than one available.
    (2) For each test and inspection, the identification of the samples 
used, the lot number, the unique component identification, and the 
quantity of the component in the lot.
    (3) The cause for rejection, any corrective action taken, and the 
final disposition of each lot rejected.
    (c) Manufacturers utilizing procedures and apparatus meeting the 
requirements of the applicable subpart of this part or the independent 
laboratory's accepted follow-up inspection procedures are not required 
to include the description of procedures or photographs or apparatus 
required by Sec. 159.007-13 of this chapter in the manufacturers' 
records.
    (d) In addition to the records required by paragraphs (a) and (b) of 
this section, each component manufacturer shall retain the following:
    (1) Records for all materials used in production, including name and 
address of the supplier, date of purchase and receipt, and lot number.
    (2) A copy of this subpart, and other subparts applicable to the 
component manufactured.
    (3) Each document incorporated by reference in the applicable 
subpart(s) of this part.
    (4) A copy of the accepted component specifications and identifying 
data.
    (5) Records of calibration of all test equipment, including the 
identity of the agency performing the calibration, date of calibration, 
and results.
    (e) Manufacturers shall retain the records required by paragraph 
(d)(1) of this section for at least 60 months.
    (f) Upon request, manufacturers shall make available to the 
inspector or to the Commandant records of tests conducted by the 
manufacturer and records of materials entering into construction, 
including affidavits by suppliers certifying that applicable 
requirements are met.



Sec. 164.019-17  Recognized laboratory.

    (a) General. A laboratory may be designated as a recognized 
laboratory under this subpart if it is--
    (1) Accepted by the Coast Guard as an independent laboratory under 
subpart 159.010 of this subchapter; and
    (2) Established in the inspection of factory production, listing, 
and labeling, by having an existing program and standards for 
evaluation, listing, and marking components, that are acceptable to the 
Commandant.
    (b) Designated recognized laboratories. A current listing of 
recognized laboratories is available from the Commandant upon request.



         Subpart 164.023--Thread for Personal Flotation Devices

    Source: CGD 84-068, 58 FR 29497, May 20, 1993, unless otherwise 
noted.



Sec. 164.023-1  Scope.

    This subpart contains performance requirements, acceptance tests, 
and production testing and inspection requirements for thread used in 
the construction of personal flotation devices (PFDs) approved under 
part 160 of this subchapter. Manufacturers must also

[[Page 377]]

comply with the requirements of subpart 164.019 of this chapter.



Sec. 164.023-3  Specifications and standards incorporated by reference.

    (a) Certain materials are incorporated by reference into this 
subpart with the approval of the Director of the Federal Register in 
accordance with 5 U.S.C. 552(a) and 1 CFR part 51. To enforce any 
edition other than the one listed in paragraph (b) of this section, 
notice of change must be published in the Federal Register and the 
material made available to the public. All approved material may be 
inspected at the Office of the Federal Register, 800 North Capitol 
Street, NW., suite 700, Washington, DC and at the U.S. Coast Guard, 
Lifesaving and Fire Safety Division (G-MSE-4), Washington, DC 20593-
0001, and is available from the source indicated in paragraph (c) of 
this section.
    (b) The materials approved for incorporation by reference in this 
subpart, and the sections affected are:

               Federal Standards and Test Method Standards

    The following test methods in Federal Test Method Standard No. 191A, 
Textile Test Methods, July 20, 1978:
    (1) Method 4010, Length-Weight Relation; Thread; Yards Per Pound (m/
kg)--164.023-11.
    (2) Method 4100, Strength and Elongation, Breaking; and Tenacity; of 
Thread and Yarn; Single Strand--164.023-7.
    (3) Method 5804, Weathering Resistance of Cloth; Accelerated 
Weathering Method--164.023-7.

                         Federal Specifications

    (4) V-T-285E--Thread, Polyester, August 21, 1986--164.023-5.
    (5) V-T-295E--Thread, Nylon, August 1, 1985--164.023-5.

                         Military Specifications

    (6) MIL-T-43548C--Thread, Polyester Core: Cotton-, Rayon-, or 
Polyester-Covered, September 30, 1986--164.023-5.
    (7) MIL-T -43624A--Thread, Polyester, Spun, January 22, 1982--
164.023-5.
    (c) All reference materials are available from the Naval 
Publications and Forms Center, Customer Service, Code 1052, 5801 Tabor 
Ave., Philadelphia, PA 19120.

[CGD 84-068, 58 FR 29497, May 20, 1993, as amended by CGD 95-072, 60 FR 
50467, Sept. 29, 1995; CGD 96-041, 61 FR 50734, Sept. 27, 1996]



Sec. 164.023-5  Performance; standard thread.

    (a) Use Codes 1, 2, 3, 4BC, 4RB, 5 (any). Each thread which complies 
with all of the requirements of a specification listed in table 164.023-
5(a) is assigned Use Codes 1, 2, 3, 4BC, 4RB, and 5 (any).

                                               Table  164.023-5(a)                                              
                                      [Use codes 1, 2, 3, 4BC, 4RB, 5(any)]                                     
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
      Federal or military                                                                     Ticket No. or size
         specification                Material               Type                Class               range      
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
V-T-285E.......................  Polyester.........  I or II              1                   E, F, FF.         
V-T-295E.......................  Nylon.............  I or II              A                   E, F, FF.         
MIL-T-43624A...................  Polyester.........  ...................  ..................  24 through 12.    
MIL-T-43548C...................  Polyester covered   ...................  ..................  24 through 12.    
                                  only.                                                                         
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


    (b) Use Code 4B. Each thread which meets the requirements of Federal 
Specifications V-T-295, Type II, Class A, number size 4, is assigned Use 
Code 4B.



Sec. 164.023-7  Performance; non-standard thread.

    (a) Use Codes 1, 2, 3, 4BC, 4RB, 5 (any). Each non-standard thread 
which meets all of the requirements of paragraphs (a)(1) through (a)(3) 
of this section is assigned Use Codes 1, 2, 3, 4BC, 4RB, and 5 (any).
    (1) Single strand breaking strength. The thread, as received, must 
have a single strand breaking strength of not less than 25 N (5.7 lb.), 
when tested in accordance with Test Method 4100 in Federal Test Method 
Standard No. 191A using a Constant-Rate-of-Traverse (CRT) testing 
machine.

[[Page 378]]

    (2) Single strand breaking strength (after weathering). After 
exposure in a sunshine carbon-arc weatherometer in accordance with Test 
Method 5804 in Federal Test Method Standard No. 191A for a period of 100 
hours, the thread must retain at least 60 percent of its single strand 
breaking strength as received, and have a breaking strength of at least 
21 N (4.7 lb.).
    (3) Loop breaking strength. The thread, as received, must have a 
loop breaking strength of not less than 45 N (10.0 lb.), when tested in 
accordance with Test Method 4100 in Federal Test Method Standard No. 
191A using a CRT testing machine, except that--
    (i) Each specimen must consist of two 35 cm (14 in.) pieces of 
thread; and
    (ii) Both ends of one piece of thread must be secured without 
twisting in one clamp of the testing machine so that the length of the 
loop formed equals one half the distance between the clamps. One end of 
the second piece must then be passed without twisting through the loop 
formed by the first, and both ends must be secured in the other clamp of 
the machine. The breaking strength must then be determined under the 
single strand test.
    (b) Use Code 4B. Each non-standard thread which meets all of the 
requirements of paragraphs (b)(1) and (b)(2) of this section is assigned 
Use Code 4B.
    (1) Single strand breaking strength. The thread as received must 
have a single strand breaking strength of not less than 160 N (36.0 lb.) 
when tested in accordance with Test Method 4100 in Federal Test Method 
Standard No. 191A using a CRT testing machine.
    (2) Single strand breaking strength (after weathering). After 
exposure in a sunshine carbon-arc weatherometer in accordance with Test 
Method 5804 in Federal Test Method Standard No. 191A for a period of 100 
hours, the thread must retain at least 60 percent of its single strand 
breaking strength.
    (c) Prohibited threads. Cotton thread, and monofilament thread of 
any composition, will not be accepted for use in structural applications 
unless demonstrated to the Commandant to be equivalent to standard 
thread in durability in all foreseeable conditions of use and stowage.



Sec. 164.023-9  Samples submitted for acceptance.

    Application samples. A product sample submitted for acceptance as 
required by Sec. 164.019-7(c)(4) must consist of at least one unit of 
put-up of thread.



Sec. 164.023-11  Acceptance tests.

    (a) Performance testing. Manufacturers shall ensure that the 
performance tests described in Sec. 164.023-7 (a) or (b), as 
appropriate, are performed on a minimum of five samples in each of the 
lightest and darkest colors submitted for acceptance.
    (b) Identification testing. Manufacturers shall ensure that the 
following identification tests are conducted:
    (1) The average length/weight ratio of the thread in meters per 
kilogram (yards per pound) must be determined in accordance with Test 
Method 4010 in Federal Test Method Standard 191A.
    (2) The generic chemical composition of the thread must be 
determined by qualitative infrared analysis, thermogravimetric analysis, 
differential scanning calorimeter, or other equivalent means adequate to 
conclusively identify the composition of the product tested.
    (3) Elongation at break must be determined on the same samples 
tested for single strand breaking test in accordance with Sec. 164.023-
7(a)(1) or (b)(1), as appropriate.



Sec. 164.023-13  Production tests and inspections.

    (a) Manufacturer's test equipment and facilities. The manufacturer 
shall provide the following test equipment and facilities for use in 
production tests and inspections:
    (1) A Constant Rate of Traverse tensile testing machine, capable of 
initial clamp separation of ten inches and a rate of separation of 30 cm 
(12 in.) per minute.
    (2) Fletcher, Callaway, U.S. Rubber clamps, or equivalent cam-
actuated clamps to prevent slippage and twist of the samples.
    (3) An analytical balance or grain-yarn scale, accurate to within 
0.25 percent of the measured value.
    (b) Lot size. Lot size must not exceed 460,000 meters (500,000 yds.) 
or 45 kg (100 lb.) of any color.

[[Page 379]]

    (c) Sample selection. Samples must be selected at random by the 
manufacturer (or inspector, as applicable) after the entire lot of 
thread has been completed.
    (d) Second sampling. A second sampling, where required, must consist 
of five times the original sample size.
    (e) Manufacturer's production tests. The component manufacturer 
shall perform the following tests on the samples indicated (each sample 
to include at least 5 specimens unless otherwise specified in the 
referenced test procedure) on each lot of thread:
    (1) Breaking strength. One sample must be tested in accordance with 
Sec. 164.023-7(a)(1) or Sec. 164.023-7(b)(1), as applicable.
    (2) Length/weight ratio. One sample must be tested in accordance 
with Sec. 164.023-11(b)(1).
    (f) Recognized laboratory production tests. Manufacturers shall 
ensure that the following tests and inspections are performed on non-
standard components by a recognized laboratory:
    (1) Composition. At least annually, one sample of each accepted 
thread must be tested in accordance with Sec. 164.023-11(b)(2).
    (2) Breaking strength. At least quarterly, one sample in each of the 
lightest and darkest colors accepted must be tested in accordance with 
Sec. 164.023-7(a)(1) or Sec. 164.023-7(b)(1), as applicable. This test 
may be performed by a recognized laboratory, or witnessed by a 
recognized laboratory inspector at the manufacturer's plant, at the 
laboratory's discretion.
    (3) Elongation. At least annually, one sample of each accepted 
thread in each of the lightest and darkest colors accepted must be 
tested in accordance with Sec. 164.023-11(b)(3). This test may be 
performed by a recognized laboratory, or witnessed by a recognized 
laboratory inspector at the manufacturer's plant, at the laboratory's 
discretion.
    (g) Accept/reject criteria. Unless the alternate procedures as 
permitted by Sec. 164.019-013(m) are followed, the results of required 
production testing on a lot must meet the following criteria for the lot 
to be shipped as Coast Guard-accepted thread:
    (1) Breaking strength test results must be within 10 percent below 
and 20 percent above the acceptance testing values but not less than the 
performance minimums.
    (2) Length/weight values must be within 5 percent of the acceptance 
testing values but not less than the performance minimums.
    (3) Elongation values must be within 20 percent of the acceptance 
testing values but not less than the performance minimums.
    (4) Composition testing must indicate that the sample tested is of 
identical composition to the sample tested for acceptance or in 
accordance with the performance specification.



Sec. 164.023-15  Marking.

    (a) General. The manufacturer must ensure that each shipping label, 
and each spool or individual unit of put-up, is permanently and clearly 
marked in a color which contrasts with the color of the surface on which 
the marking is applied. Each label must be marked with--
    (1) The manufacturer's or supplier's name, trade name, or symbol;
    (2) The unique style, part, or model number of the thread;
    (3) The size of the thread;
    (4) The composition of the thread; and
    (5) The lot number of the thread.
    (b) Non-standard thread. In addition to the markings specified in 
paragraph (a) of this section, each unit of put-up of non-standard 
thread must be marked with the appropriate recognized laboratory's 
certification marking(s).



PART 165--[RESERVED]
[[Page 381]]



                              FINDING AIDS




    ------------------------------------------------------------------

  A list of CFR titles, subtitles, chapters, subchapters and parts and 
an alphabetical list of agencies publishing in the CFR are included in 
the CFR Index and Finding Aids volume to the Code of Federal Regulations 
which is published separately and revised annually.

  Material Approved for Incorporation by Reference
  Table of CFR Titles and Chapters
  Alphabetical List of Agencies Appearing in the CFR
  List of CFR Sections Affected

[[Page 383]]

            Material Approved for Incorporation by Reference

                     (Revised as of October 1, 1996)

  The Director of the Federal Register has approved under 5 U.S.C. 
552(a) and 1 CFR Part 51 the incorporation by reference of the following 
publications. This list contains only those incorporations by reference 
effective as of the revision date of this volume. Incorporations by 
reference found within a regulation are effective upon the effective 
date of that regulation. For more information on incorporation by 
reference, see the preliminary pages of this volume.


46 CFR SUBCHAPTER Q (PARTS 159-165)

COAST GUARD, DEPARTMENT OF TRANSPORTATION


American Bureau of Shipping

  45 Eisenhower Drive, Paramus, NJ 07652
Rules for Building and Classing Steel Vessels, 
  1995............................................   161.002-1; 161.002-
                                                                    4(b)


American Society for Mechanical Engineers

  United Engineering Center, 345 E. 47th St., New York, NY 10017

  Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code:
  Section I--par. PG-67 to 72 Design and 
  Construction, and Tests 1977-1979...............             162.001-1
    Par. PG-69--Testing 1977-1979.................             162.001-1
    Par. PG-71--Mounting 1977-1979................             162.001-1
    Par. PG-110--Stamping of Safety Valves 1977-
  1979............................................             162.001-1
  Section IV--par. HG-402 Discharge Capacities of 
  Safety and Safety Relief Valves, 1980...........  162.012-1; 162.013-1
  Section VIII--Par. UG-131 Certification of 
  Capacity for Pressure Relief Valves, 1980.......             162.018-1


American Society for Testing and Materials

  1916 Race St., Philadelphia, PA 19103
ASTM A 27-80 Mild to Medium Strength Carbon Steel 
  Castings........................................             160.032-1
ASTM A 36-77 Structural Steel.....................             160.035-1
ASTM A 216-77 Carbon-Steel Casting Suitable for 
  Fusion Welding for High Temperature Service.....             160.032-1
ASTM A 525-80 Steel Sheets, Zinc-Coated 
  (Galvanized) by the Hot Dip Process.............             160.035-1
ASTM B 61-80 Steam or Valve Bronze Castings.......             162.014-1
ASTM B 117-73 Method of Salt Spray (Fog) Testing.. 160.171-3; 161.004-1; 
                                                               161.006-1
ASTM B 117-73 (reapproved 1979) Standard Method of 
  Salt Spray (Fog) Testing........................ 160.176-8; 160.176-13
ASTM B 117-95 Standard Practice for Operating Salt 
  Spray (Fog) Apparatus...........................   161.002-1; 161.002-
                                                                    4(b)
ASTM C 177-76 Standard Test Method for Steady 
  State Thermal Transmission Properties by Means 
  of the Guarded Hot Plate........................  160.171-3; 160.174-3
ASTM C 518-76 Standard Test Method for Steady 
  State Thermal Transmission Properties by Means 
  of the Heat Flow Meter..........................  160.171-3; 160.174-3
ASTM D 413-76 Adhesion of Vulcanized Rubber 
  (Friction Test).................................             160.055-1

[[Page 384]]

ASTM D 570-77 Water Absorbtion of Plastics........             160.055-1
ASTM D 751-79 Standard Methods of Testing Coated 
  Fabrics.........................................            160.076-25
ASTM D 882-75 Tensile Properties of Thin Plastic 
  Sheeting........................................  160.055-1; 160.071-3
ASTM D 975-81 Standard Specification for Diesel 
  Fuel Oils.......................................  160.171-3; 160.174-3
ASTM D 1004-66 Tear Resistance of Plastic Film and 
  Sheeting........................................ 160.055-1; 160.171-3; 
                                                               160.174-3
ASTM D 1434-75 Gas Transmission Rate of Plastic 
  Film and Sheeting...............................            160.076-25
ASTM D 1435-75 Standard Recommended Practice for 
  Outdoor Weathering of Plastics..................             163.003-1
ASTM D 1518-77 Thermal Transmittance of Textile 
  Materials Between Guarded Hot-Plate and Cool 
  Atmosphere......................................             160.174-3
ASTM D 1571-77 Cloth Woven Asbestos...............             164.009-3
ASTM D 3574-77 Flexible Cellular Materials--Slab 
  Bonded and Molded Urethane Foam, Testing........             164.031-1
ASTM E 84-80 Standard Test Method for Surface 
  Burning Characteristics of Building Materials...             164.012-1
ASTM E 119-80 Fire Testing of Building 
  Construction and Materials......................  164.007-1; 164.008-1
ASTM F 1014-86 Standard Specification for 
  Flashlights on Vessels..........................     160.051-7(c)(4), 
                                                                  (d)(4)
ASTM F 1546-94 Standard Specification for Fire 
  Hose Nozzles....................................  162.027-1; 162.027-2


Coast Guard

  Commandant [G-MVI], 2100 Second St. SW, Washington, DC 20593
DWG No. F-49-6-1 Life Preserver, Kapok, Adult.....             160.002-1
DWG No. F-49-6-5 Life Preserver, Kapok, Child.....             160.002-1
DWG No. 160.005-1 Life Preserver, Fibrous Glass, 
  Adult and Child (Jacket Type)...................             160.005-1
DWG No. 160.009 Cork and Balsa Wood Ring Life 
  Buoy; arrangement and construction details......             160.009-1
DWG No. 160.013-1 Hatchet (Lifeboat and Liferaft).             160.013-1
DWG No. 160.027-4 Rectangular Balsa Wood Life 
  Float with Platform, Net and Rigging............             160.027-1
DWG No. 160.043-1(b) Jackknife (with Can Opener)..             160.043-1
DWG No. 160.047-1 Buoyant Vest, Kapok or Fibrous 
  Glass, Adult and Child..........................             160.047-1
DWG No. 160.048-1 Buoyant Cushion, Fibrous Glass..             160.048-1
DWG No. 160.049-1 Buoyant Cushion, Plastic Foam...             160.049-1
DWG No. 160.052-1 Buoyant Vest, Unicellular 
  Plastic Foam, Adult and Child...................             160.052-1
DWG No. 160-055-1A Life Preservers, Unicellular 
  Plastic Foam, Adult.............................             160.055-1
DWG No. 160.055-1B Life Preservers, Unicellular 
  Foam, Child.....................................             160.055-1
DWG No. 160.060-1 Buoyant Vest, Unicellular 
  Polyethylene Foam, Adult and Child..............             160.060-1
DWG No. 164.013-1 Pattern, Trigonal Slit, for 
  Polyethylene Foam Slab Material.................             164.013-1


Compressed Gas Association

  1725 Jefferson Davis Highway, Suite 1004, Arlington, VA 22202
S-1.2.5.2--Flow Tests of Safety Relief Valves 
  (Pamphlet 1.2, para. 5.2), 1979.................             162.018-1

[[Page 385]]

Factory Mutual Engineering and Research (FMER)

  ATTN: Librarian, 1151 Boston-Providence Turnpike, Norwood, MA 02062
Class Number 3150, Audible Signal Devices, 
  December 1974...................................   161.002-1; 161.002-
                                                                    4(b)
Class Number 3210, Thermostats for Automatic Fire 
  Detection, July 1978............................   161.002-1; 161.002-
                                                                    4(b)
Class Number 3230-3250, Smoke Actuated Detectors 
  for Automatic Fire Alarm Signaling, February 
  1976............................................   161.002-1; 161.002-
                                                                    4(b)
Class Number 3260, Flame Radiation Detectors for 
  Automatic Fire Alarm Signaling, September 1994..   161.002-1; 161.002-
                                                                    4(b)
Class Number 3820, Electrical Utilization 
  Equipment, September 1979.......................   161.002-1; 161.002-
                                                                    4(b)


Federal Aviation Administration, Technical Standard Order

  Policy and Procedure Br., AWS-110, Aircraft Engineering Division, 
  Office of Airworthiness, 800 Independence Ave., S.W., Washington, DC 
  20591
TSO-C13d, Federal Aviation Administration Standard 
  for Life Preservers, January 3, 1983............             160.176-8


International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC)

  1 Rue de Varembe, Geneva, Switzerland
IEC 533 Electromagnetic Compatibility of 
  Electrical and Electronic Installations in 
  Ships. 1977.....................................   161.002-1; 161.002-
                                                                    4(b)


International Maritime Organization (IMO)

  4 Albert Embankment, London SE1 7SR, England
International Convention for the Safety of Life at 
  Sea, 1974 (SOLAS 74) Consolidated Edition, 
  (including 1992 Amendment to SOLAS 74, 1994 
  Amendments to SOLAS 74), 1992...................   161.002-1; 161.002-
                                                                    4(b)


Lloyd's Register of Shipping

  ATTN: Publication, 17 Battery Place, New York, NY 10004-1195
LR Type Approval System; Test Specification Number 
  1, 1990.........................................   161.002-1; 161.002-
                                                                    4(b)


National Fire Protection Agency

  1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02269
NFPA 72 National Fire Alarm Code, 1993............   161.002-1; 161.002-
                                                                    4(b)
NFPA 255 Method of Test of Surface Burning 
  Characteristics of Building Materials, 1972.....             164.012-1


National Institute of Standards and Technology (formerly National Bureau 
of Standards)

  C/O Superintendent of Documents, U.S. Government Printing Office, 
  Washington, DC 20402
Special Pub. 440 (SD Cat. No. C13.10:440) Color: 
  Universal Language and Dictionary of Names, 1976 160.010-1; 160.021-1; 
                                                   160.022-1; 160.024-1; 
                                                   160.036-1; 160.037-1; 
                                                   160.057-1; 160.171-3; 
                                                    160.174-3; 160.176-9


Naval Publishing and Printing Center

  Customer Service, 700 Robbins Ave., Philadelphia, PA 19120


[[Page 386]]

  Federal Specifications:
  C-C-91 Candle, Illuminating, D..................             164.015-1
  CCC-C-426 Cloth, Cotton Drill, D................ 160.048-1; 160.049-1; 
                                                    160.055-1; 164.018-5
  CCC-C-443 Cloth, Cotton, Duck, Plied Filling 
  Yarns, Flat, E, and Amdt. 1.....................  160.009-1, 164.018-5
  CCC-C-700 Cloth, Coated, Vinyl (Artificial 
  Leather), G..................................... 160.048-1; 160.049-1; 
                                                               160.055-1
  GG-K-391 Kits (Empty), First Aid, Burn Treatment 
  and Snakebite; and kit contents, A, and Amdt. 4.             160.041-1
  GGG-A-926 Axes, C, and Amdt. 2..................             160.013-1
  HH-M-351 Millboard, Asbestos, E, and Amdt. 2....             164.009-3
  L-P-375 Plastic Film, Flexible, Vinyl Chloride, 
  C, and Amdt. 3.................................. 160.002-1; 160.005-1; 
                                                   160.047-1; 160.048-1; 
                                                               164.018-1
  L-P-390 Plastic Molding and Extrusion Materials, 
  Polyethylene and Copolymers (Low, Medium, and 
  High Density), C, and Amdt. 1...................             161.010-1
  L-P-393 Plastic Molding Material Polycarbonate, 
  Injection and Extrusion, A, and Amdt. 2.........             161.010-1
  L-S-300 Sheeting and Tape, Reflective: Non-
  exposed Lens, Adhesive Backing, B...............             164.018-5
  QQ-B-611 Brass, Commercial; Bars, plates, rods 
  shapes, Sheets and Strip, A.....................             161.006-1
  QQ-I-706 Iron and Steel; Sheet, tinned 
  (Tinplate), A, and Amdt. 1......................             160.061-1
  QQ-W-423 Wire, Steel, Corrosion-resisting, B....             160.061-1
  T-R-605 Rope, Manila and Sisal, B, and Amdt. 3.. 160.009-1; 160.028-1; 
                                                               160.031-1
  TT-E-489 Enamel, Alkyd, Gloss (for Exterior and 
  Interior Surfaces), G...........................  161.001-1; 161.010-1
  TT-P-59 Paint, Ready-mixed, International Orange 
  (not for Residential Use), E, and Amdt. 1.......             160.035-1
  V-T-285 Thread, Polyester, D....................             160.001-1
  V-T-285E, Thread, Polyester, August 21, 1986....             164.023-5
  V-T-295 Thread, Nylon, D........................             160.001-1
  V-T-295E, Thread, Nylon, August 1, 1985.........             164.023-5
  VV-G-671 Grease; Lubricating, Graphite, E.......             161.001-1
  W-B-101 Batteries and Cells; Dry, H.............  161.008-1; 161.010-1
  WW-C-621 Couplings; Hose, Cotton (Rubberlined) 
  and Linen (Unlined), E, and Amdt. 1.............             162.027-1

  Federal Standards and Test Method Standards:
  No. 141 Paint, Varnish, Lacquer, and Related 
  Materials; Methods of Inspection, Sampling, and 
  Testing, A......................................             164.018-5
  No. 151 Metals, Test Methods, B, and Notice 2...             160.062-1

[[Page 387]]

  No. 191 Textiles, Test Methods, A............... 160.002-1; 160.005-1; 
                                                   160.047-1; 160.052-1; 
                                                   160.055-1; 160.060-1; 
                                                               160.171-3
  No. 191A (dated July 20, 1978) the following 
  methods:........................................
    (1) Method 5100, Strength and Elongation, 
  Breaking of Woven Cloth; Grab Method............  160.076-25; 160.176-
                                                                      13
    (2) Method 5132, Strength of Cloth, Tearing; 
  Falling-Pendulum Method.........................  160.076-25; 160.176-
                                                                      13
    (3) Method 5134, Strength of Cloth, Tearing; 
  Tongue Method...................................  160.076-25; 160.176-
                                                                      13
    (4) Method 5804.1, Weathering Resistance of 
  Cloth; Accelerated Weathering Method............             160.176-8
    (5) Method 5762, Mildew Resistance of Textile 
  Materials; Soil Burial Method...................             160.176-8
    (6) Method 4010, Length-Weight Relation; 
  Thread; Yards Per Pound (m/kg)..................            164.023-11
    (7) Method 4100, Strength and Elongation, 
  Breaking; and Tenacity; of Thread and Yarn; 
  Single Strand...................................             164.023-7
    (8) Method 5804, Weathering Resistance of 
  Cloth; Accelerated Weathering Method............             164.023-7
  No. 370 Instrumental Photometric Measurements of 
  Retroflective Materials and Retroflective 
  Devices, 1977...................................             164.018-1
  No. 595 Colors, A, and Notice 5.................  160.050-1; 160.055-1
  No. 751a, Stitches, Seams, and Stitchings 
  (January 25, 1965).............................. 160.002-1; 160.005-1; 
                                                   160.009-1; 160.047-1; 
                                                   160.048-1; 160.048-1; 
                                                   160.052-1; 160.055-1; 
                                                   160.060-1; 160.171-3; 
                                                               160.176-9
  No 751a, Stitches, Seams, and Stitchings, Class 
  300 Lockstitch and Class 700 Single Lockstitch..          160.174-3(b)

  Military Specifications:
  MIL-B-18 Batteries, Dry, D, and Amdt. 2.........  161.001-1; 161.010-1
  MIL-B-2766 Batt, Fibrous Glass, Lifesaving 
  Equipment, B, and Interim Amdt. 1............... 160.005-1; 160.047-1; 
                                                               160.048-1
  MIL-B-16444 Bronze, Hydraulic (ounce metal): 
  castings, A, and Notice 1.......................             160.027-1
  MIL-C-17415 Cloth, Coated and Webbing, 
  Inflatable Boat and Miscellaneous Use, E, and 
  Amdt. 1.........................................  160.051-1; 164.018-1
  MIL-C-43006 Cloth Laminated, Vinyl-Nylon, High 
  Strength, Flexible, E........................... 160.049-1; 160.055-1; 
                                                               164.018-5
  MIL-D-3716 Dessicants (Activated) for Dynamic 
  Dehumidification, A, and Amdt. 2................             161.001-1
  MIL-D-5531 Desalter Kit Sea water Mark Q, E.....             160.058-1

[[Page 388]]

  MIL-E-15090 Enamel, equipment, light gray 
  (Formula No. 111), B, and Amdt. 2...............             160.026-1
  MIL-F-859 Fuel Oil, Boiler, E and Amdt. 2.......  164.015-1; 164.016-1
  MIL-I-16923 Insulating Compound, Electrical 
  Embedding, G, and Amdt. 1.......................             161.010-1
  MIL-L-1204 Lamp, Safety, Flame, B...............             160.016-1
  MIL-L-2648 Light, Marker, Distress, Floating 
  Automatic Nonmagnetic, D, and Amdt. 2...........             161.001-1
  MIL-L-7178 Lacquer, Cellulose Nitrate, Glass for 
  Aircraft Use, A, and Amdt. 1....................             160.026-1
  MIL-L-17653A Life Preserver, Vest, Work Type, 
  Unicellular Plastic, B, and Amdt. 3.............             160.053-1
  MIL-L-19496 (ships) Lifeboat, CO2 
  Inflatable Mark 5, Mod 1, 15-person Capacity, D, 
  and Amdt. 1.....................................             160.051-1
  MIL-L-24611 Life Preserver Support Package For 
  Life Preserver, MK 4, dated May 18, 1982........             160.176-8
  MIL-L-45505 Line-throwing Apparatuses, Rocket 
  and Projectile Units, A.........................             160.040-1
  MIL-M-15617 Mats, Fibrous Glass for Reinforcing 
  Plastics, A, and Amdt. 1........................             160.035-1
  MIL-P-79 Plastic Rods and Tubes, Thermosetting, 
  Laminated, C, and Amdt. 2.......................  160.001-1; 161.010-1
  MIL-P-17549 Plastic Laminates, Fibrous Glass 
  Reinforced, Marine Structural, C, and Amdt. 2...             160.035-1
  MIL-P-18066 Plywood, Ship and Boat Construction, 
  B...............................................             160.035-1
  MIL-P-19644 Plastic Foam, Molded Polystyrene 
  (Expanded Bead Type), C.........................  160.010-1; 160.035-1
  MIL-P-21929 Plastic Materials, Cellular 
  Polyurethane, Foam-in-Place, Rigid (2 and 4 
  Pounds Per Cubic Foot), B, and Amdt. 1..........  160.010-1; 160.035-1
  MIL-P-40619 Plastic Material, Cellular, 
  Polystyrene (for Buoyancy Applications), A...... 160.010-1; 160.035.1; 
                                                               164.013-1
  MIL-R-900 Rubber Gasket Material, 45 Durometer 
  Hardness, F.....................................             161.001-1
  MIL-R-2765 Rubber Sheet, Strip, Extruded, and 
  Molded Shapes, Synthetic, Oil Resistant, C......             161.001-1
  MIL-R-7575 Resin, Polyester, Low-Pressure 
  Laminating, C, and Amdt. 2......................             160.035-1
  MIL-R-16847 Ring Buoys, Lifesaving, Unicellular 
  Plastic, E, and Amdt. 2.........................             160.050-1
  MIL-R-21607 Resins, Polyester, Low-Pressure 
  Laminating, Fire-retardant, D................... 160.010-1; 160.035-1; 
                                                               164.018-5
  MIL-R-23139 Rocket Motors, Surfaced Launched, 
  Development and Qualification Requirements for, 
  B...............................................             160.040-1
  MIL-S-18655 Signal, Smoke and Illumination, 
  Marine, C.......................................             160.023-1
  MIL-T-43548C, Thread, Polyester Core: Cotton-, 
  Rayon-, or Polyester-Covered, September 30, 1986             164.023-5
  MIL-T-43624A, Thread, Polyester, Spun, January 
  22, 1982........................................             164.023-5
  MIL-W-530 Webbing, Textile, Cotton, General 
  Purpose, Natural or in Colors, F, and Amdt. 2... 160.002-1; 160.005-1; 
                                                   160.047-1; 160.052-1; 
                                                               160.055-1


Underwriters Laboratories

  333 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062

[[Page 389]]

UL 38 Standard for Manually Actuated Signaling 
  Boxes For Use With Fire-Protective Signaling 
  Systems, 1994...................................   161.002-1; 161.002-
                                                                    4(b)
UL 62-80 Flexible Cord and Fixture Wire...........             161.006-1
UL 198B-81 Class H Fuses..........................             161.004-1
UL 268 Standard for Smoke Detectors for Fire 
  Protective Signaling Systems, 1989 (revisions 
  through June, 1994).............................   161.002-1; 161.002-
                                                                    4(b)
UL 521 Standard for Heat Detectors for Fire 
  Protective Signaling Systems, 1993 (revisions 
  through October, 1994)..........................   161.002-1; 161.002-
                                                                    4(b)
UL 864 Standard for Control Units for Fire 
  Protective Signaling Systems, 1991 (revisions 
  through May, 1994)..............................   161.002-1; 161.002-
                                                                    4(b)
UL 1123, Marine Buoyant Devices, February 17, 1995 159.001-4; 159.001-3; 
                                                              160.076-35
UL 1180, Fully Inflatable Recreational Personal 
  Flotation Devices, May 15, 1995.................   160.076-7; 160.076-
                                                        21; 160.076-23; 
                                                    160.076-25; 160.076-
                                                        27; 160.076-29; 
                                                    160.076-31; 160.076-
                                                          37; 160.076-39
UL 1191, Components for Personal Flotation 
  Devices, May 16, 1995...........................  160.076-21; 160.076-
                                                          25; 160.076-39
UL 1196 Standard for Floating Waterlights, Second 
  Edition, March 23, 1987......................... 161.010-1; 161.010-2; 
                                                               161.010-4


                                                                    Chap.

[[Page 391]]



                    Table of CFR Titles and Chapters



                   (Revised as of September 30, 1996)

                      Title 1--General Provisions

         I  Administrative Committee of the Federal Register 
                (Parts 1--49)
        II  Office of the Federal Register (Parts 50--299)
        IV  Miscellaneous Agencies (Parts 400--500)

                          Title 2--[Reserved]

                        Title 3--The President

         I  Executive Office of the President (Parts 100--199)

                           Title 4--Accounts

         I  General Accounting Office (Parts 1--99)
        II  Federal Claims Collection Standards (General 
                Accounting Office--Department of Justice) (Parts 
                100--299)

                   Title 5--Administrative Personnel

         I  Office of Personnel Management (Parts 1--1199)
        II  Merit Systems Protection Board (Parts 1200--1299)
       III  Office of Management and Budget (Parts 1300--1399)
        IV  Advisory Committee on Federal Pay (Parts 1400--1499)
         V  The International Organizations Employees Loyalty 
                Board (Parts 1500--1599)
        VI  Federal Retirement Thrift Investment Board (Parts 
                1600--1699)
       VII  Advisory Commission on Intergovernmental Relations 
                (Parts 1700--1799)
      VIII  Office of Special Counsel (Parts 1800--1899)
        IX  Appalachian Regional Commission (Parts 1900--1999)
        XI  Armed Forces Retirement Home (Part 2100)
       XIV  Federal Labor Relations Authority, General Counsel of 
                the Federal Labor Relations Authority and Federal 
                Service Impasses Panel (Parts 2400--2499)
        XV  Office of Administration, Executive Office of the 
                President (Parts 2500--2599)
       XVI  Office of Government Ethics (Parts 2600--2699)
       XXI  Department of the Treasury (Parts 3100--3199)
      XXII  Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (Part 3202)
     XXIII  Department of Energy (Part 3301)

[[Page 392]]

      XXIV  Federal Energy Regulatory Commission (Part 3401)
      XXVI  Department of Defense (Part 3601)
       XXX  Farm Credit System Insurance Corporation (Parts 4000--
                4099)
      XXXI  Farm Credit Administration (Parts 4100--4199)
    XXXIII  Overseas Private Investment Corporation (Part 4301)
        XL  Interstate Commerce Commission (Part 5001)
       XLI  Commodity Futures Trading Commission (Part 5101)
       XLV  Department of Health and Human Services (Part 5501)
      XLVI  Postal Rate Commission (Part 5601)
     XLVII  Federal Trade Commission (Part 5701)
    XLVIII  Nuclear Regulatory Commission (Part 5801)
         L  Department of Transportation (Part 6001)
       LII  Export-Import Bank of the United States (Part 6201)
      LIII  Department of Education (Parts 6300--6399)
       LIV  Environmental Protection Agency (Part 6401)
       LIX  National Aeronautics and Space Administration (Part 
                6901)
        LX  United States Postal Service (Part 7001)
      LXII  Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (Part 7201)
     LXIII  Inter-American Foundation (Part 7301)
       LXV  Department of Housing and Urban Development (Part 
                7501)
      LXVI  National Archives and Records Administration (Part 
                7601)
      LXIX  Tennessee Valley Authority (Part 7901)
     LXXIV  Federal Mine Safety and Health Review Commission (Part 
                8401)
     LXXVI  Federal Retirement Thrift Investment Board (Part 8601)
    LXXVII  Office of Management and Budget (Part 8701)

                          Title 6--[Reserved]

                         Title 7--Agriculture

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary of Agriculture 
                (Parts 0--26)
            Subtitle B--Regulations of the Department of 
                Agriculture
         I  Agricultural Marketing Service (Standards, 
                Inspections, Marketing Practices), Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 27--209)
        II  Food and Consumer Service, Department of Agriculture 
                (Parts 210--299)
       III  Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service, Department 
                of Agriculture (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Federal Crop Insurance Corporation, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 400--499)
         V  Agricultural Research Service, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 500--599)
        VI  Natural Resources Conservation Service, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 600--699)
       VII  Farm Service Agency, Department of Agriculture (Parts 
                700--799)

[[Page 393]]

      VIII  Grain Inspection, Packers and Stockyards 
                Administration (Federal Grain Inspection Service), 
                Department of Agriculture (Parts 800--899)
        IX  Agricultural Marketing Service (Marketing Agreements 
                and Orders; Fruits, Vegetables, Nuts), Department 
                of Agriculture (Parts 900--999)
         X  Agricultural Marketing Service (Marketing Agreements 
                and Orders; Milk), Department of Agriculture 
                (Parts 1000--1199)
        XI  Agricultural Marketing Service (Marketing Agreements 
                and Orders; Miscellaneous Commodities), Department 
                of Agriculture (Parts 1200--1299)
       XIV  Commodity Credit Corporation, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 1400--1499)
        XV  Foreign Agricultural Service, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 1500--1599)
       XVI  Rural Telephone Bank, Department of Agriculture (Parts 
                1600--1699)
      XVII  Rural Utilities Service, Department of Agriculture 
                (Parts 1700--1799)
     XVIII  Rural Housing Service, Rural Business-Cooperative 
                Service, Rural Utilities Service, and Farm Service 
                Agency, Department of Agriculture (Parts 1800--
                2099)
      XXVI  Office of Inspector General, Department of Agriculture 
                (Parts 2600--2699)
     XXVII  Office of Information Resources Management, Department 
                of Agriculture (Parts 2700--2799)
    XXVIII  Office of Operations, Department of Agriculture (Parts 
                2800--2899)
      XXIX  Office of Energy, Department of Agriculture (Parts 
                2900--2999)
       XXX  Office of Finance and Management, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 3000--3099)
      XXXI  Office of Environmental Quality, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 3100--3199)
     XXXII  [Reserved]
    XXXIII  Office of Transportation, Department of Agriculture 
                (Parts 3300--3399)
     XXXIV  Cooperative State Research, Education, and Extension 
                Service, Department of Agriculture (Parts 3400--
                3499)
     XXXVI  National Agricultural Statistics Service, Department 
                of Agriculture (Parts 3600--3699)
    XXXVII  Economic Research Service, Department of Agriculture 
                (Parts 3700--3799)
   XXXVIII  World Agricultural Outlook Board, Department of 
                Agriculture (Parts 3800--3899)
     XXXIX  Economic Analysis Staff, Department of Agriculture 
                (Parts 3900--3999)
        XL  Economics Management Staff, Department of Agriculture 
                (Parts 4000--4099)
       XLI  [Reserved]
      XLII  Rural Business-Cooperative Service and Rural Utilities 
                Service, Department of Agriculture (Parts 4200--
                4299)

[[Page 394]]

                    Title 8--Aliens and Nationality

         I  Immigration and Naturalization Service, Department of 
                Justice (Parts 1--499)

                 Title 9--Animals and Animal Products

         I  Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service, Department 
                of Agriculture (Parts 1--199)
        II  Grain Inspection, Packers and Stockyards 
                Administration (Packers and Stockyards Programs), 
                Department of Agriculture (Parts 200--299)
       III  Food Safety and Inspection Service, Meat and Poultry 
                Inspection, Department of Agriculture (Parts 300--
                399)

                           Title 10--Energy

         I  Nuclear Regulatory Commission (Parts 0--199)
        II  Department of Energy (Parts 200--699)
       III  Department of Energy (Parts 700--999)
         X  Department of Energy (General Provisions) (Parts 
                1000--1099)
        XI  United States Enrichment Corporation (Parts 1100--
                1199)
        XV  Office of the Federal Inspector for the Alaska Natural 
                Gas Transportation System (Parts 1500--1599)
      XVII  Defense Nuclear Facilities Safety Board (Parts 1700--
                1799)

                      Title 11--Federal Elections

         I  Federal Election Commission (Parts 1--9099)

                      Title 12--Banks and Banking

         I  Comptroller of the Currency, Department of the 
                Treasury (Parts 1--199)
        II  Federal Reserve System (Parts 200--299)
       III  Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Export-Import Bank of the United States (Parts 400--
                499)
         V  Office of Thrift Supervision, Department of the 
                Treasury (Parts 500--599)
        VI  Farm Credit Administration (Parts 600--699)
       VII  National Credit Union Administration (Parts 700--799)
      VIII  Federal Financing Bank (Parts 800--899)
        IX  Federal Housing Finance Board (Parts 900--999)
        XI  Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council 
                (Parts 1100--1199)
       XIV  Farm Credit System Insurance Corporation (Parts 1400--
                1499)
        XV  Thrift Depositor Protection Oversight Board (Parts 
                1500--1599)
      XVII  Office of Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight, 
                Department of Housing and Urban Development (Parts 
                1700-1799)
     XVIII  Community Development Financial Institutions Fund, 
                Department of the Treasury (Parts 1800--1899)

[[Page 395]]

               Title 13--Business Credit and Assistance

         I  Small Business Administration (Parts 1--199)
       III  Economic Development Administration, Department of 
                Commerce (Parts 300--399)

                    Title 14--Aeronautics and Space

         I  Federal Aviation Administration, Department of 
                Transportation (Parts 1--199)
        II  Office of the Secretary, Department of Transportation 
                (Aviation Proceedings) (Parts 200--399)
       III  Commercial Space Transportation, Federal Aviation 
                Administration, Department of Transportation 
                (Parts 400--499)
         V  National Aeronautics and Space Administration (Parts 
                1200--1299)

                 Title 15--Commerce and Foreign Trade

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary of Commerce (Parts 
                0--29)
            Subtitle B--Regulations Relating to Commerce and 
                Foreign Trade
         I  Bureau of the Census, Department of Commerce (Parts 
                30--199)
        II  National Institute of Standards and Technology, 
                Department of Commerce (Parts 200--299)
       III  International Trade Administration, Department of 
                Commerce (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Foreign-Trade Zones Board, Department of Commerce 
                (Parts 400--499)
       VII  Bureau of Export Administration, Department of 
                Commerce (Parts 700--799)
      VIII  Bureau of Economic Analysis, Department of Commerce 
                (Parts 800--899)
        IX  National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration, 
                Department of Commerce (Parts 900--999)
        XI  Technology Administration, Department of Commerce 
                (Parts 1100--1199)
      XIII  East-West Foreign Trade Board (Parts 1300--1399)
       XIV  Minority Business Development Agency (Parts 1400--
                1499)
            Subtitle C--Regulations Relating to Foreign Trade 
                Agreements
        XX  Office of the United States Trade Representative 
                (Parts 2000--2099)
            Subtitle D--Regulations Relating to Telecommunications 
                and Information
     XXIII  National Telecommunications and Information 
                Administration, Department of Commerce (Parts 
                2300--2399)

                    Title 16--Commercial Practices

         I  Federal Trade Commission (Parts 0--999)
        II  Consumer Product Safety Commission (Parts 1000--1799)

[[Page 396]]

             Title 17--Commodity and Securities Exchanges

         I  Commodity Futures Trading Commission (Parts 1--199)
        II  Securities and Exchange Commission (Parts 200--399)
        IV  Department of the Treasury (Parts 400--499)

          Title 18--Conservation of Power and Water Resources

         I  Federal Energy Regulatory Commission, Department of 
                Energy (Parts 1--399)
       III  Delaware River Basin Commission (Parts 400--499)
        VI  Water Resources Council (Parts 700--799)
      VIII  Susquehanna River Basin Commission (Parts 800--899)
      XIII  Tennessee Valley Authority (Parts 1300--1399)

                       Title 19--Customs Duties

         I  United States Customs Service, Department of the 
                Treasury (Parts 1--199)
        II  United States International Trade Commission (Parts 
                200--299)
       III  International Trade Administration, Department of 
                Commerce (Parts 300--399)

                     Title 20--Employees' Benefits

         I  Office of Workers' Compensation Programs, Department 
                of Labor (Parts 1--199)
        II  Railroad Retirement Board (Parts 200--399)
       III  Social Security Administration (Parts 400--499)
        IV  Employees' Compensation Appeals Board, Department of 
                Labor (Parts 500--599)
         V  Employment and Training Administration, Department of 
                Labor (Parts 600--699)
        VI  Employment Standards Administration, Department of 
                Labor (Parts 700--799)
       VII  Benefits Review Board, Department of Labor (Parts 
                800--899)
      VIII  Joint Board for the Enrollment of Actuaries (Parts 
                900--999)
        IX  Office of the Assistant Secretary for Veterans' 
                Employment and Training, Department of Labor 
                (Parts 1000--1099)

                       Title 21--Food and Drugs

         I  Food and Drug Administration, Department of Health and 
                Human Services (Parts 1--1299)
        II  Drug Enforcement Administration, Department of Justice 
                (Parts 1300--1399)
       III  Office of National Drug Control Policy (Parts 1400--
                1499)

                      Title 22--Foreign Relations

         I  Department of State (Parts 1--199)

[[Page 397]]

        II  Agency for International Development, International 
                Development Cooperation Agency (Parts 200--299)
       III  Peace Corps (Parts 300--399)
        IV  International Joint Commission, United States and 
                Canada (Parts 400--499)
         V  United States Information Agency (Parts 500--599)
        VI  United States Arms Control and Disarmament Agency 
                (Parts 600--699)
       VII  Overseas Private Investment Corporation, International 
                Development Cooperation Agency (Parts 700--799)
        IX  Foreign Service Grievance Board Regulations (Parts 
                900--999)
         X  Inter-American Foundation (Parts 1000--1099)
        XI  International Boundary and Water Commission, United 
                States and Mexico, United States Section (Parts 
                1100--1199)
       XII  United States International Development Cooperation 
                Agency (Parts 1200--1299)
      XIII  Board for International Broadcasting (Parts 1300--
                1399)
       XIV  Foreign Service Labor Relations Board; Federal Labor 
                Relations Authority; General Counsel of the 
                Federal Labor Relations Authority; and the Foreign 
                Service Impasse Disputes Panel (Parts 1400--1499)
        XV  African Development Foundation (Parts 1500--1599)
       XVI  Japan-United States Friendship Commission (Parts 
                1600--1699)
      XVII  United States Institute of Peace (Parts 1700--1799)

                          Title 23--Highways

         I  Federal Highway Administration, Department of 
                Transportation (Parts 1--999)
        II  National Highway Traffic Safety Administration and 
                Federal Highway Administration, Department of 
                Transportation (Parts 1200--1299)
       III  National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 
                Department of Transportation (Parts 1300--1399)

                Title 24--Housing and Urban Development

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary, Department of 
                Housing and Urban Development (Parts 0--99)
            Subtitle B--Regulations Relating to Housing and Urban 
                Development
         I  Office of Assistant Secretary for Equal Opportunity, 
                Department of Housing and Urban Development (Parts 
                100--199)
        II  Office of Assistant Secretary for Housing-Federal 
                Housing Commissioner, Department of Housing and 
                Urban Development (Parts 200--299)
       III  Government National Mortgage Association, Department 
                of Housing and Urban Development (Parts 300--399)
         V  Office of Assistant Secretary for Community Planning 
                and Development, Department of Housing and Urban 
                Development (Parts 500--599)

[[Page 398]]

        VI  Office of Assistant Secretary for Community Planning 
                and Development, Department of Housing and Urban 
                Development (Parts 600--699) [Reserved]
       VII  Office of the Secretary, Department of Housing and 
                Urban Development (Housing Assistance Programs and 
                Public and Indian Housing Programs) (Parts 700--
                799)
      VIII  Office of the Assistant Secretary for Housing--Federal 
                Housing Commissioner, Department of Housing and 
                Urban Development (Section 8 Housing Assistance 
                Programs and Section 202 Direct Loan Program) 
                (Parts 800--899)
        IX  Office of Assistant Secretary for Public and Indian 
                Housing, Department of Housing and Urban 
                Development (Parts 900--999)
         X  Office of Assistant Secretary for Housing--Federal 
                Housing Commissioner, Department of Housing and 
                Urban Development (Interstate Land Sales 
                Registration Program) (Parts 1700--1799)
       XII  Office of Inspector General, Department of Housing and 
                Urban Development (Parts 2000--2099)
        XX  Office of Assistant Secretary for Housing--Federal 
                Housing Commissioner, Department of Housing and 
                Urban Development (Parts 3200--3699)
       XXV  Neighborhood Reinvestment Corporation (Parts 4100--
                4199)

                           Title 25--Indians

         I  Bureau of Indian Affairs, Department of the Interior 
                (Parts 1--299)
        II  Indian Arts and Crafts Board, Department of the 
                Interior (Parts 300--399)
       III  National Indian Gaming Commission, Department of the 
                Interior (Parts 500--599)
        IV  Office of Navajo and Hopi Indian Relocation (Parts 
                700--799)
         V  Bureau of Indian Affairs, Department of the Interior, 
                and Indian Health Service, Department of Health 
                and Human Services (Part 900)
        VI  Office of the Assistant Secretary-Indian Affairs, 
                Department of the Interior (Part 1001)

                      Title 26--Internal Revenue

         I  Internal Revenue Service, Department of the Treasury 
                (Parts 1--799)

           Title 27--Alcohol, Tobacco Products and Firearms

         I  Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms, Department of 
                the Treasury (Parts 1--299)

                   Title 28--Judicial Administration

         I  Department of Justice (Parts 0--199)
       III  Federal Prison Industries, Inc., Department of Justice 
                (Parts 300--399)

[[Page 399]]

         V  Bureau of Prisons, Department of Justice (Parts 500--
                599)
        VI  Offices of Independent Counsel, Department of Justice 
                (Parts 600--699)
       VII  Office of Independent Counsel (Parts 700--799)

                            Title 29--Labor

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary of Labor (Parts 
                0--99)
            Subtitle B--Regulations Relating to Labor
         I  National Labor Relations Board (Parts 100--199)
        II  Office of Labor-Management Programs, Department of 
                Labor (Parts 200--299)
       III  National Railroad Adjustment Board (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Office of Labor-Management Standards, Department of 
                Labor (Parts 400--499)
         V  Wage and Hour Division, Department of Labor (Parts 
                500--899)
        IX  Construction Industry Collective Bargaining Commission 
                (Parts 900--999)
         X  National Mediation Board (Parts 1200--1299)
       XII  Federal Mediation and Conciliation Service (Parts 
                1400--1499)
       XIV  Equal Employment Opportunity Commission (Parts 1600--
                1699)
      XVII  Occupational Safety and Health Administration, 
                Department of Labor (Parts 1900--1999)
        XX  Occupational Safety and Health Review Commission 
                (Parts 2200--2499)
       XXV  Pension and Welfare Benefits Administration, 
                Department of Labor (Parts 2500--2599)
     XXVII  Federal Mine Safety and Health Review Commission 
                (Parts 2700--2799)
        XL  Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation (Parts 4000--
                4999)

                      Title 30--Mineral Resources

         I  Mine Safety and Health Administration, Department of 
                Labor (Parts 1--199)
        II  Minerals Management Service, Department of the 
                Interior (Parts 200--299)
       III  Board of Surface Mining and Reclamation Appeals, 
                Department of the Interior (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Geological Survey, Department of the Interior (Parts 
                400--499)
        VI  Bureau of Mines, Department of the Interior (Parts 
                600--699)
       VII  Office of Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement, 
                Department of the Interior (Parts 700--999)

                 Title 31--Money and Finance: Treasury

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary of the Treasury 
                (Parts 0--50)
            Subtitle B--Regulations Relating to Money and Finance
         I  Monetary Offices, Department of the Treasury (Parts 
                51--199)

[[Page 400]]

        II  Fiscal Service, Department of the Treasury (Parts 
                200--399)
        IV  Secret Service, Department of the Treasury (Parts 
                400--499)
         V  Office of Foreign Assets Control, Department of the 
                Treasury (Parts 500--599)
        VI  Bureau of Engraving and Printing, Department of the 
                Treasury (Parts 600--699)
       VII  Federal Law Enforcement Training Center, Department of 
                the Treasury (Parts 700--799)
      VIII  Office of International Investment, Department of the 
                Treasury (Parts 800--899)

                      Title 32--National Defense

            Subtitle A--Department of Defense
         I  Office of the Secretary of Defense (Parts 1--399)
         V  Department of the Army (Parts 400--699)
        VI  Department of the Navy (Parts 700--799)
       VII  Department of the Air Force (Parts 800--1099)
            Subtitle B--Other Regulations Relating to National 
                Defense
       XII  Defense Logistics Agency (Parts 1200--1299)
       XVI  Selective Service System (Parts 1600--1699)
       XIX  Central Intelligence Agency (Parts 1900--1999)
        XX  Information Security Oversight Office, National 
                Archives and Records Administration (Parts 2000--
                2099)
       XXI  National Security Council (Parts 2100--2199)
      XXIV  Office of Science and Technology Policy (Parts 2400--
                2499)
     XXVII  Office for Micronesian Status Negotiations (Parts 
                2700--2799)
    XXVIII  Office of the Vice President of the United States 
                (Parts 2800--2899)
      XXIX  Presidential Commission on the Assignment of Women in 
                the Armed Forces (Part 2900)

               Title 33--Navigation and Navigable Waters

         I  Coast Guard, Department of Transportation (Parts 1--
                199)
        II  Corps of Engineers, Department of the Army (Parts 
                200--399)
        IV  Saint Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation, 
                Department of Transportation (Parts 400--499)

                          Title 34--Education

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary, Department of 
                Education (Parts 1--99)
            Subtitle B--Regulations of the Offices of the 
                Department of Education
         I  Office for Civil Rights, Department of Education 
                (Parts 100--199)
        II  Office of Elementary and Secondary Education, 
                Department of Education (Parts 200--299)

[[Page 401]]

       III  Office of Special Education and Rehabilitative 
                Services, Department of Education (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Office of Vocational and Adult Education, Department 
                of Education (Parts 400--499)
         V  Office of Bilingual Education and Minority Languages 
                Affairs, Department of Education (Parts 500--599)
        VI  Office of Postsecondary Education, Department of 
                Education (Parts 600--699)
       VII  Office of Educational Research and Improvement, 
                Department of Education (Parts 700--799)
        XI  National Institute for Literacy (Parts 1100-1199)
            Subtitle C--Regulations Relating to Education
       XII  National Council on Disability (Parts 1200--1299)

                        Title 35--Panama Canal

         I  Panama Canal Regulations (Parts 1--299)

             Title 36--Parks, Forests, and Public Property

         I  National Park Service, Department of the Interior 
                (Parts 1--199)
        II  Forest Service, Department of Agriculture (Parts 200--
                299)
       III  Corps of Engineers, Department of the Army (Parts 
                300--399)
        IV  American Battle Monuments Commission (Parts 400--499)
         V  Smithsonian Institution (Parts 500--599)
       VII  Library of Congress (Parts 700--799)
      VIII  Advisory Council on Historic Preservation (Parts 800--
                899)
        IX  Pennsylvania Avenue Development Corporation (Parts 
                900--999)
        XI  Architectural and Transportation Barriers Compliance 
                Board (Parts 1100--1199)
       XII  National Archives and Records Administration (Parts 
                1200--1299)
       XIV  Assassination Records Review Board (Parts 1400-1499)

             Title 37--Patents, Trademarks, and Copyrights

         I  Patent and Trademark Office, Department of Commerce 
                (Parts 1--199)
        II  Copyright Office, Library of Congress (Parts 200--299)
        IV  Assistant Secretary for Technology Policy, Department 
                of Commerce (Parts 400--499)
         V  Under Secretary for Technology, Department of Commerce 
                (Parts 500--599)

           Title 38--Pensions, Bonuses, and Veterans' Relief

         I  Department of Veterans Affairs (Parts 0--99)

[[Page 402]]

                       Title 39--Postal Service

         I  United States Postal Service (Parts 1--999)
       III  Postal Rate Commission (Parts 3000--3099)

                  Title 40--Protection of Environment

         I  Environmental Protection Agency (Parts 1--799)
         V  Council on Environmental Quality (Parts 1500--1599)

          Title 41--Public Contracts and Property Management

            Subtitle B--Other Provisions Relating to Public 
                Contracts
        50  Public Contracts, Department of Labor (Parts 50-1--50-
                999)
        51  Committee for Purchase From People Who Are Blind or 
                Severely Disabled (Parts 51-1--51-99)
        60  Office of Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Equal 
                Employment Opportunity, Department of Labor (Parts 
                60-1--60-999)
        61  Office of the Assistant Secretary for Veterans 
                Employment and Training, Department of Labor 
                (Parts 61-1--61-999)
            Subtitle C--Federal Property Management Regulations 
                System
       101  Federal Property Management Regulations (Parts 101-1--
                101-99)
       105  General Services Administration (Parts 105-1--105-999)
       109  Department of Energy Property Management Regulations 
                (Parts 109-1--109-99)
       114  Department of the Interior (Parts 114-1--114-99)
       115  Environmental Protection Agency (Parts 115-1--115-99)
       128  Department of Justice (Parts 128-1--128-99)
            Subtitle D--Other Provisions Relating to Property 
                Management [Reserved]
            Subtitle E--Federal Information Resources Management 
                Regulations System
       201  Federal Information Resources Management Regulation 
                (Parts 201-1--201-99) [Reserved]
            Subtitle F--Federal Travel Regulation System
       301  Travel Allowances (Parts 301-1--301-99)
       302  Relocation Allowances (Parts 302-1--302-99)
       303  Payment of Expenses Connected with the Death of 
                Certain Employees (Parts 303-1--303-2)
       304  Payment from a Non-Federal Source for Travel Expenses 
                (Parts 304-1--304-99)

                        Title 42--Public Health

         I  Public Health Service, Department of Health and Human 
                Services (Parts 1--199)
        IV  Health Care Financing Administration, Department of 
                Health and Human Services (Parts 400--499)
         V  Office of Inspector General-Health Care, Department of 
                Health and Human Services (Parts 1000--1999)

[[Page 403]]

                   Title 43--Public Lands: Interior

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary of the Interior 
                (Parts 1--199)
            Subtitle B--Regulations Relating to Public Lands
         I  Bureau of Reclamation, Department of the Interior 
                (Parts 200--499)
        II  Bureau of Land Management, Department of the Interior 
                (Parts 1000--9999)
       III  Utah Reclamation Mitigation and Conservation 
                Commission (Parts 10000--10005)

             Title 44--Emergency Management and Assistance

         I  Federal Emergency Management Agency (Parts 0--399)
        IV  Department of Commerce and Department of 
                Transportation (Parts 400--499)

                       Title 45--Public Welfare

            Subtitle A--Department of Health and Human Services, 
                General Administration (Parts 1--199)
            Subtitle B--Regulations Relating to Public Welfare
        II  Office of Family Assistance (Assistance Programs), 
                Administration for Children and Families, 
                Department of Health and Human Services (Parts 
                200--299)
       III  Office of Child Support Enforcement (Child Support 
                Enforcement Program), Administration for Children 
                and Families, Department of Health and Human 
                Services (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Office of Refugee Resettlement, Administration for 
                Children and Families Department of Health and 
                Human Services (Parts 400--499)
         V  Foreign Claims Settlement Commission of the United 
                States, Department of Justice (Parts 500--599)
        VI  National Science Foundation (Parts 600--699)
       VII  Commission on Civil Rights (Parts 700--799)
      VIII  Office of Personnel Management (Parts 800--899)
         X  Office of Community Services, Administration for 
                Children and Families, Department of Health and 
                Human Services (Parts 1000--1099)
        XI  National Foundation on the Arts and the Humanities 
                (Parts 1100--1199)
       XII  ACTION (Parts 1200--1299)
      XIII  Office of Human Development Services, Department of 
                Health and Human Services (Parts 1300--1399)
       XVI  Legal Services Corporation (Parts 1600--1699)
      XVII  National Commission on Libraries and Information 
                Science (Parts 1700--1799)
     XVIII  Harry S. Truman Scholarship Foundation (Parts 1800--
                1899)
       XXI  Commission on Fine Arts (Parts 2100--2199)
      XXII  Christopher Columbus Quincentenary Jubilee Commission 
                (Parts 2200--2299)
     XXIII  Arctic Research Commission (Part 2301)

[[Page 404]]

      XXIV  James Madison Memorial Fellowship Foundation (Parts 
                2400--2499)
       XXV  Corporation for National and Community Service (Parts 
                2500--2599)

                          Title 46--Shipping

         I  Coast Guard, Department of Transportation (Parts 1--
                199)
        II  Maritime Administration, Department of Transportation 
                (Parts 200--399)
       III  Saint Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation (Great 
                Lakes Pilotage), Department of Transportation 
                (Parts 400--499)
        IV  Federal Maritime Commission (Parts 500--599)

                      Title 47--Telecommunication

         I  Federal Communications Commission (Parts 0--199)
        II  Office of Science and Technology Policy and National 
                Security Council (Parts 200--299)
       III  National Telecommunications and Information 
                Administration, Department of Commerce (Parts 
                300--399)

           Title 48--Federal Acquisition Regulations System

         1  Federal Acquisition Regulation (Parts 1--99)
         2  Department of Defense (Parts 200--299)
         3  Department of Health and Human Services (Parts 300--
                399)
         4  Department of Agriculture (Parts 400--499)
         5  General Services Administration (Parts 500--599)
         6  Department of State (Parts 600--699)
         7  Agency for International Development (Parts 700--799)
         8  Department of Veterans Affairs (Parts 800--899)
         9  Department of Energy (Parts 900--999)
        10  Department of the Treasury (Parts 1000--1099)
        12  Department of Transportation (Parts 1200--1299)
        13  Department of Commerce (Parts 1300--1399)
        14  Department of the Interior (Parts 1400--1499)
        15  Environmental Protection Agency (Parts 1500--1599)
        16  Office of Personnel Management Federal Employees 
                Health Benefits Acquisition Regulation (Parts 
                1600--1699)
        17  Office of Personnel Management (Parts 1700--1799)
        18  National Aeronautics and Space Administration (Parts 
                1800--1899)
        19  United States Information Agency (Parts 1900--1999)
        20  Nuclear Regulatory Commission (Parts 2000--2099)
        21  Office of Personnel Management, Federal Employees 
                Group Life Insurance Federal Acquisition 
                Regulation (Parts 2100--2199)
        23  Social Security Administration (Parts 2300--2399)

[[Page 405]]

        24  Department of Housing and Urban Development (Parts 
                2400--2499)
        25  National Science Foundation (Parts 2500--2599)
        28  Department of Justice (Parts 2800--2899)
        29  Department of Labor (Parts 2900--2999)
        34  Department of Education Acquisition Regulation (Parts 
                3400--3499)
        35  Panama Canal Commission (Parts 3500--3599)
        44  Federal Emergency Management Agency (Parts 4400--4499)
        51  Department of the Army Acquisition Regulations (Parts 
                5100--5199)
        52  Department of the Navy Acquisition Regulations (Parts 
                5200--5299)
        53  Department of the Air Force Federal Acquisition 
                Regulation Supplement (Parts 5300--5399)
        54  Defense Logistics Agency, Department of Defense (Part 
                5452)
        57  African Development Foundation (Parts 5700--5799)
        61  General Services Administration Board of Contract 
                Appeals (Parts 6100--6199)
        63  Department of Transportation Board of Contract Appeals 
                (Parts 6300--6399)
        99  Cost Accounting Standards Board, Office of Federal 
                Procurement Policy, Office of Management and 
                Budget (Parts 9900--9999)

                       Title 49--Transportation

            Subtitle A--Office of the Secretary of Transportation 
                (Parts 1--99)
            Subtitle B--Other Regulations Relating to 
                Transportation
         I  Research and Special Programs Administration, 
                Department of Transportation (Parts 100--199)
        II  Federal Railroad Administration, Department of 
                Transportation (Parts 200--299)
       III  Federal Highway Administration, Department of 
                Transportation (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Coast Guard, Department of Transportation (Parts 400--
                499)
         V  National Highway Traffic Safety Administration, 
                Department of Transportation (Parts 500--599)
        VI  Federal Transit Administration, Department of 
                Transportation (Parts 600--699)
       VII  National Railroad Passenger Corporation (AMTRAK) 
                (Parts 700--799)
      VIII  National Transportation Safety Board (Parts 800--999)
         X  Surface Transportation Board, Department of 
                Transportation (Parts 1000--1399)

[[Page 406]]

                   Title 50--Wildlife and Fisheries

         I  United States Fish and Wildlife Service, Department of 
                the Interior (Parts 1--199)
        II  National Marine Fisheries Service, National Oceanic 
                and Atmospheric Administration, Department of 
                Commerce (Parts 200--299)
       III  International Regulatory Agencies (Fishing and 
                Whaling) (Parts 300--399)
        IV  Joint Regulations (United States Fish and Wildlife 
                Service, Department of the Interior and National 
                Marine Fisheries Service, National Oceanic and 
                Atmospheric Administration, Department of 
                Commerce); Endangered Species Committee 
                Regulations (Parts 400--499)
         V  Marine Mammal Commission (Parts 500--599)
        VI  Fishery Conservation and Management, National Oceanic 
                and Atmospheric Administration, Department of 
                Commerce (Parts 600--699)

                      CFR Index and Finding Aids

            Subject/Agency Index
            List of Agency Prepared Indexes
            Parallel Tables of Statutory Authorities and Rules
            Acts Requiring Publication in the Federal Register
            List of CFR Titles, Chapters, Subchapters, and Parts
            Alphabetical List of Agencies Appearing in the CFR



[[Page 407]]





           Alphabetical List of Agencies Appearing in the CFR



                   (Revised as of September 30, 1996)

                                                  CFR Title, Subtitle or
                     Agency                               Chapter

ACTION                                            45, XII
Administrative Committee of the Federal Register  1, I
Advanced Research Projects Agency                 32, I
Advisory Commission on Intergovernmental          5, VII
     Relations
Advisory Committee on Federal Pay                 5, IV
Advisory Council on Historic Preservation         36, VIII
African Development Foundation                    22, XV
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 57
Agency for International Development              22, II
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 7
Agricultural Marketing Service                    7, I, IX, X, XI
Agricultural Research Service                     7, V
Agriculture Department
  Agricultural Marketing Service                  7, I, IX, X, XI
  Agricultural Research Service                   7, V
  Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service      7, III; 9, I
  Commodity Credit Corporation                    7, XIV
  Cooperative State Research, Education, and      7, XXXIV
       Extension Service
  Economic Analysis Staff                         7, XXXIX
  Economic Research Service                       7, XXXVII
  Economics Management Staff                      7, XL
  Energy, Office of                               7, XXIX
  Environmental Quality, Office of                7, XXXI
  Farm Service Agency                             7, VII, XVIII
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 4
  Federal Crop Insurance Corporation              7, IV
  Finance and Management, Office of               7, XXX
  Food and Consumer Service                       7, II
  Food Safety and Inspection Service              9, III
  Foreign Agricultural Service                    7, XV
  Forest Service                                  36, II
  Grain Inspection, Packers and Stockyards        7, VIII; 9, II
       Administration
  Information Resources Management, Office of     7, XXVII
  Inspector General, Office of                    7, XXVI
  National Agricultural Library                   7, XLI
  National Agricultural Statistics Service        7, XXXVI
  Natural Resources Conservation Service          7, VI
  Operations, Office of                           7, XXVIII
  Rural Business-Cooperative Service              7, XVIII, XLII
  Rural Development Administration                7, XLII
  Rural Housing Service                           7, XVIII
  Rural Telephone Bank                            7, XVI
  Rural Utilities Service                         7, XVII, XVIII, XLII
  Secretary of Agriculture, Office of             7, Subtitle A
  Transportation, Office of                       7, XXXIII
  World Agricultural Outlook Board                7, XXXVIII
Air Force Department                              32, VII
  Federal Acquisition Regulation Supplement       48, 53
Alaska Natural Gas Transportation System, Office  10, XV
     of the Federal Inspector
Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms, Bureau of          27, I
AMTRAK                                            49, VII

[[Page 408]]

American Battle Monuments Commission              36, IV
Animal and Plant Health Inspection Service        7, III; 9, I
Appalachian Regional Commission                   5, IX
Architectural and Transportation Barriers         36, XI
     Compliance Board
Arctic Research Commission                        45, XXIII
Arms Control and Disarmament Agency, United       22, VI
     States
Army Department                                   32, V
  Engineers, Corps of                             33, II; 36, III
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 51
Assassination Records Review Board                36, XIV
Benefits Review Board                             20, VII
Bilingual Education and Minority Languages        34, V
     Affairs, Office of
Blind or Severely Disabled, Committee for         41, 51
     Purchase From People Who Are
Board for International Broadcasting              22, XIII
Census Bureau                                     15, I
Central Intelligence Agency                       32, XIX
Child Support Enforcement, Office of              45, III
Children and Families, Administration for         45, II, III, IV, X
Christopher Columbus Quincentenary Jubilee        45, XXII
     Commission
Civil Rights, Commission on                       45, VII
Civil Rights, Office for                          34, I
Coast Guard                                       33, I; 46, I; 49, IV
Commerce Department                               44, IV
  Census Bureau                                   15, I`
  Economic Affairs, Under Secretary               37, V
  Economic Analysis, Bureau of                    15, VIII
  Economic Development Administration             13, III
  Emergency Management and Assistance             44, IV
  Export Administration, Bureau of                15, VII
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 13
  Fishery Conservation and Management             50, VI
  Foreign-Trade Zones Board                       15, IV
  International Trade Administration              15, III; 19, III
  National Institute of Standards and Technology  15, II
  National Marine Fisheries Service               50, II, IV
  National Oceanic and Atmospheric                15, IX; 50, II, III, IV, 
       Administration                             VI
  National Telecommunications and Information     15, XXIII; 47, III
       Administration
  National Weather Service                        15, IX
  Patent and Trademark Office                     37, I
  Productivity, Technology and Innovation,        37, IV
       Assistant Secretary for
  Secretary of Commerce, Office of                15, Subtitle A
  Technology, Under Secretary for                 37, V
  Technology Administration                       15, XI
  Technology Policy, Assistant Secretary for      37, IV
Commercial Space Transportation                   14, III
Commodity Credit Corporation                      7, XIV
Commodity Futures Trading Commission              5, XLI; 17, I
Community Planning and Development, Office of     24, V, VI
     Assistant Secretary for
Community Services, Office of                     45, X
Comptroller of the Currency                       12, I
Construction Industry Collective Bargaining       29, IX
     Commission
Consumer Product Safety Commission                16, II
Cooperative State Research, Education, and        7, XXXIV
     Extension Service
Copyright Office                                  37, II
Cost Accounting Standards Board                   48, 99
Council on Environmental Quality                  40, V
Customs Service, United States                    19, I
Defense Contract Audit Agency                     32, I
Defense Department                                5, XXVI; 32, Subtitle A
  Advanced Research Projects Agency               32, I
  Air Force Department                            32, VII
  Army Department                                 32, V; 33, II; 36, III, 
                                                  48, 51

[[Page 409]]

  Defense Intelligence Agency                     32, I
  Defense Logistics Agency                        32, I, XII; 48, 54
  Defense Mapping Agency                          32, I
  Engineers, Corps of                             33, II; 36, III
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 2
  Navy Department                                 32, VI; 48, 52
  Secretary of Defense, Office of                 32, I
Defense Contract Audit Agency                     32, I
Defense Intelligence Agency                       32, I
Defense Logistics Agency                          32, XII; 48, 54
Defense Mapping Agency                            32, I
Defense Nuclear Facilities Safety Board           10, XVII
Delaware River Basin Commission                   18, III
Drug Enforcement Administration                   21, II
East-West Foreign Trade Board                     15, XIII
Economic Affairs, Under Secretary                 37, V
Economic Analysis, Bureau of                      15, VIII
Economic Analysis Staff                           7, XXXIX
Economic Development Administration               13, III
Economics Management Staff                        7, XL
Economic Research Service                         7, XXXVII
Education, Department of                          5, LIII
  Bilingual Education and Minority Languages      34, V
       Affairs, Office of
  Civil Rights, Office for                        34, I
  Educational Research and Improvement, Office    34, VII
       of
  Elementary and Secondary Education, Office of   34, II
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 34
  Postsecondary Education, Office of              34, VI
  Secretary of Education, Office of               34, Subtitle A
  Special Education and Rehabilitative Services,  34, III
       Office of
  Vocational and Adult Education, Office of       34, IV
Educational Research and Improvement, Office of   34, VII
Elementary and Secondary Education, Office of     34, II
Employees' Compensation Appeals Board             20, IV
Employees Loyalty Board                           5, V
Employment and Training Administration            20, V
Employment Standards Administration               20, VI
Endangered Species Committee                      50, IV
Energy, Department of                             5, XXIII; 10, II, III, X
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 9
  Federal Energy Regulatory Commission            5, XXIV; 18, I
  Property Management Regulations                 41, 109
Energy, Office of                                 7, XXIX
Engineers, Corps of                               33, II; 36, III
Engraving and Printing, Bureau of                 31, VI
Enrichment Corporation, United States             10, XI
Environmental Protection Agency                   5, LIV; 40, I
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 15
  Property Management Regulations                 41, 115
Environmental Quality, Office of                  7, XXXI
Equal Employment Opportunity Commission           5, LXII; 29, XIV
Equal Opportunity, Office of Assistant Secretary  24, I
     for
Executive Office of the President                 3, I
  Administration, Office of                       5, XV
  Environmental Quality, Council on               40, V
  Management and Budget, Office of                25, III, LXXVII; 48, 99
  National Drug Control Policy, Office of         21, III
  National Security Council                       32, XXI; 47, 2
  Presidential Documents                          3
  Science and Technology Policy, Office of        32, XXIV; 47, II
  Trade Representative, Office of the United      15, XX
       States
Export Administration, Bureau of                  15, VII
Export-Import Bank of the United States           5, LII; 12, IV
Family Assistance, Office of                      45, II
Farm Credit Administration                        5, XXXI; 12, VI
Farm Credit System Insurance Corporation          5, XXX; 12, XIV

[[Page 410]]

Farm Service Agency                               7, VII, XVIII
Farmers Home Administration                       7, XVIII
Federal Acquisition Regulation                    48, 1
Federal Aviation Administration                   14, I
  Commercial Space Transportation                 14, III
Federal Claims Collection Standards               4, II
Federal Communications Commission                 47, I
Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Office of   41, 60
Federal Crop Insurance Corporation                7, IV
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation             5, XXII; 12, III
Federal Election Commission                       11, I
Federal Emergency Management Agency               44, I
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 44
Federal Employees Group Life Insurance Federal    48, 21
     Acquisition Regulation
Federal Employees Health Benefits Acquisition     48, 16
     Regulation
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission              5, XXIV; 18, I
Federal Financial Institutions Examination        12, XI
     Council
Federal Financing Bank                            12, VIII
Federal Highway Administration                    23, I, II; 49, III
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation            1, IV
Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight Office       12, XVII
Federal Housing Finance Board                     12, IX
Federal Inspector for the Alaska Natural Gas      10, XV
     Transportation System, Office of
Federal Labor Relations Authority, and General    5, XIV; 22, XIV
     Counsel of the Federal Labor Relations 
     Authority
Federal Law Enforcement Training Center           31, VII
Federal Maritime Commission                       46, IV
Federal Mediation and Conciliation Service        29, XII
Federal Mine Safety and Health Review Commission  5, LXXIV; 29, XXVII
Federal Pay, Advisory Committee on                5, IV
Federal Prison Industries, Inc.                   28, III
Federal Procurement Policy Office                 48, 99
Federal Property Management Regulations           41, 101
Federal Property Management Regulations System    41, Subtitle C
Federal Railroad Administration                   49, II
Federal Register, Administrative Committee of     1, I
Federal Register, Office of                       1, II
Federal Reserve System                            12, II
Federal Retirement Thrift Investment Board        5, VI, LXXVI
Federal Service Impasses Panel                    5, XIV
Federal Trade Commission                          5, XLVII; 16, I
Federal Transit Administration                    49, VI
Federal Travel Regulation System                  41, Subtitle F
Finance and Management, Office of                 7, XXX
Fine Arts, Commission on                          45, XXI
Fiscal Service                                    31, II
Fish and Wildlife Service, United States          50, I, IV
Fishery Conservation and Management               50, VI
Fishing and Whaling, International Regulatory     50, III
     Agencies
Food and Drug Administration                      21, I
Food and Consumer Service                         7, II
Food Safety and Inspection Service                9, III
Foreign Agricultural Service                      7, XV
Foreign Assets Control, Office of                 31, V
Foreign Claims Settlement Commission of the       45, V
     United States
Foreign Service Grievance Board                   22, IX
Foreign Service Impasse Disputes Panel            22, XIV
Foreign Service Labor Relations Board             22, XIV
Foreign-Trade Zones Board                         15, IV
Forest Service                                    36, II
General Accounting Office                         4, I, II
General Services Administration
  Contract Appeals, Board of                      48, 61
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 5
  Federal Property Management Regulations System  41, 101, 105

[[Page 411]]

  Federal Travel Regulation System                41, Subtitle F
  Payment From a Non-Federal Source for Travel    41, 304
       Expenses
  Payment of Expenses Connected With the Death    41, 303
       of Certain Employees
  Relocation Allowances                           41, 302
  Travel Allowances                               41, 301
Geological Survey                                 30, IV
Government Ethics, Office of                      5, XVI
Government National Mortgage Association          24, III
Grain Inspection, Packers and Stockyards          7, VIII; 9, II
     Administration
Great Lakes Pilotage                              46, III
Harry S. Truman Scholarship Foundation            45, XVIII
Health and Human Services, Department of          5, XLV; 45, Subtitle A
  Child Support Enforcement, Office of            45, III
  Children and Families, Administration for       45, II, III, IV, X
  Community Services, Office of                   45, X
  Family Assistance, Office of                    45, II
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 3
  Food and Drug Administration                    21, I
  Health Care Financing Administration            42, IV
  Human Development Services, Office of           45, XIII
  Indian Health Service                           25, V
  Inspector General (Health Care), Office of      42, V
  Public Health Service                           42, I
  Refugee Resettlement, Office of                 45, IV
Health Care Financing Administration              42, IV
Housing and Urban Development, Department of      5, LXV; 24, Subtitle B
  Community Planning and Development, Office of   24, V, VI
       Assistant Secretary for
  Equal Opportunity, Office of Assistant          24, I
       Secretary for
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 24
  Federal Housing Enterprise Oversight, Office    12, XVII
       of
  Government National Mortgage Association        24, III
  Housing--Federal Housing Commissioner, Office   24, II, VIII, X, XX
       of Assistant Secretary for
  Inspector General, Office of                    24, XII
  Public and Indian Housing, Office of Assistant  24, IX
       Secretary for
  Secretary, Office of                            24, Subtitle A, VII
Housing--Federal Housing Commissioner, Office of  24, II, VIII, X, XX
     Assistant Secretary for
Human Development Services, Office of             45, XIII
Immigration and Naturalization Service            8, I
Independent Counsel, Office of                    28, VII
Indian Affairs, Bureau of                         25, I, V
Indian Affairs, Office of the Assistant           25, VI
     Secretary
Indian Arts and Crafts Board                      25, II
Indian Health Service                             25, V
Information Agency, United States                 22, V
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 19
Information Resources Management, Office of       7, XXVII
Information Security Oversight Office, National   32, XX
     Archives and Records Administration
Inspector General
  Agriculture Department                          7, XXVI
  Health and Human Services Department            42, V
  Housing and Urban Development Department        24, XII
Institute of Peace, United States                 22, XVII
Inter-American Foundation                         5, LXIII; 22, X
Intergovernmental Relations, Advisory Commission  5, VII
     on
Interior Department
  Endangered Species Committee                    50, IV
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 14
  Federal Property Management Regulations System  41, 114
  Fish and Wildlife Service, United States        50, I, IV
  Geological Survey                               30, IV
  Indian Affairs, Bureau of                       25, I, V
  Indian Affairs, Office of the Assistant         25, VI
     Secretary
[[Page 412]]

  Indian Arts and Crafts Board                    25, II
  Land Management, Bureau of                      43, II
  Minerals Management Service                     30, II
  Mines, Bureau of                                30, VI
  National Indian Gaming Commission               25, III
  National Park Service                           36, I
  Reclamation, Bureau of                          43, I
  Secretary of the Interior, Office of            43, Subtitle A
  Surface Mining and Reclamation Appeals, Board   30, III
       of
  Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement,     30, VII
       Office of
Internal Revenue Service                          26, I
International Boundary and Water Commission,      22, XI
     United States and Mexico, United States 
     Section
International Development, Agency for             22, II
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 7
International Development Cooperation Agency,     22, XII
     United States
  International Development, Agency for           22, II; 48, 7
  Overseas Private Investment Corporation         5, XXXIII; 22, VII
International Investment, Office of               31, VIII
International Joint Commission, United States     22, IV
     and Canada
International Organizations Employees Loyalty     5, V
     Board
International Regulatory Agencies (Fishing and    50, III
     Whaling)
International Trade Administration                15, III; 19, III
International Trade Commission, United States     19, II
Interstate Commerce Commission                    5, XL
James Madison Memorial Fellowship Foundation      45, XXIV
Japan-United States Friendship Commission         22, XVI
Joint Board for the Enrollment of Actuaries       20, VIII
Justice Department                                28, I
  Drug Enforcement Administration                 21, II
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 28
  Federal Claims Collection Standards             4, II
  Federal Prison Industries, Inc.                 28, III
  Foreign Claims Settlement Commission of the     45, V
       United States
  Immigration and Naturalization Service          8, I
  Offices of Independent Counsel                  28, VI
  Prisons, Bureau of                              28, V
  Property Management Regulations                 41, 128
Labor Department
  Benefits Review Board                           20, VII
  Employees' Compensation Appeals Board           20, IV
  Employment and Training Administration          20, V
  Employment Standards Administration             20, VI
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 29
  Federal Contract Compliance Programs, Office    41, 60
       of
  Federal Procurement Regulations System          41, 50
  Labor-Management Relations and Cooperative      29, II
       Programs, Bureau of
  Labor-Management Programs, Office of            29, IV
  Mine Safety and Health Administration           30, I
  Occupational Safety and Health Administration   29, XVII
  Pension and Welfare Benefits Administration     29, XXV
  Public Contracts                                41, 50
  Secretary of Labor, Office of                   29, Subtitle A
  Veterans' Employment and Training, Office of    41, 61; 20, IX
       the Assistant Secretary for
  Wage and Hour Division                          29, V
  Workers' Compensation Programs, Office of       20, I
Labor-Management Relations and Cooperative        29, II
     Programs, Bureau of
Labor-Management Programs, Office of              29, IV
Land Management, Bureau of                        43, II
Legal Services Corporation                        45, XVI
Library of Congress                               36, VII
  Copyright Office                                37, II

[[Page 413]]

Management and Budget, Office of                  5, III, LXXVII; 48, 99
Marine Mammal Commission                          50, V
Maritime Administration                           46, II
Merit Systems Protection Board                    5, II
Micronesian Status Negotiations, Office for       32, XXVII
Mine Safety and Health Administration             30, I
Minerals Management Service                       30, II
Mines, Bureau of                                  30, VI
Minority Business Development Agency              15, XIV
Miscellaneous Agencies                            1, IV
Monetary Offices                                  31, I
National Aeronautics and Space Administration     5, LIX; 14, V
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 18
National Agricultural Library                     7, XLI
National Agricultural Statistics Service          7, XXXVI
National Archives and Records Administration      5, LXVI; 36, XII
  Information Security Oversight Office           32, XX
National Bureau of Standards                      15, II
National Capital Planning Commission              1, IV
National Commission for Employment Policy         1, IV
National Commission on Libraries and Information  45, XVII
     Science
National and Community Service, Corporation for   45, XXV
National Council on Disability                    34, XII
National Credit Union Administration              12, VII
National Drug Control Policy, Office of           21, III
National Foundation on the Arts and the           45, XI
     Humanities
National Highway Traffic Safety Administration    23, II, III; 49, V
National Indian Gaming Commission                 25, III
National Institute for Literacy                   34, XI
National Institute of Standards and Technology    15, II
National Labor Relations Board                    29, I
National Marine Fisheries Service                 50, II, IV
National Mediation Board                          29, X
National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration   15, IX; 50, II, III, IV, 
                                                  VI
National Park Service                             36, I
National Railroad Adjustment Board                29, III
National Railroad Passenger Corporation (AMTRAK)  49, VII
National Science Foundation                       45, VI
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 25
National Security Council                         32, XXI
National Security Council and Office of Science   47, II
     and Technology Policy
National Telecommunications and Information       15, XXIII; 47, III
     Administration
National Transportation Safety Board              49, VIII
National Weather Service                          15, IX
Natural Resources Conservation Service            7, VI
Navajo and Hopi Indian Relocation, Office of      25, IV
Navy Department                                   32, VI
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 52
Neighborhood Reinvestment Corporation             24, XXV
Nuclear Regulatory Commission                     5, XLVIII; 10, I
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 20
Occupational Safety and Health Administration     29, XVII
Occupational Safety and Health Review Commission  29, XX
Offices of Independent Counsel                    28, VI
Operations Office                                 7, XXVIII
Overseas Private Investment Corporation           5, XXXIII; 22, VII
Panama Canal Commission                           48, 35
Panama Canal Regulations                          35, I
Patent and Trademark Office                       37, I
Payment From a Non-Federal Source for Travel      41, 304
     Expenses
Payment of Expenses Connected With the Death of   41, 303
     Certain Employees
Peace Corps                                       22, III
Pennsylvania Avenue Development Corporation       36, IX
Pension and Welfare Benefits Administration       29, XXV

[[Page 414]]

Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation              29, XL
Personnel Management, Office of                   5, I; 45, VIII
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 17
  Federal Employees Group Life Insurance Federal  48, 21
       Acquisition Regulation
  Federal Employees Health Benefits Acquisition   48, 16
       Regulation
Postal Rate Commission                            5, XLVI; 39, III
Postal Service, United States                     5, LX; 39, I
Postsecondary Education, Office of                34, VI
President's Commission on White House             1, IV
     Fellowships
Presidential Commission on the Assignment of      32, XXIX
     Women in the Armed Forces
Presidential Documents                            3
Prisons, Bureau of                                28, V
Productivity, Technology and Innovation,          37, IV
     Assistant Secretary
Public Contracts, Department of Labor             41, 50
Public and Indian Housing, Office of Assistant    24, IX
     Secretary for
Public Health Service                             42, I
Railroad Retirement Board                         20, II
Reclamation, Bureau of                            43, I
Refugee Resettlement, Office of                   45, IV
Regional Action Planning Commissions              13, V
Relocation Allowances                             41, 302
Research and Special Programs Administration      49, I
Rural Business-Cooperative Service                7, XVIII, XLII
Rural Development Administration                  7, XLII
Rural Housing Service                             7, XVIII
Rural Telephone Bank                              7, XVI
Rural Utilities Service                           7, XVII, XVIII, XLII
Saint Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation     33, IV; 46, III
Science and Technology Policy, Office of          32, XXIV
Science and Technology Policy, Office of, and     47, II
     National Security Council
Secret Service                                    31, IV
Securities and Exchange Commission                17, II
Selective Service System                          32, XVI
Small Business Administration                     13, I
Smithsonian Institution                           36, V
Social Security Administration                    20, III; 48, 23
Soldiers' and Airmen's Home, United States        5, XI
Special Counsel, Office of                        5, VIII
Special Education and Rehabilitative Services,    34, III
     Office of
State Department                                  22, I
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 6
Surface Mining and Reclamation Appeals, Board of  30, III
Surface Mining Reclamation and Enforcement,       30, VII
     Office of
Surface Transportation Board                      49, X
Susquehanna River Basin Commission                18, VIII
Technology Administration                         15, XI
Technology Policy, Assistant Secretary for        37, IV
Technology, Under Secretary for                   37, V
Tennessee Valley Authority                        5, LXIX; 18, XIII
Thrift Depositor Protection Oversight Board       12, XV
Thrift Supervision Office, Department of the      12, V
     Treasury
Trade Representative, United States, Office of    15, XX
Transportation, Department of                     5, L
  Coast Guard                                     33, I; 46, I; 49, IV
  Commercial Space Transportation                 14, III
  Contract Appeals, Board of                      48, 63
  Emergency Management and Assistance             44, IV
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 12
  Federal Aviation Administration                 14, I
  Federal Highway Administration                  23, I, II; 49, III
  Federal Railroad Administration                 49, II
  Federal Transit Administration                  49, VI
  Maritime Administration                         46, II

[[Page 415]]

  National Highway Traffic Safety Administration  23, II, III; 49, V
  Research and Special Programs Administration    49, I
  Saint Lawrence Seaway Development Corporation   33, IV; 46, III
  Secretary of Transportation, Office of          14, II; 49, Subtitle A
  Surface Transportation Board                    49, X
Transportation, Office of                         7, XXXIII
Travel Allowances                                 41, 301
Treasury Department                               5, XXI; 17, IV
  Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms, Bureau of        27, I
  Community Development Financial Institutions    12, XVIII
       Fund
  Comptroller of the Currency                     12, I
  Customs Service, United States                  19, I
  Engraving and Printing, Bureau of               31, VI
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 10
  Federal Law Enforcement Training Center         31, VII
  Fiscal Service                                  31, II
  Foreign Assets Control, Office of               31, V
  Internal Revenue Service                        26, I
  International Investment, Office of             31, VIII
  Monetary Offices                                31, I
  Secret Service                                  31, IV
  Secretary of the Treasury, Office of            31, Subtitle A
  Thrift Supervision, Office of                   12, V
Truman, Harry S. Scholarship Foundation           45, XVIII
United States and Canada, International Joint     22, IV
     Commission
United States and Mexico, International Boundary  22, XI
     and Water Commission, United States Section
United States Enrichment Corporation              10, XI
Utah Reclamation Mitigation and Conservation      43, III
     Commission
Veterans Affairs Department                       38, I
  Federal Acquisition Regulation                  48, 8
Veterans' Employment and Training, Office of the  41, 61; 20, IX
     Assistant Secretary for
Vice President of the United States, Office of    32, XXVIII
Vocational and Adult Education, Office of         34, IV
Wage and Hour Division                            29, V
Water Resources Council                           18, VI
Workers' Compensation Programs, Office of         20, I
World Agricultural Outlook Board                  7, XXXVIII

[[Page 417]]



List of CFR Sections Affected


All changes in this volume of the Code of Federal Regulations which were 
made by documents published in the Federal Register since January 1, 
1986, are enumerated in the following list. Entries indicate the nature 
of the changes effected. Page numbers refer to Federal Register pages. 
The user should consult the entries for chapters and parts as well as 
sections for revisions.
For the period before January 1, 1986, see the ``List of CFR Sections 
Affected, 1949-1963, 1964-1972, and 1973-1985'' published in seven 
separate volumes.

                                  1986

46 CFR
                                                                   51 FR
                                                                    Page
Chapter I
159.001-9  (b) amended (OMB numbers)...............................35220
160.077-3  (a) and (j) revised......................................4351
160.077-15  (b)(3) revised..........................................4351
160.077-23  (h)(1)(ii) introductory text revised....................4351
160.077-31  (c) and (d) revised; (k) added..........................4351
160.077-33  (a)(3)(v) and (4) revised...............................4351
160.174-1--160.174- 25 (Subpart 160.174)  Added....................19343
160.174-25  Heading corrected......................................20650

                                  1987

46 CFR
                                                                   52 FR
                                                                    Page
Chapter I
157  Redesignated as Part 15 and revised; interim..................38652
160.071-1--160.071-25 (Subpart 160.071)  Removed....................1188
    Effective date suspended.......................................13445
    Removal eff. 1-20-88...........................................39532
160.171-1--160.171-25 (Subpart 160.171)  Added......................1188
    Effective date suspended.......................................13445
    Addition eff. 1-20-88..........................................39532
160.171-17  (f)(4) and (l)(2) revised..............................39532
160.174-17  (h)(2) and (3) amended..................................1197
    Effective date suspended.......................................13445
    (h) (2) and (3) amendment eff. 1-20-88.........................39532

                                  1988

46 CFR
                                                                   53 FR
                                                                    Page
Chapter I
159  Authority citation revised; section authority citations 
        removed....................................................37568
159.001-5  Amended.................................................34535
160  Authority citation revised; section authority citations 
        removed....................................................37568
160.001-1  (d) amended.............................................34535
160.001-3  (a) amended.............................................34535
160.002-1  (c) amended.............................................34535
160.002-7  (a) amended.............................................34535
160.005-1  (c) amended.............................................34535
160.005-7  (a) amended.............................................34535
160.013-1  (c) amended.............................................34535
160.021-9  (b) amended.............................................34535
160.022-1  (c) amended.............................................34535
160.022-9  (b) amended.............................................34535
160.023-9  (b) amended.............................................34535
160.024-9  (b) amended.............................................34535
160.026-7  (a) amended.............................................34535
160.028-9  (b) amended.............................................34535
160.031-7  (b) amended.............................................34535
160.033-1  (b) amended.............................................34535
160.034-1  (b) amended.............................................34535
160.036-9  (b) amended.............................................34535
160.037-1  (c) amended.............................................34535

[[Page 418]]

160.037-9  (b) amended.............................................34535
160.040-9  (b) amended.............................................34535
160.044-6  (a) amended.............................................34535
160.047-1  (c)(1) amended..........................................34535
160.049-1  (c) amended.............................................34535
160.050-1  (b) amended.............................................34535
160.050-7  (a) amended.............................................34535
160.051-0--160.051-9 (Subpart 160.051)  Authority citation revised
                                                                   17705
160.051-0  Added...................................................17705
160.051-7  (c)(4) and (d)(2) revised...............................17706
160.051-9  (a) amended.............................................34536
160.052-1  (c)(1) amended..........................................34536
160.053-6  (a) amended.............................................34536
160.054-1  (b) amended.............................................34536
160.054-7  (a) amended.............................................34536
160.055-1  (c) amended.............................................34536
160.055-9  (a) amended.............................................34536
160.057-1  (c) amended.............................................34536
160.057-9  (b) amended.............................................34536
160.060-1  (c)(1) amended..........................................34536
160.060-3  (f) amended.............................................34536
160.061-7  (a) amended.............................................34536
160.062-6  (a) amended.............................................34536
160.066-18  (b) amended............................................34536
160.072-9  (a) amended.............................................34536
160.073-5  (b) amended.............................................34536
160.077-3  (a) revised.............................................34536
161  Authority citation revised....................................17706
    Authority citation revised; section authority citations 
removed............................................................37568
161.002-1  (c) amended.............................................34536
161.004-1  (d) amended.............................................34536
161.004-7  (a) amended.............................................34536
161.008-1--161.008-8 (Subpart 161.008)  Removed....................17706
161.010-7  (a) and (c) amended.....................................34536
161.012-5  (a) amended.............................................34536
161.013-11  (c)(1) amended.........................................34536
161.013-17  (a) amended............................................34536
162  Authority citation revised; section authority citations 
        removed....................................................37568
162.016-6  (a) amended.............................................34536
162.017-6  (a) amended.............................................34536
162.018-8  (a) amended.............................................34536
162.027-6  (a) amended.............................................34536
162.041-7  (a) amended.............................................34536
162.042-7  (a) amended.............................................34536
162.043-7  (a) amended.............................................34537
162.050-7  (a) amended.............................................34537
162.050-15  (a) and (h) amended....................................34537
163  Authority citation revised; section authority citations 
        removed....................................................37568
164  Authority citation revised; section authority citations 
        removed....................................................37568
164.007  (c)(1) amended............................................34537
164.008-1  (c)(1) amended..........................................34537
164.009-9  (a) amended.............................................34537
164.012-1  (b) amended.............................................34537
164.018-7  (a) amended.............................................34537

                                  1989

46 CFR
                                                                   54 FR
                                                                    Page
Chapter I
157  Redesignation as Part 15 and revision at 52 FR 38652 
        confirmed....................................................132
159.001-2  Added...................................................50381
160  Authority citation revised....................................50319
160.001-2  (c) revised; interim....................................50320
160.176-1--160.176-23 (Subpart 160.176)  Added; interim............50320
161.010-1--161.010-4 (Subpart 161.010)  Revised....................27020
164.009-1  (b) revised; eff. 10-2-89...............................36316
164.009-3  Removed; new 164.009-3 redesignated from 164.009-5 and 
        revised; eff. 10-2-89......................................36316
164.009-5  Redesignated as 164.009-3 and revised; eff. 10-2-89.....36316

                                  1990

(No regulations were published from January 1, 1990 through December 31, 
                                  1990)

                                  1991

46 CFR
                                                                   56 FR
                                                                    Page
Chapter I
160.001-2  Regulation at 54 FR 50320 confirmed.....................29441
160.176-1--160.176-23 (Subpart 160.176)  Regulation at 54 FR 50320 
        confirmed..................................................29441
160.176-5  (a)(3)(iii) revised.....................................29441

[[Page 419]]

160.176-8  (k) revised; (m) added..................................29441
160.176-13  (a)(1), (b)(1), (c) introductory text, (4), (d)(2)(ii) 
        and (j)(1)(ii) revised.....................................29441
160.176-15  (g)(3)(iii) revised....................................29442
160.176-23  (e) correctly designated...............................29442
162  Authority citation revised....................................35827
162.016-1--162.016-6 (Subpart 162.016)  Removed....................35827
162.017-1--162.017-6 (Subpart 162.017)  Heading Revised............35827
162.017-2  Revised.................................................35827
162.017-3  (b) revised.............................................35827
162.017-4  Revised.................................................35827
162.017-6  Revised.................................................35827
162.034-1--162.034-6 (Subpart 162.034)  Removed....................35827
162.041-1--162.041-7 (Subpart 162.041)  Removed....................35827
162.042-1--162.042-7 (Subpart 162.042)  Removed....................35827
162.043-1--162.043-7 (Subpart 162.043)  Removed....................35827
163.001-1--163.001-8 (Subpart 163.001)  Removed....................35827

                                  1992

46 CFR
                                                                   57 FR
                                                                    Page
Chapter I
160.011-1--160.011-6 (Subpart 160-011)  Removed....................48326

                                  1993

46 CFR
                                                                   58 FR
                                                                    Page
Chapter I
159.001-9  (b) amended (OMB numbers); eff. 11-16-93................29492
160.001-1  (a)(1) amended; eff. 11-16-93...........................29493
160.001-2  (a) and (j) revised; (j) table removed; eff. 11-16-93 
                                                                   29493
160.002-3  Introductory text added; (i) revised; eff. 11-16-93.....29493
160.005-3  Introductory text added; (i) revised; eff. 11-16-93.....29493
160.047-3  (a) and (h) revised; eff. 11-16-93......................29493
160.048-3  (a) and (g) revised; eff. 11-16-93......................29493
160.048-6  (c) added...............................................41608
160.049-3  (a) and (e) revised; eff. 11-16-93......................29493
160.049-6  (c) added...............................................41608
160.050-3  (a) and (e) revised; eff. 11-16-93......................29493
160.050-6  (c) added...............................................41608
160.052-3  (a) and (f) revised; eff. 11-16-93......................29493
160.053-3  (a) revised; (d) added; eff. 11-16-93...................29493
160.055-3  (a) and (d) revised; eff. 11-16-93......................29493
160.060-3  (a) and (f) revised; eff. 11-16-93......................29494
160.064-3  (c) amended; eff. 11-16-93..............................29494
160.064-4  (c) added...............................................41609
160.077-11  (a)(3), (4) and (e) revised; eff. 11-16-93.............29494
160.176-8  (a)(1) and (d) revised; eff. 11-16-93...................29494
164.019-1--164.019-17 (Subpart 164.019)  Added; eff. 11-16-93......29494
164.019-7  (e) introductory text correctly added...................32416
164.019-13  (b) corrected..........................................32416
164.023-1--164.023-15 (Subpart 164.023)  Added; eff. 11-16-93......29497

                                  1994

(No regulations were published from January 1, 1994 through December 31, 
                                  1994)

                                  1995

46 CFR
                                                                   60 FR
                                                                    Page
Chapter I
160  Authority citation revised..............................2486, 32847
    Meeting........................................................39268
    Comment period extended........................................52631
160.001-1  (d) amended.............................................50467
160.002-1  (c) amended.............................................50467

[[Page 420]]

160.010-1  (a) amended.............................................50467
160.010-2  (c) amended.............................................50466
160.010-4  (b), (c)(1), (2) and (3) amended........................50466
    Technical correction...........................................54107
160.010-7  (a) amended.............................................50466
160.021-9  (b) amended.............................................50467
160.022-1  (c) amended.............................................50467
160.022-9  (b) amended.............................................50467
160.023-9  (b) amended.............................................50467
160.024-9  (b) amended.............................................50467
160.028-9  (b) amended.............................................50467
160.031-9  (b) amended.............................................50467
160.033-1  (b) amended.............................................50467
160.034-1  (b) amended.............................................50467
160.035-8  (b) amended.............................................50467
160.036-9  (b) amended.............................................50467
160.037-1  (c) amended.............................................50467
160.037-9  (b) amended.............................................50467
160.040-9  (b) amended.............................................50467
160.047-1  (c)(1) amended..........................................50467
160.052-1  (c)(1) amended..........................................50467
160.054-1  (b) amended.............................................50467
160.055-1  (c) amended.............................................50467
160.057-1  (c) amended.............................................50467
160.057-9  (b) amended.............................................50467
160.060-1  (c)(1) amended..........................................50467
    Technical correction...........................................54107
160.066-18  (b) amended............................................50467
160.072-09  (a) amended............................................50467
160.073-5  (b) amended.............................................50467
160.076-5  Amended.................................................50466
160.076-11  (a) amended............................................50467
160.076-1--160.076-39 (Subpart 160.076)  Added; interim............32848
160.077-1  (b), (c) introductory text and (d) revised...............2486
160.077-2  Redesignated from 160.077-3; (a), (h) and (j) revised; 
        (l) added...................................................2486
    (j) table corrected.............................................7131
    (a) amended....................................................50466
160.077-3  Redesignated as 160.077-2; new 160.077-3 redesignated 
        from 160.077-5; (a), (c)(1) and (2) revised.................2486
160.077-4  Redesignated from 160.077-7 and revised..................2486
160.077-5  Redesignated as 160.077-3; new 160.077-5 redesignated 
        from 160.077-9..............................................2486
    (a) amended....................................................50467
160.077-6  Redesignated from 160.077-33; (b) introductory text and 
        (c)(1) revised; (a)(3)(vi) added............................2492
160.077-7  Redesignated as 160.077-4................................2486
    Redesignated from 160.077-35 and revised........................2492
160.077-9  Redesignated as 160.077-5................................2486
    Redesignated from 160.077-37 and revised........................2492
160.077-11  (b)(1)(iii) and (j) heading revised.....................2487
160.077-13  Heading revised; (d) removed............................2487
160.077-15  (b)(13) redesignated as (b)(14); heading, (a)(2)(ii), 
        (b)(3), new (14), (c)(2)(ii) and (d)(3) revised; new 
        (b)(13) added...............................................2487
160.077-17  Heading and (b)(4) revised; (b)(8) through (11) added 
                                                                    2487
160.077-19  (b)(3)(iii), (6) and (e) revised........................2487
160.077-21  Heading, (c)(1), (2), (3), (4)(i), (ii) and (g) 
        revised; (c)(5) and (d)(3) added............................2488
    (c)(4)(i) and (5)(i) corrected..................................7131
    (c)(4)(i) note added...........................................50466
160.077-23  (a)(2), (b)(1)(i), (2)(ii), (iv), (d)(4), (g)(2), 
        (3)(iii), (h)(4), (5), (j)(4)(iii), (k)(1) and (2) 
        revised; Table 160.077-23B amended; (b)(2)(v), (d)(5) and 
        (g)(3)(x) added.............................................2488
160.077-27  (a) revised; (d) and (e) added..........................2489
160.077-29  (b) and (c) revised; (d) and (e) added..................2490
160.077-30  Revised.................................................2491
160.077-31  (e)(5) removed; (e)(6), (j)(2) and (3) redesignated as 
        (e)(5), (j)(3) and (4); (c), (d), (g), (h), (j) 
        introductory text, (1), new (3), new (4) and (k) revised; 
        new (j)(2) added............................................2491
    (c), (d), and (k) corrected.....................................7131
160.077-33  Redesignated as 160.077-6...............................2491
160.077-35  Redesignated as 160.077-7...............................2492
160.077-37  Redesignated as 160.077-9...............................2492
160.171-3  (a) amended.............................................50467
160.174-3  (a) amended.............................................50467
160.176-3  (a) amended.............................................50466
160.176-4  (a) amended.............................................50467

[[Page 421]]

161.002-1  (c) amended.............................................50467
161.004-1  (d) amended.............................................50467
161.004-7  (a) amended.............................................50467
161.010-1  (a) amended.............................................50467
    Technical correction...........................................54107
161.010-4  (a) and (b) amended.....................................50467
161.011-10  (c) amended............................................50467
161.012-5  (a) amended.............................................50467
161.013-11  (c)(1) amended.........................................50467
161.013-17  (a) amended............................................50467
162.017-3  (b) amended.............................................50467
162.017-6  (a) and (c) amended.....................................50467
162.027-6  (a) amended.............................................50467
162.050-7  (a), (f) and (g) amended................................50467
162.050-15  (a), (e) and (h) amended...............................50467
164.007-1  (c)(1) amended..........................................50467
164.008-1  (c)(1) amended..........................................50467
164.009-9  (a) and (d) amended.....................................50467
164.009-11  (a) amended............................................50467
164.012-1  (b) amended.............................................50467
164.018-7  (a) amended.............................................50467
164.019-3  Amended.................................................50467
164.023-3  Amended.................................................50467

                                  1996

  (Regulations published from January 1, 1996, through October 1, 1996)

46 CFR
                                                                   61 FR
                                                                    Page
159  Authority citation revised....................................13927
159.001-2  Revised.................................................13927
    Amended........................................................50733
159.001-3  Revised.................................................13927
159.001-4  Added...................................................13928
    (a) amended....................................................50733
159.001-5  Revised.................................................13928
    Amended........................................................50733
159.005-13  (a)(4) revised.........................................13928
159.010-1--159.010-21 (Subpart 159.010)  Heading revised...........13928
159.010-1  Revised.................................................13928
159.010-5  Revised.................................................13928
159.010-7  Removed; new 159.010-7 redesignated from 159.010-9 and 
        revised....................................................13928
    Second (b)(9)(vii) correctly designated as (b)(9)(viii)........15868
    OMB approval...................................................44176
159.010-9  Redesignated as 159.010-7...............................13928
159.010-11  Removed; new 159.010-11 redesignated from 159.010-17 
        and revised................................................13929
159.010-17  Redesignated as 159.010-11; new 159.010-17 
        redesignated from 159.010-19 and revised...................13929
159.010-19  Redesignated as 159.010-17; new 159.010-19 
        redesignated from 159.010-21 and revised...................13929
159.010-21  Redesignated as 159.010-19.............................13929
160  Authority citation revised....................................13945
160.001-1  (d) amended.............................................50733
160.002-1  (c) amended.............................................50733
160.010-1  (a) amended.............................................50733
160.010-2  (c) amended.............................................50733
160.010-4  (b), (c)(1), (2) and (3) amended........................50733
160.010-7  (a) amended.............................................50733
160.018-1--160.018-9 (Subpart 160.018)  Removed....................26009
160.021-9  Removed.................................................13929
    (b) amended....................................................50733
160.022-1  (c) amended.............................................50733
160.022-9  Removed.................................................13929
    (b) amended....................................................50733
160.023-9  Removed.................................................13929
    (b) amended....................................................50733
160.024-9  Removed.................................................13929
    (b) amended....................................................50733
160.028-9  Removed.................................................13929
    (b) amended....................................................50733
160.031-9  Removed.................................................13929
    (b) amended....................................................50733
160.033-1  (b) amended.............................................50733
160.034-1--160.034-5 (Subpart 160.034)  Removed....................26009
    (b) amended....................................................50733
160.035-8  (b)(1) amended..........................................50733
160.036-9  Removed.................................................13929
    (b) amended....................................................50733
160.037-1  (c) amended.............................................50733
160.037-9  Removed.................................................13929
    (b) amended....................................................50733
160.040-9  Removed.................................................13929
    (b) amended....................................................50733
160.047-1  (c)(1) amended..........................................50733
160.047-6a  Removed................................................13930
160.047-6b  Removed................................................13930
160.047-6c  Removed................................................13930
160.047-7  Revised.................................................13930
160.047-9  Removed.................................................13930
160.047-10  Removed................................................13930

[[Page 422]]

160.048-7  (a) and (d) removed; (b), (c) and (e) redesignated as 
        (a), (b) and (c)...........................................13930
    Corrected...............................................15162, 15868
160.048-7a  Removed................................................13930
160.048-8  Revised.................................................13930
160.048-9  Removed.................................................13930
160.048-10  Removed................................................13930
160.049-7  (a) and (d) removed; (b), (c) and (e) redesignated as 
        (a), (b) and (c)...........................................13930
160.049-7a  Removed................................................13930
160.049-8  Revised.................................................13930
160.049-9  Removed.................................................13930
160.049-10  Removed................................................13930
160.051-0  (a) amended.............................................50733
160.052-1  (c)(1) amended..........................................50733
160.052-8a  Removed................................................13930
160.052-8b  Removed................................................13930
160.052-8c  Removed................................................13930
160.052-9  Revised.................................................13930
160.052-11  Removed................................................13930
160.052-12  Removed................................................13930
160.054-1  (b) amended.............................................50733
160.055-1  (c) amended.............................................50733
160.057-1  (c) amended.............................................50733
160.057-9  Removed.................................................13930
    (b) amended....................................................50733
160.060-1  (c)(1) amended..........................................50733
160.060-8a  Removed................................................13930
160.060-8b  Removed................................................13930
160.060-8c  Removed................................................13930
160.060-9  Revised.................................................13930
160.060-11  Removed................................................13931
160.060-12  Removed................................................13931
160.064-5  Removed.................................................13931
160.064-5a  Removed................................................13931
160.064-5b  Removed................................................13931
160.064-7  Revised.................................................13931
160.064-8  Removed.................................................13931
160.064-9  Removed.................................................13931
160.066-11  (c) revised............................................13931
160.066-18  Removed................................................13931
    (b) amended....................................................50733
160.072-09  (a) amended............................................50733
160.073-5  (b) amended.............................................50733
160.076--160.076-39 (Subpart 160.076)  Regulation at 60 FR 32848 
        confirmed..................................................13945
160.076-5  Amended..........................................13945, 50733
160.076-7  (a) revised.............................................13945
160.076-9  (b) revised.............................................13945
160.076-11  (b) revised............................................13945
    (a) amended....................................................50733
160.076-13  (c)(10) removed................